9 TS5£0E00 TOEO O AV IOHM/T8IN DEN NORSKE NORDHAVS-EXPEDITION 1876—1878. FDA DEN NORSKE NORDHAVS-EXPEDITION 1876—-1878. FÖRSTE BIND. Historisk Beretning . Apparaterne og deres Brug Astronomiske Observationer Magnetiske Observationer . Geografi og Naturhistorie . Chemi 14 II. II. Chemi 18 II. Om Luften i Søvandet. Om Kulsyren i Søvandet. Om Saltholdigheden af Vandet i det norske Nordhav. Om Søvandets faste Bestanddele. Om Havbundens Afleiringer. at af af af at at at . Wille. . Wille. . Mohn. . Wille. . Mohn. . Tornøe. , Nchmelek. THE NORWEGIAN NORTH-ATLANTIG EXPEDITION 1876-— 1878. | First Volume. Hisorakcomue 9490 GE 5 EG Me The Apparatus, and how used . . . . . . . . by G. Wille. Astronomieal Observations . . . . 214222 by GH. Mohn. MåenetcalhObservations» > > 2 20 ås by GAMING. Geography and Natural History . . . -. . . . . by H. Mohn. Memonge rv 5 GRS 20 Dy JH Mørnee: I. On the Air in Sea-water. II. On the Carbonic Acid in Sea-water. IT. On the Amount of Salt in the Water of the Norwegian Nea. Miememee Ge TESSA 1 NA MB Sdimelede I. On the Solid Matter im Nea-water. II. On OQceanic Deposits. KAT OT pl JE : DEN NORSKE NORDHAVS-ENPEDITION Lee Fe. HISTORISK BERETNING AF C. WILLE, KAPTEJN I MARINEN. MED ET KART. CHRISTIANIA. GRØNDAHL & SØNS BOGTRYKK ERI. 1882. THE NORWEGIAN NORTH-ATLANTIG EXPEDITION 1876—1878. HISTORIGAL AGCGGOUNT. C. WILLE, CAPTAIN OF THE ROYAL NAVY. WITH Å MAP. CHRISTIANIA. PRINTED BY GRØNDAHL & SØN. 1882. 0" KP i 0 Vi år OG Øl Ar Årø D ge es ap Mat PO Bl EE w å * Fe ) Ar TN e » "Mi AN å k LØ EU * JR Ke SEG] o1å EN N 1158 19de Marts 1874 indsendte Professorerne H. Mohn og G. 0. Sars til den kongelige norske Regjerings Departement for det Indre en Forestilling saalydende: Gjennem vore Ntudier af vort Lands Naturforhold ere vi komne til den Overbevisning, at Forklaringen og Forstaaelsen af disse maa søges hovedsagelig i Forholdene i det Hav. som omsluttes af Norge, Færøerne, Island, Jan Mayen og Spidsbergen. Denne Del af: Verdenshavet danner et stort Bassin, i hvilke Atlanterhavets varme Vande støde sammen med Ishavets kolde. De Bidrag til Kundskaben om dette Hav, som hidtil foreligge. gsjælde hovedsagelig alene Bækkenets Rand, og skyldes-for den største Del Forskninger, anstillede af Expeditioner, udsendte fra frem- mede Lande. Saaledes have de forskjellige Svenske og Franske Expeditioner til Spidsbergen givet udmerkede Op- lysninger om Bassinets østlige Rand, og de fra England med Dampskibene *Lightning” og *Porcupine" 1 1869 og 1870 udsendte Expeditioner have tilvejebragt Oplysninger om dets sydvestlige Rand mellem Skotland og Færøerne. der i mere end en Henseende maa kaldes epokegjørende. Hvor Havet støder op til Norges Kyst ere Forholdene mde ved Kysten blevne undersøgte dels ved vore Zoologers Ar- beider, dels i de senere Aar ved de med Oplodningsdamp- skibet *Hansteen” udførte Expeditioner. Fra det aabne Hav derimod er det yderlig lidet, der er tilveiebragt af Oplysninger. Norske Sælfangere have vistnok siden 1867 jevnlig hver Vaar anstillet meteorologiske lagttagelser og lejlighedsvis forsøgt Maalinger af, Temperaturen i Havets Dyb, men i Forhold til Gjenstandens Storhed ere disse Resultater kun at betragte som de første Vink om de sande Forhold. Hvad de fysiske Forhold angaar, have de Franske, og i langt højere Grad de Svenske Spidsbergens-Expeditioner foretaget Lodninger mellem Norge og NSpidsbergen samt langs denne Øgruppes Vestside, der vise, at der mellem de nævnte Lande ikke er dybere end 270 Favne, og Lodnin- ger fra flere Tyske Expeditioner have godtgjort, at hele Østishavet mellem Norge. Spidsbergen, Novaja Semlja og Nord-Rusland danner et eneste Flak, der grunder op mod disse Landes Kyster. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. OC. Wille: Expeditionens Historie. Q the 19th of March 1874, Professors H. Mohn and G. 0. Sars memorialized the Home Department of His Norwegian Majesty's Government as follows: — A careful study of the physical and biological con- ditions peculiar to our native country, has convinced us that the. means whereby to comprehend and explain them must be sought chiefly in a thorough exploration of the Sea. stretching between Norway, the Færoe Islands, Iceland, Jan Mayen, and Spitzbergen. This part of the Ocean con- stitutes a wide in which the warm water of the Atlantic meets the cold indraught from the Polar Neas. Qur present knowledge of this ocean-tract refers principally to the margin of the basin, and is in greater part a result Thus, for instance, the various Swedish and French Expeditions to basin, of Expeditions despatehed by foreign countries. Spitzbergen have contributed very materially to furnish information concerning the eastern margin of the basin, and those sent out from England with the "Lightning" and the *Porcupine,” in 1869 and 1870, have, as regards the south-western margin, between Scotland and the Færæ Islands, supplied data that may be said to mark an epoeb in the history of marine research. The strip of ocean immediately adjacent to the Norwegian coast, has been in- vestigated partly by our zoologists in the course of their labours, and partly on the annual expeditions of the Coast But as to the open sea, what we as yet know is meagre in the extreme. True, meteorological observations have, since 1867, been taken every spring by captains of Norwegian sealers, who now and again will make attempt to determine the temperature in the depths of the ocean; but such results must, compared to the magnitude of the problem, be re- Survey. with the steamship *Hansteen.” garded as mere intimations of the truth. With respect to physical conditions. 'soundings were effected on the French. and more especially on the Swedish, Spitzbergen Expeditions, between Norway and Spitzbergen and along the western shores of that group of. islands. showing the depth of the ocean between the said countries to be nowhere greater than 270 fathoms; and from soundings taken on divers German Expeditions, the whole eastern sec- tion of the Arctic Ocean is known to constitute an immense flat, shoaling gradually up to the coasts of Norway. Spitz- bergen, Novaja Zemlja, and Northern Russia. Vestenfor Linien mellem Tromsø og Spidsbergen og vestenfor samt nordenfor denne Ø styrter derimod Bunden sig ned til et stort Dyb, der midt imellem Spidsbergen' og Grønland maaler 2650 Favne, en Dybde, der rivaliserer med selve Atlanterhavets. Fra den nordlige Side af Bas- sinet haves ingen Lodninger; kun ved man, at den vul- kanske Ø Jan Mayen styrter sig meget brat ned i Havet. Heller ikke ved man, hverken hvorledes Bankerne paa Islands Vestkyst eller Flakket mellem Island og Færøerne gaa over til Ishavsdybet. Forholdene mellem Færøerne og Skotland ere derimod nøie undersøgte af *Poreupine”-Ex- peditionen i 1869. Her gaar fra Ishavet en smal Rende paa 600 Favnes Dyb ned i Atlanterhavet. Denne Rende samt den formodentlig dybe Rende mellem Island og Grøn- land synes at være de eneste Communicationsveje i Dybet mellem Atlanterhavet og vort Ishav. Paa den norske Side strækker Kundskaben om Havbundens Form sig saagodtsom ikke udenfor de af Fiskerne besøgte og af *Hansteen”-Ex- peditionerne oploddede Banker. Kun paa et eneste Sted, ved Storeggen, have disse Lodninger antruffet en rask Heldning af Bunden ud mod det store Hav-Bassin. Ellers ere vi totalt uvidende om, paa hvilken Maade vor Kysts Banker gaa over i Ishavsdybet, om det sker brat, eller langsomt, om det sker nær Kysten eller om det først finder Sted langt ude i Søen. Kundskaben: om dette Punkt er det netop, som vi maa anse det for et Hovedpunkt at vinde. Med Hensyn til Temperaturen i det her omtalte Strøg af Havet er vor Kundskab indskrænket omtrent til de samme Localiteter, som de hvor Dybdeforholdene ere under- søgte. "Temperaturmaalingerne tra vor Kyst vise, at vore Banker og vore Fjordes tildels store Dyb dækkes af Vand, hvis forholdsvis høje Varmegrad viser hen til Atlanterhavet som dets Udspring. Intetsteds langs Norges Kyst er der paa Bankerne eller Fjordenes Bund fundet Kuldegrader. Saadanne ere derimod fundne ikke alene saavel i Overfladen som i Dybet ude i Havbassinets centrale Del og henimod dets vestlige Rand, men ogsaa i den dybe Rende mellem Færøerne og Shetland allerede i 300 Favnes Dyb. Hvor langt vi maa gaa ud i Havet vestenfor Norge forat træfte paa iskoldt Vand paa Bunden, derom staa vi aldeles blottet for Kundskab. Her staa vi atter ved et Hovedpunkt, thi denne Grændse mellem det varme Atlanterhavsvand og det iskolde Polarvand maa, efter det hvad der kan sluttes af lignende Forhold, betegne Grændsen for de i Havet levende Væseners forskjellige Udbredelse til den ene eller til den anden Side. End ringere end vor Kundskab om 'Dybde- og Varmeforhold er vor Kundskab om Strømforhold, der spiller en saa stor Rolle i Dyrelivet, om Havvandets Bestanddele, der er af lige Vigtighed, og om de jordmag- netiske Forhold, der for Theorien som for Skibsfarten er af sær Betydning. West of a line extending between Tromsø and Spitz- bergen, as also west and north of the latter loeality, the bottom sinks to a great depth, reaching between NSpitz- bergen and Greenland 2650 fathoms, and aecordingly rival- ling that of the Atlantic itself. Along the northern boun- dary of the basin no soundings have as yet been taken; all we know is, that the voleanic island ot Jan Mayen plunges precipitately into the ocean. Nor is it yet known how or where the banks on the west coast of Iceland and the flat between Teeland and the Færoe Islands, pass into the depths of the Arctic Ocean. The section stretehing be- tween the Færoe Islands and Scotland, was, on the other hand, carefully explored on the *Porcupine” Expedition, in 1869. In this tract, å narrow channel, 600 fathoms deep, extends from the Aretic Ocean to the Atlantic. This channel, and probably too the deep channel between Iee- land and Greenland, would appear to be the only highways by which the deptbs of tbe Atlantic are commected with those of the Arctic Ocean. Along the Norwegian coast, what we know of the nature and contour of the bottom is almost exelusively contined to that of the banks periodieally visited by fishermen, and whieh of late years have been in- vestigated on the Coast Survey expeditions with the *Han- steen.” In but one locality — off the Storeggen bank — was the bottom found to sink rapidly down to the great ocean-basin. With this exception, we are totally ignorant as to how and where the banks lymg off the eoast of this country pass into the depths of the Atlantic, whether gradually or precipitately, whether im close proximity to the coast or possibly in mid-ocean. Now, the solution of this problem appears to us of the greatest importance. As regards the temperature throughout the aforesaid ocean-tract, it is known only for most of the localities in which the depth has been measured. The comparatively high temperature distinguishing the water on our coastal banks and in our fjords, many: of which are of great depth, points to the Atlantic Ocean as the source whence it is derived. Nowhere along the coast of Norway, whether on the banks or at the bottom of the deepest fjords, has 0” been observed; but in the central.part of the ocean-basin, and at its western margin, the temperature has been found to be below zero, both ,at the surface and in the depths: nay, in the deep ehannel between the Shetlands and the Færoe Islands 0* is reached at a depth of 500 fathoms. At what distanee from the western shores of Norway the glacial bottom-area commences, we are unable to imfer from the data as yet obtamed. Here, then, we stand in face of another highly important question; for the limit at which the warm water of the Atlantic meets the cold indraught from the Polar Sea, must, reasoning from analogy. mark the limit of distribution for the animals inhabiting the warm and cold areas. But, trifling as is our knowledge of depth and temperature in that ocean-region, we know still less concerning the nature of its currents. — å phy- sical condition which everywhere exerts such great influence on the character of the marine fauna, — concerning the chemical constituents of its water, — no less important in Af hvad vi hidtil vide om det Hav. som omgiver - Norges Kyster. kunne vi erkjende. at det er dette Hav. hvem vort Land skylder sin Existents som beboet og som civiliseret Land. Gaar man til de samme Breddegrader i Asien eller Amerika, træffer man kun Is-Ørkener. der sparsomt beboes af nomadiske Folkestammer. Det milde Klima, som i Norge gjør Landbruget, vor vigtigste Nærings- vej, mulig, skyldes det varme Hav, som beskyller vore Kyster. Dette Havs Varme er ikke indskrænket til Over- fladen: 1 saa Fald vilde dets Varmekraft snart være for- brugt under den lange Vinter; men, som anført, findes paa Kystens Banker og Fjordenes Dyb varmt Vand, der gjen- nem den lange Vinter, naar den koldere Luft stadig trækker Varme fra det varmere Vand, er det Reservoir eller den Ovn, som stadig forsyner. Luften med Varme, og hvis Varme- mængde er saa stor, at den holder ud den strengeste Vinter uden at tabe noget merkeligt af sin Varmeevyne. — Udenfor Bankerne have vi i Dybet Ishavets «iskolde Vande, der fylde Færø: Shetlands-Rendens nederste Halvdel. Mod disses Indtrængen til Landet danne Bankerne den beskyt- tende Vold. de holde de iskolde Vande langt borte fra Kysten og hindre dem fra at trænge ind i vore Fjordes Dyb. Uden disse Banker skulde vi visselig i Norge have Grønlands Klima. Bankernes Udstrækning mod Vest eller Nordvest er saaledes en capital Sag for hele vor Tilværelse '— men - hidtil er den os ganske ubekjendt. De varme Vande, der flyde nordover fra Atlanterhavet, have en stadig Tendents til at gåa til højre. altsaa til at kaste sig ind paa Europas Vestkyst. - Her møde de vore Banker. over hvilke de flyde. Denne Omstændighed er af den største Betyd- Thi Exempler fra andre Steder, f. Ex. fra Færø- Shetland-Renden. vise. at hvor de varme Vande flyde over et Underlag at iskoldt Vand. foregaar der fra dette en sterk Afkjøling. der endog naar til Overfladen, og saaledes bidrager til at gjøre Klimatet koldere.. Men hvor det varme Vand flyder over en Landbund, der tjener denne til at bevare dets Varme i'lange Strækninger. Det skyldes derfor vore Bankers Udstrækning. at Atlanterhavets varme Vande uden nogen sterk Afkjøling kunne omslynge vore ning. Kyster helt op til Grændsen mod Rusland og videre. Den Udholdenhed, som det varme Vand har til at modstaa Vinterens Strenghed. beror foruden paa Landbundens, det er Bankernes, Udstrækning ogsaa paa deres Dybde — men der- om have vi ikke Kundskab uden for den smale Rands Ved- kommende, som de senere Aars Dyblodninger langs Kysten har skaffet os*Kundskab om. their operation, — and finally, concerning the phenomena of. terrestrial magnetism, which, bearing as they do alike on science generally and-on practical navigation, are of peculiar signiticance. - From the facts as yet determined respecting the sea that laves our shores, we. may safely assume, that to its waters is Norway indebted for her existence as a habitable and civilised country. In Asia and America, the land within tlie same parallels of latitude constitutes a vast iey waste, thinly peopled by nomade tribes. The mild elimate of Norway, indispensable for the prosecution of agrieulture, * whereby the great bulk of the population subsists, depends mainly upon the high temperature of the sea surrounding our coast. The heat given off by the water is not de- rived exclusively from the surface; were such the ease, its source would soon be exhausted during the long northern winter; but, as previously stated, water of a high tempera- ture is found on the banks and in the depths of the fjords, which, throughout the long winter, when the cold air is incessantly drawing off heat from the sea, constitutes, so to speak, a reservoir whence the atmosphere is supplied with heat; and the. amount in store is much too great to admit of being sensibly reduced by the longest and most rigorous of winters. Without the banks, we have the cold water from the Arctic Ocean, filling the lower half of the channel between the Færoe and the Shetland Islands. Now, it is these banks that form a protective barrier, effectually + preventing the cold water from foreing a passage to the coast. and from mingling 1ts waters with those in the depths of our fjords. Deprived of these banks, Norway would assuredly have the elimate of Greenland. Hence their extent in a westerly or mnorth-westerly direction is a question of vital importance to the people of Norway, yet concerning which we have at present everything to learn. On its northward course. there is a marked tendeney in the warm Atlantic water to keep.to the right and bank up against the western coast of Europe. Here it reaches our banks. over which it passes. But this is å most important fact; for whenever å warm current flows over a substratum of cold water, as is the case in the channel extending between the Shetlands and the Færoe Islands, it parts with a consider- able portian of its heat, being cooled up to the surface, and thus contributes towards.the severity of the climate; but where the warm water flows directly over the bottom, it will retain its heat for a very considerable distance. Hence it is the magnitude and extent of our banks that enables the warm water of the Atlantic, without being deprived of any great amount of heat, to compass our shores as far north as. farther than. the Russian frontier. The tenacity evinced by this water in retaining its high tem- perature, how intense and protracted soever may be the cold, is. due. not only to its flowing for a long distance in inimediate contact with the bottom. or to the extent of the banks, but likewise to the depth in those localities. As regards these «conditions, however, all that we know has reference solely to the narrow belt along the coast in which nay of late years soundings have been taken. 1* Med Hensyn til Dyrelivets Forhold i den omhandlede Havstrækning er vor Kundskab omtrent paa det samme Trin som med Hensyn til de fysiske Forhold. Denne Hav- strækning er hidtil saagodtsom slet ikke undersøgt og meget synes at lade formode, at Dyrelivet her saavel oppe i Søen som paa de største Dyb vil vise sig særdeles rigt ud- viklet. Navnlig vil der til de paa de store Dybder (som her gaa ned til over 2000 Favne) levende Dyrformer knytte sig en ganske særlig Interesse ikke blot i zoologisk men ogsaa i geologisk Henseende, da det allerede har vist sig, at saadanne Dybvandsdyr ofte kunne aabne os ganske uven- tede Indblik i vor Jordklodes tidligere Forandringer. Det lidet vi til Dato kjende om de fysiske Forhold i den om- talte Havstrækning, tør nu ogsaa lade os formode, at der efter al Sandsynlighed her vil findes et rigere og mere varieret Dyreliv i Dybet, end maaske i nogen anden Del af Verdenshavene, og at man derfor netop her lettest vil kunne faa løst mange endnu uafgjorte Spørgsmaal vedkom- mende Dyrelivets Udbredning i Havets Dybder og Forhold til tidligere Jordperioders Dyreliv. De engelske Expedi- tioner med *Lightning” og *Porcupine” have allerede til- strækkeligt vist os, hvilket vidt Felt for fremtidige Under- søgelser. berørende de vigtigste Spørgsmaal i Naturviden- skaben, der her ligger aabent for os, og det er ganske naturligt, at den videnskabelige Verden ogsaa venter, at der fra vort Lands Side skal gjøres noget til Fremme af en . Sag, der er af saa stor Betydning for Videnskaben og hvori allerede saa mange Nationer have taget virksom Del. Vi have ogsaa en dobbelt Opfordring hertil, da der ved Siden af de rent videnskabelige Resultater ogsaa kan ventes opnaaet Resultater af stor praktisk Betydning for vort Land. At Undersøgelserne af de fysiske Forhold i denne Havstrækning vil give vigtige Bidrag til Bedømmel- sen af Vejrforholdene langs vor meget befærdede Vestkyst og derved altsaa komme Kystbefolknmgen tilgode under dens haarde og farlige Bedrift tilsøs, er vel utvivlsomt. Ogsaa er det at vente, at mange Npørgsmaal vedkommende Navnlig gjælder dette de for vort Land saa vigtige Nildefiskerier. Som allerede Undertegnede Sars har udtalt, .er der al Sandsynlighed for, at de store Sildemasser, der om Vinte- ren og Vaaren besøge vore Kyster, netop have sit egentlige Tilhold i den omtalte Havstrækning, og at de Variationer, som gjennem Tidernes Løb ere iagttagne ved Vaarsildtiske- rierne, væsentlig afhænge af og betinges af de forskjellige meteorologiske Forhold i det udenfor liggende Hav. vore vigtigste Fiskerier herved vil kunne løses. Den store saavel videnskabelige som praktiske In- teresse, der saaledes knytter sig til Kundskaben om vort Vesterhavs Naturforhold, gjør det i mange Henseender øn- skeligt, at en saadan Kundskab erhverves saa snart og saa fuldstændigt som muligt. En gradevis Fremgangsmaade med Benyttelse af de forhaandenyærende Hjelpemidler vil Of the fauna inhabiting the tract of ocean referred to im this Memorial, our present knowledge is no less limited than of its physical conditions. This extensive region has never yet been made the field of zoological in- vestigation; and there is much to warrant our assuming, that the animal life prevailing there will prove to be distinguished alike at the surface and in the greatest depths by a high degree of development. And moreover, peculiar interest will attach to forms of animal life occurring in the great depths (upwards of 2000 fathoms), not only from a zoologieal, but also from a geological point of view, in- asmuch as deep-sea animals have frequently afforded an unexpected insight into the earlier transformations of our planet. From the little at present known of the physical conditions distinguishing the aforesaid ocean-tract, we may infer, that, mhabiting its depths, will be m all probability found åa fauna more extensive -+and varied than, perhaps, in any other part of the ocean; and hence that we may rely on its furnishing exceptional facilities for the elucida- tion of many still unsettled questions touching the oceur- rence of deep-sea animals, and the conditions atfecting ani- mal life in former geological periods. The results of the British Expeditions with the *Lightning” and the *Porcu- pine” have shown us how wide a field of research this sub- ject opens, bearing as it does on the weightiest problems in Physies and Natural History; and it is but natural that our country should now be expected to contribute her quota towards the advancement of a cause so important to the interests of Science, and in which so many nations have already taken active part. Besides, we have in this case an additional motive to impel us. since, apart from seientitic expectations. there is reason to conelude that great material advantage would acerue to the country at large. Thus, for instance, a thorough investigation of the physical conditions peculiar to the said ocean-tract, must very materially assist in throw- ing light upon the meteorological influences so potent in determining the weather on our western shores, and thereby render special service to the coastal population when en- gaged in their arduous avocations. Moreover, now open questions affecting the most important of our fisheries, would, we may reasonably opine, be elucidated. This refers in particular to the great periodieal herring-fisheries. Ås already suggested by one of your memorialists (Sars), it is many in all probability this traet of ocean within which lie the true haunts of those enormous shoals of herrings that in the winter and spring annually repair to our shores; aid the marked irregularity of oceurrence, observed, in the course of years, after a longer or shorter interval, to dis- tinguish these fisheries, may no doubt be tråced to meteo- rologieal influence at work oft the coast. Hence, as very great benefit would assuredly result alike to Science and to the material interests of the nation from an intimate knowledge of the physical and biologieal conditions distinguishing the Norwegian Seas, the sooner and the fuller, in our judgment. that knowledge be ac- quired, the better. Å gradual mode of procedure. using her ikke strække langt til. De norske Skibe, som fortrins- vis besøge disse Farvande. ere Sælfangerne. Fra disse kan man fremdeles vente Bidrag til Kundskab om Havets Vejr- forhold, der efterhaanden ville sætte os istand til at lære disse vigtige Momenter for Dyrelivet og Havboernes Van- dring at kjende. Sælfangernes Ophold i disse.Egne tore- gaar dog kun til en Del af Aaret, Marts til Juni, og til- dels langt Nord og inde i den med Drivis belagte Del af Havet, som udgjør den allernordligste Del at det Felt, hvortil vi her sigte. Endel norske Fartøjer fare tildels et godt Stykke udenfor Kysten til og fra Arkhangel om Som- meren. Qgsaa fra en Del af disse kunde man erholde meteorologiske fagttagelser. Hvad der paa denne Maade kunde indvindes af Oplysninger, vil det meteorologiske In- stitut bestræbe sig for at lade komme til Nytte for den attraaede Kundskab om Havets Vejrforhold. Videre end til saadanne lagttagelser kunne Handelsmarinens Bestræ- belser ikke naa: Det har vist sig. at der med Maalingen af Havets Temperatur i Dybet om Vinteren for Sælfan- gerne er forbunden særegne Vanskeligheder, der have gjort mere end en Skibsførers ufortrødne Bestræbelser til Intet. "Mere kunde vistnok udrettes, om en Videnskabsmand med- fulgte et saadant Fartøj. Men da denne ikke kunde diri- gere Skibet hen til de Steder, hvor hans Undersøgelser vilde være af størst Interesse, og Nælfangerne, som nævnt. opholde sig den meste Tid udenfor det Felt, der nærmest skulde være Gjenstand for den mest lovende Undersøgelse, vil ogsaa et saadant Middel blive for kortrækkende. Vi blive saaledes staaende ved den Overbevisnmg. at Undersøgelsen af Havet vestenfor Norge, for at blive effec- tiv, maa udføres ved en dertil bestemt og udrustet viden- skabelig Expedition. Som Forbillede for en saadan staa de Britiske Expeditioner med * Porcupine” og *Challenger”. Den sidste, der sjælder alle de store Verdenshave og har en stor kraftig Dampcorvet til sin Disposition, er udrustet med alt hvad der til dens Øjemed kan fordres og er sit Land i enhver Henseende værdig. Naa storartet et Appa- rat vil til Undersøgelsen af vort Hav ikke være nødvendigt. Vi ville i enhver Henseende være hjulpne med en Expedi- tion saadan som den med *Porcupine”. Fra den Norske Stats Side har der, uagtet saamange af vore Interesser knytte sig til Havet, ikke været fore- taget nogen Expedition af videnskabelig Art til de os aller- nærmest omgivende Have. Undersøgelsen af de for vore nordlige Egne saa vigtige Fangstfelter i Nordishavet har ene og alene været overladt til den private Foretagsomhed, som her foruden de rent praktiske Resultater have med- bragt skjønne Resultater for Videnskaben, saavel for Geo- grafien som for Naturvidenskaben. Vi kunne nævne Carl- sens Omsejling at Spidsbergen, hans Indtrængen i det kariske . Hav, hans og Tobiesens samt senere Altmanns, Nilsens og to their full extent the limited means now at our disposal, The Norwegian vessels From this source we may indeed still hope to learn further valuable would certainly fail of its object. that navigate those regions are mostly sealers. particulars of meteorological phenomena, which may event- ually lead us to a juster estimate of their influence on life the migratory —instinets the inhabitants of the deep. our sealing-ships in those high latitudes is confined to part March to June), the keeping, too, nearly the whole time, among the drift-ice, which constitutes the extreme northerly limit of the traet Moreover, the Norwegian ships that trade to animal and observed in Meanwhile, the sojourn of of the year only (from vessels referred to. Archangel, and which could also furnish meteorologieal ob- servations from the open sea, do not extend their voyages beyond the summer months. Of all information from these sources, the Meteorological Institute will of course take advantage, to extend our knowledge of the causes determining the weather at sea. With other and more in- , tricate observations it does not lie in the power of the merehant-navy to furnish us. Observing the temperature at any considerable depth in winter, is attended with very great difficulty, so great indeed as to have rendered worth-. less more than one captain's indefatigable exertions. True, greater results might be obtamed were åa gentleman whose profession was science to aecompany such a vessel: but even in that case he could not shape her course and visit the best localities for observations; besides, the Norwegian sealers keep most of the season without the tract which, in preference to any other section of those Northern Seas, it is desirable to select as the field of exploratory research; and henee the alternative offered has little to advocate its adoption. In face of the facts set forth above, we will em- phasize our previously expressed conviction, that, in order to investigate effectively the tract of ocean stretching west of the shores of Norway, a special expedition must be despatehed. As models we have the * Porcupine” and *Chal- lenger” Expeditions. The latter, which has for its object the exploration of the great Oceans of the globe, 18 fur- nished with a powerful steam-corvette, has been fitted out on å scale commensurate with its importance, and is in every way worthy of the British Nation. But means so extensive and costly are not required for investigating the Norwegian Seas; an Expedition similar, for instance, to'that sent out with the *Porcupine,” would certainly be adequate for the attainment of the end proposed. Though so many of our national interests are directly connected with the sea.-no Ncientific Expedition has yet been undertaken by the State to those parts of the ocean that lie next adjacent to the Norwegian coast. The ex- ploration of the extensive sealing-grounds in tbe Arctic Ocean has been left altogether to private enterprise, which, apart from merely practical results, has enriched Science in the several branehes of geography, physics. and natural history. As a few instances in point, we have only to mention Carlsen's eireumnavigation of Spitzbergen, his ex- ploring voyage far into the Kara Sea, and the discovery, Johnsens Opdagelse af Kong Karl-Land, der saa længe svævede som en Taage for Geograferne, Tobiesens Iagtta- gelser fra Overvintringer paa Bjørne-Øen og paa Novaja Semlja, Johansens og Macks Omseiling af Novaja Semlja og Opdagelse af det varme Vand udenfor Obs og Jeniseis Mundinger. Ved disse Resultater har Norge kunnet hævde en Plads som Deltager i de Opdagelser, hvormed en Række af Nationer have bidraget til at sprede Lys over vor Planets nordligste Egne, og denne Plads har været en ærefuld selv ved Siden af de rigere Nationer med deres ganske anderledes vel udrustede offentlige og private Ex- peditioner. *+— Imidlertid tro vi, at Udrustningen af en egentlig Nordpol- Expedition, med det Maal at trænge frem i hidtil uudforskede Polar-Egne. ikke bliver vor Nag. Dette maa vi overlade til de rigere Nationer. Men naar der ” O hal * , * lige udenfor vor Kyst ligger et Hav, der indeslutter Op- , havet til hele vor Existents, og dette Hav hidtil er saa- godtsom ganske ukjendt i dets Naturforhold, da ligger Un- dersøgelsen af. disse os Nordmænd nær og nærmere end nogen anden. En af Havet udenfor Norges Vestkyst er en Opgave, som fra norsk Side visselig skulde kunne udføres med samme Held som de Britiske Expeditioner af samme Art. videnskabelig Undersøgelse Den maatte gax ud paa at undersøge Havets Dybde. dets Temperatur, dets Vands chemiske Sammensætning og Gasindhold, dets Strømninger saavel i Overfladen som i Dybet, Bundens Beskaffenhed og geologiske Formation, dets Vejrforhold, de magnetiske Forhold og særlig dets Dyre- og Planteverden af enhver Art. Som Resultater af en saadan Undersøgelse kan man vente at erholde Oplysning om alle de Naturforhold, der betinge vort Lands klima med dets Variationer og fremfor Alt om vore vandrende Fiskearters biologiske Forhold. Af hvilken Interesse saadanne Resultater vilde være for den hele Naturvidenskab, skulle vi ikke her videre udbrede os over; alene de vigtige Resultater, som kunne gjøres Reg- ning paa for vore Fiskerier forekommer det os at være nok at henpege paa for at motivere en saadan Undersøgelses Ønskelighed. En til en saadan Undersøgelse udsendt Ex- pedition maatte gaa ud fra den norske Kyst nordenfor Stat som sin Basis. og fra denne af studere Forholdene ud over Bankerne lige til selve Ishavsdybet. en Opgave, som den for Dampskibet *Hansteens” Oplodninger lagte Plan ikke tillader dette at udføre, samme Tid som *Hansteens” Arbeider ville bidrage i højeste Grad til at støtte den til Havets Undersøgelse udsendte Expeditions Arbeider. En anden Tilslutning vilde Hav-Expeditionen have til de Bri- tiske Expeditioners Arbejde, paa peditionens. Den vilde give denne, der nærmest er at anse for en Pioner-Expedition paa disse Felter, den rigtige Udvidelse og Afrunding i,Retning af Polarhavet og saa- ledes mødes med al mulig Sympathi af de Britiske For- navnlig til *Porcupine”-Ex- first by that enterprising seaman and Tobiesen. and, some years later, by Altmann, Nilsen, and Johnsen, of Kong Karl's (Wyche) Land, which had so long flitted mirage- like before the minds of geographers; Tobiesen's valuable observations, taken when wintering on Beeren-Biland, «and on Novaja Zemlja: Johansens and Macks eircumnavi- gation of Novaja Zemlja, and their discovery of the warm surface-water off the mouths of the Ob and the Yenisei. The exertions of these Norwegian mariners have given to their country her full share in the discoveries that have. helped to throw light on the most northerly regions of the globe, thus securing to her an honourable position by the side of wealthier nations, with their numerous Expeditions. either fitted out at the expense of the State or by private munificence. Meanwhile, a *North-Pole Expedition,” having for its object the exploration of unknown Arctic regions. does not.- we conceive, come within the scope of Norwegian enter- Such an undertaking must be left to nations better But. off our eoasts extends a traet of ocean which is the origin and preserver of our existence as a eivilised nation; and prise. able to make the pecuniary saerifice it would entail. that expanse of sea being as regards its physical conditions well nigh unknown, on Norway should first devolve the labour of their solution. A scientific exploration of the sea west of Norway might certainly be accomplished by Norwegians with success equal to that which has attended the like British Bxpeditions. It would comprise the depth of the sea. its temperature, the chemical composition of its water, the currents prevail- ing there, both at the surface and in the depthbs, the nature and geological formation of the bottom, meteorologieal and magnetical phenomena, and more especially all forms of The results of such an investi- gation might be expected to throw light upon the physiceal animal and vegetable life. conditions determining our elimate, and, above all. upon the biological characteristics of our migratory fishes. What value the acquirement of such information would have for Science generally, we will not dwell upon bere; the great advantage which in all probability our isheries would reap is alone sufficient to show the importance of such an undertaking. An Expedition with the object here set forth, would have as its basis the Norwegian coast north of Stat, and from this loeality would proceed to investigate the banks, exploring thence down to the deepest parts of the basin, — a scheme that does not come within the limits of the plan laid down for the sounding-operations of the Coast Survey with the *Hansteen,” the results of which would. however. very materially contribute to facilitate the scientific work of the Expedition. must derive additional importance from its intimate relation Moreover, å Norwegian Expedition to British Expeditions, and more especially to that des- patched with the *Porcupine,” since it would furnish the very desirable opportunity of carrying on and completing in the direction of the Arctic Ocean the work begun by the *Porcupine” Expedition (which bore å true.pioneering character), and hence be met with the warmest sympathy skere. Herom have vi allerede modtaget Vidnesbyrd fra disse Kanter... Paa samme Tid have vi og bragt i Erfa- ring, at den Britiske Regjering ikke agter at lade ,Chal- lenger” overtage derme Undersøgelse af vort Ishavsbækken, som vi her have for Øie. Til Udførelse af Bxpeditionens Arbejder kræves en Zoolog med et Par Assistenter, en Fysiker og en Chemi- ker, forsaavidt det Videnskabelige angaar. Til Arbejdstid maatte vælges de roligste Sommermaaneder, thi med uroligt Hav er Arbejdet i de fleste Retninger umuligt. 2, Maa- ned, fra Midten af Juni til Slutningen af August er den længste Arbejdstid, man kunde gjøre Regning- paa. og af denne Tid vilde mange Dage ikke kunne benyttes. naar Vejret er uroligt. Af de til Expeditionen fornødne Apparater er Skibet det vigtigste og kostbareste. Et saadant maatte Dampskib, der besad tilstrækkelig” Kraft til at manøvreres for Maskinen i ethvert saadant Vejr, hvori Undersøgelser af Havdybet overhovedet kunde foretages: det maatte kunne medtage Kul for en længere Tid og have en brændebespa- rende Maskine, have flere Baade til forskjellige Undersø- gelser og et tilstrækkeligt Mandskab til Udførelse af alle med Dybvandsundersøgelser forbundne, ikke ganske lette Arbejder. Til disse udfordres ogsaa et Dampspil. Des- uden udfordres et Arbejdsrum for de videnskabelige Under- søgelser, som kunne udføres ombord. være et Efter de Undersøgelser, vi ved Sagkyndiges Hjelp have anstillet, findes der blandt norske Dampfartøjer for Tiden ikke noget, som opfylder de nævnte Betingelser. Med Hensyn til Tilvejbringelse af et passende Fartøj for Expeditionen stiller der sig nu trende Alternativer. Å. Anskaffelsen af et nyt Skib. Med Hensyn til dette Punkt ere vi saa heldige at kunne nævne et Over- slag over dets Kostønde, som er blevet os velvillig meddelt af Nylands mekaniske Verksted. Dette Verksted har nem- lig fra den russiske Regjering. modtaget Opfordring til at udarbejde Overslag over Omkostningerne ved Anskaffelse af et nyt Jerndampskib, med Skrue, skikket til Opsyns- og Opmaalingsfartøj, af en Størrelse og med en Udrustning og Indredning, som paa det allernærmeste falder sammen med, hvad vi efter Samraad med Sagkyndige anse passende for en Expedition som den af os her omhandlede. Bt saa- dant Skib vilde efter Nylands Verksteds Overslag, med fuld Udrustning, Dampspil, Baade, Høj- og Lavtryks-Ma- skine af fuld Kraft for Fartøjet, koste 40,000 til 45.000 Spd. efter Nutidens Priser. B. Den Krigsmarinen tilhørende Skrueskonnert *Al- fen”, som mån havde tænkt at sælge, kunde med en pas- sende Omforandring blive et for Expeditionen hensigtsmæs- sigt Skib. Naar man forsynede Fartøjet med ny hensigts- mæssigere og større Skrue, en ny større og sterkere Kjedel, "the conditions specified above. on the part of British savamts. Of this we have already received assurance. We are also able to state, that the basim of the Arctic Ocean will not be investigated by the *Challenger” Expedition. The seientitie work involved in such an undertaking, would call for the services of a naturalist, with one or two assistants, å physicist, and a chemist. Ås regards the most fitting season of the year for the eruises of the Expedition, this would be obviously the finest summer months; for in rough weather the greater part of the work of which there can be question is utterly impracticable. Two months and a half — from the middle of June to the end of August — might be reasonably ealeulated upon, ineluding of course many stormy days on which nothing could be done. Of all that is needed for the Expedition, the choice of a vessel would be the chief consideration, as her acqui- sition would involve the greatest outlay. She should be å steamer. with an engine sufticiently powerful to admit of working her in any weather that did not render the ex- ploration of the ocean-depths altogether impracticable: she must, too, be able to take out coals for å considerable period, have an engine specially adapted for economising fuel, be provided with several boats, in which, when ocea- sion called, to put off from the ship, and moreover be manned by a crew -suffieiently numerous* tø do all the &e, whieh, being mostly of å laborious character, would require a steam-winch for its effective execution. Finally, there must be room on board for instituting such observations and experiments as admit of bemg undertaken at sea. Having made inquiry of persons specially conversant with the subject; we are in a position to state, that, at the present moment, there is no Norwegian steamer that fultils Now, as regards the aequisi- work connected with sounding, dredging, trawling, tion of a vessel for the proposed Expedition, choice can be made between tbree alternatives. der Å. The purchase of a new vessel. With respect to this alternative, we are in possession of an estimate, kindly furnished by the Manager of the Nyland Mechanical Works. The said Works have been requested by the Russian Gov- ernment to give an estimate of the cost of an iron serew- steamer for the Coast Survey of that country, which, ås regards burden, tackling, and general equipment corresponds very nearly with'the description of vessel that we, having duly consulted experts, believe to be most suitable for the Expedition proposed in this Memorial. Such a steamship, fully equipped, with compound engines, steamwinch, boats, &c., could, as prices now stand, according.to the estimate of the Nyland Works, be built for åa sum of from Spd. 40,000 to Spd. 45,000. B. The serew-sehoonet *Alfen,” belonging to the Royal Navy, which was to have been sold. might, by suf- ficiently extensive alterations, be made a suitable ship for the Expedition. Furnished with a new and improved pro- peller of inereased dimensions, with larger and stronger formindskede Riggen og foretog Forandringer ved Apterin- gen, saaledes at der blev Plads for de til Expeditionen hørende Videnskabsmænd og deres Arbejder, foruden til Officierer og Mandskab samt stort Rum til Kul, vilde man faa et Fartøj, som i saådant Vejr, som udfordres til de videnskabelige Arbejder, kunde manøvreres fuldstændigt for Maskinen, og i mere uroligt Vejr kunde månøvreres som Sejlskib. hvorved Betingelserne altsaa vare givne for den størst. mulige Kulbesparelse og Kulbeholdningens Forslag for en længere Tid, noget som var nødvendigt for Expedi- tionens Arbejder ude paa det aabne Hav langt fra Kulde- pot. Omkostningerne ved en saadan Forandring er af Ny- lands Verksted beregnet til 17.000 Spd. Skulde tillige ny Maskine udfordres. hvad der neppe er nødvendigt, ville Udgifterne stige til henimod 25,000 Spå. C. Man kunde leje et Dampskib for den Tid, der var nødvendig for Fxpeditionen hver Sommer, saa længe den varede. Omkostningerne herved er det ikke muligt at opgive, da disse dels ville bero paa Conjuncturerne, dels være afhængige af de Indredninger, som Fartøjet nødvendig maatte gives, for at være skikket til Expeditionsfartøj. Af disse tre Alternativer er det første det mest anbe- falelsesværdige, da det vilde give den største Frihed med Hensyn til det hele Arrangement. I denne Henseende er man noget bundet ved Alternativ B, og i højeste Grad ved Alternativ UC. hagelige Risico. at maatte foretage nye Foranstaltninger Ved dette sidste havde man endog den ube- for hver Gang. Expeditionen skulde udrustes, og kunde aldrig gjøre Regning paa hver Gang at faa beholde det samme Nkib. Næst Skibet udfordres der til Fxpeditionens Øjemed en hel Del Apparater, som Dybvandsliner til forskjelligt Brug (Temperatur, Skrabninger. Strømundersøgelser) Lod- der, Patentblokke, Aceumulatorer, Thermometre, Skraber, Net, fysiske (magnetiske) Apparater, Glas, Spiritus m. m. Efter velvillig Opgave af Capt. Davis af det Britiske Ad- miralitets hydrografiske Afdeling vil man kunne udruste et mindre Skib med de for Dybvandsundersøgelser nødvendige Apparater for en Sum af 1.000 til 1,200 Lstrl. eller 4,500 til 5,400 Spå. Omkostningerne ved at holde Expeditionen ude. nem- lig Hyre, Kost, Kul, Vedligeholdelse m.m. ere af Capitain- lieutenant OC. Petersen, der velvillig har bistaaet os ved Udarbeidelsen af «isse Overslag, beregnede til 2000 Spåd. pr. Maaned. Dette giver for en Tid af 21/93 Maaned en Sum af 5000 Spd. aarlig. Hvormange Sommere, der ville medgaa, førend Ex- peditionens hele Øjemed var naaet. er det ikke muligt paa Forhaand at sige. Det kommer her saa meget an paa hvilke Forhold man ved Undersøgelserne finder og hvorle- des Vejret arter sig. Vi tro dog, at man i ? meget gun- "vessel, &c. &c.. boilers, less heavily sparred, and fitted up below deck in such manner as to afford room alike for the personal ac- comodation of the members of the Expedition, and for such part of their work as could be done øn board, as also for the officers and crew, together with stowage for coal, the *Alfen” would be a vessel which, in weather admitting of the scientific exploration of the ocean, might be worked as å steamer, and, in å heavier sea, as å sailing-ship, thus securing the conditions requisite for the greatest possible economy in the consumption of fuel, and for adjusting the stock of coal to the length of the period during which the Expedition would have to cruise in the open sea, far from any coaling-station. The cost of such alterations has been estimated by the Manager of the Nyland Works at Spd. 17,000. + New engines — which however will hardly be. wanted — would raise the outlay to about Spd. 25,000. C. Å steamer might be chartered every summer for the period over which the eruise of the Bxpedition would extend. As regards the cost, nothing definite can be stated, since the amount must depend partly on the state of the freight-market, and partly om the expense entailed by adapt- ing the vessel to the requirements of the Expedition. Of these three alternatives, the first is. in our judg- ment, the most desirable, admitting as it does of greater freedom im the general arrangement. The character of the second alternative, B, would, to some extent. be found restrictive in 1ts operation; but the third alternative. UC, might, 1f selected, lead to serious ineonvenience and uneer- tainty, involving as it would the risk of new arrangements having to be made for each successive eruise. since the Expedition could hardly rely on being able to retain during the whole period of its duration the vessel originally chosen. Next in importance to the ship. are the apparatus and appliances of various kinds with which the Expedition would have to be furnished, such as deep-sea lines for divers purposes (temperature. dredging. imvestigation of currents), patent blocks. aceumulators, thermometers, dredges, nets, physical (magnetical) instru- sounding-leads, ments, glass jars, tubes, &c., and spirits of wine, &c., &e. According to a statement kindly furnished by Captain Davis of the Hydrographic Department of the British Admiralty, a vessel of moderate size might be ttted out with the instruments and apparatus necessary for such an Expedition at a cost of from 10007. to 12000. (Spd. 4500—5400). As regards the current expenses ot the Expedition, viz. for seamen's wages, rations, coal, wear and tear of these are put by Commander OC. Petersen, R.N., who has kindly assisted in furnishing the above estimates. at Spd. 2000 a month. —Hence, according to this caleulation, the cost of a 24» months erwse would be Spd. 5000. How many summers would elapse ere the object of the Expedition had been fully attained. it is of course im- possible to state beforehand, so much must necessarily depend on the proportions the investigation would assume, and on the weather. Meanwhile, your memorialists are of *Q stige eller 3 rimelige Sommere vil kunne have erhvervet et antageligt Udbytte fra den hele. Havstrækning. hvorom her er Tale. Af de til Dybvandsundersøgelserne hørende Apparater er der flere som maa fornyes hvert Aar. Efter Expedi- tionens Slutning bliver der dernæst Spørgsmaal om Midler til Resultaternes videnskabelige Bearbejdelse og deres Pu- blieåtion. Thi først naar denne foreligger. kan Foretagen- det siges at være afsluttet. De hertil udfordrende Summer kunne vi ikke give noget Overslag over; de bero paa det Udbytte, som Expeditionen i Havet kan yde. Vi have fremsat vore Anskuelser om Vigtigheden af en Undersøgelsesexpedition til Havet udentor Norges Vest- kyst og om Maaden, hvorpaa den kan udføres, i den Over- bevisning, at denne Sags Fremme vil være et Foretagende, som vil bidrage mere end noget andet til at hævde vort Lard den Plads i den videnskabelige Verden. som dets Beliggenhed og Naturforhold har anvist det. og som vil giye de mest tilfredsstillende Oplysnmger om Spørgsmaal, der vedrøre vort Lands materielle Velvære i mange Ret- ninger. At et saadant. Foretagende er forbundet med større Omkostninger, der dog ikke kunne ansees betydelige i Forhold til det forventede Udbytte. har ikke kunnet holde os tilbage fra at foreslaa Udførelsen af et Verk. som vi maa anse for at være i Fædrelandets højeste Interesse. Vi tillade os derfor ærbødigst at henstille til det kon- gelige Departement at søge bevirket de nødvendige Penge- midler bevilgede til Udførelsen åf en naturvidenskabelig Undersøgelsesexpedition til Havet mellem Norge, Færøerne. Island, Jan' Mayen og Npidsbergen. Christiana den 19de Marts 1874. H. Mohn. G. O. Sars. Over dette Forslag «afæskede Departementet Betænk- ninger fra Directionen for den geografiske Opmaaling, det mathematisk-naturvidenskabelige Facultet ved Universitetet * i Ohristiania, Børskomiteerne i Kvistianssand, Bergen og Throndhjem. Opsynscheferne ved Vaarsildfiskeriet og ved Lofotfiskeriet, samt fra Directionen for Bergens Museum. ligesom det ogsaa henstillede til Marine-Departementet at udtale sig i Sagen, navnlig om Anskaffelse af Skib og om hvilken Myndighed dettes Udrustning og Bestyrelse burde bevirkes overdraget. Namtlige disse. Autoriteter udtalte sig Den" norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Expeditionens Historie. opinion that in 2 exceptionally favourable or in 3 average summer-séasons. the whole of the ocean-tract here referred to might be satisfactorily explored. Several of the instruments and applianees would have to be renewed each eruise. At the close of the Expedi- tion a further grant of money would be needed, for work- The amount thus required' to terminate. the undertaking. we are not in å ing up and publishing the results. position to name. since it must obviously be propor- tioned to the general success of the Expedition. We have set forth. in this Memorial our views touch- ing the greåt importance of an Expedition having for its object the exploration of the ocean-traet lying off the. West Coast of Norway. and also as to the means for achieving it — in the firm conviction that such an undertaking - would contribute above any other to insure our country that rank among civilised nations which by reason of her geographical position and physical conditions she is entitled to hold: and moreover, that it must help to throw light on many intricate subjects closely connected with her ma- terial prosperity. That the projected Expedition will in- volve an outlay considerable indeed if not great compared with its probable results, has therefore failed to deter your memorialists from advocating the claims of an under- taking the speedy realisation of which they cannot but regard as a question profoundly affecting the interests of our country. . We venture therefore" to hope. that the Home Depart- ment of His Majesty's «Goverriment will take the necessary steps to obtain å grant of money suffieient to defray the cost of an Expedition having for its object the seientifie exploration of the ocean-tract stretehing between Norway, the Færoe Islands. Teeland, Jan Mayen. and Spitzbergen. Christiania, March 19th, 1874. H. Mohn. G. O. Sars. Touching this proposal, the Home Department advised with the Directors of the Geograpical Survey. the Fac- ulty of Sciences of the University of Christiania. the Ex- change-Committees in Christiansand, Bergen, and Thrond- hjem, the Government Inspectors of the Spring Herring Fishery and of the Lofoten Cod Fishery, and with the Directors of the Bergen Museum: moreover. the Navy De- partment was also desired to pass opinion on the subject. more particularly as to how a suitable vessel might be procured. and what official body should have charge of the D for Expeditionens Istandbrmgelse og tiltraadte 1 det Væ- sentlige de af Forslagsstillerne udtalte Anskuelser. Da Departementet for det Indre var enig i Marme- Departementets Udtalelse, at Expeditionens Bestyrelse even- tuelt burde underlægges Directionen for den geografiske Op- maaling, anmodedes denne under l5dde October 1874 om at indkomme .med detaljeret Overslag over de Omkostninger, som Expeditionen vilde udkræve. Dette Overslag mdsendte Direktionen under Sde Marts 1875, og under 23de samme Maaned indgik Regjeringen med underdanigst Instilling i Sagens Anlednmg. Da samtlige mdhentede Betænkninger gik ud påa, at det vilde være hensigstmæssigst, at der blev bygget et til Expeditionen særlig mdrettet Fartøj, og da Directionen i sit ovennævnte Overslag ogsaa satte dette som første Alternativ, optoges det i Indstillingen, idet De- partementet underdanigst androg om, at der for Storthinget maatte blive fremsat naadigst Proposition om Bevilgning af en Sum af 61,500 Spd. (246,000 Kroner) til Anskaffelse af Skib med Rig, af Instrumenter og Inventarium samt til forberedende Arbejder. Denne Indstilling blev bifaldt ved kongelig Resolution af 30te Marts 1875. Den 20Qde og 21de Maj behandledes Sagen i Stor- thinget. hvis Beslutning gik ud”paa, at Expeditionen skulde udføres med lejet Fartøj, idet følgende af Repræsentanten ' Haugland fremsatte Forslag vandt de fleste Stemmer: «Til Anskaffelse af Apparater, Instrumenter m. V. samt til første Aars Drift af en videnskabelig Expedition til Undersøgelse at den Del af Atlanterhavet, der omsluttes af Norge, Færøerne, Island, Jan Mayen og Spidsbergen, bevilges for Budgetaaret fra Iste Juli 1875 til 30te' Juni 1876 indtil 20,000 Spd.” Da Expeditionens Udførelse saaledes var besluttet, blev Kaptein i Marinen C. Wille, der i en Række Aar havde ledet Dyblodningerne udenfør Norges Kyst som Chef for Oplodningsdampskibet *Hansteen”, og som havde assi- steret Opmaalingsdirectionen ved Udarbeidelsen af det oven- nævnte. Overslag over Expeditionens Kostende, af Departe- mentet - for det Indre overdraget Forberedelserne til dens Udrustning, hvilke tog sin Begyndelse 10 Dage efter at Storthingets Beslutning var faldt, med at Capt. Wille rejste til England, dels for at konferere med Chefen for *Chal- lenger,” Capt. Nares, der om kort Tid skulde afgaa med den Britiske Polar-Expedition, dels for at gjøre de forbe- redende Skridt til Anskaffelse af Apparater og Instru- menter. Opmaalingsdirectionen foranstaltede derefter udstedt Indbydelse i de offentlige Blade saavel her i Riget som i Sverige til Anbud paa Bortleje af Fartøj. Der kom Tilbud fra Rederierne for 11 Dampskibe, blandt hvilke ind- 10 The aforesaid au- thorities were unanimous in favour of the Expedition, and shared m the main the views set forth by the proposers in their Memorial. the same and supernitend her equipment. «The Department for Home Affairs agreeing with the Navy Department that the general management of the Ex- pedition should devolve om the Directors of the Geograph- ical Survey, the latter were desired, m a communication bearing date October the 15th, 1874, to prepare a statement of the probable outlay which such an Expedition would in- volve. On March the 8th, 1875, the Directors sent. in their estimate, and on the 23rd of the same month His Majesty's Government brought the subject before the Privy Couneil in å formal proposition. The several declaratory statements from the above-mentioned authorities being to the effect, that it would be best to have a vessel built specially adapted for the Expedition, and the Directors of tlie Geo- grapical Survey having in their estimate also pronounced in favour of that alternative, it was advocated in the Govern- ment proposition, the Home Department most respectfully submitting, that application should be made to the Stor- thing for a grant of Spd. 61,500 (Kr. 246.000), to defray the cost of a fully equipped vessel, including instruments and preliminary expenses. "This proposition was approved by an Order in Couneil, bearing date March the 30th, 1875. On the 20th and 21st of May, the subject was delib- erated in the Ntorthing, the issue of the debate being that a vessel should be chartered for the Expedition, the House declaring mm favour of the following motion, brought forward by the representative Haugland: — * «For the purchase of instruments, "apparatus, &e., and for defraymg the current expenses of the first year's eruise of a Scientific Expedition to the traet of ocean stretehing* between Norway, the Færoe Islands, Iceland, Jan Mayen, and Spitzbergen, the Storthing doth hereby grant for the financial year commeneing July the Ist, 1875, and terminating July the Ilst, 1874, a sum not exceeding Spd. 20.000 (4.444 I.) The State having accordingly resolved to despatch an Expedition, Captain OC. Wille, R.N., who, as comman- der of the *Hansteen," å steamer built for the Norwegian coast survey, had been engaged m conducting deep-sea Soundings off the coast, and who had assisted the Directors of the Geographical Survey when preparing their estimate of the cost of the Expedition, — was appointed by the Home Department to take the preparatory steps for fittmg her out; and two days after the assent of the Storthing had been given, Capt. Wille left for England, partly that he might there confer with the captain of the *Challenger,” G.S. Nares, who Was shortly to set out on the British Polar Expedition, partly to arrange for the purchase of apparatus, instruments, &e. Soon after Capt. Wille's departure, the Directors of the Geographical Survey invited ship-owners, both in this country and in Sweden, by advertisements in the public jour- nals, to make offer of å vessel for the Expedition. The number et. svensk. Ved kongelig Resolution af 23de December 1875 blev Dampskibet *Vøringen” af Bergen antaget. da det ansaaes i det Hele hensigtsmæssigt og solid. da Rede- * viet strax havde gjort det billigste Tilbud og ligeledes gik ind paa de Fordringer. der stilledes angaaende Rig og Indredning. Den af Departementet med Rederiet atsluttede Kon- trakt, der i det væsentlige ligelydende fornyedes for hvert af de to følgende Aar 1877 og 1878 (med Undtagelse af at Lejen forhøjedes til 1.100 Spd. pr. Maaned) var saa- lydende: k *Rederiet bortforpagter herved Dampskibet *Vørin- gen” til Brug for Atlanterhavs- Expeditionen og leverer Skibet i Bergen omkring den l5de April, saafremt ikke Havari derfor er til Hinder. I dette Tilfælde skal Rede- riet, saa snart ske kan, indsende Underretning til Depar- tementet. Dersom Expeditionens Chef ikke anser det rimeligt, at Skibet vil kunne leveres senest de første Dage af Maj. er han berettiget til at anse nærværende Kontrakt som hævet. Nhkibet afleveres igjen i Slutningen af August eller Begyndelsen af September. saafremt intet uforudseet Tilfælde indtræfter. Skibet leveres hægt og tæt. doksat. rengjort og malet, Maskinen efterseet og i fuld Orden, udstyret med Topsejl paa begge Master og dertil hørende Rig, med tilstrækkelig Ballast. «Rederiet tillader Skibets Indredning og Udbedring igjen efter endt Togt, overensstemmende med de af Hrr. Brunchorst & Dekke leverede Planer. Det kongelige Departement vedtager at have befragtet *Vøringen” for ovennævnte Tidsrum paa ovennævnte Be- tingelser. samt at betale i Fragt 1000 Spå pr: Maaned fra den Dag, Skibet atleveres til Indredningens Paabegyn- samt forsynet delse. indtil det igjen tilbageleveres i Bergen i ryddiggjort -og udbedret Stand. Maaneden regnes tra Dato til Dato og for overskydende Dage regnes 33 NSpd. 40 Skill. pr. Dag. Udløb. Betalingen erlægges ved hver Befragtningsmaaneds Skibet gaar for Rederiets Risico. Som Følge beraf ophører Lejen i Tilfælde at totalt Forlis eller af saadant Havari, hvis Reparation af Expeditionens Chef antages at ville medtage saa lang Tid. at Expeditionen ikke mere med Nytte kan fortsættes det Aar. Ved totalt Forlis ophører Lejen strax. Er totalt Forlis ikke bevisligt. men Fartøjet udebliver, betales Lejen vedvarende. dog ikke længere end 10 Uger fra den Tid, da seneste Ffterretninger indløb. I Tilfælde af saadant Havari, som nævnt, har Ex- peditionens Chef, naar han komnier i Havn, derom at un- derrette Rederiet, med Opfordring til dette om ufortøvet at modtage Fartøjet. Leje betales i dette Tilfælde i en Maaned fra den Dag, Underretningen er givet, dog under el from Swedish owners. An December the 23rd. 1875, steamship * Vøringen.”, of and, on the whole, well adapted for the requirements- of the Expedition; moreover, her owners, whose offer was the lowest. had at once agreed to the stipulated conditions respecting equipment, «&e. The Contract between the Home Department and the owners of the *Vøringen,” which, with the exception of a clause raising the hire to Spd. 1100 per month, was renew- ed in the same form for each of the follewing eruises (in 1877 and 1878), ran as follows: — «The owners of the S.S. * Vøringen” do hereby agree to let that vessel for the use of the North-Atlantic Expedition, and undertake to deliver her in the port af Bergen on. or of tenders received was 11. one Order in Couneil. bearing date confirmed the selection of the Bergen, a vessel strongly built, about, the 15th of April. unless she have sustained damage, in which case her owners shall forthwith send notice to the Home Department. Should the Naval Director of the Expedition feel convinced that the vessel cannot be got ready by the first week in May. he shall be at liberty to cancel this Contract. The vessel to be given up to the owners at the end of August. or the beginning of Septem- ber, no unforseen event intervening. «The vessel to. be delivered in warrantable condition, docked, careened, and painted. with her engines examined and in perfect working order; moreover, she shall be rigged with a top-sail to each mast, and have sufficient ballast. «The owners agree to the ship being. fitted up and repaired at the end of the eruise conformably to the plans furnished by.Messrs. Brunchorst and Dekke. *Thé Home Department of His Majesty's Government doth hereby acknowledge to have chartered the S.S. *Vø- ringen” for the aforesaid term and on the aforesaid condi- tions. at the rate of Spd. 1000 per month. from the day on which the ship is delivered in: Bergen to the deputed agent of the Government to the day on whuch she is given up. put in order and repaired, to the owners in Bergen. For every day over and above a full calender month shall be paid 33 Spd. 40 Skill. The freight to fall due at the * expiration of each month of the term for which the vessel is chartered. Hence all payment of freight shall cease in the event of total loss, or of the vessel sustaining such. damage that the repairs thereby entailed, in the opmion of the Naval Director of the Expedition, cannot be completed sutfieiently soon to admit of continuing the cruise with advantage. «Total loss eancels te contract at once. But should total loss not admit of proof. from the absence of the ves- «The ship to sail at the owners risk. 1 sel, the freight slall contmue to be paid, though not for longer than 10 weeks from the date at which intelligence of the vessel was last received. *In the event of the ship sustaining damage as afore- said, the Naval Director of the Expedition shall, on his arrival in port, coinmunieate witl: the owners, desiring them to take charge of the vessel forthwith. In such case the liability for freight to extend one calender month from the ox ingen Omstændigheder længere end til 7de September.” « Ved kongelig Resolution af dte Februar 1876 blev det overdraget følgende Videnskabsmænd at deltage i Ex- peditionen: Professor i Meteørologien H. Mohn, Professor i Zoologi G. 0. Sars, Overlæge ved Lungegaardshospitalet i Bergen Dr. med. D. C. Damielssen, Kjøbmand 1 Ber- gen Herman Friele og Stud. real. S. M. Svendsen. Som Chef for Expeditionens Skib antoges ved samme Resolution Captein C. Wille, der tillige skulde overtage Udførelsen af de videnskabelige lagttagelser, som vare forudsatte fremmede ved Expeditionen og som ikke specielt maatte gaa ind under nogen af de øvrige ved Expeditionen ansatte Videnskabs- mænds Omraade. Som Tegner blev senere antaget Land- skabsmaler F. Schiertz. Efter Opmaalingsdirectionens Foranstaltning besørgede Capt. Wille Anskaffelsen af de til Expeditionen fornødne Instrumenter: og Apparater samt Skibets Indredning og Udrustning. For Expeditionens videnskabelige Medlemmer biev givét af Opmaalingsdirectionen følgende .af Departementet for det Indre approberede Instrux, der var gjældende for hvert af de tre Aar 1876, 1877 'og' 1878. SG Den for Expeditionen approberede Plan søges udført, saavidt Vejrforhold eller andre uforudseede Omstændighe- der ikke er ivejen derfor. —Afgjørelsen af hvorvidt Vejr- forhold. eller Skibets Tilstand maatte træde hindrende ivejen, tilligger Fartøjets Chef. 82. Planens Udførelse i det enkelte sker efter Samraad og Afstemning af Expeditionens videnskabelige Medlemmer, til hvilke ogsaa Fartøjets Chef hører. Afgjørelsen sker efter simpel Pluralitet. De videnskabelige Medlemmer vælkge sig imellem en Formand, hvis Stemme i Tilfælde af Stemmelighed gjør "Udslaget. Skulde den under Rejsen gjorte Erfaring gjøre det sandsynligt, at Afvigelser fra den lagte Plan i højere Grad vilde ramme Fxpeditionens Formaal, kunne saadanne fore- tages, naar' samtlige videnskabelige Medlemmer enige. derom ere 4 Chefen for Expeditionsskibet har at sørge for, at dette er hensigtsmæssigt udrustet og forsynet med de for Expeditionens Øjemed nødvendige Apparater, samt at de udfordres til Op- Rejser og Manøvrer blive udførte, der naaelse af Expeditionens Formaal. Naar Havn anløbés meddeler Skibscheten Bestyrelsen fornøden Underretning om Expeditionens Fremgang, lige- som han ogsaa aflægger samlet Rapport efter endt Togt. . Efter Expeditionens Afslutning indsendes fra dens viden- "elect åa chairman, "day on which the intelligenee was received, but not longer than the 7th of September.” By an Order in Couneil, bearing date February the Sth, 1876, the following gentlemen were appointed members of the Scientific Staff: — H, Mohn, Professor of. Meteorology; G. 0. Sars, Professor of Zoology; D. C. Damielssen, M. D., physician to Lungegaard's Hospitalin Bergen: Herman Friele Esq., merchant in the city of Bergen; and S. M. Svendsen, undergraduate of the University of Christiania. By the same Order, Capt. C. Wille, R.N., was appointed to com- mand the vessel chartered for the Expedition, and to insti- tute such scientific obseryations as there would. it was believed, be found facilities for taking, but which did not strictly. come within the provinee of any member of the Civilian Seientifie Staff. * Subsequently, the services of Fr Schiertz, artist, were also engaged. At the instanee of the Directors of the. Geographi- cal Survey, Capt. Wille procured for the Expedition the necessary instruments and apparatus, and superintended the general fitting-out of the vessel. For the guidance of the Scientific Staff on board, the Directors of the Geographical Survey, with the sanc- tion of the Home Department, issued the following In- struetions, which remamed in force on the three eruises of the Expedition, in 1876, 1877, ånd 1878. Su: The Scheme approved for the Expedition shall be . strictly adhered to, unless bad weather, or some unforseen interfering cause, prevent its being carried out. It rests with the Captain to pronounee on the state of the weather and of the ship. . Previous to execution, all the details of the Scheme shall be diseussed and put to the vote by the Seientitic Statt on board, of which the Captain of the vessel is a member. The decision of the majority to be final. - The Neientific Staff shall from among their number who has the casting vote. R If, during the progress of the cruise, very erable deviation from the Scheme approved for the Expedi- tion be found advisable, such deviation is permitted, all the members of the Scientific Staff consenting thereto. consid- Eee On the Captain of the vessel shall devolve the duty of fitting her out, and of furnishing her with the ne- cessary apparatus, as also of navigating and working her 'in å manner caleulated to attam the object of the Expedition. 05. From every port at which the vessel may touch, the Captain shall advise the Directors of the Geographical Survey and after his return he The Expedition of the progress of the Expedition: has to report generally on the eruise. skabelige Medlemmer en Generalberetning til Bestyrelsen. | 8 6. De Samlinger af, videnskabelige lagttagelser og Na- turalier, som Expeditionen tilvejebringer. forblive denne tilhørende, indtil de efter Bestemmelse af Expeditionens videnskabelige Medlemmer ere bearbejdede. * Publikationen af de gjorte Iagttagelser samt deres Resultater* og Forde- lingen af de indsamlede Naturalier bestemmes af Bestyrel- sen efter Forslag af de videnskabelige Medlemmer. For hvert Aars Togt udarbejdedes af Expeditionens Medlemmer i Forbindelse med Opmaalingsdirectionen (Gene- ral Grimsgaard, Fyrdirektør Diriks og Professor Mohn) en Arbejdsplan, der indsendtes til Departementet for det Indre til Approbation. 1876. Den for dette Aar approberede Plan var følgende: Saasnart Expeditionsfartøjet i Bergen har modtaget sin fulde Udrustning og de Instrumenter og Apparater, der skulle have sin Plads ombord. ere anbragte, kunne de Tagttagelser begynde, der ere nødvendige for Bestemmelsen af de forskjellige magnetiske Constanter ved Skibet og de respective Instrumenter. Da saadanne lagttagelser bør foretages paa et Sted, der er saavidt muligt frit for den saakaldte magnetiske Lo- calattraction, og da Erfaringen fra *Hansteens” Togt i 1875 har vist, at man ikke kan gjøre Regning paa at blive fri for denne Virkning, førend man kommer ud paa de yderste Øer :og Skjær paa Kysten, ville de nævnte lagt- tagelser ikke kunne udføres med Fordel i Bergen. Af Resultaterne af *Hansteens” Togt 1 1875 frem- gaar det, at Øerne Utvær,, og navnlig Husø ved Nogne- fjordens Munding har den forønskede Frihed for Localat- traction. Paa dette Sted ville derfor de forberedende mag- netiske lagttagelser antagelig bedst blive at udføre. Hvor lang Tid disse TIagttagelser ville tage. beror paa Vejrfor- holdene, navnlig fordi der til enkelte af dem kræves Sol til en bestemt Dagstid. Da en Flerhed af de Instrumenter og Apparater. hvormed Expeditionen vil have at arbejde, paa denne komme til Anvendelse under Forhold. der paa Grund af Fore- tagendets større Maalestok og Udrustningens større Fuld- stændighed ere Expeditionens Deltagere delvis nye. og da Mandskabet trænger til Opøvelse i de for de videnskabe- lige Operationer nødvendige Manøvrer. ansees det for mest hensigtsmæssigt og i Længden mest tidsbesparende åt fore- tage foreløbige Forsøg til Øvelse med samtlige de under Expeditionen benyttende Apparater. En udmerket Lejlighed til den første Prøve. der til- lader Operationerne at foregaa i smult Vand paa samme NE o ended. the members of the Scientific Staff shall send in a General Report to the Managing Committee. ' SpG: The observations instituted and natural objects col- leeted shall belong to the Expedition till such time as, with the approbation of the Seientitie Staff, they have been The publication of the observations ånd their results. and the distribution of the duly worked out and deseribed. natural objects. to devolve on the Directors of the Geo- graphical Survey, and to be in accordance with the propo- sition of the Seientitie Staff. For each eruise the-members of the Scientific Staff, in conjunetion with the Directors of the Geographical Sur- vey (General Grimsgaard, F. Diriks. Director of Light- houses. and Professor Mohn), drew up å Scheme of Work, which was laid betore the Home Department for approval. 1876. The Seheme approved for this year was as follows: — When the vessel selected for the Expedition, now lying m the port of Bergen, has been fully equipped, and the instruments and apparatus with which she is to be furnished have been arranged on board, the observations necessary to determine the magnetie constants for the ship and the respective instruments may forthwith commence. Ås such observations should be taken im a spot as «nearly as possible free from the so-called magnetic local attraction, amd the cruise of the *Hansteen” in 1875 having shown that this disturbing influence does not cease to be felt at å less distance from the coast than the outermost islands and skerries, the said observations cannot gjve satis- factory results if made in Bergen. ; From observations instituted on the cruise of the *Hansteen' in 1875, it appears that the islands of Utvær, and more especially the island of Husø at the entrance to the Sognefjord, are well nigh uninfluenced by local attraction.- On the latter island. therefore, it will be best to undertake the preliminary magunetic observations. What time will be required to complete these observations, must depend on the state of the weather, particularly since sunshine at a certain hour of the day is indispensable for some of them. Ås very many of the instruments and appliances ne- cessary for the Expedition, will have to be used under conditions which, by reason of the comparatively extensive scale whéreon the Expedition has been planned, and the relative completeness of equipment, are in several respects new to the members of the Expedition: and the crew needing practice for the work connected with the seientitic operations, it is deemed advisable, and will in the long run be the surest means of saving time, to make preliminary excursions, or trial-trips, with a view to acquire experience in handling the apparatus. , — Ax excellent loeality to begin with, that would admit of earrying om the operations both in smooth water and Tid som den Dybde, paa hvilken der kan opereres, er be- tydelig, frembyder Sognefjorden, der i sin ydre Del, uden- for Ladvik, er over 660 Favne dyb. Til Udførelsen af den Plan. i denne Del af Sogne- fjorden at foretage de første forløbige Arbejder, knytter sig den Interesse, som Undersøgelsen af Forholdene i Sogne- fjorden har, navnlig i zoologisk Henseende, i hvilken Ret- Som bekjendt danner Sognefjorden ved sin ringe Dybde i Mundingen et fra Havet temmelig afsluttet Dybbassin. ning Fjorden endnu er meget lidet undersøgt. Da der mellem det paapegede Punkt af Sognefjorden og Utvær kun er liden Afstand, vil man, naar Vejrforhol- dene falde ugunstige for de magnetiske Observationer paa dette Sted, med Lethed kunne benytte Tiden til Øvelserné i Sognefjorden og saaledes kunne gjøre Regning paa at faa begge disse forberedende Arbejder udførte i en rimelig Tid. Efterat man saaledes har vundet det fornødne Kjend- skab til Apparaterne og Øvelse i Brugen af dem i smult Vand, kræves, at man vinder Erfaring i deres Anvendelse paa Søen, i mindre roligt Vejr. De hertil fornødne Øvel- ser antages at kunne, paa den mest frugtbringende Maade, forenes med Udførelsen af Expeditionens egentlige 'Øjemed, ved følgende Ordning af Arbejdet. Den dybe Rende, der ligger udenfor den norske Kyst fra Skagerak til Stat, fjerner sig her fra Kysten og synes at udmunde i Ishavsdybet. Der foreligger imidlertid Tem- peraturiagttagelser, der tyde hen paa Muligheden af, at Renden grunder op eller lukker sig. Undersøgelsen af dette Punkt vil derfor udgjøre en passende Gjenstand for Ved at følge Rendens Bund fra Sognefjorden af nordover og undersøge dens For- hold udenfor Stat og Romsdalskysten har man Fordelen af at være paa Nøen i et Farvand, hvor Naturforholdene til- stede Apparaternes Anvendelse 1 forskjellige Retninger og hvor Undersøgelsernes Resultater ville blive baade instructive for Tagttagerne og oplysende for Videnskaben, og hvor man ikke er længere fra Land, end at man med Letbed vil kunne søge dette, for at iverksætte mulige Udbedringer eller ønskelige Forbedringer at Apparaterne, som Erfaring maatte vise det hensigtsmæssigt at foretage, førend man til- træder Rejsen til fjernere Egne. Expeditionens Begyndelsesarbejder. Efterat man saaledes havde vundet Erfaring 1 Søen og fanet undersøgt det Parti af de norske Kystbanker, hvorpaa Expeditionens videre Undersøgelser maa støtte sig. maatte man, forat komplettere Udrustningen for et længere Togt, anløbe en større Havn. t. Ex. Kristiansund. Her skulde Fartøjet blive at forsyne med, komplet Udrustning af Kul og Vand, Kronometernes Stand og Gang bestem- mes og mulige Udbedringer ved Apparaterne foretages. Naar Expeditionen sualedes er i fuldt udrustet Stand (antagelig omkring St. Hanstider), kunne dens Arbejder at a considerable depth. is the Sognefjord: which in its outer part, off Ladvik. is 660 fathoms deep. Moreover, the selection of the Sognefjord as the tract wherein to commence the preliminary work of the Expedi- tion. would afford a desirable opportunity of seientifically exploring that region, which has hitherto been but little investigated, m particular as regards its fauna. The Sogne-, fjord constitutes, by reason of remarkable shallowness at its mouth. a deep basin well nigh eut off from the ocean without. The distance between the above-mentioned point of the Sognefjord and Utvær being comparatively short. when the weather did not admit of continuing the magnetic ob- servations im the latter locality. the time might be advan- tageously employed in the Sognefjord. and there would thus be a-fair prospect of completimg both parts of the prelimi- nary work within å reasonable period. Knowledge of the apparatus. and the requisite fam- iliarity with their use in smooth water. having been thus attaimed, the next step will be: to acquire experience of their application at sea in comparatively rough weather. The practice necessary for this purpose may, it is believed, be easily combined with the main object of the Expedition by conducting the work as follows: — The deep channel extending along the shores of Norway from the Skagerak to Ntat. leaves the coast im this loeal- ity, and would appear to disembogue mto the depths of the Arctic Ocean. Perhaps. however. inferring from cer- tain temperature-observations. the chaniel gradually shoals or closes. The elearing up of thus question will form a fitting - subject for the opening work of the Expedition. By following the channel from the Sognefjord northwards, and investigating its conditions off Stat and the coast ot Romsdalen. the Expedition will secure the advantage of manitold use of the apparatus, and where the results of the imvestiga- eruising in a tract of ocean which admits of a tion must prove alike instructive to the observers themselves and specially promotive of the, interests of science; more- over, the distanee from land being comparatively short. it will, if necessary, be easy to run in.shore. for the purpose of repairimg the apparatus, in case of accident, or ot eftect- ing such alterations in their construction as may be found desirable, before proceeding to more distant regions. Having thus acquired experience m the use of the apparatus at sea, and investigated that portion of the Nor- wegian coastal banks on which the Expedition must base its subsequent operations, 1t will be necessary to touch at one of the larger ports. for instance Christiansund, and there complete the equipment of the vessel, — viz. by taking ina full supply of coal and water, examining the chronome- ters. repairing, 1 damaged, the apparatus. and eftecting any improvements in their construction that experience may suggest. Then, —so soon as the vessel shall in such wise have been fully equipped for the eruise (about the end of June). the work fortsættes med Afslutningen at Undersøgelserne af Bankerne udenfor Romdalskysten henimod Shetland. Fra dette Felt kommer man videre vestover til den dybe Rende mellem Shetland og Færøerne, der, navnlig i dens sydvestre Del, har- været Gjenstand for *Porcupine”- Expeditionens Undersøgelser. Dens nordøstre Del vil det blive den norske Expeditions Opgave at undersøge nærmere Paa denne NStrækning ville Tagttagelser at Strømforholdene samt Undersøgelse af Havvandets Beskaffenhed i de forskjellige Dybder, til hvilke Forholds Undersøgelse den norske Ex- - pedition antagelig vil være bedre udrustet end den nævnte Britiske, kunne blive af fundamental Betydning for Hav- strømmenes Theori, og studere dens Overgang til det kolde Ishavsdyb. En Betingelse for Held er imidlertid roligt Vejr. Efter Afslutningen at Undersøgelsen at Færø-Shetland Renden. vil det at flere Grunde, der nedenfor ere nævnte, være hensigtsmæssigt, at man anløber Thorshavn paa Fær- øerne, for at forberede sig til Undersøgelsen af Stræknin- gen mellem Færøerne og Island. Undersøgelserne paa denne NStrækning ville omfatte Forholdene ved Overgangen fra det forholdsvis grunde Hav mellem Færøerne og Island, der endnu tilhører Atlanter- havet, til det kolde Ishavsdyb, der ligger østenfor. Her kommer Expeditionen til at arbejde paa et saagodtsom i alle Henseender aldeles nyt Felt, hvad der ogsaa gjælder de følgende Strækninger. Paa Island er det nødvendigt at foretage lignende magnetiske Iagttagelser som dem, der ere tænkte udførte paa Utvær. Antagelig vil Reykjaviks Havn i denne Henseende frembyde en bekvem Lejlighed. Mellem Kap Farvel og Island er der i sidste Som- mer af Chefen for den britiske Fregat *Valorous,” Captem Jonés, udført en Række lagttagelser af Dybtemperatur i Forbindelse med Bundskrabninger. Denne Række udfylder paa en efter Omstændighederne tilfredsstillende Maade Overgangen 'mellem de tidligere undersøgte Dele af Atlan- terhavet og den Linie, der — som dannende Overgangen fra Atlanterhavet til vort arktiske Havbassin — maa blive at sætte som den vestlige Grændse for den norske Expe- ditions Undersøgelsesfelt, nemlig Linien gjennem de NStræ- der og Havstrækninger, der adskille Shetlandsøerne, Fær- øerne, Island og Grønland. For at fuldstændiggjøre Undersøgelserne paa denne Linie bliver det den norske Bxpeditions Opgave at forsøge undersøgt Strækningen mellem Island og Grønland, en Op- gave, hvis Løsnings Vigtighed Dr. Carpenter, en af Delta- gerne og Lederne af flere af de britiske Dybhavsexpedi- tioner, med Styrke har gjort opmerksom paa. 15 of the Expedition ean be continued, by closing the investi- gation of the banks off the coast of Romsdalen. im the di- - rection of the Shetland Islands. Westwards from this tract extends the deep chamel between the Shetlands and the Færoe Islands; which — m particular its south-westerly portion — was explored on the *Porcupine” Expedition. — The mnorth-eastern part, together with the how and where this channel passes into the depths of the Arctic Ocean, will be made a subject Ob- servations on the direction and rate of the currents through- of special investigation by the Norwegian Expedition. out this section of the channel, and on the chemical con- stituents of the water at different depths, which the Nor- wegian Expedition, from the character of its equipment, will, it is believed, have greater facilities for instituting than had the above-mentioned British Expedition with the * Porcupine,” may prove of fundamental importance in elu- eidating the theory of ocean currents. Meanwhile, a sine quå mon for achieving success Is favourable weather. After terminating the investigation of the Færoe-Shet- land channel, it will, for divers reasons, specified below, be advisable to touch previous to exploring the ocean-tract between: the Færoe Islands and Iceland. In this loeality, the Expedition will mvestigate the nature of the transition from the comparatively shallow sea (part of the Atlantic) between the Færoe Islands and Ice- land to the deptbs of the Arctic Ocean, stretching east- Here, the exploratory work will be im a field essentially new, which also applies to the succeeding traets. at Thorshavn on the Færoe Islands, wards. In Iceland, magnetical observations must be instituted similar to those the Expedition will take at Utvær. For this purpose, the port of Reykjavik is believed to be å convenient locality. Last summer a series of deep-sea temperatures, m connexion with dredgings, were taken by Loftus Jones, captain of the British frigate *Valorous,” between Cape These observations have, as far as eireumstances would permit, contributed greatly to our knowledge of the part of the Ocean lying between the sec- tions of the Atlantic previously investigated and the line Farewell and Ireland. which — constituting as it does the. boundary between the Atlantic and the basm of the Arctic Ocean — must be regarded as the western limit of the region it is the object of the Norwegian Expedition. to explore, viz. the line passing through the straits and tracts of ocean that extend between the Shetlands, the Færoe Islands, leeland, and Greenland. With a view to render the investigation along this boundary-line as complete as possible, the Norwegian Ex- pedition will endeavour to &explore the tract between Iceland and Greenland, — å problem to the importance of which Dr. Carpenter, member and co-director of several of the British deep-sea Expeditions, has repeatedly drawn attention. | 16 Det er ikke sandsynligt, at Isforholdene skulde lægge den norske Expedition Hindringer ivejen for Udførelsen af denne Undersøgelse. hellér ikke for dens Fortsættelse paa Strøget nordenom- Island. Ved at denne Vej følges, banes en vigtig Overgang til det egentlige Ishavsdyb, som dernæst maatte blive at gjennemskjære med et Smit fra et og Punkt i nordost for Island til et Punkt paa Norges Kyst nordenfor Trondhjem. Paa demme sidste Del af Rejsen ville sandsynligvis alle Ishavsdybets vigtigste Naturforhold komme tilsyne i. lagttagelserne. Med gunstige Vejrforhold vil den ovennævnte Del af Expeditionens Plan muligens kunne blive udført i en saa- vidt kort Tid, at der efter Tilbagekomsten til Norge endnu - bliver Anledning til videre Undersøgelser. Om disse da bør rettes paa en Linie tvers over Ishavet mod Jan Mayen eller paa Overgangen mellem Bankerne foran Nordlands Kyst og Ishavsdybet. vil bedst den indtil da vundne Frfa- ring og Hensyn til den tilbagestaaende Arbejdstid kunne afgjøre. ; Bestyreren af det danske meteorologiske Institut, der har Stationer i Torshavn paa Færøerne. og paa Island i Berufjord og Papey paa Sydostsiden, i Reykjavik og NStyk- kisholm paa Vestsiden samt i Akureyri og paa Grimsey paa Nordsiden, har anmodet Bestyreren af det norske mete-: orologiske Institut om under Expeditionen at inspicere de af disse Stationer, hvortil maatte blive Anledning. Da de nævnte Stationer ere erkjendte for at være af fun- damental Betydning for hele Europas og ikke mindst for Norges Meteorologi. vil Expeditionen kunne yde denne Viden- skab, hvis Fremme ligger indenfor dens Arbejders Kreds, der en ganske væsentlig Tjeneste ved at imødekomme det af det danske Instituts Bestyrer fremsatte Ønske. Stationerne ligge lige i den Vej; som Expeditionsskibet efter denne Plan vil komme til at følge og ville afgive de mest pas- sende Stoppepladse til Indtagelse af Forsyninger,-til Veri- fication af Kronometrene og de magnetiske Instrumenter, til Udførelse af Arbejder ombord, der kræve hurtigere Fremme og vanskelig kunne udføres i Nøen, til Undersø- gelse af Naturforholdene paa 'Kysten. til Tilflugtssteder under Vejrforhold. der umuliggjøre Arbejde i Søen m. v. De Undersøgelser, der ville blive Gjenstand for Ex- peditionens Arbejder, ere i det væsentlige følgende: L. ! tion. Lodninger til Bestemmelse af Havbundens Configura- Under af at Bundens Materiale samt flere af de Operationer. der disse: komme Samling Prøver tjene til Grundlag for de nedenfor nævnte Undersø- gelser. Hastighed. Hastighed søges be- Bestemmelse at Strømmens Retning og Overfladestrømmens Retning og - That the Expedition will meet with impediments from ice, either in this region or in the traet north of Iceland, there as little reason to apprehend. This course will lead by a direct transit-passage to the depths of the Arctic Ocean, which have then to be 'traversed from a point north-east of Iceland to a point on the Norwegian coast north of Throndhjem. The observations taken on this, the latter part of the passage, will in all probability diselose the most important of the cohditions distinguishing the depths of the Arctic Ocean. : Provided the weather be favourable, the Expedition will possibly get through this part of the Scheme and return to Norway in time for further operations. Whether. in that case, 1t will be best to conduct the investigation along a line traversing the Polar Sea in the direction of Jan Mayen, or in*the tract extending between the banks off the coast of Nordland amd the depths of the Arctic Ocean, must depend on thé nature of the experienee till then. acquired, and on the time that may yet remain available for continuing the eruise. The Director of the Danish Meteorological Institute. which has Stations on the Færoe Islands (Thorshavn) and in Iceland (south-east coast: Berufjord and Papey; west coast: Reykjavik and Stykkisholm; north coast: Akureyri and Grimsey), deems it highly desirable that the Direetor of the Norwegian Meteorological Institute should inspect such of those Stations as the Expedition may furnish op- portunity of visiting. ledged to be of fundamental importanee to the meteorology of Europe. — and not least to that of Norway. — wherefore Now, the said Stations are acknow- the Expedition could very materially promote that science by acceding to the request preferred by the Director of the Danish Institute to the Director of the Norwegian. Moreover, the Stations lie one amd all in the route the Expedition will take pursuant to the Scheme of Work: they are excellently adapted for stopping-places, at which to provision the ship. verify the chronometers and the magnetic instruments. do not admit of delay. or ean with difficulty be aceomplished at sea. investigate physical and other conditions on the coast, &e. &e.: and finally, they would serve as harbours in stress of work on board that does weather. when all work at sea was impracticable. The following is a General Specification of the objects which the Expedition will seek to carry out: — 1: To determine by sowdings the contour of the sea- bed. When taking them, samples of the bottom will be simultaneously colleeted, and divers of the operations performed necessary to serve as a basis for the work specified below. TD To The determine the direction and «rate of currents. direction and rate of surface-currents will be «1 stemt dels ved hvert Lodskud, dels ved de sædvanlige nautiske Methoder. Undersøgelsen af. Strømmen i Dybet vil udkræve særskilte Methoder og kun lade sig udføre under gunstige Omstændigheder. Disse sidste Undersøgelser maa i Regelen forbeholdes «en- kelte Punkter, hvor de ere af fundamental Betydning, som Færø-Shetland-Renden, Færø-Island-Flakket, Is- land-Grønland-Strædet og det kolde Ishavsdyb samt : Norges Banker. Bestemmelse af Havets Temperatur i Overfladen fal- der nærmest ind under de meteorologiske Tagttagelser. Dybets Temperatur ved Bunden bestemmes ved hvert Lodskud. sa mange Punkter, det maa ansees at være af In- teresse, tages Rækker af Temperaturiagttagelser i forskjellige Dybder fra Overfladen tilBunden med de forskjellige Instrumenter, som Expeditionen hertil dis- Under gunstige Omstændigheder og paa ponerer over. Undersøgelse af Havvandets fysiske og |chemiske For- hold: Specifisk- Vægt- Bestemmelse med i Areometer, Saltholdighed (Chlormængde) ved Titrering,. Luft- mænede og Kulsyremængde ved Udkogning. De yder- lig fornødne Analyser af de opsamlede Gasarter samt af større Prøver af Havvand, som medtages fra Ste- . der, hvor Forholdene ere typiske, maa udføres i La- boratoriet efter Expeditionens Slutning. Ved de fleste Lodskud tages Vandprøver fra Havbunden til Bestem- melse af specitisk Vægt og Saltholdighed. Paa sær- egne Steder tages en Række Prøver af Vand fra forskjellige Dybder til Undersøgelse i forskjellige Ret- . ninger, dels ombord, dels senere. Zoologiske Undersøgelser. Indsamling af Havdyr med de dertil bestemte Apparater, deres foreløbige Under- søgelse og Gruppering, deres Præparation og Opbe- varing. -Indsamling af Specimina af Dyreriget forøvy- rigt efter Lejligheden. Ved de for disse Undersøgelser nødvendige Operationer vindes ogsaa Prøver af Hav- bundens Materiale til Opbevaring. - Botaniske Undersøgelser: Indsamling af Specimina af Planteriget, deres Præparation og Opbevaring til videre Undersøgelse. Meteorologiske Tagttagelser. gelser af Barometer, Psychrometer,- Vindens Retning, Styrke og Hastighed, Skyernes Mængde, Form og Bevægelse, Søgang, Nedbør m. m. Forsøg med Hy- grometer til Control for Psychrometret, med Regn- maaler og Fordunstningsmaaler, med Thermometre paa forskjellige Steder og i forskjellige Højder. Maa- ling af Havvandets Temperatur og specitiske Vægt i Overfladen. Den norske Nordhavsexvedition. OC. Wille: Expeditionens Historie. Stadig fortsatte lagtta- «1 . sounding. determined partly by the operation of sounding, and partly by the usual nautical methods. For investi- gating 'deep-sea currents, recourse must be had to special methods, practicable only under favourable cireumstanees. Such investigations must therefore, as å rule, be confined to in which they will be of fundamental importance, the Færoe-Shetland channel, the Færoe-Iceland flat. the between Ieeland and Greenland. the cold area of the Arctic Ocean, banks off the' coast of Norway. To determine the Surface-temperature of the Sea, which comes strictly within the meteorological observations. a few localities VIZ. channel and the The bottom-temperature will be determined with every Under favourable circumstances, serial tem- perature observations will be taken, in as many loeal- ities as may be deemed desirable, at different depths, from the surface to the bottom, with the various in- struments provided for the purpose. To investigate the Physical Conditions and Chemical Constituents of the sea-water. This will comprise: spec- ifie gravity determinations with the areometer; salt- determinations (amount of chlorime) by titration; ar and carbonic acid determinations by the boiling-pro- cess. All further analyses of gases collected on the Expedition, as also of. large samples of sea-water from localities charæcterised by typical conditions, must be made in the Laboratory after the return of the Ex- pedition to Norway. When soundings are taken, samples of bottom-water will be generally collected, for determming the specitic gravity and the amount of salt. At certain stations. samples 'of water will be collected from ditferent depths. for examination either on board or at å subsequent date. Zoological Work, comprising the collection of marine animals, with the apparatus provided for the purpose, their preliminary examination and classification, pre- paring ånd preserving them on board, and the oc casional collection of other specimens of the animal kingdom. When condueting the operations for cap- turing marine animals. samples of the bottom will also be collected. Botanical Work, comprising the collection 'of spec- imens of the vegetable kingdom, and preserving them for subsequent examination. Meteorological Observations, comprising regular read- ings of the barometer and psychrometer; observations of the force, direction, and veloeity of the wind, the form, amount, and motion of clouds, the state of the sea, precipitation, &c., &c.; experiments with the hygro- meter; to control the psychrometer, with the rain- guage, and with thermometers in different localities and at different heights above the level of the sea; determinations of the temperature of the sea and of the specific gravity of the water at the surface. * Magnetiske Tagttagelser. . Daglige — om, Vejret til- lader det — Bestemmelser af Misvisningen, Inelina- tion og Intensitet. Observationernes Beregning saa- vidt ske kan. Observationer paa Land- (Basis-)Sta- tioner «til Bestemmelse af de nødvendige magnetiske Konstanter. Lejlighedsvise Iagttagelser, hvortil Tid og Sted maatte give Anledning, ,saasom hydrografiske Undersøgelser, astronomisk-geografiske Stedbestemmelser, geologiske Tagttagelser m. m. Den l4de April blev Dampskibet *Vøringen” i Ber- gen overtaget for Expeditionens Regning, og det overdro- ges D'Hrr. Brunchorst & Dekke at udføre Forandringerne og Indredningsarbejderne efter den vedtagne Plan. Mod Slutningen af Maj Maaned var disse færdige og samtlige Apparater, se avidt muligt paa Plads, hvorefter Fxpeditio- nens Deltagere, Professorerne Mohn og Sars, Dr. Daniels- sen, Hrr. Friele. -Hrr. Svendsen og Landskabsmaler Schiertz embarkerede. Som-Skihsofficerer, var 'antagne Premierlieut- nant i Marinen R. M. Petersen og Skibsfører J. Grieg. Om Morgenen den Iste Juni afgik FExpeditionen fra Bergen og sejlede ind i Sognefjorden, hvor den samme Dags Eftermiddag ankrede i Esefjord. Efter. nogle Forbe-' redelser foretoges i Fjorden udenfor Esefjord de første Lodninger og Skrabninger til Prøve. Lodningen foregik' strax uden Vanskelighed. Ved den første Skrabning havde 'vi det Uheld, at Skrabetouget sprang, uden synderlig paa- gaaende Kraft, paa Grund af en Fejl i Sammenslagningen, hvilkét var saameget mere uheldigt, som det vakte Tvivl om Tougverkets Godhed. Dette viste sig imidlertid senere ud- mærket, og den første var den eneste Skrabe, der paa hele Expeditionen gik tabt af denne Aarsag. Den næste Skrab- ning var ogsaa uden Resultat, da Farten havde været for stor, hvorved Skraben strax løftedes fra Bunden, men her- med var øgsaa den fornødne Erfarmg indvunden med Hen- syn til.denne Manøvre. Anden Pintsedag, den te Juni, foretoges en Excur- Forøvrigt anvendtes Tiden med Klargjørmg af Lodde- og Skrabe-Apparaterne og med deres Anvendelse paa Dybet. Den Sde Juni gik vi udover Sognefjorden, tog nogle Lodskud udenfor Bøftjor- sion til Bojum-Bræen i Fjærland. den, hvor Dybden endnu var 600 Favne og ankrede om Aftenen paa nævnte Sted. Den Øde.om Morgenen bestemtes 18 I | Magqnetical Observations (taken daily, weather permut- * ting), to determine decelination. inelination, and inten- sity, so far as practicable, with computation of the results. For determining the magnetic constants, ob- servations .will be instituted on shore, at base-stations. 9. Occasional observations. for which time and place may furnish opportunity, such.as hydrographical ob- servations, observations of latitude and longitude, geo- logical observations. &e. &e. ; On the l4th of April the SS. *Vøringen,” lying in the port of Bergen, was. taken in charge for the Expe- dition, and Messrs. Brunchorst & Dekke coinmissioned to the necessary alterations &e., in conformity with the approved plan. By the latter end of May the vessel was ready for sea; and all instruments and appa- undertake ratus having been got on board, and so far as possible arranged, the several members of the Expedition, — Pro- fessors Mohn and Sars, .Dr. Danielssen. Mr. Friele, Mr. Svendsen, and an artist, Mr. Schiertz, forthwith embarked. The chief: officers (exclusive "of the captain) were — R. M. Petersen, R.N., first lieutenant: J. Grieg, merchant- captain. | NPE On the morning of the Ist of June the Expedition left Bergen, steaming northward for the Sognefjord, which it reached on the afternoon of that day. and cast anchor above. — After few preparations, the first soundings and dredgings were com- menced, off the mouth of the Esefjord. No ditficulty whatever attended the former operation: but at the first trial with the dredge, the rope, though not exposed to any in the Esetjord, an arm of the a considerable strain, unfortunately parted; owing to some defect in the manufacture; which was the more to be regret- ted, Since it gave reason to apprehend that the general quality of the rope-work supplied to the Expedition might Happily, however, it turned out to be excel- The next dredging also proved unsuceesstul, from the speed of prove inferior. lent, and no other dredge was lost in this manner. the vessel, which" was too great, causing the dredge to be lifted off the bottom. Meanwhile, sufficient experience had been aequired in the use of the apparatus. On Whit Monday, the 5th of June, an excursion was made to the Bojum glaeier. im Fjærland. The following days were oceupied with getting in order the sounding and dredging and working them im deep water. On the Sth of June we steamed out of*the Sognefjord, apparatus, took a few soundings off the Bøfjord, where the depth was still found to be not less than 600 fathoms, and in the Bundens Opgang fra det store Dyb inde i Sognefjorden til dennes ydre grundere Del og toges et Par Skraber i denne sidste, hvorpaa, Expeditionen gik ud til Husø ved Njordens Munding. Her blev den liggende i 10. Dage, anvend- tes til magnetiske Observationer i Land og til Svingning af Skibet for at bestemme de magnetiske Constanter for Navigationen og for de magnetiske Instrumenter ombord. Til samme Tid toges daglig Skrabninger fra Baad af Zoo- * logerne. der Den 20de Juni gik Expeditionen tilsøs. Vejret. der under Opholdet i Husø havde været noget uroligt blev efterhaanden med Planen «begyndte man strax med Bestemmelsen af den langs Kysten løbende dybe Rendes Affald mod Ishavet: Under dette Arbejde fik vi første: Gang iskoldt Vand i Dybet om Aftenen den 21de Juni paa 629 45' N. Br. og 19 48" L. :Ø. f. Gr. og ved Skrabningen sammesteds den første Um- bellularia. Til Middag den 23de arbejdedes Dag og Nat med Lodninger. Skrabninger, ning af Vandprøver fra Bund og Overflade. . og de Stationer. hvor afsatte paa det medfølgende Oversigtskart. udmærket. Overensstemmende Temperaturrækker. og Optag- der er foretaget Undersøgelser, er 23de Juni ankom Vøringen til Krvistian- og 26de anvendtes til at fylde Kul og Vand samt gjøre ;nogle mindre Anskaffelser. Mandskabet blev forøget med 3 Mand, da Zoologerne tiltrængte Assistance end paaregnet, ligesom Arbejdet med Appara- i Folkene, man Fredag den sund. Den 24de mere terne viste sig mere anstrængende for end havde tænkt Sig. Tirsdag den 27de Juni feile an klitianen atter fra Kristiansund, og ud paa Ntoreggen. hvor der toges 10 Lod- skud og 5 Bundskrabninger. hvorpaa Kursen sattes videre vestover. Den 30te Juni loddedes, trawledes og skrabedes i 525 (eng.) Favne og den ER Juli 'i.587 Favne paa 63" 5' N. Br., 09 53' L. Ø. f. Gr. Lige siden Afgangen fra Husø havde Vejret været ae å smukt,, men den Iste Juli begyndte den første Storm, og siden holdt Vejret sig usædvanligt ugunstigt lige til den 15de August. Kl. 10 om Aftenen den lste Juli var Vindens Hastighed 20 Meter i Sekundet. Vindens Retning SSØ. og Fartøjets Kurs ØSØ, begge retvisende. . Bølgernes Højde maaltes til 5—6 Meter. Da Vinden efterhaanden gik om paa SV., lagdes Kursen om Fftermiddagen den ?den Juli mod Vest. Vinden var svagere, men Nøgangen hindrede fremdeles vore Arbejder paa Dybet. Den 3die Juli avancerede vi fremdeles lang- somt vestover, men uden at kunne bruge Dybhavsappara- terne. Vinden var noget mindre stærk, men Søen fremdeles urolig, Bølgehøjden 3 Meter. Den 4de Juli om Morgenen *(Cartes synoptiques journaliéres, construites par N. Hoff- 1 hvilke vor 1 Man se meyer, directeur de l'institut météorologique - Danois,” Expeditions meteorologiske Tagttagelser er benyttede. Skibets Vej- evening in shore to anchor. On the morning of the th was determined the rise of the bottom from the great inner depths of the S where we took one or two hauls of. the*dredge. and then at the mouth of the fjord. Here with the object of in- ran Sognefjord to its -shallower outer part, proceeded on to Husø, the Expedition remained 10 days, stituting magnetical observations on shore, and of swing- ing ship for deviation and determining the constants of the magnetical instruments. During our stay the zoologists dredged the bottom daily from a boat. On the 20th of June the Expedition put to sea. The weather. which had been somewhat blustering at Husø, .now began to moderate, and turned out remark- ably fine. Agreeably to the approved' plan, we at once proceeded to investigate the deep channel that stretches along the coast, and to explore its slope towards the basin of the Arctic Ocean. Whilst thus engaged, we struck in the depths, for the first time, water of 0” temperature, on the evening of the 2Ist. lat. 629 45' N., long. 19 48 E., and a haul of tbe dredge brought up. our first spec- Till noon of the 23rd; our time was fully oceupied with sounding, dredging, taking serial temperatures, and collecting samples of sea-water from the. bottom and from the surface. The accompanying Plate shows the track of the ship and the Stations at pet any exploring work was done. On Friday the 23rd of June the *Vøringen” reaclied Christiansund. Two days — the 24th and the 26th — were passed in taking in coal and water; and otherwise complet- ing the equipment of the vessel. At this port 3 additio- nal hands were shipped, the zoologists needing :inereased the working the apparatus ship, too, had proved imen ot Umbellularia. assistance : more Tlaborious than originally antieipated. On Tuesday the 27th of June the Expedition left Christiansund, and. steamed out to the Storeggen bank. Here we took a series of 10 soundings and 5 hauls.of the dredge, after which the vessel pursued her westward course. On the 30th of June we sounded, trawled, and dredged, and on the Ist of July, in 587 fathoms. låt 630 DANS long. 09 53" E. Since our departure from Husø the weather had been uncommonly fine; but on the. Ist of July it blew a heavy gale, and from that date to the 15th of August the weather continued exceptionally foul» On the Ist of July. at 10 p.m.. the velocity of the wind was 20 metres a second, its direction (true) SSE.., and the course of the vessel (true) ESE.: height of the waves 5—6 metres (18 feet). The wind having gradu- ally veered to the south-west, on the afternoon of the 2nd the ship was given å westward course, The wind had fal- len off, but the sea was still too high to admit of deep- sea operations. On the 3rd of July we continued steaming slowly westward, with no possibility however of working in 525 ETE 1 Vide *Cartes synoptiques journalidres: construites par N. Hoft- meyer, directeur de "institut météorologiqueDanois.” in which part of our meteorological observations are incorporated. Kl. 6 var Vejret blevet saavidt roligt, at der kunde tages et Lodskud paa 1081 Favne.paa 63% 7 N. Br. 19 26" L. V. f. Gr. og en Skrabe den Ste om Morgenen 10' nordli- gere, men en om Aftenen paabegyndt Temperaturrække maatte afbrydes, da Vind og Sø atter tiltog fra Sydøst. Den 6te Juli, med Vind fra Syd af indtil 18 Meters Hastig- hed pr. Sekund, drev vi langsomt nordover, liggende bi for Styrbords Halser og sagte forover gaaende Maskine, da ved Middagstider en Braadsø kom over, som knuste Rækken, Nedgangskappe og Skylight forud og slog Fordækket lækt. Nu sattes Steynen mod Søerne og for langsomt gaaende Maskine avanceredes smaat sydover. Den følgende Dags Aften kunde atter dampes med fuld Fart og Kursen sattes nu paa Thorshavn, hvor Expeditionen ankrede om Efter- middagen den $de. Med Assistance fra Land blev her den lidte Søskade udbedret. Vejret var under Opholdet i Thorshavn uroligt. tildels stormende, med en Vindhastighed i Vestenvindsby- gerne af over 20 Meter pr. Sekund. ' Udflugter gjordes af Expeditionens Medlemmer, saavel i zoologisk som i mine- ralogisk Retning. Paa den ligeoverfor Thorshavn liggende Naalsø samledes en Del Mineraler. Efterat Skibet igjen var sejlklart, gik vi med Vøringen søndenom Strømø til - Vestmannahavn paa Øens Vestside for at søge gunstigere Lejlighed til at gaa tilsøs, men vendte den næste Dag, den i6de samme Vej tilbage til Thorshavn, hvorfra vi efter et Par Timers Ophold kunde gaa tilsøs. Kursen sattes østover ud i Færø-Shetland-Renden og om Natten toges et Lodskud paa 148 Favne, 15 Mil ØNØ. for Naalsø. Næste Morgen toges atter et paa 690 Favne 30 Mil fra Naalsø i samme Retning. Kulingen var atter tiltaget, saa at der ikke kunde skrabes, og om Eftermid- «dagen arbejdede Skibet svært i den oprørte Sø. Kursen holdtes NV, V. og om Aftenen toges et Lodskud paa 204 Favne, 18 Mil i NØ. for Færøerne. Med VNV.lig Kurs og aftagende Kuling holdtes gaaende til Kl. 8 Form. den 18de, til et Punkt 16 Mil retvisende NNØ. for Færøerne, hvor Dybden fandtes at være 1215 Favne. Her toges Bundskrabninger først med Skrabe og derefter med Trawl- Samme Dags Aften be- gyndte den 4de Storm, der varede i noget over 24 Timer. net til om Morgenen den 19de. Mod sydvestlig til vestsydvestlig Kuling og svær Sø arbej- dedes stadig vestover, 1 det der den 20de og 2Ide toges to Lodskud med Temperaturrækker paa Strøget mellem Is- land og Færøerne. Den 22de om Morgenen bedredes Vejret og vi fik Island i Sigte omtrent ved Portland. Da vi om Aftenen var rukket indtil tvers af Vestmanna-Øerne, fik vi Taage med tiltagende Kuling, og da Barometret viste et raskt Fald, besluttedes det at søge ind under Heima-ey, «to be the deep-sea åpparatus. The violence of the wind had. somewhat abated, but there was a heavy sea, the height of the waves being 3 metres (10 feet). On the morning of the 4th: at 6 a.m., the weather was sufficiently moderate to admit of sounding, in 1081 fathoms. lat. 63" 7'N., long. 1926" W., and on the morning of the 5th we took a haul of the dredge, 10' farther north: but in the evening it came on to blow again, from the south-east, with a rapidly rising sea, so that'a series of temperatures commeneed shortly before had to be broken off: On the 6th of July, in a . heavy gale from the south, velocity of the wind 18 metres a second, we were drifting slowly north, hove to on the starboard tack, at slow speed. when, about noon, a sea struck the ship on her starboard bow, carrying away the fore bulwark, hatehway, and skylight, and springing the seams of the deck. The vessel was now put head to wmd, and we steamed slowly south. By the evening of the following day, we could again run at full speed, and now steered for the harbour of Thorshavn, where the *Vøringen” drop- ped her anchor on the afternoon of the Sth. With some assistanee from the people of the place, we suceceeded in repairing the damage the ship had sustained in the gale. During our stay at Thorshavn the weather was rough and unsettled, at times stormy, the velocity of the wmd during the violent westerly squalls reaching 20 metres a second. Divers excursions, zoological and minerologieal, were made.by the members of the Scientific Staff. The island of Nolsø, which lies abreast of Thors- havn, furnished interesting mineral specimens. When the ship was ready for sea, we proceeded, coursing south of Strømø, to Vestmannahavn, on the western island, there to await a favourable opportunity .of continu- shore of the ing the cruise, but next day, the I6th, steamed back to Thorshavn, whence, after an hour or two's Stay, we resolved on putting to sea. 3 Standing east, the *Vøringen” steamed out into the Færoe-Shetland channel, and in the night åa sounding was taken, m 148 fathoms. 60 miles east-north-east of Nolsø. Next morning we sounded again, in 690 fathoms, 118 miles from. Nolsø. the enee of the gale had again augmented; dredging was out in the same direction. Meanwhile, viol- of the question, and in the afternoon the vessel laboured Qur course lay, NW"W., and in the evening we sounded m 204 fathoms,- 73 miles north-gast of the Færoe Islands. Steering WNW., with the gale abating, till the 18th, 8 a.m., and reached a' point 65 miles NNE. (true bear- ing) of the Færoe Islands, 1215 fathoms. Here we explored the bottom, first with the dredge and then witlr the trawl, till the morning of the. 19th. heavily im the agitated sea. we steamed on where the depth was found On the evening of that day 1t was again blowing «a gale, the fourth we had encountered, which lasted something more than 24 hours: Steaming up against a strong wind, south-west to west-south-west, and a heavy sea, the ship was kept steadily on, her westward course. On the 20th and 21st we sounded twice, and took serial temperatures in the traet between Iceland and the Færoe den største af Vestmanna-Øerne. Dette trods Taagen, Østside udenfor Indløbet til den Bugt, der for Handelsstedet, men Fartøjer. lykkedes ogsaa danner Havn som er utilgjængelig for Vort Ophold ved Vestmannaøerne ble end paaregnet, da det de følgende Dage fremdeles blæste haardt fra Sydvest og gik svær Sø paa Havet. Den 23de gjordes Excursioner i Land, men den 24de blæste det saa haardt, idet Vindhastigheden gik op i 20 Meter pr. Sekund, at vi ikke kunde ligge for vort Anker, det v. længere men maatte holde gaaende hele Dagen 1 Læ af Øen paa den Maade, at Far- tøjet drev udover, indtil der hvor Søgangen begyndte, der- paa dampede vi indover igjen til Ankerpladsen, og saa drev en Manøvre der i Dagens Løb gjentoges Den 25de kunde der atter gjøres Exkursioner vi igjen udover, mange Gange. i Land, men først den 26de var Havet blevet saa roligt, at Expeditionen kunde fortsætte sin Rejse. Kl. 3!/> Efter- middag passeredes' Reykjanes, Kl. 6!/, Skagen og KI. 9 ankom Expeditionen til Reykjavik. Her traf vi det danske Stationsskib, Dampskonnerten Fylla” 'og de franske Krigs- skibe. Dampkorvetten *Dupleix" og Briggen *Beaumanoir,” hvis Chefer strax sendte Officerer ombord i Vøringen for at komplimentere, efter almindelig Orlogsskik. Under Vøringens Ophold i Reykjavik foretog Expe- ditionens Medlemmer, ledsaget af Næstcommanderende, en Tur til Thingvellir. Vejret vedblev at være yderst uro- ligt. Allerede Dagen efter vor Ankomst begyndte den 6te Storm og Natten mellem den 28de og 2?9de Juli laa Vøringen med Dampen oppe og Mandskabet i NSøvagt. Desuagtet lykkedes det mig at faa udført absolute magne- . tiske Bestemmelser i Land. nien om at svinge Skibet kunde der ikke blive, Tale. Først den 30te om Aftenen blev Vej- ret saavidt røligt, at Kul- og Vandfyldningen kunde be- gynde. Den 2den August opdagedes under Opfyringen en Læk paa: Kjedlen, hvorfor der atter maatte slukkes af, men det lykkedes Maskinbesætningen ved ihærdigt Arbejde at reparere den saa hurtigt, fat pe een Dig finde Sted den næste Dags Eg Kl. Da Tiden nu var temmelig langt tremskreden, blev * den paatænkte Omsejling af Island opgivet. og Tilbagetu- lagdes sønden om Island. Lodskud paa 844 Favne paa den sydlige Skraaning af Færø- Islands-Banken. Fra dette Punkt udsejledes til om 'Aftenen den 7de 240 Kvartmil (60 geogr. Mile) i nordøstlig Retning, hvorunder den sydøstre Islandsbanke blev undersøgt ved Lodskud, Temperaturrækker og Bundskrabninger. Ved den ren og Vøringen bragtes til Ankers paa Øens, større Den dte August toges et Tåamde. On the morning of the 22nd the weather began to abate, and we made TIeeland in the vieinity of Portland. By the evening, we had reached a point abreast of the Vestmanna Jslands. when a fog came on: the gale, too, had set in again: and this, together with a rapid fall of the barometer, determined us to run for Heima-ey, the largest of Vestmanna Islands, and there ride out the storm. We fortunately suceeeded in spite of the fog, and the *Vøringen” let go her anchor on the eastern shore of the island, off the entrance to the bay that forms the harbour of the *town.” but which is not accessible to large vessels. Stress of weather protracted our stay at the Vest- manna Islands. For several days in succession hard from the south-west, and there was a high sea run- On the 23rd we made excursions about it blew ning off the coast. the island, but on the 24th such was the violence of the gale, the velocity of the wind reaching 20 metres a second, that riding at anchor was impossible. * The vessel had to be kept going all day long under lee of the land. She was allowed to drift out to where the sea was running high, a maneuvre which had to be repeated many times m the course of the and then steamed back to her anchorage, day. On the 25th we were again able to make excursions on shore; but not till the 26th ,had the sea gone down sufficiently to admit of continuing the eruise. At 3.30 p-m. we passed Reykjanes; at 6.30, Skagen; and by 9 the Expedition had reached Reykjavik. Here Danish steam-sehooner *Fylla,” and two vessels belonging to the French navy, — the steam-corvette, and the brig officers from which were forthwith despatehed on board the *Vøringen” to compliment her cap- we found the *Dupleix,” * Beaumanoir,” tain, according to navy-etiquette. ' During our stay at Reykjavik, the members of the Scientific Staff, aecompanied by the first lieutenant, made an exeursion to Thingvellir. The weather still continued very unsettled. On the day after our arrival it again blew a gale, the sixth; and the 28th, after night-fall, the *Vør- ingen” was lying with the steam up and the sea-watch set. Still, I. sueceeded in getting absolute magnetical observa- tions on shore; swinging the vessel was out of the ques- tion. Not till the' evening of the 30th had the weather become suffieiently moderate to allow of our taking in eoal On the 2nd of August, when getting up steam, and the and water. a leak was discovered in one of the boiler-plates, fires had to be put out: but. thanks to the engine-men, who. worked with a will at repairing the damaged part, we were able to get off on the followmng day at 7 oloek in the evening. p The season being now comparatively far. advanced, we had to relinquish our origimal intention of eireumnavi- gating Ieeland, and the homeward course of the * "Vøringen” was laid south of the island. On the 5Sth of August we sounded in 844 fathoms, on the southern $lope of the Færoe- Iceland ridge. From this point we stood north-east. ex- ploring, by means of soundings, dredgings, and serial tem- peratures, the south-eastern section of the Ieeland banks, "22 første Skrabning satte Skraben sig fast i den ujevne, haarde Bund, og efter langvarige Manøvrer for at faa den løs, maatte Touget sprænges. Vejret holdt sig taaget og regn- - fuldt med sydlig og sydøstlig Bris og uroligt Hav, hvorfor Undersøgelsen af Partiet mellem vor nordligste Station og Langanes, den nordøstlige Pynt af Island, opgaves, og Kur- sen sattes østover. | Den Sde loddedes og trawledes i 1861 Favne, det største Dyb, vi fandt i 1876, paa 65" 48'.N. Br. 38 7 L. V. f. Gr. Kulmgen tiltog imidlertid igjen, saaat der sattes igang østover med kun halv Fart, og den næste Dags Eftermiddag blev Stevnen sat op mod Søerne, da Skibet slingrede for voldsomt med Søen tvers. Om Morgenen den I1Ode August sattes atter Kurs for Station, og Kl. 10 toges Tiodskud paa 1589 Favne. Uagtet det var stiv Kuling (Vindhastighed 10 til 16 Meter pr. Sekund) og uroligt Hav, . blev dog Bundskrabning udført fra Kl. 11 Form. til Kl. 7 Aften, hvorefter Kursen atter sattes østover. men om Mor- genen den lite maatte Stevnen atter sættes mod Søerne. «Den næste Nat sejledes nogle Timer Kurs, og da Station naaedes, toges, uagtet det ugunstige Vejr fremdeles vedva- rede med stiv Kuling og høj Sø, Lodskud og Temperatur- række. Da Dybden ikke var mere end 600 Favne, og Rejsen «saavidt fremskreden, at et Tab af Apparater var af mindre Betydning, forsøgtes det Experiment at bruge til Bundskrabning Skrabe og Trawl paa en Gang, idet . Otertrawlen gjordes fast bag efter Skraben. Experimentet lykkedes ogsaa forsaavidt, at Skraben kom vel ombord igjen, men Trawlen, der ikke hurtigt nok kunde hales om- bord i sin hele Længde, blev grebet af Skruen, førend dewne kunde standses.. Vejret, og med megen Besværlighed, paa Grund af den høje Sø, blev saa meget af Trawlen bortkappet ved Hjelp af Knive og .skarpe Øpadeblade, fæstede til lange tager, at Skruen efter et Par Timers Forløb atter kunde sættes i Gang. Kursen sattes nu mod Land, men næste Dag maatte atter Stevnen sættes mod Søerne, indtil en efter Middag erholdt Solhøjde gav Skibets Plåds, saaledes at der kundes styres lige mod Halten Fyr, hvis Taarn ogsaa nogle Timer senere viste sig ret forud. tes Vøringen til Ankers i Haltens Havn, efter i Løbet af 6 Uger- at have udholdt 8 Storme. Den næste Dag. den l4de August, gik Fxpeditionen til Namsos. I Namsos laa Expeditionen 1 6 Dage. og under dette Ophold blev taget magnetiske og astronomiske Observatio- Den 20de August gik Expeditionen atter til- SØS, og samme Dags Aften paabegyndtes Arbejderne atter ner 1 Land. udenfor Kysten. Med vestlig Kurs toges en Lodskudrække Vi satte da Sejl til og holdt undaf Samme Dags Aften brag-' - We now stood for the land, and by'the evening of the 7th had run 240 miles. At the first haul, the dredge caught against the hard and rugged bottom, and. we were obliged to break the rope, after manifold manæuvres to disengagé the apparatus. The weather still continuing wet and foggy. with strong winds from the south and south-east and a heavy sea. we degided on giving up the investigation of the tract between "our most northerly observing-station and Langanes, the north-eastern promontory of Iceland, taking instead an eastward course. On the Sth we sounded and trawled in 1861 fathoms, the greatest depth measured in 1876, lat. 65948" N.. long. 307 W. -Meanwhile, it.was again blowing so hard that we had to. steam éeastward at half speed: and on the afternoon of the following day. the vessel was. put head to sea, as she rolled too heavily with the sea on her beam. On the morning of. the 10th of August we stood: for the next observing station. and at 10 a.m. took a' sounding im 1539 fathoms. Though it blew a gale : (velocity of the wind from 10 to 16 metres å second) and the sea ran high, still we managed to dredge the bottom, — an operation which lasted:+ from 11 a.m. to 7 p.m. Proceeding then on our eastward course. the next morning heavy weather agam compelled us. to put the ship with her head to the sea. During the night, tbe wind having fallen off 'a.little, she was able to steam on her course for a few hours; and, arrived at the next obServing sta- tion, we took, notwithstanding the very unfavourable weather, — it was still blowing hard with a heavy sea, — both sound- ings and serial temperatures. The depth here” not exeeed- ing 600 fathoms. and the advanced stage of the eruise rendering å possible loss of apparatus of less moment, the experiment. was tried of working trawl and dredge simul- taneously. the 'otter-trawl being made fast behind the dredge. The experiment succeeded, in so far at least as the dredge came safely on board; but the trawl, from its length, could not be hove quick enough, and ,fouled the propeller, ere there was time to stop theengines. Getting sail on the ship, we ran before the wind, and with great difficulty, owing to the heavy sea, succeeded, after å couple of hours” unremitting exertions, im eutting away sufficient of the trawl. by means of knives and sharpened spade- blades at the end of long poles, to free the propeller. but next day the vessel lay till an observation pf the sun's great to with her head to the sea altitude, taken an hour after noon. had given us her position, and we eould steer direct for the Halten liglithouse, the tower of which hove in sight a few hours after. On the evening of that day the *Vøringen”. was moored im the harbour of Halten, having encountered å contimued succession of heavy gales — no less than 8 — in the course of her six weeks' eruise. On the morrow, the l4th of August, the Expedi- tion proceeded to Namsos. At this place we remained 6 days. our stay being chiefly devoted to the taking of magnetical and astronom- On the 20th of August the Expedition again put to sea, and in the evening the ex- ploratory work off the coast was resumed. Standing west, ical observations on shore. paa 31 NStationer med I Mils Afstand indbyrdes, samt 'en Bundskrabning. —= Kystbankens Afheld mod Ishavs- dybet fandtes først i en Afstand af 25 Mil fra Land og først her fandtes, i 381 Favne.. iskoldt Vand ved Bunden. Kursen sattes derefter sydover og Qpgangen tra Dybet af den samme Banke blev bestemt paa 64" Bredde, hvor dér blev taget 6 Lodskud, 2? Temperaturrækker og 2? Bund- skrabninger: Dette Arbejde blev udført til om Aftenen den 22de August, og da ophørte ogsaa det gode Vejr, siden Ankomsten til Namsos havde havt. I Taage og 23de August, ved Ona Fyr, hvor Lods kom ombord, og om Eftermiddagen ankredes ved Molde. Den 24de blev der loddet, taget Temperaturrække og skrabet 1 Romsdalsfjor- den, og samme Dags Aiten ankom Expeditionen til Aale- sund. Her kom der Kl. 8 om Aftenen en Stormbyge, der rev Skibet løs fra sine Fortøjninger, og først KI. Morgenen blev det atter bragt paa sikker Ankerplads igjen. Den næste Formiddag afgik vi fra Aalesund, laa om Natten i Florø og ankom Lørdag Middag den 26de August til Bergen. 2? om Samtlige Expeditionens Medlemmer debarkerede samme Dag, og Mandag Morgen begyndte Desarmeringen, idet alle Expeditionens Sager bragtes i Land paa Marinens Værft, hvor det fornødne Magazinrum velvilligen var stillet til Expeditionens Raadighed. Samtidig udtoges, Indredningen, og Skibet klargjordes til Fragtfart ved D'Hrr. Brunchorst & Dekkes Værft. hvorfra det den 7de September aflevere- des til Rederiet. er Den for dette Aar vedtagne Plan var saalydende: Fartøjets Udrustning og Bestemmelsen af «dets magne- tiske Konstanter antages færdige til den Iste Juni. Ved Studiet af V armeforholdene i Dybet over Ban- kerne. udenfor V estkysten har det vist sig, at der endnu savnes nogle Temperaturrækker i den norske Rende. For at faa disse, begyndes Vejen til det egentlige Undersøgel- sesfelt saaledes, at man fra Bergen gaar direkte tilsøs og, følgende Rendens Bund, tager nogle Temperaturrækker i denne. Længere Nord kunne nogle af forrige Aars Tem- peraturrækker verificeres. Det første egentlige Arbejdsfelt er de norske Kyst- banker nordenfor Namdalen. Efter de: Observationer, :som foreligge. det sand- synligt, at Havbroen, hvor Banken kaster sig ned mod Is- havsdybet, og hvor det iskolde Vand begynder ved Bunden, er som vl' Kuling gjordes Land næste Morgen, den! ilat. by a violent squall, : Crew taking serial temperatures. we took a series of soundings at 31 Stations, 4 miles apart, and one haul of the dredge. The 'slope of the coastal bank towards the basin of the Aretic Ocean was found to com- mence 100 miles from land, and here. in 381 fathoms, we first met with bottom-water of 07. —Proceeding then on å southward course, the rise of the bank was determined in 649 N. EN here we took 6 soundings, peratures, and 2 was steadily prosecuted till the evening of the 22nd of Au- 2 serial tem- > hauls of the dredge. This deep-sea work gust, when a gale of wind put an end to the spell of fair weather we had enjoyed after reaching Namsos. Steaming made land the next morning. southward in a fog and a heavy sea, we the 23rd of August, pilot came on board, near the Ona lighthouse; soon after a and in the afternoon the at Molde. The next day we sounded, took a. series of temperatures, and dredged in the Romsdalsfjord, the Expedition proceeding that day as far as Aalesund. At 8 p.m. the ship, struck broke from her moorings, and it was * Vøringen” cast anchor 2 otloek m the morning before she got safe anchorage. On the forenoon of the following day we left Aalesund, anchored for the night at Florø, and arrived at Bergen on Saturday the 26th of August, about noon. The members of the Seientitie Staff disembarked the same «day. In the course of the next week the instru- ments, apparatus, and other things belonging to the Expe- | dition were conveyed to the Royal Navy Yard (storage- room had been kindly placed at my disposal), and the paid off. «The fittings below deck were then re- moved, and the vessel eleared for the freight-trade, Messrs * Brunchorst & Dekke's dockyard, where, on the 7th of September, she was given up to the owners. in 1877. The Scheme approved for this year was as follows : — The equipment of the vessel and the determination of her magnetic constants: are assumed to have been com- pleted by the Ist of June. Extended research into the thermal conditions of .the «deeper strata on the banks off the West Coast of Norway. has shown a few serial temperatures to be wanting for the Norwegian Channel. The Expedition will, there- fore, on leaving Bergen, at once put to sea, and, following the axis of the channel, commenee «its exploratory work by Farther north, a' few of last year”s serial temperatures might be veritied. The Norwegian coastal banks north of Namdalen will form on this eruise the first extensive field of exploratory research. Judging from the observations already taken, it is highly probable that the edge of the bank where the sea-bottom begins to slope down towards the. depths of the Arctic ligger mindst 25 Mil ud fra Kysten. Mellem Røst og det Punkt udenfor- Namdalen, hvor Expeditionen ifjor fandt omkring 60 Favnes Dyb med Fjeldbund 10 Mil af Land, antages det muligt. at der gaar en mere eller mindre sam- menhængende Fjeldkam. Havbroens og den formodede Fjeldkams Sted og Naturforhold danne fremtrædende Punk- ter 1 Undersøgelsen af Bankerne. Denne foregaar ved Op- gaaelse af Tversnit lodret mod Kysten. Tyversnittene tages — å OQverensstemmelse med forrige Aars — i en indbyrdes' Afstand af 12 til 13 geografiske Mil. Deres indre Grændse er den ydersté Limie for den specielle hydrografiske Kyst- undersøgelse. Deres ydre Grændse er der, hvor Tempera- turen ved Havbunden er — 1* eller henimod denne. Til Bestemmelse af Temperaturforlioldene kræyes i hvert Tversnit ved Bunden ved hvert, Lodskud, mindst 3 Temperaturrækker: en ved den indre Grændse, en ved Havbroen, paa dens indre Kant, og en ved Snittets ydre Grændse. Lodskuddenes Antal be- ror paa, om man under Arbejdet finder Bunden mere eller mindre jevn. For at levne saameget Tid som muligt til Arbejderne i det store Ishavsdyb og. ved Jan Mayen samt Grønlands- isen, medtages ved Bankernes Undersøgelse, i hvert 3die Tversnit, 'Undersøgelsen' af Umbellularia-Regionen indtil et Dyb af 1000 Favne. Skulde Forholdene tillade det, kunne ogsaa flere af Banktversnittene udvides til denne Udstræk- Under Arbejdet paa Bankerne og i Umbellularia- Regionen antages det hensigtsmæssigt at anløbe Bodø: foruden Temperaturen ning. En Temperaturrække i Vestfjorden, udført med de nyeste Dybvandsthermometre, søges erholdt saavel paa Rej- sen opover i Juni som paa Tilbagerejsen i August, til Un- dersøgelse af det abnorme Forhold, som fandtes her i Som- meren 1875, idet Temperaturen havde et Minimum i 70 Favnes Dyb. Da de zoologiske Undersøgelser i Vestfjor- den hidtil kun omfatte Kysternes Fauna. søges Anlednin- gen benyttet til zoologiske Arbejder i denne Fjord i større Afstand fra Land. Magnetiske absolute Observationer søges udført paa Røst. hvor Forholdene derfor ifølge Lieutenant Petersens Observationer i 1875 antages gunstige, og hvor man har det mest fremskudte Punkt til Sammenligning med de eventu- elle magnetiske Observationer paa Grønlandsisen. «I Løbet af Juni Maaned antages, under gjennemsnit- lige Vejrforhold og med den fra ifjor hentede - Erfaring, Undersøgelsen af Bankerne og Umbellularia-Regionen efter denne Plan at kunne naa til Bredden af. Tromsø. I «Tromsø antages Expeditionen sidst i Juni eller først i Juli at kunne blive udrustet til en længere Rejse vestover. 24 : ingly. Ocean, and wbere the temperature at the bottom falls below 09 O., lies not less than 100 miles distant from the coast. The section of the sea-bed between Røst and the point: off Namdalen where, on last year's eruise, the depth, 40 miles from land; was found to be 60 fathoms. with a rocky bot- tom, will possibly prove to be traversed by a more or less continuous submarine ridge. To determine the exact position of the edge of the bank and of this supposititious - ridge, and thoroughly to investigate their physical conditions, form important points in the explora- tion of the banks. This can be done by means of transverse sections perpendicular to the coast, at distances, as on last year's cruise. of about 50 miles. The inner limit of-these sections to comeide with the extreme bound- ary line for the special hydrographic Coast Survey, their outer extending to where the temperature at the bottom is about — 1*. sp To determine-the thermal conditions, at least 3 serial - temperatures will have to be taken in each section. exclu- sive of the temperature registered with each bottom-sound- ing, viz. — one-at the inner limit. one on the edge of the bank, and one at the outer limit of the section. The num- ber of soundings will depend on the contour of the bottom, whether it be more or less undulating. With the object of prolonging the period for the ex- -ploration of the great Arctic basin, the depths off Jan Måyen, and the Greenland ice-barrier, it is deemed advisable that the work on the banks be made to embrace, in every third section, down to a depth of 1000 fathoms. the mvestiga- tion of the Umbellularia region. OVircumstances permitting, several of the transverse sections may be extended accord- When exploring the banks and the Umbellularia region, the Expedition should touch at Bodø. Å series of temperatures should, if possible, be taken in the Vestfjord with the latest deep-sea registering ther- mometers, both on the passage north in June and on the homeward course, in. August, to determine the. abnormal condition observed here in the summer of 1875, viz: of a minimum temperature at åa depth of 70 fathoms. Zoolog- ical investigations in the Vestfjord havmg hitherto been confined to the littoral fauna, the naturalists accompanying the Expedition will take every advantage of the opportu- nity afforded them to explore this fjord at å greater dis- tanee from land. ; Absolute magnetical observations will, if possible. be taken at Røst. — the most advanced point on the coast, — where' the physical conditions. as determined by lieuten- ant Petersen in 1875, are, it is believed, sufficiently fa- vourable, for comparison with the magnetical observations to be instituted on the Greenland iée-barrier. By the end of June, in moderately fair weather, the exploration of the banks and the Umbellularia region will, * it is believed, inferring from last year's stormy eruise, have reached the latitude of Tromsø. Retitting at Tromsø for a eruise westward of greater duration, the *Vøringen” will; it.is hoped, be ready to leave that port by the end of June or the beginning of July. Man gaar først efter Linien Andø—dJan Mayen ud i Ishavsdybet, undersøger dette og dets Skraaninger paa begge Sider. Omkring Nordøstenden af Jan Mayen som Centrum foretages nogle kortere Rækker Lodskud mod Nordøst, mod Nord og mod Nordvest. Paa dette Strøg nemlig, der an- tages at danne den islandske Vulkan-Regions yderste For- bjerg mod Nordøst, synes Bunden at falde særdeles brat af mod Dybet til de nævnte Sider. Under den sandsynlige Forudsætning, at Adgangen til Jan Mayen ikke er spærret af Is. forsøges det at lande paa Øen til Foretagelse af Undersøgelser i geografisk, geo- logisk. hydrogratisk. zoologisk, botanisk Retning m. v. En Undersøgelse af Naturforholdene i Havet paa Vest- og Sydsiden af Jan Mayen søges udført. Der er nemlig Grund til at antage, at Jan Mayen er forbundet med Island ved en undersøisk Ryg. For at undersøge Forholdene paa Grændsen mellem den varme Overfladestrøm fra Atlanterhavet og den kolde Polarstrøm i Grønlandshavet, opsøges Grønlandsisen i Nord- vest for Jan Mayen. Naar Undersøgelserne langs et Stykke af Grønlandsisen ere afsluttede, styres til et Punkt omtrent midtvejs mellem Island og Jan Mayen, og derfra undersøges Tversnittet over Ishavsdybet i Retning af Ranen. Herved vil man kunne faa rede paa den formodede undersøiske . Ryg mellem Island og Jan Mayen. Naar det sidstnævnte Tversnit er oparbejdet indtil dets tidligere undersøgte nor- ske Umbellularia-Region, sejles til Tromsø, under Forud- sætning af, at Tiden senere tillader. i August. flere Ar- bejder nordenfor Tromsø. Naar Juli Maaned antages medgaaet til Jan Mayen- Turen, vil den første Halvdel af August kunne anvendes til Undersøgelse af Bankerne, Havbroen og endel af Ishavs- dybet mellem Norge og Syd-Spidsbergen. Som Østgrændse sættes Linien Nordkap. Bjørneøen, Sydkap. Den sidste Halvdel af August vil tiltrænges til Til- bagerejsen til Bergen og Desarmering. De videnskabelige Arbejder udføres væsentlig paa samme Maade som i 1876. Ved de zoologiske Arbejder lægges ved Siden af Fangst med Skrabe, Trawl og Svabere, særlig Vægt paa Anvendelse af Drivgarn og Net i intermediære Dybder, .samt Fiskeri paa Bankerne. Paa Jan Mayen antages Fuglefangst at burde være Gjenstand af Betydning og ved Grønlandsisen muligens Fangst af Sæl og Isbjørn m. m. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Expeditionens Historie. Her course west will at first coincide with a line ex- tending from Andø to Jan Mayen, and thence to tlke Arctic Ocean. the basin and slopes of which the Expedition has to investigate. From the north-eastern extremity of Jan Mayen will be taken a few short series of soundings in a north-easterly, a northerly, and a north-westerly direction: for off this point. which is supposed to form the north- eastern promontory of the vølcanie region of Ieeland, the bottom would appear to sink preeipitately in those direc- tions. On the probable assumption that Jan Mayen is not inaccessible from ice, the Neientitic Staff will land on the island, and prosecute exploratory work in divers branches — geographical. geological, hydrographieal. zoologieal, bo- tamiceal, &e. The physical and biologieal conditions of the sea off the western and southern shores of Jan Mayen, should if possible be investigated, there being some reason to infer that a submarine ridge connects that island with Teeland. To investigate the conditions where the warm surface- current from 'the Atlantic meets the glacial Polar flow in the Greenland sea, the Expedition will stand north-west of Jan Mayen when making for the Greenland ice-barrier. After exploring part of the Greenland ice-barrier, the Fx- pedition will proceed to a point about midway between Teeland and Jan Mayen, and from thence imvestigate the bed of the Arctic Ocean in the direction of Ranen. The existence or non-existence of a submarine' ridge connect- ing together Jan Mayen and Ieeland will then be defin- itively settled. When the last-mentioned section of the Arctic basin has been explored throughout, irrespective of its Norwegian Umbellularia region. nvestigated previously, the Expedition will return to Tromsö, provided there be time for subsequent exploratory work (in August) north of that port. If, as expected, the Expedition get back from Jan Mayen by the end of July, the first half of August can be devoted to further investigation of the banks. and part of the Arctic basin between Norway and the southern ex- tremity of Spitzbergen. Å line tangent to the North Cape. Beeren Eiland. and South Cape marks the eastern limit of the tract to be explored. The latter half of August will be needed for the pas- sage home to Bergen, aid for diseharging the vessel. The scientific work of the Expedition to be carried out in all essential particulars as im 1876. With regard to the zoological work. especial stress is laid on the use of the surface-net. and of the drag-net in intermediate depths. apart from that of the dredge, trawl, and swabs. .as also on fishing when exploring the banks. During the stay at Jan Mayen, some time should, it is thought. be devoted to collecting ornithological spec- 4 Ved Lodskuddene søges bestemt Bankernes Form og Udstrækning, samt den Maade, paa hvilken Bunden falder af fra disse til de største Dybder i Ishavsdybet. Det af fundamental Betydning for Forstaaelsen af Havets og g geologiske Forhold, er de tilgrændsende Landes orografiske ligesom for Dyrelivets Udbredelsesforhold. at faa afgjort, om Bunden falder jevnt af mod Dybet, eller om den falder af i Trim, Terrasser eller Atsatser med mellemliggende Lodskuddenes Plads og Antal bestemmes der- for med disse Hensyn for Øje. Plateauer. Maalingerne af Havets Temperatur i Dybet udføres i den Udstrækning, som er nødvendig til en sikker Bestem- melse af Dybets Isothermer i de efter denne Plan opgaa- ede Tversnit. at Punkterne 1 Længdesnit. ofte som muligt ved Siden af det ifjor brugte. Der tages Hensyn til det hensigtsmæssige i, kunne til De nyeste Dybvandsthermometre anvendes saa Tversnittene ogsaa anvendes Ved hvert Lodskud tages Vandprøve fra Dybet og paa udvalgte Steder fra intermediære Dybder. Alle Vand- prøvers specifiske Vægt- bestemmes. Ved hvert Lodskud tages Bundprøver, der opbevares Af de med de zoologiske Fangst- apparater optagne og sigtede Materiale af Havbunden tages . til videre Undersøgelse. Prøver til Opbevarelse. De chemiske Arbejder udføres væsentlig som ifjor. Den specitiske Vægt af Havovertfladens Vand bestemmes en til to Gange daglig, og oftere paa Steder, hvor Strømfor- hold eller andre Forhold gjøre det ønskeligt. Tagttagelsen af. Strømmen 1 Havet søges udført, naar Naturforholdene gjøre det ønskeligt og Vejrforholdene muligt. Magnetiske Observationer søges udført ombord i Nøen, navnlig lægges Vægt paa Erholdelsen af Misvisningsobser- vationer. Absolute Bestemmelser søges udført paa Røst og paa (Grønlandsisen, foruden ved Bestemmelsen af Skibets magnetiske Constanter i Husø. og desuden, hvor Lejlighe- den ellers maatte findes. som i Bergen, Bodø, Tromsø m. fl. Geologiske Undersøgelser foretages paa Jan Mayen, om Landgang der er mulig, i al den Udstrækning. som Forholdene tillade. Paa Jan Mayen vil astronomisk-geo- grafiske Stedbestemmelser, topografiske og hydrografiske Un- dersøgelser være af største Interesse at faa udført. En Stedbestemmelse paa Røst — i Forbindelse med de mag- netiske Observationer — vil være ønskelig, da Stedet ikke er forbundet med det trigonometriske Net. imens; and at the Greenland iee-barrier there might, per- haps, be opportunity of capturing a few seals. with an occasional shot at a Polar bear. Deep-sea soundings will be taken to determine the contour and extent of the coastal banks. as also their slope, or how the bottom shelves down into the greatest depths of the Aretic Ocean. It is a point of funda- mental importance in studying the orographical and geo- logical conditions of the sea and the countries it surrounds., and the distribution of animal life in the ocean, to find whether the bottom slopes gradually down to the depths, or descends, as it were, step by step. in terraces, with interjacent pla- teaus. Hence, the position and number of the soundings will have to be determined with this object in view. The temperature of the sea will be taken to the ex- of the isotherms of the transverse sections explored in accordance with the present scheme. Attention is directed to the position ot the observing points in the transverse sections, tent required for an indisputable determination which should admit of their bemg applied to longitudinal Wheneyer practicable, the temperature shall be registered with the latest deep-sea thermometers as well as sections. with the instrument used on last year's eruise. : With every sounding, a sample of water shall be brought up from the bottom, and im specially selected loealities also from intermediate depths. All the samples to have their specitic gravity determined. With every sounding. a sample of the bottom shall be obtamed, and preseryed for subsequent examination. Samples of the sifted material brought up from the bed of the ocean with the dredge or trawl will also be preserved. In the chemical work there will be no essential change. The specific gravity of the surface-water shall be registered once or twice a day, and more frequently in localities where the action of currents or other exceptional condi- tions may render it desirable. Observations on ocean-eurrents will be made whereso- ever the attendant physical conditions may render them desirable and the state of the weather practicable. Magnetical observations shall, if possible, be taken at sea, especial stress being laid on obtaming determinations Absolute shall, if possible, be performed at Røst and on the Green- of the variation of the compass. determinations land ice, exclusive of those for the ship's magnetiec con- stants to be made at Husø: and wheresoever else oppor- tunity may be afforded, as at Bergen, Bodø, Tromsø ete., and other places. Geological investigations will be undertaken on the island of Jan Mayen, should the Expedition suceeed in landing there. Peculiar interest would likewise attach to astronomiceal determinations of latitude and longitude, as also to topographical and hydrographieal observations made on that island. In eonnexion with the magnetical observa- tions instituted at Röst, it will be desirable to perform determinations of latitude and longitude, that loeality not bemg inmeluded in the trignometrieal net of the country. Botaniske Undersøgelser og Indsamlinger søges paa Jan Mayen i størst mulig Udstrækning. gjort De meteorologiske lagttagelser ombord udføres i alt væsentligt som 1 1876. Ligesom det foregaaende Aar overtoges Dampskibet *Vøringen” af Expeditionen den. l4de April og Indred- ningsarbejderne udførtes ved samme Værtt. Den 19de Maj paamønstredes Mandskabet, og Kl. 2 om Morgenen den 23de Maj afgik Skibet til Husø, hvor jeg agtede at tage de til Fox-Cirkelens . senere Benyttelse nødvendige forberedende Observationer. Efter Ankomsten hid opdagedes midlertid en Fejl i agterste Krumtappinde, og da Vejret desuden var til Hinder for Observationernes Udførelse, returneredes strax til Bergen, hvor ny Mellem- * Dette Arbejde var færdigt den 3lte Maj, men Expeditionens Afgang blev yderligere forsinket der- ved, at Mr. Maemtosh i London. der havde paataget sig til første Halvdel af Maj at levere nye Aceumulatorstrenge, havde glemt Ordren' og kunde ikke levere dem før 10de Juni. Der blev derfor gjort et nyt Forsøg paa at erholde de forberedende magnetiske Observationer. men det mislyk- kedes fuldstændigt paa Grund af det yderst urolige Vejr i Husø. å axel blev indsat. Den lite Juni embarkerede i Bergen Protessorerne Mohn og Sars, Overlæge Danielssen og JLandskabsmaler Sehiertz samt Overlæge Hansen. der havde erholdt Indre- departementets Tilladelse til at være med som Passager til Tromsø, hvor Kjøbmand Friele skulde støde til Expeditio- nen. Da Hr. Svendsen; der var Expeditionens Kemiker det første Aar, havde af Helbredshensyn meldt Forfald, blev i hans Sted antaget Hr. H. Tornøe, der under Profes- sor Waages personlige Ledelse havde arbejdet paa La- boratoriets Indredning siden den 23de Maj. "For at vinde Tid besluttedes at gaa Aecumulatorerne imøde til Stavan- ger. og her kom de ombord den 13de Juni. hvorefter Ex- peditionen strax gik tilsøs. p Omtrent 3 Mil SV. for Udsire toges en Temperatur- række, og Dagen efter en lignende tvers af Feje (60" 42" N. Br.), hvorefter Kursen sattes direkte paa Ntation No. 96 (669 9' N. Br.. 39 0' L. Ø. f. Gr.), der naaedes Kl. 6 Morgen den 16de Juni. : Ved at tage 54 Lodskud, 6 Skraber, 3 Trawler og 7 Temperaturrækker undersøgtes 3 Tversnit udenfor Kysten mellem Foldenfjord og Vestfjorden af tilsammen 115 g. Miles Længde. Det nordligste af disse Snit gik helt fra 679 53' N. Br. og 5" 19" L. Ø. f. Gr. til hen imod Træ- nen (661/29 N. Br. 129 L. Ø. f. Gr.). Efter at have taget en Temperaturrække i Vestfjorden, ankom Expeditionen » Botanical work, comprising eollections of the flora, will, if possible, be prosecuted on Jan Mayen. The meteorological observations on board will be made essentially as in 1876. As in 1876, the S.S. *Vøringen” was on the l4th of April given up by her owners to the agent of the Expedi- tion, and her nautical equipment again undertaken by Messrs Brunchorst and Dekke. On the 19th of May the crew came on board, and on the 23rd. at 2 oclock m the morning, the vessel left Bergen for Husø, where I purposed taking the prelimi- nary observations indispensible for the subsequent use of the Fox-cirele. But, on arriving at that island, a defect was discovered in the pin of the after-erank, and the weather, too, being very unfavourable for such observations, we returned at once to Bergen, and had a new shaft put in. This was got done by the 3lst of May; but unfortu- nately the final departure of the Expedition had to be still further delayed. Mr. Macintosb. the London manufacturer, who was to have furnished new straps for the aceumula- tors. having overlooked the order, and being im consequenee unable to execute it before the 10th of June. During this interval a fresh but, owing to the boisterous weather at Husø, wholly abortive attempt, was made to obtain the preliminary magnetical observations. On the lith of June Professors Mohn and Sars, Dr. Danielssen, Mr. NSchiertz, artist, and Dr. Hansen, embarked in Bergen. Dr. Hansen. who was not å member of the Scientitic Staff, having permission from the Home Department to proceed as passenger to Tromsø, where Mr. Friele was to join the Expedition. Mr. Svendsen, chemist to the Ex- pedition on the first year's cruise, having by reason of ill- health been compelled to retire, Mr. H. Tornøe, who, since the 23rd of May, under the personal guidance of Professor Waage, had been at work fitting up the Chemical Labora- tory. was engaged in his stead. Time being precious, we resolved on running south. to await in Stavanger the ar- rival of the new aeeumulators, which reached that place on the 13th of June; and having got them on board. the Expedition immediately put to sea. About 12 miles south-west of Utsire we took a series - of temperature-soundings. and on the following day another, off Feje (lat. 6042" N.), after which the Expedition stood for Station 96 (lat. 6699" N.. long. 390' E.), arriving there on the 16th of June, at 6 o'elock in the morning. Three transverse sections off the coast, between the Foldenfjord and the Vestfjord, measuring together 460 miles in extent, were now explored, by taking 54 sound- ings, 6 hauls 'of the dredge, 3 of the trawl, and 7 serial temperatures. The most northerly of these sections and long 59 12" AD! extended from a point in lat. 679 53" N. E. to a point in the immediate vicinity of Trænen (lat. 4* den 23de Juni til Bodø, hvor Provisioner indtoges, og Kronometrenes Stand undersøgtes. Den 25de Juni gik vi til Hopen 1 Saltenfjorden for at fylde Vand, og derfra om Natten over Vestfjorden til Røst, idet der paa Vejen toges en Række Lodskud. Ved Røst foretoges Deviationsprøve samt magnetiske og astro- nomiske Observationer i Land. Det viste sig imidlertid, at Stedet mod Formodning var uskikket til magnetisk Basis- Station, idet Deelinationen kunde variere hele 7" paa to nærliggende Øer. Om Middagen den 28de gik Expeditionen atter til- søs mellem Røst og Værø, og 1 Løbet at to Dage oparbej- dedes 3 Tversnit mellem Røst og Hadselfjorden, hvor vi løb ind Lørdagen den 30te Juni. Den paafølgende Søn- dag laa Expeditionen til Ankers i Sundet ved Sortland. Mandag Morgen gik vi atter tilsøs mellem Langø og Andø, og fandt Bankens Eg her meget nærmere Land end tidli- Qm Natten gik vi noget længere ind paa Banken, og her fiskedes fra Borde stor Torsk. Lange, Brosme og Kveite 1 betydelig Mængde med Haandsnøre. Den næste Dag, 4de Juli, fortsattes atter Rejsen udover 1 et længere Snit indtil 709 N. Br. og 69 15' L. Ø. f. Gr., paa hvilket Punkt der arbejdedes hele Dagen den dte Juli 1 1710 Favnes Dyb med Lodning, Temperaturrække, Skrabe og Trawl i et usædvanligt roligt og smukt Vejr. gere. Herfra sty- redes igjen østover, under stadigt Arbejde paa en Række Stationer, til Malangenfjorden, hvis Munding passeredes om Formiddagen Søndag den Sde Juli. Samme Dags Middag ankrede Expeditionen i Tromsø. Fra Røst af var taget 45 Lodskud, Trawler og 8 Temperaturrækker. Ved denne Lodning op- dagedes, at Atlanterhavs-Dybet eller Ishavsdybet her træn- ger ind i Banken, hvorved der dannes en Eg paa lignende Maade som ved Storeggen udenfor Romsdalskysten. Men denne nordlige Eg, som blev kaldt *Vesteraalseggen,” har en ganske anden Udstrækning end Storeggen. 5 Skraber, 5 Vesteraals- eggen begynder omtrent 15 geogr. Mil vetvisende Vest af Røst og strækker sig herfra nordøstover parallel med Lofotens Øgruppe i 10 til 11 Miles Afstand fra Land til Vest af Hadselø, hvor den bøjer mere østover ind mod Land. Ved Nordpynt af Langø er Kanten af Eggen ikke mere end 4 g. Mil fra Land. Den tager i Nord for An- denes og 1 Vest for Kvalø en mere nordlig Retning igjen, og paa 70'/> Grads Bredde bøjer Isobatherne mere vestover, idet Affaldet af Banken antager en mere flaa Form. —Ve- steraalseggens Længde er saaledes omtrent 60-g. Mile og Bunden falder af mod NV. fra 100 til 1400 Favne paa en Distance af 5 Mil, hvilket, naar Talen er om Hav- bund, maa kaldes et stærkt Affald. Da de samme Fiske- 6610 N., long. 129 E.). After taking a series of tempera- tures in the Vestfjord, the Expedition stood for Bodø, reaching that place on the 23rd of June. Here we took in åa supply of fresh provisons and got the chronometers rated. : On the 25th of June the *Vøringen” steamed up to Hopen, in the Salten Fjord, å good place for watering, and in the night stood across the Vestfjord to Røst, taking by the way a series of soundings. At Røst the ship was swung for deviation, and magnetical and: astronomical observations were taken on shore. Contrary to expectation, this place proved wholly unsuited for a magnetical base-station, the declination on two much adjacent islands varying as as 70 On the 28th, about noon, the Expedition agam put to sea, between Røst and Værø, and in the course of investigated 3 transverse sections, Røst Hadselfjord, reaching the latter loeality on Satur- 30th of June. The next day being Sunday, the *Vøringen” lay at anchor mm Sortland Sound. On Monday again put to sea, between Langø and Andø, and struck the edge of the bank considerably nearer land After - night-fall we steamed farther in shore, and took numbers of large cod, ling, torsk, or tusk. and halibut. fishing with hook and On the day following, the 4th of July, we pursued our outward course to.a point in lat DON Sone OOS Er and, here the Expedition pas- sed 2 days between and the day the morning we than we had done m any other locality. line from the ship's side. the whole of the 5Sth, prosecuting exploratory work at a depth of 1710 fathoms. — sounding, dredging and trawl- ing, and taking serial temperatures, im weather remarkably calm and fair. - Again steering east, we kept on steadily, working at a number of stations, till we reached the Malangen Fjord, the mouth of which was passed on the forenoon of Sunday, the Sth of July. The same day, shortly after noon, the *Vøringen” dropped her anchor at Tromsø. On our course from Røst we took 45 soundings. 5 hauls of the dredge, 5 of the trawl, and 8 serial tempera- tures. "These soundings diselosed an important fact, viz. in showing that along this lime the basim of the Arctic Ocean euts deep into the bank, forming an edge, as at Stor-Eggen. off the coast of Romsdal. But this northern edge, to which we gave the name of *Vesteraals-Eggen,” differs widely from the Stor-Eg The Vesteraals- Eg commences about 60 miles due west of Røst, stretching thence in å north-easterly direction, parallel to the Lofoten Islands, distant 40 or 44 miles from the coast, on to the in extent. west,of Hadselø, where it makes å somewhat easterly land- ward bend. At the northern extremity 'of Langø. the edge is not more, than 12 miles from land. North of Andenes and west of Kvalø, it agam takes å more northerly direc- tion. and im lat. 70" 30' N. the isobaths bend more to the west, the slope of the bank being less sudden here. The length of the Vesteraals-Eg reaches accordingly about 240 miles, and the bottom shelves, in å north-westerly direction, from 100 fathoms over åa distance of 20 miles, * sorter findes paa Vesteraalseggen som paa Storeggen, og da Bunden har en lignende Formation og er af samme Beskaf- fenhed, er der en høj Grad af Sandsynlighed for, at det samme Nlags Fiskeri, der drives udenfor Kysten af Sønd- mør. ogsaa maatte kunne lønne udenfor Lofoten Sig og Vesteraalen. — Vesteraalseggen vil maaske være lettere at drive end Storeggen, idet der er kortere Udsejlads. gode Med paa Land, saaat man let kan tage op Fiskepladsen, og gode Havne i Nærheden. I Tromsø blev Expeditionen liggende til den l14de Juli, Kjedlen rengjordes, Axelen i Indhivningsmaskinen om- lagdes, «der fyldtes Kul og Vand. Overlæge Hansen gik i Land, og Kjøbmand Friele embarkerede, men måatté atter flytte i Land etter et Par Dages Forløb. da han var saa at forvride sin Fod. Lieutenant Petersen flyttede Land, da han i flere Uger ikke havde befundet sig uheldig ogsaa 1 vel, og haabede ved et Ophold i Eand at blive sat istand til senere at følge med Expeditionen paa Turen til Jan Mayen. med Skrabninger fra Baad, Dybvandsthermometrenes Nul- punkter undersøgtes, Kronometrenes Stand verificeredes og absolute magnetiske Tagttagelser erholdtes. - Da den første Halvdel af Juli Maaned allerede ud- løb, før Expeditionen kunde fortsætte sine Arbejder i' Søen, besluttedes det først at tage under Arbejde Bankerne nor- denfor Tromsø, og derpaa at foretage Rejsen til Jan Mayen, hvor man kunde vente at finde Havet mere isfrit i August Maaned. Lørdag den l4de Juli besøgtes Kjosen i Ulfstjorden og Kl. 2? Mandag Morgen gik Expeditionen herfra tilsøs Der undersøgtes nu to Tversnit nordentfor Malangentjord ved at tage 18 Lodskud, 3 Skraber, 1 Trawl og 3 Temperaturrækker. Ved disse Tversnit bestemtes ogsaa Vesteraalseggens nordre Ende. Under dette Arbejde var Vejret mindre gunstigt, vi havde østlig Kuling med adskillig Sø samt koldt Vejr og Taage, men ikke mere end at Arbejdet gik sin uforstyrrede Gang. Fredag den 20de kom vi atter tilbage til ”Fromsø. hvor baade Hr. Friele og Lieutenant Petersen kom ombord igjen, begge betydeligt restituerede. nordover gjennem Fugløgabet. Efterat Forsyhingerne atter vare kompletterede, afgik Expeditionen igjen den 24de Juli,-og med tuld Damp og alle Sejl i Træk for en frisk nordøstlig Vind sattes Kursen vestover: Efterat 680 Kvyvartmile var udsejlede. var paa- værende Plads 709 23' N. Br. og 29 30' L. Ø. f. Gr., og her toges det første Lodskud paa 1760 Favne. Fra dette ' Sted loddedes med omtrent 48 Kvartmils Mellemrum videre vestover indtil Dybden begyndte at aftage til mindre end 1000 Favne, da Lodskuddene sattes tættere. Den 28de, Under Opholdet i Tromsø arbejdede Zoologerne: down to 1400, — a fall which, referring as it does to the The fish met with on the Vesteraals-Eg belonging to the same: species sea-bed, must be regarded as rather rapid. as those frequenting the Stor-Eg, and moreover, the bottom both localities being of a like nature and formation, there is every reason to believe that a fishery of the kind "in now flourishing off thé coast of Søndmør might be sueeess- Nay, the Vesteraals-Eg will, perhaps, as regards facilities for fishing fully carried on off Lofoten and Vesteraalen. it, prove superior to the NStor-Eg: to begin with, the run from shore is considerably shørter; excellent landmarks, too, indicate the bearings of the fishing-grounds. and good harbours are within easy distaneé. The *Vøringen” remained at Tromsø till the l4th of During our stay. were eleaned and examined and the shaft of the donkey-engine relaid: here. too, she -coaled and watered. Dr. Hansen lett the ship. and Mr. Friele embarked, but had to go on shore again July. her boilers after åa couple of days, having had the misfortune to sprain his ankle. Lieutenant Petersen, too, who for some weeks past had been indisposed, took a lodging in the town, in the hope that a short residence on shore would reeruit his health, and enable him to accompany the Expedition to. Jan Mayen. The work done at Tromsø comprised dredg- ing from a boat, determining the freezing-poimts of the deep- sea thermometers; verifyimg the errors of the chronometers, and performing absolute magnetical determinations. The tirst half of July expiring before the Expedition could resume its investigations at sea, we determined to explore first the banks north of Tromsø, and then proceed to Jan Mayen: besides, the sea surrounding that island would in all probability be less eneumbered with ice in the month of August. On Saturday the l4th of July we steamed to Kjosen mm the Ultstjord;: and from here, on Monday, at 2 a.m,, the Expedition put to sea, steering northward through the Fugløgab. We now investigated two transverse sections north of tlie Malangenfjord, taking 18 deep-sea soundings, 3 hauls of the dredge, I cast of the trawl, and 5 serial temperatures. In these sections was also determined the northern extremity of the Vesteraals-Eg. For tlus explora- tory work we had anything but favourable weather; it was cold and foggy, and blowing hard from the east, with rather a heavy sea; no break. however, occurred in the investiga- tions. On Friday the 20th of July the Expedition again arrived at Tromsø, where we were joimed by Mr. Friele and Lieutenant Petersen, both gentlemen: much benefitted «by their brief sojourn there. After taking in a few additional stores, the Expedi- tion once more put to sea, on the 24th of July, standing westward, under full steam, and every sail drawing in å fresh north-easterly breeze. When the distance run had reached 680 miles, the ship's position was lat. 70" 23" N., long. 29 30" E. - Here the first sounding was taken, in 1760 fathoms. From this point, steering westward as be- fore, we söunded at regular intervals of about 48 miles, till the depth had gradually diminished to less than 1000 da Skibet efter Bestikket nærmede sig Land, hvilket dog paa Grund af Taagen ikke kunde sees. blev Dybden atter over 1200 Favne, senere 1060 Favne og derpaa 654 Favne. Ikke en halv Time senere fik vi gjennem Taagen Øje' paa en af de stejle Isbræer paa Østsiden af Jan Mayen, og da" Taagen en Stund efter lettede sig noget op, kom ogsaa Øens Nordspidse tilsyne. Hvor vi stoppede, var Dybden 144 Favne. Pladsen blev nu bestemt, idet vi blev liggende med Loddet i Bund, først Afstanden fra Land ved Ekkoet af et Kanonskud, der tydelig lod Retningen ved Pejlinger af. de og Syd. sig iagttage. og dernæst synlige Pynter i Nord Da NSøen stod paa Østsiden af Jan Mayen, besluttedes at sejle omkring Øen til Vestsiden. Vi tog da Loddet ind og stod nordover langs Kysten med de mange Isbræer, men i det samme Øjeblik vi var tvers af Nordpynten, lagde Taagen sig «atter ned paa Havet og tog bort al Ud- sigt. Der var imidlertid nu Intet til Himder for at gaa omkring til Vestsiden. Vi styrede først Nord, derpaa Vest, saa Sydvest og endelig Sydost, medens Havovertladens Tem- Den holdt sig jevnlig over 39, og gik kun en Gang ned til 20,5 OC. Af Da vi efter Bestikket nærmede os Vestkysten, loddedes nogle Gange indtil endelig Taagen løftede sig peråtur maaltes hvert femte Minut. Is var intet Spor. igjen, saaat Strandpartierne blev synlige. Vi kunde saale- des vælge vor Ankerplads, og Kl. 11 'om Aftenen faldt Ankeret paa 20 Favne Vand i Marie-Muss Bugten, hvor der, uagtet hele Havet staar paa. var saa roligt som i en indelukket Havn. Den følgende Dag var Havet ligesaa roligt. men Taa- gen skjulte fremdeles alt undtagen de lavere Partier, og laa som et Tæppe over vore Hoveder i omtrent et Par hun- drede Meters Højde. Landgang paa Stranden søndenfor *Fugleberget.” Strax om Morgenen blev der gjort et ejen- dommelig formet og farvet Fjeld, Levningerne af et gammelt Krater, der springer noget frem søndenfor den paa denne Side af Øen værende Lagune. Der var forskjellige Par- tier iland hele Dagen, som gjorde botaniske og geologiske Iagttagelser, tog Skitser og gik paa Jagt efter Polarræve. Af de sidste blev skudt 3 Stykker. Søfugl og Den 30te Juli foretoges Skrabninger fra Baadi Marie- Muss Bugten,. men da det begyndte at blæse en Bris af nordvestlig Vind, blev Brændingerne paa Stranden snart saa store, at man ikke kunde komme iland. Over Middag tiltog Vindens Styrke, og Kl. 5 Eftm. lettede vi for at gaa om paa, den anden Side af Øen. Under Letningen kom Solen frem et Øjeblik, der blev maalt et Par Højder af den, og strax efter rev Vinden en Aabning i Taagen, saa vi første Gang fik se Beerenberg, hvis blændende hvide, On the 28th. was nearing land, fathoms, when the soundings were set closer. when by dead reckoning the which, however, we could not see owing to fog, the depth had again inereased to upwards of 1200 fathoms: it then fell off, the two next soundings giving respectively 1060 and 654 fathoms. - Scarce half an hour later we caught sight through the fog of one of the beetling glaciers on the eastern shore of Jan Mayen, and shortly after. the fog lifting a little, the northern extremity of the island rose in view. The depth where we stopped the engine was 144 fathoms. Lymg to, with the lead on the bottom, the position of the vessel was now determimed, — -viz. by computing the distance of the land, from the echo following the dis- charge of a cannon, which could be distimetly observed. and then. by taking the bearmgs of the promontories vis- ible in the north and south. With the wind then blowing, the sea broke on the eastern shore of Jan Mayen, and we determined, therefore, on vessel steaming round to the west side of theisland. Aceordingly, we hauled im the lead, and stood northward. coursing along the coast, with its numerous glaciers; but, at the very moment we were abreast of the northern extremity of the island. the fog dropped like a eurtain, cutting off every there was nothing to prevent us from steaming on to the western glimpse of Jan Mayen from our view. Meanwhuile. shore. - First we steered north, then west. then south-west, and finally south-east, recording every five minutes the temperature of the surface-water. Tlhus. with one excep- tion, when it sank to 20.8 UC., was everywhere registered above 30 C. ing showed us to be nearing the west coast of the island, Ice there was none. No soon as our reckon- we sounded at intervals, till the fog at length rose, dis- We could now look about us, and at 11 p.m. let 20 our anchor m 20 fathoms, closing the lower parts of the island. in Mary Muss Bay, which, notwithstanding its exposed situation, was then ås smooth as a mill-pond. On the following day the sea was equally' calm, but the dense fog, stretching like a blanket about å couple of hundred metres above our heads, shut out from view, as on the previous afternoon, all but a low-lymg. strip of shore. Early in the morning we landed. south of the * Fugleberg,” or breeding-elitt, å rock of singular hue and formation, the remains of an ancient erater, jutting forward to the south of the lagoon that lies on this side of the is- land. Several exploring parties passed the day on shore, doing botanical and geologieal work, sketehing the scenery, and shooting sea-fowl and Polar foxes. The number of foxes killed was three. On the 30th of July we boat in Mary Muss Bay: but the north-west. there was soon to admit of landing. NShortly to freshen, and at 5 p.m. we weighed anchor, deeming it Whilst the ship was getting under weigh, the sun came out å mo- dredged the bottom from a a breeze springing up from too much surf on the shore after noon the wind began best to run back to the opposite side of the island. ment, enabling us to obtain å couple of altitudes; and im- mediately after, through åa sudden rent in the fog, we caught solbelyste Top mod den dybe blaa Himmel var et ligesaa gribende som pragtfuldt Syn. Under Gangen rundt Øens nordre Del til Rækved-Bugten bestemtes de forskjellige syn- lige Pynters og Isbræers Beliggenhed ved Hjelp af Pej- Ved Midnat an- kredes i den store Rækyed-Bugt udenfor Lagunen paa 12 Favne. Vand en god Kvartmil VSV. af Egøen. linger og Vinkelmaalinger med Sextant. Ankerplads blev vi liggende den følgende Paa denne Dag. Instrumenter iland. Brændingen var for stor til, at vi kunde føre nogen Skyteppet laa fremdeles over Beeren- berg og over Sydlandets Højder, men Solen trængte oftere gjennem, saaat der fra Skibsborde kunde faaes en længere Række Solhøjder. Forsøg paa at komme iland, bestemtes ved Vinkelmaalinger Om Eftermiddagen, efter et frugtesløst Retninger og indbyrdes Afstande mellem flere af de frem- trædende Punkter paa Østsiden og Fugleberget paa Vest- siden, hvis Top kunde sees over Øens laveste Del. Samme Dag toges Skitser af de synlige Partier af Øen, og arbej- dedes paa.grundt Vand af Zoologerne. Onsdag den lste August erholdtes atter nogle Sol- højder fra Ankerpladsen om Formiddagen. NSkydækket, be- gyndte at løse sig over Øens nordlige Del, men laa frem- deles tungt over den sydlige. Havets Tilstand var den samme, som Dagen tør. Vi lettede og stod udover paa Havet, loddede, tog Temperaturrækker og skrabede paa den af sort Sand og Ler bestaaende Havbund. Imidlertid blev Beerenberg efterhaanden befriet for Taagehyllet, og om Eftermiddagen havde vi Fjeldet ganske klart i hele sin Udstrækning. Paa Havet havde vi ofte sterke Hvirvelvinde, og paa Land saa vi dem hvirvle Egøens løse Tufsand højt i Vejret, et skuffende Billede af en vulkansk Eruption. Om Aftenen ankredes udenfor Lagunen et Par Kvartmil i Sydvest for den forrige Ankerplads. Den 2den August var Brændingerne fremdeles hin- derlige for Landgang. Vi lettede om Formiddagen og stod østover, ved hvilken Lejlighed Beerenbergs Højde blev be- stemt ved udsejlet Distance og Vinkelmaalinger. skrabedes og loddedes. idet vi atter gik østenom og nor- denom Øen. Beerenberg tilhyllede sig atter 1 sit Taage- slør, og vi havde seet den for sidste Gang. Allerede 7 Kvartmil i Nordøst for Nordøstkap fandtes 1040 Favne. Derefter oploddedes et Snit mod Vest og senere Nordvest, i hvilket vi. fik 1000 Favnes Dyb:i omtrent 28 Kvartmils Afstand fra Land. Der viste sig heller ikke her nogen Is paa Havet, men Luftens Temperatur gik om Natten ned til 001. Da vi allerede østenfor Jan Mayen havde fun- det Kuldegrader i Havet i et saa ringe Dyb som 20 Favne, og saaledes var komne ind i den grønlandske Polarstrøm, Deretter, 51 "of altitudes. our first glimpse of Beerenberg, with his dazzling, snow- elad summit, - standing boldly out against the deep-blue northern sky — å truly grand and imposing spectacle. On to the Great Wood-Bay, we determined the position of the glaciers our course round the northern shores of the island and headlands then visible, by compass bearings and observa- tions with the sextant. At midnight we came to ancehor in the Great Wood-Bay, off the lagoon, in 12 fatloms, up- wards of a mile west-south-west of the Egs-erater. We lay' at our anchorage the whole of the following There much instruments day. was - too surf: to attempt conveying any ashore. The canopy of clouds still ex- tended over Beerenberg and the heights in the southern part of the island, — though not so dense but that the sun could occasionally pieree it; and hence we sueceeded from our position on board the slip m obtaining a series In the afternoon, having made a fruitless at- tempt to land, we determined by trignometrieal observations the bearings of several of the salient poimts on the east coast, and their respective distances from the Fugleberg on the western shore. the summit of that eliff being visible above the lowest parts of the island. Mr. Schiertz, artist to the Expedition, made sketches of the scenery then in view, and our naturalists dredged in shallow water. On the forenoon of Wednesday the Ist of August we could again take a few altitudes of the sun. There was here and there m the cover of cloud over parts of the island; but over the southern now å rent the northern it still hung heavily. a considerable swell. As on the day before, there was Weighing anchor; we stood out to sea, sounding, taking serial temperatures, and dredging the bottom, which consisted of black sand and clay. , Mean- while, Beerenberg had begun to emerge from under his misty shroud; and in the afternoon the giant stood forth in all his grandeur. Off the coast, fierce eddying gusts (whirl- winds) repeatedly swept the surface of the ocean; and on shore, as could be plamly seen from the deck of the ves- sel, they whirled high into the air the loose tutaceous sand of the Egg-erater, presenting a striking resemblance to a volcanic eruption. In the evening we anchored off the lagoon, å couple of miles south-west of our last anchoring- place. On the 2nd of August the surf still prevented our landing. Getting under weigh in the forenoon, we stood eastward, our first work being to measure the altitude of Beerenberg, by from the distance run and trignometrical observations. We then dredged and sounded, again coursing east and north of theisland. Bee- computing renberg once more retired within his misty covering, and we had seen him for the last time. At no greater distanee than 7 miles north-east of the north-eastern, extremity of the island, the depth was 1040 fathoms. We then explored a section bearing west and north-west. mm which the depth reached 1000 fathoms, about 28 miles from land. No ice was met with here. either m the sea; but the temperature of the atmosphere sank at night to + 0".1. Having observed east of Jan Mayen at the trifling havde vi ingen særlig Grund til at opsøge selve Isgrænd- sen, og sejlede derfor tilbage mod Jan Mayen, hvor vi om Morgenen den 3die August befandt os udenfor Marie-Muss Bugten. Vejret var meget taaget og Brændingerne forbød Landgang. Vi gik om Formiddagen langs Vestkysten syd- vestover, tog enkelte Lodskud og Skitser, naar Taagen let- tede. Ved Middag passeredes Sydkap og de syv Klipper: hvorpaa hele Jan Mayen forsvandt i Taagen. Der arbej- dedes nu paa, flere Stationer sydover til et Punkt omtrent midtvejs mellem Jan Mayen og Islands Banker (69" 2 N. Br. 119 26" L. V. f. Gr.), hvor der var 1004 Fayne. Her slukkedes af, og 1 stille og løj Bris drev vi med Po- larstrømmen sydover, medens Fyrgangene rengjordes. hvil- ket Arbejde var færdigt om Eftermiddagen den 5te Au- østover for at støde sammen med det før oparbejdede Snit fra Trænen. Del af Arbejdet fandtes vor — paa 689 21” N. Br. og den Sde August naaedes det gust. hvorefter Kursen sattes Under denne største Dybde — 2005 Fayne 205 ØVE Middag vestligste af de før tagne Lod- skud, og den 10de om Morgenen passerede vi gjennem Moskenes-Strømmen, den berygtede Malstrøm, ind i Vest- fjorden, der laa i det pragtfuldeste Vejr. Om Eftermidda- gen, toges omtrent 8 Kvartmil søndenfor Skraaven en Mis- visnings- og Deviationsobservation, og om Aftenen tørnedes i Ørsnes. Den næste Dag toges to Skrabninger 1 Vestfjor- den, og om Aftenen Kl. 11 ankom Expeditionen til Bodø. Her blev nu Kjedlen ordentligt efterseet og Skibet rengjort udenbords. Samtidig toges magnetiske og astro- nomiske Observationer i Land. Onsdag den ldde August gik vi ind til Hopen. hvor vi fyldte en Del Vånd, og gik derfra paa stille Vande gjennem NSaltstrømmen ind i Skjer- stadfjorden, hvor der blev taget 5 Lodskud, en Tempera- turrække og 2 Skraber. hvoraf den ene strax indenfor Strømmen viste et særdeles rigt Dyreliv. Vi laa tilankers en Dag ved Rognan i Saltdalen, hvor vi fyldte det mang- lende af Vandbeholdningen. Lørdag den 18de August to- ges atter en Temperaturrække i Vestfjorden, hvorefter Kl. 10/> Form. den 28de August ankom Expeditionen til Bergen, hvor Desarmeringen strax paabegyndtes, og Skibet blev overleveret Rederiet færdig til Fragtfart paa den i Kontrakten stipulerede Dag. den 7de September. Kursen sattes sydover. 27 Skra- Expeditionen Der blev dette Aar ialt taget 160 Lodskud, ber, 9 Trawler og 37 Temperaturrækker. depth of 20 fathoms åa temperature below 09% and thus struck the Greenland Polar current. we had no call to push on in search of the Iee-barrier itself. and accord- ingly steamed. back to Jan Mayen, reaching that island, off Mary Muss Bay, on the morning of the 3rd of August. The weather was exceedingly foggy. and the surf forbade all thoughts of landing. During the forenoon we coursed along the western shore in a south-westerly direction. took a few soundings, and made sketehes of the coast whenever the fog cleared off. By noon we had reached Soutlr Cape. after passing which and the Seven Oliffs Jan Mayen sud- denly disappeared, the whole island having been swallowed We now took a southward course, investigating at several stations, to a point about midway between Jan Mayen and the Iceland banks (lat. 699 2" N., long. 119 26" W.), where the depth was 1004 fathoms. Here, to clearing the stoke-holes; and now im å dead calm. now up, as it were, by the tog. we had the engine-fires put out, preparatory before a light breeze, the *Vøringen” drifted south with the Polar current, On the afternoon of the dth she was again under steam. standing east for the Trænen section. already explored. In this part of the ocean we found the greatest depth measured on the Expedition — 20065 fathoms. im lat. 689 21" N. and long. 20 5 W. On Monday the 8th of August, about noon, we reached the poimt at which the most westerly sounding had been taken, and on the morn- mg of the 10th steamed through Moskenes Sound, with its whirlpool of dread repute — the celebrated Malstrøm, into the Vestfjord. that lay extended before us. peacefully In the atter- observations were slumbering in the glorious summer weather. noon, about S miles south of Skraaven, taken to determine the deviation of the compass, and in the evening we anchored at Ørsnes. the dredge the evenmg the Expedition arrived at Bodø. On the following day was twice sent down in the Vestfjord. and in Here the boilers were carefully examined, and the, outside of the vessel washed. Moreover, we took advantage of our stay at this place to take magnetical and åstronom- On Wednesday the 15th of August the Expedition proceeded to Hopen. and took in there åa supply of water, after which we steamed, with a slack ical observations on shore. tide. through Saltstrømmen Sound into the Skjerstadfjord. Here we took 3 soundings. 1 set of temperatures. and 2 hauls of the dredge. one of which, viz. that taken on entering the Sound, was uncommonly, successtul, bring- freight of animal life. day at Rognan in Saltdalen, to complete our supply of. ing up åa rich We passed a water. On Saturday the 2Sth of August. after taking an- other serial temperature in the Vesttjord. the Expedition stood south for Bergen, where we arrived on the 23rd of After paying oft the erew, the work of clearing the vessel and getting her ready August. at 10 o'elock in the morning. for the freight-trade was at once commenced, and on the 7th of September. the day stipulated in the Contract. she was given up to her owners. This year there were taken in all 160 soundings. 27 hauls of the dredge. 9 casts of the trawl, and 37 serial havde hele denne Sommer et for de besøgte Farvande vist- nok usædvanligt smukt Vejr. der ikke alene tillod, at der blev arbejdet paa saamange flere Stationer end den første Sommer, men Arbejdet paa hver enkelt Station blev ud- ført med Ro og Lethed, og der var fuld Anledning for Zoologerne til strax at foretage de foreløbige og som oftest vigtigste lagttagelser, hvilket det hyppigt det første Aar * blev aldeles umuligt at udføre paa Grund af Skibets vold- somme Bevægelser. 1878. Den for dette Aar vedtagne Plan, der ledsagedes af et Kart over de eventuelle Stationer, var saalydende: Ved Expeditionens Rejser i 1876 og 1877 ere Under- søgelserne af det norske Hav i de Retninger, der ere Expe- ditionens Formaal, naaede til den 71lde Breddegrad. Hvad der staar tilbage, er saaledes den nordenfor den nævnte Breddegrad liggende Del af det europæiske Ishav, der om Sommeren er mnavigabel ved Is. uden Hindringer. foraarsagede Den Del af dette Hav, der ligger mellem Nordkap, Spidsbergen, Novaja-Semlja og Nord-Rusland — kaldet Østishavet, Novaja-Semlja-Havet eller det Murmanske Hav — vides ifølge Observationer fra Fimmarkens Kyster og fra Havet søndenom og østenom Beeren-Eiland at være for hele den sydlige og vestlige Dels Vedkommende fyldt med, Vand; der holder Varmegrader. Det synes at være fra dette Hav at Lodden, der giver Finmarken sit bekjendte Vaartorsktiske, kommer md til den norske Kyst. Da Grændsen for begge disse Fiskearters Vandring antagelig er omtrent der, hvor det varme Vand ved Havbunden af- løses af iskoldt Vand, maa det ansees for at være af stor Interesse at faa bestemt, 1 alle Fald i større Omrids, Be- liggenheden af den Linie, der betegner Grændsen mellem det varme og det iskolde Vand ved Haybunden i Østisha- vet samt de øvrige fysiske og biologiske Forhold paa begge Sider af denne Grændse. Forholdene ere her i mange Henseender overensstemmende med dem paa Kystbankerne paa Norges Vestkyst, men vise ogsaa Forskjelligheder der- fra og frembyde saaledes et Felt for Studiet af saavel Hav- strømningernes Natur som af Dyrelivets Forhold. der er af høj Betydning for disses Forklaring i sin Almindelighed. Til at lette denne Undersøgelse tjener for det første den Omstændighed, at Østishavet er forholdsvis grundt — de største Dybder naa ikke 300 Favne. Desuden er Nord- grændsen for det varme Vand ved Bunden paa en større Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Expeditionens Historie. 33 temperatures. Throughout the entire season the weather continued remarkably fine for the high latitudes in which the Expedition had to eruise; and this fortunate eircum- stanee admitted not only of our extending the exploratory work to a greater number of observing-stations* than the year before, — at every single station. this could in conse- quence be aceomplished with preeision and comparative facility; moreover, ample opportunity afforded the zoologists of instituting on ship-board their preliminary and, as å rule, most important observations! which, on the pre- ceding eruise, had so frequently proved impossible. owing to the violent motion of the vessel. Was 1878. The Scheme approved for this year, to which had been appended a Diagram showing the position of each observing-station. ran-as follows: — : As the result of its eruises in 1876 and 1877, the Expedition has investigated the Norwegian Sea im the several directions that had necessarily to be taken for the attainment of the object proposed. up to the 71st parallel of latitude. Hence. what remains to be explored is the tract of the Arctic Ocean in Europe stretching north of the said line. and which im the summer months may be navigated without impediment from ice. The section of this ocean-basin lying between the North Cape, Spitzbergen, Novaja Zemlja. and Northern Russia — differently designated as the Fast Arctic Ocean, the Novaja Zemlja Sea. the Murman Sea, and the Barentz Sea — is known, from observations instituted on the coasts of Finmark and in the open sea south and east of Beeren Eiland, to be filled with water of a temperature above 09 throughout the southern and western tracts. It is from this sea. apparently. that the capelan, the little fish to which Finmark is indebted for her spring cod-fishery. The boundary that marks the migratory distribution of these two tishes, lying, we have repairs to tlie Norwegian coast. reason to believe, about where the warm and cold bottom- water meet. it is obviously of great importance to determ- ine — if not in detail, at least broadly — the line bound- ing the warm and cold areas at the bottom of the Fast Arctic Ocean. together with the physical and biological The general conditions there have in many respects not a- little m common with those of the coastal banks off the western shores of Nor- way; but, differing materially in some, they present. as re- conditions dominant on either side. gards the nature of ocean-currents amd the conditions of animal life. åa specially valuable field of elucidative research. * — Exploratory work in this tract will be mueh faeilitated by reason of the comparative shallowness of the East Arc- tie Ocean, — the greatest depths not even reaching 300 fathoms. -— Besides, the northern boundary of the warm 5) Strækning allerede bestemt, nemlig østenfor Beeren Eiland, og en ydre Grændse foreløbig kjendt mod Øst ved de tal- rige og udmerkede Observationer, som den østerrigske Po- larfarer Løitn. Weyprecht har anstillet og velvilligen med- delte Professor Mohn til Afbenyttelse. Disse OQmstændig- heder tillade en saa vidt gaaende Orientering i Feltet, at man kan gjøre en Beregning over den Tid, Undersøgelserne ved Expeditionen antagelig ville komme til at tage. En saadan Beregning, hvis Resultat nedenfor skal meddeles, viser, at der for Tidens Skyld Intet er til Hinder mod at optage denne Undersøgelse af Østishavet inden Fxpedi- tionens Undersøgelseskreds. Ved de sidste Expeditioner af Professor Nordenskiöld er det kariske Havs fysiske og biologiske Forhold blevne undersøgte. Vor Expeditions Undersøgelse af Østishavet vil knytte Undersøgelserne fra det hele Atlanterhav” til dem, der ere gjorte og forhaabentlig til Sommeren af Nor- denskiöld blive gjorte ved Kysterne af det asiatiske Ishav og dem, der ere gjorte i endnu nordligere Egne af den østerrigsk-ungarske Polar-Expedition. I Forbindelse med Undersøgelserne af Østishavet er det ønskeligt «at benytte Anledningen paa Rejsen langs Finmarkens Kyst til zoologiske Undersøgelser i nogle af de Fjorde, der hidtil ikke ere undersøgte af vore Zoologer, saasom Altentjord, Porsangerfjord eller Laxetjord og Tana- fjord. Endvidere er det af Vigtighed for de meterologiske Observationer, som udføres paa Expeditionen, at de nær- meste Ntationer i Norge, med hvilke Observationerne fra Havet blive at sammenstille, inspiceres ved samme Lejlig- hed i Lighed med hvad der de foregaaende Aar har fun- det Sted. Disse Stationer ere Alten (Bossekop) Gjesvær og Vardø, af hvilke i alle Fald den første og sidste ligge lige i den til de Udførelse førende Vej. ovennævnte Undersøgelsers Fan) Undersøgelserne af Havet mellem Nordkap, Jan Mayen og NSpidsbergen antages 'at burde foretages paa samme Maade, som man tidligere er gaaet frem paa, nemlig ved Tversnit der opgaaes nogenlunde lodret mod Kysterne. Da Haybroen mellem Norge og Spidsbergen og Spidsber- gens Vestkyst gaar i en mere nordlig og vestlig Retning end Norges Kyst ved Tromsø, blive Tversnittenes Retning b. at lægge mere langs Paralleleirklerne end tidligere. En Overgang heri kan naturligst ske ved at lægge et Par min- dre Snit mellem Beeren-Eiland og Norge i Vinkel med Toppunkt ude i Havet omtrent midt imellem to større Tversnit. Indtil Beeren Eiland (75" N.) lægges de store Tver- snit med samme indbyrdes Afstand som Snittene søndenfor fra 1877. vestover af det nordligste 1 1877 oparbejdede Snit. Det sydligste af de nye Snit er Fortsættelsen Vest- bottom-water has been already determined for a consider- able distance, viz.- east of Beeren Filand; and we are fur- nished, provisionally, with an extreme eastern limit in the many and excellent observations taken by the Austrian, Aretic traveller, Lieutenant Weyprecht, and which he has kindly placed at the disposal of Professor Mohn. These data suffice to give some little familiarity with the salient features of the section, and henee afford åa means of approxi- mately computing the probable duration of the period re- A caleulation has accordingly been made, and with such results that, as regards quired for the proposed investigations. time, there will be nothing that need exclude a scientific investigation of the Barentz Sea'from the exploratory work of the Expedition. On the latest Swedish Expeditions, the physiecal and biological conditions of the Kara Sea were investigated by Professor Nordenskiöld. The exploration of the Murman Sea by the Norwegian Expedition will connect the investiga- tions embracing the whole of the Atlantic with those that have been, and next summer. there is reason to believe, will be, carried out by Nordenskiöld m the Arctic Ocean off the coasts of Asia, and those achieved m still higher latitudes by the Austrio-Hungarian Polar Expedition. When coursing along the coast of Finmark to the Murman Nea, advantage shall be taken of the opportunity then afforded of prosecuting zoologieal work in divers of the fjords not yet investigated by our naturalists. for ex- ample the Altenfjord, the Porsanger or Laxefjord, and the Tanafjord. Moreover, it is important. as regards the me- teorological observations of the Expedition, that the sta- tions — at the nearest points on the Norwegiam coast — with which the observations taken im the open sea will have to be compared, shall on that oceasion be duly in- spected, as om the two preceding eruises. The stations im question are Alten (Bossekop). Gjesvær, and Vardø, two of which. the first and the last, lie directly in the route of the Expedition to the aforesaid field of investiga- tion. For the exploration of the Sea extending between the North Cape, Jan Mayen, and Spitzbergen, the best system will, it is believed, be that previously adopted, viz. of laying transverse sections as nearly as may be perpen- dieular to the coast. The edge of the bank between Nor- way and Spitzbergen, as also the western shores of that island, extending more to the north and west than does the coast of the transverse tions will have to be given å position somewhat more con- Norway at Tromsø, SEC- centric with the parallels of latitude than m the tracts previously explored. With this object im view, the most natural transition may be effected by laying at am angle, with the vertex seawards, a couple of smaller sections be- ween Beeren Eiland and Norway. about midway between two larger sections. As far north as Beeren Filand (lat. 75"), the large transverse sectipns will have to lie at the same distanee each from each as those explored south of that locality on last year's eruise (1877). The most southerly of the new sec- grændsen for disse Tversnit er Østgrændsen for Grønlands- isen, eller om denne skulde være usædvanlig langt tilbage- trukket mod Vest. en Linje, der tillader ved Lodskuddene at opnaa en sikker Kundskab om Havbundens Form i det Store og et nøjagtigt Studium af det her antagelig værende dyriske Protoplasma, som fandtes i 1877 ved Jan Mayen. Vestenfor Spidsbergen er Bundens Form i det Store taget nogenlunde kjendt efter de svenske Expeditioners Lodnin- ger. Men da paa den Tid disse foretoges (1868) endnu in- tet paalideligt Dybvandsthermometer havdes og Skrabninger paa store Dyb med store Apparater ikke vare komne igang, vil det for vor Expeditions Øjemed være nødvendigt at gjennemgaa det hele Felt systematisk. Da Afstanden mel- lem Spidsbergens Vestkyst og Grønlandsisen aftager raskt mod Nord, blive Tversnittene her efterhaanden kortere og kunne derfor samtlige lægges helt over den nævnte Afstand med en indbyrdes Afstand af en god Breddegrad. Paa Bankerne sættes Lodskud saa tæt, at disses Af- held mod Dybet bliver bestemt paa en utvetydig Maade. Ude 1 det store Ishavsdyb vil en Meridiangrad (60 Kvart- mil) antagelig være en passende Afstand mellem Lodskud- dene i samme Tversmit. En Gjenstand for speciel Undersøgelse bliver den varme Atlanterhavs Strøms Løb og Udstrækning mellem Beeren Eiland og Spidsbergen. Denne Undersøgelse, der fordrer Rækker af tættere Lodskud med Temperaturrækker. lover at blive af overordentlig stor Betydning for Havstrøm- menes Theori, da den varme Strøm her flyder nordover mellem 2 sydovergaaende Polarstrømme, Grønlandshavets |i Vest og Østspidsbergen — Beeren Eilands mod Øst. Dersom Isforholdene tillade det. udstrækkes Undersø- gelserne til Spidsbergens Nordkyst. Antagelig er her Po- larstrømmen alene raadende og dermed en passende Grændse sat for Expeditionens Arbejder mod Nord. At udstrække Rejsen saa langt md i Polarstrømmen, : som Isforholdene tillade, er af Vigtighed for Undersøgelsen af det i 1877 ved Jan Mayen fundne Protoplasma. * Undersøgelserne antages at burde deles i 3 Afdelin- ger, mellem hvilke anløbes nærmeste norsk Havn (Hammer- fest) for Udrustning med Kul. Vand, Proviant etc. Turen til Øst-Ishavet antages at burde. foretages først. da Isen her antagelig tidligere trækker sig tilbage end i Grønlands- havet. Turen til Spidsbergen lægges til August Maaned. der er den bedste Aarstid paa disse Kanter. Turen vesterud til Grønlandshavet nordenfor Jan Mayen bliver saaledes den 2den i Rækken. tions will extend westward from the most nortberly section investigated the year before. The western limit for these sections will eoineide with the eastern boundary of the Greenland ice-barrier, or, in the event of that barrier hav- ing receded unusually far west. with a lime allowing the contour of the sea-bed to be and offering ample opportunity for a detailed study of the animal protoplasma met with im 1877 off the island of Jan Mayen, and believed to occeur also in this region. West of Spitzbergen, the contour of the bottom was broadly determined by soundings taken on the Swedish Expeditions. No trustworthy deep-sea thermo- meter having however at that time been devised (1868). nor dredgings essayed at great depths with apparatus of proportionate dimensions, the whole of the traet will need to be gone over anew and systematically investigated. The distance between the west coast of Spitzbergen and the Greenland ice-barrier rapidly diminishing towards the north. the transverse sections here will get gradually shorter. and may acceordingly be laid right across. at intervals slightly exceeding one degree of latitude. On the banks. the soundings shall be taken with suf- ficient frequence to admit of elearly determining the seaward ineline. In the great Arctic basin, intervals of 60 miles, or one meridional degree, will. it is believed, be a suitable distanee at which to sound in one and the same section. A subject for special investigation will be the flow and extent of the warm Atlantic current between Beeren Eiland and Spitzbergen. The solution of the problem therein involved, which calls for series of closer soundings. together with serial temperatures, cannot but furnish highly on the Greenland side broadly determined, important data bearing directly on the theory of ocean eur- rents. the warm Atlantic water here flowing northwards between two southward-setting Polar currents. — å western through the Greenland Sea. and an eastern passing along the shores of Bast Spitzbergen*and Beeren Filand. Provided the further course of the vessel be unobstructed by ice, the Expedition will extend its investigations to the North Coast of Spitzbergen. In this region, probably, the Polar eurrent alone prevails, and may, therefore, be taken as å proper boundary for the northern field of exploratory researeh. By pushing on as far as practicable into the Polar current. i.e. till ice shall bar farther progress, much valu- able material may be collected for prosecuting the investi- gation of the protoplasma found in 1877 off the island of Jan Mayen. The exploratory work to be done on each eruise should, it is opined, embrace three intervals, or periods. the Expedition making. so soon as the investigations allotted to each shall have been completed, for the nearest Norwe- gian port (Hammerfest), to refit the vessel, taking in there a supply of coal, water, provisions, &c. The Murman Nea should, it is believed. be the first region explored, the ice there most probably breaking up somewhat earlier in the season than is the case with that of the Greenland Sea. The trip to Spitzbergen will be deferred till August, gener- D Expeditionen antages at afgaa fra Bergen i Midten af Juni til Tromsø. Forsaavidt Rejsen sker gjennem Vest- fjorden, kunde Lejligheden benyttes til at tage en Tempe- raturrække i det dybeste af Vestfjorden udenfor Tranø, hvor de nye Dybvandsthermometre kunde prøves. til Tromsø antages at kræve 4 Døgn. I Tromsø standses for at tage ombord en Mand, der medfølger Expeditionen som Kjendtmand for Finmarkens Kyst, Beeren Biland og Derpaa gaar man ind til Alten, hvor den og Skrabning (Trawl) Turen Spidsbergen. meteorologiske Station inspiceres., udføres i Altenfjorden. Herfra til Hammerfest, hvor Expe- ditionen indtager Forsyninger for Øst-Ishavsturen. Magne- tiske Observationer til Bestemmelse af Misvisningen og Kompassets Deviation foretages i Altentjord eller ved Ham- merfest. å Fra Hammerfest sejles til Porsangerfjorden. hvor der loddes, tages Temperaturrækker og skrabes. Herfra, om Vejret (Taage) ikke er til Himder, ind i Tanatjorden, hvor de samme Arbejder udføres. Dertra til Vardø, hvor den meteorologiske Station inspiceres. Fra Vardø styres (omkring 27de Juni) først østover, derpaa nordover til Beeren Filands Parallel og derpaa Ere Omstændighederne gunstige, forsøges Landgang paa Beeren Biland. Beeren Filand og Norge for at bestemme dens Afheld mod vestover, og Linjen for 0" ved Havbunden bestemmes. Herfra opsejles 2 Tversnit over Banken mellem Ishavsdybet, og derpaa sejles til Hammerfest, idet et Par Stationer lægges paa Vejen. Med en Fart af 6 Mil i Vagten, 16 Loddestationer (15 med Temperaturrække, 13 med Skrabe (Trawl)) vil Turen fra Vardø til Hammerfest (efter den Tid som Erfaringen fra 1877 har vist at der medgaar til de forskjellige Arbejder paa forskjelligt Dyb) tage I1 til 12 Døgn. Tur vestover. Afgangen derfra kan sættes til omkring den lite til 12te Juli. 2den Tur beregnes med 6 Knobs Fart, 18 Stationer (17 Temperaturrækker, hvoraf mange ganske korte i Polar- strømmen, 6 Skraber paa Banken, 2 Skraber paa stort Dyb — Lodning, Skrabe og Temperaturrække å 17 Timer) til 127/, Døgn. "Temperaturforholdene i Paa Udrejsen fra Hammerfest undersøges Dybet omkring Station 201 fra 1877, hvor der viste sig et paafaldende anomalt Forhold. I Hammerfest gjøres klar til 2den ally the finest month in the year in those latitudes. Hence, the run westward and subsequent investigation of the Greenland Sea north of Jan Mayen, will oceupy the second of the three intervals, or periods, planned in this Seheme of Work. By the middle of June the Expedition will, if possi- ble leave Bergen for Tromsø. Should the route selected lead through the Vestfjord, a series of temperatures might be taken im the deepest parts of the fjord, off Tranø, and the new deep-sea thermometers tested. Four days will prob- ably be suftieient for the passage north to Tromsø. At this port the Expedition will take on board a pilot for the coast The next place on the route is Alten, where the Meteorological Sta- tion will be imspected, and the fjord dredged and trawled. of Finmark, Beeren Eiland, and NSpitzbergen. From here the Expedition courses on to Hammerfest, at which port stores will have to be shipped for the exploratory tour to the Murman Sea. Magnetical observations to de- termime the deviation ot the compass shall be taken either at Hammerfest or in the Altentjord. From Hammerfest the course runs on to the Porsan- gerfjord, where soundings and serial temperatures will be taken, and the dredge and trawl worked. From this point, weather permitting (it is frequently foggy hereabouts), the Expedition will steam on to the Tanafjord. and there pro- Tlie next place to be touched at is Vardø, where the Meteorological Station will secute similar exploratory work. be inspected. From Vardø the Expedition will first stand eastward (about the 27th of June). then northward for the Beeren Eiland parallel of latitude, and then westward, determining by the way the boundary of the glacial bottom-area. If anyway practicable, the Neientitic Staff will land on Beeren Eiland. From this pomt the Expedition shall ex- plore å couple of transverse sections on the bank between Beeren Eiland and Norway, with the object of determining its ineline towards the depths of the Arctic Ocean, and working at two then run back to Hammerfest, one or stations by the way. Steaming at the rate of 6 miles an hour. and with 16 sounding-stations. at 15 of which serial temperatures will have tobe taken and at 13 dredging and trawling-work done, the passage back to Hammerfest viå Vardø (judging from last vear's experience as to the time required for the different investigations at various depths) At Hammerfest the ves- sel has to be got ready for the second of the cruises west- can be made in 11 or 12 days. ward, the departure of the Expedition being fixed for about the lilth or 12th of July. The speed of the vessel being supposed to average 6 knots, this second erwise will, with 18 stations (17 serial temperatures — many of those im the Polar current: being however quite short — 6 hauls of the dredge on the bank, and 2 taking temperatures estimated to oceupy 17 hours|), take 12 the Expedition shall investigate the thermal conditions prevail- 201. last at great depths [sounding, dredging. and days and a half. On the run out from Hammerfest. mg m deep water round Station where, on Efter færdig Ekvipering i Hammerfest til Spidsber- 29de Juli) sejles til Far- Spidsbergen, hvilket an- tages at kunne undersøges tilstrækkeligt ved 3 Tversnit. gensturen (antagelig omkring den vandet mellem Beeren Filand og Fra Sydkap sejles vestover til Grønlandsisen, nordover langs Isgrændsen og derpaa østover mod Mundingen af Is- fjorden. bay til Isgrændsen og det sidste store Tversnit lidt norden- for 80" Bredde. Den her nævnte Del af Turen med 27 Stationer (25 Temperaturrækker, hvoraf flere smaa, 11 Skrabninger) samt Tilbagerejse til Hammerfest beregnes med 6 Mils Fart til 131/+ Døgn. Det næste Tversmt tænkes lagt vestover fra Kings- Paa Optur søges Arbejdet paa Søen først fremmet med den Hurtighed, som Undersøgelsernes Nøjagtighed kræ- ver og Vejrforholdene tillade. Fre de sidste gunstige, an- vendes de følgende Dage til mere specielle Undersøgelser paa Npidsbergens Banker, i dens Fjorde. i Land. Under tidligere indtræftende ugunstige Vejrforhold. tages de sidst- nævnte Arbejder i Mellemtiden, om muligt, og Arbejderne i Søen under de gunstigere Perioder. Tilbagerejsen tiltræ- des omkring den 24de August og gaar til Hammerfest eller (nærmere) til Tromsø, hvor den kjendte Mand sættes af. Herfra til Bergen, hvor Expeditionens derboende Deltagere gaa fra Borde, hvorpaa Rejsen fortsættes til Christiania og Horten, hvor Desarmeringen finder Nted. og Fartøjet gjøres istand til Overleverelse til Rederiet. De videnskabelige Arbejder samme Maade som i 1877. udføres væsentlig : paa Ved Lodningerne og Temperaturrækkerne søges er- holdt saamange fuldstændige Sammenligninger mellem de forskjellige Nlags Dybvandsthermometre, som Omstændighe- derne tillade. En nøjagtig Undersøgelse af de ved de to første Togter benyttede Dybvandstbermometre ved Sammen- ligning med nyere Norter er af største Vigtighed for den nøjagtige Bestemmelse af Temperaturen 1 Dybet paa de af Expeditionen i 1876 og 77 besøgte Strækninger. Bund- prøve tages ved hvert Lodskud og opbevares. Temperatur- rækkerne tages saa tæt. at en utvetydig Kundskab erholdes om Varmefordelingen i Dybet. I Polarstrømmen kunne de fleste Temperaturrækker indskrænkes til de øverste Vand- lag (til — 19). idet et Par fuldstændige Rækker tages gjen- nem hele Iybet til Constatermg af Temperaturforholdene. Strømmaalinger forsøges. hvert Lodskud og Ligeledes tages om muligt ved g paa enkelte Stationer, hvor det ansees ønskeligt. i intermediære Dybder Vandprøver til Bestem- Et Piezometer bør medfølge hvert Lodskud, dels som Control metse af specifisk Vægt og chemisk Undersøgelse. for Dybden dels til Bestemmelse af Piezometrets Constanter. FY year's cruise, å singular anomaly of temperature was ob- served. Having refitted at Hammerfest (by about the 29th of July) for the excursion to Spitzbergen. the Expedition shall at once proceed to the tract between Beeren KEiland and NSpitzbergen, for investigating which three trans- verse sections will probably prove suftieient. From South Cape the course will lie westward to the Greenland iee, then northward along the ice-barrier, and then eastward for the mouth of the Iee-Sound. tion should, The next transverse sec- It is opined, stretch westward from King's Bay to the ice-barrier. and the last of the large transverse sections he north of the S0th parallel of latitude. This third part of the entire eruise. with 27 Stations (25 serial temperatures, several of them short. and 11 hauls of the dredge), meluding the run back to Hammerfest. is calcu- lated, with a speed of 6 knots, to take 13 days and a half. On the passage out, all deep-sea work shall be done first, as expeditiously as may prove consistent with accurate investigation and the state of the weather. Provided the latter be tavourable, some few days may then be devoted to more special on the banks bergen, in the tjords of the island. and on shore. investigations of Spitz- Bad weather supervening, the exploration of the depths shall be broken off, to be resumed under more favourable eireum- stances, and the work on the banks prosecuted, if possible, m the mterim. On the homeward passage — to commence about the 24th of August — the Expedition will make for Hammertest, or possibly a nearer point, Tromsø. where the pilot will quit the ship. From here the homeward course runs straight to Bergen, where the members of the Seientitic Staff resident in. that eity disembark, after which At Horten she will be paid off, and put in order previous to the vessel will proceed to OUhristiama and Horten. being given up to her owners m Bergen. The seientitie work of the Expedition to be prosecuted essentially as in 1877. When taking various kinds of deep-sea thermometers shall be compared soundings and serial temperatures. the together as elosely and as frequently as cireumstances may admit of. Å rigorous testing of the deep-sea thermom- eters employed on the two first eruises, by comparing them with those of a later construction, is of the utmost impor- tanee as regards the true determination of the temperature in the deeper strata of the ocean-tracts then visited by the Expedition. Å sample of the bottom shall be brought up at every sounding, and preserved for subsequent examina- tion. The serial temperatures shall be taken sufteiently close to afford a elear insight imto the thermal eondi- tions throughout the ocean-depths. In the Polar current. most of the serial temperatures may be contimed to the up- per strata (to — 19. two complete series being taken throughout the entire depth. to substantiate the nature of. the thermal conditions. Observations are, if possible. to be taken for ascertaining the rate and direction of currents. Moreover, with every sounding, and at some stations from | intermediate depths, a sample of the sea-water shall, if Arbejde med Skrabe, Trawl, Svabere og Overfladenet foretages paa de Stationer, hvor saadanne ansees nødven- dige for Studiet af Dyrelivet i de forskjellige Dybder, un- dersøiske Klimater og Bundarter. De chemiske Arbejder, inelusive Bestemmelsen Havvandets specifiske Vægt udføres i det væsentlige som 1 1877. Magnetiske Observationer søges udført i Nøen, navn- lig Misvisnings-Observationer. de jordmagnetiske Flementer søges gjort paa Land paa Spidsbergen. Beeren Eiland og i Norge. Saavidt muligt paa Steder, hvorfra der tidligere haves saadanne. og botaniske lagttagelser udføres 'efter Steder, som Expeditionen anløber. Stedbestemmelser, topogratiske og hydro- Geologiske . Lejlighed paa de Lige- saa astronomiske grafiske Undersøgelser. De meteorologiske lagttagelser ombord udføres som Å Ikreritfa Ved de Lejligheder. Fxpeditionen passerer Beeren Filand, forsøges. om OQmstændighederne maatte være gun- stige, Landgang der til Udførelse af astronomiske, geogra- fiske, geologiske, zoologiske, botaniske, hydrografiske Under- søgelser. Paa Spidsbergen foretages lignende Undersøgelser paa de Steder. hvor Expeditionen kommer til at anløbe — hvilke Steder blive at bestemme efter de Fordringer, som Arbejderne i Søen stille. Npecielt haves Opmærksomheden rettet paa Undersøgelse af Fiskerierne ved Npidsbergens Kyst og i dens Fjorde, paa jordmagnetiske og hydrografiske Undersøgelser. Som Følge af. at Expeditionen for dette Aar var be- sluttet forlagt 14 Dage senere end de foregaaende Aars, indførtes de nødvendige Forandringer i Kontrakten om Lejen af Skibet, og dette overtoges først den lste Maj. Indredningsarbejderne udførtes ved Brunchorst & Dekkes Værft aldeles som det foregaaende Aar, uden Forandring hverken i Apteringer eller i Apparaternes Placering. Mandskabet Da Premierlieutenant Petersen havde fra- Den Ilte Juni hejstes Kommandoen og paamønstredes. sagt sig Posten som Næstcommanderende paa Grund af Sygdom, blev denne Stilling overtaget af Skibsfører Grieg. medens en tredie Styrmand forhyredes. for om muligt at Den 138de Juni kom Professor Sars og Kemikerne Tornøe og Sehmelek ombord, l4de halede vi ud fra Værftet overtage noget af Trediecommanderendes Tjeneste. den og 38 af Absolute Bestemmelser af possible, be colleeted, for determining the specific gravity, and for chemical examination. Å piezometer will have to be sent down with every sounding, partly as åa means of con- trolling the depth, and partly to determine the constants of the piezometer.- Exploratory work with the dredge, trawl. surface-net, and swabs, will be prosecuted at all stations where it af- fords opportunity of investigating the forms of animal life in the various depths. as also submarine elimatic conditions, and the materials of the sea-bottom. The chemical work of the Expedition, including de- terminations of specific gravity, to be done essentially as on last -year's cruise. Magnetical observations shall, if possible, be taken at sea, in particular those for obtaming the variation of the compass, and absolute determmations ashore, on Npitzber- gen, Beeren Filand, and im Norway, if practicable at poimts from which such observations already exist. Geological and botanical work will be prosecuted nm suitable localities;: likewise astronomical observations of latitude and longitude, together with topographical and hydrographical investigations. The meteorological observations to be taken essenti- ally as on last year's cruise. When passing Beeren Hiland, attempt shall, on each oceasion, if practicable, be made to land there, with the object of prosecuting astronomical, geographical, geologieal, zoological, botanieal, hydrographical investigations. On Spitzbergen. too. like investigations shall be un- dertaken in localities visited by the Expedition, the num- ber and positions of the localities depending on the time required for the exploration in the open sea. Attention is specially directed to the fisheries off the coasts of Spitz- bergen and in the fjords of the island, as also to the im- portanee of magnetic and hydrographieal observations. The departure of the Expedition this year having been fixed to take place a fortnight later than on the two pre- ceding eruises, a elause to that effect, modifying the terms originally agreed upon, was introduced into the Contract for the hire of the vessel; and accordingly she was not taken in charge till the Ist of May. ship was fitted out by Messrs. Brunchorst & Dekke, with- out change either as regards the general arrangement or This year, too, the the placmg of the apparatus. On the Iith of June I hoisted my pennant, and the came IRANS having from ill-health had to resign his post as first-lieu- tenant, Mr. Grieg, captain in the merchant-navy, was ap- pointed to sueceed him, amd å third mate engaged to assist the first-lieutenant in the diseharge of his duties. On the 13th of June Professor Sars embarked, along with Mr. Tornøe and Mr. Sehmeleck; and on the l4th we hauled out crew on board. Lieutenant Petersen, 39 og gik Prøvetur, under hvilken Loggemaskinen prøvedes og Kompassets Deviation undersøgtes. Lørdag den 15de kom D'Hrr. Mohn, Danielssen, Friele og Schiertz ombord og Kl. 491 samme Dags Eftermiddag afgik Expeditionen fra Bergen og styrede nordover langs Leden. Mandag den l17de Juni, efter Afgangen fra Børøsund ved Throndhjemsleden havde vi det Uheld, at Skibet. om- trent tvers af Nordpynten at Fjeldvær. skurede over en Boe, og jeg saa, at en Del af Straakjølen gik tabt. Skibet blev ikke staaende, og heller ikke lækt. saa at der var stor Sandsynlighed for, at det ikke havde faaet nogen væ- sentlig Skade. Da der ikke existerer nyere. detaljerede Karter over denne Del af Kysten, var jeg her afskaaret fra Lejlighed til at kunne kontrollere Lodsen. Et Par Timer efter var vi saa heldige at træffe Havnevæse- nets Dampskib *Nicolay.” hvor Havnedirectør Roll med sm Dykker var ombord, og strax var villig til at vde for- nøden Bistand. Begge Skibe gik da md i Hopen-Fjord, hvor Dykkeren tre Gange var nede og undersøgte Vørin- gens Bund. Da han erklærede. at NSkibet mgen anden Skade havde faaet, end det før nævnte Tab af en Del af Straakjølen, fortsattes Rejsen om Natten nordover. Under hele vor Rejse mærkedes ingensinde nogensomhelst Ulempe efter Stødningen, men ved Doksætningen om Høsten viste det sig, at selve Kjølen ogsaa for en Del var beskadiget, saaledes at Veritas-Besigtigelsen fordrede et NStykke ny Kjøl indsat. Onsdag den 19de Juli toges en Temperaturrække og en Skrabe i Vestfjorden og Kl. 11 Form. den 20de ankom vi til Tromsø, hvor Kjendtmand Petter Bjørvik kom om- bord. Denne Mand var gjennem velvillig Assistance af Hr. Toldkasserer Pettersen bleven engageret til at følge Expeditionen som Lods paa Finmarken og NSpidsbergen. Kl. 4 samme Dags Eftermiddag afgik Expeditionen til Alten-Fjord, hvor der den 21de toges to Temperaturræk- ker, Skrabe og Trawl, medens Hr. Friele arbejdede langs Landet fra Baad og Professor Mohn inspicerede Altens meteorologiske Station. Kl. 5'/. Form. den 22de Juni an- kredes 1 Hammerfest, hvor vi fyldte Vand og blev liggende Søndagen over. , Kl. 2 Form. Mandag den 24de afgik vi fra Hammerfest, og arbejdede de følgende Dage i Porsan- ger-Fjord og i Tana-Fjord. Udenfor Baads-Fjord toges Misvisnings- og Deviations-Observation og den 25de KI. 11'/> Eftm. ankom Expeditionen til Vardø. Efterat her var taget magnetiske og astronomiske Observationer og den meteorologiske Ntation inspiceret, gik vi tilsøs om Morge- nen den 27de for efter Planen at begynde med Undersø- gelserne i Øst-Ishavet. from the wharf to take a trialstrip. during which the log- apparatus was tested and the deviation of the compass determined. On Saturday the 15th of June Professor Mohn, Dr. Danielssen, Mr. Friele, and Mr. Schiertz came on board; and on the afternoon of that day. at 4.45 p.m,, the Expedition left Bergen. proceeding northward by the inshore route. On Monday the 17th of June, shortly after our de- parture from Børøsund, a place on the inshore route to Throndhjem. the vessel echanced unfortunately to touch a sunken rock. and I saw part of the false keel carried away. Meanwhile, as the ship neither stuck fast nor sprang a leak, there was good reason to believe she could not have sustained any material damage. New, detailed charts for this part of the coast having not yet been constructed, I was unable to check the pilot. Å couple of hours or so after our misadventure, we had the good fortune to fall in with the steamer *Nicolay,” belong- ing to the Harbour Works: and Mr. Roll, the director, who happened to be on board and had with him his diving-assi- stant. volunteered Both: vessels now steamed into the Hopen Fjord: and here Mr. Roll's diver went down three times in succession to examine the * Vørin- at once assistance. gen” 's bottom. His report, however, being to the effect that, beyond the atoresaid loss of part of her false keel, the ship had sustaimed no damage whatever. we resolved to continue the voyage, and after night-tall pursued our course During the whole cruise no detrimental effects accident; but on dock- ing the vessel im the autumn after our return, it seemed that the true keel had suffered to some extent too; indeed the Surveyor to the Veritas” insisted on having a new northward. were found to result from the piece put in. On Wednesday the 19th of July a and a haul of the dredge were taken in the Vestfjord:; serial temperature * and on the forenoon of the 20th, at 11 a.m., we arrived at Tromsø. where a pilot, Petter Bjørvik by name. came on board. This man had been engaged by Mr. Pettersen, receiver of eustoms. to act as pilot to the Expedition for the coasts of Finmark and Spitzbergen. The same day, at 4 o'clock in the afternoon, the Expedition proceeded to the Alten Fjord, where, on the 2Ist, two serial temperatures were taken. together with a haul of the deep-sea appara- tus, botb dredge and trawl, Mr. Friele working the while along the shore from a boat. and Professor Mohn being oceupied with inspecting the Meteorological Station at Alten. On the forenoon of the 22nd the Expedition arrived at Hammerfest. where we took in a supply of water, and spent the following day (Sunday) at anchor. On Monday the 24th of June. at 2 a.m.. the Expedition left Hammer- fest, and devoted the next few days to exploratory work in the Porsanger and Tana Fjords. Off the mouth of the fjord observations were taken to determine the variation and deviation of the compass, and on the 25th. at 11.30 p.m.. the Expedition reached Vardø. After a series of magnetical and astronomical observations had been taken, and the Meteorological Station inspected. on the morning a Kursen sattes først i øst-nord-østlig Retning og samme Dag toges Trawl og Skrabe. samt tre Lodskud, men om Aftenen begyndte det at kule paa, og om Natten maatte vi lægge paa Vejret og blev liggende for Storm af VNV., Regn og noget Nnedrey samt høj Sø til næste Dags Aften den 28de, da vi loddede og atter styrede øst-nord-østover. Der arbejdedes nu under stadig Kuling, surt og koldt Vejr først nordover til Beeren-Eilands Paralleleirkel og derefter mdtil vi om Aftenen Sdie Juli fik Beeren vi saa da den første Drivis, dog kun vestover. den Eiland i Nigte, og enkelte Flager. vi under Beeren-Eiland udenfor den saakaldte Sydhavn, og landsatte den til den hollandske Expedition med Skon- nerten *De Willem Barendsz" fra Bergen medtagne Post. der nedgravedes i Nærheden af Russestuen og merkedes paa Samtidig blev der skudt en Del Fugle og foretaget botaniske og Højden af Mount Misery bestem- Om Eftermiddagen afgik vi fra Om Formiddagen den 4de Juli ankrede den af den hollandske Konsul opgivne Maade. geologiske Indsamlinger. tes ved Vinkelmaalinger. Beeren-Eiland og arbejdede sydvestover for at bestemme Affaldet af Banken mod Vest. Kl. 5!/. Form. den G6te Juli fik vi 1024 Favne paa 73" 6' N. Br. og 119 56' L. Ø. f. Gr., hvorefter Kursen sattes øst-syd-østlig for at be- stemme Affaldet paa en sydligere Bredde. og Kl. 2 Efter- middag Mandag den Sde Juli ankom vi til Hammerfest: Fra Tirsdag Morgen til Fredag Aften benyttedes Ti- den til at skrubbe Skibsbunden, fylde Kul og Vand, ren- gjøre Kjedlen og efterse Maskimen. samt til at tage mag- netiske og astronomiske Observationer, der udførtes paa Fuglenes i Nærheden af Gradmaalingsstøtten. Kl. 6 Formiddag paa den anden Tur og den 13de Juli atgik vi i godt Vejr Om Efter- middagen toges en Misvisningsobservation med Azimuther Kompasset rundt. Med vest-nord-vestlig Kurs naaedes den næste Dags Middag vort nordligste Punkt fra det foregaa- ende Aar, hvor der toges Lodskud og Bundtemperatur med 4 Thermometre af forskjellig Konstruktion. Herfra sejledes videre mod Vest-Nord-Vest. under jevnt Arbejde med Lod- skud, Temperaturrækker og Trawl, imdtil vi Onsdag Aften den 17de mødte de første Flager af den grønlandske Vest- satte Kursen vestover. Is og Kl. 10//1 maatte vi stoppe for tættere Drivis. Vi var da paau3* 10" N. Bri (0230 22 LA VaIf Gr. (og havde saaledes mødt Isen paa en ikke lidet østligere Længde end paaregnet. Vejret var blevet koldt og taaget med en stiv Kuling af nordvestlig Vind. Ffterat der var taget en Temperaturrække i Nærheden af Isen, sattes Kursen nord- østover og senere nordover langs Isen, der snart tabtes af * of the 27th of June we steamed out of the harbour, on the morning of the 27th of June, en route for the Barentz Sea, where, according to the Seheme of Work, tbe Expedi- tion was now to commence investigations. Qur course lay first east-north-east. and the same day we dredged and trawled and took three soundings; but in the evening it came on to blow, and in the night we lay to, and rode out a gale from the west-north-west, with rain and snow and å heavy sea, till the evening of the follow- ing day, the 28th; we were then able to sound, after which we steamed on again, steering as before east-north-east. We now pushed on, in cold and boisterous weather, first northward as for as the Beeren Eiland parallel of latitude, and then westward till, on the evening of the 3rd of July, that island hove in sight, and we passed the trst drift-icee, — however only a few isolated floes. On the forenoon of the 4th we anchored off South Harbour. as it is called, and sent ashore the letter-box we had brought from Bergen for the Dutch Expedition with the schooner «De Willem Barendsz;" this we buried near the Russian Hut, after marking it in the manner indicated by the Dutch consul. While some of the party were thus engaged, others roamed about, shootimg birds and collecting botanmieal and The altitude of Mount Misery was de- termined by trignometrical observations. geological specimens. In the afternoon we left Beeren Filand, steerimg south-west to determine the slope of the bank in a westerly direction. On the 6th of July, .at 5.30 a.m., we sounded im 1024 fathoms, lat. 73" 6 N., long. 119 56" E., after which the course of the vessel was changed to east-south-east, with the object of determining the slope farther south; and on Monday the Bth of July, at 2 oclock m the afternoon. the Expedition arrived at Hammerfest. From Tuesday morning til Friday evening the time was oceupied with serubbing the ship's bottom, taking in coal and water. eleaning the boilers, and examining the engine, as also with taking magnetical and astronomical observations. at Fuglenes, near by the column indieating the terminus of the Russian-Swedish-Norwegian arc of meridian. On the 13th of July, at 6 a.m., we left Hammerfest, in fine weather, standing west on the second excursion of In observations were taken to determine the variation of the compass. north-west. by next day at noon we had reached the most the cruise. the afternoon Steaming west- northerly point of last year's eruise. Here soundings were taken, and the bottom-temperature registered with 4 therm- ometers of different construction. From this point we con- tinued to steer west-north-west. taking soundings and serial temperatures and working the trawl, till on the evening ot Wednesday the 17th of July we reached the first floes of the Greenland ice, and at 10.15 p.m. the engines had to be stopped, owing to the closer packing of the drift-iee. We then lat. 739 10" N. and long. 3022 W., having strucek the ice considerably farther east than antic- were in The weather had now turned cold and foggy, with After taking a series ipated. a stilt breeze from the north-west. Sigte, men hvis Nærhed tilkjendegaves af den lave Tempe- ratur. Fremdeles herskede ogsaa Taage. Kuling og Sø. Fredag Morgen den 19de havde vi naaet 759 16" N. Br. 09 54' L. V. f. Gr. og fik her dette Aars dybeste Lod- skud. med 1985 eng. Favne, hvorefter Kursen sattes øst- over langs den 7dde Breddegrad. Ved fortsatte Lodninger, Temperaturrækker og Trawlinger bestemtes paa Østgaaende, ligesom før paa Vestgaaende, den omtrentlige Grændse mellem Polarstrømmen og det varme Vand i Havets øst- lige Del. nordligere end Beeren Eiland, og Undersøgelserne fortsattes Liigeledes bestemtes Opgangen af Banken noget videre østover, mmdtil vi den 23de Juli befandt os paa 749 510 No 188 ge IS0 GP MOE ES havde 21 Favyne Vand med en Bundtemperatur af +002. Her toges en NSkrabe, hvorpaa vi, under tiltagende Nordenvinds- hvor vi kuling. holdt ned mod Beeren Eiland og derefter østenom Øen til dens Sydside. NSøen var her allerede betydelig, saa det var forbundet med Vanskeligheder at gjøre Land- gang. Vi saa imidlertid, at vort Flag var borte. og slut- tede deraf. at Hollænderne havde været der og fundet Posten, hvilket viste sig at være vigtigt. efter de Efterret- ninger fra * Willem Barendtsz” som vi modtog fra Vardø Ankomst til Hammerfest. Den 24de lænsede vi med Storm af NNV.. høj Sø, svære NSlingringer og tilsidst Kl. 10 om Aftenen fik vi et Øjeblik Kjending af Fruholm og Ingø tvers om Styrbord og Kl. 4 Formiddag den 25de kom vi i god Be- hold til Ankers i Hammerfest. Under Indsejlingen, da det var temmelig mørkt paa Grund af det tætte Regn. opstod Spørgsmaalet om at ankre. før vi kom til Hammerfest. Hayde Nordhavs-Expeditionen gjort dette vilde den paa det nævnte Sted have stødt sammen med *Vega"”- Expeditionen under Nordenskiöld og Palander, der laa her Da vi bestemte os til at gaa til Hammerfest med en Gang, passerede de to Expe- ved vor Regntykke sydover mod Hammerfest. 1 Maasø. for at oppebie gunstigere Vejr. ditioner hverandre paa nogle faa Mils Afstand uden at vide det. Fredag og Lørdag anvendtes til Fyldning af Vand og Kul. og Mandag den 29de Juli Kl. 6 Eftermiddag for- lod vi atter Hammerfest for at udføre vor tredie Tur, idet vi til Afsked saluterede Byen med 4Skud. Kursen sattes mod Beeren Eiland, som vi, efterat have taget 3 Lodskud og en Trawl undervejs, naaede Onsdag den 3lte. Da vi ogsaa kom op under Øen, faldt Barometret 1”” 1 Timen, ligesom Luften saa saa truende ud, at vi besluttede at se Vejret an 1 nogen Tid, og efter et Par Timers Forløb havde vi ogsaa fuld Storm. Da vi under disse Omstændigheder ikke kunde arbejde med Lodning og Skrabning, men godt nytte Tiden til Arbejder under Læ, naar Skibet var nogenlunde roligt. holdt vi det gaaende under Øens Østside, hvor Søen var nogenlunde rolig. Thorsdag Aften toges en Del Misvisnings- Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Expeditionens Historie. of temperatures in close proximity to the ice, we stood on our course, steering first north-east and then north. along the ice, which was soon lost sight of, though the low tem- perature announced its comparative nearness. Fog. wind, and sea also continued to prevail. On the morning of Friday the 19th of July we had reached a point in lat. 75" 16" N. long 09 54 W. Here a sounding was taken (1985 fathoms). the deepest on this years cruise. after which we steamed eastward along the 75th parallel of latitude. By a continuous suceession of soundings, serial temperatures, and trawlings, the boundary between the Polar current the of the Sea was now on our passage east. as before on our passage west. approximately determined. We likewise de- termined the rise of the bank somewhat farther north than Beeren Eiland, and then continued investigating eastward till on the 23rd of July we found ourselves in lat. 749 57", long. 19" 52" E., with åa depth of 21 fathoms and a bot- tom-temperature of +02. Here we took å haul of the dredge. and then bore down. in a rising gale from the north, on Beeren Eiland, making for the south coast along its eastern shores. and the warm flow in eastern section The sea here already running high. considerable diffieulty would have been experienced in land- ing. Meanwhile, we could see that our flag was gone, and of course coneluded that the Dutch explorers had found their letter-box, which. on our arrival at. Hammerfest. proved to have been correct, å communication received there from the *Willem Barendtz” vi;å Vardø apprizing us of the fact. On the 24th we stood south for Hammerfest, seudding be- fore the wind in a gale from the north-north-west. with the ship rolling heavily. and a ramy mist coming on. About 10 p.m. we caught a glimpse of Fruholm and Ingø on the starboard beam, and next morning (July 25th), at 4 oelock, dropped our anchor in Hammerfest harbour. When steaming up the tjord. it was rather dark. from the drizzly rain, and the question arose, whether it would not be best to anchor, for instånce at Maasø, before proceed- ing to Hammerfest. Had this been done, the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition would have fallen m with the *Vega” Expedition, under the direction of Nordenskiöld and Palander, then lymg at anchor bere till the weather should moderate. Ås it was. the two Expeditions passed within a few miles of each other without knowing it. Two days (Friday and Saturday) were spent in get- ting the ship ready for sea (watering, coaling, &c.), and on Monday the 29th of July, at 6 p.m., we agam left Ham- merfest. on the third excursion of the eruise, firing a salute of 4 guns in honour of the town. as we steamed out of the harbour. The Expedition stood straight for Beeren Eiland, which it reached on Wednesday the 31st of July. On the passage across, 3 soundings had been taken and one cast of the trawl. As we were nearing the land. the barometer to fall the sky. too. wearing a threatening appearance, we resolved to wait and see how the weather would turn out. And it was well we began Jern ankour: did, for an hour or two after it blew a gale. Deep-sea operations. such as sounding and dredging. were now, of 6 og Deviations-Observationer med Skibet, og da Vejret nu havde bedaget sig noget. gjorde Kl. 94. DHrr. Mohn, Tornøe, Schmelek og Grieg Landgang ved Engelsk-Elyen og foretog en Exkursion langs Østkysten i Imidlertid kom Taagen igjen og blev Sars, Friele, nordlig Retning. tættere efterhaanden, og Kl. 3 maatte jeg ankre op nær Land for ikke i den stærke Strøm at komme bort fr: Kl. 4 Fredag Morgen kom Exkursionspartiet ombord igjen, mebrmgende 0 Etterat Baaden hejst. forsøgte vi at tiske, og det viste sig, at der stod en Fra Kl. 5 til 7 droges 200 Stormen vedvarede fremdeles og først den næste Landingspladsen eller støde paa Grund. Fugle, Forstenmger og Planter. var op- Mængde Torsk under Øen. Stykker. Dags Morgen bedagede den, saa at vi atter kunde sætte Kurs nordover. Samme Dags Eftermiddag naaede vi Nta- tonpaa (Do s2NE Br og 1950 TNØN EAGrS hvor vi fik 123 Favne og tog en Trawl. tiet til Spidsbergen i to mindre Tversnit, først et mod Vest-Nord-Vest, og derpaa et mod Øst-Nord-Øst og naaede ved Enden af dette Sydkap paa Spidsbergen Mandag den Da det blæste frisk Bris af Nordvest, gik vi i Læ paa Østsiden at Sydkap, Vi oparbejdede nu Par- dte August om FEftermiddagen. en hvor vi om Aftenen tog en fuldstændig Misvisningsobserva- tion, og gik om Natten op under den store Isbræ. der skyder som et mægtigt Forbjerg ud 1 Havet. Om Morge- nen den 6te skrabede vi i Storfjorden paa 146 Favne, om- Med Undtagelse af enkelte Isflag, der drev sydover og enkelte sejlede Sydkap og satte derefter Kursen mod Vest. mindre Isbjerge i den østlige Horizont var Storfjorden istri imdenfor vor Synskreds. Den Gte og 7de August arbejdede vi paa Nuittet vestover og kom i godt Vejr Kl. 9 Efter- middag den Sde atter under Isen paa 76" 26' N.- Br. og 09 20 L. V. f.Gr., hvor vi fik 1686 Favnes Dyb. len blev sat ud, og der arbejdedes med den hele Natten, Traw- men den maa sandsynligvis være bleven fyldt med Rulle- stene, da Aceumulatoren angav en ellers utorklarlig svær Uagtet al anvendt Forsigtighed sprang Touget, efterat der var hivet md 3 Timer, Kl. 10 den næste Dags Formiddag. ningen foregik ved en Spleds, der allerede var 3 Tørn inde paa Spillet, og 2160 Favne Toug samt Apparater gik tabt. Vejret var usædvanligt smukt og før vi gik videre, toges Vægt paa Touget, da Indhivningen begyndte. Spræng- en fuldstændig Misvisnings-Observation. — Vi styrede der- etter nordøstover mellem Istlagene, der nu vare komne rundt om os, og som 1 det klare Solskin og med sine fan- tastiske Former var et baade interessant og smukt Syn. Om Eftermiddagen kom vi atter ud af Isen og styrede nu mere nordlig Kurs. saaledes at vi Kl. 3 Formiddag den 10de vare paa 779 50' N. Br. og 009' L. V. f. Gr, hvor vi loddede 1640 Favne. Herfra sattes Kursen øst- over. Kl. 7 samme Dags Eftermiddag fik vi 1333 Favne, og da nyt Skrabetoug imidlertid var bleven sammenspledset og ny Trawl gjort istand, sattes denne ud. Kl. 91/, næste Formiddag fik vi den hjem med rig Fangst af Dyr og deriblandt Fiske, men Bommen var brækket af paa Midten, Ved det næste Lodskud. der toges om Eftermiddagen. fandt vi og der var en stor Sten paa en Mands Løft i den. 42 course, out of the question: but as work below could still when the motion violent, we kept her going. under lee of the land, along the eastern shore. where the sea continued comparatively tranquil. be done of the vessel was not too On Thursday evening observations were made to determine the variation and deviation of the compass: and the weather having now begun to moderate. Professors Mohn Mr. Friele, Mr. Tornøe, Mr. Schmelek. and Captain Grieg succeeded in landing, at 9.30 p.m., close and Nars, to the English River, and made an excursion along the east coast in a northerly direction. Meanwhile the fog came on again, gettmg gradually denser: and at 3 a.m. I had to anchor close im shore, for fear of drifting away from the landing-place, or running aground, in the strong current. On Friday morning, at +a.m., the exploring party returned, bringing with them specimens of birds, fossils, and plants. After hoisting up the boat, we passed an hour or two fishing, and found that cod were abundant off that part of to was still*blowmg hard, and an- the island, our catch from 5 a.m. T a.m. amounting to as many as ten score. It other day had yet to elapse ere the weather became sut- fieiently moderate to admit of our again pursuing å north- ward course. On the afternoon of the same day we reached in lat. No) Jone, 76 GØYMDE 123 fathoms., cast ot the trawl. a station more: where we and took a We now explored the tract stretehing from that poimt to sounded in Spitzbergen. by means of two smaller transverse sections, one (the tirst) extending west-north-west, and the other east-north-east, and reacbed at the end of the latter South Cape, the southern extremity of NSpitzbergen, on the after- noon of Monday the 5Sth of August. As it was blowing fresh from the north-west, we ran in shore east of South Cape, where, during the course of the evening, å complete observation was taken for determining the variation of the compass, and after night-fall we steamed up under the lee of the great glacier that juts out into the sea like a gigantie promontory. On the morning of the 6th we dredged im the Storfjord. at a depth of 146 fathoms, doubled South Cape, and then stood out to sea. steering west. Naving a few isolated floes drifting southward, and several smaller icebergs on the verge of the eastern horizon. the Ntorfjord was wholly uneneumbered with ice, as far as the eye could reach. This and the following day (the 7th) were devoted to exploring the section westward, and on the 8Sth, at 9 p.m., with the weather fime. we again reached the ice, at a point in lat. 769 26' N. long. 09 29 W.. where we found a depth ot 1686 fathoms. worked throughout the whole of the night. but probably The trawl was put over and had got a treight of boulders. the aceumulator indicating an otherwise unaceountable strain on the lime immediately we began to heave. On the followng day, at 10 a.m., the rope parted. in spite of every precaution taken to prevent it, after three hours continuous hauling. The rupture oc- curred in å splice. which had already passed 3 turns on the drums, the apparatus consequently cearrying away with 2160 fathoms of rope. The weather was magniticent. and before proceeding on our course. we took a complete observation Dybden at være 1343 Favne. Dette Lodskud har den særegne Interesse og Betydning, at den Svenske Expedition med *Sofia” under Nordenskiöld og von Otter i 1868 fandt en Dybde af 1350 Favne, altsaa kun 7 Favne mere end vi, paa et Punkt der ligger kun 2 Kvartmile længere Vest Station. * Resultatet af Lodnimgen blev derfor imødeseet med en vis Spænding, der maatte være bevirket end vor ved Betragtningen af vore to foregaaende Lodskud, men med den udmerkede Overensstemmelse fulgte Forvisningen om den svenske Expeditions talrige Dyb-Lodskuds SNSik- kerhed og store Betydning for det Endemaal, som vor Expedition var ude for at søge fremmet. Vi arbejdede nu videre i Retning mod Isfjordens Munding, bestemte Bankens Affald mod Ishavsdybet, og gik derpaa mnord- Sø og Vind var meget hinder- derlige. saa vi kun gjorde ringe Fart. Om Morgenen Onsdag den l4de August fik vi atter Is i Sigte. Vi var Efterat have loddet og trawlet her og længere øst lidt nordenfor 80" Bredde, gik over og nordvestover. da nær den S0de Breddegrad. vi om Morgenen den ddde ind til Norskøerne ved Npids- bergens Nordvest-Kyst. Sundet mellem Norskøerne er en god Ankerplads, men Isflag drev stadig gjennem det med det stærke Tid- vand, og Aftenen før vi kom ind, havde et stort Istlag brukket Kjettingerne og taget 3 af de her liggende 5 Fangst- fartøjer med sig ud af Sundet. Der var stor Fiskerigdom, saaledes at 3 Baade med 2 Mand 1 hver 1 Løbet af et Døgn kunde fiske og virke 2200 Torsk. De havde blot 20 Minutters Udroning og fiskede paa 16 Favne Vand. Paa Grund af Flueaat (Limaciner) havde Fisken imidlertid her, ligesom ved Beeren Eiland, en meget ubehagelig Smag, der imidlertid skal forsvinde, naar Fisken saltes og klippes. Medens *Vøringen” laa ved Norskøerne, blev Bun- den skrubbet, og der indtoges en Del Ballast, hvortil der lige i Stranden var Anledning til at tage Sten. Nkibet to determine the variation of the compass. Then. standing north-east, we steamed on between the floes. which by this timé floating the and in the bright sunshine, with their thousand fantastic shapes. afforded a striking and beautiful sight. were round vessel. In the afternoon we again got elear of the ice, and course, had by the 10th, at 77 50' N. long. 090 9 W., be 1640 fathoms. day, at 7 p.m.. sounded in 1333 fatloms. now taking a more northerly 3 a.m., reached å point in lat. where the depth was found to We now steered east, and on the same A new dredge- rope having meanwhile been spliced, and other trawling- It oeloek. brmging a gear prepared. the apparatus was sent down. up next morning, at about halt-past 9 came rich freight of marine animals. among which were a few fishes, but with the boom broken through the middle. and a- big stone. as much as a man could Lift. .enelosed in the bag. In the afternoon we sounded again. and now found the depth to be 1343 fathoms. special interest and importance, since the Swedish Expe- dition despatehed with the *Sotia” in 1868, under the direction of Nordenskiöld and von Otter. found a depth To this sounding attaches of 1350 fathoms — only 7 fathoms more than we meas- ured here — at å point but two miles farther west of our station. The result of the sounding had been awaited with some little exeitement atter recording the two foregomg depths, and the satistaction felt at the very close agree- ment was accompanied by the assurance of the trustworth- iness distinguishing the deep-sea soundings taken on the Swedish Expedition, and of their great value as adjunets in working out the object which the Norwegian Expedition had been despatehed to attain. We now explored tarther, in the direction of the Ice Sound, determined the slope of the bank towards the depths of the Arctic Ocean, and then stood north and north-west. But the weather was boister- ous — wind and sea — and we made but little progress. the l4th of August we again came in sight of ice, near the S0th parallel of lat- itude. After sounding and trawling both at this point and farther east, a little to the north of 80", we proceeded on the morning of the 15th to the Norway Islands, on the On the morning of Wednesday north-western coast of Spitzbergen. In the sound between the Norway Islands there is good anchorage. but floes kept drifting through it with the strong tidal current, and the evening before a large tloe, after breaking the cables. had carried 3 of the 5 fishing- vessels that lay at anchor here out of the sound. The place abounded in fish: 3 boats — 2 men to each — could cateh and cure in twenty-four hours as many as, 2200 eod. The row out took only 20 minutes. and the depth on the fishing-ground did not exceed 16 fathoms. The tish, how- ever. like those on the shores of Beeren Eiland, bemg in- fested with parasitic animals (Limacinæ), have a rather disagreeable taste; but this they are said to lose on being .salted and dried. Whilst the *Vøringen” lay at amehor at the Norway Islands, her bottom was serubbed, and extra ballast taken in, the beach supplying stones in plenty. The ship had . var nemlig blevet noget let paa Vandet, navnlig trængte Agterenden til at komme noget dybere. I Løbet af disse Dage gjordes Exkursioner til Landet mmdenfor Norskøerne. Kl. 4 Fredag Fftermiddag den 16de afgik vi atter fra Norskøerne, tog et Lodskud med Temperaturrække udenfor Hakluyt Head, Spidsbergens Nordvestpynt. og sej- lede derpaa ned igjennem Nmeerenberg-Sundet, østenom Amsterdam-Øen og Dansk-Øen, og ud gjennem Syd-Gat, efter det af Beechey og Franklin i 1818 optagne Kart. hvorefter vi Kl. 121; om Natten ankrede i Magdalena Bay mdentor Halvøen med Begravelsespladsen. Baade i Smeerenberg og i Magdalena Bay er Dalene fyldte med store Isbræer, der gaar lige i Nøen, og de fra disse løsbrukne Isstykker flyder om Kl. 9 om Aftenen den 17de lod- dede og trawlede vi i Magdalena Bay. i hvis inderste Del i Sundene og Bugterne. vi fandt den laveste Temperatur i NSøen paa hele Expedi- tionen, nemlig — 2" U., ved Bundeén paa 61 Favnes Dyb, medens Dyrelivet sammesteds var meget rigt. ja selv Fiske Fra Magdalena Bay styrede vi mod Sydvest udenom Prince Charles Foreland. Den 18de tog vi 4 Lodskud og en Trawl, og den 19de var vi om Mor- genen 1 Istjordens Munding, hvor der loddedes, toges Tem- kom op i Trawlen. peraturrække og trawledes. Kl. 2/, Efterm. samme Dag gik Expeditionen til Ankers i Advent Bay paa Is-Fjördens Sydside. Landet her gjør en Undtagelse fra det ovenfor beskrevne Spidsbergenske Islandskab, idet Dalene her er fri for Isbræer. Jeg gik strax igang med at optage et Kart over denne af Spidsbergensfarere meget besøgte Bugt. og medens en Del af Medlemmerne var paa en Udflugt op i Landet, arbejdede jeg hermed. assisteret af Professor Mohn, der maalte Grundlinie, enkelte Horizontalvinkler og Solhøjder til Polhøjde- og Tidsbestemmelse, samt Skibsfører Grieg, der udførte Lodninger. Selv maalte jeg de fleste Horizontalvinkler, tog Arzimutbestemmelsen, Lodskud og tegnede Kartet. Da de til Kartets Konstruktion nødven- dige Observationer var udførte, lettede vi den 22de om Aftenen, tog en Trawl i Mundingen af Bugten. og styrede ud af Isfjorden. anløbe Bell-Sund, men det blev tyk Taage og Kursen sat- tes da hjem mod Norge. KI. 23de og 24de August toges sidste Lodskud og Temperatur- række, og Mandag Middag den 26de August ankredes i i Gang med at fylde Kul og rengjøre Kjedlen. Vi havde da været under Damp uat- brudt i 30 Døgn, idet vi ikke slukkede af under Opholdet i Advent Bay paa Grund af den lave Temperatur, der Det var Meningen den næste Dag at 12 om Natten mellem den Tromsø, hvor vi strax gik gjorde Opvarmning af Arbejdsrummet nødvendigt. K1. 2 om Morgenen den 29de August afgik vi fra Tromsø og ankom Kl. 10/41 Form. den 4de September til Bergen, 44 got too high on the water, more especially her sternpart. During our stay here exeursions were made to the main- land. On Friday the 16th, at 4 oclock in the afternoon. we again left the Norway Islands. took a sounding. along with a' serial temperature, off Hakluyt Head. the north- western extremity of Spitzbergen. and then steamed on through Smeerenberg Sound. east of Amsterdam Island and Danish Island, and out through South Gat, steering by the chart Beechey and Franklin constructed in 1818. after which we proceeded to Magdalena Bay. where the ship dropped her anehor, at 12.80 a.m.. east of the pen- insula with the burial-ground. Both at Smeerenberg and Magdalena Bay the valleys are filled up with glaciers, projecting into the sea; and fragments of dislocated ice float about in the sounds and bays. At 9 oclock the evening of the 17th we sounded and trawled in Magda- lena Bay. where. in its inner part, was found the lowest on temperature registered on the Expedition, viz. — 2390, at a bottom-depth of 61 fathoms. This spot was character- ised by a rich variety of animal life, — nay even fishes came up in the trawl. From Magdalena Bay we steered On the 18th we took 4 soundings and a cast of the trawl. and south-west, rounding Prmee Charles Foreland. on the morning of the 19th had reached the entrance to Tee Sound, where we sounded, took serial temperatures. and trawled. day, the Expedition anchored in Advent Bay on the south At halt-past two, on the afternoon of the same shore of the Ice Sound. The land here forms an excep- tion to the iey region of Npitzbergen deseribed above. no glaciers encumbering the vallies. I immediately prepared to draw up a chart of this bay, so much visited by sealing and fishing vessels, and while part of the Scientitic Staff were away on an excursion into the country, continued this work, with assistance from Professor Mohn. who measured the base. some of the horizontal angles and altitudes for determining latitude and time, and from Captain Grieg, who took soundings. Most of the horizontal angles I measured myself; I made, too, azimuth observations. took soundings, the chart. After all the observations required the construction of the ebhart had been taken. weighed anchor. on the evening of the 22nd. took a cast the bay, and steered out and drew for we ot the trawl at the entrance to of Ice Sound. Our intention had been on. the follow- ing day to touch at Bell-Sound; but a thick fog coming At midnight on the and serial tempera- on, we stood direct for Norway. 23rd of August the last sounding ture were taken, and on Monday the 26th. about 12 o'elock at noon, the Expedition reached Tromsø. where we at once The vessel had been under steam for 30 suceessive days. the commeneed taking in water and cleaning the boilers. engine-fires having been kept burning during our stay at Advent Bay. low temperature prevailimg in that locality rendered ne- I Å in order to heat the work-rooms. which the cessary. On the 29th of August, at 2 the Expedition left Tromsø. and on the forenoon of the o'elock in the morning. hvor D'Hrr. Danielssen. Friele: Tornøe og Schiertz de bar- kerede. des og endel af de Skibet tilhørende Sager bragtes ombord. Den nu overflødige Del af Besætningen afmønstre- ligesom Laanegods afleveredes til Bergens Værtt. Lørdag Morgen den 7de afgik vi fra Bergen og ankom Kl. 4 Efter- middag den 9de til Kristiania, hvor D'Hrr. Mohn, Sars og Scehmelek gik iland. Næste Dags Middag den 1Ode NSep- tember afgik jeg med Skibet til Horten, hvor Desarmerin- gen strax paabegyndtes. . Den 20de var alle Sager bragt iland og Skibet klart til Atleverimg med Undtagelse af Don- keykjedlen. der skulde tages ombord-i Bergen, Kl. 5! Formiddag den ?Ide gik *Vøringen” fra Horten og arikom til Bergen den 23de. Der var i 1878 ialt taget 117 Lodskud, 57 Tempe- raturrækker. 15 Skraber og 24 Trawler, samt. foruden de magnetiske Observationer i Land ved Hammerfest og Vardø, tillige 6 fuldstændige Misvisningsobservationer paa Nøen, hvilke paa Grund af Observationsstedernes geogratiske Be- liggenhed er af megen Interesse. Det i den oprindelige Plan angivne Farvand mellem Norge, Færøerne, Jan Mayen og Spidsbergen var saa- ledes befaret og Expeditionens Undersøgelsesrejser lykkelig tilendebragte i den for samme fastsatte Tid. Den gode Forstaaelse mellem Expeditionens Medlem- mer vedvarede uden Forstyrrelse lige til det WSidste. Sluttelig skal det ogsaa med Taknemmelighed bemærkes. at Expeditionen overalt blev mødt med den største Velvilje. Baade Amtmand Finsen paa Færøerhe og Landshøvding Finsen paa Island, ligesom ogsaa Bergens, Kristiansunds, Namsos, Bodøs, Tromsøs og Hammertfests Borgere foran- staltede Festligheder i Anledning af Expeditionens Nærvæ- relse og gjorde Alt, for at Opholdet paa de respective Nte- der skulde blive saa behageligt som muligt. gear returned to the Bergen Navy Vard. Christiania, 4th Bergen. where Dr. Danielssen, Mr. Friele. Mr. Tornøe. and Mr. Schiertz Part of the viz. the now superfluous hands, were paid off, divers effects of September. at half-past ten oclock. we arrived at disembarked. crew, belonging to the ship brought on board, and borrowed On .the ing of Saturday the 7th of September we left Bergen, and the th. at 4 oclock in the afternoon. reached where Mohn and Nars' and Mr. Schmelek went ashore. At noon on the. following day I took the vessel to Horten. By the 20th, the:ship had been celeared of everything belonging to the Expedition and got ready for her owners. On the 21st, at a quarter past five m the morning, the *Vøringen” left Horten, and arrived at Bergen on the 23rd. On the third eruise of the Expedition, morn- on Professors in 1878, there were taken in all 117 soundings, 57 serial temper- atures, 15 hauls of the dredge. and 24 casts of the trawl. together — exclusive of the magnetical observations on shore at Hammerfest and Vardø —' with 6 complete ob- servations at sea for determining the variation of the com- pass, which, from the geograpbical position of the observing- points possess very considerable interest. The tract of ocean embraced im the original Scheme. viz. that between Norway. the Færoe Islands, Jan Mayen. and Spitzbergen, had thus been investigated, and the ex- ploring eruises of the Expedition happily termimated within the period appointed. Nothing arose to eloud the friendly spirit. prevailing among the members of the Neientitic Staff. Nor must I, in conelusion, omit to-record our debt of gratitude for the eager hospitality and ready assistance we everywhere re- ceived. Both the chief magistrate of the Færoe Islands. Amtmand Finsen, and the governor of Ieeland, Landshøv- ding Finsen, had festivities arranged in honour. of the Expedition, as did also the people of Bergen, Kristian- sund. Namsos. Bodø, and Hammerfest, leaving nothing undone that might in any way tend to enhance the pleasure of our stay. Tromsø. Til Expeditionens Udrustning og Drift har Storthin- vet bevilget følgende Summer: 1 1875 20,000 Spd. = 80.000 Kroner. i 1876 hiljode = = 58.000 —= i 1877 28,327 2308 Tilsammen 62,827 Spå. 251.808 Kroner. Ffterat Apparater, Tougverk m. m., der var anskaffet til Expeditionen, blev realiseret ved Bortsælgelse, bliver den Sum, .som. Expeditionen har kostet ca. 249,000 Kroner. 46 Heri medregnes ikke de Summer, som NStorthinget siden : 1879 hvert «Aar har bevilget til Bearbejdelse af det md- samlede Materiale og til Udgivelse af nærværende General- beretning. For the equipment and current expenses of the Ex- pedition the Storthing has granted the following sums: — In 1875 Spd. 20,000 Kr. 80.000. In 1876 14.500 = 58.000. In 1877 ESN 113308: Total sSpdb2rg2n == Kr. 25103083 tle the sale of apparatus, cordage &c., provided for the Expedition. the nett amount expended will be about Kr. 249.000. This does not inelude the annual grants made by the Storthing After deducting proceeds arising from since 1879 for working up the materials collected and publishing the present Report. Norske Nordhavs-Expedition. C.Wille. Expeditionens Historie. Vöringens Route. Track of the Vöringen. 1876 - 1877 - 1878. 0 Stationer — Stations. 7 Paaværende Plads ved Middag og Datum. Ships place at noon and date. Den private Opmaaknys th Anstalt, Kristiania | VI | VE | Å OT AP IN NEAL" Hy | AN jr såg å Å Å MA NN V | | N Å VA ' NAV kst so f N I M Å V AN di | I I V HINN JE | V HA HV D i] UN HÅN | I I] | li I | | I | 1 == 3 Er L S - — z == = == Lp» OLJEN === | å Å Vi NN HÅ VI NA NN I 1 "N Å 3, FÅ | | vVeorRING EIN. å DEN NORSKE NORDHAVS-EXPEDITION VS TET kor APPARATERNE OG DERES BRUG AF C. WILLE, KAPTEJN I MARINEN. MED ET TITELBILLEDE OG 21 TRÆSNIT. CHRISTIANIA. GRØNDAHL & SØNS BOGTRYKKERI. 1882. THE NORWEGIAN NORTH-ATLANTIG EXPEDITION ISTG6—187S., THE APPARATUS, AND HOW USED. BY CE MIELE; CAPTAIN OF THE ROYAL NAVY. WITH Å FRONTISPIECE AND 21 ILLUSTRATIONS. CHRISTIANIA. PRINTED BY GRØNDAHL & SØN. 1882. å ; Å pe Ga hå pr IT bålet - kg v ar % et ST in åg hær År GAMMA SIG mala Jed i A På pr ME K , SÅ ' E EE HU EN mit. å Apparaterne og deres Brug. Indhold. Skibet. Dækket. lator. Indhivningsmaskinen. Mellemdæk. Pendelregu- Rørlod. Baillie Maskine. Lodline. hentere. Forberedelser til Lodning. Fartøjet. Lodning med Rørlod. ning med Baillie-Maskine. Udløbshastigheder. Tiodskud-Tabel. Lodning. Acceumulator. Vand- Dækrulle. Manøvre med Bestemmelse af Dybden. Lod- Lodlinens Ophaling. Varighed af Lodskud. Loddernes Temperaturrækker. Bundskrabning. Skrabe. Skrabning. Otter-Trawl. Bom-Trawl. Forberedelser til Manøvrer ved Skrabning og Trawling. Skrabens og Trawlens Ombordbringelse og Tømning. Varigheden af en Bundskrabning. Navigering. - Deviationsbestemmelser. Ob- Nøjagtigheden af Bestemmelsen af Vandlog. — Astronomiske servationer. Kronometrene. paaværende Plads. Som nævnt i min Afhandling om Nordhayvs-Expedi- tionens Oprindelse og Rejser blev det, da Expeditionens Iværksættelse var besluttet, overdraget mig at anskaffe de til Udførelse af de forskjellige Slags Iagttagelser og andre Arbejder nødvendige Apparater. Under min Rejse til England i 1875 anskaffedes saaledes flere Apparater og Instrumenter efter de fra tidligere Expeditioner anerkjendte Modeller. I Løbet af Vinteren 1875 —76 udførtes de øv- rige Apparater og andre Sager ved norske Verksteder efter de af mig opgivne Tegninger og Betingelser, ligesom jeg organiserede og jevnlig udførte Apparaternes Anvendelse ombord. Til Grund for den følgende Afhandling, hvis Indhold er angivet ovenfor, er lagt de udførlige Rapporter om Ap- Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Apparaterne og deres Brug. The Apparatus, and How Used. Contents. The Ship. — The Deck. — The Donkey-engine. — The Orlop- deck. — The Pendulum-governor. Deep-sea Sounding. — The Tube-lead. — Baillie's Machine, — The Sound- ing-line. — The Accumulators. — The Water-bottle. — Preparations for Soundmg. — The Deck-reel. — Handling the Ship. — Sound- ing with,the Tube-lead. — Determining the Depth. — Sounding with the Baillie Machine. — Hauling in the Line. — Velocity of the Sounding-lead. — Duration of a Sounding. — Serial Temperatures. — Table of Soundings. Deep-sea Dredging. — The Dredge. — The Otter-trawl. — The Beam - trawl. — Preparations for Dredging. — Handling the Ship. — Getting over and emptying of Dredge and Trawl. — Duration of a Dredging. Navigating the Ship. — Determining Deviation. — The Water-log. — Astronomical Observations. — The Chronometers. — Ship's Po- sition, with what accuracy determined. The Government having resolved to despateh a Scientific Expedition to the Northern Seas. I undertook, as already stated in my account of the origin and eruises of the Nor- wegian North-Atlantic Expedition, at the instance of the Directors of the Geographical Survey, to procure the various instruments and appliances wherewith it would have to be furnished. experience of former Expeditions, I had construeted in Several of these, tested and approved by the England, from models, when visiting that country m 1875. The remaining apparatus, together with all minor imple- ments requisite for the equipment of the vessel, were made at Norwegian workshops, im the winter of 1875. myself furnishing the designs, and stipulating which the work was supplied. the conditions on Moreover, on the captain devolved the duty of placing and arranging the apparatus, and, as å general rule, of superintending their use on board. This descriptive exposition, the contents of which have been given above, is in the main an abstract of the special 1 paraterne og deres Brug, som jeg navnlig i 1876 men og- saa de følgende Aar indsendte til Direktionen for den geo- grafiske Opmaaling. Fremstillingen er imidlertid bleven for en Del omarbejdet og udvidet, hvad der navnlig gjæl- der Kapitlet om Navigationen. Efter Professor Mohns Ønske er ogsaa medtaget de af ham, tildels til andre Øje- med, gjorte Studier over Loddernes Udløbshastigheder, over Varigheden af Lodninger og Skrabninger, over Vandloggens Theori og over Kronometrenes Gang, hvis Resultater finde sin naturlige Plads i denne Afhandling. Professor Mohn har ligeledes ydet værdifulde Bidrag til Udarbejdelsen af de denne Afhandling ledsagende Tegninger. Skibet. Det til Expeditionen lejede Dampskib, *Vøringen,” var bygget af Træ, og var 55” (140 n. F.) mellem Per- pendieulærerne, 7” (22!/, n. F.) bredt, stak 4" (13 n. F,) agter og maalte Brutto 344 Tons. Maskmen var paa 55 nominelle Hestekræfter og gav, med et Kulforbrug af 2 Tønder i Timen, Skibet en Fart af 7, til 8 Knob i roligt Vejr. Besætningen bestod af Uhef, 2 Officierer, 2? å 3 Styr- mænd, 1 Baadsmand, I Tømmermand, 8 helbefarne og 8 halvbefarne Matroser, ? Maskinister, 6 Fyrbødere, 1 Messe- kok, 1 Skibskok og 1 Tjener. *Vøringen” viste sig at være et usædvanlig godt Sø- skib, og afgav 1 alle Dele tilstrækkelig Plads, uden at der Under Expedi- tionerne var det, som Fig. 1 viser, foruden med de almin- delige Stag- og Gatfelsejl, tillige rigget med Topsejl paa Stængerne, der det første Aar (1876) vare ganske korte, forlængedes, saavelsom Topsejlene, 0.75 (1'/» dog kunde siges at være Rum tilovers. begge Master. Fod) i 1877 for at skaffe større Sejlareal, men dette var allige- vel for lidet til under almindelige Omstændigheder at bruges Heldigvis imdtraf der intet saadant Uheld ved Ma- skinen, at Expeditionen var henvist udelukkende til Sejlenes Brug. De gjorde imidlertid ofte god Nytte saavel ved Manøvrer som til at hjelpe paa Farten. Ved Skibets Ud- rustning var forøvrigt ikke gjort Regning paa dets Egen- alene. skaber under Nejl. Kulboxerne (Fig. 4 Å) vare udvidede med en Del af Lasterummet under Mellemdækket, saa at de rummede indtil 1400 Tønder, en Forsyming, der var fuldt tilstrækkelig for den længste Tid, som Expeditionen holdt Søen. Fig. 2 i Forbindelse med Fig. 1 viser de forskjellige Apparaters Plads paa det øverste Dæk. Midten af dette indtages af en Qverbygning eller Hytte, hvis Dæk er frem- ! Opkaldt efter Vøringfossen i Hardanger. Reports on the Apparatus and how to work them, drawn up by the author for the Directors of the Geographical Survey, chiefly in 1876, but also in the two following years. Mean- while, the subject-matter has been carefully revised, and in part expanded, more particularly as regards the section that treats of navigating the ship. At the suggestion of Professor Mohn, Director of the Meteorological Institute, I have incorporated divers investigations, instituted by him partly for other purposes, on the velocity of the sounding- lead, the duration of soundings and dredgings, the theory of the water-log, and the rates of the chronometers, the results of which may be given an appropriate place in this division of the General Report. Furthermore, for not a few of the illustrations I am wholly, or in part, indebted to the peneil of Professor Mohn. The Ship. The S.NS. *Vøringen,”* the vessel selected for the Expedition, was built of wood, had a length of 144 feet between the perpendieulars, 23!/» feet beam, and measured 344 tons gross weight. Her engines were of 55 horse power, nominal, and propelled her in calm weather at the rate of from 7'/. to 8 knots an hour, with å consumption of 480 pounds of coal. captain, 2 chief officers, 2 mates (on the last eruise there was å third mate), the boatswam, the carpenter, 8 able The ships complement consisted of the and 8 ordinary seamen, 2 engineers, 6 firemen, å steward, the ship's cook, and one servant. The *Vøringen” proved an excellent sea-boat, and afforded sufficient aceomodation, though it cannot be said She carried on the three eruises of the Fxpedition (see Frontispiece), exclusive of the usual fore-and-aft sails, a top-sail on either mast. The top- masts, which were rather short, I had lengthened a foot 1877, as also the top-sails, to give greater spread of canvas; but thus was there was room to spare. and a half for the second cruise, in still insufficient for working the ship under all plain sal. Fortunately. no such accident occurred to the engine or the serew as would have left the sails our only resource. Yet they often stood us in good stead, no less in handling the ship than to inerease her speed. For the rest, the qualities of the *Vøringen” as a sailing-vessel had not been taken into account when equipping her for the Expedition. The dimensions of the coal-bunkers (Fig. 4 Å) were in- creased, by eneroaching on the hold below the orlop-deck, to admit, if necessary, of stowing about 150 tons, å supply amply sufficient for the longest eruise the Expedition would undertake. Figs. I and 2 show together the general arrangement of the apparatus on the upper deck. The middle portion of the latter was oceupied by a roundhouse, of which ! Named after the *Vøringfos,” a celebrated waterfall in Hardanger. 5 0 5 0 Meter 20 30 40 50” stillet i Fig. 2 og Indreduing under Læ 1 Fig. 3. Agten- for Fokkemasten stod en almindelig Dampwinch (Fig. 2 v), der ved Hjælp af en Kjettingkabellaring kunde benyttes til Ankerhivning. Forrenfor Hytten om Styrbord var opslaaet af Planker en Binge (b) med > Afdelinger, der tilsammen rummede indtil 6000 Favne Skrabetoug, og i denne laa Tou- get klart og luftigt. Paa Fordækket var ligeledes 1 1877 og 1878 anbragt 4 Falconetter, der med Rapperter og an- det Tilbehør velvillig blev udlaant til Expeditionen fra Ber- gens Værft. Paa Hytten var anbragt en af Skibets Baade om Styr- - bord og udenfor denne hang i Daviderne en Skjækte. Om Bagbord stod Expeditionens store Livbaad, 8.75 (27 Fod) lang, 2.”3 (7. Fod) bred og 1.”3 (4 Fod) høj i Stevnene. Midskibs i Forkant stod Stativet med Balancebordet til Fox-Cirkelen (f) og agtenfor Skylightet til Spisesalonen (8) stod Standardkompasset (c). og Styreapparatet (r). Rathjulet bevægede med Drev den lavere liggende Ratstamme, og i Tandkronen om denne laa Bugten af Kjettingen, der gik gjennem almindelige Skildpadder først ud i Borde, derefter langs Hyttetaget, saa ned paa Agterdækket og agterover langs dette, og endelig gjennem Skildpadder i Borde agterud og paa Rorpinden, der viste agterover. Paa Grund af denne lange Ledning virkede Apparatet langsomt. I 1876 var Kjettingen smekrere og virkede agterud med dobbelt Part paa Rorpinden, i hvis Ende der var tilsvarende Blokke. Den blev let slak og var tilbøjelig til at komme i Uorden. I 1877 anbragtes en sværere Kjetting, der virkede direkte paa Rorpinden, hvorved de nævnte Ulemper hævedes. Det blev aldrig nødvendigt at ty til Varerattet agter (7). Lige agtenfor Styreapparatet blev i 1877 opsat et Bestikhus (h). Paa begge Sider af Hyttedækket og 1 Agterkant af samme var udbygget Loddebroer 3.”1 (10 Fod) lange og 1.79 (6 Fod) brede (Fig. 2, 1, Fig. 14 og 21), forsynede med Jernræk- verk og støttede med Stræbere mod NSkibssiden. I Agter- kant af Hytten og paa begge Sider af midtskibs var an- bragt *antifriction” Fodblokke (Fig. ? a, Fig. 14 og 21), der vare hukede i lange Øjebolte, som løb ned langs Agter- kanten af Hytten og gjennem Deæksbjelken. Paa Agterdækket strax agtenfor Stormasten stod nd- Den fra Nylands mekaniske Verksted i Christiania. var leveret Den dob- belte vertikalt staaende Højtryksmaskine paa 8 Hestes Kraft drev rundt en under samme langskibs liggende Axel, der hivmngsmaskinen (Fig. 2 i og Fig. 5). Å D ? o forrenfor og agtenfor Krumtapperne var forsynet med to Skruer uden Ende. Disse greb i Tandhjul (Diameter 0.”47 = I Fod 6 Tom), der havde svære horizontalt og skibs liggende Axler, 2.”37 (7 paa Nokkerne af disse udenfor Lagerne i Ramverket var tver- Fod 6'/> Tom.) lange, og med Kiler. om Styrbord, der brugtes til Indhivningen af Skrabetouget. Tapperne indsmøgede og fæstede Tapperne Fig. 2 represents the roof and Fig. 3 the interior fittings. Abaft the foremast was a Steam-winch (Fig. 2 v), which, when connected with a cbain-messenger, would serve for heaving the anchor. In tront of the roundhouse, on the starboard side, had been fitted up a spacious and well- ventilated Locker (0), with two compartments, affording room for stowing away 6000 fathoms of Dredge-rope, ready for immediate use. On the forecastle had been mounted, for the eruises im 1877 and 1878, 4 howitzers, kindly lent to the Expedition, along with the carriages &c.,- from the Royal Dockyard at Bergen. The roof of the roundhouse, on the starboard side, supported one of the ship's Boats, alongside of which, suspen- ded on davits, hung a small skiff. On the port side was placed the lifeboat of the Expedition, 28 feet long, 7 feet beam, and 4 feet deep in the stems. In the forepart, amidships, stood the foot of the balanee-board for the Fox- circle (f), and abaft the mess-room skylight (s) were the Standard-compass (c) and the Steering-apparatus (r). By means of cogwheels, the motion of the steering wheel was transmutted to the barrel; and round the latter, over a toothed wheel, lay the bight of the chain, which, on being rove through ceheek-blocks in the ship's side, was carried along the roof of the roundhouse down along the after-deck, and then. through cheek-bloeks in the ships side, right aft on to the tiller.. With so long a lead, the working of the apparatus proved somewhat slow. On the first eruise, in 1876, the chain had been of smaller size, and rove double on the tiller, through corresponding blocks at the end: hence it easily got slack, and was apt to kink. In 1877, therefore, we substituted a stouter chain, which led singly to the tiller, were thus able to remedy the defect. On no occasion had we, however, been compelled to have and recourse to the spare wheel aft (4). Immediately abaft the steering-apparatus, was a small deck-house (4). put up 1n 1877, contaiming the log-slate. charts, &c. From both sides of the roof of the roundhouse, and from its after extremity, projected Sounding-bridges, 10 feet long by 6 feet wide (Fig. 21 and Figs. 14, 21), with an iron rail- ing, and supported by stays against the ships side. At the after end, and on both sides, of the roundhouse. there were antifriction Blocks (Fig. 2? a, and Figs. 14 and 21), hooked to long eye-bolts extending down along the after- bulkhead of the roundhouse and thence through the nearest deck-beam. On the After-deck, immediately abaft the mainmast, was placed the the Donkey-engine for hoisting the dredging and sounding gear (Figs. 2 ? and 5), made at the Ny- land Works, Christiania. This double-eylinder, high-pressure, vertical engine, of eight horse-power nominal, imparted a rotary motion to a shaft extending fore and aft beneath it, and provided with a pair of endless serews, one before and one behind the eranks. These serews bit into cog- wheels (diameter 1 foot 6'/, inches), fixed on stout hori- zontal shafts, 7 feet 91, inches long, lying athwartships;: and to the ends of these shafts, whieh projeeted beyond the bearings on the frame, were fixed the drums, firmly secured var 0.”41 (1 Fod 4 Tom.) lange og 0.742 (1 Fod 4 Tom.) i Diameter. Tapperne om Bagbord, der brugtes til Ind- hivning af Lodlinen, vare 0.”41 lange og 0.”73 (2 Fod 4 Tom.) i Diameter. Rifler. var 1.14 (3 Fod 7.6 Tom.). Tapperne blev saaledes drevne Ma- skinen viste sig særdeles hensigtsmæssig, idet den arbejdede Alle 4 Tapper havde 5 Furer eller Afstanden mellem forreste og agterste Tappecentrer samtidig rundt med lige Hastighed og samme Vej. sikkert og kraftigt. kunde baade hale og fire, uden at man behøvede at skifte Linen paa Tapperne, og man undeik by keys. The drums on the starboard side, for hauling in the dredge-rope, had a length of 1 foot 44; inches, and were 1 foot 4/, inches in diameter; those on the port side, for bringing in the soundine-line, had a length of 1 foot 4£'/1 inches, with a diameter of 2 feet 47/s inches. The Between the foremost and hindmost pair of drums, measured from 4 drums had each of them 5 flutes, or grooves. centre to centre, the distance was 3 feet 99/15 inches. Hence it is obvious, that the drums would revolve simultaneously, with equal velocity and in the same direction. The donkey- Skrændsningen, der følser med Indhivning kav Tap. De store Tapper om Bagbord tog ind 100 Fayne (188 Meter) af Lodlinen i 3 Minuter, og de smaa om Styr- bord 100 Favne af Skrabetouget i 6 å 7 Minuter. paa én kon- I Begyndelsen blev den brugte Damp fra Højtryks- eylinderne ledet i en Slange over Dækket og ud over Skibs- siden om Styrbord. Da Dampen ved dette Arrangement jevnlig. blæstes ind over Dækket og generede, sattes et Kobberrør som Dampskorsten ret op bag Stormasten. hvor- ved den næynte Ulempe hævedes. V VM i VI Å ND) engine proved a most efficient little machine, working with surprising steadiness and ease; we could haul in or pay out the line without having to shift it on the drums, and there was no surging, which cannot be avoided when the drum is con- cave. The large drums on the port side delivered 100 fath- oms of sounding-line in 3 minutes, and the small ones on the starboard side, 100 fathoms of dredge-rope in 6 or 7 minutes. On the first eruise, the waste steam escaped through a hose on deck over the starboard side of the vessel; but being with this arrangement, frequently blown back, to the ineonvenience of those on deck, the following year a copper steam-pipe was put up abaft the mainmast to get rid of the nuisance. Ved Siden af agterste Luge var anbragt om Bagbord en Rulle (Fig 2 d. Fig. 13 og 14), paa hvilken der kunde -oprulles indtil 3000 Favne (55007) Lodline. I 1876 havde vi en Reserve-Rulle om Styrbord, men denne blev aldrig benyttet. I Fig. ? er forresten m Nedgangskapper, o Skylighter, m Maskin-Skylightet, 4 Lufthat, vv Waterclosets. Fig. 3 viser Apteringen af Rummet i Hytten. gg ere Gange paa begge Sider, sNpisesalong, Å Kabys. 1, 1.1... Sovelugarer, m Nedgang til Mellemdækket, p Sterrids, m Maskin-Skylightet, » Kjedlen. Baade forrenfor og agtenfor Maskinen blev lagt MMel- lemdæk. Apteringen af dette er vist 1 Fig. 4. Å er Ar- bejdssalonen, der indtager Skibets hele Bredde. Den var i 1876 noget mindre, idet Forskuddet stod 0.”6 (2 Fod) længere agter og der var her saavelsom i Lugarerne med Hensyn til Malmg og Udstyr anvendt den største Spar- sommelighed. Midt under Skylightet, der var anbragt i Skibets Storluge, stod Zoologernes Bord. Meteorologen havde sit Bord om Bagbord og Kemikeren sit om Ntyr- bord. I Figuren betegner c om Bagbord Kronometerskabets Plads. Midskibs paa Forskuddet hang Søbarometret. l,1.1... ere Novelugarer, 3 foran og 3 agtenfor Maskinen. Fra Carljohansværns Verft erholdtes udlaant Chiffonierer, Vaske- vandstole, Feltstole samt fornødent Køjetøj til Lugarer og Mandskab, men Rammekøjerne i Lugarerne blev senere paa Turen ombyttede med Slmgrekøjer af Træ. som Tømmer- manden forarbejdede. Erfaringen fra det første Aar viste, at det var nødvendigt at anvende noget mere Bekostning paa Indredningen, navnlig med Hensyn til Lys og Lnutt. Kemikerens Arbejde generede ofte de øvrige Herrer. lige- som Skibslugten var en stor Plage, naar Vejret ikke tillod Lutftning gjennem Skylightet. Til iS77 Aars Togt blev der derfor gjort flere Forbedringer. Forskuddet i Arbejds- salonen flyttedes 0.”6 (2 Fod) længere forefter. Om Styr- bord indrettedes paa Banjerne (B) særskilt Laboratorium (L) for Kemikerne, med Indgangsdør fra Salonen. Denne blev ordentlig malet med lysgrøn Farve og Gulvet blev tættet og trukket med Voxdug. Langs Forskuddet opsattes en Luftrende (4) af 0.12 (1 Kvadratfods) Tversnit, der ledede frisk Luft ned i Salonen (Fig, 2 h og Lufthatten, Fig. 1, der kunde vendes mod Vinden). Den slette Luft førtes ud gjennem et Blikrør, der fra Gangen udenfor Lu- garerne gik over Kjedlen (0) og op forrenför Skorstenen. Skuddet paa Forkant af Dampkjedlen (0) blev gjort dob- belt og den i Mellemrummet staaende varme Luft givet Afløb paa lignende Maade. Lugarerne agterud havde og- saa en lignende Ventilationsindretning. Samtlige Lugarer og Banjerne, hvor Folkene laa i Hængekøjer, havde Ven- tiler i Skibssiden, saaledes som man ser af Fig. 4 og Fig. 1. Lugarerne bleve trukne med hvidt Tapetpapir og klædt med Voxdug. Gulvet De vare meget rummelige og tørre, men varme, naar der var Fyr paa Kjedlen og noget mørke. Varmeledningen, som det første Aar kun bestod af et Jern- rør, der var ledet gjennem de forskjellige Rum, blev for- synet med Aftapningskraner og særskilte Dampovne af Kob- Alongside the aftermost hatehway. on the port side, was placed a large, strong reel (Fig. 2? d, and Figs. 13, 14). which held 3000 fathboms of sounding-line. In 1876. we had a spare reel on the starboard side; but it was never used. Explanation of Fig. 2: o skylights: m skylight — % companion hatehways: over engine-room; Å ventilator; w waterclosets. Fig. 3 shows the arrangement of the Deck below the Roundhouse: — gg passages on both sides of the ship: s messroom; Æeooking-range; L.l,1... eabins; m companion- ladder to orlop-deck; p pantry; mm skylight over engine- room; b boiler. An ØOrlop-deck, fitted up as shown in Fig. 4. had been laid fore and aft from the engine. The common work-room. Å, occupies the whole breadth of the ship. The first year of the Expedition 1t was a trifle smaller, the foremost bulk- head being 2 feet farther aft. Amidships, under the large skylight, for which an opening had been cut in the main- hateb. was placed the zoologists' table; another, that of our meteorologist. stood on the port side; and on the starboard side a third, for the chemical work done on board. In Fig. 4 c, on the port side, is shown the case for the chronometers. Amidships, from the foremost bulkhead, was suspended the marine barometer In the same figure 1,1,1... are åa row of ca- bins. 3 on either side of the engine, fore and aft. From the Royal Dockyard of Carljohansværn the Expedition proeured cabin furniture. such as chests of drawers, washing-stands. camp-stools, &c., and the necessary bedding both for the cabins and the sailors' hammoeks; but in place of the canvas berths we afterwards substituted wooden swinging-berths, made on board by the carpenter, The experience of the first years eruise, showed some additional outlay for remedying defects in the general arrangements below deck, in particular those connected with light and ventilation, to be highly desirable. Unsavoury smells emitted during the chemical work, would hang about the room, and the foul air from the bilge proved a great nuisancee in weather that did not admit of ventilating through the skylight. ingly effected before commeneing the eruse in 1877. Divers improvements were acecord- We had the dimensions of the work-room increased, by moving 2 feet farther On the starboard side of the orlop-deck (B). å separate laboratory the foremost bulkhead forward. (L), opening into the work-room, was tfitted up for the che- The work-room got a good coating of light-green pamt; and after filling up the chinks. oil-eloth. Along the foremost ventiduct (4). 1 foot an uninterrupted current of fresh mical work to be done on board. the floor was covered with bulkhead we put up aå square, down which air found its way into the work-room (Fig.2 h; Fig. 1 re- presents the moveable top of the ventilator, which could To get rid of the vitiated air, a tin pipe was laid along the roof be turned in any direction to catch the wind). of the passage extending past the cabins, being carried thence over the boiler (b). and up the front of the fun- bulkhead afore nel. Moreover, there being now å double the boiler (0). like provision was made for the escape of ber i hvert Rum. I Fig. 4 er endvidere S, S Styrmændenes Rum, f Fyrbødernes, y Kabysen for Mandskabet, v Vand- tank, 6 Kjedlen, m Maskinen, % Kulboxerne. «1 For the cabins aft, too, we adopted this mode of ventilation. Each com- partment, as also the orlop-geck, where the erew slung their hammoeks, had bulls eye windows (Figs. 4 and 1). The cabins were all of them papered white, and had their floors covered with oil-eloth. They were very com- modious, and dry withal, but somewhat dark, and with the steam up, rather close, from their proximity to the boiler. The warming-apparatus, which on the first year's eruise had consisted merely af an iron pipe extending from compart- the heated air between the two partitions. Samtidig med Skibet skal jeg omtale Petersens Pendel- Regulator, Fig. 6. Som bekjendt er det er stor Ulempe, —& Meter. 75 2okeet. ment to compartment throughout the vessel, was now pro- vided with stopcocks for turning on the steam into copper receptacles, or stoves, as they are called, of which each room and compartment had one. Fig. 4 also represents the mates cabin (S,/S), the firemen's compartment (f), the ship's galley (7). the water-tank (v), the boiler (0), the engine (1), and the coal-bunkers (å). In my deseription of the ship and her equipment I must not omit to mention Petersens Pendulum-governor (Fig. 6). * naar Skruefartøjer skal gaa ret mod eller ret undaf Vinden i høj Sø, at Skruen til enkelte Tider kommer ud af Søen, eller i alle Fald saa høit op i Vandet, at den tager en saadan Fart, at der let kan opstaa Havari i Maskinen. Erfaring lærte, at *Vøringen” klarede sig bedst i høi Sø- gang, naar den blev lagt med NStevnen ret mod Nøerne, men naar Bølgetoppen havde passeret Skibets Midte, faldt Bougen ned i Bølgedalen og Skruen, som derved løftedes op i Vandets Overflade, slog da saa haardt. at Maskinisten stadig maatte staa med Throttlevalven i Haanden og bremse. Næstcommanderende, Premierlieutenant Petersen, fandt da paa at hænge op et af de store Lodder, der brugtes til Lodningerne, af 112 Pds Vægt, under Maskinskylightet, med Forstøtning til Siderne. saaat det blot kunde svinge frem og tilbage i Skibets Diametralplan. I den nedre Ende var fastgjort 2 Snore, der løb gjennem Kouse, en forrenfor Maskinen (over Kjedlen) og en agtenfor samme (i Maskin- skylightet) noget ud i Borde, og begge Snore var med de nedre Ender fastgjorte i Haandtaget til Throttlevalven. Idet Skibet nu faldt ned med Bougen. svingede Lod- det forefter, trak derved i den agterste Snor og lukkede Throttlevalven. Naar Skibet atter rejste sig, faldt Loddet tilbage og aabnede igjen for Dampen ved Hjelp af den an- "Grændserne for Loddets eller Ventilens Bevæ- gelser i begge Retninger reguleredes ved et Par paa den den Snor. agterste Snor fæstede Tværstykker af Træ, der stoppede op imod den agterste Kous i Maskinskylightet. Gjennem dette enkle Arrangement udførte Loddet den for Maskinisten saa besværlige Tjeneste med Bremsningen, og bedre end han kunde. da Loddet følger Skibets Bevæ- gelser sikkrere end Maskinisten kan. Med fuld Fart hjalp ikke Loddet, da Slideskabet og Oylinderen. mdeholdt for meget Damp selv efter Throttlevalvens Lukning; men da Maskinisten heller ikke kan gjøre mere end at lukke, er man i dette Tilfælde ved Omstændighedernes Medfør nødt til at regulere til mindre Fart. Lodning. Lodderne. Naar Dybden ikke antoges at være over 1000 Favne, anvendtes det saakaldte Rør-Lod. Til Lod- ning paa større Dyb brugtes Baillie-Maskinen. Rør-Loddet (Fig. 7) er af Bly 0.”77 (2 Fod 57/, Tom.) langt, 0.”078 (3 Tom.) tykt og vejer 56 Kør. (112 Pund). Det har i den nedre Ende et i en Messingmuffe indskruet (9 Tom.) langt. 0.”052 (2 Tom.) bredt til Optagning af Prøver af Bunden, Dette Rør har i den øvre Ende nogle Huller Bundprøven trænger Butterfly-Ventil, der Jernrør 0.2: ud, ind nedenfra, og i den nedre Ende en for at Vandet kan slippe naar aabner sig opad. og som hindrer Bund- It is åa well-known drawback with serew-vessels steaming head or stern to wind in a heavy sea, that of the serew being at times either wholly lifted out of the water. or at least brought so near the surface as to cause it to revolve with a rapidity that cannot but expose the engine to serious damage. In rough weather, the * Vøringen” was found to behave best with her head to the sea; but when the erest of a wave had passed the middle of the ship, she would plunge her bows into the trough of the sea. and the serew, being then proportionally raised, tore round with such eritical violence at the surface of the water that the engi- neer had to be constantly on the alert, ready at any moment to shut the throttle-valve and eut. off the steam. Observing this and the trouble it entailed, Lieutenant Petersen, our second im command, hit upon the ingenious device of sus- pending as å governor under the engine-room skylight one of the heavy leaden sinkers, weight 112 Ibs., which he made to swing right fore and aft. At the bottom end of the sinker were fastened two limes, rove through thimbles. one before the engine (over the boiler), and the other abaft it (on the engine-room skylight), a little to the port side, the other two ends being made fast to the hand-lever of the throttle- valve. Now, when the vessel pitehed. the sinker swung forward, and, pulling upon the afterlime, closed the throttle- valve; on her again rising, the sinker swung back, opening the steam-passage by its drag on the other lme. The motion both of the sinker and of the valve was kept within proper limits by two eross-pieces of wood on the after line, fixed one on each side of the after thimble. By this simple arrangement, the engineer was relieved from the troublesome duty of throttling, which the sinker performed even more effectually. following the motion of the vessel with far At full speed, valve-casing and the eylinder then contaiming too much steam, greater nicety than the most watehful eye. our pendulum-governor was of no avail, the even with the throttle-valve elosed; however, as the engi- neer can do no more than eut off the steam, im that case there is nothing for it but to reduce the speed. Deep-sea Sounding. When the depth was supposed not to exceed 1000 fathoms, we used the tube-lead, as it is called. For sound- ing in greater depths the Baillie machine was employed. The Tube-lead (Fig. inches thick, is of lead. and weighs 112 Ibs. 7), 2 feet 6'/, inches long by 3 At the lower end it has å brass box, into which is serewed an iron tube, 9 inches long by 2 inches in diameter, for bringing up samp- les of the bottom. This tube has the upper end perforated with a number of holes, to allow of the water passing out above on the sample of the bottom pressing in from beneath., and is furnished at the lower end with å butterfly valve, open- prøven fra at skylles ud af Røret under Ophalingen. Naar Røret er afskruet, kan et Nidestykke tages ud. hvorved Bundprøven kommer tilsyne med sine naturlige Lag og kan undersøges foreløbig, førend den bringes paa de dertil be- stemte Opbevaringskar. 2 Peet. 1 Meter. ov urt 7) H |EvlGertdbnen 1 | 6 [7] ken [2] -I Baillie-Maskinen (Fig. 8) bestaar af et 1.”75 (5 Fod 7 Tom.) langt, 0.”061 (273 Tomme) bredt Rør, a, hvis øvre Del er af Messing og tilspidset. I Spidsen er en Gjennemskjæring, og længere nede i Flugt med denne en Den* norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Apparaterne og deres Brug. Il ing inwards, to prevent the washing out of the sample on The tube serewed off. the sample within, as it lies 7 situ, may. by removing a slip its journey to the surface. from the side, be diselosed for preliminary inspection, before being taken to the receptacles im which 1t is stored The Bawillie Sounding-machine (Fig. 8) consists of a "tube a, 5 feet 9 inches long by 27/; inches in diameter, the upper portion of which is of brass. bevelled away to a long rounded slope. At this end it has a slot, 2 Aabning paa hver Side. Stykket b, der har en Bredde; som er noget mindre end Røret «'s indvendige Diameter, er ved b's nedre Ende indsat i dette saaledes, at Knasterne kommer frem i Sideaabningerne, og Stykket b kan saaledes bevæges op og ned, fra at Knasten støder an mod Over- kant til den støder an mod Underkant af Aabningen. I sidste Tilfælde er b ganske skjult inde i Røret med Und- tagelse af Ringen. I den nedre Ende af Røret a er an- bragt den samme Indretning til Optagning af Bundprøve som paa Rør-Loddet. Til Maskinen hvert har en Vægt af omtrent 27 Kilogram (55 Pd.). af hvilke De hører Jernlodderne c. €, €, ere korte Cylindre af støbt Jern med et Hul i Midten af noget større Diameter end Røret «'s og med Knaster paa Oversiden samt tilsvarende Fordybninger paa Undersiden og desuden en Fure paa begge Sider, der ligger i Knaster- nes og Fordybningernes Plan. Naar det ene Lod stables ovenpaa det andet, danner deres Furer en fortløbende Rende. guren viser, idet det første er kugleformig afrundet paa Underlod og Overlod har særskilt Form, som Fi- Undersiden, for at gjøre mindre Modstand mod Vandet, og det sidste er noget konisk. Naar Baillie-Maskinen skal rigges, bruges en større eylindrisk Træblok med et Hul i Midten. Over dette læg- ges Ringen' d, der er af Støbejern, med isatte Jerntraade, og man stabler nu Lodderne ovenpaa, saa mange som man anser fornødent for med Sikkerhed at kunne angive Øje- blikket, da Loddet slaar f Bund. Derefter sættes Røret a gjennem Hullerne i Lodderne og Træblokken, Stykket b løftes op, Jerntraadene lægges i Jernloddernes Sidefurer, og Ringene f hukes paa de øvre Afsatser paa b. Naar man nu løfter op i Lodlinen, der er hexet fast til Ringen i Stykket b, hænge Lodderne paa Afsatserne paa NStyk- ket b, og Røret a hænger med Overkant af Sideaabnin- gerne paa Knasterne ved den nedre Ende af å, som i Figuren. løst hængende Rør a drevet op og trykker med sin øvre koniske. og afrundede Del Ringene f ud af Afsatserne paa Naar Maskinen støder mod Bunden, bliver det b. Derved er Forbindelsen mellem Jernlodderne og Lod- linen ophævet, Lodderne med Ringen d, Jerntraadene og Ringene f falde ned og blive liggende paa Havbunden, medens Røret æ og Stykket b bringes op til Overfladen, naar Lodlinen hives ind. Der blev anvendt indtil 8 Lodder af samlet Vægt 216 Kilogram (432 Pd.). 17.5 Kilogram (35 Pd.). Baillie-Maskinen viste sig at være et udmærket Ap- Røret, der hales op, vejer kun parat, idet Lodderne hver eneste Gang, den brugtes, gik af Røret, om end Bunden var noksaa blød. Den eneste Van- 10 and farther down, in a line with the latter, two other openings, one on either side. The piston-iron å, not quite equal in width to the inner diameter of a, being so fitted into the tube that the studs at its lower extremity correspond with the aforesaid slots. or openings, can aecordingly work up and down within those limits. When the studs are at the bottom of the slots, the piston-iron b is just within the brass or upper end of the tube, the ring only by which the instrument is shackled to the sounding-line being then above it. For bringing up samples of the bottom, the lower end of the tube has an arrangement similar to that at the bottom of the tube-lead. To the machine belong å number of sinkers c, c, c, weighing each about 55 pounds, — short cast-iron eylinders, with. a hole through the middle slightly exeeeding in diam- eter the tube of the so as to fit into one instrument, and toothed and notehed another and make one mass, also hav- ing åa groove on either side in the same plane with the notehes. The top and bottom sinkers differ in shape, the former being slightly conical, and the latter having the lower end spherically rounded, to dimimish the resistance and thus inerease the veloeity im descending. The Baillie machine was placed for adjustment on a eylimder of wood, having a hole through the middle sømewhat greater in diameter than that of the tube a. Over the bore of the eylinder is placed a cast-iron ring d, with iron wires attached; and upon the rmg are piled a number of sinkers, sufficient to determine the exact moment at which the instrument reaches the bottom. The lower part of the tube a is next passed through the sinkers into the wooden eylinder beneath; and after draw- ing out the piston-iron b, the wires, forming a sling, are laid in the groove along the sides of the sinkers, and the rings f hooked upon the shoulders of the piston. Now, on the instrument being hung to the sounding-line by the ring of the piston-iron, the sinkers will depend, on the iron-wire sling, and the tube a from the lower studs that retain the piston- iron in position, the brass eylinder being pulled down the entire length of the slots. as shown in the figure. When the tube and the weights touch the bottom, the brass ey- linder is pushed upward the length of the slots, and its from the shoulders of 0, top rim striking against the rings f, the sling is slipped off the shoulders of the piston-iron. The sinkers, being thus deprived of their support, drop, carrying with them the ring d, the wires of the sling, and the rings f, down the tube å, which, on hauling m the line, comes up alone, with the piston-rod and å sample of the bottom. For some soundings we used as many as 8 sinkers, weighing together 432 pounds. The weight of the tube is only 35 pounds. The Baillie machine proved an excellent apparatus, the weights being without exception detached from the however soft the bottom. The difficulty tube, only skelighed var Udfiringen over Rækken og ned i Søen, thi ved Slag mod Skibssiden kunde Jerntraadene løsne og Lod-' derne tabes. Man firede den derfor saa hurtig som muligt ned i Vandet. hvor dens Svingninger under Fartøjets Be- vægelser lettere kunde dæmpes og gjøres uskadelige. Lodlinerne, der var leverede af Rebslager Timm i Christiania, var af fineste Sort italiensk Hamp. 2.76 (1 Tomme) i Omkreds, voxede og glatstrøgne. De holdt ved anstillet Prøve en Vægt af 750 Kilogram (1500 Pd.). De viste sig særdeles gode, og der blev brugt kun en Line hyer Sommer. Limen blev mærket for hvert hundrede Favne med omviklede og paamerlede Stykker Flagdug af forskjellig Farve. De første 20 Favne var dobbelt Part med Kous og Hex til Loddet. I 1876 var Lodlinen ind- delt i norske Favne, og de første 100 Favne havde Læder- mærker for hver 10 Favne. I 1877 og 1878 var Lodlinen inddelt i engelske Favne og de første 200 Favne opmær- - kede for hver IOde Favn. Opmærkningen foretoges om- bord. idet der med Tommestok blev sat Mærker i Dækket for en Længde af 5 Favne, hvilke ogsaa senere brugtes. naar Linen blev eftermaalt og rettet. Som anført. havde vi ingen Sprængning af Lodlinen foraarsaget ved at Baillie-Maskinens Lodder ikke gik af Røret. Som Bevis paa Lodlinens Godhed kan anføres. at den under Lodningen en Gang, medens den altsaa var i fuld Fart. gik i Hus i Loddeblokken, idet denne ikke drejede sig hurtigt nok ind i Planet mellem Linens Parter. Uagtet det voldsomme Ryk og det snevre Rum, hvori Li- nen blev kneben ind i Blokken, over tildels skarpe Kanter, holdt den uden at lide Skade. Den eneste Sprængning af Lodline fandt Sted i 1877 paa Turen nordenfor Tromsø. idet Lodlinen, som under Indhivningen var kommen under Fartøjets Bund, blev grebet af Skruen og sprængt. Ved at fire et Lod i slak Bugt ud fra Stevnen og med Enderne af Linen langs hver af Fartøjets Sider hale det agterud, lykkedes det vagthavende Officer, Capt. Grieg, at fiske Lodlinen, der havde kastet sig om Propelleraxen saa vidt, at den ikke sank; derved reddedes flere Thermometre og de af dem registrerede Bund-Temperaturer. Accumulatoren bestaar af en Samling Kautsehuk-Stroppe (Fig. 9), hver bestaaende af 2 sammenføjede Strenge af 2m (34 Toms) Tykkelse. I hver Bugt er en Træ-Kous med NStjert, og Strengene holdes sammen om Trækousene ved tynde Kautsehuk-Ringe. Stroppene ere ordnede mel- lem 2 stærke Træskiver, 07.442 (1 Fod 5 Tom.) i Diameter og 07.045 (1.7 Tom.) tykke, med ligesaamange smaa Hul- ler som der er Stroppe. Stjerten tages gjennem Hullerne og samles om en svær Kous, saaledes at Stroppene blive jevnt stive. Fig. 10 viser Lodde-Accumulatoren. Den be- 11 the and thus occa- lay in lowering the instrument; bumping against ship's side was apt to disengage the sling. sion the loss of the sinkers. We therefore got the machine as quickly as possible mto the water, where the swinging motion given to 1t by the rolling of the vessel could produce no injurious result. The Sonnding-lines, supplied by Mr. Timm, ropemaker of Christiania, were of the best Italian hemp. 1 inch in eircumference, with a breaking stram of 1500 pounds. and well and smoothened. quality, one amply sufficing for åa whole cruise. were graduated into hundreds of fathoms by attached slips of different coloured buntine. wrapped round the surface. Each was rove double the first 20 fathoms. and provided with a thimble and a shackle. by which to make fast the For the first year's eruise, in 1876, the waxed They proved of excellent The lines sounding-machine. line was graduated into Norwegian fathoms. and had slips of leather at every 10 fathoms of the first hundred: but for the two remaining eruises, m 1877 and 1878, we sub- stituted English measure. graduating the first two hundred fathoms of the line into tens of fathoms. The line was graduated on board, 5 fathoms having been previously These five- as a reliable standard when measured out along the deck with a foot-rule. fathom too, re-measuring and adjusting tbe line. As stated above, the weights were detached at every sounding with the Baillie machine: and hence we never had the line carry away from their failing to drop off on the instrument striking the bottom. Meanwhile, the ex- cellence of its quality came on one occasion to be se- verely tested. When running out with full velocity. the line suddenly caught in the sounding-block, which had not readily adjusted itself to the direction taken by the former on its rapid passage out. But. though brought up in this way with a violent jerk, and jammed besides into the block, partly. too, against sharp edges, the line was strong enough to stand the stram uninjured. The only sounding-line that parted was one used in 1877, on our erwse north of Tromsø. We were hauling in the lead, when it got underneath the ship's bottom. fouled the serew, and was broken. By lower- ing a weight over the bows in å slack bight. and then, with the ends of the rope extending one along either side of the vessel, hauling it aft, the officer of the watch. Cap- tain Grieg, succeeded in fishing the sounding-lme. which had tvisted round the serew-shaft just sufficient to keep it from sinking, and thus recovered several thermometers. along with the temperatures they had registered at the bottom. The Aceumulator is built up of å number of straps (Fig. 9), each composed of 2 vuleanised india-rubber springs, three-quarters of an inch thick, joimed lengthwise. In each of the loops is fixed å wooden thimble, with a lan- yard, and the springs are kept together by means of thin india-rubber rings. The stråps are kept free from one an- other and equably taut, by stretching them between a couple of strong wooden disks, 1 foot 5'/. mehes in diam- eter and 1%/;imeh thick, bored with a hole for every strap, the lanyards being rove through the holes and brought Oo intervals served. staar af 15 Stroppe. I den nedre Kous hænger Lodde- blokken, der er af Jern, forsynet med Hvirvel, Axe, der løber paa Fvyiktionsruller og to Arme med Hængsler til Styring af Lodlinen. Den øverste Kous hukes i et Top- reb. der senere skal beskrives. og det hele Apparat hænger, 1 Meter. 3 | pe) Je. | å o Ls o '= Q 1 | Al |E- | | | == "le | s naar det er i Virksomhed, under Bagbords Storraa-Nok. Hensigten med Aceumulatoren er at kompensere Ski- bets Bevægelser op og ned i Søen, saaledes at Lodlinen together round a large thimble. Fig. 10 represents the Sounding-aceumulator, composed of 15 straps. To the lower thimble is hung the cast-iron sounding-block, provided with a swivel, an axle revolving on antifriction rollers, and two hinged arms to act as fairleaders for the line. The upper 9 10 cm. SIF 3 Feet. thimble is hooked on to a pendant, which will be after- wards deseribed. When im use, the apparatus hangs sus- pended from the port main-yard-arm. The most important function ot the aceumulator is to take off the suddenness of the strain on the lime when ikke bliver udsat for pludselige Ryk. Udvidelsen af Ac- eumulatorens Stroppe tjener ogsaa til at angive Størrelsen af den Kraft, som gaar paa den. Ved Afvejning i Land fandtes den Vægt, til hver Fods Udvidelse af en enkelt Strop, og sattes nedenstaaende Tabel, der dog selvfølgelig kun angiver En Aceumulator med 30 Stroppe brugtes til Bundskrabningerne. der svarede derefter op- omtrentlige Værdier. Længde. 1 Strop. 15 Stroppe. 30 Stroppe. Fod. Vægt i Pund. 5 Ö 0) 8 at 40 600 1200 5 61 915 1830 6 76 * 1140 2280 7 90 1550 2700 8 101 1515 3030 9 ete 1665 3330 10 122 1830 53660 Jø 132 1980 3960 12 145 2145 4290 1 155 2295 4590 14 162 2430 4860 1) 173 2595 5190 16 185 2775 5550 17 198 2970 5940 18 Dia: 3195 6390 19 230 5450 6900 Ved 20!/, Fods Længde blev Stroppen sprængt. Da Loddeblokken vejer sine 50 Pd., den største Lod- devægt, som ovenfor anført, var 470 Pd., hvortil kommer Vandhenterens Vægt, ser man, at Accumulatoren, paa hvil- ken der i dette Tilfælde gik en Kraft af noget over 1000 Pd. før Lodderne kom i Vandet, ikke blev meget anstrengt i Forhold til hvad den kunde bære. Under Loddets Syn- ken gaar der ikke stor Kraft pæa Aceumulatoren, derimod bevirker Lodlinens lange Overflade en saa betydelig Friktion mod Vandet under Ophalingen fra større Dybder, at Ac- eumulatoren kan strækkes ud 0.”2 til 0.”8 (en halv til en hel Fod.) Kautschukstroppene taaler godt Fugtighed, men an- gribes af fedtagtige Stoffe og lider vel ogsaa ved stadig Udsættelse for Vind og Vejr. Saasnart Lodningen var forbi, blev vistnok Aceumulatoren strax firet ned i Vandet, men det kunde ikke altid undgaaes, naar den var udhalt under Raaen til Brug, at den for en kortere Tid kom 1 Røgen fra Skorstenen. Den i 1876 brugte Aceumulator kunde ikke bruges den følgende Sommer. I 1877 anbragte jeg til Forsøg omkring Stropperne en Serk af Sejldug, der blev fastspigret rundt Kanten af øverste Træskive. (se Fig. 1, Skrabe-Aceumulatoren, og Titelbilledet samt Fig. 14) og var af samme Længde som Stroppene i Hvile. Ikke usand- synligt paa Grund af denne Beskyttelse holdt Aceumulato- rerne sig saa godt, at de kunde benyttes i 1878, dog i den sidste Tid forstærkede med nogle nye Reserve-Stroppe. 13 the vessel is rolling or pitehing; but it is also valuable as indicating roughly the amount of the strain, by the greater or less extension of the straps. By weighting oue of the straps, I had found, before the Expedition left Norway on the first eruise. the amount of strain corresponding to its extension, for every succes- The results, wluch of course cannot but represent approximate values, are given in the following Table. An aceumulator with 30 straps was used with the dredging-gear. sive foot. Length of Strap. 1 Strap. 15 Straps. 30 Straps. Feet. Weight im Pounds. 5 Ö 9) O + 40 600 1200 D 61 915 1830 6 76 1140 2280 7 90 350 2700 5 101 IS) 5030 9 111 1665 5320 10 122 1830 3660 Jl 132 1980 3960 12 145 2145 4290 15 153 2295 4590 14 162 2430 4860 15 175 2595 5190 16 185 2775 5550 17 198 2970 5940 18 213 3195 6390 19 230 3450 6900 At twenty feet and a half the strap broke. The weight ot the sounding-bloek being 50 pounds, and that of our heaviest set of sinkers, as stated above, 470, to which must be added the weight of the water-bottle, the aceumulator, which accordingly had to bear a strain of but little more than 1000 pounds before the sinkers reached the water, was not exposed to any severe test, consider- ing the great strength of the straps. During the down- ward passage of the lead, there is very little stram on the aceumulator; but when hauling in, the friction of one or two miles of cord in the water is so considerable, that the aeeumulator will be frequently stretehed from half a foot to a foot. The india-rubber springs stand wet and moisture well; they are, however, injuriously affected by grease and all kinds of fatty substances, and probably, too, suffer from Immediately after sounding, the aceumulator was lowered into the shrouds; but when triced under the yard-arm for use, it was not always possible to keep it out of the smoke from the fun- nel. The aceumulators provided for the first years eruise, in 1876, had to be rejeeted on the next. To remedy this drawback, I tried, in 1877, the experiment of nailing round the rim of the upper dise a protective covering of canvass, of the same length as the unstretehed straps (see Fig. 1. Dredge-aceumulator, Frontispiece, and Fig. 14). Owing, probably, to this simple expedient, the aceumulators kept in so good a condition as to admit of our using them continued exposure to wind and weather. Thermometre. — De Dybvandsthermometre, der be- nyttedes paa vor Expedition, vare Casella-Millers, Bucha- nans (Kviksølvpiezometer) og Negretti og Zambras, den ældre og den nyere Model. Desuden gjordes Forsøg med Vand-Piezometre til Kontrolbestemmelser de Dybder. Professor Mohn i hans Afhandlmg om Dybvands-Tempera- turerne. Vandhenter. — Paa vor Expedition anvendtes hovedsa- gelig den af mig dertil konstruerede, i Fig. 11 i for maalte ls af den Instrumentet, der blev prøvet i Christiania før det blev antaget, blev brugt under den hele Expedition, saavel paa de større som paa mindre Dyb. "Da Kemikeren havde stillet Fordring paa 5 Liter Vand, blev Apparatet meget stort, hvilket vistnok ikke generede Indhalingen i mærkelig Grad, men det gjorde det noget tungvimdt at haandtere paa Dæk. sande Størrelse fremstillede Vandhenter. Vandhenteren er i Figuren fremstillet færdig til Ud- firing. Tampen af Lodlinen hexedes 1 øverste («) og Lod- det i nederste Øjebolt (b). Under Udftiringen strømmer Vandet frit gjennem det, for Pladsens Skyld, spiralformig bøjede Rør, der var af Kobber og indvendig fortinnet. Samtidig løftes Propellerne op, sax at Taggerne i Under- kant af Propelbosset å kommer klar af Taggerne i Muffen om Ventilstangen, og om de ikke skulde komme ganské klare, sker Propellens Omdrejning med Skraaplanerne, saaat Muffen og den gjennem samme gaaende Ventilstang d bliver staaende stille. Naar derimod Instrumentet under Indhiv- ning bevæges opad, trykker Vandtrykket Propellerne ned, de drives rundt den anden Vej og tager Muften med sig. Ventilstængerne, der styres af Tverstykkerne e og Venti- lerne, der ere overtrukne med Kautsehuk, skrues da mod Ventilsæderne i Enden af Røret, og naar de er næsten lukkede, glipper den sidste Skruegjænge i Ventilstangen ud af Skruegjængerne i Mutfen og Spiralfjædrene (f) klappe da Ventilen i, og holder dem lukkede under Resten af Indhivningen, medens Propellerne og Mufferne gaa løse rundt den glatte Del af Ventilstangen og saaledes frerabyde meget liden Modstand. Instrumentet lukkede sig efterat være indhalt 6 å 7 Favne. Skjærmene om Propellerne beskytter disse, saa at Instrumentet uden Skade kan ligge paa Bunden. * Da man ønskede at konstatere, om der var Overskud af Luft i de dybere Vandlag, blev der over Svikhullet (g) paa Røret paaskruet et gjennemboret Laag, og dette blev forenet med et i den ene Ende lukket Glasrør ved Hjælp af et Stykke Kautschukslange. Naar Vandet under Ned- firingen strømmede ind i Vandrøret, løb det ogsaa ned i Alle disse Instrumenter ville blive beskrevne af the year after (1878). strengthened. however, on the latter part of the eruise with a few spare straps. Thermometers. — Of deep-sea thermometers, the Ex- pedition was provided with the Miller-Casella, Buchanan's (mereury-piezometer), and Negretti & Zambra's (on the and the Experiments were also made with water-piezometers, to control determ- original improved construction.) inations of depth. These instruments will all be deseribed by Professor Mohn, mm his Memoir on the deep-sea tem- peratures. The Water-Bottle. — For collecting water both from the bottom and nitermediate depths, we made chief use, on each of the three eruises, of an instrument devised by myself, and tested in Christiania previous to the departure of the Expedition. Fig. 11 represents thus water-bottle, one-eighth of the actual size. The apparatus having, as stipulated by Mr. Svendsen, chemist to the Expedition, to bring up 5 ”itres of waters, 1t was of course rather bulky: but this, though it made the instrument somewhat cumbersome to handle on deck, did not materially impede the heaving m. In the figure, the water-bottle is shown ready to let go. The end of the sounding-line is shackled to the upper eyebolt (a), and the lead to the lower (b). On the downward journey, the water passes freely through the tube, which is of copper, tinned on the inside, and which, to save space, had been given a spiral form. Now, the pressure of the water will lift up the propellers, enabling the cogs in the under surface of the boss (c) to get clear of the cogs in the bush. through which passes the rod of the valve (d); and if not quite clear, the propeller will revolve with the inelined planes, the bush and the valve- rod remaining stationary as before. On the other hand, when the instrument, on being hauled in, is given an up- ward motion, the pressure of the water will force down the propellers, and they will then revolve in the opposite direction, carrying along with them the bushes. The valve- rods. which cannot revolve, being kept in position by the cross-pieces (e), will then, together with the valves, covered with india-rubber. be serewed against the valve-seats.. When the valves are well-nigh closed, the last twist of the serew on the rod of the valve will slip out of the corresponding twist of the screw on the bush, and the spiral springs (f) instantly press down the valves and prevent the enclosed sample of water from escaping, the propellers and the bushes being left to revolve independently round the flush portion of the rods, thus affording very little resistanee on the passage to the surface. The instrument eloses on being hauled im 6 or 7 fathoms. The shields round the propel- lers serve to protect them from damage when the instru- ment is lying on the bottom. — With a view to ascertain whether the proportion of air were really greater in the deeper strata of the ocean, a perforated cover was serewed over the spigot-hole (7), and connected, by means of a short piece of india-rubber hose, with a glass tube, sealed at one end. Now, when the water on the downward passage of the instrument entered 16 Glasrøret. af hvilket saaledes den atmosfæriske Luft blev udjaget. Naar Instrumentet kom ombord, endevendtes det, saaledes at Kranen % kom ned og Glasrøret op. Man be- vægede nu Vandhenteren lidt frem og tilbage med den øvre Ende, og hvis der havde været Overskud af Luft, maatte denne have arbejdet sig op, og vist sig i Toppen af Glasrøret. Dette viste sig imid- lertid i ethvert Tilfælde fuldt at Vand lige til Tops, og blev derfor i den senere Tid ikke paasat. the spiral copper tube, it also flowed into the expelling the atmospheric air. No soon as the instrument came on board, it was inverted, the stopeock (4) pointing down and the glass tube up. glass tube. The upper end of the ap- paratus being then moved gently baekwards and forwards., the surplus of air, had any such existed, must obviously have forced its way upwards, and have appeared, in the form of bubbles, at the top of the glass tube, which, however, was invaria- Aa bly found to be full of water; and hence we ceased to attach it when the fact would no longer admit of doubt. Til mindre Dybder, og naar For moderate depths, and when man ikke behøvede at standse Udfi- not obliged to check the line in ringen, benyttedes en mindre Vand- veering out, we used a smaller henter konstrueret af Professor Hk- water-bottle, constructed by Pro- man i Stockholm. Dette Apparat fessor Ekman of Stockholm. Tlus er fremstillet i Fig. .12. Det be- instrument is represented m Fig. staar af en i begge Ender aaben 12. It consists of a brass eylinder Cylinder c, der har en Brem rundt (c), open at both ends, and with om den øvre Kant. Denne Cylinder a flange round the upper rim. løber op og ned langs tre? NStyre- The eylinder slides up and down stænger d, hvis øvre Ender er for- 3 metal guides, the upper ends of bundne med et Tværstykke, og de which are connected by a beam, nedre Ender er fæstede til en the lower end being fixed to a Bund, der har en med Fedt eller eireular bottom-piece, having a Guttapercha —fyldt Udskjølpning grooved rim filled with grease or rundt om, i hvilken Oylinderens guttapercha, into which the eylin- nedre Kant passer. I denne Bund der fits. The bottom-piece is also er ogsaa en Udtapningskran. Fra provided with a stopeock; and, pro- Midten af Bunden staar op en jecting upwards from the centre, Stang, der bærer en Skive med extends a stout rod, bearing a Kanter af ombøjet Kautschuk, og metal disk, the rim of india-rubber. som lukker OGylinderen foroven, which serves to delose the top naar den er sluppet ned.- I denne end of the eylinder, on the latter Skive er et Svikhul, lukket med having slid down the guides. In en Prop. Oylinderen hukes med the disk is a spigot-hole, stopped en Sliphage a i det øvre Tvær- with a plug. The eylinder is at- stykke mellem Stængerne. og denne tached to the beam, between the Hage holder da Cylmderen oppe, guides, by means of a slipping-hook medens Apparatet løftes over og (a), which keeps it suspended when langs Skibssiden. men naar man lifting the apparatus and lowering lader det falde i Vandet, løftes it over the ship's side; but on its Cylinderen lidt af Vandtrykket reaching the water. the pressure under Bremmen og Sliphagen fal- Ne KP 7 20 300 against the under surface of the der ned. Vandtrykket holder da (ep [ey er flange slightly raises the eylinder Cylimderen fremdeles oppe, saa- 7 OG i i på and slips it off the hook. Mean- længe Instrumentet synker vaskt. Fig. 12 while, the pressure of the water men idet man standser Udfiringen eller ved Bunden. falder den ned og Hagen å griber fat under Bundstykket ren fra at løfte sig mere, naar den engang er faldt ned. indeslutter Vandet. og hindrer Cylinde- " I Figuren er for Tydeligheds Skyld kun tegnet to. will retain the eylinder at the top of the instrument, the descent being sufficiently rapid; but on checking the line, or the instant the machine touches the bottom, it will slide down and shut in a sample of 1 To avoid apparent complexity, only two of the guides are shown in the figure. De nedentil paasatte Jernblade f støder mod Bunden og hindrer, at Kranen bliver fyldt med Mudder. Til vort Brug anbragtes istedetfor disse en fast Jernstang med Øje- bolt i den nedre Ende. i hvilken Rør-Loddet Apparatet rummede 2 Liter Vand. indhexedes. Under de før antydede Omstændigheder- er Apparatet særdeles hensigtsmæssigt og Tætningen. paalidelig, men kom- mer noget i Vejen under Nedfiringen. maa hele Operatio- nen gjøres om igjen.og dertil kommer, at Bremmen tillige- med øverste Lukningsskive frembyder en ikke uvæsentlig Modstandstlade under en længere Indhivning. Forberedelser til Lodning. Lodlinen, 3000 Favne lang, var oprullet paa den agterud om Bagbord i Dækket tast- skruede Dækrulle, der sees i Fig. 1, 2 og 14. I Fig. 13 er denne vist tydeligere. Rullens Bom var 0.”627 (2 Fod) lang, 0.”157 (6 Tom.) tyk og af Træ. De eirkelformede Sideflader var af tykke, galvaniserede Jernplader, paa den indre Side plane, paa Ydersiderne forstærkede ved dobbelte Lag af Jern- plader. Deres Diameter 1.”098 (8 Fod 6 Tom.) og deres Kanter var afrundede, ringformig Flade af omtrent 2.”6 (en Tommes) Diameter. Paa Bagbord Side var anbragt en Svejv af 0.”31 (1 Fods) Længde med Træhaandtag. NStativets tvende Dele nedentil forbundne med Jernstænger. og det hele hvilede paa et Par langskibs løbende Bjælker. gjennem hvilke Stativet vår skruet fast til Dækket. var saa at de frembød en glat. var Tampen af Lodlmen toges fra Rullen og manedes gjennem Fodblokken paa Agterkant af Hytten (Fig. 14.) Denne Blok var lidt mindre end Loddeblokken, og Skiven solid, men forøvrigt af samme Konstruktion som denne. Derfra manedes Lodlinetampen videre gjennem Loddeblok- ken, der hang under Aceumulatoren. Aceumulatoren var 1 sin øvre Ende fæstet til et Topreb, hvis anden Ende var fastgjort over Godset paa NStorsalingen (Fig. 14.) Med en firskaaren Talje haledes nu Aceumulatoren ud paa sin Plads under Bagbords Storraa-Nok. — Storraaen brasedes saaledes, at Aceumulatoren kom omtrent for Midten af Loddebroen, og blev i denne Stilling forstøttet med Braser, Toplenter og Rakke. Lodlinen ihexedes øverste Øjebolt. i Vandhenteren, eller Ringen i Rørloddet. eller Ringen i Røret til Baillie-Maskinen, efter Omstændighederne. Be- nyttedes Willes Vandhenter, hexedes Rørlod 'eller Baillie- Maskinen i dennes nederste Øjebolt. Disse "Forberedelser blev truffet, medens Fartøjet endnu var i Gang. De føl- gende Manøvrer. der udførtes dels for at holde Fartøjet saavidt mulig paa Plads under Lodningen, dels for at faa Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Apparaterne og deres Brug. water. Once down, the eylinder is kept in position by a hook (5), which eatehes on the under surface of the bottom- piece. The iron fenders (f) at the lower end of the in- strument serve to protect it when striking the bottom. and prevent mud or rubble from fouling the stopcock. In lieu of the fenders, we substituted an iron rod. having at the lower end an eye-bolt, to which the tube-lead was attached. The apparatus brings up about 2 litres of water. Properly used, the Ekman water-bottle gives every There is no leakage; but should any mishap oecur in veering, the whole operation will have to be re- peated; moreover, the flange of the eylinder and the disk at the top offer considerable resistance in hauling up the instrument. Preparations for Deep-sea Sounding. — The sounding- line — length 3000 fathoms — was wound on the port side of the after-deck on a large, strong reel, secured by serews (Figs. 1. 2. and 14) to the deck. Fig. 13 conveys a clearer idea of the arrangement. The barrel of the reel was of wood, 2 feet 3%/4 inehes long by 6%/g inches mm dia- meter, the two terminal disks being of tluck, galvanized sheet-iron, strength- ened on the outer surface by a double plating of the same material. They satisftaction. measured 3 feet 71 inches in diameter, and were rounded at the cireumference, so as to give them åa smooth annular about an ineh broad. At the = port end, the reel had an iron lever- arm, 1 foot in length, with a wooden The two supports of the frame were connected underneath by means rim, handle. of iron stays, the whole apparatus be- ing made to rest on a couple of beams running fore and aft. through which the frame was serewed to the deck. The end of the lime was run off the reel and rove through the leading-block on the after part of the round- house (Fig. 14.) This block was a trifle smaller than the sounding-bloek and had a solid sheaf, though im other re- spects similarly constructed. From thenee the line was rove through the sounding-bloek, which hung beneath the aceumulator. . This apparatus was iattached to a strong pendant, made fast above the gear of the main eross-trees (Fig. 14), and by means of å gun-tackle purchase hauled out under the port main yard-arm, the yard being trimmed so as to bring the accumulator as near as possible abreast of the sounding-bridge, and kept in position by the braces, topping-litts, and trusses. The line — according to the nature of the operation — was next shackled to the upper eye- bolt of the water-bottle, the ring of the tube-lead, or the ring of the tube of the Baillie machine. When using Wille's water-bottle. we hung the sounding-instrument — the tube- lead or the Baillie machine — to the lower eye-bolt. These preparations were made with the vessel steaming ahead: the subsequent manæuvres. for keeping the ship in position Q d Loddet. i Bund, udførtes samtidig med Fartøjet og med Apparaterne paa Dæk. Manøvre med Fartøjet. Ved Ankomsten til Lodde- stationen lagdes Fartøjet med Stevnen ret imod Vinden og stoppedes. I denne Stilling søgte man nu at holde and for sinking the lead to the bottom, we carried out together, handling the vessel and the deep-sea apparatus simultaneously. Handling the Ship. — On arriving at a sounding- station, the vessel was put head to wind and her way In this position we tried to keep the ship as deadened. IEEE r———m—m—————====——5% =——— >— "EEE Fig. 14. det paa samme Plads hele den Tid, Loddet behøvede for til Bunds. Ved lade gaa langsomt forover, naar Fartøjet begyndte at sakke, og at komme afvexlende at Maskinen stoppe, naar Lodlinen begyndte at vise agterover, opnaaedes i Regelen Hensigten, idet Skruevandet gav tilstrækkeligt Tryk, near as possible stationary durmg the passage of the lead to the bottom. as the vessel had got sternway and stopping when the line By alternately starting the engine as soon began to point aft, we generally managed to gain our object, the water thrown back by the serew acting on the rudder til at Roret kunde virke og benyttes til at støtte for Af- fald til den ene eller den anden Side. I lø) Bris sattes undertiden bakt Fortopsejl, hvorved opnaaedes større Mod- stand mod Skruens Virkning, saaledes at Maskinen kunde gaa hurtigere forover og med mindre eller ingen Afbrydelse, hvorved Styringen blev saameget mere virksom. Desuden kunde Fartøjet ogsaa styres ved at brase Topsejlet. Naar Vinden var meget svag. Nøen rolig og Dybden ringe, kunde Lodningen udføres ved at lægge- Fartøjet tvers paa Vinden med Lodlinen til Luvart. Med stiv Kuling og høj Sø var det selvfølgelig nød- vendigt at anvende stor Paapasselighed for at kunne holde Skibet i den rigtige Stilling med Stevnen mod Vinden. Det var under saadanne Omsændigheder ofte ikke muligt for Rorgjængeren med det langsomt virkende Styreapparat at undgaa, at Bougen faldt af til den ene eller til den an- den Side. Et begyndende Affald til Styrbord kunde i Re- gelen standses med Styrbord Ror og et Par Slag fuld Fart forover, der kunde give Roret Drejningskraft, uden at Ski- bet begyndte at skyde over Stevn. Hjalp ikke dette, gaves derpaa fuld Fart agterover, hvorved Skruen 'drejede Agter- skibet til Styrbord — denne Grund var væsentlig bestem- mende for at lade Lodningen foregaa om Bagbord — og fjernede dette fra Lodlinen, og derefter fuld Fart forover med Styrbord Ror, indtil man fik Stevnen op i Vinden igjen og Lodlinen lodret. Besværligere blev Manøvren, naar Skibet, uagtet al anvendt Forsigtighed, faldt med Bougen Bagbord ud over Linen. Dersom det da ikke lykkedes ved enkelte Slag for- over og agterover og Skiftning af Roret at faa Vinden ind om Bagbord. saa man med Fart forover og Ntyrbords Ror kunde komme op i Vinden med Linen klar af Siden, var der intet andet at gjøre end med afvexlende fuld Fart for- over og agterover at dreje Skibet helt rundt om Lodlinen Bagbord over, indtil man atter kom op med Stevnen mod Vinden, og Linen visende lodret. Man kunde ogsaa i ikke altfor svær Sø med Fordel lægge Apgterenden mod Vind og Sø, og med Lodlimen til Luvart holde Fartøjet paa Plads med Skruen gaaende ag- terover, idet Agterenden i saadant Fald altid søger op imod Vinden. Lodming med Rør-Lod. Loddet (med Vandhenter) løftedes, saasnart Skibets Fart var standset, ud over Lodde- broen, og firedes, idet en Mand drejede Svejven paa Rullen, omtrent en Favn ned. Dybvandsthermometerne sattes fra Loddebroen fast paa Lodlinen. Ved Rullen stod 2 Mand, med Læderhandsker paa Hænderne, paa hver sin Side af denne og trykkede med Magt paa Sidefladernes afrundede Kanter. Alt var nu færdigt. til at ,Lade gaa”. Idet den kommanderende Officer fra Loddebroen gav Ordren: ,Lad gaa”! slippedes Svejven paa Rullen løs. Loddet og Lodlinen tog Fart; og. Rullen drejede sig rundt. Det er dette Øje- blik. der er fremstillet i Fig. 14. De to Mænd med Læ- derhandskerne regulerede ved sit Tryk paa Rullen Bevægel- sen saaledes, at den blev saa jevn som muligt, hvad der with sufficient force to give steerage way and prevent the ship from falling off. In a light wind we sometimes set the fore topsail aback. and thus, by. occasioning greater resistance to the action of the serew, enabled the engine to work quicker å head and with little or no interruption, which made the steering more effective. The ship could be steered, too, by bracing the topsail. If there was very little wnd and no sea, we could sound, in comparatively shallow water, with the vessel laid beam to wind and the line to windward. In a stiff breeze and with a heavy sea running, great care and attention were obviously needed to keep the ship in position with her head to the wind: nay, the helmsman, owing to the necessarily tardy action of the steering-gear, found it impossible to prevent her from now and again paying off. If she fell off to starboard, we generally ma- naged to-bring her up by putting the helm a-starboard and starting the engine ahead, a few strokes of the serew being sufficient for the rudder to act. without getting way on the ship. This failing, we gave her full speed astern, upon which the action of the serew, bringing the stern of the vessel to starboard. kept it elear of the sounding-line (the certain result of this manæuvre was indeed our main reason for carrying on the sounding operations from the port side), and then steamed full speed ahead till the ship was again head to wind and the line pointed right up 'and down. When the vessel, in spite of every precaution, had fallen off with her head to port across the line, the dif- In that case, if we failed by a few strokes of the serew ahead and astern, and by shifting the helm, in getting the port side to wind- ward, so as. on starting the engine a-starboard, to bring the ship head the line, our only resource lay in ficulty of brmging her to was much greater. ahead, with the helm to wind and clear of working her head to full speed alternately ahead. and astern. till we had again got her head to wind, port round the line. by steaming with the line right up and down. In comparatively moderate weather, we found it a good plan to lay the ship stern to wind and sea, with the line position with stern then invariably working up to windward, and keep her in reversed engines, the the wind. Somnding with the Tube-lead. — As soon as the vessel had lost her headway, the lead (with the water-bottle attach- ed) was lifted over the sounding-bridge. and then lowered about a fathom. å man turning the handle of the reel. The deep-sea tlhermometers were fastened to the line from the bridge. Two men, their hands protected by leather gloves, stood one on either side of the reel, and pressed against the annular rim.of the sheet-iron disks. Everything was now ready for the operation. At the moment the of- ficer in charge. from his station on the sounding-bridge, gave the word to let go. the man grasping the handle of the reel let go his hold, and the lead immediately dropped. dragging after it the line, which. in running out. caused the reel to revolve. This is the stage of the operation re- * Do D against er af Vigtighed for Nøjagtigheden af den følgende Bereg- ning af Dybden. Det Stykke af Lodlinen, der er mellem Rullen og Fodblokken, maa altid have en passende Stram- ning, saaat Linen ikke under Bevægelsen slaar Bugter, der kunde bringe der til at kaste sig om en eller anden frem- staaende Gjenstand og derved foraarsage Havarier eller en pludselig Standsning af Lodlinens Bevægelse. Denne Brems- ning fordrer derfor baade Opmerksomhed, Kraft og Øvelse. I 1877 forsøgte jeg en mekanisk Bremse paa Rullen, men den viste sig upraktisk og anvendtes kun nogle Gange. Naar Skibet løfter sig paa Søen, rives Linen af Rullen med stor Kraft, og naar det atter sænker sig, formindskes Loddets Drag, ja ophæves undertiden næsten for et Øje- blik. bremser med Haand, og med nogen Øvelse vænner man sig Disse uafladelige Forandringer føles strax, naar man til at bremse netop det nødvendige, men med den mekan:i- ske Bremse viste det sig ugjørligt at følge Forandringerne, der ikke føltes gjennem Apparatet. Ved Dybder, der ikke oversteg 900 til 1000 Favne, mærkedes bedst, at Loddet slog i Bund, derved, at man lod Linen løbe ganske løst gjennem Haanden, og man følte Man kunde ogsaa tydelig se det derved, at Linen mellem Fodblokken og Rullen lagde sig pludselig flad ned paa Dækket. snart over 700 Favne var ude, var den Bremsning, der udtordredes for at holde Linen stram, kun ringe. I nogle faa Tilfælder, i hvilke der blev loddet paa 1100 til 1200 Favne med Rørlod alene, viste det sig, at det ikke var muligt at iagttage det Øjeblik, da Loddet kom i Bund. Limen vedblev at løbe ud paa Grund af sin egen Vægt med en Hastighed, der ikke var synligt forskjellig fra den da en pludselig Aftagen i Udløbshastigheden. Naa- Hastighed, hvyormed den løb med Loddet som Tillægsvægt. Under saadanne QOmstændigheder loddedes om igjen med Baillie-Maskine, dersom det ansaaes fornødent at faa et nøjagtigt Lodskud. Med Rørlod og Willes Vandhenter sammen kunde der faaes gode Lodskud paa over 1100 Favne, som et Forsøg paa Station 247 viste. Her gav nemlig Baillie-Maskinen 1120 Favne, medens Rørlod med Vand- henter gav 1124 Favne. Bestemmelse af Dybden. Da Lodlinen for de større Dyb kun var mærket for hver 100 Favne, maatte det nøj- agtige Favnetal søges ved særegne Observationer og Bereg- ninger. gende. I det Øjeblik, Loddet gik i Vandet, og naar et Hundrede-Favne-Mærke gik i Vandet, Nu” .og Klokkeslettet noteredes i Loddejournalen paa nærmeste Sekund. — Forat give Noteringerne større Sikkerhed, var- skoedes af Folkene ved Rullen altid i Forvejen ,Mærke”, naar et af Mærkerne gik af Rullen. I det Øjeblik Loddet det tilsvarende Klokkeslet under raabtes var i Bund, raabtes .Bund” og Af Rækken af de Klokkeslet toges første Differents. noteredes. hverandre noterede Disse Tal stige med Dybden, idet Udløbshastigheden aftager med Længden af den gjennem Vandet løbende Lodline. Dernæst beregnedes Den fra først af brugte Fremgangsmaade var føl- presented in Fig. 14. The two men with leather gloves enideavoured, by pressing upon the reel, to keep the motion as uniform as possible, this bemmg an essential condition for aceurately computing the depth. When veering, the line between the reel and the leading-bloek must be kept suffieiently taut. to prevent its running out in bights, that might catch on some projecting object. oecasion damage, and thus or possibly a sudden stoppage of the Hence, skilful braking requires care, practice, and physical strength. In 1877 I tried åa mechanical brake; it proved, however, inefficient, and was used only a few times. When the vessel heaves, the line is run off the reel with into the trough of a sea, the drag of the lead becomes greatly diminished, nay, for åa moment may be taken ott altogether. These constant alternations are instantly felt when the braking is done by line. great violence, and on her plunging hand; and with some little practice, the brakesmen can caleulate to a nicety the needful amount of pressure, where- as with the mechanical brake we found it impossible to follow the changes, which could not be felt through the machine. In depths not exeeding 900 or 1000 fathoms, the best way of determining the exact moment when the lead struck the bottom, was to let the line run loosely through the hand, when å sudden disminishment of veloeity would be felt. Nay, it could be distinetly seen, the line between the lea- ding-bloek and the reel becoming all at once slack and dropping down on the deck. Having veered to a depth of 700 fathoms, there was no great need of braking to keep the lime taut on the remainder of the downward journey. In some few instanees, when sounding in from 1100 to 1200 fathoms with the tube-lead alone, we found it impossible T'he line went on running out by its own weight only, and more- that did not sensibly ditter from that given it by the additional weight of the lead. Hence, when to tell exactly when the lead touched the bottom. over, with å velocity accuracy of measurement was the chief desideratum, we had to sound again, and with the Baillie machine Sent down along with Wille's water-bottle, the tube-lead gave good re- sults, as shown at Station 247. Here, the Baillie machine indieated å depth of 1120 fathoms, and the tube-lead used with Wille's water-bottle, 1124. Determination of Depth. — The line for deep-sea soun- dings being graduated into hundreds of fathoms, the exact depth bad in each ease to be computed from special ob- servations. Qur mode of procedure was, at first, as follows: --- The moment the lead entered the water, as also one of the slips of bunting on the lime, an officer called out, and the time to a second was entered in the sounding-journal. To attain greater accuracy, the brakesmen had to give timely notice for every slip of bunting run off the reel; the instant the lead struck the bottom, the officer gave the From the series of entries was computed thé first differenee, or set of word, and the time was, entered in the journal. intervals. These figures inerease with the depth, the velo- eity diminishing with the length of the lme running out through the water. The second difference of the series 2den Differents af Rækken, hvilken, fraregnet de uundgaae- lige mindre Variationer i Udløbshastigheden, viste sig at være paa det nærmeste constant. Med denne anden Difte- rents beregnedes Størrelsen af Tidsintervallet for Udløbet at det sidste observerede Hundredefavnemærke til det næste Mærke, inden hvilket 100 Favne-Interval altsaa Loddet kom i Bund. Ved Hjælp af dette Tal og den mellem Ud- løbsøjeblikket for det sidst observerede Hundretavnemærke og Øjeblikket for ,.Bund” forløbne Tid beregnedes ved sim- pel Proportion, hvor mange Favne der vare udløbne mellem de tilsvarende Øjeblikke. Denne Længde, tillagt Numeret for sidste observerede Mærke, bliver Lodskuddet eller Dybden. Som Exempel anføres her et Uddrag af Loddejour- nalen, der tillige viser dennes Indretning. was caleulated from the first, and the figures thus obtained, if we except all minor variations in veloeity, proved very difference puted the interval that would have elapsed, had the depth nearly constant. From the second was com- been suftieient, ere the slip of bunting next in suecession and within which the lead had accordingly reached the bottom. to that last run off could have entered the water, Then, with the figure thus found and that denoting the time between the moment when the last slip of bunting reached the water and that at which the lead struck the bottom, was computed, by simple proportion, the odd num- ber of fathoms, which, added to the length on the slip last run off the reel. gave the true sounding, or depth. The following is an extract from the sounding-jour- nal, showing its mode of arrangement. No. 129. Dato 1877 Juni 20 No. 129 Date 1877 June, 20th. Bredde . 67% 405 N. | Lat. GN EOIN: Klokkeslet . . 4 30” p.m. Længde . 69 42" E. Greenw. Time . 4.30 -p. m. .| Long.. . 6942" E. Vind. NE. Lutttemperatur 5".9 Wind NE. | Temp. of Air 509 Styrken (13 Overflade do. 6.8 Borcerr FE | Do. ofSea 698 Vejr . . Skyet. Dybde . 709 e Fv. Weather . . Cloudy | Depth . 709 Fathoms. Sø . NE. 4 Bund . Brun Ler | Sea . NE. 4 Bottom . Brown Clay. Vægt DP: Karakter . Godt. | Weight . 112 pounds | Character . Good. Favne. Tid interval. 24 Diff. | Fathoms. | Time. Interval. | 2nd Diff. | I Ag SL UG ftsh See. | hems ke 8: Lad gaa 4 GE 30 MEET 0 4 46 30 EE == 100 | 47 «41 1 13 2 100 | 4 47 4 1 13 2 200 28 SE 30 ir 200 |448 54| 1 39 2 300 520 24 | 1 12 12 | 300 | 4 50 24 25 17 400 DD 6| 1 xp 13 VE 00 50 OE 12 LØ 8 EE 3 15 600 OE 6 I 600, | 456 4! 5 Å 8 700 Be So | 700 | 458 18 0. 6 8 3 Ol) Bund | 58 28 | Bottom. 4 58 28 For Intervallet 700 til 800 Favne beregnes Udløbs- Now, the interval from 700 to 800 fathoms is found tiden til 2" 9* + 69 = 2" 15* — 1357, Altsaa faaes Pro- portionen: 1355: 100 Favne = 15*: 11 Fayne. Efter dette skulde Dybden være 711 Fayne. Ved Udmaa- ling af det Stykke af Lodlinen, der var i Vandet i det Øieblik, Loddet slog i Bund, over 700 Favne, efter den nedenfor beskrevne Methode, fandtes 9 Favne, altsaa Dyb- den 709 Favne, som opført i Loddejournalen. Nøjagtigheden af Tidsintervalmethoden beror, som man ser, ganske paa den Grad af Jevnhed i Bevægelsen, som kan tilvejebringes ved Bremsningen. Resultatet tiltrænger derfor en Kontrol ved andre Methoder, saaledes som det stadig blev gjort paa vor Expedition. Ved at sammenligne Resultaterne af de forskjellige Methoder viser det sig, at Tidsintervalmethoden næsten altid giver for store Tal. to be 2m 9s + 65 = 2m 15s = 1358; and hence 135s : 100 fathoms :: 15s : 11 fathoms. This would make the depth 711 fathoms. Measuring the method described below the part of the line which, addition to the 700 fathoms, had run out when the lead struck the bottom, we get 9 fathoms, and thus a depth of 709 fathoms, the depth enteréd in the sounding-journal. As regards the aceuraey of the method of computa- tion by time-intervals, it is obvious that this must be wholly dependent upon the degree of uniformity attainable in braking. The results will have in each case to be tested by some other method; and this was invariably done on the Norwegian Expedition. On comparing together the results of the different methods, the figures obtained by in En anden Methode var Indhivningen af Lodlinen, idet man lod Indhivningsmaskinen at tage Tidsmtervaller under gaa saa jevnt som muligt. Herved fik man bestemt det Tidsrum, Maskinen brugte for at tage md 100 Fayne saa- velsom det Tidsrum, den med samme Hastighed tog md Overskuddet over sidste Hundredefavnemærke. og Længden af det sidste kunde saaledes bestemmes ved simpel Propor- tion. Med jevnt Damptryk og jevn Damptilførsel til Ma- skinen, hvilke er lettere at holde end jevn Bremsning især Dens Resultater antoges, naar den anvendtes med de nærvnte i urolig Sø. giver denne Methode gode Resultater. Forudsætninger. som de definitive. forsaavidt ikke den 1 det følgende beskrevne Methode kom til Anvendelse... De Lodskud, som i 1876 falde paa Dybderne mellem 100 og 300 Favne, beregnedes udelukkende efter den sidst be- skrevne Methode. Den tredie Methode. der er den sikreste, indførtes først i 1877. Idet Loddet løftedes af Bunden, viste Virk- ningen af dets Vægt sig paa Aceumulatoren, der pludselig strakte sig noget ud. En Mand, som stod klar ved agter- ste Spiltap. greb i dette Øjeblik paa givet Signal med den ene Haand om halende Part af Linen over Midten af Tap- pen. og fulgte med Limen, idet denne rulledes op paa Rul- len. agterover en paa Dækket afsat Længde af 3 Favne. Naar han kom til agterste Mærke, slap han Linen og raabte Eni og naar han kom til agterste Mærke. raabte han ..To" o.s.v. Idet det sidst skorpen varskoedes ,.Ntop"”. Næste Mand greb da fat om Limen ved Tappen, Hundredefavnemærke kom i Vand- Den søgte Længde af Lodlinen fandtes saaledes ved direkte Udmaaling med en Nøjagtig- hed af en Brøkdel af en Favn. udløbne Ved de mindste Dybder, for hvilke Lodlinen var mær- ket for hver 10de Favn, bestemtes det enkelte Favnetal i Regelen ved direkte Udmaaling. dels alene. dels som Con- trol for Tidsmtervaller med Indhivningsmaskinen. Lodning med Bauillie-Maskinen. Denne blev gjort i Stand paa Agterdækket lige agtenfor Hytten som før for- klaret. nen og Åceumulatoren. de samme som ovenfor beskrevne, var færdig, hexedes Lodlinen til Ringen i Baillie-Maskinen eller til øverste Øjebolt i Vandhenteren og i dette Tilfælde nederste Øjebolt i Vandhenteren til Ringen paa Røret. Linen stivhaltes og lagdes rundt Tapperne paa Indhivnings- maskinen. Med denne løftedes nu, naar Fartøjet var stoppet, det hele over Rækken mellem Hytten og Storvantet (Fig. 14) og firedes ned i Vandet for ikke at komme i Svingning og Berøring med Skibssiden under Fartøjets Bevægelser. Saasnart de nødvendige Forberedelser med Lodli- Dybvandsthermometrene fastgjordes derefter paa Linenll å 2 Favne over Vandhenteren eller Lodderne. hvorpaa man med Indhivningsmaskinen udfirede raskt 200 eller 300 Favne. Maskinen standsedes, Stopper paasattes i Forhaand paa Hyttedækket, Linen kastedes af Spiltapperne og rulledes vo 189) from computation by time-intervals almost always proved too high. Another method practised was to measure time-inter- vals during the winding in of the line, due care being taken to regulate with the greatest nicety the working of the donkey-engine. We could thus determine both the time required for bringing in 100 fathoms and that needed for hauling m the surplus portion of the line run out after the last 100 fathom slip had reached the water. the length of which was then computed by simple proportion. With an equable steam pressure and an equable supply of steam, which is much easier to keep up, more especially in å rough sea, than uniform manual braking, this method will give good results; and hencee, when earefully obtained, we regarded such as final, save when the method deseribed below was also had recourse to. The soundings taken in 1876 that embrace depths from 100 to 300 fathoms, were computed exclusively by this method. The third method, which is the most trustworthy. was not adopted till 1877. On the lead being lifted from the bottom, its weight tells upon the aceumulator, which in- stantly yields a- little to the strain. nal, å man, stationed for the Then, at a given sig- purpose at the after drum of the donkey-engine, laid hold of the line as near as may be above the middle of the drum. and while the leading part was being wound on the reel, went aft with it for a distance of 3 fathoms. which had been marked off on the deck, and thereupon let go, cealling out as he did so — sQne”! Another man then caught hold of the the drum, went the same distance aft, and eried — .Two"! and so The instant the 100 fathom slip last run out appeared above the surface of the water, a man called out — ,.Stop"! Thus. by actual measurement. line above on in like manner. we found the length of the lme within a fraction of a fathom. Soundings in shallower water, for which the line was graduated into tens of fathoms. we generally determined by direct measurement, whether taken as independent ope- rations or as a means to test the accuracy of the time- intervals registered when heaving in the lead. Sounding with the Baillie Machine. — As previously stated, this instrument was got ready for use on the after- deck, just abaft the roundhouse. After arrangimg, im the manner described above, the sounding-line and the aceumu- lator. we shaekled the former either to the ring of the Baillie machine or to the upper eye-bolt of the water- bottle. the lower eye-bolt being im the latter case attached The and passed round the drums of the donkey-engine. hauled taut Then, having deadened the ships way. we hoisted, by means ot to the ring of the tube. line was now the donkey-engine, the whole of the gear over the railing, between the roundhouse and the main shrouds (Fig. 14), and lowered it into the water, to prevent the machine from oseillating and from bumping against the side of the ves- sel. The deep-sea thermometers were next made fast to the line. I 2 the water-bottle the weight, after which we rapidly veered 200 or 300 fathoms or fathoms above or fast paa Rullen agterud, hvor ? Mænd stode færdige til at bremse. Derpaa kommanderedes .Lad gaa”! og Lod- ningen udførtes som ovenfor for Rør-Loddet beskrevet. Udfiringen af Baillie-Maskinen til 200 eller 300 Fav- nes Dyb, før man lader gaa, er nødvendig paa Grund af den store Vægt, Lodlinen har at bære, og som vilde gjøre det umuligt med de havende Bremsemidler at kunne regu- lere Linens Bevægelse. De 200 til 300 Favne Lodlne, der ved Operationens Begyndelse allerede er i Vandet, giver saamegen Friktion, at det er Bremserne muligt, om end med Anstrængelse, at holde Rullens og Linens Bevægelse under kontrol. Ved Lodning paa større Dyb er det ikke saa let at iagttage det Øjeblik, da Loddet naar Bund, som ved min- dre Dybder. Linen lægger sig ikke ned i Dækket, men vedbliver at løbe fra Rullen, etterat Loddet er i Bund, med en Hastighed, der ofte kun er lidet mindre end under Loddets Synken. Ved med udelt Opmærksomhed at følge Linens Fart, navnlig dens Bevægelse gjennem Loddeblok- ken under Aceumulatoren, har man imidlertid et næsten altid sikkert Middel til at observere Øjeblikket. naar Lod- det slaar i Bund; man ser da nemlig Blokskivens Rota- tionshastighed pludselig formindsket. man strax deri, at Slakken af Lodlinen nu kan hales ind med Haandmagt, medens det, saalænge Loddet løber, i Regelen vil vise sig ugjørligt ved Haandmagt at standse En første Kontrol har Bevægelsen. Klokkeslet for hvert Hundredefavnsmærke, som Vandet, anvendtes jevnlig. Den sidste Kontrol havdes en- delig deri, at Aceumulatoren i det Øjeblik, Lodrøret (0g Vandhenteren) løftedes af Bunden, tydelig strakte sig ud. Fra dette Øjeblik begyndte man, som ovenfor beskrevet, at maale Favnetallet over sidst udløbne Mærke. Naar Øje- blikket, da Loddet slog i Bund, var utvivlsomt at iagttage paa den udløbende Line, viste Methoden med Tidsinterval- ler for hver 100 udløbne Favne sig ulige paalideligere ved Baillie-Maskinen end ved Rørloddet. gaar 1 Exempel. No. 354. * Dato 1878 August 11. Bredde ar SEN Klokkeslet. . 4” 40” p. m. Længde . . 654 E. Greew. Nanda. N. Lufttemperatur 3*.0 Styrke å | Overflade do. 4,5 Veke Skyet Dybden 1843 e. Fv. SE 3 Bund... ... Biloeulin - Ler Næs FG 315 Pd. | Karakter ... Meget godt. Den sædvanlige Kontrol med Notering af 83) OD tered the water. of line with the donkey-engine. The engine was now stop- ped, the fore part of the line secured with a stopper toan eye-bolt on the deck of the roundhouse, and the after part removed from the drums and tightly wound on the reel aft, where a couple of men stood ready to commence bra- king. The word being now given to let go, the operation was carried out in the manner deseribed above for sounding with the tube-lead. Veering the apparatus 200 or 300 fathoms prepara- tory to letting go, was indispensible with the Baillie ma- ehine, owing to the great strain upon the sounding-line, the motion of which would otherwise have been impossible to regulate with the means of braking at our disposal. The frietion of the 200 or 300 fathoms of lime in the wa- ter at the beginnmg of the operation, enable tle brakes- men, though with some little exertion, to command the revolutions of the reel and the motion of the lime. When sounding in greater depths, it is by no means So easy as in water comparatively shallow to tell the exact The line will not drop flat on the deck, but go on running off the reel, moment at which the lead touches the bottom. even after the lead has reached the bottom, and with a velocity but very little imferior to that it had durmg the descent of the lead. Meanwhile, by closely noting the speed of the lime. in particular where it passes through the sounding-block below the aceumulator, we have, in the great majority of cases, åa sure means of åceurately deter- mining the moment when the lead strikes the bottom, the rotation of the sheaf of the block becoming mstantly slower. Moreover, the slack part ot the line can then be readily brought in by hand, whereas so long as the lead is sinking, it will, as a rule, be found impossible to check its motion by physical strength alone. ment, by noting down the exact time at which each of the 300 fathom slips entered the water, was frequently adopted. Ås a final resort, we had the test afforded by the visible extension of the aceumulator the instant the sounding-tube and the water-bottle were lifted from the bottom. We then, as stated above, immediately began to measure off the number of fathoms run out after the last slip had en- Provided the arrest of the weight at the bottom could be aceurately determined by observing the velocity of the line, tbe method of measuring by time-mter- vals, for every 100 fathoms run out, was found to be far more trustworthy with the Baillie machine than with the tube-lead. The usual mode of measure- Extract from the Sounding-journal. No. 354. Date 1878 August I1th. Tate TSN: Mmer LEE 4 40 p.m. | Long... .. 6 54 E. Winder FA SE N. | Temp. of Air 37. 0. Horcer i: 5 | Do. of Sea 4". 5. Weather . Cloudy | Depth. . . . 1843 Fath. Sea NT 3 | Bottom . . . Biloculina Clay. Weight . 315 pounds | Character. . Very good. Favne. Tid. Interval. oaeni at Fathoms. Time. Interval. 2nd Duff. | | nl | == ml — = = — = MAS NVE SIM NÅS: | mose mes: Sør 200 16.32 | 0-35 | 200 | 16 32 0-55 300 le ME: 10 300 17 27 | 1 E 10 400 1832 1 8 3 I 400 | 18 32 1 3 3 500 | 19 40 MT 9 | 500 | 19 40 MA OR 600 20 5TY MG 2 600 DOT 0 EG 2 700 | 22 16 Ke dl 00 ee ar 800 | 2) le) | 1 41 19 800 23 38 1 AA |- 28) 900 Me | 5 900 25 19 ØCSR deg Ka er 2 1000 | 26 55 EE 1100 20139 1 39 | 1 1100 281030 1 39 | 1200 | 30 12 ee 4 1200 Som EE 4 800 50 Mg STO SE | Bund 32 44 Bottom | 32 44 E Med det beregnede Interval 1” 47* for Længden 1300 til 1400 Favne findes for det observerede Interval af 49* en Længde af 46 Favne, eller den udledede Dybde 1546 Favne. Ved den nøjere Eftermaaling fandtes 1343 Favne. Paa 78' 2" N, 6: 44 E fandt den Svenske Expedition med .,Sofia” den l4de August 1868 en Dybde af 1350 Favne. —,Nofias” paaværende Plads var omtrent 2 Kvart- mil W for, Vörmgens”, og da Bunden fra Spitsbergen af her skraanede nedad mod Vest er Qverensstemmelsen mel- lem begge Expeditioners Lodninger efter al Sandsynlighed endnu større, end de ovennæynte Tal udtrykker. Lodlinens Ophalimg. Ffterat Loddet var kommet i, Bund, gaves de medsendte Dybthermometre Tid til at an- tage det omgivende Vands Temperatur, og derpaa lagdes Lodlmen om Tapperne paa Indhivningsmaskinen. Dens Visning sees af de prikkede Limier i Fig. 14. Fra Fod- blokken gik Linen først til agterste Spiltap, derfra frem og tilbage gjennem begge Tappers Furer og endelig paa Rullen. Ophalingen begyndte, og under denne rulledes Lodlinen strax op paa Rullen, saaat den altid var klar til næste Lodskud. Maalingen af Dybden under Ophalingen er ovenfor beskrevet. Indhivningen gik jevnt, og Maskinen bragte 100 Favne Line hjem i Løbet af 3 Mmutter. Naar Loddet nærmede 'sig Vandskorpen, skede Ind- hivningen langsommere. 'Thermometerne toges af Linen, under fornøden Stands i Indhivningen, eftersom de kom over Rækken paa Loddebroen, og tilsidst toges Vandhenter og Lod ind paa denne, hvor: de hexedes af. Vandhenteren endevendtes og tømtes af Chemikeren. Bundprøyen under- søgtes først, som den laa i Lod-Røret og dens Art notere- des i Loddejournalen. Derpaa toges den ud af Røret og bragtes paa Flasker eller Glas, som forsynedes med Sta- tionens Nummer paa Etiketten. I 1876 brugtes Selters- vand-Flasker med Korkeprop, i 1877 og 1878 eylindriske Glas, ca. 10% høje og brede, der lukkedes med Pergament- The interval computed for 1300 to 1400 fathoms be- ing lm. 478s., the interval last observed, 49s., will correspond to a length of 46 fathoms. which, added to 1300, gives a depth of 1346 fathoms. By actual measurement,. as de- seribed above, we got 1343 fathoms. The Swedish Expe- dition with the *Sophia.” sounding on the l4th of August, 1868, in lat. 78* 2" N.; long 6* 44' E,, registered a depth of 1350 fathoms. 'The position of the *Sofia” was about two miles to the west of that of the *Vöringen;” and as the sea-bed shelves from the shores of Spitzbergen m å westerly direction past this locality, the agreement shown by the soundings of the two Bxpeditions is probably even greater than expressed by the above figures. Heaving im the Line. — The lead having reached the bottom, sufficient time was allowed for the deep-sea ther- mometers to assume the temperature of the surround- ing water, after which the sounding-line was passed round the drums of the donkey-engine, as shown by the dotted lines in Fig. 14. From the leading-bloek, the line was first led to the after drum, then passed backwards and forwards along the grooves of both drums, and fimally on to the reel. line, as it came up, being wound on the reel, ready for the Thereupon the heaving in commenced, the Our mode of determining the depth when heaving in the lead has been already described. The line was brought in at the uniform rate of 100 fathoms m 5 minutes. On the lead nearing the surface of the water. the The needful stop- next sounding. speed of the donkey-engine was reduced. pages, too, were made to detach the thermometers as they came over the rail of the sounding-bridge; and finally. the water-bottle and the lead taken in here and un- shackled. The water-bottle was immediately inverted and emptied of its contents, whereas the sample of the bottom were was tirst inspected ?n sitt, and its nature registered in the sounding-journal, previous to being taken out of the tube, from whieh it was transferred to bottles or jars labelled On' the first eruise, in 1876, we used corked soda-water bottles. but in with the number of the observing-station. papir. Bundprøverne overleveredes derpaa til Kemikernes Varetægt. Loddernes Udløbshastigheder. Efter de i Loddejourna- len indeholdte Data gives her nogle Resultater at Studier - over Loddernes Bevægelse under Lodningen. Rørlod. Som tidligere bemærket, var Lodlinens første 200 Favne mddelt med Mærker for hver 10 Fayne. Paa Station 375 gjordes et Forsøg til Bestemmelse af Linens eller Loddets Udløbshastigheder under de første 200 Favy- nes Udløb.- idet Tidsøjeblikkene for hvert 10-Favne Mærkes Gaaen i Vandet noteredes. under det at Bremsningen paa Rullen søgtes holdt saa normal som muligt. Resultatet af dette Forsøg indeholdes i den følgende Tabel. 1877 and 1878 eylindrical glass jars. about 4 inches high and wide and covered at the top with strong vellum paper. When ready for storing, the samples of the bottom were left in charge of the chemist to the Expedition. Velocity of the Lead. — In this Section we give some results obtained by mvestigating the rate of descent from the data registered in the sounding-journal. The Tube-lead. — As previously stated, the line was graduated for the first 200 fathoms into lengths of tens of fathoms. At Station 375. we sought to determine the ab- solute rate of descent down to a depth of 200 fathoms. by registering the exact moment at which each of the ten- fathom slips entered the water. striving the while to keep the braking as uniform as possible. The following Table shows the results of the experiment. Favne. | er ae | Interval. Fe Fathoms. Time. ,- | Interval. | fa | 0) jr r0: 0) OF NG: OA GE MG: 1.67 10 6 G* 1.67 20 12 6 1.67 20 12 6 1.67 30 et LE 30 15 3 3.33 40 HO arset ble, 42050 40 19 4 2.50 50 25 6 1.67 50 25 6 1.67 60 SE ET 1.43 60 32 7 1430 70 37 D 2.00 70 37 Eg) 2.00 80 +41 T 1.43 80 44 Ko 1.45 90 50 6 1.67 90 . 50 6 1:67 100 DT 7 1.43 100 DT 7 1.43. 110 1 4 U 1.45 110 1 1 U 1.43 120 ee i 1.45 120 ete EN 1.43 130 ee 25 808 ae 8 1.25 140 1 «270 ES 25 140 IL 227 8 1.25 150 ee 1.43 150 1 34 T 1.43 160 1 .42 8 1125 160 1 42 ES 1.25 170 bl 9 Jen 170 Ne EE) IV st 180 1 59 SS 180 1 DS SAMER 1.25 190 20 Ge. p 8 | 1.25 190 2 | 8 | [125 | 200 DE EG Gå AE I | 200 2 16 De BEA | We see from a glance at the column headed *Velo- Man ser af Rubrikken -,.Hastighed i Favne pr. Sek.", | | at Hastigheden. hvormed Loddet synker, der er lig Nul i det Øjeblik. man ,lader gaa”, 1 Begyndelsen er voxende, men naar sit Maximum allerede ved 25 Favnes Dyb, og derpaa er den gjennemsnitlig aftagende med Dybden, idet Linens Friktion i Vandet samtidig med at Bremsningen er lettere at regulere. bevirker en større Modstand mod Be- vægelsen. Af Tagttagelser af Udløbstiderne for 100 Favnemær- kerne paa en større Række NStationer findes som gjennem- snitlige Værdier de i den følgende Tabel opførte Tal: Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Apparaterze og deres Brug. city in fathoms pr. second,” that the rate of descent, which at the moment of letting go is nil. tends at first to in- erease, soon however reaching its maximum, at å depth of 25 fathoms. after which it begins. and as a rule continues, to deerease with the depth. the augmenting friction in the water. along with increased facility of braking, together oceasioning greater resistance to the downwaård motion of lead and lime. The figures in the following Table are deduced from the intervals, timed at a number of Stations, for every hundred-fathom slip that successively entered the water, and represent the average rate of decent. 26 É Tid fra Er Hastighed 0 1 Veléeity Favne mid ean Interval. Favne pr. Sek. Fathoms Time. Interval. Pathiip Sec | 0) 0» 0: Ö Q= 0: 100 | 55 Om 55 1.82 100 DD 07/55" jege Å 200 pl [NZ 1.29 200 IN, DESSE | 1.29 300 3 +42 1 30 1.11 S00M ao 130 Lal 400 DENS I 36 1.05 200 DS EON 1:05 500 6 LI 48 0.92 500 Å I 48 0.92 600 Omer Dee 0.83 600 Så De 0.83 700 11 15 LEE 0,78 700 1015 pl 8 0,78 800 13 29 SE 0.75 800. HB SIND TA 0.75 (900) (16 10) (2 +41) (0.62) (900) | (16 10) (2 41) (0.62) For Intervallet 800—900 Favne haves kun en Ob- For the S00—900-fatbom interval we have only one servation. observation. De her fundne Hastigheder slutter sig meget godt til The velocities thus determmed agree pretty well with de ovenfor fundne, efter hvilke Gjennemsnitshastigheden those previously found, which average 1.88 between 0 and mellem 0 og 100 Favne er 1.82 og mellem. 100 og 200 100 fathoms and 1.28 between 100 and 200 fathoms. Favne 1.28. Man ser endvidere, at Loddets Hastighed er Moreover,. the rate of descent decreases steadily with the stadig aftagende med Dybden. Udjevner man paa grafisk depth. Now, 1f we equalize;, im å diagrammatie form, the Vej Hastighederne i den første Tabel og slutter denne velocities given in the first Table, and adjust that series to J 8 B ] Række til den anden, der beror paa flere Iagttagelser, saa- the second, retaming the time-intervals of the latter, as ledes at Tidsintervallerne i den sidste beholdes, saa faar based on å greater number of observations, we shall have man et Billede af Rørloddets Bevægelse saaledes som Kur- | figured before us the descent of the tube-lead, as repre- verne R i Fig. 15 og 16 viser. Fig. 15 viser de til de — sented by the curves R. R, in Figs. 15 and 16. Fig 15 forskjellide Tider udløbne Længder af Lodlinen, og Fig. 16 | - shows the lengths of sounding-line run out during succes- : Dr eee 7 eo 20022 es Use 7 el ok oaVinutter, 0 7 = 1 T rå DEL Ly | en 12 2 I I 4 8 TE I Ine po På | | | | 8 SNE - - = 5 | OE EK ed = å een 45 Q 7 | E == Å = | DE E LES id Jå 9 - Vw R—- =| 16 | | | % | 10 - —| | IS E R | 2 8 vædN | | | E 1) jo I | | | =! Sy z2N I = v Pet PRE = | Å Sp 1 % Å I PEPE g 14 | = 8 , [800 le NE råd V= = V f I L 28 16 lå ER l 1 EE me EN åå] T - 30 27 I - — B| 4 LE | | L 32 g | | | 98 19 |-—+—- JE r= — ] =;: + — =: 4 | = Å 2 Od | | MU 18 el EE 5) Fig. 15, Ai Fv. Hundrede Favne. Fa. 01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 1314 15 16 17 Hundred Fathoms. j e.Meter. ver mme | | å === . - --— == | | 28 | R <=d 1 p l k | : | Å T T | | | 15 Å | FERSK JANG | | | | | | 2.4 ——— == t =k en ; 1 je) Å dd == l —t I 14 Jean SE | L8L i ao di I I År = W + I le 3 1:4 | dl 1.2 ( EN I Å e 12 ra I 1 hs jaB 1 | | | 0.8 | I g på | T =—— IV PRD a pe | 0.6 | | [4 «ap! g | Ai een GC - E 0.4 | : 4 | 0.2 2-0 I | = T | | Pops 0.0 L i AES | I | » TE VER Fig: 16. Hastighederne, udtrykt i. Favne pr. Sekund, i de forskjel- lige Dybder. I den første Del af Fig. 16, fra 0 til 200 Favne, er Hastighederne afsat for hver 10de Favn, reg- net fra 5 Favne af, i den sidste Del er Hastighederne afsat for hver 100 Favn, regnet fra 250 Favne af. Rørlod med Willes Vandhenter. Nedenstaaende Tabel viser Synkningen af Rørloddet med Willes Vandhenter. fra 100 Favnes Dyb af. til hvilken Dybde det blev udfiret fra Indhivningsmaskinen, før man .lod gaa”. Tagttagelserne hidrører for Størstedelen fra 1876. sive intervals; and Fig. 16 the rate of descent. in fathoms pr. second, at the different depths. In the left part of Fig. 16, from 0 to 200 fathoms, the veloeities are given for « tens of fathoms: in the right part of the figure, for hundreds, beginning with 250 fathoms. JE The Tube-lead with Wiles Water-bottle attached. — The following Table shows the rate of descent of the tube- lead when sent down along with Wille's water-bottle. be- ginning at 100 fathoms. to which depth the apparatus were sunk with the donkey-engine before bemg east off. The observations date ehiefly «from 1876. Favne. EN — Intervål. | en | Fathoms. Time. Interval. le | 100 .|- 07 0 100 Qm 0: D00M Fl er [rm 4 1.56 200 1 4 År 1.56 300 AE No EG) 1.43 300 De HI) 1.43 400 | 95036 122: DD 400 5 85 ee 1:22 500115 0 dy 21 1.19 500 Der å 24 1195 6000 12061 22 me [1:22 G00 oe ED 1.22 700 7 46 1 494 1.19 700 T 46 1 24 1.19 800 OS: 117 82 1.09 800 OMFG 1 52 1.09 DD EST 1.03 900 1055 flg 1.03 900 10 Fra det Øjeblik, da man ..lader gaa”, i hvilket Ha- stigheden er Nul, voxer den raskt til et Maximum. og er siden gjennemsnitlig aftagende med Dybden. —Tabellens Resultater er fremstillet grafisk i Figg. 15 og 16 ved Kurverne W. Man ser, at den Hastighed. med hvilken From the moment of casting off, when the velocity is nil, the rate of descent rapidly inereases up to å maximum, and then. as åa general rule. deereases with the depth. The results set forth in the Table are represented diagramma- tically. by the eurves W. W in Figs. 15 and 16. Itis obvious * 4 * Loddet slaari Bund. er mærkelig større, naar Vandhenteren er paa, end med Rørloddet alene. Baillie-Maskinen. Den følgende Tabel er Middelre- sultater af Forsøg med Baillie-Maskinen, med en total Be- lastning fra 142 til 182 Kilo (285 til 365 Pd.), gjennem- snitlig 171 Kilogram (342 Pd.), efter et større Antal Iagt- tagelsesrækker. Tid fra Hastighed ad 022.” Favne pr. Sek. = ——==== === === Fayne. Interval. 200 (97 ()5 300 (OE er yile 1.96 AD JER) OMESY 1.76 500 2050 1 2 1.60 600 DD Il 3) 1.46 700. Dee Li de 1.37 800 (3 27 ve 05) 1.33 900 | +7 48 ee 1.23 1000 905 ereet. 1.16 1100 10 43 19028 Lite 1200 1206 10 8) 1.08 1300 120053 IL Bi 1.03 ' 1400 1), 20 1 34 1.07 1500 175 14 38 1.02 1600 18 46 1 41 0,99 1700 0 20) 1 - 34 1.06 Kurverne B i Figg. tater. Sammenligner man Kurverne i Fig. 16, saa ser man strax, hvorledes det tungere Lod slaar i Bund med en større Hastighed end det lettere, og Nødvendigheden af tungere Lod til de dybere Lodskud fremtræder med Styrke. Figuren viser tydelig, hvorledes Rørloddet alene kommer til kort paa Dybder over 1000 Favne, saaledes som Frfa- ringen har vist. Et fælles Træk for alle tre Hastighedskurver er deres bølgeformige Løb paa større Dybder. Dette forklares ved Bremsningens Ujevnhed. Bremsningen paa Rullen er paa- virket af Søgangen, idet den falder lettere at regulere i roligt Vejr end i uxoligt, naar Fartøjet løfter og sænker sig og derunder snart rykker i Linen, snart gaar med dens Bevægelse. 15 og 16 viser Men Ujevnheden i Bremsningen er vistnok ogsaa af fysiologisk Natur. Under den første Del af Lod- dets Udløb bremser Folkene paa Rullen med friske Kræfter og udelt Opmerksomhed. Del Regelmæssighed. Saa bliver Bremserne trætte og mindre agtpaagivende. Lod- Figuren viser i den tilsvarende af Hastighedskurverne den største linen begynder at slænge op og ned og til Siderne paa Vejen fra Rullen til Fodblokken. Et fra den kommanderende Officiers Mund . brems ordentligt” bringer atter Re- gelmæssighed i Bevægelsen, men denne afløses igjen at Virkningen af Træthed under det fortsatte anstrængende Arbejde og saa fremdeles. Disse Perioder i Hastigheden Tabellens Resul- that the velocity of the lead when it strikes the bottom is perceptibly greater with the water-bottle attached than without. ; The Baillie Machine. — The following Table gives the mean results computed from an extensive series of sound- ings with the Baillie machine, the total sinking-weight, which varied from 285 to 365 pounds, having averaged 342 pounds: Fathoms. Time. | Interval. | Fath. pr..Sec. | | | 200 | Om O: S00 OS! Or 5 1.96 400 1 48 DY 1.76 500 230 1 2 1.60 600 SE DO 1 o 1.46 700 od Ju 1708 1.57 800 6 I 305) 1.33 900 | 7 48 Lage 1625 1000 OG Il EG 1.16 1100 10 43 1 280 1.14 1200 12 ) IL 2 1.08 1300 forde ESKE 1.03 1400 loren 193 1.07 001 Ne D It to OM 1.02 1600 | 18 146 04 0.99 1700 20 920 NS 1.06 The eurves B, B in Figs. 15 and 16, are constructed from the results set forth m this Table. Å glance at the eurves in Fig. 16, shows that the heavier the lead the greater will be its velocity' on reaching the bottom; and hence the need of increasing the sinking- The diagram clearly diseloses the untrustworthiness of the tube-lead as a sounding-instru- ment for depths of more than 1000 fathoms, thus confir- ming the result of experience. weight for deeper soundings. Å common feature distinguishing the three curves of velocity is their sinuous course in great depths. This must be aseribed to want of uniformity in braking. The said ope- ration is disadvantageously affected in å seéaway, the revolu- tions of the reel being easier to regulate m calm than in the dragging after her the line, and now following its motion. rough weather, when vessel heaves and sinks. now Meanwhile, the cause of irregular braking is in part, no doubt, physiologieal. The men, who come to their work fresh, brake at first with skill and undivided attention. This is evident from the diagram, which exhibits grea- test regularity of form in the corresponding portion of the curve of veloeity. After a time, the brakesmen get tired, and in consequence less attentive. The sounding-line is jerked up and down and sideways on its passage from the reel to the leading-bloek. By an encouraging word, the officer in charge ean, indeed, for a time, restore regularity to the braking; but soon the effects of lassitude. brought falder nu vistnok ikke i ethvert Tilfælde paa samme Tid eller rettere samme Dybde, men Kurverne antyder. saaledes som ogsaa de grafisk opsatte Kurver for de enkelte Lodninger viser, at der er en vis Regelmæssighed i Ujevnhederne, saa- ledes at disse falder nogenlunde omkring samme Dybdetal ved de forskjellige Tilfælder. Den Tid, som behøves til at tage et Lodskud er væ- sentlig afhængig af Lodskuddets Dybde. Efter Skibsjour- nalen, i hvilken. anførtes Klokkeslettene for Lodningens Begyndelse, naar Fartøjet stoppede, og for dens Afslutning, naar der atter sattes i Gang igjen, eller naar en anden Operation, som Temperaturrække eller Skrabning, begyndte, findes ved en statistisk Beregning, at i (Gjennemsnit krævede et Lodskud paa 100 Favne 20 Minutter: 500 — 40 — 1000m—= 1 Time. 150002 1 Time 30 Minutter. 2000M—= henimod 2? Timer. eller i Almindelighed Tiden for et Lodskud = 20" +35" X (Dybden i Fv. — 100), 100 - Denne Tid forbruges omtrent saaledes som følgende Skema viser. Dybde kammer EA LO0 500000 50002000 Vægt af Lod i Pund . 112 112 285 35015365 Stopning af Fartøjet, Minutter. Forbered. til Lodning | 10” 10” 10” 10” 10” Udfiring til 300 Favne å 3 Minutter pr. 100 Rameau |) 0) 9 9 9 *. Paasætning af Stopper, Linen taget fra Ind- hivningsmaskinen til RulengJe Nett. |: 0 0 3 8 5 Udløbstid til Bunds efter Fioeloe so ke | fl 7 9 17 25 | Thermometrenes Acco- | modation, Lodlinens Skiftning fra Rul til Spilt SH RS 5) 5) 5) 5 Indhivning å 3 Min. pr. | FOOPBavne + andere 1: MN 30 045. 94:60 Mer oe 579 66: 18940112 Ovénst. Formel giver . | 20 40 65 AD 16) 2 1 Forskjel |+ on by the unintermitting exertion, are agam apparent, to be again counteracted for a still shorter interval, and so on de novo, to the end of the operation.. True, these periodieal deviations in velocity do not oceur mm every case precisely at the same time, or rather at the same depth. but the eurves here given, as also those diagram- matically constructed for each individual sounding, indicate a certain regularity in the: inequalities, and a tendeney to oceur at about the same depth im all cases. The Time required for Sounding depends mainly on the depth. From data in the ship's log-book, comprising the time at which each sounding commenceed. — viz. when the vessel was stopped, — and that of its termination, when she again went ahead. — or the time at which some other operation, such as dredging or taking a serial temperature. was begun, we found, by direct computation, the time each sounding oceupied to average as follows: — 100 Fathoms 20 Minutes. 500 — 40 — 1000 == I Hour. 1500 == 1 Hour 30 Minutes. 2000 — Nearly 2 Hours. Hence a sounding oceupied 20” + 5” x (the depth. im fathoms —100): 100; and this interval passed very nearly as set forth in the following tabular statement. Depth in Fathoms.. .. 100 500 1000 1500 2000 1120 112 0285 003501 1365 Minutes. 10” 10” 10" 10” Sinking-weight in pounds Stopping vessel and pre-* paring for soöunding | 10” Veering 300 fathoms of Line, at 3 min. pr. | 100 RiachomskEN 0) 3 9 9 Putting on stoppers and | shifting Line from drum | of donkey-engine to the | Freeletya 5 ep IO 0 Sr 5 Time required for rea- ching bottom, accord- medio ke e Time for Aceomodation | of the Thermometers, and. for shifting Line | o 17 25 «4 from the reel to drum | of donkey-engme...| 8 D EG) DD. Heaving in at 3m. pr. 100 fathoms .. Total | 22 37 66 89 The above formula gives | 20 40 65 90 115 Difference +42 3 +11 —1 3 toges nedenstaaende Lodskud. Paa Norhavsexpeditionens trende Undersøgelsesrejser Til at betegne Bundens Be- skaffenhed er anvendt følgende Forkortelser: | | | AH OØN QAUPRQN å ae t oe) - OD G QSSYSYyS NNN Hu Ng= Qx. un båe blaa: ee —- sroy, å Nirli, ove Fora Oz es ike søt — blød, B. el — Biloculin-Ler. Nordlig 30 On the three exploring eruises of the Norwegian North-Atlantic. Expedition. the following soundings were «taken. The abbreviations given below, denote the nature of the bottom. blk — sort, br — brun. b -—: blue. blk — black. br — brown. 4 el — Ler, d — mørk. c — coarse. cl — clay. d — dark. g - Ningels. en — grøn. fi fre. g — pgrarvel. on — green. h =— haard. m — Mudder. gy grey. h — hard. m — mud. r — Fjeld, s — Sand, 0Z — 00ze. r — rock. s — sand. sh — Skjæl, st — Sten, søt — soft. sh — shells. st — stones. y — gul. B.el — Biloculma clay. . y — yellow. * p | Længde Dybde. Længde Dybde. | fra e å fra så (Depth. Nordlie | A (Depth.) Green- 2 å er | Bund. IStat Nor dlig Green- | ; | Bund. Fv - D Bredde. Ta = —= == SE | wich. wich. : (Longitude Jfrom (Norw. Fths.)| Greenwich.) | Bredde. (North Latitude.) Gis ON 61 5 5 Or 5 5 Ör 6 5 61 6 5 Ö1 Ö 5 6r 30 3 or 41 3 Or 47 3 6r 53 3 or 58 2 62 4 2 b2Mo 2 62 24 2 p20083 2 62 44 I 62, 23 2 02% 16 3 o2 4 3 62 13 3 68) 110 5 163 10 5 163 7 5 63 6 5 bakkene 5 63 10 5 63 IO » 5 (GJEN) 5 65 140) 4 603105 3 63 5 (0) 163 >) I 163 7 I 62 15 4 62 28 2 63 I 3 63 22 5 63 37 7 Øy | IN. Favne. | E. 'avne.| Meter. |(Zottom.) (Fathoms.) | (Metres.) No. (North 7 Latitude.) Greenwich.) V. Fav Av Teter. (2: (Longitude |N- Favne. | E. Favne.| Meter. |EALiD) from | | 4 (Norw. Prhs.), (Fathoms.) | (Metres.) | E 653 E 600 E 550 E 400 Q E 205 1 10 200 Suda 1 200) 19 E 214 9 EE 225 oE 217 54 E 221 25 E 220 36 E 215 17 E 2TN 4 E 280 48 E 400 50 E 220 SE 2 mia 28 E 183 47 E 125 58 E 87 16 E 230 17 ) 87 18 KF 85 1 E 385 7 Ei 1385 4 ) 390 ok 105 51 E 118 ok 510 53 E 570 12 W| 1000? 26 W | 1050 34 W| 144 20 W. 670 58 W| 1098 29 W 1180 10 W 677 Vo) 73 er | (GJEN Q 672 122 618 Ti r30N | (do: 566 1035 |s-Jcke 504 922 s. cl 211 386 IP 200 377: r 206 377 cl 220 402 |0z.el 232 424 el 223 408 cl 228 417 cl 226 413 cl 221 404 cl 221 104 r 288 527 1 412 se 226 eg JONS 219 400 cl + 188 344 |€Ls 129 pe Om else 90 165 |s. cl 237 433 |8 dl 90 165 1 87 150 1 306 724 SME! 306 72 eSage 401 me SA SJel AT7 Ose syel 430 786 Mesd el 525 960 cl 587 1073 OZ == — cl 1081 1977 cl 148 27 st 690 Te6er Nisd el 204 373 r Ts 2222 |'5. cl 607 1275 cl 2 OS 10717. W 256 264 483 r ae OE an NE Gan 52 967 S Au Ge 65 eo. a0 844 1543 r EG eo 1258 WINE7O en okepd fer OG] 663. 51 p20 GJ eo 257 | 470 |'s..cl 2764, uE3 nr 140 W | 65 190 347 r 48 | 64 36 10 22 W| 200 209 547 * |S- 0Z 49 | 65 o 925 25 437 799 |s- el 50 | 65. 26 824 WI 555 575 1044 | el i NGS SR 748 W+ 1130 1163 Sa del Se Os 47 Se 08 1861 3403 |B.cl ER ose 3 0 33 FE | 1495 15391 112804 | Bel GN (og 424 E ge ee 1 møte |der el ko 038 10 22 É 90 gg 70 r 56 | 64 39 10 11 E 173 178 3261 5: cl 57 64 30 959 E 156 161 204 cl 58 | 64 30 949 E 215 ee 404 |. cl 59 | 64 39 9 388 roa 6 SOS Sel 60 | 64 40 930 E | 118 216 |h. el 61701064 40 919 E 115 118 216 hel (Ge OA i 910 E 105 108 198 |bh.el 63 | 64 41 9 oE 90 93 170 r 64 | 64 42 850 E 56 58 106 i 65 | 64 42 839 E 60 62 173 n 66 | 64 43 830 E 85 88 Tors el 67, | 64 44 819 E 116 119 20 SS el 68 | 64 44 8 9E 128 132 241 el 60 | 64 45 SD: 12 128 234 (cl. s 70 | 64 45 ED 126 130 Jaa F Gli GE AG 746 E 128 132 par |. el 721 64 46 Zane Fn 133 137 251 |.s5 dl Je Ms 00) 728 -E 120 133 Fore el AN OA 47 720 E 128 132 gane ER (d] 75 | 64 47 er EE 141 is HOGGE ER dal 76 | 64 47 GJ ND 145 149 | 272 |8 cl 77 | "64: 48 654 E 145..-| 149 2renis el 78 | 64 48 645 E re ss VASER Ne Ol 79 | 64 48 6 36 E 151 155 283 cl | Længde Dybde. Længde Dybde. rn fra | Rd | 0 te | spå Noreg | en ER ee | Bund. | Stat. Mg Green- | på 95 Bund. wich. | alge wich. AE | (Zongitude | N. Favne. | E. Favne.| Meter. | (Bottom.) No. Ms (Longitude N. Favne. | E.Favne.| Meter. | (Pottom.) Latitude.) | EE (Norw. Fihs) (Fathoms.) | (Metres.) | JE (par Fths.)| (Fathoms.) | (Metres.) | | 64*48.1) 6*26.E 140 144 263 cl Be KO7kLn SK oter IE 179 184 Be OC ESTel 64 49 Orre EN rs 155 283 cl 139|67 14 925 E 170 75 320! (el) sist 64 49 GR EGG 320 140 | 67 10 942 E 191 107 360 el. 64 49 5 58 E 180 re Se 338 cl nam og 959 E 186 192: SEG Øl. | 64 49 5 49 E 215 2000 "404 cl Boe OZ EN MO TE 1703 178 326 ell, 5 | 64 50 GSE 190 | per 303 554 br. el | 143 | 66. 58*| 10 33 B 183 189 346 el. | 64 50 SKO EN ev 381 607 cl m441 1166. 53 ro 50 178 183 85 CLAS SG |6n 5 35 FE | 484 | 498 orde el 145 10669 49 (fan GER 192 198 362 GAS 64 5580 EN 345 SES NG) cl 14600 KOONS rok) 175 180 see ek EuEe 64 1 6 SPE 185 190 SEG T; "147166" 49 | 12 8 E 138 142 260 sit.el.s 164 1 Gere co 205 SPIR Sp mas og ag || 150 25 18 146 150 274 cl | GPG) Ose 19 ng 190 347 sv es 00 Logg ener 183 180 346 cl Oo OS 7 326 cl ear og Rang sP 123 127 DE r G2 ard 7 88 153 158 280 steel sa oe 2 OPE 121 125 Do oske el 50 | 8 AS SEN 242 145 265 cl eg og aa | ne ae de 118 122 223 søgel borat 4 14 El 170 175 320 cl Ts a0 1670 200 2 76 78 143 r Oos so 732 | 805 1472 BS OL SSN og ESS dn 20 18 70 72 132: 1 66 2 | 4 2r-E| 663,5| 683 1249 el 156 |67 40 | 11 26 E 87 90 165 1 Ose SOME Se 377 388 710 el Hs gt AS Ne 7 8 103 106 104 1 65 51 ope EN 207 | 2r3 300 cl 158 | 67 49 | 10 149 E 99 102 tør |6b OLE 65. 43 729 E 19 SO 355 cl 150167 54 | 10 30 E TRD 118 216 |S: g. sh 65136001 8 32 EE! 216 223 108 cl 160 | 67 58 | 10.11 E 272 280 512 TAKel 65 32 ol Lo MEN 205 |* art 386 cl TOT KOSE OSE 575 502 Tossi Heste bsson no gg El 187 | 495 353 el 162 | 68 23 | 10 20 E 772 795 1454 | br. el 65 28 os oe Sze 02 2096 cl 163 | 68 22 | 10-30 E | 670 690 26020 Fordel og 20110 25 DEG 265 s. el, 1 16468 21 | 10 40 E 443 457 B36 VaK OL 65 2 HoMSee He 72 177 324. cl 165 | 68 46 | 10 51 E |- 1428 1470 2688 | B. cl 65 21 | 10 44 E 167 172 315 el. g 166 | 68 40 | 11 40 EK - 304 406 742 cl Gå ÖVl n 123 127 232 sørel 167 KOSJ 37 2 se Fi 7Q 144 I 66 10 | 10 41 E 175 180 320 Søel 168 | 68 39 | 11 51 E 431 444 812 br. el 66 12 | 10 30 B| 154 159 201 cl 169 |68 36 | 12 53 E 70 72 132 r BORE ro eee 57 287 spel I age | 82 ng 36 13 65 67 128 n bøkroR ro ro ENaga | 1738 252 el. s af 177 | 69 18 | 14 290 E 624 642 Te brel 66 18 | 10 o E 119 123 225 | el. s ge Oo E 79 81 148 1 66 18 os Ero 120 mo Fel s7sR60 aS EE 253 240 439 n 66 20 941 E es Mer2 Der NM elJis 174 | 69 16 | 14 38 E Ber 337. 676 (eldst 66 21 930 E TAL 121 221 el. st 191775 169 17. | 14 35 E 403 415 759 el. g bores 119 20 E| 137 141 258 | el sor76 160 18 | 14035 BE | 1325 536 980 cl 66 26 8 59 E 137 141 258 | Øl 5 177069 25 | 13 49 Ei Mr402 1443 2639 | br. cl 66 28 Sor 6ss | 168 307 cl 178 | 69 .29 | 12 26 E'| 1533 1578 2886 | B. dl 66 30 820 E | 184 | 190 Sar mel 1798 60 2 rn od I 56: 1607 2030 Feel 66 Sale sol E 186 | 192 351 cl. sh f 180 69 39 955 E 1549 1594 on se Be 60030 7emo EN 95 201 368 | :cl.'s f181 169 45 843 E 1540 1595 om be) Hos or 7 roe 2300 | 246 450 .| cl. st | 182 | 69 51 7 30 BE | 1636 1684.| 3080 | B. dl 66 41 659 E | 340 350 640 |: - el 183 | 69 50 6 15. E | 1661 me | Sneg | 18 då 67 52 5 12 E | 680 700 72800 Må (el TS eo Ao so 508 1547 2829 | B. cl 67 49 | 5 33 E | 709 230 1335 [br dl 185 70, 3 (03 37 Bre ass roe 67 47 EG us 1308 | 6 cl 186,| 69 56 | 14 18 E | 1378 1418 25093 .|B.cl. st 67 43 ban Bos | 688 1258 | el 187 1060 sr aat | dog 1335 2447 | br. cl 67 40 6 42 E| 689 | 709 1206' | br. el | 188 | 69 43 | 15 290 E | 1151 1185 Sm 607 prel 67 38 7 3 BE! 669 | 689, | 1260 el 189 | 69 41 | 15 42 E | 835 860 egg (lue ol 67 35 226 Berk NA 705 1454 l|sft. br. ell 190 | 69 41:| 15.51 E 845 870 Tom brelds 67 33 SG 054. 1745, 1 br. el iran 16944 01:6 26 E || 22001249 ASS Srsts 67 30 810 E| 862 | 890 1628 br. el | 192 | 69 46 | 16 15 E 630 649 1187 Sel 67 29 8 20 EN 853 878 160600 1||=|el 193 169 44 | 16.54 E 45 46 84 r 67 27 8 31 E|- 835 860 | 1573 | el 194 169" 43 | 17 16 E | 28 2 53 I 67 2 SEN ges bro |1(1116. Lh. cl. gl 195 | 70 55| 18 38 E 104 107 196 | st. el 1370 More 8 58 E | 438 Aroeers27 å hjel Goog 28 SSE 118 122 223 elis 32 Længde Dybde | | | Længde Dybde. | = Ed | fra | or ; ee I åre) | se | Stat. Nerdlg rect ENG FE — | Bund. fStat. Nordlig En ME æ ger == =— | Bund. | wieh. | | wICh. ; | | No. (Nor pen, N. Favne. | E. Fame Meter. | (Bottom.) No. (North | å N. Favne. | E. Favne. | Meter. | (Zottom,) Latitude.) (Longitude | | Latitude.) (Zongitude Å | | | EEK (Norw. Fins) (Fathoms.) | (Metres.) | | K (Norw. Fths.)) (Fathoms.) | (Metres.) | | | Bl te E | : = a==—=—=—= = ——— = ep ge Gag ag | 138 252 TE 2560 70 SN er me ee 411 gn, cl FOSEN OSE ero) 1226 413 18 2 OA eg 200E TISSE 60 293 | gy. dl mejeN ga us og da 0 525 0600 ME DES Nr en Ep ET 18 pa Meso 421 en. el 200 kg es AS ke 602 620 prs bre Ne soÅ 7o 400 Me55 0 78 80 er Born e eek 006280 11647) 147:83: (br. ds p2600 70 ss |E6 1 22 el 20207 1 gr TONE 780 803 1468 cl 261 | 70 47 | 28 30 E Doe 9 292 Me og ej ne SAD ETG gor | 1648 |br.el.stf 262 | 70 36 | 32 355 E pa | rase eg cl 20 700 Sy0 SK EM 20 1266 2815 bel 203 70 34 AE I 17 Har NV 297 el 2 o51 FO ESS | 1250 1287 28 sa Abel 62700500 35 STE 84 | 860 7 sti. el 206| 70. 45 | 14 36 E | 1212, | 1248 2282 | B. cl f 265 | 71 18 |-34 49 E oe Mos oe VG Dor 7030 550 EN ro79 Fenr I 2032 00 Pyle 1266010700270 350 Sole Te 0 NEO 238 | såt. cl 208| 70 21-| 16 57 E | 656 ors dere 4 beelkist ke 67 re SE 144 | 148 27 el. st 20070) rol 270. 0) E 122 reos 230 r 268 | 71 36 | 3618 E ne 0 238 cl. s Zoe or nog Ei 33 137 AG r 2690 ker NON opt en 30 252 gn. cl ord 7 OS SE er 12 236 seo ee SS ere 26 249 | br. € 220590) nøl | 17 4 EE 138 142 260 | siel fl271 | elegi | 35 50 E 155 160 203 | gn. cl 213 700 23 DL 5 dok gane) 7600 sgero Ebel ee FSS GE 110 113 207 GJØRS 214|-70 39 omo 1700 | 1750 3200 Ebel 2332 ES OPE 191 107 360 | gn. d 2151.70 53 ZONA omr 1665 3045 Bemie2740073. 200 BORE 177 182 333 cl 21670 58 JOAN GOL eg 2251 sl 275 74 8 sne En reg 147 | 269 gn. el org NO 5 Fo AM EOS ee 1516 ByeNezol 74 54 27 So! E 214 220 402 gn. el 28 7 Le 6 o W| 940. | 068 go Pee Se GE 2 men Me 2 Årg el sori en HOS WL 773 | 0796 |--1456 VB. dd f2780 74 1 22 27 BIER 230 421 | gn. el 220720 NN eg8 2 røgsie 02332? ? 270074 54 20: 48 NE 70 rn |stishjel 2on (GA E 7 35 W| 1030 1060 1938 | 280 | 74 10 | 18 51 E 34 | 35 64 r 22270 ee 7 46 W 635 Ose | so | 28m 74. SÅ MUSE I 12 Ge Ir 223170 54 8.24 W| 68. | 70 128 |blk.el.sf 28273 53 | 15 36 BE | 444 457 | 836 |sft.gn.el 224070) 151 820 W| .9z 05 ee Eee at art 18: 745 767 TAOsE |Nbrel 22570 58 SAW 189 1ossE 57 |blkelsi284 73. ri ne 5808 777 800 60 P br el 226| 70 59 ESN 3800 320 | 622 |blk.el.sf 285 73 6 | år 56. El | 995 102 1873 | br. el Do 7 7 33 W| 1010 1010 1902 | bredeste 434 447 817 gy. cl OSEN Ga NA 8 9 W! 906 933 TOO ME 287 172 52 | 15 19 | 242. 249 455 | gøy. cl 22 OM 7 ae SeSSENA 7320 ego pre ESS 720 460 17 SOME 200 2r5 0303 |- br.yel 230| 71 16 omme: MW 830 SEE so ere eo 72 ro seer 229 M400 | gn. cl AEG 9 23 W| 1002 1032 18871 br elieg0 172 27 120 5r BA m85 101 su eclfs Aa je vo) 848 WI 758 780 14261 breer 7! 540 Grs7eEa m88 104 355 | gy. cl BENA 8 46 W 563 580 room ere k2Ge 7 200 22 SO ror eo Bos eye el 234171 6 G ga WII od! 2500 are blkselase os 7 7 2 rd 92 95 p74 | 5: el 285 70N50N Å 855 W os1 1. Mro8 PAOK 294 | 71 35 | 15 11 E | 619 | 637*| 1165 |sft.br. el 236| 70 58 9 2 W 151 156 285 |blk.s.cl| 205171 59 | 11 40 E | 1078 | 1110 | 2030 | B. d DS ao KONA 255 263 481 |br.*s. cl] 206 | 72 15 8 o9E| 1399 1440 2633 B. cl 25 8os ros Nea SaSrss eB Ke eo70 72036 geødHa meaR 1280 2341 Bel 230169 35 | 11 13 W| 1020 1050 | 1920 | B. cl | 298 | 72 52 TÅ SE Se 500 2743 Byfel 2401 6902 rn 260 WI 975 1004 1836. | B. cl | 299 | 73.10 214 W| 1327 | 1366 2408 | B. cl 241168 41 | 10 54 W| 1087 Frode og 0 Be SO 7 Te GJNVA I 16030 1684 3080 B. cl 242| 68 36 8 40 W| 1003 1033 1880 IB el 183020 75016 054 W) 1928 1985 56500 bye 243| 68 32 6 26 W |. 1345 1385 2588 Belo seksere ge KEN 1166 1200 2r95 | B. cl 244| 68 28 417 W| 1895 1951 S06 Np GL REA GR 8 VA Gå TEGE Å deg 3173 Bel 245 | 68 21 2 5 W| 1948 | 2005 3607 | Boel foss 756 E | 1545 1500 2008 BYKcl 246| 68 14 o 6 EE! 1546 1592 2011 k Båaciigoo so oe 1206 1334 ko) ek Ol JG 2:24 Bl | 1088 1420 2048 | y. Ao Ga se2O EN 178r I 12:16 (2224 || Bi el 248| 67 56 Ea 750 778 1423 | Ba el os AT 2 AS EN 104 tmsod eo er by el 249| 68 12 6 35 E'| 1033 1063 Å Nagar Bel 300 7 7 SSE ogs! | (1065 1948 | br. el 250| 68 10 920 FE 1150? | ly. el. gå 310 | 74 56 | 13 50 E 077*| 1006 | 1840 | br.-cl 251168 6 944 E 616 overser Morel sr SS rane 8m2l || 18680 042 br. el 253 I Skjærstadfjorden 255 263 | u48T kgye OA GAS 4 4053 8 639 658mneos | øy: cl 25 dose Mar 2 SE goe es 202 ee beg 74 55025 49 E 108 Dog 7 gy. cl ESN 5 4001 331 JE MDG Er GN GS ag ar 494 | 509 | 0931 gy. cl | | | Længde Dybde : Længåe Dybde. | Nordlig | Å fra (Depth.) Å Nordlie fra (Depth.) Stat.| Bredde. | Green == | Bund. |Stat.| Bredde. | Green - Bond No. (Norm | mde | N- Favne.| E. Favne.| Meter. | (Zottom.) No, (North | N.Favne.| E.Favne. | Meter. (Bottom.) | Latitude.) (Longitude Latitude.) (Longitude | dr | (Norw. Fths.) (Fathoms.) (Metres.) FM (Norw. Fths. ) (Fathoms.) (Metres.) HAR FADGEN 1555. E 175 180 |: 329 |h. el. s| 344 |76%42.'| 11* 16"E 988 1017 1860 | d. el 316| 74 56-| 16 29 E Toe ON 2360 br el 113470 276440 747 E | 1388 p42oN 120831 (Bi el Saa 50 6052 E 96 99 181 |d.gy.ell 349 | 76 30 2057 BAS 87 Arte) | den el 318/74 56 | 17 39 E 53 55 ror |d.gn.ell 350 |76 26 o 29 W 1638 | 1686 3083 B. dl Søg s7 | 1822 E 44 45 82 1 351 |77 49.| 0 9 W| 1593 | 1640 % 2999 | B. dl Beoaes7e or et 30 31 57 Se 750 3 29 E | 1638 | 1686 3083 | B. cl Borus 610 30 Ei] 2 25 46 r BERE 775 5 10 Fl 1295 1333 2438 Bel see GA 20 21 38 r SG GN 6 54 E' 1305 1 134301 02456 Bel Jag Se ENER 18 217 223 408 |br.gy.ell 355 |78 o 8 32 E Q21 948 | 1734 cl 324| 73 47 | 20 48 E 226 233 426) ey (el 35600078 Foro mo FE 1070 Mao NÅ 205 |Mb id. seg Ge FO 20 50 190 87 90 165 Hdkengel BSS Es rs NE net 25 229 gn. dl Solset NSO 12: 119 120 225 vad disse er 9 46 E 90 gg el 70 cl. g. 327 175300 110 (330 E 183 188 344 | £0. el 1359 178 2 | 025 E| 404 416 | 761 |b.gy. cl see NAG 36) 19 104 200 366 | øy. el | 360 | 78 47 6 58 E 409 NE h 329| 75 45 11404504 193 199 364 del 193617 79 08 5 28 E 879 0050 Moss bel 330175 48 | 13 54 E| 431 444 Sra | d. el |362% 79 59 | 15 40 EI. 446 459 | 839 | b- cl SSS SE 772 795 | - 25KØN red cl 13634 800111 8 28 Bee Sel Baez seo. Ga, 360 Ei 21116 1149-| 2101 B. cl | 364 | 79 48 | 10 50 E 180 DOG 357 sh 333 | 7oOdrsgro Es) 727 748 | 1368 | B. cl | 365 | 79 34 | 11 25 E Go TAES | d. gy. el Bao Or EN 302 AGE I Gs dren 607 os See 7 59 or 112 |d.gy. cd 33517607 TA 3900 > 174 179 |: 327 |. del | 367*| 78 44 | 7 460 E| 520 Ssg He S80 076 or 20 EN 68 70 128 h. el. | 3684 78 43 8.20 E | 306 315 576 | b. dl 337 | 76-2 16 43 E 19 20 37 r 369*| 78 42 8 53 E 84 87 159 | $t. el 398 MmOJEO 8 er RA r42 146 267 T: 370*| 78 48 8 37 E 106 109 199 | øy. cl 339| 76 30 | 15.39-E 36 37 68 r Se Oeurs0 By For 197 360 |-gy. dl 340176 31 | 14 40 E 56 58 106 cl ke GE GA TN SG Rae 236 | degel 341 76 Bo SSS: 115 118 216 r Syisy ge GO nord 19 I 17 120020 døgel 342 76350 Ness E | 508 523 956 | A. sys el 374 178 76 | 15 35 E)| 58 | 60 | 110 | d. dl 943.176 34 |a| 722 74308 2359 cl 375 75189 15034198 204 3zsen 4 el * Paaværende «Plads usikker. muligens 4'—5' sydligere. på he) " = Position doubtful; possibly from 4 to 5 Miles farther South. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Apparaterne og deres Brug. ov Temperatur-Rækker. Til Undersøgelse af Temperaturen 1 forskjellige Dyb- der paa samme Ntation toges Temperatur-Rækker. Disse udførtes i Regelen saaledes: Rørloddet hexedes i Lodlinen, og lige ovenfor Loddet fastgjordes et Dybvandsthermometer, ganske som ved Lodning. Indhivningsmaskinen udfiredes 100 Favne, og Thermometer No. 2 gjordes fast i Lodlinen Atter udfiredes det andet 100 Favne og Paa Maade anbragtes 5 a 6 Thermometre paa Linen med 100 Favnes fra Loddebroen. Thermometer No. 3 paasattes Linen. denne Afstand og sænkedes ved Udtirmg fra Indhivningsmaskinen til de Dybder, i hvilke man vilde maale Temperaturen. Naar alle Thermometre havde faaet Tid til at accommodere sig, haledes Linen md med Maskinen. Der stoppedes saa lang Tid, som var nødyendig for at løse Thermometrene fra Linen, efterhvert som de kom op. Der lagdes megen Vind paa jevne Bevægelser under disse Operationer, for ikke at udsætte Indexthermometrene for pludselige Ryk eller Stød. I høj Søgang maatte der benyttes megen For- sigtighed ved Thermometrenes Aftagning af Linen. Far- tøjet laa i Regelen, som ved Lodning, med Stevnen mod Søen, men man kunde ikke altid holde Lodlinen saaledes, at den kunde naaes med Haanden fra Loddebroen. Linen maatte da bringes ind til Broen ved Hjælp af en Baads- hage, der maatte gribe Lmen under "Thermometret for ikke at komme til at berøre dette. Temperaturrækkerne udførtes kun meget faa Gange ved at lade Linen løbe ud fra Rullen, da dens Standsning let medførte Ryk. som ialfald Indexthermometre ikke maa udsættes for. Temperaturrækker paa Dybder mindre end 50 Favne med Haandlod og Haandlime, der havde Mær- ker for hver 5 eller 10 Favne. udførtes ofte Temperaturrækkerne toges i Almindelighed strax et- ter et Lodskud. det arbejdet med Skrabe eller Trawl, naar saadant faldt Flere Gange blev der dog efter Lodskud- belejligere. og Temperaturrækken toges da efter at disse Ar- Paa det gaaet til, at Temperaturrækkens paaværende Plads undertiden er lidt forskjellig fra Lodskuddets. en 'Pemperaturrække er bejder var færdige. denne Maade er Varigheden at naturligvis forskjellig efter Antallet af Dybder, hvori Temperaturen En Statistik. taget af Skibsjournalen, viser, at der til Lodskud og Temperatur- tages og efter Dybdernes Størrelse. rekke medgik omtrentlig: Paa et Dyb af 100 Favne 30 til 50 Minutter. EE 000 I Time 40 Se 01000 = 2imero000= ete 5 MN H00ME= or == FE 9000 I DnS kimersa0 Minutter. Serial Temperatures. For determining the temperature of the sea in diffe- rent depths at the same observing-station, we took series of temperatures. Our mode of operation was generally as follows: — After shackling the tube-lead to the sounding-line, we attached, just above the weight, åa deep-sea thermome- Then, 100 fathoms of line were veered out with thevdonkey-engine, and Ther- mometer No. 2 made fast, from the sounding-bridge, at the first hundred-fathom slip, after which we veered another 100 fathoms, and attached Thermometer No. 3 to the line at the second slip. In this thermometers were made fast to the sounding-line at inter- vals of 100 fathoms. and sent down to register the tem- ter, precisely as for ordinary soundings. manner. as many as 5 or 6 perature im the desired depths. So soon as the thermome- ters had had time to take the temperature of the surround- ing water, we started the donkey-engine and began hauling in the lead, stopping. as each of the thermometers came up over the rail of the bridge, to detach it from the line. Very great importance was attached to uniformity of motion pending these operations, so as not to expose the index-thermometers to any sudden jerk or shock. In a heavy sea, we had to be specially careful when taking the thermometers off the lime. The ship generally lay head to sea, as she did durmg the descent of the lead; neverthe- less. we sometimes found it impossible to keep the lime within reach from the sounding-bridee. in which case it was got in with a boat-hook. care beimg taken to hook the line below the thermometer, and thus avoid coming in con- tact with the latter. Only a few serial temperatures were taken by letting the line run out of itself, the necessary stoppages mm that ase easily oceasionimg jerks, to which the index-thermo- meters, at least, must not be exposed. At depths of less than 50 fathoms, serial tempera- tures were frequently taken with the hand-lead. the line bemg graduated mto fives or tens' of fathoms. took our serial temperatures immedi- On the dredge. or trawl was worked in preference, the serial tem- As å rule, we ately after sounding. several oceasions however. peratures being im that case deferred till we had terminated those operations. the slightly from that of the soundings. This accounts for the position m which certam ot serial temperatures were taken differing The time requred to take a serial temperature will obviously depend alike on the depth and the number of temperatures. Data obtaimed from the ships log-book show the time oceupied in taking å sounding and a serial tem- perature to have averaged as follows: — For å Depth of 100 Fathoms == from 30 to 50 minutes. EEE 500 — I hour 40 minutes. Nut 006) ge 2? hours 30 at SE EEE 41500 — pe - - - - 2000 2 from 3 hours to 3 hours 30 minutes. I de dybere Lag, under 600 Favne. toges sjælden Temperaturrækker, da Vandets Temperatur her kun vari- erede fra 0% til —1.%. Bundskrabning. De Apparater, som brugtes til at hente Dyr op fra Havbunden. var Skraber. Svabere og Trawls. Skrabe. -- Dette Ap- parat var gjort efter engelsk Mønster. Skra- bemunden bestaar af en smedet Jernramme. hvis Længde er omtrent i Gange saa stor som Bredden. — Til denne er fæstet en Pose eller Sæk. og det hele dra- ges langs Havbunden. idet Munden med sin nederste lange Læbe atskraber det øverste Lag af denne og der- med de deri værende Sødyr. Af Skraber for større Dyb havde vi 3 Ntør- relser. Paa den stør- ste. fremstillet i Fie. 17. var Læbernes Læne- de 17.25 (4 Fod), paa den mellemste 07.94 (3 Fod) og paa den mind- ste 0”.78 (21/, Fod). Paa alle 3 var Formen af Skrabemmden den samme. Med den op- rindelige Form, som Skraberne havde, da de kom fra England, fandt vi. at de tog for Lidet af Bunden. og selv et- ter lang Skrabning var der altid meget lidet i dem. Medens Expe- ditionen laa i Thorshavn i Begyndelsen af Juli 1876 og udbedrede den «At deptls exceeding 600 fathoms we seldom took serial temperatures, the temperature in the deeper strata varying only from 0* to — 1*5. Dredging. The apparatus em- ployed on the Expedi- tion for brmging up animals from the bot- tom of the sea com- prised the dredge. the trawl, and swabs. The Dredge: — This instrument was on an English pattern. The frame is of hammered iron, the length at the mouth being to the width as 7 to 1. From the frame is suspended a bag, mto which, on the dredge being drag- ged over the bottom, the long netber lip of the mouth will serape in the substance of. the surface, along with the marine animals it con- tauns. For greater depths. we had dredges of three different —sizes. In the largest (Fig. 17). the length of the lips. or serapers. was 4 feet. in that of medium size 5 feet, and in the smal- lest 2!/, feet. The shape of the mouth was the. same in all three. These inmstruments. which had been made in England for the Ex- pedition, did not, we found, as originally con- strueted, bring up a fair sample of the bot- tom: . the freight was invariably small. even after protracted dredg- mg. We therefore. when refitting at Thors- lidte Søskade, benyttede vi Anledningen til at give Læberne en hensigtsmæssigere Form, idet der udenpaa den oprinde- lige Læbe paaklinkedes tyndere Jernlæber, der rakte 3.9 Mundingen blev em. (14/> Tomme) frem foran de gamle. herved videre, da de nye Læber havde en divergerende Stilling udad, foruden at Læberne blev skar- ogsaa noget I Fig. 17 ser man dem afbildet. Denne Anordning Det hændte dog un- pere. viste sig strax som en Forbedring. dertiden, at Læberne greb altfor dybt, saaledes at Skraben i kort Tid fyldte sig med Bundmaterialet, istedetfor kun at skumme det Øverste af dette af og først efter længere Tids Skrabning at fylde Sækken. Denne Ulempe hævedes dog snart ved Anbringelsen af et Par korte Træmejer, som er viste 1 Figuren, paa begge Sider af Skrabens Jernramme. 4 tilid til 2 af lidt større Længde end Jernrammens Højde, Mejerne var Centimeter (14 Tommer) brede og paa Ydersiden og tor begge Ender afrundede, og fastgjorte henimod sine Ender med Surringer dels til Jern-Hanefoden dels til Kant fastsyet. Læbernes Yderkant. den af Skraberammen, hvor Sækken var Den var syet til Skrabens Jernramme paa dennes Under- eller Sækken var at Kokostougverk. lagt som Matte. Bagside, og desuden sammensyet paa Niderne som vist i Figuren, saaledes at den let kunde aabnes og Indholdet lægges frit i Dagen. Skraben var, saaledes som Figuren viser, forsynet med en Hanefod, i hvilken Skrabetouget blev ftastgjort. Hanefoden var af Jernstænger, med dobbelt Part i den Skråben Del, fæstet til med stærke Ringe, der gik gjennem Huller i denne og Den foden bestod i Forhaand af 2 Dele, der endte i Øje- nærmeste og Skraberammen gjennem Hanefodens Øjebolt. ene Nide af Hane- bolte, som var forbundne med en Fangning af Skibmands- garn. Denne var beregnet paa at springe, dersom Skraben stødte paa en større Hindring paa Haybunden, som kunde holde den fast, naar begge Hanefodens Arme trak i Skraben. Med alene den ene Arm som Drag. kunde man i mange Tilfælde gjøre Regning paa at faa Skraben halet rundt Hindringen og løs. Til Sækkens Bund var fastgjort en -Jernstang, til hvilken, ud imod dens Ender, nejedes 2 Svabere paa hver Side. Disse Svabere var af heglet Hamp, noget over 1” (8 Fod) lange. Mange Dyr. som ikke eller i lidet Antal kom ind i Skrabesækken, hang fast ved Svaberne, der saa- ledes var, for visse Dyrearter, et udmærket Fangstapparat. Enkelte Gange, paa meget ujevn Bund, hvor man vilde risikere at faa Skraben iturevet, brugtes Svabere alene, fæstede til en Jernstang, der med Hanefod var føæstet til Skrabetouget. Forenden rakte ganske lidt foran (1 Figuren over) 36 havn in the beginning of July 1876, took advantage of the opportunity afforded to modify the construction of the ap- paratus, with the object of remedying the above-mentioned defect, in which we suceeeded, by rivetting on to the ou- ter surface of the serapers andther, but thinner pair (Fig. 17), projecting an inch and a half beyond the former. In this way greater width was given to the mouth of the dredge, the additional pair of serapers being made to di- verge from each other: moreover, they had sharper edges. Our modification turned out a decided improve- ment. Now and again, however, the serapers would eut too deep, and soon fill the dredge-bag with matter from off a thin layer from the But tlus fisimg to the frame ot the the bottom, instead of skimming surface and gradually freighting the apparatus. drawback we got rid of by dredge, as shown in the figure, åa couple of wooden run- width of 14/,+—2 inches, and slightly exceeded m length the height ners. one on either side. These runners had å of the frame; they were rounded on the outer side and at to the iron erow-foot, and to the end of the dredge-frame from both ends, and were lashed, near their extremities. which the bag depended. The fore part projected a very little beyond the edges of the serapers. The Dredge-bag — of strong cocoa-nut matting — was suspended from the lower end of the frame, and fastened together at the sides in such manner as to admit of being readily opened to expose its contents. The dredge, as shown in the figure, was made fast to the dredge-rope by means of a crow-foot, consisting of iron rods. two-armed in the part nearest the dredge, and attached to the dredgetrame by strong iron rings, that pass- ed through holes in the frame and through the eyes of the erow-foot. terminating in eyebolts, One arm of the erow-foot was in two parts connected together by a stop of spunyarn, so that m case the dredge got jammed among rocks and stones, a strain less than sufficient to break the dredge-rope would part the stop, alter the position of the dredge, — which would then be attached to the rope by only one arm of the erow-foot, — and pro- bably enable 1t to free itself. To the bottom of the dredge-bag was attached a long tranverse iron bar, with a couple of *swabs,' or rather bun- ehes of teazed-out hemp, about 3 feet in length, fastened at each of the free ends. Animals that never entered the dredge-bag, or, at best, but rarely and few m number, came up again and again on the tangles, which seem to be singularly well adapted for the capture of certain kinds of marine animals. Once or twice, on å bottom exceptionally rugged, in- volving the risk of the dredge being torn or broken, we sent down the tangles alone, attached to an iron bar, which by means of a erow-foot was made fast to the dredge-roy JE. leverede af Dr. Otter-Trawl og Af Trawls havde vi ? Slags,. begge J. Hearder & Non i Plymoutb, nemlig Bom-Trawl, Of Trawis we had two kinds, viz. the Otter-trawl and the Beam-trawl, both furnished by Dr. I. Hearder & Son of Plymouth. RLS EE SS Otter-Trawlen (Fig. 18) er nærmest et Fiskeapparat og ikke særdeles meget skikket til zoologisk Brug: Det bestaar af et Net, der er aabent foran og bagtil snevrer sig sammen til en Spids. Til Netmundingen er fastgjort 2 Ottere eller firkantede Træplader. 0.”63 (2 Fod) høje, hvis Underkanter er belastede med Jernmejer. Enderne af Hanefoden, der forbinder Skrabetouget med Trawlen, er fastgjort til Stropper paa Indersiden af disse Ottere, saaledes at de under Farten ved Vandtrykket skjærer ud til hver Side. Overkanten af Netmundingen holdes oppe ved Korkstykker. medens Underkanten er belastet med Blystyk- ker. Netmundingen er 77.5 (24 Fod) bred mellem Otterne, og Posens hele. Længde er 6.”3 (20 Fod). Naar Otterne skal komme 1 Stilling, maa dette Ap- parat gives saa stor Fart gjennem Vandet, at det paa Grund af Tougets Visning paa større Dybder er udsat for at løftes fra Bunden. The Otter-trawl (Fig. 18) is properly a fisherman's apparatus, and not very well adapted for seientitic purposes. [t consists of a long conical bag of ceord-netting, to the mouth of which are attached two *otters.” or quadrangular pieces of wood, 2 teet square, each weighted on the lower part with an iron runner. The ends of the erow-foot con- necting the trawl with the dredge-rope are secured to straps on the inner side of the otters. im such manner as will cause the latter, when m motion, to sheer out. or diverge, from the action of the water. The top side of the mouth of the net is kept in position by pieces of cork, the under side being weighted with rolls of sheet-lead. The length of the trawl-bag is 20 feet, and its width at the mouth. measured between the otters, 24 feet. To give the otters the right position, the trawl must move through the water with a rapidity that. by reason ot the oblique direction of the dredge-rope, will easily cause the apparatus to be hfted from the bottom. Bom-Træwlen (Fig. 19) bestaar af et poseformet, mod Bagenden spidst indsnævret Net, hvis Mundings Overkant er fastgjort til en. 4”7 (15 Fod) lang,- rund Bom af Træ, paa hvis firkantede Ender er indsmøget Jernmejer, 0”.8 (21/+ Fod) høje. paa bvilke Apparatet kjøres langs Hav- bunden. — Trawlens Længde. fra Midten af Bommen til Spidsen af Nettet er 6”.5 (21 Fod). Den med Blystykker belastede. noget slakke Underkant af Netmundmgen er 1 sine Ender fæstet til Mejernes Underdel og slæber langs Bunden mellem disse. idet den graver mere eller mindre dybt ned i Bundens Materiale. Tougverk, der er fæstet i Øjebolte paa Forkant af Jern- mejerne. staar Trawlen i Forbindelse med Skrabetouget. Til Mejerne og til Netspidsen fæstedes ofte Hampsvabere. . -Maskerne 1 Nettet var oprindelig temmelig aabne, saaat det kun kunde holde større Gjenstande tilbage, me- dens mindre Dyr og det fine Slam gik igjennem. Efter Professor Narss Ønske blev derfor Spidsen af Nettet foret med finmasket (Garn. saaledes at det kunde holde fimt Slam. Med denne Forbedring var efter vor Erfarmg Bom-Trawlen et udmærket Bundskrabningsapparat. Den fangede baade under hurtigere og langsommere Bevægelse langs Bunden og tog ikke alene Fiske og andre Dyr, der bevæger sig frit i Nærheden af Bunden. men den skummede ogsaa det øvre dyrholdige Bundmateriale af. ja tog endog Stene og det store. indtil 50 Kilograms (100 Pd.) Vægt ind i Nettet. Bom-Trasvlen havde i sin oprindelige Skikkelse ogsaa den Fejl, at hele Systemet kunde svinge sig rundt i Vandet under Udfiringen, og Apparatet kunde saaledes undertiden falde paa Ryggen, med Bommen ned, paa Havbunden. Denne Mangel blev rettet af Skibstører Grieg ved at hænge et Lod 1 slak Bugt mellem Mejerne. Fig. 20 viser dette Arrangement. Naar Trawlen begynder at helde fra den rigtige Ntilling. i hvilken den blev sendt ud. afslakkes den Del af Touget, der var fast 1 den Mej, som var nederst. Loddet trak i den anden Part alene og drog den Ende, som var øverst, ned til samme Højde som den anden. Til Skrabetoug brugtes > eentimeters (2 Toms) Toug de første 2000 Fayne og 6.5 centimeters (2'/> Toms) i Aocterhaanden. Begge NSlags var af bedste Nort russisk Hamp. og Prøvetrosserne besigtigede og prøvede ved Carl- Johansværns Værft. Forberedelser til Bundskrabning. Disse begyndte 1 Regelen strax efter at man var færdig paa Bagbord Side med Lodning eller Temperaturrække. For at compensere Virkningen af Skibets og Skrabens Bevægelse paa Stramningen af Skrabetouget, navnlig for at undgaa farlige pludselige Ryk. var Skrabetouget vist gjen- nem en Blok, der hang i en Acommulator. Skrabeaeceumu- latoren var meget større end Loddeaceumulatoren. Den havde 30 Stropper, af samme Nlags som de ved Lodningen benyttede. Træskiverne, gjennem hvilke Tougstjerterne gik, havde en Diameter af 0”.605 (1 Fod 114/; Tomme) og en Tykkelse at 07.050 (1.9 Tomme). Gjennem en Hanefod af Skrabeblokken var af Fig: 19 represents the Beam-trawl used on the Expe- dition. Å eonical netted bag is suspended by one side from a round beam of wood 15 feet in lengtb. to the square ends of which are fixed iron rumners. ? feet and a half high, that support the apparatus when riding over the bottom. The length of the trawl. measured from the middle of the beam to the apex of the bag. is 21 feet. I he lower side of the mouth of the net, weighted with rolls of sheet-lead. hangs loose. and is fastened at either end to the bottom part of the runners. between which it drags along the sea-floor. seooping up more or less of solid matter. This trawl is attached to the dredge-rope by means of a rope erow-foot, lashed to eyebolts on the fore part of the iron runners. We often fastened hempen tangles both to the runners.and to the end of the bag. The-commercial trawl. as furnished by the. English maker, had a rather wide-meshed bag; and henee it brought up none but comparatively large bodies. small -animals and fine mud being washed tbrough. At the instance, therefore. ot Professor Nars. the bottom of the bag was lined up to a certain height with yarn netting. suffi- ciently close to retain the tmest mud. With thus slicht moditication. we found the beam-trawl a most efficient in- strument. whether quickly or slowly worked; it not only secured fishes and other marine animals that oceur near the bottom. but skimmed off å thim layer of the surface: nay, It would take in stones. some of them weighing as much as 100 pounds. In its origmal form, the beam-trawl was apt more- over to capsize in the water and reach the bottom with the beam down. Captain Grieg remedied this defective tendeney by suspending one of the ceastiron smkers m a slack bight between tåle runners. This arrangement is shown m Fig. 20. So soon as the trawl begins to meline from the right position given 1t at the commencement of the operation. the part of the rope made fast to the run- ner then deepest m the water will get slack, and the weight accordingly act only upon the runner at the opposite end ot the beam, pullmg it down to a level with the lower one. «The Dredge-rope, samples of whieli had been examined and tested at the Royal Dockyard of Carljohansværn. was The 2000 fathoms next the dredge were ? inches in eireumference. the remamder had of the best Russian hemp. a circumference of 21, inehes. Preparations for Dyedging — Asa rule, the gear was got ready immediately after taking — on the port side — a sounding or å serial temperature. With a view to take otf the suddenness of the strain on the rope caused by the seraping of the dredge or the motion. of tlie vessel, the fope was rove through a block suspended to an accumulator. "The aceumulator provided for the dredge exceeded considerably m size that used with the sounding-machine. The number of straps was 30, and the wooden disks through whieh the lanyards passed had a diameter of I foot 1114 imehes and a thickness of 2 inehes. The dredving-block was of iron, similar im con- Jern og forøvrigt af lignende Konstruktion som Boddeblok- ken. Skiven, der var solid, havde en Diameter at 07.521 (1 Fod 8 Tommer), en Tykkelse af 0”.15 (5%/; Tomme). og Furens Dybde var 07.079 (8 Tommer). Skrabeaeccumula- toren hang paa NStyrbord Nide. 7 et Topreb, hvis øvre Ende Fig. 14 viser Ac- eumulatoren hængende i Styrbords Vant. hvor den havde var fastgjort til Stormasten over Godset. sin Plads, naar den ikke benyttedes til Skrabning. Skraben eller Trawlen gjordes klar paa Agterdækket mellem Nedgangskappen til Lugarerne og Kappen ved Ni- den åf Dækrullen (Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 14). der laa i sine Binger (Fig. 2. b) agtenfor Fokkemasten, Skrabetouget, og som 1 Tampen havde Kous og Hex, toges gjennem en Kasteblok paa Fokkemasten (se hiv. 20), derfra over Hytten og gjennem hasteblokken i Aceumulatoren, og hexedes i Hanetoden til Skraben Paa NSkrabetouget var imdsmøget en Pukkenholts Dor eller Kous med en lang Stjert. (Trawlen). eller Trawlen. Dens Plads var mellem Skrabeblokken og Skraben Aceumulatoren udhaltes med tirskaaren Talje (Fig. 14) paa Plads under Styrbords Storraanok. Raaen brasedes saaledes, at Aceumulatoren bang omtrent midt ud (Hig. I, Fig. 20). gen kunde gaa stor Kraft paa Raaen saavel nedad som for Loddebroen. Da der ved Skrabnin- indad, var den paa Styrbord Nide faststøttet. foruden ved. Toplent. Rakke og Braser. ogsaa ved en Talje som Extra- Toplent og en Støttalje paa Bagbord Side. som Fig. 14 viser. Manøvrerne ved Bundskrabning var ikke meget for- For Ty- deligheds Skyld skal de her særskilt beskrives, forsaavidt skjellige, enten man brugte Skrabe eller Trawl. nødvendigt er. Bundskrabning med Skrabe. — Skibet sattes med fuld Fart op mod Vinden med denne lidt md om Styrbord. $ Naar det var kommet i godt Sig, standsedes Maskinen, Skraben løttedes Rækken kastedes i Vandet. Forud ved Fokkemasten stod en Mand, med Læderhandsker paa Hænderne, færdig til at fire ud ud over med Haandmagt og paa Skrabetouget. assisteret at: en anden Mand, der ved Hjælp af en Haandspage holdt Touget klart til at løbe fra Kvejlen i Bingen. Strax Skraben var i Vandet, komman- deredes: *Fir"! og man firede langsomt paa Skrabetouget, saa man kunde se, om alting var klart. Naar Skraben var agtenfor Skruen, sattes denne atter 1gang til 4 Knobs Fart, som Maskinisten holdt jevn ved at observere Vandloggen. (Se nedenfor). Man firede nu, med jevnlige Anhold, for at holde Touget og Apparatet strakt, stadig under samme Naar 200, 300 eller 400 Favne, efter den mindre eller større Dybde, var Kurs, som da Skraben kastedes overbord. udtirede, standsedes atter. Touget haledes ved Hjælp af Kousen og NStjerten ind til Hakkebrættet, og der paasattes en Trætærs ved Hjælp af Skibmandsgarnsurring, agtenfor Kousen. Fart, og man sejlede ud den hele Touglængde, der ansaaes fornøden, nemlig mindst det dobbelte af Dybden og for mindre Dybder mere. Der sattes atter i Gang med samme Kurs og 9 o "The foot 8'/, inehes and a thickness The aceumulator used for the dredge hung — on the starboard to the solid. had a diameter of | struction sounding-bloek. sheaf, which was of 6 inches: the depth of the groove was 5 inches. side — ma pendant, the upper end of which was secured to the mainmast above the riggmg. Fig. 14 represents this aceumulator as it hung suspended in the starboard shrouds when not in The after-deck. use. dredse and the trawl were got ready on the the — companion-hatehway to the hatehway of the (Figes. The dredge-rope. which at one end had a between cabins and tle Peranrd 14). thimble and shackle, was rove from the lockers (Fig 2 b) aloneside reel in which it lay coiled abaft the fore-mast. through a snateh- bloek on the mast (Fig. 20), earried from thenee over the roof of the roundhouse and tlirough the snateh-bloek of the to the erow-foot ot the Between the dredging-bloek and the aeeumulator, and then shackled dredge or trawl. dredge (or trawl) å thimble ot lignum vitæ, with a lizard, was slipped on to the dredge-rope. The aceumulator was triced up under the starboard main yard-arm by means of a guntackle purchase, the yard being trimmed so as to bring the aceumulator nearly abreast of the sounding-bridge (Figs. 1 and 20). As the strain, nwards as well as down- wards. to which the yard was exposed when dredging, might be very considerable, 1t was secured, not only by braces. lifts, and trusses. but also. on the starboard side, by a purchase, as a preventer-litt, and on the port side, by a rolling-tackle, as shown in Fig. 14. We shall, however, for the sake of perspicuity, deseribe our Dredging and Trawling from the * Vørmgen.” Both operations were conducted very much alike. mode of working each of the two instruments. Working the Dredge. — We steamed full speed ahead, with the wind a little on our starboard bow. No soon as the vessel had got sufficient headway, the engine was stop- ped, the dredge lifted by hand over the railmg and drop- At the thick leather gloves stood ready to pay out the dredge-rope, ped into the ,sea. foremast, å man with which another kept clear with å handspike as 1t ran out from the coil im the loeker On the dredge entering the water, the word was immediately given to veer, when the paying out commenced, — slowly, however, to make sure that all was right. So soon as the dredge was clear of the propeller, tlie vessel again went ahead, steaming at å uniform rate of 4 knots., which the engimeer was enabled to keep up by frequent reference to the water-log (see below). Meanwhile, we kept steadily veering, while taking care, by frequent holding on to the rope, that the length run out should be properly taut, and steering the course given to the ship when the dredge was put over. After paying out, according to depth, 200, 300, or 400 fathoms, we again stopped, hauled in the rope to the taffrail by means of the tbe latter, with Starting again hzard and thimble, and fastened. below spun-yarn, å wooden toggle to the rope. (same course and speed), we next ran out the whole length of rope deemed necessary for the operation. — farten standsedes. Med Ntjerten haledes Skrabetou- get atter ind til Hakkebrættet og holdtes inde med Bugten af en Ende. Til Stjerten i Pukkenholtskousen fastgjordes en efter Dybden afpasset Vægt. hvortil brugtes 3 eller 4. til de større Dybder 6 af Baillie-Maskinens Lodder, der vejede 27 Kilogr. (55 Pd.) hver. løb Kousen. nedover langs Touget. indtil den standsedes af den Dette holdt Haanden paa Touget. Enden, væltede Vægten overbord. og denne da med )aasatte Trætærs. kunde føles. naar man 1 Skibet laa nu stille. medens Lodder og Skrabe sank. Vi regnede, efter flere Forsøg. at der behøvedes 12 Minmut- ter for at Skraben skulde synke 100 Favne. «(eller rettere Trawlens) og Loddernes Synkning Skrabens er anskue- Man slap Tampen af 40 not less than double the depth. nay for smaller depths even more. E The engine was now stopped, after which we hauled in the dredge-rope. as before. to the taffrail. and kept it With the made fast to the wooden thimble å weight proportioned to the depth, consisting up in å bight of rope's end. lizard was then of 3 or 4. and for the deepest dredg- ings, of as many as 6 of the sinkers of the Baillie sound- We now, after let- ting 20 the rope, tilted the weight overboard, which spun The shock of its arrest was distinetly perceptible to a person who had ing-machine, weighing each 55 pounds. down along it till stopped by the wooden toggle. his hand on the rope. The weight and the dredge were sinking. vessel was now kept stationary, while the After some expe- rienee, we calculated the time required for the dredge to Fig. 20 will to be about 12 minutes. sink 100 fathoms. x N N= 3 MD) IDD DMI] MD DU VI MD) | Fig. 20. liggjort i Fig. 20. Den i Figuren antagne Dybde er 1300 Favne, følgelig er Skib og Trawl tegnet i forstørret Maale- stok. De prikkede Linier viser Loddernes, Skrabetoughex- ens og Trawlbommens Bane under Synkningen. under For- udsætning af, at Trawlen synker med en Hastighed, der er lidt mindre end den. hvormed Lodderne nærmer sig Bunden. Idet Lodderne naar Bund, svæver endnu Trawlen i Vandet. og det sidste Stykke af dens Bane vil være næsten lodret. Erfaring viste. at Trawl og Skrabe med den brugte Frem- gangsmaade i Regelen uden kom i Stilling paa Bunden. Vanskelighed rigtig Er Skrabens (Trawlens) Synken meget langsommere end Loddernes, vil den falde lodret ned paa Bunden med sin tunge Ende foran. Er derimod dens Syn- == WALD;OLSEN- give an idea of the descent of the dredge. or rather of the The fathoms, the trawl. supposed depth m the diagram being 1800 vessel and the trawl are of course on å much larger seale. "The dotted lines represent the lines of de- seent of the weight. the shackle, the dredge-rope. and the beam ot the trawl. — assuming the trawl to sink more When the weight strikes the bot- distance to the last part of its line of descent will be well-nigh perpen- We that. the described above. both trawl and dredge could as a rule slowly than the weight. tom. the trawl has still some travel, and dicular. found when worked in manner without diffieulty be made to reach the bottom im the right position. If the dredge or trawl deseend mueh more slowly ken ligesaa hurtig som Loddernes eller hurtigere. vil den komme til Bunds med en horizontal Component i sin Be- vægelse. hvilket vistnok vilde være det sikreste Middel til at den blev klar under den følgende Bundskrabning. Saasnart Skraben antoges at have naaet Bund. kaste- des Touget los forud og Bugten bragtes agterover, lagdes ind i Fodblokken (a. Fig. 2) i Agterkant af Hytten og derpaa om Npiltapperne om Ntyrbord. saaledes som Fig. 1 vISEer. Med 1, 19. og 2 Knobs Fart og samme Kurs som tidligere blev nu Skraben trukket henover Havbunden, idet Vægten 1 Forhaand holdt den første Del at Touget ned, saa at Draget blev horizontalt eller næsten horizontalt. og Skrabemunden ikke let løftedes fra Bunden. Under Skrab- ningen maatte man stadig have Opmærksomheden henvendt paa Accumulatoren. Dens Udvidelse og pludselige Sam- igjen angav, naar Skraben tog Tag og atter og selvfølgelig angav den ogsaa. naar Skraben Naar Aceumulatoren i dette Tilfælde havde udvidet sig saa meget. at man i den lave Stilling, som Loddeblokken indtog, ikke vilde have mere Kraft paa Tou- get, kommanderedes *Fir”! og Maskinisten ved Indhivnings- maskinen. som for dette Tilfældes Skyld altid stod klar. reverserede Maskinen og firede ud, paa samme Tid som Skibets Fart standsedes. I Regelen fik man Skraben løs ved at hive ind igjen paa Touget. NStod Aceumulatoren stadig paa samme Mærke. antydede dette som oftest. at Farten var for stor. og at baade Vægt og Skrabe slæbtes For at have et Varsko, naar Aceumulatoren pludselig udvidede sig over den tilbør- mentrækning slap Bunden. satte sig fast. gjennem Vandet tri af Bunden. lige Grændse, fastgjordes undertiden en Line med den ene Ende i Aceumulatoren og med den anden i Damppiben, der saaledes peb, strax Aeeumulatoren blev for lang. Skrabningen fortsattes ofte indtil et Par Timer. førend man begyndte Indhivningen. Under denne Farten standset. og man lod Skibet drive tilbage. I Regelen fore- gik Indhivningen hurtigere end Skibet drev. saa at Touget viste klart ud i Læ. TI modsat Fald gik man rundt med Fartøjet, lagde sig paa Læ Side af Touget og drev da tilsidst over Skraben. var Med fuld Fart paa Indhivningsmaskinen tog den ind 100 Favne i 6 å 7 Minutter. Var Skraben meget tung. maatte der hives langsommere. Fftersom Touget kom ind, haledes det fra Spillet over Hytten forefter og blev atter opskudt klart i Bingen forud. gende Arbejde, navnlig naar Indhivningen. som enkelte Gange Tilfældet, gik uden Stands i 4 til 5 Timer. Dette var et meget anstræn- Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Apparaterne og deres Brug. than the weight. it will fall vertically, with the heavy end foremost. —Lf. its equal to or exceed that of the weights, it will, on reaching on the other hand, rate of descent be the bottom, have a horizontal component in its motion. — which is pretty sure to keep it from elogging during the ensuing operation. had the brought aft. rove through the leading-block (a. Fig. reach- bight 2) on No soon as the dredge, by our caleulation, ed the bottom, the rope was cast off forward. the after part of the roundhouse. and then passed round the starboard drums. as shown in Fig. 1. Steaming ahead at the rate of 1. 12/,, or 2 knots, on the same course as before, the dredge was pulled along the bottom. the tension of the motion of the vessel not how- ever acting immediately upon it, but dragging forward the iron sinkers. which by their great weight serve to keep the direct traction horizontal. or nearly so, and thus prevent the mouth of the dredge from being readily lifted up. In dredging we had to keep our attention eonstantly fixed on the aceumulator. Its was å sure sign that the dredge was working properly, and extension and sudden contraction of course the aceumulator also told us when the dredge had fouled the bottom. Å great and mereåsing strain upon the rope. pulling down the block and seriously stretehing the accumulator, showed the dredge to have stuck fast, in which case we gave the word to veer, and an assistant engineer, who always stood ready for that purpose, reversed and paid out the rope, the ships way, too, being immediately deadened. By hauling in the rope we generally succeeded in extricating the dredge. Sometimes, the acecumulator would remam stretehed at the same pomt. and this we as å rule found to indicate that the speed ot the vessel was too great, both weight dragged through the water clear of the donkey-engine and dredge bemg the bottom. the aceumulator beyond the safe limit of extension. we hit on the expedient of fastening one end of a lime to the apparatus and the other to the steam-whistle, which in that case would sound on the elastic bands running out To give notice of any sudden stretching of too far. Dredging from the *Vöringen” was frequently carried on for a couple of hours before heaving in. During the latter operation the vessel dritted betore the wind. The rope being in the majority of cases brought in at a rate exceed- ing the drift of the ship. pointed leeward. If not. steamed the vessel round. to get the rope to windward and drift over We the dredge. Working at full speed, the donkey-engime brought in When the dredge had got a very heavy freight to bring up, we heaved at a slower rate. As the rope came in, we hauled it from the drum of the engine over the roof of the roundhouse. 100 fathoms of dredge-rope in 6 or 7 minutes. and thence forward into the locker, where it was again coiled ready for the next operation. This was very fati- guing work indeed. particularly when the engme. as was 6 Naar Lodderne kom op. haledes Bugten af Touget ind til Loddebroen, hvor Vægten blev afstukken. Et godt Mærke paa. at Skraben havde været i Bund, var det, naar var overtrukne med Bundler. Naar kom ihukedes et Takkel tra Gaftfelen, og løftedes den ind over Agterdækket. Skraben dette Lodderne op. med Bundskrabming med Otter-Trawl. Naar havde klar at Otterne Nettet slæbte klart efter, foregik Operationerne som med Skrabe. til Bunds. ningen, tog ikke meget af Bunden med og man faaet denne ud i Søen, saa skar ud og Apparatet var imidlertid vanskeligt at faa klart Det behøvede en større Hastighed under Skrab- kom ikke sjæl- den uklart op. Det brugtes derfor efterhaanden mindre og blev det sidste Aar ganske fortrængt af Bom-Trawlen. Bundskrabming med Bom-Trawl. Fra Avterdækket løftedes Bom og Mejer ud over Rækken ved en Jolle fra Gatfelen. Strop paa Midten af Bommen. bet havde fuld Fart forover. Denne Jolle var fastgjort med en Tærs til en Dette gjordes, medens Ski- kommen i den rette Stilling udenfor Rækken, standsedes Maskinen. Naar Bommen var Nettet kastedes ud, og man rykkede Tærsen ud ved en deri fastgjort Stjert, hvoretter Udfiringen af NSkrabetouget De Skraben, kun maatte Farten under Skrabningen være min- dre, for at Trawlen skulde holde sig i Bund. Fart antoges at være hensigtsmæssig til at fange Fiske og begyndte. videre Manøvrer var de samme som med En større anvendtes oftere en kortere Tid efter den egentlige Bund- skrabnings Afslutning. hele kom fuld af Bundler i sin nedre Del, maatte særegne Foranstaltninger til for at Naar Bomtrawlen op faa den ind paa Dækket, dels paa Grund af dens Længde dels paa Grund af dens Vægt, der var for stor til at dens Den fyldte Trawl havde Form af en Tragt, hvis Spids var udvidet til en Kugle af en Meters (3 Fods) Diameter. I daette Til- fælde sloges Stropper om selve Trawlnettet saa langt nede som muligt, og i disse hukedes Talje tra Gaffelen. Naar Trawlen med denne var løftet saavidt. at kun den nederste kugleformede Del var i Vandet, firedes ned under denne en *Indretning”, bestaaende af en tyk Jernring, indvendig udforet med et meget stærkt Tougnet og som hang 1 3 Ender, 1 hvilke man halede ombord under Indløftningen. Denne Sikkerhedsindretning, hvis Hensigt nærmest var at forhindre, at Trawlnettets nedre Ende skulde revne, naar den kom ud af Vandet, idet den bar en'Del af Trawlnet- tets Vægt, var til stor Betryggelse og Hjælp ved at faa Det hændte ikke nogen Gang, at Trawlen aabnede sig selv under Indholdets Tryk; men før Indretningen kom i Brug, vovede vi ikke at hale Trawlen ombord, Del af det fine Bundslam udslemmet ved Trawlens Svingninger i Vandet. nedre Ende kunde løftes ind med Haandmagt. Trawlen ombord. OS førend en stor rar 42 often the case, had to be kept going for 4 or 5 hours at a stretch. On the weights coming up, the bight of the rope was hauled mm to the sounding-bridge, where they were severally detached. If covered with clay, it was a sure When the dredge appeared, we hooked a tackle on to it from sign that the dredgse had been at the bottom. the gaff, by means of which the apparatus was got in on the after-deck. Working the Otter-Trawl. — water, with the *otters” sheerimg out to either side, and Once properly in the the bag behind horizontally extended: as the instrument the vessel, we worked the otter- the dredge. was pulled along after trawl precisely as The apparatus was, how- ever, apt to foul before reaching the bottom. greater speed being requisite to work it: besides, it failed to secure a satistfactory sample of the bottom, and came up frequently foul. use it less; and on the last erwse it was entirely super- Hence, on discovering these drawbaceks, we came to seded by the beam-trawl. Working the Beam-Trawl. — The beam and runners were hoisted over the railing of the after-deck by means of a whip from the gaff, secured with å toggle to a strap on the middle of the beam, — the vessel steaming ahead the while at full had given the right position for letting go, the engme was speed. No soon as the beam been stopped. the bag pitehed out, and the toggle pulled off the strap by means of a lanyard, to which it was attached. This done. we began veering the rope. The remainder of the operation was the same as with the dredge, saving the speed, which we had to reduce lest the trawl should be lifted off the in speed was presumed to be of advantage, and frequently bottom. For ceatehing fish, some increase tried as åa wind-up to the bottom-trawling. If the the of the lower part filled with clay, special provision had to be beam-trawl came up with whole made for getting it in, partly on account of'its length. and partly owing to its great weight, which would not admit With the bag full EX- A bight of rope was passed round the trawl-net as low down of litting in the lower part by hand. of elay or mud, the trawl had the shape of a cone, panded at the apex into a sphere, 3 feet in diameter. as possible, and a purchase hooked on from the gaff. Then, after hauling up the apparatus till the only part left in the water was the spherical extremity ot the bag, we lowered under the latter a contrivance consisting of a thick iron ring, having the opening covered with strong cord netting, and the shank tirmly secured to 3 stout hempen ropes. which the apparatus was lifted over. This the was to prevent the trawl-bag, on its leaving the water, by precautionary device, main object of which from bursting at the bottom while partially supporting the net and its contents, proved a safe and most efficient On single occasion did the bag give way from the pressure of expedient for getting the instrument on board. no its freight, whereas previous to our adoption of the con- trivance, we had never dared to haul in the apparatus till I Begyndelsen fulgte vi den efter *Challenger”-Expe- ditionen givne Anvisning med Hensyn til Manøvren, at sejle ud den hele Touglængde i Læ og lade Skraben træk- kes af Skibet. eftersom dette drev for Vinden. Det er ogsaa rimeligt. at denne Maade maa benyttes, naar Skrab- ningen skal udføres fra store og fuldkrafts Skibe. som ikke kan gaa saa langsomt for Maskinen, som Skrabningen for- drer. Dersom der Intet kommer ivejen, er det forsaavidt ligegyldigt. hvilken Vej man vælger. men i modsat Fald taber man meget baade 1 Tid og Arbejde. Naar man skraber under Gang mod Vinden, kan man regulere Farten efter Ønske og standse en Stund, hvis man frygter for at Farten har løttet Skraben fra Bunden. Driver man i Læ af Skraben. bestemmes Farten af Vind og Strøm. og tror man, det gaar for hurtigt. maa man fire ud Toug til Over- flod, hvilket senere atter skal hales md. NSætter Skraben sig fast, og man er til Luvart. behøver man ikke at fire mere end nogle faa Favne, indtil Farten er standset, og kan deretter strax begynde at hive md, eftersom Nkibet driver ned mod Skraben. Er man derimod i Læ, maa der fires ud en Mængde Toug. før man kommer paa Kurs og kan begynde at gaa op mod Skraben. At faa Skraben løs igjen. naar den har sat sig fast, kræver ofte én besværlig og langvarig Manøver. der des- uden ikke altid lykkes. Man maa hive ind til næsten op og ned og deretter søge at trække den løs den modsatte Vej af den, man skrabede. da den gik sig fast. Da ukjendt Strøm ofte kan være tilstede, nødes man gjerne til at gjøre mange Forsøs: Lykkes disse ikke, staar det sidste Middel tilbage. at kaste Touget til en Pullert. gaa forover 1 Ma- skinen med fuld Kraft og enten rykke Skraben løs eller sprænge Touget. Det første Aar forsøgte Otter-Trawlen Skraben. videre hensigtsmæssigt. vi et Par Gange at fæste ikke Naar man skraber. er Farten saa langsom, at Otter-Trawlen slæber langs Bunden som en Bundt Linegods. og sætter man Fart paa, saa at Otterne kan skjære ud til Siderne og holde Trawlmundingen aaben, løfter Skraben sig fra Bunden og gaar med sine paahængte Svabere et kort Stykke foran Trawlaabningen. Den saaledes rimeligvis bortskræmme den Fisk. der muligens ellers kunde være fangen. efter men dette viste sig vil Paa Expeditionens Rejser faldt der naturligvis adskil- lige mislykkede Kast med Skrabe og Trawl. Det hændte, at Apparatet ikke kom i Bund, at det blev iturevet i Bun- den eller satte sig fast, at Skrabetouget sprang under Ind- I a considerable portion of the finest mud had been washed out, by allowing the trawl-bag to swing backwards and for- wards in the water. Dredging from the *Vöringen” was carried on at first in the way adopted on the *Challenger" Expedition — viz. by paying out to leward the dué amount of rope, the dredge being then pulled along by the drift of the vessel. This is perhaps the only feasible method in dredging or trawling from large ships of full power, which cannot reduce their True, if all goes well, it is upon the whole immaterial which way speed to the rate required for such operations. is selected; but should. on the other hand, å mishap oceur, a serious loss af time and labour will inevitably result. Dredging head to wmd. the speed of a steamer may be regulated at pleasure, and her way mmediately deadened should there be reason to believe the dredge is off the bottom. When driftimg to leeward of the dredge, the speed will be dependent on the wind and the force and direction of currents, and if too high. an extra amount of rope has to be veered, which, of course, must afterwards be hauled in agam. Should the dredge foul with the ship to windward, only a few fathoms will have to be veered before stopping the engmme. after which the heaving im may be at once commeneed. keeping pace with the ship as she drifts down upon the dredge. On the other hand, the ship being to leeward, åa very considerable quantity of rope will have to be veered before she ean be brought head to wind and steam up to the dredge. To extricate the dredge when jammed fast at the bottom, is frequently a very diffieult matter. involving hours of unremitting exertion. not always accompanied by a sue- cessful result. The rope must be hove in till nearly right up and down, attempt being made to extricate the dredge by hauling m a direction contrary to that m which it moving when the mishap occurred. Moreover. the action of unknown eurrents will. by compheating the ex- pedients adopted, often protracet this laborious work. Should each in turn fail. there is nothing for it but to make fast the rope to åa bollard head, and then, steaming full speed ahead. either free the dredge by sheer force or break the rope. On the first cruise of the Expedition. by way of ex- periment. we sometimes made fast the otter-trawl behind the dredge. and worked both together; but this arrange- ment not found to With amply suttieient for the otter-trawl will drag along the bottom like åa heap of eordage; and if, on the other hand, the speed be inereased, to make the otters diverge and keep the mouth of the trawl open. the dredge. with its hempen tangles, will be lifted off the bottom and move along åa short distance in front of the trawl-bag, scaring away probably many animals. in particular fishes. that might otherwise be captured. WAS Was answer. headway dredging. Not every cast of the dredge and trawl was, of course, successful. Sometimes. the apparatus would fail to reach the bottom. or if there get broken, or jammed between rocks or stones: then again. we had the dredge-rope part. 6 * bivningen, at Skrabeposen eller Trawlnettet lagde sig foran Aabningen og tilstoppede denne. Det iørste Aar brugtes mest Skrabe, hvortil tildels det uheldige Vejr var Grunden, Det andet Aar kom Bomtrawlen i Brug ved Siden at Skrabe, medens Det tredje Aar som da var forsynet enkelte Gange Ottertrawl og sjælden Bomtrawl. Ottertrawlen heller ikke sjælden benyttedes. var Bomtrawlen vort Hovedapparat, med alle de ovenfor nævnte Forbedringer, og brugtes over- alt, selv paa de største Dybder, hvor Bunden var jevn og blød. delse, hvorimod Ottertrawlen ikke blev benyttet. Paa ujevn og haard Bund tfik Skraben sin Anven- ar kommet ombord, be- Før Apparaterne kom ombord, fyldtes to store Baljer agterud Naar Skraben eller Trawlen gyndte Zoologernes og deres Assistenters Arbejde. med NSøvand ved Hjelp af Donkeyen (en Hjælpepumpe i Maskinen). Til Sigtning at det optagne Bundmaterial brug- tes et Sæt runde Sigter, hvert bestaaende af 3 saadanne, den staaende inde i den anden. ene Den underste Nigt havde en Diameter ai 0.”365 (1 Fod 2 Tom.), den mellemste at 0.”33 (1 Fod I Tom.) og den øverste af 0.7284 (11 Tom.) Paa alle 3 var Kantens Højde 0.”087 (8:/5 Tom.) Ma- skerne var dannede ai Kobbertraade og Aabningev mellem dem var paa den nederste Sigt 0.3 til 0.75, paa den mellemste i.””5 og paa den øverste 2.”” (1 Linie). Sigterne rar forsynede med opstaaende Haandtag paa begge Sider. Naar Skraben kom ombord, af kappedes først Svaberne og dereiter blev den firet ned paa Dækket. Sømmen i Sækken blev opsprættet paa begge Sider, og den løsnedes ligeledes ira Jernrammen paa den Side, som laa op. NSæk- kens Overdel toges ai, og Indholdet laa afdækket klart til at tages under Behandling. Fiske, Stene og større Gjen- stande udtoges strax til Opbevaring og nærmere Bestem- melse. Assistenterne en Portion af Bundmaterialet op i den øverste Dette Vandet i Baljerne, Sigterne bevægedes op og ned, frem og tilbage, ai et Sæt Nigter. sænkedes ned i en indtil det fine Slam var udslemmet, hvorpaa alle Sigters Indhold undersøgtes at samtlige Zoologer. Naar Skrabe- sækkens hele Indhold paa denne Maade var undersøgt, skylledes Sækken ren med en Vandstraale fra Donkeyen og gjordes klar til senere Brug. Svaberues Indhold udtoges at Zoologerne, et Arbejde, hvortil der i de fleste Tiltæide maatte benyttes Sax. Af saadanne havdes et større Antal i Reserve. Trawlens Indhold af Bundmateriale tømtes paa Dæk- ket derved, at man løste op Sammensnøringen i Enden af Bunden. Den Tid, som en Bundskrabning tager, er afhængig af Dybden, foruden naturligvis af den Tid, hvori ræsentlig den egentlige Bundskrabning foregaar. En Statistik herover, Med en Øse, hvis Bund var af Metalnet, toges af af when heaving in the gear, and the bag of the dredge or trawl was apt at times to twist round and elog the mouth of the instrument. On the first eruise, im 1876, partly be- cause of the boisterous weather, we made chief use of the dredge, working the otter-trawl occasionally; the beam-trawl On the second eruise, both the beam-trawl and the dredge were in constant use, and we was seldom sent down. also worked the otter-trawl with comparative ifrequence. On the third and last eruise, the beam-trawl, with the vari- ous modifications before deseribed, had come to be our principal apparatus; indeed, we used it exelusively in every locality, even at the greatest depths, on å smooth and soit bot- tom. Where the bottom was hard and rugged, we had recourse to the dredge. Oi the otter-trawl, no use whatever was made in 1878. So soon as the dredge or trawl was hauled on deck, Shortly beiore the apparatus was got in, two large tubs on the our naturalists and their assistants set to work the after-deek were tilled with sea-water by means of the steam-pump. For sitting the contents ot the bag, we had a set of 3 sileves, fitting ireely one within the other The third or bottom sieve had a diameter ot 1 foot 2 inches: the second of 1 foot I inch; and the first of I1 inehes. The depth was the same in each — 83!/3 inches. These sieves were made of copper wire, the bottom sieve with 0.02 and the inch meshes, the second with 0.075 inch meshes, first with 01 meh meshes. Each sieve was provided with a pair of vertical iron handles. Having hauled the dredge over the railing, the first thing we did was to cut off the hempen tangles, and then lower the apparatus on deck. After ripping open the seam ot the bag, the netting, on the side lying up, was detached irom the frame, and the top part of the bag removed, thus exposing the contents. Fishes, stones, and all larger bodies were at once laid aside, to be stored for subsequent examination. With a ladle having the bottom of brass wire netting, the assistants transferred to the top sieve part of the sample ot the bottom brought up in the apparatus. The set of sieves were then moved gently up and down — from side to side — in one of the tubs ot water, till the fine mud or ooze had passed through each, after which the three naturalists caretully examined the sieves in succession. When the whole contents of the dredge or trawl had been sifted and examined, the bag of the apparatus was thoroughly rinsed, by directing on to it a jet of water from the steam-pump, and then put by ready for use. The delicate organisms brought up on the hempen tangles had mostly to be elipped out with short seissors, of which there was an ample supply. For emptying the trawl, we had a contrivance by means of which the bottom of the bag was made to unlace, and the contents could thus be deposited on deck without inverting the apparatus. The time oceupied in å dredging is mainly dependent on the depth, but of course to å considerable extent also on the length of the interval devoted to working the in- udregnet af Skibsjournalens Opgaver over Klokkeslettet, da Skrabe (Trawl) blev sat ud, da Lodderne blev slupne, da man begyndte Bundskrabningen, da den endte, og Indhiyv- ningen begyndte, og da Skraben (Trawlen) kom op igjen, viser, at en Skrabning paa 100 Favnes Dyb gjennemsnitlig tog 1*/. Time, paa 500 Favnes Dyb 4!/4 Time, paa 1000 Favnes Dyb 7"/; Time, paa 1500 Favnes Dyb 10!/, Time. Eller, udtrykt ved en Tiln:ermelsesformel, kan man sige, at Tiden for en Bundskrabning 1.5 + (Dybden —100:Fv.) 0.654 Timer. Denne Formel giver for en Dybde af 2000 Favne en Tid af 14 Timer. Forresten kunde Tiden for en Bundskrabning paa en vis Dybde være temmelig for- skjellig, eftersom Manøvren gik mere eller mindre heldig. Var Trawlen meget tung f. Ex., maatte der hives langsom- mere ind. I 1878, da Trawlen mest var i Brug, varede gjerne selve Skrabningen længere end tidligere (2 Timer mod 17/, Time). og Trawlen var ofte meget tung. Det viser sig af vor Ntatistik ogsaa, at Varigheden af den hele Operation gjennemsnitlig i 1878 var større end 1 1877. Overfladenet. Foruden de ovenfor beskrevne Fangst- redskaber brugtes ogsaa meget hyppigt af Prof. Nars et Overtladenet, som bestod af en omtrent I Meter (3 Fod) lang Pose af fin Kammerdug, spids i den ene Ende, og aaben i den anden, der var fæstet til en Ring af Messing- traad. Til denne blev fastgjort i Hanefod en smækker Line. Naar der ved Ankomsten til en Arbejdsstation blev kommanderet *Sagte”, udkastedes Nettet. og det slæbte efter Skibet under den aftagende Fart. Undertiden blev det ogsaa blot kastet ud fra Fartøjet under Stilleliggen og strax indhalet. Navigering. Til Expeditionen var anskaffet et Admiralitets-Kompas fra England. Dets Plads var, som tidligere anført, strax forenfor Bestiklugaret paa Hytten (Fig. ? ce). Dets Devia- tion bestemtes ved Svingning af Skibet, i 1876 i Husø, i 1877 i Husø, ved Røst og i Vestfjorden, 1 1878 i Bergen, paa Kysten af Øst-Finmarken nær Vardø, udenfor Sørøen ved Hammerfest, paa Ishavet vestenfor Beeren Eiland, under Beeren Eiland, under Spidsbergens Sydkap, under Grønlandsisen paa 76'/» Grads Bredde. —Observationerne blev beregnede efter Archibald Smiths Methode strax efter, at de var tagne, og Resultaterne anvendte til Bestemmelse af Kursen. De benyttede Værdier af Misvisningen toges af de norske, britiske og danske Søkarter, naar Misvisnin- gen ikke var bestemt ved vore egne Observationer. strument when down. Reference to the ship's logbook, in which were recorded the details of every operation, com- prising the moment at which the dredge (or trawl) was put over, that at which the sinkers were let go, the actual dredging was commenced and terminated, when the heaving in began, and when the apparatus was hauled on deck, — — At å depth of 100 fathoms. I hour 30 min.: at a depth of 500 fathoms, + hours 30 min.; at a depth of 1000 fathoms. 7 hours 20 min.: and at a depth of 1500 fathoms. 10 hours 30 min. time required for å dredging shows the average time to have been as follows: Or, expressed by an approximate formula, the 1.5 + (the depth —100 fathoms) 0.654 hours. For 2000 fathoms, this formula will give 14 hours. the given depth, was found to vary not a to the tion. Meanwlule, time å dredging would oceupy at any little according the And moreover, if the trawl had got an exceptio- greater or less success attending opera- nally heavy freight, the rate of heavmg in had to be reduced. In 1878, when chief use was made of the beam-trawl, we as å rule kept the apparatus longer at the bottom than on the two preceding eruises, and it often came up very heavy. It appears, too. from the entries m the log-book, that the average duration of a cast of the trawlim 1878 was greater than m 1877. The Tow-Net. — Among the apparatus for prosecut- ing zoological work was a tow- or surface-net, of which It consisted of a coni- cal muslim bag. 3 feet deep, attached to a stout brass ring, Professor Sars made frequent use. which, by means of a erow-foot, was made fast to a line of suitable thickness. Nhortly before our arrival at an observing-station, after the ships way had been deadened, Protessor Sars cast out the tow-net, which was pulled Sometimes, he merely threw it over and hauled it im when there was no way on the ship. along after the vessel till she stopped. Navigating the Ship. An Admiralty-compass had been procured from Eng- land for the Expedition. Its place, as previously stated, was just forward of the chart-*oom on the roundhouse. The deviation of the instrument we determined by swing- ing the ship, — in 1876 at Husø: in 1877 at Husø, at Røst, and in the Vesttjord: im 1878 at Bergen, off the coast of East Finmark (near Vardø), off Sørøen (near Hammerfest), m the Arctic Ocean (west of Beeren Eiland), off South Cape, Spitzbergen. and off the Greenland ice-barrier, in lat. 76* 30" N. Immediately on being taken, the observa- tions were computed by Archibald *mith's method, and The variation was taken irom the Norwegian, British, or Danish charts, when not previously determined by our own obser- the results employed for shaping the ship's course. vat1ons. I 1876 anvendtes, foruden den almindelige Log med Flyndre og Line, ogsaa Masseys Patentlog. Denne viste sig ikke synderlig hensigtsmæssig paa Grund af de hyppige Standsninger. og et Par Exemplarer gik i Skruen og tab- tes. Der savnedes ogsaa god Lejlighed til at kontrollere dens Nøjagtighed. I 1877 indsattes den af Premierlieu- tenant M. Petersen arrangerede Vandlog, hvis Anordning 46 On the first cruise, in 1876. log, as well as the common log we used Massey's patent with logehips and line. The first instrument. however, did not answer well. owing to the frequent stoppages; and on one or two occasions it fouled the serew. and was lost. we had no JEm HUSKA the *Vøringen” was furnished with a 1water-log, the inven- Moreover, good opportunity whereby to test its aecuraey. r=tt g ee ssmsssssesssee I n|- at 30 40 30 Cm 1 Foot pr 5 Meter ee | 12 15 14 15 te Fect Fig. 21. ombord 1 *Vørimgen” sees af Fig. 21, der viser et Tversnit af *Vøringen” gjennem den agterste Del af Maskinrummet. seet forfra agterover. Vandloggen har følgende Indretning. et Hul dette anbringes med Flens Røret å (se den lille Fisur) saaledes. at Aabningen i dette. danner en Fortsættelse af Hullet i 3unden. Paa et bekvemt Sted i Maskinrummet bores i Skibsbunden og fores med et I Toms Rør. Over Paa Midten af dette Rør er en konisk Kran og omkring dets øvre Ende er Skruegjænger til Pakningsrin- Gjennem Røret b og Hullet i Skibsbunden nedsættes Røret a saa langt, at den lille Aabning i dets nedre Ende. gen €. M. Petersen. transverse section of the after part of the engine-room. as tion of Lieutenant Fig. 21, representing a seen looking aft, shows the arrangement of the water-log on board. In some convenient spot in the engine-room, å hole was bored in the ships bottom to receive a one-inch metal tube. having fixed on to its top end the flange of the tube b (see small Figure). in such manner that the bore of the latter would form a continuation of the hole im the ship's bottom. extremity serew-threads fitting into the gland c. This tube had a conical stop-cock, and its upper The tube a was passed through the tube » and the hole in the ship's der forøvrigt er lukket, kommer omtrent 0.”5 (20 Tommer) Denne Afstand mindre Afstand under Skibsbunden og visende ret forefter. fandt vi var den hensigtsmæssigste. En bragte Hullet for nær det af Skibsbunden medslæbte Vand, en større Afstand rønnede for meget paa det fritstaaende Rør under større Fart. for c bør Røret a have en mindre Kran d. Ende gaar et tyndt Blyrør til Stigerøret g, der har omtrent 10% (4 Tommers) Diameter. Dette maa placeres midt- skibs, vertikalt og saa lavt. at dets nedre Ende er godt under laveste (nederste) Vandlinies Plan. med Blænde, for at ikke Vandet under Skibets Bevægelse Pakningsskruen c tilskrues. Oven- Det er forsynet skal pumpe i Røret. I dette Stigerør er anbragt en Fly- der, fra hvilken der gaar en Snor over en Metalrulle paa Toppen af Røret, derfra over en anden Rulle paa Toppen af Skalaen, og Tampen er stukket gjennem et lidet Blylod, der vandrer mellem to tynde Messingstænger langs Skalaen, og som fæstes til Snoren ved at man trykker md en liden Trækile nedenfra i det Hul, gjennem hvilket Snoren er trukket. Under Skibets Fart forover trykkes Vandet op i Stige- røret. og eftersom Flyderen kommer højere, synker Loddet langs Skalaen. NSaasnart Farten er bleven jevn, staar Lod- det uforandret paa samme Højde paa Skalaen, hvor Fartens Størrelse da kan aflæses i et Øjeblik. Vandloggen er. som man ser, en speciel Anvendelse at Pitots Rør. Kaldes den Højde, hvortil Vandet stiger 1 Stigerøret over det Niveau, det indtager, naar Fartøjet ligger stille. 4, Skibets Hastighed v, Tyngdens Aceeleration g og er M en GCoefficient, saa har man! på HE PN dy Coeffieienten M har etter Dubuats Forsøg en Værdi, der er større end 1. men bliver mindre, naar Hastighederne bliver større, uden dog at naa Enheden. Ved en Hastighed af 1.”8 pr. Sekund fandtes M = 1.08. Ved Vandloggen, saaledes som den er indrettet af Lieutenant Petersen. er Coetficienten M sat lig 1. Rigtig- heden eller Tilstrækkeligheden af denne Antagelse til ethvert praktisk Brug tilsøs, selv paa lange Rejser, er godtgjort ved den Anvendelse, Apparatet har havt paa *Vøringen” under 1877 og 1878 Aars Expeditioner og under dens Gang i Fragtfart paa Østersøen og Spanien. hvor lange Stræk- ninger er udsejlede uden Afbrydelse. Endvidere har det samme Resultat vist sig af Vandloggens Anvendelse paa Oplodningsdampskibet *Hansteen” hvert Aar siden 1875 og paa Korvetten *Nornen” paa et Togt til Vestindien. ) Bresse, Cours de mécanique appliquée. NSeconde partie, p. 355. Fra «'s øvre: 47 bottom, till the small aperture at its lower end, which for the rest was elosed up, had been made to project about 20 inehes beneath the bottom of the vessel, while pointing straight forward. This we found, by repeated experiment, to be the right distance. If dimimished, it would bring the aperture too near the water carried along by adhesion to the ship's bottom: and if mereased, it would, with greater speed, expose the projeeting tube to a serious stram. The A little above the gland, the tube å should have a smaller stopeoek d. From the top of å a slender leaden pipe led to the upper tube This tube must be given a vertical position amidships, and far enough gland c has now to be serewed on. g, which had a diameter of nearly 4 imehes. down to bring its lower extremity well below the level of It was provided with a blind, to prevent the water from pumping in the tube by reason In this upper tube there was a float. from which a line passed tirst over a brass roller the lowest load water-line. ot the motion ot the vessel. at the top of the tube and then over another at the top of åa graduated scale. the end of the line being rove through a small leaden weight that played against the scale between two slender brass rods, and was made fast to the lime by inserting from below a small wooden wedge into the open- ing through whieh the former passed. Now, on the ship moving ahead, the water will be foreed into the upper tube and the weight descend along So soon as the speed has become uniform. the weight will keep stationary, at the the scale as the float rises. same point on the scale, and the rate may then be read off at a glance. å The water-log is obviously a special adaptation ot Pitot's tube. Let h be the height to which the water in the upper tube rises above its level when the ship is sta- tionary; v the speed of the vessel; gy the acceleration of gravity; and M a coefficient, — we shall then have the formula' 7 ne Vv p? p= I 2 The coefficient M has. according to Dubuat, a value greater than 1. which deereases however with the inereas- ing velocities, though without reaching unity. For a velocity of 1.8” pr. second, the value of M was found to be 1.08. For the water-log on Lieutenant Petersen's construe- tion, the coefficient M is put equal to 1. And this is practically correct, even for comparatively long voyages, as shown from experience derived on the eruises of the *Vøringen” in 1877 and 1878, and on her voyages in the freight-trade to the Baltic and to Spain, very considerable streteh. Equally favourable results have been obtained, too, by the use of the water-log (since 1875) on board the Coast Survey steamer *Hansteen." and on a eruise of the steam-corvette «Nornen” to the West Indies. Now, supposing the coet- distances having then been run at a 2 Bresse, Cours de mécanique appliquée. Seconde partie, p. 355. Sættes Coefficienten M lig 1. Kvartmilen lig "/59 af en Ækva- torsgrad og g lig 9.”810 (50* N. Br.), saa faar man den følgende Tabel for Skalaens Inddelmg. fieient M to equal 1. å mile to equal !/;9 of degree, and g to equal 9.810” (in lat. 50" the following series of figures for graduating an equatorial N.). we have. the scale. Kvartmil Fart. Skala. (Speed.) (Scale.) I Timen. Meter. Norske Fod. | Eng. Fod. (Miles an Hour.) (Metres.) (Norw. Feet.) | (Eng. Feet.) Fart. Skala. (Speed.) (Scale.) Kvartmil i Timen. Meter. Norske Fod. Eng. Fod. (Miles an Hour.) (Metres.) (Norw. Feet) (Eng. Feet.) I 0.014 0.043 0.044 2 0054 0.172 0.178 2.5 0.085 0.270 0.278 3 0.122 0.388 0.400 3:5 0.166 0520 0.544 + 0.217 0.690 O7 I I 4.5 0.274 0.874 0.809 5 0.338 1.070 I.I IO 5:5 0.410 1.305 1:343 6 0.487 1:553 1 599 6.5 0.572 1.823 1.876 Vil man efterse. om Røret gjennem Bunden er i Or- den, stænges Kranen d, Pakningsstykket f røret bøjes noget til Side; man løsner paa Pakningsringen atskrues. og Bly- c, Røret a løftes op. mdtil dets nedre Ende har passeret Kranen paa Røret b, hvorefter denne afstænges. og Røret å kan løftes helt op og eftersees. ; Ved Brugen af Vandloggen maa to Ting haves i Erindring: 1) at Skalaens Nulpunkt eller rettere Snorens Længde fr: Flyderen til Vægten. der tjener til Viser paa Skalaen, retter sig efter Skibets Dybgaaende, 'og 2) Fejlen, der foraarsages ved stadig Krængning. Med Hensyn til det første Punkt, reguleres dette lettest derved. at man standser Skibets Fart, udtager Træ- kilen og flytter Loddet paa Nul. Det hele kan udføres i nogle Mmutter. Ved de hyppige Stopninger, som Lodning og Skrabning foranledigede, kunde vi paa Nordhavs-Expe- ditionen altid holde Vandloggen skarpt justeret. Paa Sejl- skibe vil Forbruget ombord ikke saaledes forandre Dyb- gaaendet, som paa Dampskibe, men man bør dog imellem foretage et Par nøjagtige Logninger med den almindelige Log og Uhr. for at kontrollere Vandloggen og justere den paany. eventuelt ! Ved 80" Bredde med 4 Miles Fart 1.945 Meter. lens. For de vis mindre. — Q,mS30 bliver Skalastregen for 12 altsaa kun forskjellig fra Tabel- Hasticheder mm mindre bliver Forskjellen forholds- 7; 0,663 nå | old 7.5 0.761 Ba | Psdlyel 8 0866 2.761 2.842 8.5 0.078 BA, | 3:209 9 I 096 3495 3-597 JG DØ 3.894 | 4.008 IO 1354 | 4314 | 4441 10.5 1.402 4756 | 4.896 TNT 1.638 5.220 5-373 TINAS 1.790 5.706 5.873 12) 1.049 6.213 6.395 To ascertain whether the tube passing through the ship's bottom be in order, the stopeock the gland f serewed off, and the leaden aside; then, after partially unserewing d is turned back. tube bent little the eland c, the tube a is lifted up till its lower extremity 18 just clear of the cock of the tube b, has been turned back. the tube æ may be taken out and examined. a and when this too When using the water-log, two things must be borne in mind, viz. — I) That the position of zero on the graduated scale, or rather the length of the line from the float to the weight which plays against the scale, is regulated by the draught of the ship; and 2) The heeling error. As regards the first source of error, the index is best regulated by stopping the vessel, and then, after taking out This may With the frequent stoppages the wooden wedge, placing the weight at zero. be done im å few minutes. involved in sounding and dredgimg on the North-Atlantie Expedition, we could always manage to keep the water-log aceurately adjusted. In sailing-vessels the draught is not of course as in. steamers affected by the consumption of coal: but now and then the speed should nevertheless be closely determined with the common log as : of if 1 means testing the results of the water-log, and. necessary, of adjusting that instrument anew. So? Nå speed emelat: denoting a the division will where gå = 9.8530, the scale of 12 1.945 7, exhibit a difference of only 4” as compared with the Table. For the will be proportionally reduced. on knots correspond to and thus the fivures in less velocities, difference Med Hensyn til det andet Punkt, Krængningsfejlen, da kommer denne i Betragtning kun ved større og stadig Krængning. — Slngringernes Virkning er næsten ganske hævet ved Hullets Tranghed og Blænderen. Antages at Stigerøret staar midskibs og vertikalt, naar Skibet ligger paa ret Kjøl, og sættes den lodrette Afstand fra Havniveauet sig, det begynder at krænge, lig æ, regnet positiv fra Havniveauet til det Punkt, om hvilket Fartøjet drejer naar nedad mod Kjølen, samt Krængningsvinkelen 7 og den under denne Krængning paa Skalaen aflæste Fart v, saa har man, idet de tidligere Benævnelser Åh og v beholdes: 2gh + 22gx NESE — æ| = —= —2g92% = S| 'cos 4 cos 1 g vi + 2gx (1 —cos 2) cos % å Å ; gd 2 v" = v?* cos % —ågæ sin 3. æ, V og V maa regnes i samme Enhed (Meter, Fod), Tidsenhed er NSekundet. 0.5153 Meter pr. Sekund. 1 Kvartmil i Timen svarer til Den følgende Tabel giver en Oversigt over Resulta- terne efter denne Formel. Den er beregnet for en Kræng- ning % = 20%, og efter Værdierne af x = 0, v= + 1” og 1 = mi! ! Værdien af x kan findes, naar man krænger Fartøjet, medens det ligger stille, og observerer Krængningsvinkelen 7 samt Længden o af det Stykke, Vandets Overflade har flyttet sig fra det oprindelige Niveau 1 Røret. Ligger Niveauet under Krængningen højere, det er over Nulpunktet (Loddet paa Tal paa Skalaen), er x positiv, ligger det lavere (Loddet ovenfor Nulpunktet paa Skalaen). er æ negativ. Formelen er: CoS % æ =o Le i ne 2 Ex. å = 20", 0 = 0.705, x = 0.” 779, Den negative Værdi af æ lig en hel Meter er medtaget som Regneexempel for at vise Virkningen af en saadan, omend- skjønt den ikke vil forekomme i Praxis. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. G. Wille: Apparaterne og deres Brug. unit of measure (metre, tot). The other source of error, viz. heeling, may be ie- nored altogether, save when the heeling is both great and continuous. The effeet of rolling on the water-log will, as a rule, be almost wholly counteracted by the narrowness of the aperture of the tube, and by the blind. Supposing the upper tube, placed amidships, to have a vertical position when the ship is on an even keel, then, if x be the length of the perpendicular from the level of the sea to the point about which she turns on beginning to heel, assumed positive from the level of the sea towards the keel, — the at that i the heeling-angle, and v' the denoting as before, — speed, as read off on the scale with vessel angle, we have, h and v ne pA="2G0|- —=— == —2g2 = cos % cos ? . vt + 2gx (1 —ecos ?) cos 7 v? = v? cos å —Agx sin? 22 The value of x. v, and ”' must be taken in the same The unit of time is a second. One mile an hour corresponds to 0.5153 metre pr. second. The following Table gives the results obtained by this formula, taking 20" as the angle of heel, and with the values p= VO == SE randen = EN ! The value of x may be found by heeling the ship when stationary, and then observing theangle of heel ;, together with the distance o, through which the water im the tube has moved from its original level. If the level in heeling be higher, i. e. above'zero (the weight within the divisions of the scale), the value of æ will be positive; if lower (the weight above zero), x will be negative. The formula is as follows: — cos ? GC =—= 0 0. AG på OM Sina 9 Bxamplex == 202000 05 EE O RO) The negative value of x put equal to a whole metre, is intro- duced merely by way of example, to show its possible effect, the case never occurring in practice. 50 Kroengnimng 20". Angle of Heel 20". Observeret Fart. Virkelig Fart. v Kvartmil i Timen. (Observed Speed.) (Actual Speed.) (Miles an Hour.) Kvartmil i Timen. == vere le ==" (Miles an Hour.) g | v Corr. Diff. f. 1 Kvartmil. v (Corr.) (Diff. for 1 Mile.) v Corr. v Corr. 12.0 116 —0.4 ar 11.4 —0.6 11.8 —0.2 0.0 8.7 —0.3 50 8.5 —0.5 9.0 0.0 ete) 6.0 5.8 —-0.2 54 —0.6 6.2 0.2 0.03 fo) 3.9 —0.1 3 —o0. vil Seg, 4 3 0:03 3:3 7 +4 n 3:0 2001 AE 2.0 —10 3:6 +06 de) 2.5 2 ORT DER An) 3.2 +07 DE 2.1 —0.1 ; omme—""3 3:0 —-0:8 0.03 ; Digi Di Om pe 0.0 —2.2 S:0206 1.0 1.0 00 29 ng Man ser, at Krængningstejlen, selv med en saa stor | Krængning som 20*, for de større Farter kun udgjør Brøk- | dele af en Knobs Fart. Svinger Fartøjet om et Punkt i | eller nær Vandliniens Flade, er Krængningsfejlene i ethvert Tiltælde meget smaa. I Anderledes stiller Forholdet sig, dersom Stigerøret ikke | staar midtskibs. Der kommer da under Krænguning en ny Korrektion til, som bliver positiv for Krængning til den ene Side og negativ for Krængning til den anden, og hvis Stør- relse voxer med Stigerørets Afstand fra Diametralplanet. Eiter vor Erfaring viste Vandloggen sig særdeles hen- | sigtsmæssig og holdtes med største Lethed i Orden. Et I Blik ned i Maskinskylightet var nok til at observere Skibets Fart i Øjeblikket. Maskinisten kunde under Skrabning og | Trawling holde Skibet gaaende med den betalede Fart. Til | Reduktion af de observerede Vindretninger og Vindhastig- | heder til sande kræves Skibets Hastighed i Observations- | øjeblikket. Denne observeredes paa Vandloggen, der saa- ledes er et udmærket nautisk-meteorologisk Apparat. Astronomiske Observationer. Da Expeditionen færde- des paa høje nordlige Bredder om Sommeren, var der ikke Tale om at observere andre Himmellegemer end Solen til Bestemmelse af Skibets paaværende Plads. Observationerne gjordes med flere Sextanter, der altid var godt verificerede, og hvis Indextejl stadig blev kontrolleret. Sammenlignende Observationer med forskjellige Sextanter gav altid godt overensstemmende Resultater. — Observationspladsen var i Regelen Hyttedækket I Solobservationernes Udførelse og Beregning deltog, foruden jeg selv og Skibsofficiererne Petersen og Grieg, Professor Mohn og Hr. Tornøe. — Sol- højder maaltes til alle Dagstider, naar der var Anledning. I 1878 iagttoges oftere Midnatsolen. Det var kun yderst faa Dage, paa hvilke der manglede Observationer. It is evident that, with greater speed, the error in- volved in heeling, even at an angle of 207, will amount to only a fraction oi a mile. And if the point about which the vessel turns lie in or near the plane of the water-line, the error will be generally very small. The case, however, is different in the event of the upper tube not being amidships. Another correction, posi- tive with a heel to the one side, negative with a heel to the other, will then be needed for computing the speed, and the effect of the heeling will inerease with the distance of the upper tube from amidships. So far as our experience went, we had every reason to be satistied with the water-log; it answered excellently, and was easy to keep in order. Å glance down the engine- room skylight sutticed to tell the ship's speed. Hence, in dredging or trawling the engineer could keep the vessel at the exact rate required. For reducing observations ot the wind's direction and velocity to their true value, the speed of the vessel at the moment of observation has to be iound. Now, this we took from the water-log, which aecordingly proved an excellent instrument for meteorological work at sea. Astronomical Observations. — The North- Atlantic Ex- pedition having to eruise in high northern latitudes during the summer season, observations of other celestial bodies than the sun for determining the ship's position were of course out of the question. The altitudes were taken with several sextants, aceuratelv verified; the index-error, too, being determined for each separate observation. The results of comparative observations with different sextants never failed to exhibit satistactory agreement. Qur post of observation was, as a rule, the roof of the roundhouse. Besides myself and the ship's officers, Mr. Petersen and Mr. Grieg, Pro- fessor Mohn and Mr. Tornøe also assisted in taking the observa- tions and computing their results. Solar altitudes were taken at all hours of the day; nay, on the last eruise, in 1878, we Kronometrene stod i et Skab i Arbejdssalonen om Bagbord (Fig, 4, c). derpaa indbyrdes sammenlignede. I 1876 et at Mewes De blev optrukne hver Morgen og havdes 3 Kronometre ombord, et at Kullberg, Det første, der ved den Observatorium at Hr. Astrand foretagne Un- og et at Frodsham. paa bergens dersøgelse før Rejsen viste den jevneste Gang, blev benyttet som Hoveduhr. I 1877 og 1878 havdes 4 Kronometre ombord, nemlig foruden de 3 næryte. et af Reid, der var Skibet tilhørende. Dette Kronometer viste en saa fortræffelig jevn Gang, at det benyttedes som Hoveduhr de 2 sidste Aar. Kronometrenes Stand blev bestemt, først paa Bergens Observatorium (undtagen Reid) og senere hovedsagelig ved de telegrafiske Tidssignaler tra Christiania. — Disse Signaler gives fra Observatoriet i Christiania hver Qnsdag Morgen Kl. 8 Formiddag og hver Søndag Morgen Kl. 9 Form. Greemvich Middeltid, til samtlige norske Telegrafstationer. Signalerhe gives paa Observatoriet direkte etter Normalpen- delen. Der telegrateres hver Gang 3 Signaler, hvert be- staaende af et enkelt Slag tra Nøglen paa Morses Tele- gratapparat, nemlig 7 59” 0, 84 07 0* og 8+ 17” 0* om Onsdagen og 8 59” 0%, 97 07 0* og 97 17 05 om Søn- For at holdsvis med 1, dagen. skille mellem Signalerne betegnes de hen- 2 og 3 dobbelte Slag strax eiter Signalet. Paa Modtagelsesstationen, hvor man indtinder sig med sit Kronometer eller Observationsuhr, høres Signalerne kort og skarpt paa Morses Apparat. Ved 15 Par korresponderende Solhøjder paa Husø (4" 36' DTU" øst f. Greenwich) fandt Prof. Mohn den 10de Juni 1876 Kronometret Kullberg 0” 38” 435.8* foran Green- wich Middeltid. Under Expeditionens Ophold i Reykjavik toges af Lieutn. Petersen og mig den lste August 1876 14 Par korresponderende Solhøjder paa en Plads, der ligger omtrent 200 Alen østenfor Kirken. Ifølge velvillig Meddelelse fra Chefen for det Kgl. Danske Søkaart-Archiv, Hr. Komman- dør Rothe, er, ifølge saavel ældre som nyere lagttagelser, Længden at et Punkt, der ligger 600 Alen vestenfor Kirken 21% 54' 46” W. Greenwich. Vor Observationsplads ligger saaledes ca. 800 Alen øst for dette Punkt, hvilket, da Bredden er 64* 9, svarer. til 38” i Længde, og Længden at vor Observatiousplads bliver saaledes 21* 54' 8” W. Greenwich eller i Tid: [4 9277 36.5 Kronometrets Stand for Stedets Middel- tid fandtes foran Om 5DET altsaa dets Stand for Greenwich Mid- deltid 0% 39” 1992 foran frequently observed the sun at midnight. The days on which no observations could be taken were very few indeed. The Chronometers we kept in åa eupboard in the work- room, on the port side (Fig. 4, ce). «They were wound up every morning, and duly compared. On the first eruise, in 1876, we had 3 ehronometers, — one by Kullberg, one by Mewes, and one by Frodsham That by Kullberg g which, previous to the departure of the Expedition, Mr. Åstrand, Director of the Bergen Observatory, had found to have the most uniform rate of the three, war our principal timekeeper in 1876. In 1877 and 1878 was a fourth chronometer, Reid's, belonging to the ship. This having å remarkably uniform rate, we made it our chief there one ot instrument tinekeeper on the two last eruises. The error of each chronometer was first determined at the Bergen Observatory (saving that of the Reid), and afterwards chietly by comparison with the time-signals tele- graphed from Christiania. The observatory of that city trans- mits these signals every Wednesday morning at 8 a. m. and every Sunday morning at 9 a. m., Gremvich mean time, The time is taken at the observatory direct from the standard-eloek. to all Norwegian telegraph-stations. Three separate time-signals, each consisting of a single click, are telegraphed, from the key of Morse's apparatus, at intervals of one minute, viz.: — Wednesdays, at 7% 59” 05, 84 07 Orendfe Pr KO Sundays aus Od SOR and BJ EE (DE respectively indicated by doubie clicks, 1, 2, and 3, following To distinguish between the signals, they are after the signal in the order of succession. At the receiving station, where the observer stands by with his chronometer or hack-wateh in hand, the signals come sharp and distinet from Morse's apparatus. From 15 pairs of equal solar altitudes, taken at Husø (long. 4" 36' 57” E.) on the 10th ot June 1876, Professor Mohn found the error of Kullberg's echronometer, on Green- wich mean time, to be 0” 587 43.53 fast. During the stay of the Expedition at Reykjavik, Lieutenant Petersen and myself took 14 pairs of equal solar altitudes, at a point about 140 yards east ot the eathedral. From information kindly furnished by Commo- dore Rothe, Hydrographer to the Royal Danish Navy, it appears that the longitude of a point 410 yards west of the church, has been found, by earlier as well as recent ob- servations, to be — OE ENN Qur post of observation was thus about 550 yards east of this point, which corresponds, the latitude being 64" 9", to 38” in longitude. was in Longitude 21* 54' 8” W., vr in time 1” 27” 36.55 Error of chronometer on mean Hence, our post of observation time ot place 2» therefore on Greenwich mean time 0: 39m 19:2 fast. I nedenstaaende Tabeller er givet en Oversigt over Hovedkronometrets Stand og Gang under vor Expedition. 1876. Kronometer Kuliberg. Dag. Stand Daglig: Sted. foran Gr. Middelt. Acceleration. Mango 0287 03718 0.566 — Bergens Observatorium. Juni 10 38 43-3 0.50 — Husø. Corr. Højder. Juni 26 38 50.6 1. 02 Kristiansund. Tel. Sig. Aug. 1 Bormio 0.54 — Reykjavik. Corr. Højder. Aug. 20 30003356 0.76 Namsos. Tel. Sig. Sammenstilles de Værdier af Kronometrets Stand, som er benyttede ombord, med de som følger af Tabellens Tal ved ligefrem Interpolation, saa finder man, at den største Forskjel falder den 22de Juli, -da den brugte Stand er 39” 21* og den etter Tabellen fundne 39” 145, For- skjellen er 7* i Tid eller 1.75 i Bue af Parallelgraden. Da Bredden her var mellem 683" og 649, bliver Fejlen i Storeirkelbue 0.78, Opgaver over Skibets (Stationernes) paaværende Plads har en saa liden Størrelse, at vi i vore beholdt de under Rejsen bestemte Værdier af Bredder og Længder. Den næststørste Afvigelse mellem den benyttede og beregnede Værdi af Kronometrets Stand findes den 13de August, da den er —5*, hvilket svarer til en Afstand af 0.6 Kvartmal. 1877. Kronometer Reid. Dag Stand Daglig Sted. efter Gr. Middelt. Retardation. Maj 23 0 FO) 0.590 Bergen. Tel. Sig. Juni 24 7 AO 0. 97 Bodø. do. Juli 11 8 10.0 0. 94 Tromsø. do. Juli 22 Sene I. 02 Tromsø. do. Aug. 12 SK 015 0. 86 Bodø. do. Ved Ankomsten til Bodø den 23de Juni var den be- regnede Stand af Kronometret 7” 51, og den af Verifika- tionen den følgende Dag udledede 7” 58", altsaa en For- skjel af 2, der paa 6709 Bredde svarer til en Afstand af 0.2 Kvartmil. Ved Tilbagekomsten fra Jan Mayen bereg- nedes Observationerne ombord den 9de August udenfor Lofoten med en Kronometerstand af 8” 39%. Den efter Verifikationen i Bodø den 12te August bestemte Stand er 8” 36.57. Forskjellen, 2.9. svarer til en Afstand af 0.2 Kvartmil 1878. Kronometer Reid. Dag. Stand Daglig Sted. efter Gr. Middelt. Retardation. Juni 23 overse 1."00 Hammerfest. Tel. Sig. Juli 10 16) 9 BERG) 0. 85 do. do. Juli 28 Ts 045 0. 97 do. do. Aug. 28 16 6.8 0.98 Tromsø. do. Dén 7de Juli, da sidste Observation toges Dagen før Tilbagekomsten til Hammerfest paa første Tur. regnedes the latitudes and longitudes determined on the eruise. In the following Tables are set forth the error and rate of our chief chronometer. 1876. Kullberg's Chronometer. Date. Chron. Gaining: Place. Fast on G. M. T. daily. May 30 0” 38" 3758 0.6 Bergen Observatory. June 10 Sermo 0 HusøEqu (Altit. June 26 38 59.6 1.02 Christiansund. Tel. Sig. Aug. 1 139 19.2 0.54 Reykjavik. Equ. Altit. Aug. 20 30 SS 0 No ON amsost Nel fSie: By comparing the assumed values of the error of the chronometer with those deduced, by simple interpolation, from the figures m the Table. the greatest difference 18 found to have occurred on the 22nd of July, the assumed error having been 39” 21* as agamst 39” 145, the error determined from the Table, — a difference of 7* m time. or 1.75 im are of parallel of latitude. The latitude between 6380 and 649, which reduces the error, m are of great circle, to 0.78. an error so small that we did not WAS hesitate, when recording the position of the ship, to retain The next greatest difference between the observed and computed error occurred on the 13th of August: it was 2% which corresponds to 0.6 of å nautieal mile. 1877. Reid's Chronometer. Date Chron. Losing Place. Slow by G. M. T. daily. May 23 GAGE Ao) 0.*90 Bergen. Tel. Sig. June 24 DSO 0. 97 Bodø. do. July 11 8! 10.0 0. 94 Tromsø. do. July 22 sene 1. 02 Tromsø. do. Aug. 12 SS 05 0. 86 Bodø. do. On our arrival at Bodø, June 23rd, the computed error of the chronometer was 7” 5l*, whereas the error Dy found next day by veritication amounted to 7" 58", a difference of 2%, which. on the 67th parallel of latitude, corresponds to a distance of 0.2 of a nautieal mile. When re- making turning from Jan Mayen, observations taken on the 9th of August, off Lofoten, were caleulated with an assumed error of 8” 395. The error found by verification at Bodø on the 12th of August was 8” 36:37. The difference, 2.9. corresponds to 0.2 of a nautical mile. 1878. Reid's Chronometer. Date. Chron. Losing Place. Slow by G. M. T. daily. June 23 og re 4.45 1.300 — Hammerfest. Tel. Sig. July 10 15 19.0 0. 85 do. do. July 28 15013645 0. 97 do. do. Aug. 28 160 6:8 0. 98 Tromsø do. For our last observation on the first eruise of the Expedition, taken July 7th, the day before returning to ombord med IXronometerstanden 15” 18:8. Efter Verifi- kationen den 10de i Hammerfest skulde Standen være 15” 16.54. Forskjellen, 2.54 svarer, da Bredden var 72", til en Afstand af 0.18 Kvartmil. Den 24de Juli, da Expeditionen kom tilbage til Hammertest fra den anden Tur, regnedes ombord med Kronometerstanden 15” 31*. Den efter Signalerne den 28de Juli korrigerede Stand er 15” 32.16. Forskjellen, 156, svarer, da Bredden er 73", til en Afstand af 0.12 Kvartmil. Den ?4de August, da sidste Observation toges paa Tilbagerejsen fra Spidsbergen til Tromsø. regnedes Standen Etter Veritikationen Forskjellen, Afstand af 0.06 af Kronometret ombord til 167 2.50. den 28de i Tromsø skulde den være 16” 3.50. ( 1.50, svarer, da Bredden var 741/,", til en Kvartmil. Tager man Hensyn til Usikkerheden Kimmingdalingen — vi regnede med en for alle fra Hyttedækket tagne Solhøjder — der beror paa Horizontalrefraktionen, og til Virkningen af Irradiation til konstant Værdi at gjøre den iagttagne Solradius mere eller mindre for stor. eftersom Solbilledet ses mere eller mindre lyst, kan vel den sandsynlige Fejl af en paa Søen maalt Solhøjde neppe sæt- tes under 4 1”. Da i Regelen nedre Solrand maaltes. gjør Irradiationen de maalte Højder for smaa, Bredderne for ved Midnat, for store paa Vestsiden, for smaa paa Østsiden, østlige store ved Middag, for smaa Timevinklerne Længder for store paa Vestsiden. for smaa paa Østsiden, vestlige Længder for smaa paa Vestsiden. for store af Ob- servationer paa Østsiden. Saa ofte Anledning gaves. og det paa ganske faa Undtagelser nær 1 Regelen hver Dag, og særlig ved Ankom- sten til en Arbejdsstation. korrigeredes Bestikket ved Ob- servationerne. Disse beregnedes. altid (undtagen Meridian- højder) med 2 vilkaarlige Bredder eller, naar de var nær Meridianen, med 2 vilkaarlige Længder. Nautical Alma- naes Tabeller benyttedes. NStedlmien blev afsat i Kartet som en ret Linie mellem de ? saaledes bestemte Punkter. Ved Hjælp af den imellem ? Observationer udsejlede Kurs og Distance bestemtes den paaværende Plads i hver af Stationernes Bredde og Længde bestemtes saaledes af mig og indførtes 1 Loddejournalen. Bestik og Observationer svarede i Regelen meget godt. Under Skrab- ning og Trawling blev vi imidlertid altid sat ud af Bestik, Stedlinierne. da det var vanskeligt at holde Rede paa Kurser og udløbne Distancer under disse Manøvrer. Efter det oventor anførte om vore Kronometres Gang og om den sandsynlige Fejl af en maalt Solhøjde fremgaar det, at vore Værdier for Stationernes Bredde og Længde For den største Dels Vedkommende overstiger Fejlen ikke syn- derlig 1 Minut. har en sandsynlig Fejl af mellem I og 2? Mmuter. af Størrelsen af en 'of the horizon, — å Hammerfest, we assumed the error of the chronometer to be15” 18.8. From the verification at Hammerfest on the 1Oth, it was found to have been 15” 16.54. The difference, 254, corresponds' on the 72nd parallel of latitude to 0.18 of a nautical mile. Å When returning to Hammerfest on the second eruise, we assumed the error of the cehronometer for an observa- tion taken July 24th to be 15” 31%. Correeted at Hammer- fest on the 28th by comparison with the time-signals, it proved to have been 15” 32.6. må 139, The difterence, 1.6, corresponds, im latitude to 0.12 of å nautical mile. On the 24th of August, when returning from NSpitz- assumed the error of the chrono- Verified at Tromsø on the 28th. it was found to been 16” 3.50. The difference. 1.30, corresponds, in latitude 74" 30". to 0.06 of å nautical mile. bergen to Tromsø, we meter to be 16” 2.50, have If we consider the ditfieulty of determmmg the dip constant value was assumed for all solar altitudes taken from the roof of the roundhouse. — depending as it does on horizontal refraction, and also take into account the etfect of irradiation in magmifying to a greater or less extent the diameter of the sun, according as the solar disk appears more or less luminous to the eye of the observer, the probable error of a solar altitude taken at sea can hardly be put at less than + 1". The altitude of the lower limb having as a rule been observed, the effect of irradiation would make the measured altitude too low. the latitude too high at noon. too low at midnight. the hour-angles too great west, too small east. the results for longitude east too high on the west side. too low on the past side, for longitude west too low on the west side. too high on the east. Whenever opportunity offered. which. as a rule, and in particular on arriving at a corrected These were always computed (ex- was almost every day. sounding-station, we our dead-reckoning by means of observations. cepting only meridional altitudes) with two optional latitudes. or, when taken near the meridian, with two optional longi- The Tables used were those of the Nautical Alma- nac. The line of equal altitudes was marked out on the chart as a straight line between the two points thus deter- tudes. mined. The ship's position on each of the lines of equal altitudes was computed from the course and the distance run between the observations. I thus determined the latitude and longitude of the observing-stations. and entered the The dead-reckoning and the observations exhibited in general satistactory agreement. results in the sounding-journal. Meanwhule, we were invariably out of our reckoning atter working the dredge or trawl: to cealeulate the days work correcetly is next to impossible with such operations in hand. From what has been stated above concerning the rate of our ehronometers and the probable error of an observed solar altitude. it is evident that the values for the latitude and longitude of the observing-stations will have a probable For the greater part ot them. the error will not much exceed å minute. error of from 1 to 2 minutes. Der findes imidlertid blandt vore NStationer nogle, hvor Usikkerbeden af den paaværende Plads gaar op til 5 å 6 Minuter, nemlig udenfor den nordvestlige Del af Spids- bergen, nordenfor 78" Bredde. Ffterat den paaværende Plads var bestemt ved Solobservationer saavel Formiddag at Charles Sol- Men Aarsagen viste sig ogsaa 1 en stærk som Eftermiddag, viste det sig, da vi fik Land i Sigte, Resultatet at Er: Foreland sydligere Plads af Pejlinger af Nordpynten gav en 5' til 6" end observationerne. Hildring, der krævede en anden Værdi for Kimmingdalin- gen end den normale, som var benyttet. Under saadanne Forbold er paaværende Plads umulig at bestemme med vanlig Nøjagtighed efter Solobservationer, selv om man laa for Anker og observerede Højder i alle Azimuther, thi Horizontalrefraktionen vil variere med Retningen og med Dagstiden paa en ganske uperiodisk Maade, der er umulig at bringe i Regning. Et lignende Exempel paa Virkningen af Hildring havde vi om Morgenen den 1Ode August 1877 udentor Lofoten. —Maaling kjendte Punkter gav Fartøjet en paaværende Plads, der laa i en betydelig Afstand fra den Stedlinie, som en over af Horizontalvinkler mellem den østlige, falske Horizont maalt Solhøjde gav. Til Slutning skal jeg nævne, at Expeditionen var ud- rustet med Apparater til at maale Strøm i Overfladen og Disse kom ikke til Anvendelse, Vejret det første Aar var saa særdeles ugunstigt, og senere paa Dybet først fordi fordi de andre Arbejder, som skulde udføres, krævede al vor Tid og ikke turde forsinkes af Operationer, om hvilke det altid maatte være tvivlsomt, hvorvidt noget brugbart Resul- Bestemmelser af Strømmen i Overtladen efter den almindelige nautiske Methode lod sig ikke, und- tagen 1 yderst faa Tilfælde, udføre paa vor Expedition, da Sejladsen under Skrabning, som nævnt, umuliggjorde et skarpt Bestikhold. tat kunde erholdes. the possible error of the ship's position amounts to from 5 to Meanwhile, for some of our observing-stations, 6 miles. viz. those off the north-western extremity ot Spitz- bergen, m latitude from 78" to 800 N. After determining the ships position by observations of the sun's altitude, taken before as well as after noon, we found, on sighting land, the bearing of the northern promontory of Prince Charles' Foreland to give a point from 5 to 6 miles farther south than that determined by the solar altitudes. This. however, was obviously the result of mirage: and hence our constant value for the dip of the horizon would not serve. Under such cireumstances it is impossible, were the ship at anchor even and the altitudes observed in all azi- muths, to determine her position with the usual aecuraey by observations of the sun, since the horizontal refraction according to the direction and the time of day will not vary periodically, and its true value cannot be taken into account. A similar instance of the effects of mirage occurred on the I0th of August 1877, off Lototen. By measuring horizontal angles between known objects, we morning of the found the ship's position to be a considerable distance from the line of equal altitudes marked out from observations of the sun above the eastern delusory horizon. Fmally, I must not omit to mention that the Expe- dition was provided with instruments for determining both surface and deep-sea currents. These apparatus, however. were not made use of. — at first owing to the very unfa- vourable weather we encountered on the opening eruise, and afterwards to avoid impeding the chief exploratory work by operations from which it was anything but certam that practical results would be obtained. Nor had we. save in a very few cases, opportunity of determinimg the surface- current in the usual nautical way, the effect of dredging and trawling, as stated above. inevitably putting us out of our reckoning. Translated into English by John Hazeland. An % ae per sr ; å ee å p ed ar er aa DE NE - SPT. i ea Sar i i Å Då er Miasgfe tå eg as) F DEN NORSKE NORDHAVS-BEXPEDITION IS7G6—1878. 1. ASTRONOMISKE OBSERVATIONER. H. MOHN. 2 MAGNETISKE OBSERVATIONER. C. WILLE. HUS GEOGRAFI OG NATURHISTORIKE MED 6 FARVETRYKTE BILLEDER, 13 TRÆSNIT OG 2 KARTER. H. MOHN. CHRISTIANIA. GRØNDAHL & SØNS BOGTRYKKERI. 1882. THE NORWEGIAN NORTH-ATLANTIG EXPEDITION ES IL ASTRONOMIGAL OBSERVATIONS. H. MOHN. 2. MAGNETICAL OBSERVATIONS. C. WILLE. - 3. GEOGRAPHY AND NATURAL HISTORY. WITH 6 CHROMO-LITHOGRAPHS, 138 WOOD ENGRAVINGS AND 2 MAPS. H. MOHN. CHRISTIANIA. PRINTED BY GRØNDAHL & SØN. 1882 pe 2 kj ÅR q Ke kø ald Ån å Å å Å AP AA % Er; Me Låg 59 EG IA HM, H. Mohn. Astronomiske Observationer til Tids- og Steds- bestemmelse. e D tioner gjordes under Expeditionens Ophold i Havn væsentlig- med det Maal for Øje at tjene til Grundlag for de Tids- og Arzimuthbestemmelser, der udfordredes til de magnetiske lagttagelser. Væed Siden deraf tilsigtedes ogsaa Bredde- og Længdebestemmelser. der kunde være af geo- grafisk Interesse, som paa «Jan Mayen og Spidsbergen. Den gunstige Lejlighed, som de gjennem Telegrafen givne Tids- signaler frembød til Veritieation af Længden af Punkter paa Kysten af det nordlige Norge. ønskede jeg ogsaa at benytte efter Lejligheden. Observationerne ere Nolhøjder. maalte med Sextant. Af Bestyreren for det astronomiske Observatorium 1 Chri- stiania, Professor UO. Fearnley, fik jeg udlaant en Observa- toriet tilhørende Sextant af Troughton. med Kviksølvhori- zont og Stativ. det samme Instrument, som Hansteen' be- nyttede paa sm Rejse i Sibirien i Aarene 1828—1830. I Brugen af Instrumentet modtog jeg selv Prof. Hansteens Vejledning paa Observatoriet i 1861. Paa Sextanten at- læses ved Nonien directe 10”. Ved samtlige Observationer benyttedes den lange Kikkert med ca. 19 Ganges Forstør- ring. Glastaget over Kviksølvhorizonten prøvede jeg, paa Røst, ved at stille det foran Kikkerten paa en Theodolith, der var indstillet paa en god Mire (et Kirkespir); Virk- ningen af en prismatisk Form af Glassene var saagodtsom umerkelig, og kan neppe udgjøre et Par Sekunder. Saagodtsom alle de her meddelte Observationer ere gjorte med dette Instrument. Under Jan Mayen observe- redes fra Skibsborde ogsaa med et Par andre Sextanter. Af Uhre havdes i 1876 ombord 3 Boxchronometre, af Kullberg, Frodsham og Mewes samt et Lommechrono- meter, foruden almindelige Lommeuhre. hvoraf et mig til- hørende Duplexuhr. I 1877 og 1878 havde vi foruden de nævnte Uhre et Boxchronometer af Reid og i 1878 havde Den norske Nardhavsexpedition. i denne Afhandling meddelte astronomiske Observa- H. Mohn: Astronomiske Observationer. H. Mohn. —Astronomical Observations for determining Time, Latitude and Longitude. TT astronomical observations set forth in this Me- moir were made during our stay im certain of the harbours at which the Expedition touched, — eluefly to serve as a basis of the time and azimuth determinations required for the magnetical observations. Å secondary ob- jeet lay in performing, if possible, divers latitude and longitude determinations that might prove of geographieal on the islands of Jan Mayen and Spitzbergen. Moreover, ot the excellent opportunity afforded by the telegraph time-signals to verify the longitude of points on the northern line of the Norway coast, I was specially desirous of taking advantage. interest. as, for instance, The observations are solar altitudes, measured with the sextant. On application to Professor OC. Fearnley, Di- rector of the Astronomical Observatory at Christiania, he kimdly lent me a sextant belonging to that establishment, one of Troughton's, furnished with a mereury-horizon and stand, — the identical instrument used by Hansteen on his travels in NSiberia (1828—1830). In the use of the in- strument Hansteen had himself given me the necessary in- structions, at the Observatory, in 1861. 10 seconds: magnifying about 10 diameters. was exclusively used. The: vernier reads For all the observations, the long telescope, The glass covering the mercury-horizon I tested at Røst. by placing it in front of the telescope of a theodolite directed to åa good mark (a church steeple). The effect resulting from a slightly prismatic form in the glasses was well-nigh inappre- eiable, amounting as it did to hardly å couple of seconds. Almost all of the observations were made with this instrument, å very few only having been taken on board with other sextants. off the coast of Jan Mayen. Of time-keepers, we had on the first cruise, in 1876, 3 box-ehronometers. made respectively by Kullberg, Frod- sham, and Mewes, ånd a pocket-chronometer, exclusive of watches, one of which — that belonging to myself — was a duplex lever. In 1877 and 1878, we had in addition a 1 jeg til Observationsuhr et Lommecbronometer, der var prø- vet paa Observatoriet i Neutchatel. Boxchronometrene havde sin Plads ombord i et Skab De bleve hver Morgen optrukne og sammenlignede indbyrdes. I 1876 tjente Kullberg som Hoveduhr og i 1877 og 1878 Reid. Kun Hoveduhret har været benyttet til Længdebestemmelserne, da det viste sig at have en meget jevnere Gang end de øvrige. - Under Rejserne blev det af de daglige Sammenligninger consta- teret. at der ikke indtraf nogen merkelig Forrykkelse i Hoveduhrets daglige Gang. Ved Observationer paa Land eller paa Dæk benytte- i Arbeidssalonen. des saagodtsom uden Undtagelse et af de andre Boxehrono- metre eller et Lommechronometer, stundom et al- I ethvert Tiltælde blev Observations- ogsaa mindeligt Lommeuhr. uhret sammenlignet med Hoyeduhret før og efter Obser- vationerne. Før Expeditionen tiltraadte sine Rejser, bleve Box- chronometrene, med Undtagelse af Reid, daglig sammen- lignede med Pendeluhret paa Observatoriet 1 Bergen af dettes Bestyrer. Hr. Åstrand. Under Expeditionens Op- hold i norske Havne blev deres Stand for Greenwich Mid- deltid bestemt ved de fra Observatoriet 1 Christiania gjen- nem Telegrafen givne Tidssignaler. Disse gives hver Søn- Signalapparatet (Morse's) Der gives hver Gang 3 Nignaler, nemlig 8" 59” 05, 9 0” 01 og 94 1” 05 Greenwich Middeltid om Søndagene .og 7 59” 03, 84-07 0 og 8" 1” 07 om Onsdagene. høres meget skarpt paa Modtagelsesstationens Morse-Appa- rat, bestaar i et enkelt Slag. For Signaler slaaes efter det første I Dobbeltslag, efter det andet 2 og efter det 3die Signal 3 Dobbeltslag. lerne sendes til alle norske Telegratstationer. dag og hver Onsdag Morgen. staar lige ved Siden af Observatoriets Normalpendel. Tidssignalet. der 9 at skille mellem de 3 Signa- Med Hensyn til Nøjagtigheden af de 1 det Følgende givne Tids-, Længde og Bredde-Bestemmelser maa jeg be- merke Følgende: Den af Beregningerne udledede sandsynlige Fejl af en enkelt observeret Højde (paa Land med Stativ og Kvik- HØreDerier sølvhorizont) er omkring + 5 imidlertid, det paa sit Sted skal vises, Tegn til. at der, foruden de som egentlige tilfældige Observationstejl, optræder constante Fejl, hvis Aarsag kunne ligge 1 forskjellige Omstændigheder, som i Bestemmelsen af Indexfejlen, mangelfuld Justering af In- strumentet, Excentricitet m. m. Hvad Indextfejlen angaar, da er den i Regelen bestemt samtidig med Observationerne og ved gjennemsnitlig 4 Satser Dobbelteontacter af Sol- renderne. Middelfejlen af Resultatet af en enkelt Sats 5.7 og Middelfejlen for en Bestem- være + 27.85. In- strumentet holdtes altid godt justeret og om Excentrieitet finder jeg at være + melse af Indexfejlen skulde saaledes af nogen merkelig Virkning nævner Prof. Hansteen ikke Noget. i Bodø antydes imidlertid Tilstedeværelsen af constante Feil i Højden af respektive 18” og —8”. En Del heraf kunde Ved Observationerne i Hammerfest (Fuglenes) og delivered by the box-ehronometer by Reid, and in the latter year I took observations with a pocket-chronometer, tested at the Ob- servatory of Neutchatel. The box-ehronometers were kept in å eupboard in the work-room. They were wound up every morning and duly compared. - In 1876, Kullberg's served as chief time-keeper, in 1867 and 1878 that by Reid. longitude, exclusive use was made of the chief time-keeper, than that On each eruise the result of For determinations ot its rate having proved much more uniform of the other chronometers. the daily comparison showed that no appreciable disturbanee had occurred im the diurnal rate of the ehief time-keeper. For obseryations on shore, or from the deck of the vessel, we used almost without exception one of the otber box-chronometers, or å pocket-chronometer, nay sometimes a watch. The ehronometer or watch, whichever it might be, was. however, invariably compared with the ehief time- keeper both before and after the observations. Previous to the departure of the Expedition on its several eruises, the böx-chronometers. witlr the exception of Reid's, were daily compared with the standard-gloek of the Bergen Observatory, by the Director. Mr. Åstrand. During the stay of the Expedition at Norwegian ports. on Greenwich mean time their error was determined by the time-signals telegraphed trom the Observatory at Chri- stiamia. These signals are sent every Sunday and Wed- The signalling apparatus(Morse's) stands close beside the standard-eloek of the Observatory. Three given, viz. at 8459” 09, 9407 10% and 94 103, time, on Sundays, and at 7 59" 0, 84 nesday morning. signals are Greenwich 0” 05 and 8" mean 1” 0: on Wednesdays. Each signal. distinetly. apparatus of the receiving-station. consists of a single elick. As å means of readily distinguishing be- tween the 3 signals, the first is followed by a double-elick, These signals are transmitted to all Norwegian telegraph-stations. the second by > double-elieks, and the third by 3. As regards the aceuraey of the observations for de- termining time. latitude, and longitude. I must observe as follows: — The ceomputed probable error of a single observed altitude (using on shore the sextant with a stand and mer- cury-horizon) is about + 5”. . Meanwhile, to believe, as will afterwards appear, that, apart from the aceidental errors of certain oceur, arising probably from various sources, such as the there is reason observation, constant errors determination of the index-error, imperfeet adjustment of the instrument, excentricity, &ce. With regard to the index- error, this has usually been determined when taking the ob- servations, and on an average from 4 sets of double con- The mean error of the result of Se Dole index-error should tacts of the solar limbs. one double contact I found to be and the mean the of the cordingly have been + 2”.85. The instrument was always error of determination AC- kept well adjusted, and ot excentricity that could have any appreciable effect, Hansteen says nothing whatever. Mean- while, the observations taken at Hammerfest (Fuglenes) and at Bodö indicate the existence of constant errors-in the muligens tilskrives Ujevnhed i Chronometrets Gang, men saameget bliver tilbage som Fejl i Højderne. at jeg anser det rigtigst at antage. at mine Højder. med et rundt Tal, kunne være beheftede med en sandsynlig constant Fejl for hver Station af + 10. Paa den Nøjagtighed. lvormed Observationsuhret an- giver Greenwich Middeltid. har jeg søgt at faa et Maal ved følgende Overslag: Observationsuhrets Sammenligning med Hoveduhret. Der toges flere Sammenligninger før og efter Højdeobser- vationerne. Af disse finder jeg for 1877. mit Duplexuhr, en sandsynlig Fejl af den anvendte Uhrforskjel af + 0.515 (efter 4 Sammenligninger) og + Os11 af 4 Sammenlignin- For 1878 tinder jeg for Sammenligningen mellem mit Lommechronometer og ger før og 4 efter Observationerne. Chronometer Reid saavel i Søen som i Havn, Middelfejlen af en enkelt Sammenligning + 0.5410. I Regelen gjordes 3 Sammenligninger, saaat Middelfejlen ved en Sammen- ligning før eller efter Højdeobservationerne kan, sættes til + 0.506 og af Mediet af begge til + 0.504. det følgende denne sandsynlige Fejl D, og sætter med et du ae == te OPE Jeg kalder i Naar Tidssignal skulde observeres. var Regelen den. at Skibsehefen, tionsuhret, et Lommechronometer, der slog 0.54, med Hoved- chronometret, derpaa gik i Land paa Telegrafkontoret og efter Tilhagekomsten ombord atter tog en Uhrsammenlig- Japt. Wille. først sammenlignede Observa- ning. + Jeg antager.. efter et Skjøn. denne Operations Re- sultat at have en sandsynlig Fejl af + 0.51, som jeg kalder D,, Paa Telegrafkontoret observerede Capt. Wille Tids- signalerne efter Observationsuhret. af Observationen sætte til 4 0.2. 3 Signaler kunne 2 sidste er man forberedt paa NSecundet), sætter jeg den Den sandsynlige Fejl af et enkelt Signal antager jeg at kunne Da i Regelen neppe mere end ? af de antages at blive godt observerede (ved de sandsynlige Fejl af Resultatet af Observationen af Tids- signalerne til + 0.515 (D,). observerede Tidssignalerne, stemte vor Bestemmelse af Ho- Ved en Lejlighed, da vi begge vedehrönometrets Stand paa 01. Ved Signalets Afsendelse paa Observatoriet i Chri- stiania kan den sandsynlige Fejl, efter Vidnesbyrd fra ved- kommende Astronomer, sættes til 0.515 pr. Signal, + 0.510 pr. 2 Signaler (Dj). | Ligeledes sættes den sandsynlige Fejl af Normalpen- delens beregnede Stand for Christiania Stjernetid. corri- geret efter efterfølgende Tidsbestemmelse, til + 031 (D:). Den sandsynlige Fejl af den nedenfor antagne Tids- forskjel mellem Christiania og Greenwich Observatoriers Meridianer sættes til + 0.32 (D,). Ved Længdeberegningerne er forudsat en jevn Gang hos Hovedehronometret mellem de Tidspunkter. da dets altitude amounting respectively to +8” and —8”. Some part of this error may perhaps be aseribed to want of uniformity in the rate of the chronometer: but even with this deduction. the remainder is, I think, as an actual error in the altitudes, suttieient to warrant assuming that my solar altitudes may be affected by a probable constant error at each Station of + 10”. Of the preeision with which the ehronometer used the time, I have sought to find å measure as follows: — for noting observations indicates Greenwich mean Comparison of the wateh or chronometer selected for the observation with the etief time-keeper. Several - com- parisons were made: before and after the observations of altitude. Now, for 1877 (my duplex wateh). I find a prob- able error of the assumed differenee of the. errors of the time-pieces (4 comparisons) of + 0.515, and with 4 com- parisons before and 4 after the observations, of + 0.511. For 1878, I find the mean error of a single comparison between my pocket-chronometer and the box-chronometer by Reid, both at sea and in harbour, to have been + 0.510. The number of comparisons having as a rule been three, the mean error of one comparison before or one after a series of altitudes may be put at + 0.506, and the mean error of two comparisons, one before and one after. at + 0.04. In the sequel I shall eall this probable error D,, and assume D, = + 0::1. 3 The time-signals were gå&nerally observed as follows: — Shortly before their arrival, the commander of the vessel. Capt. Wille, compared a pocket-chronometer, beating 0.4. with our ehief time-keeper. He then went on shore to the telegraph-office, observed the signals. and, on his return to The probable error of these comparisons on board may, I think, be estimated at + 0:51, which I shall eall D,. At the telegraph-office Capt. Wille observed the time- signals with the pocket-chronometer mentioned above. The the ship. again compared the respective time-pieces. probable error of the observation of one signal I have put at + 0.32. Now, as only 2 of the 3 signals, on an average. will be accurately observed (for the 2 last the observer is prepared to the second), I shall estimate the probable error of the result of our observations of the time-signals at + 0.515 (D;). On one oceasion, when both of us (myself and Capt. Wille) observed the time-signals, our determination of the error of the chief chronometer agreed within 0,51. According to the estimate of the astronomers of the Christiania Observatory, the probable error of one signal as given with the key at the Observatory may be put at + 0.515, of two signals + 0.510 (D,). The probable error of the computed error of the standard clock on Christiania sidereal time, correeted from later transits of stars, is put at + 0.31 (D;). The probable error of the differenee in time, as given below. between the meridians of the Christiania and Green- wich Observatories, is put at + 0.532 (Dy). For computations of longitude. the ehief echronometer is assumed to have had a uniform rate between the moments 4 Er Stand er bestemt ved Tidssignaler. Den sandsynlige Fejl eller Afvigelse fra den absolut jevne Gang sætter jeg, da den midlere Gang hos Chronometret Reid viser sig saa ud- merket jevn, til + 0.525 (D;). ; Den galvaniske Strøm, ved hvilken Tidssignalerne gives, gaar ikke directe gjennem alle Stationers Apparater, men sendes ved Overdrag videre fra visse Overdrags- stationer. For de Stationers Vedkommende, hvorom her er Spørgsmaal, er der Overdrag i Christiania, Throndhjem, Lødingen og Kistrand. Ved OQverdragene lider Signalet en Forsinkelse. direktør Nielsen's og Telegrafintendant OCollett's Velvilje Strømmen sendtes fra Chri- stiania over Throndhjem til Lødingen. og tilbage til Uhri- stiania ad to forskjellige Traade med 3 Overdrag paa Vejen. Det med en Nøgel givne Signal kom igjen og hørtes paa et ved Siden af Afsendelsesapparatet staaende Apparat. Naar jeg signalerede med Nøglen i Takt og Comeidents Størrelsen af denne fik jeg ved Telegraf- bestemt paa følgende Maade: med mit Lommechronometer, hørtes det tilbagekommende Da var NSignalets For- Signal midt imellem de med Nøglen givne Signaler. mit Uhr slaar 4 Tiendedels Secunder, sinkelse 0.520 for 3 Overdrag. NSættes Forsinkelsen lige stor for hvert Overdrag, bliver den 0:07 for hvert, og alt- saa for 2 Overdrag 0.514,.0g for 4 Overdrag 0.18. Ved Beregningen af Normalpendelens Angivelse for Nig- naløjeblikket er gaaet ud fra en Tidsforskjel af 0" 42” 54.5 Efter den af Prof. Auwers i Geographisches Jahrbuch fir 1880 givne Tabel over de vigtigste Observatoriers Bredde og Længde er den næynte Tidstorskjel 0” 42” 53.18. Forskjellen mellem de to Tal beror paa de nyere telegrafiske Bestemmelser uf Længden af Kjøbenhavns Observatorium, med hvilket Chri- stianias er forbundet chronometrisk. mellem Christiania og Greenwich. Idet jeg gaar ud fra den nyere Bestemmelse, bliver følgelig Klokkeslettet i Green- wich 1 Signaløjeblikket 0.57 større end oprindelig antaget. Observator Geelmuyden har velvilligen meddelt mig de corrigerede Tidspunkter for Signalernes Afsendelse, der ere beregnede efter Tidsbestemmelser gjorte saavel før som efter Signalernes Afsendelse. Den følgende Tabel viser de efter de oven anførte Correctioner, Strømtid, Længdecorree- tion og senere Tidsbestemmelser, rettede Nignaløjeblikke, som ere observerede under Expeditionen, samt Hovedehrono- metrenes Stand og Gang. The probable error or deviation from a umiform rate, I shall at which its error was found by the time-signals. put — the mean rate of the Reid chronometer having proved so remarkably uniform — at + 0.325 (D;). The galvanic current by which the time-signals are transmitted, does not reach every station direct, being sent on by relays from certain stations selected for that pur- pose. Ås regards the stations at which the time-signals were observed on the Expedition, the relay-stations were at Ohristiania, Throndhjem, Lödingen, and Kistrand. These breaks occasion some loss of time in transmitting the signal. The approximate extent of the delay I was enabled by the kind- ness of Mr. Nielsen, Director of Telegraphs, and of Mr. Collett, Flectrician, to determine as follows: — The galvanie current was transmitted from Christiana. viå Throndhjem, to Lö- dingen, and thence back to Christiama. by two different wires, and broken by three relays. The signal, given with a key, came back, being distinetly delivered from another When sig- nalling with the key, its elicks comeiding with the beats apparatus, also standing beside the observer. of my pocket-chronometer, the returning signal would be heard at the mid-poimt of the interval between two' sucees- sive signals given with the key. Now, as my pocket-chron- ometer beats four-tenths of a second, the delay in trans- mitting åa signal must have been 0.520 with three relays; hence, with one relay, assuming 1t equal for each, the delay will be 0.07, 0.514, four 0.528. In computing the indication of the standard-elock for with two: relays and with the moment of the despateh of a signal. the difference m time between Christiania and Greenwich has been put at 0” 42” 54.5. According to the Table furnmished by Pro- fessor Auwers in Geographisehes Jahrbuch for 1880, show- ing the latitude and longitunde the difference is 0" 42” 53.58. The want of agrement in the respective figures must be tele- graphic determination of the longitude of the Copenhagen of the chief Observatories, aseribed to the late Observatory, with which that at Christiania is chronome- trically connegted. Taking the latter of the two deter- minations, the assumed Greenwich time at the moment of despateh will require a correction of + O.7. Mr. Geelmuyden, of the Christiania Observatory, has kindly furnished me with the correeted moments for the despateh of the signals, computed from transists ob- | In the follow- ing Table will be found the moments of despateh for the served alike before and after transmission. signals observed on the Expedition, corrected for the above- specitied errors, viz. the propagation of the current, correc- tion of assumed longitude, and subsquent determinations of elock error — as also the error and rate of the chief chronometers. Greenwich Hovedehronometer Sted. Datum. Middeltid. Cor. til G M. T Daglig Gang. (Place.) (Date.) (Greenwich Mean Time) (Standard Chronometer. (Daily Rate.) då MM. ØCorr. to G. M. T.) ; Christiansund 1876 Juni (June) 25 97 0” 0: ot 38" 59.% Oo: Namsos Aug. (Aug.) 20 Oo 108 — 0 39 32.8 59 Bergen 1877 Maj (May) 23 Omo or +0 GJ age o G Bodø Juni (June) 24 9 0 o.9 å EAG) d Tromsø Ju (ur | 8 009 8 10.9 Per * Tromsø Juli (July) 22 | 8 59 59.3 20.5 AR Bodø Aae (Augir2 fu 09 003 «1.3 : 40. 8 OT Hammerfest . 1878 Juni (Juné) 23 ON OMreO to 15. 5:5 8 : 0. 87 Hammerfest . Juli (July) 10 Ba omme ors od Å å : O. Hammerfest . Juli (July) 28 | 9 0 1.0 os 9 0. 97 Tromsø Aug. (Aug.) 28 :| 8' 0 0.8 og mo 70 O I. Husø. 1. Husø. En liden Ø ved Sognefjordens Munding. Sterk Å small island at the mouth of the Sognefjord. Blow- Nordenvind. Observationerne gjordes i Læ af Hr. Lexaus Hus. Efter Kystkartet er Bredden 4 = 60 59.6, Læng- denmir=A03M 18” 28* FE. Greenwich = 2” 415 W. The observations were taken to On the coastal chart, the is 60% 59.6, the longitude, Å, 4" 37 = 187 ing hard from the north. leeward of Mr. Lexau's house. latitude, g, Bergen. Corresponderende Højder. Chronometer Mewes 28* E. Greenwich = 2” 41* W. Bergen. Equal altitudes. No. 575. 2h' = aflæst dobbelt Højde. T, ucorrigeret | Chronometer, Mewes No. 575. 2h' signities Observed double Middag. /'T, Middagscorrection, E. Tidsjevning, MT altitude: T, Mean of all chronometer-times; ZT, Equa- Middeltid.' | tion of equal altitudes;. BE. Equation of time; MT Mean time. 1876. Juni (June) 10. Oo 2h” Chron. a. m. Chron. p. m. 15 89 0 30" 22% 6” 50.55 2 h 48” 34.50 o? Ay 46.95 50 8 - 51.0 46 44.0 Vil GS 90 o 9- 45-5 45 48.5 47:0 10 Ko 2-0 25205 47-25 20, Ge SJON 46.75 30 12 SO Ag 0 47-0 40 ne SOP 42 3:0 46.25 50 ao) 41 6.0 46.5 Om OG SØGNE 40 9.0 47:25 IO Ailo) POET Som2:05 47 5 20 17) EUKefO) Slo MONG 46.75 30 18 18.0 Sp HAS 46.25 40 TOMEL/AO SO NG) 47-45 50 DO 35 10.0 16.85 goe pr JON 34 20.0 | 47-5 Ua — o* Do 46.97 u= E == 4-34 0 27 42063 EE 47: 32 Mewes foran Husø Middeltid (Fast on Husø M. T.) o 28 20.05 Reduction t. (to) Bergen. ae 24 Correction t. (Error on) Bergen M. T. . . . . . "06% 25" 49, Gori Maj (May) 30 2."55 Juni (June) 10 0. 45 6 (Error on) Bergen M. T. 3) Daglig Aeceleration (Gaiming daily) 2. Reykjavik. Den Iste August 1876 toges af Capt. Wille og Lieutn. Petersen følgende corresponderende Højder paa den grønne Plæne ved Konsul Simsons Hus. fy = 64" 9.0, 2 = I 27” 36.46 W. Gr. Chronometer Kullberg.' på 2. Reykjavik. On the lst of August. 1876. Capt. Wille and Lieut. Petersen took the following equal altitudes from the grass- plot adjoming Mr. Simson's house. Øy = 649 9,0, 1 = I 27” 36.56 W. Gr. Kullberg's echronometer. O 2h” Chron. a. m. Chron. p. m. bis MDG 5 GO! 23" 49" 8.'0 D RØR MOM) DS ei 10 sø) 22.5 3505 57-73 20 ere goro 5744 30 OR far So GG:0 58.41 40 53 29.5 3r 48.0 57-38 50 54 40:55 30 40.5 59.10 760 550455 200P3n5 57:08 76 +40 og (01805 JG LE 57.06 50 12 6K0 DRO 56:43 Tee: 2eNSTED 22 40.5 57.15 10 3 40.0 2 NO 58.38 20 4 58.0 DO 0 57:85 30 (0) OM5 i) NEA 58.82 40 2 EGGE seo 56.04 DS AOS ete Og E.: oe 406 Chron. Corr. t. (ror on) Reykjavik M. T. 2” 6" 55.%2 = — p(=- 2) Greenwich — 39 21.8 Reykjavik W. Greenwich DEE) Sættes D, = 0, da Hovedehronometret anvendtes til Now. putting D, = 0. the observations having ØObseryationemer DE HKOFNND EE 0415) Di Et V been taken with the chief ehronometer; D, =.+ 01, GDS VED EEE De =000:25, aa DE ODDE EROTDNE 0, De 202 bliver den sandsynlige Fejl af den beregnede Længde | D; = + 0:25, the probable error of the computed longi- tude will be D Den af ovenstaaende Observationer beregnede Længde stemmer paa 27 med den, der ifølge. de QOpgaver, som velvillig ere mig meddelte af Commandør Rothe. Directør for det Kongelige Danske NSøkaart-Archiv i Kjøbenhavn. efter tidligere lagttagelser og Beregninger er antaget som den sandsynligste, nemlig 1” 27” 36.56 Obset'vations- ME | (0:13) 4 D at D je bl VED =+ 0:41 The longitude computed from tlie observations given above agrees within 2.7 with that which, according to the results kindly furnished me by Commodore Rothe, Hydro- erapher to the Royal Danish Navy. from former observa- deemed the most probable, 1” 27” 36.56. the point of observation lying about 387, tions and computations. is ViZ. punktet ligger nemlig 38” eller 2.55 østenfor det Punkt ved Reykjavik. hvis Længde er antaget at være 21054 46” ene 239. 3. Namsos. Corresponderende Højder. fy = 64" 28.2. 1= 0" I ) f 46” 6* E. Greenw. Observationerne gjordes paa Nordsiden af Byen, c. 20 Skridt fra Stranden. Chron. Frodsham. 1876. or 2.55, east of a point at Reykjavik of which the longi- tude is assumed to be 219 54' 46”, or 1” 97" 39,51, 3. Namsos. Equal altitudes; fr = 64" 28.2; Å = 0" 46" 6* E. Gr. The observations were taken north of the town, about 20 paces from the shore. Frodsham's chronometer. August 19. 3 | rå 2h” | Chron. a. m. Chron. p. m Te ER, O | : ) 72 (1) 50" 22% GJ 26.55 o* 54" 47:30 2130 3 p 30.594 73 Oo oe Bo Goa) 30. 67 NG) I I 5.0 51 vo) 30: 14 20 10 0.0 Mo) GAR G 30. 35 30 I5 o. 5 47 20.5 34: 57 10 16 54.00 45 19.0 30. 54 50 18 50.5 Me 206 (0) POL GAR EO 21 2.0 Zu 500) 32. 48 10 25 9.0 39 FO) 32: 21 ; 23 31 31.29 0.34 E og ON Corr. t. (Error on) Namsos M. T.--+ o 31 47.85 Den 19de August, 21” 0” 0,58 Greenwich M. T., var, ifølge Tidssignal pr. Telegraf, observeret direete efter Frod- sham, af Capt. Wille, dette Chronometer 14” 23.0 foran Greenwich M. T. Da Chronometret accelerede 5.512 i 24”, bliver for Signaløjeblikket dets Correction til Namsos Middel- tid + 31” 43.122. og den af disse Tal resulterende Længde . for Namsos Ah = 0" 46" 6.5122 E. Greenwich med en sandsynlig Fejl af On the 19th of August, 21” 0” 0,58 Greenwich M. T.,, Capt. Wille found the Frodsham cehronometer, with which he observed the time-signals, to be 14” 23.50 fast on Greenwich M. T.;: and hence, gaining as it did 5.512 in twenty-four hours. the error on Namsos M. T. for the moment of despateh will be + 31” 43.122, and the longi- tude of: Namsos computed from these figures, Å = 04 46" 6.522 FE. Greenw. with a probable error of - i V 0:34: + D +D Efter det af den geografiske Opmaaling construerede, endnu ikke udgivne, nyeste Kart over disse Egne ligger mit Observationspunkt 09% 46' 29” eller 0” 3” 5,9 E. Christiania, og skulde saaledes. med den her antagne 1 Se ogsaa "Geografisk Tidskrift”, udgivet af Bestyrelsen for det kongelige danske geografiske Selskab, 4de Bind, 1880, S. 111, 112. Dåp Hp On the latest charts of these regions, constructed by the Geographical Survey but not yet published, my point of observåtion lies 0" 46' 29”, or 0" 37 5,59 E. Christi- ania, and should therefore, with the longitude here assumed ! See also *Geografisk Tidskrift," edited by the Directors of the Royal Danish Geographical Society, Vol. 4, 1880, pp. 111, 112. 04275328, ligge 0" 45" 59:47 55 vestligere. end min astronomiske Længde for Christiania, det er 6. Nogen ikke at anguve. E. Greenwich. Bestemmelse giver. Grund til denne Forskjel formaar jeg betydelige * for that place, viz. 0” 42” 53.58, lie 0% 45" 59-17 E. Greenwich, that is. 6.55 farther west than determined by my astronomiceal observations. Any reason for so considér- able a differenee T am unable to suggest. 4. Bodø. Samtidig med at Capt. Wille gjorde magnetiske Ob- en Række NSol- højder paa et Sted nogle hundrede Skridt østenfor den østligste Landgangsbrygge. sponderende, en Række var Circummeridianhøjder. og senere om Eftermiddagen toges, med lav Nolstand, en kort Række absolute Højder. Til de fleste Observationer benyttede jeg Chronometer Frodsham, til nogle af Cireummeridian- højderne mit Duplexuhr, efter samtidige Sammenligninger, reduceredes til Frodsham. servationer. tog jeg den l3de August 1877 En Del af Højderne vare corre- men hvis Angivelser, umiddelbart Dette Chronometer sammenlignede jeg med Normalchrono- metret Reid Morgen og Aften. 4. Bodø. Whilst Capt. Wille was engaged in making magnetical observations. I took on the 13th of August, 1877, a series of solar altitudes. from 'a point a few hundred paces east of the most easterly landing-pier. Part of them were equal altitudes. part (one series)eireum-meridian altitudes, and later in the afternodn I took a short series of absolute altitudes. For most of the observations I used the Frodsham chronometer: but for some of the eireum-meridian altitudes, watch, its indications, having been immediately compared with, and reduced to. those of the Frodsham. This ehronometer I myself compared morning and. evening my duplex however, with the Reid. our chief timekeeper. Frodsham 19% 54". 30.0 7 07 30,0 Frodsham 19% 54” 30.50 UO SJ0H0) Reid 18 50 46.5 DD 04425 Reid L8PE5 04605 D 56 +44. 25 Fr. Corr. t. Reid — 1-3 43.5 —1 8 45.75 Core iorke de SES oe DD Sextantens Indextejl fandtes: V The index-error of the sextant was found to be — Før Middag ++ 1! 58.41 + 1.78 4 Observationer. Before Noon + 1" 58.1 + 1.78 4 Observations. Efter Middag .+ 1 50.3 + 5.2 4 — After Noon I 1 50/38 +5.2 4 — Om Aftenen ++ 1 63.5 + I. 7 1 — I In the Bvening + 1 63.5 + 1.7 4 eg Højderne ere beregnede med en Indexfejl af + 1' 5T."3 indtil Frodsham 12” 10” 55* og de følgende med SE De Efter de ombord gjorte meteorologiske lagttagelser var RISSFa Barometer 770.”"2. Temperatur 21.00 C. rope — 09008. — 21. 0 Spr: — Oak 8) —— 16. 0 Efter en foreløbig Beregning fandt jeg som Spproxk mative Værdier af Bredden og Længden fo = 679 17" 10" og ay = 0" 57” 39.56. Kaldes den af disse Værdier for hvert Observationsøjeblik beregnede Højde af Solens Cen- trum hy, den af Observationerne, rettede for Indexfejl, Re- fraction, Parallaxe og Solradius, fundne Højde h, den sand- synligste Værdi af Bredden og Længden 9 + I og Å, En saa giver hver Observation en Ligning af Formen — co8 å dyp — 008 f sm å ÅÅ = h — hy hvor aer Azimuth. Af samtlige Ligninger udlededes ved de mindste Kvadraters Methode de dy og AN. reren af Bergens Observatorium. Hr. sandsynligste Værdier af udført af: Besty- Astrand, der dette Arbe, ide. Grupperes Differentserne mellem de observerede og de efter de fundne Denne sidste Beregning er efter min Anmodning velvillig paatog sig sandsynligste Værdier for Bredden og made by The altitudes have been computed with an index-error of + 1' 57.73 up to 12” 10” 55* Frodsham, and the re- mainder with an error of per 1 20) The results of the meteorologien odden taken on board: were as follows: — 8 a. m. Barometer 770.”"2. 'Temperature 21.00 C. 2 pm. — GJE: — 21.0 8 pm. — GONE — 16. 0 As approximate values for latitude and longitude, a preliminary computation gave Yo = 67" 17 10” and å, = (008 Hr SOS None computed for each moment of observation from these values, be called %;, the altitude found from the observations, after correetion for the index-error, refraction, parallax, and the h, the probable value of the latitude fo + I f and ay + I Å, — then each give an equation of the followmng form — if the altitude of the sun's centre. sun's semidiameter, and longitude, observation will — €0s å Å — 05 p sim å JÅ = h— hy in which a-signifies the azimutb. From all the equations were found, by the method of the least squares, the most values of fy and 74. This computation was Mr. Astrand, the Obser- vatory, who at my request kindly undertook the work. On the the altitudes and the altitudes computed from the most pro- probable Director ot Bergen grouping differences between observed Længden beregnede Højder efter de observerede Solrender, finder man, at i Gjennemsnit give nedre Solrands Obser- vationer Højderne 6.”8 for store, og øvre Solrands 6.”6 for smaa. Den i Beregningen benyttede Solradius, 15" 59.”5, er saaledes for stor og bør. for at bringes i Overensstem- melse med Observationerne, formindskes til 15' 52.8. Be- regires med denne Værdi faar man de nedenstaaende Vær- dier for Forskjellen mellem observerede og beregnede Høj- der, hvis Kvadratsum er Minimum. 1877. Obs. — Ber. Højde. (Obs. — ale. Alt.) Chron. Dobbelt aflæst Højde. , Frodsham. (Double obs. Altitude.) pre 6 35.0 | O 62? 40' o” + 8" 27 55 50 o ==" 20) 05 o3 Foo as LO) Bor 230 10 O ==" SE KERG 2OM0 = "49 32 50.0 Soo = 3 SA 40 0 ab Se 22:05 | 0 +. 8 ea 64 0 o ap ng EEE 065 20 0 — 8 40 4:0 30 o — .14 Am 2300 40 O — 17 den SO) 50 o " — 17 5 66 moro — 16 AS os EN 10 o — pr 46 .40.0 20 O — 8 SAO 30 o = "GJ 49. 23-0 40 o 7 23 17 52.0 074 100 PG 19 47.0 14 30 UG 20 (5130 18 15 20 211 47.0 20 O + 5 22 3330 22 RO + 7 23. >33.0 24 20 > 8 24 25.0 26 30 + 13 26 28:10 28 40 + 5 Se SG Mr 23 29 45.0 O73 33 50 o pe 050 36 40 + 25 32 39:01 39 30 + 19 ou 3200 42 25 o 36 4.0 | 45 5 ie 38 46.0 49 20 4 14 9390 57.0 50 50 SEG 41 O:0 > Ge JG + 6 41 55:0 59 10 ir Ero ON 74 3 55 ar 7 ONO 4 10 = å Go NELG | 4 25 — 2 59. 16.0 | 4 25 == omor 20 4 40 ==" I 0.0 4 35 Fe 240 4 30 — II 2. 46.0 AND — II gg ØRO 4 30 7 SSD oeoesg or + 1 Er DE 10 Oo Mere 47 56.0 leg 00 + 13 48 46.0 | 28 50 o + 2 Den norske: Nordhavsexpedition. H. Mohn: Astronomiske Observationer. bable values resulting for the latitude and longitude accor- ding to the observed solar limbs, the lower-limb observa- tions are found to give om an average the altitudes 6.78 too high, the upper-limb 6.”6 too low. Hence.- the 'as- sumed semidiameter of the sun, — 15" 59.5, will be too great, and should, to make it agree with the observations. be re- duced to 15' 52.”8. Computed with these figures. we get the subjoined values for the difference between observed and computed altitudes. the sum of the squares of which is å minimum. 2; August (August) 12—13. Obs. — Ber. Højde. (Obs. — Calc. Alt.) Chron. Dobbelt. aflæst Højde. Frodsham. (Double obs. Altitude.) ormer220 lige GN Ett EN 5. 40.0 SE DE ae] 7 SEO, TRO: i == å op 70 6 55 er 10 57.0 5 40 + 2 12 2.0 5 Mor + 2 £30 8:20 4 35 Sue 0226) Te 2 3 20 Le å vg TN GRO 2 20 | — 5 of 2 rd 0 073 .5250 EG 220 15500 50 40 | -— 4 ps 10 47 20 | —10 261 26.0 45 20 == 055 27 ero 44 15 — 4 2020 42 55 — 4 29 25.0 41 Oo | = 4 BONE 0 39 0 — II Bredo F7M20 | = HO om560 27.0 OM 4 315 Vee eg Gr SO 28 40 O DSO 26 30 = "i So) 2550) 24 20, =" å 40 22.0 220 0 Eve 7 bt rikes (0) 2000 Å Oo 29 NSO 18 15 + 14 43 18.0 14 30 —= å AS GRO TONO: 5 Gå De EGG) 2 66 40 o 5 7 15 6:0 30 6 + 2 16, 12005 20 0 SH 170 4805 TOM ON — 10 1Q O57 > PRONNO 3 20102040 65 '50 o + 2 2m 46040 40 Oo re 23 4.0 30 o + 1 24012300 20 o FF 8 2202 KONAN o + 13 27 47:5 63 50 o 4-7 29 3-0 40 0 Ge 30. 15.5 30 o ag 31 34.0 20 O + 14 32" 46.5" 1ONON + 4, 34 105 or or +..4 35 16.0 62 15010 Fe OG JoOM2005 "400 — 15 5 50148:0 029 30 o 56) SI : 41:10 20 Oo + 14 So 3 TO 10 O +: 3 SE 2085 ONO + 12 2 Ifølge Tidssignal var den 12te August 9 0” 1.53 a. m. Chronometer Reid's Correction til Greenwich Middeltid + 8” 40,58, der voxer med 0.597 i 24". Herefter bliver Correctionen for Reid til Greenwich Middeltid ved den første Observation om Formiddagen + 8” 41.58, ved den sidste af de corresponderende Højdér om Bftermiddagen + 8" 42,50 og ved Aftenobservationerne + 8" 42/51. Af Ligningerne findes den sandsynlige Fejl af en enkelt Højde ; . ve ar (60) og de sandsynligste Værdier for Ag = + 3.9 0,"74 Forudsættes en sandsynlig constant RFejl af + 10” i de maalte Højder, vil denne i den beregnede Bredde. give en sandsynlig Fejl af + 10.”76, Resultat og man faar saaledes som =o 50 Eg 10:78 En constant Fejl af 10” i de maalte Højder giver en Fejl af 0.551 i Længden. Den sandsynlige Fejl af den beregnede Længde kan derfor sættes lig Ah On the 12th of August, 9” 0” 1.3 a. m., the correc- tion for the Reid chronometer to Greenwich mean time, as determined by the time-signals, was + 8” 40:58, increasing 0.597 in twenty-four. hours. Hence, the Reid correetion to Greenwich mean time for the first observation in the fore- noon, will be + 8” 41,98; for the last of the equal alti- tudes in the afternoon + 8” 42.0; and for the evening observations + 8” 42:1. From the equations, the probable error of a single altitude is found to be å = + 6."3; and the most probable values for == 9004 NE S0r9 0:22 | If we assume å probable constant error of + 10” in the | observed altitudes, this error will affect the computed lati- | tude with a probable error of + 10.76, and the final | result will be | i == GS DE LOS: Å constant error of 10” im the observed altitudes, | entails an error of 0.51-+ in longitude. The probable error | of the eomputed longitude may aecordingly be put at V (029 (051)? D + D å og man faar som Resultat EO: 57” 39.4 + 0.63 E. Greenwich 0 GU Ge OK Ifølge de norske Kystkarter ligger mit Observations- - punkt paa Bredde 67" 17' 15” .Længde 140 25' 40” = 0+ 57" 42.7 E. Greenwich. Der er saaledes meget god Overensstemmelse i Bred- den, medens min Bestemmelse lægger Bodø 3.3 vestligere end Kartet, en Afstand, der svarer til 594 Meter. 5. Røst. Observationerne toges paa en større Holme. Skru- holmen kaldet, den 26de Juni 1877. Ved Middagstider toges en Række Cireummeridianhøjder og om Eftermiddagen en Række Højder i Nærheden af første Vertical. Ved den første Række benyttede jeg mit Duplexuhr, der sammen- and the fimal result will be ME=I00: | =149 39,4 + 0.63 E. Greenwich DI 25 9505) KYK 24 I On the Norwegian coastal charts my point of obser- | vation is in I Latitude 679 17' 15” Longitude 149 25' 40” = 0» 42.7 E. Greenwich. Hence the agreement in latitude is quite satistactory, | whereas my determination, as compared with the chart, pla- ces Bodø 3.3 DØ metres. == DÅ farther west, a difference corresponding to 5. Røst. The observations were made on å large holm, or | - islet, called Skruholmen, June the 26th 1877. At | were taken a series of cireum-meridian altitudes, and in the noon afternoon a series of altitudes near the prime vertieal. For the first series, I used my duplex.wateh, which, imme- JE lignedes. umiddelbart efter at Observationerne vare tagne. med Chronometer Frodsham, og hvis, Angivelser paa Stedet reduceredes til dette. benyttede jeg Frodsham. Ved FEftermiddagsobservationerne Indexfejlen fandtes ved Middag = +'2' 8.”8 45”. 5 Obs pre Fitermd=C Sor Sk: 8 åa. m. 20 pa m. 8 am. Barometer 750.””6 750.6 agn Temperatur 8.09 9:00 S00 Efter Tidssignal. observeret i Bodø den 24de Juni, er for Frodshams Chronometer beregnet for Eftermiddags- observationerne Correction til Greenwich Middeltid — 04 52m 127. Som foreløbige Værdier er sat | diately after taking the observations, was compared with the Frodsham chronometer, and- its several indications re- duced on the spot to those of the latter timepiece. For the afternoon-series. I used the Frodsham. ESSEN EEE 2 Index-error at Noon 5 Observations. — after Noon 3 8 am. 2p. m. Oran. Barometer 750.”"6 750.”76 749,mm2 Temperature 8.9 * 9.%) 8.09 The Frodsham correction to Greenwich mean time, as determined from the time-signals at Bodø on the 24th of June, was found to be EVA BP EU As approximate values, Øo = 64" 29" 50” and Å9 = 0* 487 29.1 E. Greenwich. 1877. Chron. Frodsham. 2h'" Å OG GO 92" 13 45" — JE 24000646 Tad20 — 6 15 6.6 12 50 = 3 10 6.6 10 40 — 3 20 36.6 830 = 6% om 580 70030 t 4 20 080 6 30 — 6 24 30.6 Org 5 Steer 215 192800 O 10 = 2 26 38.6 GOMS OM +14 27 46.6 57 30 Få 20 8.6 55 30 +14 29 51.6 54 0 + I S054:16 Sa go — 16 Differentserne 7 mellem de observerede og beregnede Højder ere tagne efterat den benyttede Solradius er for- mindsket med 7.72 forat tilfredsstille Observationerne af begge Solrender. Efter de mindste Kvadraters Methode har Hr. Åstrand fundet Ap = —9.6 + se IE | bliver dens Virkning paa den beregnede Bredde + 9.79, og Resultatet bliver ) | == OND ATA, 10170: Forudsættes en sandsynlig constant Fejl af + IG Juni (June) 26. Chron. Frodsham. >h' SG 4" 46" 31.7 Ose ONO AO 30 o — 2 48 19.0 20 0 | rå 49 12.5 10 0 => 32 co 16045 o o pk HOME o7 56 500 + 1 ST SO 40 0 un 52 43:8 sep FRP 53 35.5 200 Nio. 55 37:0 Gje Oo. 561 03010 S0r 50 Ok Sy Ne 20 % 40 0 de SG GS 30 o SR 0 5005 oe NE PL ON FOR 10 O ge: Oo 54.5 o 0 rs SE 55500 SSS 23880 FOO Mee? The differences, 4. between the observed and the computed altitudes. were found after diminishing the as- sumed semidiameter of the sun by 7."2, to satisfy the ob- servations of both limbs. ; , By the method of the least squares, Mr. Astrand found Ve i == 5 ØGD) av OP Assuming a probable constant error of & 10”, the effect on the computed latitude will be + 9.”9, and the result therefore g = 679 29" 47.74. + 10."0. En constant Fejl af 10” i de maalte Højder giver en Fejl af 1.66 i den beregnede Længde. Sættes sandsynlige Fejl af den beregnede Længde lig den Å constant error of 10” in the observed altitudes. entails an error of 1.66 in the computed longitude. Put- ting: the probable error of the computed longitude at V QaPLGesr Hp Sp D Å 2 3 faaes som Resultat ME=(0PAS 20 SETER Efter de norske Kystkarter ligger Skruholmen paa Bredde 679 29' 48" Længde 12" 6' 36” = 0” 48” 26.4 E. Greenwich. Der er saaledes god Qverensstemmelse i Bredden, medens min Bestemmelse lægger Røst 51” eller 3.4 øst- ligere end Kartet, en Afstand, der svarer til 602 Meter. 6. Hammerfest. Observationerne gjordes om Eftermiddagen den Øde Juli og om Morgenen den 1Ode Juli 1878 paa Fuglenes i Meridian-Støttens Meridian, omtrent 5 Meter i Syd for samme. —Polhøjden af Meridian-Støtten, der danner det nordlige Endepunkt af den Russisk-Svensk-Norske Grad- maaling, er bestemt af Professor Lindhagen til 709 40' 11.”5. OQmstændighederne vare meget gunstige, Luften klar og rolig. * Den 9de Juli Eft. fandtes Indexfejlen (Index-error p. mi.) + gi (Ode: 4, + Form. == ( Som Observationsuhr mit Lomme- chronometer. benyttede jeg Chron. Reid Juli 9 (Reid's Chronometer) 2 21” 30.0 Lommechron. 9 (Pocket-chronometer) 3 15 14.0 Corr. t. Reid (Corr. to Reid) == AO Juli 9 Eft: Barom. 760. Temp. 89 10 Morgen =P) SØ Paa Telegratcontoret i Hammerfest observerede jeg den 10de Juli Lommeehronometer 80 387 22.0 Corrigeret Tidssignal 8 0 1.2 Greenwich M.T. Corr. af Lommechron. — 38 20.8 til Gr. M.T. TE — 53 41.0 ,- Reid. Corr. for Reid +15 20.2 til Greenwich M: T. | jo DE the result will be UT 27” + 25.78 E. Greenwich. On the Norwegian coastal charts. Skruholmen is in Latitude 670 29' 48” Longitude 129 6' 36” = 0" 48” 26.4 FE. Greenwich. Hénee the agreement in latitude is quite satisfactory, whereas my determination of longitude, as compared with the chart, places Røst 51”, or 3.4, farther öast, a diffe- rence corresponding to 602 metres. 6. Hammerfest. The observations were taken in the afternoon of the 9th of July and on the morning of the 10th, 1878, at Fuglenes, in the meridian of the *Meridian-Column,” about 5 metres farther south. The latitude of the Column, which constitutes the northern terminal pomt of the Russian- Swedish-Norwegian are of meridian, has been determined by Professor Lindhagen at 70" 40' 11.73. were remarkably favourable, the atmosphere both clear and still. Cirecumstances JTD 2 DORO pe: -— å mm) 2 SES LS | For these observations, I used my pocket-ehrono- | | meter. 6: 9257 0,0 176 7 0,0 192 93m 0,0 202 3m 30,:0, TS OSE OE 20 SORG 653 42:59 253 MT —353 41.1 Dor LOR | July 9 pm. Barom. 760.”"0 Temp. : 80 V 10 å. m. — 759,nm3 == At the telegraph-offite mm Hammerfest, I observed on the 10th of July Pocket-chronometer 8” 38" 22.0 1.2 Greenwch M. T. Corrected Time-signals 8 0 Corr: for Pocket-chron. —38 20.8 to Gr. MT. — 53 41.0 to the Reid chron. . for the Reid 20.2 to Greenwich M. I. +15 13 . Med Polhøjden 70" 40' 11."2 beregnede Hr. Åstrand Længden saaledes: Af Observationerne Juli 9 Eft. Juli 10 Morg. (- — For at bringe Eftermiddagsobservationerne af begge Solrender i Overensstemmelse, trænger den benyttede Sol- radius en Tilvæxt af 2.”7. For Morgenobservationernes Vedkommende trænges en Tilvæxt af 1."4: De to Observationsrækker give, som man ser, merkelig forskjellige Værdier af Længden. af begge udledede Uhrcorrectioner giver tor Normalchrono- metret Reid en Aceeleration- af flere Secunder i Mellem- tiden, 14 Timer, medens dette Chronometer stadig, ifølge Tidssignalerne, har en Retardation af henimod et Secund i Døgnet. De ovenfor anførte Uhrsammenligninger vise ogsaa, at Lommechronometret den hele Tid retarderer i Forhold til Reid, men langsommere i Løbet af Natten, medens det modsatte maatte være Tilfældet, Løbet af Natten havde aceelereret. Jeg tør derfor ikke lægge Skylden for Uoverensstemmelsen mellem de beregnede Resultater af FEftermiddags- og Morgen-Observationerne paa Chronometret: Da Højderne ikke ere langt fra at være corresponderende, antager jeg Tilstedeværelsen af en con- stant. Fejl i alle maalte Højder. og har efter de mindste Kvadraters Methode søgt den sandsynligste Værdi af denne samtidig med den sandsynligste Værdi af Længden. Til denne Beregning kunde jeg benytte de Beregninger, som Hr. Astrand, efter min Opfordring, havde gjort, uden at antage nogen constant Fejl. Som foreløbig Værdi for Længden satte jeg 4, = 1” 34" 41.6 og indførte de oven- for nævnte.Correctioner for den apparente Sokradius. Sammenstillingen af de om Reid i (From the observations July Yth p. m.) O |" With the latitude 70* 40' 11.72, Mr. Åstrand coml- puted the longitude as follows: — SA r 34” 43.95 o I 34 Au SP July 10th am.) 5 I 34 40.7 Å Å = E ; . Ol Jo 0 To satisty the p. m. observations of both solar limbs, will requre an inerease in the semidiameter of the sun of DAT: OG 874: ; The two series of observations give remarkably dit- ferent values for the longitude. For the a. m. observations, is needed an inerease Å comparison of the ehro- nometer-errors deduced from both indicates for the ehief chronometer — the Reid — an aceeleration of several seconds during the interval (14 hours), whereas that chro- nometer, according to the time-signals, invariably exhi- bited a retardation of one second in twenty-four hours. Moreover, the comparisons of the respective timekeepers show the pocket-chronometer, as compared with the Reid, to have been steadily gaining, — more slowly however in the course of the night: whereas the reverse must have been the case had tbe Reid gained in the night. Hence, I cannot aseribe this want of agreement between the. com- puted results of the p. m. observations to the chronometer. - The altitudes being very nearly equal, I have assumed the presence of å constant error in all the observed altitudes, and by the method of the least squares sought.to find its most probable value, together with the most probable value of the longitude. For this computation, I could apply the gfeater part of the caleulatiøns kindly made at my request by Mr. Astrand, who had not assumed Asa preliminary value for the longitude, and a. m. any constant error. I put 4,= 134" 4116, introdueing also the above-mentioned corrections for the sun's apparent semidiameter. 14 1878. Juli (July) 9. Lommechronometer. | Da | Å (Pocket-Chronometer.) AE EP AG OMsorzor + 4" TO) 14270 | TONN NS 7 (0) 3 To ONO | 49 50 5 19 26.4 i 40 — 6 200270 30 — 3 Du Napa 20 I poke SS 10 3 23020060 (0) JÅ | 4. 26 52.0. | O 49 30 ar Ps 2 20 == %) 2851. 2 10 — 4 6) Gi 2 Q — 7 300 5248 48 50 — 2 39 OT A 20 ss 34 56.4 10 + 8 350 50.0 o 1 6 36 56.4 age So ME JU ENE 40 Re) Beregningen viver å = + 4.0. NESS EE Te 012 Coast. Corr. paa Højderne = + 8.”0 + 0.”6 og som Resultat, naar den sandsynlige Fejl af den beregnede Længde sættes | | | Lommechronometer. | | | 2h' Å (Pocket-Chronomet er.) | | 180 MSG SON 10 — 14” 51 50.4. | 20 — 10 52 544 30 7 53 56.4 40 =P 54 59.6 50 rd: SO 2 Go 69 + 1 57 8.4 IO == TO Gen KOHA 20 8 59 13.2 30 pr UO or 18.0 OE ek : 50 rå Då 2956 omo + 13 gå 28) å IO + 8 "044340 20 FG op SO Oo —= > 8 9.6 50 + 2 op gLe Ör (0) + 8 IO 20.4 10 — 2 tir 22300 goe SN 120 3004 30 Si 14 42.4 50 krf 15 0452 Gao | so 16 528 10 "42 Te ONO 20 4 TOM Sr 2 BOA Seto 20001218 40 VG) 2r 20.0 | 50 =D) Done Espen | The computation gives Å ER EP be8 == 0.47 10.195 eonst. corr. in the altitudes = + 8.70 + 0.76, and as result, the probable error of the computed longitude being put - Vo.a3) Moe DANE pe 1 2 Bi 4 5) G 7 å ="1" 34" 4157 + 0:41 = 239 40' 25.”8 + 6.”1 E. Greenwich: Den sandsynlige Fejl svarer Meter. Efter Professor Fearnleys Beregning af Gradmaalingen, med Udgangspunkt Dorpat. skulde Længden af Meridian- støtten paa Fuglenes være 23" 40' 0.”9 E. Gr. Efter den af Svenskerne (Meddelelse fra Prof. «Rosén til den. geo- grafiske Opmaaling) «senere udførte telegrafiske Længde- hestemmelse af Kokkomiiki (/ = 65" 49' 16”) — Stockholm. bliver Længden af Meridianstøtten paa Fuglenes til en Afstand af 74 23% 40' 22,71 = f> 34" 41,5 BE. Gr. fra hvilken Bestemmelse min afviger kun 3.”7 eller 0.25, der svarer til en Afstand af 39 Meter. The probable error corresponds to a distance of 64 metres. According to Professor Fearnleys computation from the triangulation, — starting from Dorpat, — the longitude of the Meridian Column at Fuglenes should be 23" 40' 0,79 E. Gr. — Meanwhile, the telegraphie determination of lon- gitude for Kokkomiki (4 65* 49' 16”) —. Stockholm, subsequently performed by Swedish astronomers (communi- cation from Professor Rosén to the Geographical Survey). places the Meridian Column at Fuglenes in longitude 23* 40' 22.”1 = 1" 34" 41.5 E. Greenwich from which result my determination, differs only 3."7, 0,/25. corresponding to 39 metres. or . De norske Kystkarter give for samme Punkt EE 25 og = 23" 39 54" altsaa Bredden 14” for stor og Længden c. 30” eller 2' for liden (310 Meter). 7. Vardø. Observationerne gjordes den 26de Juni 1878 omkring Middag paa et Punkt, der, ifølge Observationer med Theo- dolithen, ligger 175 Meter Nord og 51 Meter Vest for Midtpunktet af Fæstningen Vardøhus. Luften, 'der i Be- . gyndelsen var klar, blev efter Middag taaget, saa at den sidste Række Højder maatte tages med svage Blændglas foran begge Spejle, og tilsidst maatte Observationerne af- brydes, da det skyede ganske over. Jeg opnaaede saaledes ikke at faa lige mange Højder af hver Solrand, og Index- I Middel af 4 Be- fejlens Bestemmelse blev mangelfuld. 9 Då +3. stemmelser fandtes Indexfejlen + 2' 13 Som Observationsuhr benyttede jeg mit Lommechrono- meter. Å Reid 18% 43”. 0,:0 Lommechron. 19 37 52.8 Corkkke de 045208 Lommechronometret taber i Forhold til Reid 0.23 pr. Time. - Efter de meteorologiske Observationer i Vardø var: Juli 26 8a.m. Barom. 765.779 Temp. OC. 6.0 9 2pim TGS, 9 == 9,4 I The Norwegian coastal charts give for the point in question g = 70" 40' 25” 'amo Å = 23" 39' 54" the latitude, therefore, 14” too far north, and the longitude about 30”, or 2' (310 metres), not far enough east. | 7. Vardø. The observations were taken on the 26th of June, 1878, about noon, from a point which, as determmed with the theodolite, of the centre of Vardøhus fortress. north and 51 metres west The atmosphere, clear at first, soon got hazy, so that the last series of altitudes had to long the observations had to be broken off, the sky be- coming quite overcast. Hence, I did not succeed in getting an equal number of altitudes of each solar limb; amd the index-error was not very well determined. Ås å mean ot + 2 13” lies 175 metres be taken with light-coloured glasses, and ere 4 observations, the index-error was found to be 38 Se On this oceasion, I observed with my pocket-ehrono- meter. Reid 18” 48” 0.0 Pocket-chron. 19 37 52.8 Corr. to the Reid -— 54 52.8 The pocket-chronometer was losing hourly 0.23 more than the Reid. å The meteorologieal observations at Vardø gave the following results: — July 26 $a. m. Barom. 2p.m. 65.29 Temp. C. 7.0 Gore ES «1 1 -16 1878. Juni (June) 25—26. Lommeehron:** | Å Lommechron. i 2h Å 2h' | I (Pocket-Chronometer.) (Pocket-( h ronometer.) | 8 rd rd øye OS Soo — o! 220 En SKA NN ONS ee or Je 2 Sö 100 Sone ENO) oss 2005 8 34 30.8 40 O = 2 200 ORO 24 30 + 22 35. 58.8 45 0 PG 224 158.J0/ 21555 Fr e7 37 30:10 GØ 6 + 1 2 OS 26 40 — I Bored FG 6) — 1 24' 150. 2 2720 2 40 41.2 fejl OG) (0) De 27 AG L="3 ja) g + 4 26 44.8 | 28 1085 + 7 250 10) fo — 5 27 SO 28 40 T My ; 284 3200 29 20 =" 0 52300 ) 85 36 10 Fr 30. 27.2 30 o So pe 38 35 007 31. HLJON So 2 54 52:4 Am 125 — pr: Jager SI (10 + 38 SoS 43 50 st) å Gr JG eo 46 30 — 13 220032 ORs5 280 20 — 6 HON 49 10 — 4 poem 040 200035 + 2 59, 53:6 2 30 SN 39 28.0 28 35 Te 221 4404 HOR == 16 40 37-2 28 35 NG DSO 58 10 — 12 0) 5 200 5 — I ARTS Å 0906 — 1 2 AS 27 .40 — 6 GA 0 3 35 == 43 50.4 27 20 EEG 7 37-0 65 5 45 24:0 26 45 42 8 18.8 7 45 TS) 47 348 26 o 13 9 50.6 10 50 + 7 49 32.4 250 ON + 11 Tag 2. 199 BELO + o ; ro eZo4o, 14" 30 EG 29 20 O06 og sn S50 — 2 0 15 40 PL 1=4% An GE | Jo å 14 48.8 Ty 5 458 5552 25 110 = 3 gene BSNO || — 7 47 20.41 20 Oo i Oo TO 10. 50 Lu=0% 484 50:00 Å 060) + 11 77 Giske 2 0) + 1 por ON 10 Oo JEG sir 14.00 Go — 5 I Betingelsesligningerne har Hr. Astrand indført en | In the equations of condition. Mr. Astrand introduced Correction (4 0) for den benyttede Solradius. Som til- | a correction (7 o) for the assumed semidiameter of the sun. nærmede Værdier er antaget m =40222/28:"31102 1, = | As approximate values. he put fy, = 70' 22' 28."3 and 21 4" 28.8, og Reids. Correction til Greenwich Middeltid | %, = 2 4" 288, and the Reid correction to Greenwich D - * - or * | - - * O ” ved Observationernes Begyndelse sat til + 15” S/1. | méan time at the beginning of the. observations = +. I de EN Af Ligningerne findes: | From the equations, he found i Jer Ao DP NERNOINGG dgy=>=4"3 4+ 0/7; AA = 34.74 + 9,74 = + 229. 40.63. e Antages eu sandsynlig constant Fejl i de maalte | Assuming a probable constant error in the observed Højder at + 10”, saa er dennes Indflydelse paa den be- |. altitudes of + 10%, its effect on the computed latitude regnede Bredde + 11.4, og paa den beregnede Længde - + 0.39. Resultatet bliver: K , | will be + 11.74, and on the computed longitude + 0.389; | as result we get SAN 22 PE Ne OG : å = 31" 7 46.74 + 12.76 = 24 4" 311 + 0.84 E. Greenwich. Reduceres til Fæstningens Midte fanes: | . Reduced to the centre of the fortress. we get for Vardøhus | Vardøhus — EGO LL018KE Fa 4 MENS UV 51.3. & 19.06 = 24 4m 31.4 + 0.84 E. Greenwich. * « Efter de norske Kystkarter ligger Vardøhus paa: Bredden 70* 22" 5” Længden 31" 7.35” = 2" 4" 30.8 E. Greenwich. Efter en senere fundet Correction for en Regnefejl skulde imidlertid Punkterne østenfor Nordkap ligge ce. 22” østligere end i Kartet, altsaa Vardøhus paa Længden 31" Ut Byt? 24 4" 31.8, hvilken Værdi 0.44 større end den af mig fundne. = kun 6” . eller er Sammenstilles de af mig fundne Længder med de paa de norske Kystkarter udmaalte, faar man følgende Oversigt: 17 On the Norwegian coastal charts, Vardøhus is in Latitude 70* 22' 5” , Longitude 31* 7' 35” = 2" 4" 30.8 E. Greenwich. Meanwhile, the points east of the North Cape should, according to an error of ealeulation subsequently discovered, lie about 22” farther east than on the chart, Vardøhus therefore in longitude 31 = 2 4" 31,8; and this value exceeds my determination by only 6”, or 0.4. == DU Or i Å comparison between my determinations of longittude and those on the respective Norwegian charts gives the following results: — Astron. telegr. Længde. Kartets Længde. Forskjel. (Longitude Astr. Telgh.) (Long. on Chart.) (Difference.) Namsos Se GS da VIG ANE 3-"0 Bodø 2 Å 141 24051 4 0: 5 14 25 40 — 19 — 3:33 Røst ON gå tr Ge) no 0030 59 sl Hammerfest . 23400 26135 (0641 23 39 54 Hø == PT Vardø . ST GS 2000 SG TO = Sø Med Undtagelse af Bodø ere Kartets Længder mindre østlige end mine. Forskjellen er imidlertid kun en Brøkdel af et Minut, i Storeirkel kun en Brøkdel af et halvt til et Trediedels Minut, og Tilstrækkeligheden af Nøjagtig- heden af Karternes Længde for Skibsfarten antages saale- des godtgjort. Karternes Bredder synes gjennemgaaende nøjagtige, saavidt ovenstaaende lagttagelser kunne tjene til * deres Verification. Saving that of Bodø. the longitudes on the chart are none of them so far east as mine. Meanwhile, the difte- rence does not amount to more than a fraction of å minute, and in are of great eirele it is only a fraction of half to one-third of å minute; hence, the aceuraey of the longitudes on the charts may be regarded as sufficient for all practical purposes of navigation. The latitudes on the charts would appear to be generally correct, so far as the: results set forth above can serve for their veritieation. 8. Advent Baj. Paa Odden, ved den vestre Bred Advent Baj, der gaar i sydostlig Retning ind fra den indre Del af Isfjorden paa Npidsbergens Vestkyst. tog jeg den 20de August 1878 to Rækker Solhøjder til Bestemmelse af Bredden og Længden af det Punkt. der var Udgangs- punktet for Iagttagelserne til Constructicnen af det Kart. som Capt. Wille optog over Bajen med Omgivelser. Omstændighederne vare-ikke meget gunstige... Luften var tildels meget taaget, saaat Blændglassene ofte maatte vexles, ja kunde stundom .endog undværes. En Følge af Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. at Indløbet til .H. Mohn: Astronomiske Observationer. 8. Advent Bay. On the tongue of land jutting out from the western shore of the entrance to Advent Bay. which extends im a. south-easterly direction from the inner part of Ice Sound on the west coast of Spitsbergen, I took on the 20th of August. 1878, two series of solar altitudes, to determine. the latitudé and longitude of the point at which were com- menced the observations for: the survey made by Capt. Wille of the Bay and its environs. Cireumstanees were anything but favourable. the atmo- sphere being so hazy at intervals that the coloured slasses had to be frequently changed, nay could now and again 9 3 disse Omstændigheder var det desværre; at jeg ikke kunde faa nogen brugbar Bestemmelse af Indexfejlen. — Denne har jeg senere søgt at finde saaledes: I Hammerfest: den 5 — ONS EE DET == » Christiania >, lite Decb.— % 9 == Under Observationerne i Advent Baj var Luftens Temperatur — 3", hvortil, efter grafisk Interpolation, svarer en Indexfejl af + 2' 16”, der er benyttet til Beregningen af Højderne. Den benyttede Solradius er den, som er udledet at Sammenligning mellem Observationerne af øvre og nedre Solrand. Observationsuhr var mit Lommechronometer, der før og efter sammenlignedes med Hovedehronometret Reid ombord. Reid 19» 4" 00 0 55” 0.0 Lommechron. 19 53 58.6 1 44 57.2 Cort Reid 2 19499586. — 49 542 Efter de timevise meteorologiske Iagttagelser ombord var 9de Juli 1878 ved en Temperatur be dispensed with. As a consequence of'these atmospheric conditions, I failed to obtain a trustworthy determination of the index-error. This I sought subsequently to find in the following manner: — at + 8% OC. var Indextfejlen (Index-error) + 2" 7 OE 5 — sje :9503 — EE — —= BE MOT During the observations taken at Advent Bay, the temperature of the atmosphere was + 3", to which, as found from diagrammatic interpolation, corresponds an index-error of + 2" 16”, that assumed for computing the altitudes. | The apparent semidiameter of the sun taken for the computation, is that determined from a comparison of the observations of the upper and lower limbs. On this occasion, I observed with my pocket-ehrono- before and after the observations, was com- pared on board with:the chief timekeeper (Reid). Reid Ge 260 OD GE ae OFV Pocket-chron. 19 53 58.6 1 44 DT.2 Corr. to Reid — 49 58.6 — 49 57.2 According to the hourly meteorological obsérvations on board, the temperature and barometric pressure were as follows: — meter, which, ved Morgenobs. K1. 9 a. mi. Barom. = 755.”"1 Temp. = 3. | 9 a. m. Barometer 755.””1 Temp: 5.0 Efterm.obs. , 1p.m — 755. 0 — ORG | lp. — Hoo OE 1878. August (August) 19—20. Lommechron >h" | ba Lommechron. | > å (Pocket-Chronometer) (Pocket-Chronometer) å 20% 35150.0 Oraoso ho” | 1= 7 0” 29" 55 O47* 8 507 | ee ST SLO 55 40 == 33 (50 MO SSE | sed. 39 18.4 | AN 55 o 34-40" | se 4 AS IG Aero | 35. 40 Omo or == 50 37-2 | 25 ONO — 2 SG 26 | 46 56 10 + 1 55 52.0 43027 50 Te: 40055 OPS Re 57 20:0 43 23 45 —' 1 | Hos Aes DS 1. 4 | | 21 om 240 Omerns7 ro + 3 37 43 1.20 jr 8 | Ved de mindste Kvadraters Methode har Hr. Åstrand . fundet, idet der sættes øy, = 78" 14' 48”, å, = 14 27 15.9, og Reids Correction til Greenwich Middeltid ved Formiddagsobservationerne + 16” 0.9, op Gr OE By the method of the least squares, putting fy, = 789 14" 48”, å, = 14 2" 15:09, and the Reid correction to Greenwich mean time for the a. m. observations = + 16” 0.0, Mr. Åstrand found polen (84 002 052: En sandsynlig constant Fejl af 10” i alle Højder bevirker en Fejl af 11.”6 i den beregnede Bredde og af 0.:90 i den beregnede Længde. Resultatet bliver saaled>s q = 780 14" 48.74 + 11.76 å = 15" 38! 58.75 + 16. 7 = 1 2" 1529 + Lø11 I Kgl. Svenska, Vetenskaps-Akadémiens Handlingar, «l3de Bind No. 9, findes en Afhandling af Dr. Aug. Wij- kander: Arktiska Expeditionen 1872—73. stimningar.” I. Tids- och Orts-Be- I Fortegnelsen over Bredder og Længder findes her, Side 54, ogsaa Punkter ved Advent Baj. nem- lig *Rysstugen” og *Mynningen af elfven”, begge bestemte efter Observationer af Prof. Nordenskiöld. Ved Hjelp af det af Capt. Wille tegnede Kart over Advent Baj kan jeg med Lethed reducere mine Bestem- melser for Odden til de to nævnte Punkter. Jeg finder *Odden” Br. 780141 48.74 LL. 10 2 15.992 Red. til *Russestuen” == il G) = BH Russestuen 18 14 46.5 ee KO do. efter Svenskerne one UD BIS Forskjel — 15.75 — 17 9 Red. t. *Mund. af Elven” 929.”5 2.:85 Mund. af Elven 78* 14' 18.9 "14 9m 13.07 do. efter Sv. Exp. 78 14 11. 20 Forskjel 76 + 7."9 å MEET Medens Bredderne stemme. i Middel, indenfor den af den sandsynlige Fejl betegnede Grændse, ere de Svenske Expeditioners Længder e. 18* mere østlige end mine. Da Længden af Punkterne ved Advent Bay af Svenskerne er henført til Længden af Sabine's Observatorium paa Indre Norskøen, og der — som af Dr. Wijkander i nævnte Af- handling Side 48—49 fremhævet, — er flere Grunde til- stede, der gjøre det sandsynligt, at Sabine's Længde er for stor østlig. 16 til 30 Tidssecunder. saa tør jeg anse * den af mig fundne Længde for Advent Baj for at være de 18 Tidssecunders Forskjel fra de Svenske Expeditioners som Correction til Sabines Længde af Observatoriet paa Indre Norskøen. nær den rigtige, og 9. Jan Mayen. Den 30te Juli 1877. om Eftermiddagen. da *Vørin- gen” befandt sig i Mary Muss Bugten paa Vestsiden af Jan Mayen. brød i korte Stunder Solen igjennem Taagen, og der observeredes to Solhøjder. netop som vi lettede fra Ankerpladsen. ; * Astronomiska Observationer under den Svenska: Å probable constant error of 10” in all the altitudes, will entail an error of 11.”6 in the eomputed latitudes and of 0.190 m the computed longitude. The result is thus — g = 78" 144808 SF 11L"6 == ØkPGeN Dao 3 LAT SOL Sn NG) 55 NF In Kol. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, Vol. 13, No. 9, Dr. Aug. Wijkander has furnished a paper entitled *Astronomiska Observationer under den Svenska Arktiska Expeditionen 1872—1873. I. Tids- och Orts-Be- stimningar.” The List of Latitudes and Longitudes. p. d4. mmeludes those of two points at Advent Bay, viz. *Rysstugen” and *Mynningen of elfven.” both determined from the observations of Professor Nordenskiöld. By referring to Capt. Wille's map of Advent Bay, I could easily reduce my determinations for the tongue of dand to those of the Swedish observer for the two points. The results were as follows: — Lat 780 14' 48.4 Long. 12 Tongue of land 20 NSR Red. to * Russian Hut” — =)= —= GY Al Russian Hut, 18 -14 46.5 2361 Do. Swed. Observ. Ta le 2 ee 31.5 Difference — — 15:75 —17:9 Red. to *Mouth of River” 29.”5 2.85 Mouth of River 780 14' 18.79 HV 2 NE Do. Swed. Observ. fir EG TG LØN BSD) —— Difference keg eg Whilst the mean of the latitudes agrees witbin the limits of the probable error. the longitudes determined on the Swedish Expeditions are about 18' farther east than mine. The longitude of the points at Advent Bay being referred by the Swedish observers to the longitude of Sa- bine's Observatory on *Inner Norway Island,” and several reasons — as adduced by Dr. Wijkander im the above- mentioned paper. pp. 48. 49: — rendering it highly pro- bable that Sabine's longitude is too far east, — from 16 to 30 seconds in time. — I may regard my longitude for Advent Bay as very nearly correct, ånd the 18 seconds in time by which it differs from that determined on the Swedish Expeditions, as a correction for Nabine's longitude of the Observatory on Inner Norway Island. . 9. Jan Mayen. In the afternoon of the 30th of July, 1877, — the *Vøringen” lying at anchor in Mary Muss Bay on the west coast of Jan Mayen. — the sun broke at intervals through the mist. and two solar altitudes were taken. just as we were getting under weigh. Den følgende Dag, den 3lte Juli, laa Expeditionen til Ankers i den store Rækved-Bugt paa Jan Mayens Øst- side. Da Søgangen hindrede os fra at komme i Land, toges fra Skibsborde en Række Solhøjder, med forskjellige Sex- tanter, dels af Capt. Wille, dels af mig. -Omstændighederne vare ikke gunstige. Skyer og Taage tog jevnlig Solen eller Horizonten bort. Den Iste August var Vejret noget gunstigere, og der observeredes om Formiddagen en Del Solhøjder fra samme Ankerplads, førend vi lettede. Å I den nedenstaaende Tabel betegner (4 Capt. Grieg og M Mohn; E betegner den Expeditionen tilhørende Sex- tant og S en Skibet tilhørende Sextant. p Hver Iagttager bestemte sin Indexfejl. fandt den for Troughtons Sextant den 3lte Juli ved Solen + 1" 38” og ved Horizonten + I' 35”. Benyttet er den første Værdi. De fleste Observationer gjordes fra Hyttedækket. Øjets Højde regnedes her til 18 norske Fod eller 5.6 Meter. Jeg efter Nautical er den af Observa- Ir Beregningen Almanac. tionerne udledede Solradius større. er benyttet Solradien Som det vil sees nedenfor, Som Observationsuhr benyttedes dels Lommechrono- dels « Lommeuhre, amiddelbart før hver Observationsrække sammenlignedes med Hovedchrono- meter, der eller efter metret Reid. Hr. Tornøe. vor Chemiker, . assisterede mig ved flere Observationer, idet han noterede Uhret. Reids Correction til Greenwich Middeltid beregnedes for Observa- tionerne Juli 30 Juli 31 Aug. 1 eee See OE Sr 3082 Efter foreløbige Beregninger sattes for Ankerpladsen paa Østsiden po = 70" 58.0 og Ap = 0" 33" -48:3 W. Greenwich. - Beliggenheden af Ankerpladsen pa Vestsiden er ret nøje bestemt trigonometrisk i Forhold til Ankerpladsen paa Østsiden. Ved Hjelp af Stormastens Højde. 18.6 Meter, - der fra en Baad af Capt. Wille maaltes i Vinkel til 4 20.13, fandtes Baadens Afstand fra Skibet = 245 Meter. Fra Baaden og fra Skibet (Mohn) sigtedes sam- tidig til Toppen af *Fugleberget”, en fremtrædende let kjendelig Fjeldtop paa Øens Vestside ved Mary Muss Bugten. Vinkelen Fugleberg—Skib, Baad, var 86" 3.7, Vinkelen Fugleberg—Baad, seet fra Skibet, var 90" 13.83, seet fra hvoraf beregnes Afstanden fra Skibet til Fugleberget til 2.03. Fuglebergets Azimuth fra Skibet fandtes efter 5 Compas-Pejlinger paa 3 forskjellige Kurser = N. 25: W. Derefter ligger Fugleberget 1' 50.”4 nordligere og 2' 38.”0 vestligere end Ankerpladsen paa Østsiden. Fra Fugleber- gets Fod maalte jeg den 29de Juli Masthøjden til 0" 55.5. hvilket giver en Afstand af 0.62. Skibets Azimuth fra Fugleberget her omtrent 70". =Heraf beregnes, at var 0 The following day, July 31st, the Expedition anehored in Great Wood Bay, on the east coast of the island. The swell preventing us from landing, Capt. Wille and myself took a series of solar altitudes on board, with different sextants. The atmospheric conditions were not favourable, cloud and mist repeatedly blotting out the sun or the horizon. ; On the lst of August the weather eleared a little, and m the forenoon a few solar altitudes were observed from the same anchorage, shortly before we got under * weigh. In the Table given below, G signifies Capt. Grieg, and M, Professor Mohn: E signifies the sextant belonging to the Expedition, and S a sextant belonging to the vessel. Each observer determined his index-error. For the Troughton sextant, I found the index-error, on the Sist of July. to be +1' 388” by the sun, and +1' 35” by the horizon. The tirst of these values was applied. Most of the observations were made from the fe of the roundhouse, where the eye of the observer was as- sumed to be 18 Norwegian feet, or 5.6 metres, above the sea-level. For these computations, the sun's semidiameter was taken from the Nautical Almanac. sequel, that deduced from the observations was somewhat greater. a As will appear im: the and ordi- nary watches, each timepiece being compared, immediately before and atter a series of observations. the Reid. Mr. assisted in several We observed with the pocket-chronometer with our ehiet Tornøe, chemist to the Ex- of the observations, by noting the indications of the wateh. The Reid correction to Greenwich computed for the observa- tions taken — chronometer, pedition, me mean time was July 30 July 51 Aug 1 at + 8" 28.6 + 87 29.2 ++ 8" 30.2 For the anchorage on the east coast of the island, I put, as the result of preliminary computations, (fy = 70" 58.0 and 49 = 0 33" 48.8 W. Greenwich. The position of the anchorage off the west coast of the island relative to that of the anchorage on the east side, was determined trigonometrically with tolerable exact- ness. Taking the height of the mainmast, 18.6 metres, which, as measured from å boat by Capt. Wille, gave an angle of 4" 20,3, the distance of the boat from the ship was found to be 245 metres. From the boat .and from the ship (Prof. Mohn), we simultaneously observed the Sum- mit of the *Fugleberg” (bird-eliff), tain-top on the west side of the island, to Mary Muss Bay. The angle Fugleberg—ship, as de- termined from the boat, was S6" 3.7; the angle Fugleberg— boat, as determmmed from the ship, 90" 13.8; amd with these a conspicuous Moun- in close proximity results the distance from the ship to Fugleberg was com- puted at 2.05. The azimuth of Fugleberg from the-ship, we found from 3 compass-bearings on 3 different courses =N. 25" W. The Fugleberg should accordingly lie 1' 50."4 fartber north and 2' 38.”0 farther west than our - Ankerpladsen' paa Vestsiden ligger 10.79 nordligere og 1' 49.”1 vestligere end Fugleberget. Ankerpladsen paa Vest- siden ligger altsaa 2" '1.”3 nordligere og 4' 27” vestligere end Ankerpladsen paa Østsiden. Er for den sidste 49 = 709 58./0 og Ay = 0 33" 48.'8, saa bliver for Ankerplad- sen paa Vestsiden yo = 71" 0' 1” og Å, 3 04 347 6,1. Efter de mindste Kvadraters Methode beregnede jeg de sandsynligste Correctioner til f, og Å.,. Naar jeg derefter grupperede Differentserne (hvis Kvadratsum er Minimum) mellem de observerede (redu- cerede) Højder af Solcentret og de efter de fundne sand- synligste Værdier for Bredden og Længden beregnede, efter de observerede Solrender, viste det sig, at Middeldifferent- sen for øvre Rand var + 0.295 og for nedre Rand — 0.282. Den observerede Solradius er saaledes gjennem- snitlig ;0.'3 større end den til Beregningen benyttede. Corrigeres med denne Størrelse. faaes de i den følgende Tabel veret minus beregnet NSolhøjde. I Tabellen ere alle Uhr- tider reducerede til Reid, og alle maalte Solhøjder corri- gerede for Indexfejl, Kimmingdaling, Refraction, Parallaxe og Solradius (Naut. Almanac's). 0 betegner øvre Solrand, n nedre Solrand. Aflæsningerne paa Sextanten ere gjorte i Secunder og Reductionen udført med Secunder, men da den sandsynlige Fejl af en enkelt Højde er over et halvt Minut, opføres i Tabellen Tiendedels Minut, ligesom Be- regningen efter de mindste Kvadraters Methode er ført med femzifrede Logarithmer. anførte Værdier af Differentserne 7 mellem obser- From the foot of the Fugle- berg. the height of the mast, as measured by myself on the 29th of July, gave an angle of 0" 55.5, which corre- At this point, the azimuth anchorage off the east coast. sponds to a distance of 0.62. of the ship from the Fugleberg was about 70". Computing with these results. our anehorage off the west coast should lie 10.79 farther north and 1' 49."1 farther west than the Fugleberg. Hence,- the anchorage off the west coast: lies 2 1,73 farther north and 4 27” farther west than the anchorage off the east coast. Assuming for the latter g, = 70" 58.0 and 4, = 04 33" 48.8, for the anchorage off the west coast 9 = 71" 0' 1” and 49 = 07 347 6-1. By the method of the least squares, I computed the most probable corrections of go and As. Then, on grouping the differences (the sum of the squares of which is åa minimum) between the observed (duly corrected) altitudes of the sun's centre and those computed with the most probable values found for latitude and longitude,. according to the observed solar limbs. the mean difference for the upper limb proved to be + 0.295, and for the lower —0.282. On an average, therefore, the observed semidiameter of the sun is 0.3 greater than that taken for the computation. Correeted with this quan- tity, we get the values given in the following Table for the differences, 7, between the observed and the computed solar In this Table all chronometer-times are reduced to those of the Reid ehronometer, and all observed altitudes corrected for the index-error, the dip of the hori- zon, refraction, parallax, and the sun's semidiameter (from Naut. Almanac); limb. The readings of the sextant were noted in seconds, and their reduction computed in seconds; but the probable error of a single altitude amounting to more than half å minute, tenths of a minute have been given in the Table. The computation by the method of the least squares Is made with five deeimals m the logarithms. altitudes. a signifies upper solar limb, m lower solar Ankerplads paa Vestsiden. 1877. Juli 30. (Anchorage on the West Side. Obs. Højde. Chron. Reid. (0ds. Altitude.) GAGE. 20 572 GAS 20 56.4 1877. July 30.)* Rand. ; Å Å Sext. Obs. (Limd.) DER: 28 Å n JA G + 0: | n SA OD —= 73 | a . ” Ankerplads paa Østsiden. Obs. Capt. Wille. (Anchorage on the East Side.) FG å Sa] Fry Ord Obs. Højde. | Rand. Iskee I v (0ds. Altitude.) | (Limb.) i | n Juli (July)i3r 0 387 50. By 0 2 | mn S. —="n"p - ON BØ ELG | Se Pa N. S. — 0.4 TE OM 36 51.6 n E. | == 6 1 | TS 25 303023 n E. — 0.7 Do dø ug) Bager n E. —- 2.1 De 4 første er givet dobbelt Vægt. da de bero paa || To the first 4 altitudes is attached double weight. flere Observationer hver. Man ser. at den observerede | each being the mean of several observations. The observed Solradius er større end min. sandsynligvis paa Grund af, | semidiameter of the sun is greater than mine. probably at der er benyttet svagere Blændglas. | from lighter coloured glasses having been used. Ankerplads paa Østsiden. Troughton's Sextant. (Anchorage on the East Side.) Tagttager (Observer): Mohn. 1877. Juli (July) 30—31. | | å Rand. Obs. Højde. | Rand. | Obs. Højde. Chron. Reid. K Å Chron. Reid. | Å (Limb.) | (Obs. Altitude.) | 3 | (Zimb.) | (Ods* Altitude.) | | | | E DAL Sele n. sa EGG PASS SoS — 0.7 Sion EEG n. SIA 0.4 01029 3 ee 2102 — 0: 1 0 22. 54:0 *N. Syns | —1.0 232 0. o32 17003 37 37.5 0. at 48 37:0 0. 35 58.7 +0.6 40 18.3 n. nie 3 Ope 49 21.0 EO 56. 3 OM 42 39.0 N. TO — 0.5 40 55:0 | O-| 55: 3 03 AS DER 10.4 +o.4 50 390 | 0 54.0. — 0.3 Sep) mn. 4.0 +o.5 51 20.4 | 0 53.9 + 1.3 TONO 0. DSG — o. I gel 320 Mo 50. I +0.4 Te OE 2 36 49. I — 1. 4 Bo Hop | 47-9 +o.r 050 GEO GR 50.0 — 1.2 Bae 20 | | 46. 4 +o.2 Tomesa or | 0. 46.0 + 1.9 55 7.6 ME 45.3 ar OG 7 20 57.4 n. 41:9 + 0.4 5OLA7. SE 4120 | ON DØ ge n. 8033 NE ESONO 58 35.4 VE 70 37:6 +o.3 DE de 0. SR O. I Om 2O-re e N 35.4 Jeg Ds 5.0 0. 36.7 0. I 220 430 MO 340 3352 +o.5 26 23.0 N. SLG t+o.r DEN 705 | og 39:0 0.4 Ag SAG N. 37 0.0 AE AO AO 49.6 +o.5 PG) keg 0. 30.4 NO Å 2 SO 10N6 ha 35 540 + 0.6 29 44.6 0. 28.2 | 200) 221 34.0 Ne. 50.2 — 0.8 Bel 30.5 0. 26.4 IL +06. 23 59.8 N. SO 2 +o.4 Af allg Observationer findes å = + 0.57 = + 34”. All the observations taken together give å = + 0.57 i 35 000 Am = EPOKEN 0109 TE DD: Ap = + 0.07: 0.09 = + 45 & 5.75. SSL be 00605 BE 91 904) 22 SPES JA E= saler (NMA =— 2 90”Gae båe) = — 9:39 + 2.65. OPER 2205. p9] 3 $ DØ En cbnstant Fejl af 10” i Højderne vil forandre den | Å constant error of 10” in the altitudes will change beregnede Bredde saa meget som 10.”02 og den beregnede the computed latitude as much as 10.”02, and the com- «Længde saa meget som 0.52. Resultatet bliver saaledes puted longitude as much as 0.52. Hence, the result for for Ankerpladsen paa Østsiden our anchorage off the east coast is — Sb ubesptg£ MENS 24043. 71 == 49100200 33" 380 3 2073 WIIG7eenwich. og for Fuglebergets Top and for the summit of the Fugleberg — Bredde (Latitude) 70" 59' 55” + 11.4 Længde (Longitude) 8 27 22 + 41.0 = 0" 33" 49.5 + 2.73 W. Greenwich. -« Scoresby's Kart!, paa hvilket Fugleberget let kan Scoresby's Map,! on which the Fugleberg may be identificeres, lægger dette 1./6 nordligere og 31' (10 Kvart- easily found, places that mountain 1.6 north and 31' (10 mil) østligere end min Bestemmelse. Scoresby's Observa- | miles) east of my determination. Scoreby's observations tioner . gjordes den 3die og 4de August 1817. I 1878 | were taken on the 3rd and 4th of August 1817. In 1878, fandt den hollandske Expedition med Skonnerten * Willem | the Dutch Expedition, with the sehooner * Willem Barendsz,” Barendsz”, at Jan Mayen ligger vestligere end paa Scoresby's found the Island of Jan Mayen to lie farther west than Kart. Efter min Bestemmelse er Øen aflagt paa det af | it does on Scoresby's map. For the new map of Jan Capt. Wille og mig over samme udarbejdede nye Kart, Mayen constructed by Capt. Wille and myself, — to be der følger senere i denne Generalberetning:* subsequently published im the General Report,” — the posi- tion of the island was laid down from my own determination of latitude and longitude. 1 An Aceount of the Arctic regions. 1 An Account of the Arctic Regions. ? OQgsaa publiceret i Petermann's Mittheilungen f. 1878 Taf. 13 *> This Map has already appeared in Petermann's Mittheilungen og i den nye Udgave af Stieler's Hand-Atlas. ' | for 1878, PI. 13, and in the new Edition of Stieler's Hand-Atlas. C, Wille. Magnetiske Observationer. fter den for Nordhavs-Expeditionen lagte Plan skulde der søges udført Observationer til Bestemmelse af Jord- Til dette Øjemed anskaffedes og medbragtes følgende Instru- magnetismens Elementer saavel i Land som i Søen. menter: : Et Unifilar-Magnetometer, No. 38, af Elliott Brothers i London. Instrumentet blev verificeret og dets Konstanter bestemte ved Observatoriet i Kew. En liden Theodolit af Olsen i Kristiania, den geografiske Opmaaling. Et Inklmatorium af John Dover, Charlton, Kent, undersøgt i Kew. Et Admiralitets-Standard-Kompas, verificeret ved Kom- pas-Observatoriet i Deptford. Flere Azimuth-Kompasser. "En Fox-Cirkel No. 30'af John Dover, med Hjælpe- apparater og NSlingrebord. Flere Kronometre og NSextanter. Et Observationstelt fra Bergens Arsenal, velvillig ud- laant af Armé-Intendanten. Jeg skal nu særskilt behandle Observationerne . paa Landstationer og Observationerne i Søen. laant af A. Observationer paa Land-Stationer og deres Resultater. a. Deklination. Begge til Magnetometret hørende Magneter var Kolli- mations-Magneter, med Skalaer i Objectivglassets Brændplan. Da Instrumentet ikke var forsynet med Plan-Spejl til De- klinationsbestemmelse, men kun havde et Hulspejl til at . alike on shore and at sea. C, Wille. Magnetical Observations. he Scheme of Work approved for the Norwegian North- Atlantic Expedition, was, if possible, to comprise obser- vations for determining the elements of terrestrial magnet'sm, With this object in view, the following instruments were provided. A Unifilar Magnetometer, No. 38, made by Elliott Brothers, of London. This instrument was verified, and had its constants determined, at the Kew Observatory. A small Theodolite. by Olsen of Christiania, obtained on loan from the Geographical Survey. A Dip-Cirele, by John. Dover, examined at Kew. An Admiralty Standard-Compass. verified at the Com- pass Observatory, Deptford. Several Azimuth-Compasses. A Fox-Circle, No. 30, by John Dover, with auxiliary apparatus and gimbal-table. of Charlton, Kent, Several Chronometers and Sextants. A Tent. kindly lent from the Bergen Arsenal. I will now pass on to the observations, deseribing separately those taken at the land-stations and those made at sea. A. Observations at Land-Stations, and their Results. a. Declination. Both of the magnets belonging to the magnetometer were collimator-magnets. with the scale in the focal plane of the object-glass. The instrument not being provided with åa plane mirror for observing the declmation, but belyse Magnetens Skala, maatte en særskilt Theodolit an- vendes til Bestemmelse af Azimut. Theodoliten opstilledes i 1876 paa sit eget Stativ med sin Kikkert i samme Højde som Magneten og saa nær denne som muligt. Da dette voldte meget Bryderi, lod jeg forfærdige paa Hortens me- kaniske Verksted et Underlag af Messing, der kundé lægges paa Magnetometret og fæstes til dette ved Hjælp af de samme Indretninger, som anvendtes ved Detlektionsstangens Befæstigelse. Paa den ene Side af dette Underlag an- bragtes Theodoliten, dertil passede Huller, og paa den anden Side en Modvægt af Bly. og kunne indstille Magnetskalaens Midtstreg paa Thecdo- litens Vertikalfilament. Observationerne udførtes i Regelen paa følgende Maade: med Fodskruerne i smaa af- Det var med denne Indretning altid let at faa se Theodoliten nivelleredes, og indstilledes med Filamentet paa Skalaens Midtstreg 1 Magneten, hvorefter Theodolitens Nonier af- læstes (Magn. I). Theodoliten drejedes, saaledes at dens Kikkert pegede Ophbængningstraadens Torsion ophævedes. lidt vestenfor Solen, i Noleentrets Højde, og fastklemtes. Tidspunkterne for Overgangen af forangaaende og efter- følgende Rand af Solen over Vertikalfilamentet noteredes efter Kronometer. Blændglas foran Okularet eller ved at projicere Solens og Filamentets Billede paa en hvid Skjærm. TI mange Til- fælde var. 'der to lagttagere. af hvilke den ene observerede Denne lagttagelse gjordes enten med Solrandenes Passage og raabte *Nu” i det Øjeblik, de tangerede Filamentet. medens den anden observerede og noterede tilsvarende Øjeblikke efter Kronometret. aflæstes. Kikkerten lagdes om gjennem Zenit (Nadir), drejedes 180" om Vertikalaxen og begge Solrandes Passage obser- veredes 1 denne Stilling efter Kronometret, ligesom Noni- erne aflæstes. Nonierne Magneten omlagdes, idet den drejedes 180" om sin Længdeaxe, og Filamentet i Theodolitkikkerten indstilledes atter paa Magnetskalaens Midtstreg, o (Magn. II). s Nonierne aflæstes. Naar Omstændighederne tillod det, observeredes atter Magneten i Stillingen I. Stundom blev den omlagt flere (range. Ligesaa flyttedes, ved saadanne Lejligheder. Theodo- liten ved den følgende Sats saaledes, at Fodskruerne kom hver i andre Huller, hvorved dens Cirkels Nulpunkt for- andredes 120". Det viste sig imidlertid, at dens Delings- fejl ikke var saa betydelige, at denne Vexling af Stilling var nødvendig for at opnaa den forlangte Nøjagtighed af ce. I Minut. I flere Tilfælde bestemtes Azimut af en Mire, til hvilken Observationen af Magneten i begge Stillinger blev knyttet. be- Stand blev i de fleste Tilfælde stemt ved Solhøjder tagne med Sextant paa Observations- Kronometrets having only a coneave mirror by which to illuminate the scale of the magnet, the azimuth bad to be determined with a separate theodolite. In 1876, the theodolite was mounted on its own stand, with the teleseope facing the magnet, and as near it as possible. This, however, proving exces- sively troublesome, I procured from the Horten Mechanical Works a brass support, which, when placed upon the magnetometer, could be attached im the manner adopted for finimg the deflection-rod. On one side of this brass support was mounted the theodolite, with the foot-serews fitting into holes made for the purpose, the other side being given a counterpoise of lead. With this arrangement, the scale of the magnet could be easily sighted, and the middle division bisected by the vertical. wire of the theodolite. The observations were generally taken as follows: — The torsion of the suspension thread having been first removed, the theodolite was levelled, and the wire made to bisect the middle division of the scale of the magnet, after which the verniers of the theodolite were read off (Magn. I). — The theodolite was then moved in azimuth and altitude till its teloscope pointed a little to the west of the sun, at the altitude of the sun's centre, and clamped in that position. The times for the transit of the preeeding and following limbs of the sun across the This obser- vation was taken either with a coloured glass before the eye-plece or by projecting the image of the sun and the wire on å white screen. vertical wire, were noted by a chronometer. Frequently, there were two obser- vers, in which case one observed the transit of the solar limbs, calling out at the moment they were tangent to the wire, while the other observed and noted the corresponding readings of the chronometer. — Then, after reading off the verniers, the telescope was turned through the zenith (nadir), moved 180" on its vertical axis, and the transits of both solar limbs observed in that position by the chro- nometer, the verniers being also read ott. The magnet was now inverted, being turned 180 about its longitudinal axis, and the wire of the telescope of the theodolite agaim made to bisect the middle division of the seale of the magnet, after which the verniers were read off (Magn. II). Cireumstances permitting, the magnet was again ob- served in position I. Oceasionally, 1t was inverted several times. theodolite moved previous to the following set of observations, that Moreover, on such oceasions the Was SO the foot-serews should correspond with different holes, and change the zero of its eirele by 120". Its errors of divi- sion, however, did not prove so considerable as to render imperative such change in position for attaming the desired aceuraey of about one minute. mark was deter- In several cases. the azimmuth of a mined from the observations of the sun, and the observa- tions of the magnet, in both positions, connected with the direct observations of the mark. As a rule, the error of the ebronometer was found from solar altitudes, taken with the sextant at the place stedet. Herom kan jeg henvise til den foranstaaende Af- handling af Professor Mohn. stemtes efter Sammenligning med det ombord værende Nor- Kronometrenes Gang be- malkronometer, hvis Stand og Gang var bestemt væsentlig efter telegrafiske Tidssignaler fra Christiania Observatorium. Paa et Par Steder toges Kronometrets Stand efter dets Stand for Greenwich Tid og Længden af Observations- stedet efter Kystkartet. Observationerne af alle Elementer gjordes i Teltet, Ved Observation af Solen aabnedes Teltet netop saavidt i Rum og Tid, som var nødvendigt. b. Horizontal Intensitet. Observationerne og Beregningerne udførtes efter In- struktionerne i *A Manual of Seientitic Enquiry”: Fourth Edition, 1871 Side 96 til 101. — Unifilar-Magnetometrets Konstanter var ved Kew-Observatoriet bestemte saaledes: Correction for Delingstejl ved Afbøjningsstangen ved 1 Foot. = 0.00002 Foot. K Me pe g0Sa ved 62* F. 15 — = + 0.00004 — | Svinge-Magnet, Værdi af 1 Skaladel = 1.9. Afbøjningsmagnetens Correction til 35* F = 0.000130 (t, — 95) — 0.00000056 (t, — 35)”. Induktionskoeffieient wu = 0.000195. Log 7 K ved.60* F' = 1.69708. Der er desuden givet forskjellige Hjælpetabeller. blandt hvilke en for Værdierne af Log. 7 K og Log > 19 for forskjellige Temperaturer: Temp. * Log. K F 0 30 1.69690 | 40 696 50 702 | 60 708 | 70 714 80 720 90 1.60726 Som Exempel paa Observationernes Udførelse og Be- regning hidsættes følgende. efter de fra Kew erholdte trykte Blanketter udfyldte, Skemata. å I Se den eiterede Afh. Side 2. of observation. For details on this head, I can refer to the foregoing Memoir, by Professor Mohn. The rate of the chronometer was determined by comparison with the board, the error and rate of which were found cehiefly by means of the time-signals telegraphed from the Christiania Observatory". At one or two points, the error of the chronometer was taken from its error on Greenwich time and the longitude of the place of observation on the coastal chart. The observations of all the elements were made in the tent. For observations of the sun, the tent was opened to just the necessary extent in space and time. standard chronometer on b. Horizontal Intensity. The observations and computations were made in accordance with the instructions contained in *A Manual of Seientitie Enquiry;” Fourth Edition, 1871, pp. 96—101. The constants of the Unifilar Magnetometer had been de- termined at the Kew Observatory. as follows: — Correction for errors of division of Defleeting Rod at I Foot = + 0.00002 foot | Dee EO 00 Vibration Magnet, value of 1 division of Scale = 1.9. Deflecting Magnet, correction to 35" F. = 0.000130 (t, — 35) + 0.00000056 (t, — 35)*. Coefficient of Induction w = 0.000195. Log 7 K at 60* F = 1.69708. Moreover, divers auxiliary Tables are annexed, one of which gives the values of Log. 7? K and of Log. 1/s rå at different temperatures. at 62: F, Log. 4 r ry = 1.0 ry = 1.3 9.690850 0.0404 I 872 054 885 067 808 080 or 1 093 0924 106 9:69937 0.04119 To show the mode of taking and computing the ob- servations. copies of the printed forms in use at Kew Ob- servatory have been filled out. and here subjoimed. ! See Professor Mohn's Memoir, p. 2. 1* 4 Observations of Deflection, 2nd of October 1876. Station Christiania; Lat. 59* 54' 43”, Long. 10* 43" 37". Mean Time at Station; commencing 0” 36” p. m., ending 1” 20” p. m. Magnet (A) deflecting; (B) suspended. Deflecting Magnet Readings Mean Corrected Means of Verniers of Verniers Circle Reading and Differences Distance | N. End. | Temp. | East | | | 1 Foot E. | 834 age 07 40 rast ng 30 aat nd 045) ra ao | 17 20 143 9 50 | 90 23 40 I W. | ESA NØD EG 90 21 10 ES 50 o Dif. | ; An 20) 90 21 10 | i te Rag) E. S90 BG 20 155 20010028 100 26 10 260025 Na | | 13 20 : Ø Fat 103 W. | Se Os eo 105 (75050 | | SOM West | | 1 Foot W. VESEN 90* 26" 0” | 907 26" no” 128903 200 Med 045: G || ; 26 20 | 20 TOM KOS OM I | 15 | KES ONO 11430 191550 DR 7 Pod Due | | KO ON 1105 7 50 Br, kn | , | 188 W. | sg ON mos 15000 1165 (13400. 13000 3 206 | | Or | Fare | | | Tag SEO 2200 128 122 (10 | | | 22 20 | 53" 26 og seu Mean he == Å Observed Angles of Deflection (24,,) 4 pg ; 3 HM ENHS 1 5900 52: 5 : M, ok mm, | 2u Gi m mn = = 5 S == = — JV: === — ; ==: r* sm % XX 1 + 73 +g(t,—% v=x | ee == OG P=413 bg 3 17* Log. = 9.69888 10.04070 1 + = 1.00039 1.00086 Sin. 1, Log. = 9.64826 0.30193 | M, + (éj—t) g= 0.00244 | 0.00244 x Log. = 9.34714 9.34263 2 | 8 | 1 + (t,—t)4= 1.00283 I 00330 Log. = 0.00123 |0.00143 nm" 3 7 Log. = 9:34837 9:34406 pP EE 01976008 Log. = 9.98053 0:99384 m y Log.= 9.33790 9.33790 mX Log. = 0.41767 mX — x E PXe log Nr07 077 BU 004= NE Log. = 0.53988 os 47=/M = Log. = 9-87779 Observer Carl Wille. Red. to Metr. Un. Log. = 9.66378 Tesgesl=p—= oe) 0.20366 | Observations of Vibration, 2nd of October 1876. Station Christiania; Lat. 59* 54' 43”, Long. 10" 43' 37". Chronometer. Error at Station = 0 42” 38' Daily.Rate (s) = 45 Acel. Magnet (A) suspended. Fiffect of 90* of Torsion = 2.26 Div. = 4.29. OQne Div. of Scale = 1./9. At Commencement f Mean Time | 1” 50” p.m. f Semiarc | 76" | Temp. of | 4 ft, 5510 Me erte: 2 22.0 % Se At End ( at Station |2 2 f of Vib. | 22.8 | Magnet | ME 0510 Scale moving apparently to the Right Scale moving apparently to the Left No. Time of No. Time of Time No. | Time of No. | Time of | Time of Centre passing | of Centre passing of. of Centre passing of | Centre passing: of Vib. | wire | Vib. wire 100 Vib. Vib. wire NEVE wire | 100 Vib. (0) DU EUS gr 100 MO Os OLA 5 DÅ PH 105 41” 00.0 TT OL 10 SS 10 at Main) 16.4 15 Jo | Pyart || nag SER 16.4 20 34 49.0 | 120 42 5.5 16.5 25 Be 107. 125 227 16.4 30 35 32.7 | 130'| 42, 49.2 DO-5 1135 35 1545 | 235 11430 20 16.5 40 36 16.3 |.r40 | 43 33-0 16.7 45 36 ' 38.0 | 145 | 43 545 16.5 50 37 .0 | 150 44 16.5 16.5 55 SG PG 155 44 38.3 6X0 Diff 3 38.3 30 | Diff. ra 3 38 20 29 100at 2 40 38.3 Mean (1) = 7 16.5 I|rosat 40 50.9 Mean (2) = 7 16.48 | 8 ac JM H XX Å > mK = — = — > Pp.=T*41 1 Z—g(b,—% - > mMX=—. VER ) | 86400 16 | TE AG Je nt, Å 2 E) Mean (1) =7" 16.50 = 27 ="0: 36400 ED (2)=7 16.48 aa = FG = 0.00001 MEN 3640 Log. = 0.63907 ) s ad" rar sn) ; l= == = 0! EEE EN SG =00) 36400 — 16 0.99994 Sr H' å T, Log. = 0.63994 1+ F = 1.00079 5 —g(t, —%) = 0.00282 T Los 1= 11127088 3 24% 0.09997 JU å 2 = 0.00088 H HEEN Jen I + oe (ti— 6) + u — x= ogs NE EE 00050 T? Log. = 1.27938 u Log. = 6.20003 z*K Log. = 1.69705 m, SAGEN Gr Per) x. Log. = 0-347 14 mX = qp Log. = 0.41767 Em. . EAA g nm hor 83 u— og. E= 6.94289 VG 8. = 9.:34937 on eg = Observation of Torsion. mX — NU Log. — 06930 Cirele turned Seale Mean Ditt. ES 4240 Mor ENO S8465 OR = Sp ; m” Log. = 9.76604 ie AR S9 7 SEES m'=0.76387 Log. = 9.88302 OE 39:5 — 180" = "35.5 40.045 Odl— 40.5 KE ; gor="2/20"1= 4.29 Observer Carl Wille. ce. Inklination. Aflæs- Nonierne Det Doverske Inklinatorium havde tre Naale. ningen af Naalespidsene sker ved Mikroskoper. angiver Minutter. Observationerne udførtes og beregnedes efter Instruktionerne i Manual of Scientific Enquiry Nide 103—105. Følgende Skema benyttedes: 6 ce. Incelination. The ends ot The verniers Doter's Dip-Cirele had three needles. the needles are observed with microscopes. read minutes. The observations were taken and computed in accordance with the instructions in *A Manual of Nci- entifie Enquiry.” pp. 103—105. The printed form was as follows: i Magnetic Dip. Station Christiania. Needle No. 1. Date 2nd of October 1876. Setting of Azimuth Cirele 64" 49' + 64' 28' = 64* 38". Remarks . Time 10* 557 åa. m. to 0 5” p. m. Poles direct B dipping . Magnetical Pillar in the Park of the Observatory. Poles reversed Å dipping = | Face | Readings of Needle Readings of Needle o | of «== ="2""7 3 7 g | 3 re = Instr.| Lower end | Upper end Mean | Lower end | Upper end Mean Je) | Z oe å 7 ETSJOSG | FRE ORO Gard Ge TO pe ne genet S Eg Ag GE 5.0 9 12 10. 5 3 2 4-0 | As I 5.0 | 9 I I 10.0 2 | 2 Mean = å MGE GS Mean = b 71 10.5 z KO oser 7050 EON 5 59: 5 = k o 59 59: 5 TR 58 - D or eo 60 3) = =—====== === = = === å = | | | Men = æ 170) 5995 . Mean = 0 70 59.5 Go | Fe 77 FG Gare GE TI (21.5 71 20 Fa ao Å 16 14 | 15 21 19 20.0 o | 7 15 13 14 20 19 Köp & 2 & | ; Na or GE ra | = | Mean = a” Ga EG Å Mean = b” 57 20, å Z, Jer Ære ker fl | i DE Al = Vg > » 3 5 Ea TO 85 70 41 70 43 TONO: 8 £ 3 6 45 41 43 2.0 3 = 5 8 6. 5 40 43 41. 5 Mean = a" Ft ØK Mean = 0" 70 41.8 DA am atle b” 7 200 au TOR59NS b' 70 59: 5 a Ts b ONS 4 26.0 mile 6) Mean of Means = 71* 6.5 Mean of Means = 3 Ao) 7 3) I 7 7 Do. DoMERre: Fro (OS ar IP Dip 9: 47 Observer Cl Wille. 2 71 4-74 I. Bergen. Ved Observatoriet paa Nordnes. Bredde y = 60" 23" 54”, Længde 4 = 5" 24 0" E. Greenwich. . Horizontal-Intensitet. 1876, Ma 22. Afbøjnings-Observation Kl. 12 til 1,30 Min. Eft. Temperatur f. = 62.5 F. Afbøjningsvinkel, for Atqstanden! 7, =1 Pod; v = 28% 58" 55". lasttager OC. Wille. Å Svingnings-Observation Kl. 2.6 Min. til 2,18 Min. Eft. Temperatur t = 65.5 F. Observeret Svingetid Ti. = 4.4919. Kronometret vinder daglig 3. Halve Svinge- bue ved Begyndelsen a& = 77.9, ved Enden &' = 24.7. Torsion for en Dreinimg af 90", wu = 11.78. Tagttager C. Wille. ' Resultat. Med P = 0.02300 faaes m = 0.76660 og Horizontalintensitet XN = 3.2238. Inklination. * I. Bergen. Observatory at Nordnes; latitude = 60" 23" 54", longitude Å = 5" 24' 0” E. Greenwich. Horizontal Intensity. 1876, May 22. Observation of Deflection: 12 a. m. to 1,80 p. m. Temperature f, = 62.5 F.; angle of deflection for the distance r, = 1 foot, wu, = 28" 58' 55”. Observer C. Wille. Observation of Vibration: 2,6 p. m. to 2,18 p. m. =165S5E Temperature ft, observed time ot one vibration T = 4.4919; chronometer gaining daily 3". NSemi- are of vibration at commencement æ = 77.9, at end x/ = 24./7.- Torsion for a twist of 90", wu = 11.78. Observer C. Wille. Result. — With P = 0.02300, m will be = 0.76660 and the horizontal intensity X = 3.2238. Inclination. 3,0 p. m. to 4,80 p. m. Needle No. 1. C. Wille. E Result. — 9 = 72" 24,3. Observer Kl. 3,0 til 430 Min. Eft. Naal No. 1: GC. Wille. Resultan(d= 22 24:03. ; 2. Husø g = 60" 59.6; Å = 4" 37 E. Greenwich. a. Teltplads paa Øen, hvor Hr. Lexaus Hus staar. . Deklimation. 1876, Juni 10, fandtes ved korrespon- derende Højder af Prof. Mohn? Kronometret Mewes 575 at være 0 28” 30' foran Stedets Middeltid og dets daglige Acceleration 5.193. Samme Dags FEftermiddag bestemtes fra Teltpladsen Azimut af *Poldetimd”, en Fjeldtop med Varde paa Indre Sulen, der ligger i en Afstand af 18.57 Kilometer tra Husø. Der observeredes i 3 Satser (I, II og III) med Cirkelens Nulpunkt i 3 forskjellige Stillinger, og i hver Sats Omlægning af Kikkerten gjennem Zemt (1 og 2). O = Object = Poldetinds Varde. & = Cirkelaflæsning for Solens Centrum. Ch. = Kronometertid. o& = Foran- gaaende Solrand. 0 = Efterfølgende Solrand. U= Uhr- korrektion. M.T. = Middeltid. E = Tidsjevning. t = Sand Soltid. a = Solens Azimut. Azimut af Objektet. 0 = Solens Deklination. g = Bredden. N. P. = Cirkelens Nordpunkt. A= 1 H. Mohn. &Astr. Obs., Side .5. p = 60" 59.6; Å = 4" 37' E. Greenwich. «. Tent on the main island, where Mr. Lexau's house stands. Declination. — On the I10th of June, 1876, Professor Mohn? found the error of the ehronometer, Mewes, No. 575, from equal altitudes, to be 0” 28” 30' fast on local mean time, and its daily aceeleration 5.'93. In the afternoon of the same day, the azimuth of *Poldetind,” a mountain-top with åa trigonometrical signal, on the island of Indre Sulen, distant from Husø 18.57 kilometres, was determined from the tent. We observed in three sets (I, IL. and III), with the zero-point of the horizontal eirele in three different positions, and tor each set reversing the telescope through the zemith (1 and 2). O = object: = Poldetind signal: & = reading of limb corresponding to :the sun's centre; Ch = time. by chrono- meter; & = preceding solar limb; o = following solar limb;: U = error ot chronometer: M. T. = mean time: E = equation of time; t = apparent solar time; 0 = decli- nation of sun; f = latitude; åa = azimuth of sun; N.P. = eirele reading corresponding to the astromomical meri- dian (North Poimt); Å = azmuth ot object. 1 H. Mohn. åAstronomical Observations, p. 5. 8 I I I 1 2 M. 1 2 M 1 2 M O. TOG al SN OG 8 44" 55-5 55.0 44" 55.25 | 284" 32.0 Bre 284” 31.6 O 46 16.5 67.5| 46 42.0) 280. 52.5 104. 5 200 18.5 ie NGL Fe AG ig A8o Å Ch. o| må Sj 0 '5 FÅ BEE Vit gå 2:0| 7 21” 26.'0 Ag FJAS GÅ Da 20.'2 Gå GJE gm 44” 0:'0 7 aper 50.3 » |1O SSS 9 TS 700399] 2022 26 6.8 2 TRO ON 4327 044 253 Ch. 0 ( 20.'95| 722 48.0) AS 78 U. Ea 00 2003E53 00281306 ss OM SE M.T. 6 37 49.4 GOE Je E. rd ET dd 30 t Omen | (OD VEN 0.3 TS 2 OL d 2 (1) 4" 20” | Do 4" 20” 29 4' 20” q 60 59 36 60 59 36 60 59 36 a N70 18.0 W NOG SG NOM 0 VW o JO EN | Ge NAP 7040 | 35647: 2 236 24.1 O. Ose | 44 55:2 5 OM A. NMS 3 N 48" 8/0 E NESE Azimuth of Poldetind = N 48" 7.6 E. Samtidig maaltes Horizontalvinkelen mellem Polde- tind og «Gavlen af et Hus med Theodoliten og fandtes = 130" 50.1. Altsaa bliver Azimut af Gavlen = N 178" 57.1 BE eller S 1" 2.8 E. Klokkeslet. Magnet I | Gavl. Difr (Hour.) | (Gable.) 3? 20" p. m. 278" 39" | 295" 44 Tab TS OE 2160 13 NRS 22 1700 GE DE jo fi Den 13de Juni tog Prof. Mohn følgende Observa- tioner til Bestemmelse af Deklinationen, paa samme Tid som jeg svang Skibet for at bestemme Compassernes De- viation. Herved Azimut af Poldetind fra den nye Plads 0.1 mindre, eller N 48" 7.5 E. å Magnetometret opstilledes paa sin Plads og der gjor- mod Sydsydost fra den forrige Plads. bliver des følgende Observationer. med Instrumentets egen Kik- kert, for at bestemme Magnet-Axens Collimation. V Magnet II. Stativet med Theodoliten rykkedes 0.75 sMeter. The horizontal angle between Poldetmd and the gable of åa house. was measured at the same time with the theo- dolite, and found to be 130" 50.1. Hence. the azimuth of thersable SAN ME bEEE or SS 182780 Srl Difr M. Decl (Gable.) | C 207 205405 Og 18 14.8 | 49 255 er 17 133 Te OM TON Ted LG On the 13th of June. took the fol- lowing observations to determine the declination, whilst I The theodolite and stand was now moved 0.75 metre south-south-east from Professor Mohn swung the ship for deviation of compass. its former position. Taken from this point, the azimuth of Poldetind will be 0.'1 less. or N 48" 7.5 E. , After mounting the magnetometer. he took the fol- lowing observations. with the telescope of the instrument, to determine the collimation of the axis of the magnet: — Magnet I. | Magnet II. 79" 27' 20” | bo E os 20 35 730 27135 M. >» 27" 50” 79" 7 2.”5 Med Theodoliten toges følgende Observationer. | With the theodolite he took the following observa- | tions: — ee Magnet II. Poldetind. Deelination. (Hour. 22" 34" 266" 33' gd 100 MS ER 54 43 19 18 DIG TE 41 — 20 53 40 | 19:3 20 o 28 48 175 12 31 44:5 = | 16 53 51 18 9 TØNNE: 48 ' 17 TN 32 44 — 15 51 2 dl 17 9 25 44 17 I5 4 17 46 17 13 27 47 IG 12 54 48 7-5 12 SN) 49 == 10 22 50 — 9 37 495 17 9 å 59 50 3 9 OmEL6 51 17.5 9 49 53 == 6 Ved grafisk Udjevning . findes . følgende Værdier for | Computed from diagramatic mterpolation, the fol- Deklinationen. | lowing values were found for the declination: — Døle SGå ØRE 860 ness 30 18" 12" 280 222 0 75 NO I I 230050 Toe 30 Go 10 - ; or Nes eo tenor Oo 30 TSN 130 ROM KON30 8 DO med OG RI 6 7 og saaledes i Middel for Kl. 2.45” Deklination = 18" and thus, as å mean for 2.45 p.m. the:declination is 18" 14.7 W. EE NG) Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. .C. Wille: Magnetiske Observaticner. u,/ = 129 49' Horizontal-Intensitet. 1876, Juni 10. Afbøjnings-Observation. Kl.55 Min. Eft. til 6.0 Min. E. AE GIH ENE 290 EE 357. OC. Wille: Svingnings-Observation. Kl. 45 Min. Eft. til 4.15 Min. Eft. ES ON 452085; 5 ESS AE 167 0 19: mm = 12:32) 10: Wille.s Resultat. P ="0.022999: m=>0.16534; X = 3.1732. 1876, Juni 15. Svingnings-Observation. Kl. 12.15 Mim. til 12.27 Min. Eft. ; finy= vr ME 5300 DEE OE SONNE DI ME IP) H. Mohn. eu Kl. 120 Mim. til 1.45 Mm. .Eft. å Å =D 08 == PS SD H. Mohn. Resultat. . P. = 0.02462; m = 0.76500; X = 3.1751. Svingnings-Observation. Kl. 2.4 Min. til 2.16 Min. Efterm. ; =o AD ASD eld == Oro == 726 (a= oe =MOYS( EH. Mohn: Efter den foregaanende Afbøjnings-Observation beregnes X = SblDl: Svingnings-Observation. Kl. 6.6 Min. til 6.17 Min. pe EOS NE 52880 EE DE 19 4 =39.03. H. Mohn. Efter den foregaaende Afbøjnings-Observation beregnes RUE SANG 1877, Juni 4. Afbøjnings-Observation. Kl. 40 Min. til 4.55 Min. Efterm. ES BSE Og SEN 6 MENES El) C. Wille ; Svingnings-Observation. Kl. 6.57 Min. til 7.8 Min. Efterm. =P JOD ES ESA Ne = DOrNNE= DGC Wille Resultat. P = 0.02433; m ='0.74415; X =3.1761. Inklination. 1876, Juni 12. Kl. 10.30 Min. til 11.45 Min. Form. Naal No. 1.- C. Wille. DENS) Samme Dag. Kl. 1.30 Min. til 25 Mim. Eft. Naal * No. 2. GC. Wille: OED ONG 10 Horizontal Intensity. 1876, June 10. m. to 6.0 p m. Observation of Defleetion: — 5.5 p. RENSO SH EE MN == 203047 7 = 01:35 ur = 123 49% 35" 100 Wille: Observation of Vibration: — 4.3 p. m. to 4.15 p. m. ESA ao PS DDS DS Sa = OL OG 19-04 ESMLLS2 OWE Fesul —P er m=0.76534; X = 3.1732. 1876, June 15. Observation of Vibration: — 12.15 p. m. to 12.27 p. m. ' NE Hosen ge 55002 EO ea rd 125 EMobn. Observation of Deflection: — 1.20 p. m. to 1.45 p. m. ft, = 56.2; m = 29" 29' 40”, u' = 12" 48" 357. H. Mohn. Result. = P = 002462: m =0.:76500: X=34"51. Observation of Vibration: — 2.4 p. m. to 2.16 p.m. ae =P EA 32815: s=rN0 EP HE 220 mu = 10287 Ho Mobn: Computed from the preceding observation of deflec- ton RG=PS1150 Observation of Vibration: — 6.6 p. m. to 6.17 p. m. ES 218: ES 528800 EE AE be = NENNE GOSSEN Mohn Computed from the preceding observation of deflec- tion X = 3.1746. * 1877, June 4. Observation of Detlection: — 40 p. m. to 4.55 p. m. SPT ug NESEN Garde C. Wille. Observation of Vibration: — 6.57 p. m. to 71.8 p So I SANNES SAR OE GS IGG = C. Wille. 3.99 == 95 26% u Resulneke=(0024283 EE OAM SIT OL. Inclination. 1876, June 12: — 10.30 a. m. to 11.45a.m. Needle No. 1. GC. Wille. HESSEN TE Sb Same Day:'— 1.30 p tor 2:90 1p Needle No. 2 Walle: O1= M22P40K90: 11 Samme Dag. Kl. 6.15 Mm. til 75 Mim. Eft. Naal | No. 1. C. Wille. ESPN) 1876, Juni 15. K1. 10.55 Min. til 11.53 Min. Form. Naal No. 1. H. Moln. ENO O02: Samme Dag. Kl. 7.7 Min. til 7.32 Min. Eft. Naal No. 2. H. Mohn. ETT N05: 1877, Maj 23. K1. 5.0 Min. til 6.45 Min, Eft. Naal No. 1. C. Wille. B. Et Skjær paa Østsiden af Havnen. Deklination. Juni 16. Ilagttager: Professor Mohn. Fra det Punkt. hvor Theodoliten var opstillet foran Magnetometret. kunde Poldetind ikke sees paa Grund af, at et nærmere liggende Fjeld kom i Vejen. Men fra et nærliggende Punkt paa Skjæret, i SSE for det første, var Poldetind synlig. Paa Øen, hvor Teltet stod, saaes Polde- tind i samme Vertikal som Observationspunktet paa Skjæret. naar Theodoliten flyttedes, lodret paa Synslinien til Polde- tind, 41.4 Meter mod SE fra Observationspunktet i Teltet. Heraf beregnes, at Azimut af Poldetind: seet fra Theodo- litens Plads paa Skjæret. var 48" 76, — 7.7" 59.9 E, Fra den søndre Ende af Skjæret saaes en anden fjern Fjeldtop 10" 25” nordenfor Poldetind. Fra Observa- tionspunktet paa Skjæret saaes Varden paa Husø 182" 27 til venstre for den nævnte Fjeldtop. Varde (i SW) og Poldetind (i NE) regnet over Nord var følgelig 192" 52. Da Poldetinds Azimut var N 48' 0' EF, bliver Azimut af-Husø Varde: 1992" 52/ 480 =N. Kl. 11,15 Min. Form. gjordes følgende Observationer: Same Day: — 6.15 p. m. to 7.5 p. m. Needle No. 1.5 1C. Wille. 972 439. v 1876, June 15: — 10.55a.m. to 1153a.m. Needle No. 1. H. Mohn. 121 0460:02: 7 1.32 p. m. Same Day: — Needle No.. 2. H. Mohn. Needle 1877,, May 23: — 5.0 p. mi. to 6.45 p. m. Norr CA Wille: B. An Islet at the east side of the Harbour. Declination. June 16. Observer Professor Mohn. From the point at which the theodolite was mounted in front of the Poldetind could not be sighted. åa mountain in the vicinity intercepting the view in that direction. Poldetind was visible however from an adjagent point south-south-east of the former. From the island on which was pitched the tent, Poldetind could be sighted in the same vertical as the point of observation on the islet, after moving the theodolite, perpendieular to the line of vision. 41.4 metres south-east of the point of obser- Hence, the azimuth of Poldetind as magnetometer, vation in the tent. - observed from the position of the theodolite on the islet, * Vinkelen mellem Husø . was — A SEO END SIE From the southern extremity of the islet could be seen another distant mountain-top, 10" 25" north of Polde- tind. Sighted from the point of observation on the islet, Husø signal was 182" 27' to the left of that summit. The angle between Husø signal (bearing SW.) and Polde- tind (bearing NE.) reckoned through the north. was accord- ingly 192" 52”. The azimuth of Poldetind being N 48' V' E. that of Husø signal is — 14252 WIE 19185108 MW: l At 11.15 a. m. the following observations were made: — Magnet ae Su NL $56r 3 Ts or Å 186 ger 50 Husø Varde (Husø Signal) 213 30 Sos 218130 213 -30 Vinkel (Angle) 53 59 54 27 54 26 54 40 Middel (Mean) : S 548 W Azimut af Husø Varde (Azimuth of Signal) S 35 8 W Declination op KO AN Om Fftermiddagen opstilledes Instrumenterne paa Skjæret paa en anden Plads, i Nærheden af den forrige. Da Solen var synlig, benyttedes den til Azimutbestemmelse. In the afternoon the instruments were set up at åa point on tbe islet near to that previously selected. The sun being visible, the azimuth was found from solar obser- vations. : ox Ch Ol Hart so AGP G7ESN å 7 4401 3750 | Magnet 7002375 $ No) ae eg 46 38.1 — II ra) 7 45 20.9 ped SEP U. — o 29 6.1 | Magnet FL AE , MT. 7,16 14/8 | Magnét 187" 43.7 — 1780* E. POE 205 45-3 t 5 143550 | Deck 18 NON NE a NZ GS o 143 18.5 N-P. 205045: 3 Horizontal-Intensitet. Horizontal Intensity. 1876. Juni 16. 1876. June 16. Afbøjnings-Observation. Kl. 125 Mm. til 12.87 Observation of Deflection: — 12.5 p. m. to 12.87 Min. Eft. p. m. NES 0308 NE 20080052 5 E12050025006: SS Øre Ne 23 SOP SPD ne NED SO 245 H. Mohn. H. Mohn. Svingnings-Observation. Kl.1.0 Min. til 1.10 Min. Ett. Observation of Vibration: — 1.0 p. m. to 1.10 p. m. == (0005 SSS EE Bo EE Ge (G0058 MM GRP 5 SE me BR 0 ES 100 Heru=o2 SEN Motn: : =o EN Mohn: Resultat: P = 0.02075; m = 0.76655; X = 3.1686. Resultae B=(0/020rbkm= OM 6655: Babe Afbøjnings-Observation. Kl. 2.0 Mm. til 2.20 Mm. Observation of Deflection: — 2.0 p. m. to 2.20 p. m. ID =o rer =D HS M'ohn, Beregnet efter foregaaende Svingnings-Observation faaes m = 0.7654 og X = 3.1734. -— Inklination. 1876. Juni 16. K1. 6.10 Min. til 6.49 Min. Ett. Naal No. 1. Ø = 729 44,8. i H. Mohn. "3. Reykjavik. g = 649 8' 30”; Å = 210 544 8” V- Greenwich. Den grønne Plæne ved Konsul Simons Hus. Deklination. 1876. - Aug. Iste fandt jeg ved corre- sponderende Højder af Solen, at Kronometret Kullberg viste 2” 6” Stedets Middeltid ved Middag". Kronometret vandt daglig 0.60. 55.6. foran Den 29de Juli om Eftermiddagen: bestemte jeg Azimut af en Mire. 1 Se H. Mohn. Astr. Obs. Side 6. m E=E år mm == 20" 2 17 EG Mola Computed from the preceding observation of vibration m = 0.7654 and X = 3.1734. Tnclination. 1876. June 16. 6.10 p. m. to 6.49 p.:m. Needle No 1. H. Mohn. 0 = 729 4478. 3. Reykjavik. .= 649 8' 30”; Å = 210 54' 8" W. Greénwich. The grass-plot adjoiming Mr. Simson's house. Declination. 1876. Aug. 1st I found the Kullberg chronometer, from equal solar altitudes!, to be at noon 2 6” DA.'6 fast on mean local time; chronometer gainimg daily 0.60. On the 29th of July, after noon, I determined. the azimuth of å mark. ! See H. Mohn. Astronomical Observations, p: 6. GJ SO fb 1 2 M. Magnet. Mire. (Mark.) O. 95" 10.0 9.5 95" 09.75 LG 4210 ga0 MØYS SONG RO) 149 54.0 150 42.5 150 18.25 Te 20085 95 10.0 90 Meade GE Mn 0 AD O SA RS JAGES 36 30.50 DE EE g5.0000:8 U på åå da. SE Å ENES ors ON 4 me 4 I PO TENG Mire = Ge GLE M. T. se Seg Rype 0 E. ret å. 6 EN Magnet = 202 5.1 — 180? . SE 8:2 Decle= 389? 18.6 W. a N 090 5.4 W - Q 150 18.2 Np: 240 23.65 O. 95 9-75 A. Nasr og 0. Horizontal-Intensitet. | Horizontal Intensity. 1876. Juli 31, | 1876. July 31. Afbøjnings-Observation. Kl. 10 til 11 Form. | Observation. of Defleetion: — 10 a. m. to 11 a: m. fo ObO au == 036" 26" 45"; mu = 159 30 55 HESS LEES BE LOS RE ODD C. Wille. | C. Wille. Svingnings-Observation. Kl. 126 Mm. til 12. 18 Observation of Vibration: — 12.6 p: m. to 12.18 Min. Ett. p. m. =D DE JOR0050:s= 0.60; a = 76"; å = ES PD TE 510050 EE 60 AE OE 2orus=|LOY4. CO) Wille: 23: wu = 10.4. C. Wille. : -— Resultat: P = 0.02231; m = 0.76147; X = 2.6141. TResult: — P = 0:02231; m = 016147; X = 2.6141. Svingnings-Observation. Kl. 3.57 Min. til 4.10 Min. Observation of Vibration: — 357 p. m. to 4.10 Ett. p- m. ' NE 5728 TT S4991055 = 076040 16000 = OSE ES GPS O EGO EO 2 =K050 (GO Walle: 128 EE SIDON Wille: Afbøjnings-Observation. Kl. 5.10 Min. til 6.10 Min. | Observation of Detleetion: — 5.10 p. m. to 6.10 Ett. pm: t, = 57.%0; m,:— 35* 59' 22”. 0. Wille. | EE BYN Ty ES 850 5 22 IG Wille. Resultat: Med P = 0.02231;: m = 0.7612; X = | Result: — With 00223 1E ME IOK OPERER 2.6407. | 2.6407. Inklination. | Inclination. 1846: Juli 284 Kl. 5.0 til 6,35 Eft. Naal No: 1. 1876. July 28: — 5.0 p. m. to 6.35 p. m. Needle C, Wille. ; No. 1. GC: Wille. E ME R0:28X5: ME 62285: 1876. August 1. Kl. 1.20 Min. til 2.20 Min. Eft. 1876. Aug. 1: — 1.20 p. m. to 2.20 p. m. Needle Naal No, 2. C, Wille. No. 2. C. Wille: oe 602053) PER626730 4. Namsos. ms 028 SL 334 E. Greenwich. Ved Bunden af Bugten nordenfor Byen, c. 7 Meter fra Stranden, strax søndenfor Stien, der fører videre til en - Grind. : Declimation. 1876. August 19 fandt Prof. Mohn ved correspondereénde Højder af Solen! Kronometret Frodshams Korrektion til Stedets Middeltid lig + 0" 31" 47.185. Kronometret vandt daglig 512. Den 18de August om Fftermiddagen gjorde vi begge i Forening Observationer til Bestemmelse af Azimut og Deklination. 14 4. Namsos. g = 54% 28' 12" Å = 11* 31" 33” E. Greenwich. At the head of the bay, north of the town, about 7 metres from the shore, and directly south of the pathway leading to a gate. Declination. 1876. Aug. 19 Professor Mohn found, from equal solar altitudes,! the error of the Frodsham chronometer on mean local time = 0" 31” 47.95; nometer gaining daily 5.12. On the 18th of August, in the afternoon. Professor Mohn and myself took observations to determine the azi- muth and deelmation. chro- emo Nr sg 5" 49” 53.5 | Magnet I 098" 26' OS SA 275 —.- TT 99 Pa å Su U. =- SS 98" 43 M. T. 6 22 57.2 | Magnet 278" 430 — 180" E. TE OSL 2 NE 20202540 t 6 19 28.0 Dec. 13" 42.9 W. a NEO AG MG O ON 2900 > NE: 2022 Horizontal-Intensitet. | Horizontal Intensity. 1879. Aug. 18. | 1876. Aug. 18. Afbøjnings-Observation. Kl. 11.50 Min. Form. til | Observation. of. Defleetion: — 11.80 a. m. to 12.50 12.50 Min. Eft. ' | pm POSE SA EE 33500 200 HS 6TSNE SIR VE Sn 400 C. Wille. C. Wille. Svingnings-Observation. Kl.1.51 Min. til 2.5 Min. Eft. | Observation of Vibration: — 1.51 p. m. to 2.5 p. m. ETO ERNESASSSOGE O er | tg STO TE EEE MOrNrd= = 24; u = 41. OC. Wille. |- 24: 4 = 41. OC. Wile. Resultat: P = 0.02671; m = 0.75760; X = 2.9639. Inklination. 1876. Kl. 10.30 Min. til 11.30 Form. Naal No. August 19. I. C. Wille. ENE Kl. 5.0 Min. til 6.0 Min. Eft. Samme Dag. Naal No. 2.. H. Mohn. LAE: Mohn. Astr. Obs. Side 7. Result: — P =0.02671; m =0.75760; X = 2.9639. TInclination. 1876. Aug. 19: — 10.80 a.,m. to 11.80 a. m. Needle No. 1. C. Wille. 0= 7423. Same Day: — 5.0 p. m. to 6.0 p. m. Needle No. 2. H. Mohn. | DE T1203: 1 H. Mohn. Astronomical Observations, p- 7. 5. Bodø. gm = 67% 17 14" Å ='149 24" 51" KE. Greenwich. I Nærheden af Stranden, noget østenfor den østligste Landgangsbrygge. IS77. August 13 observerede Prof. Mohn Solhøjder samtidig med at jeg tog de magnetiske Observationer!. Ved de første fandtes umiddelbart Standen af Kronometret Frodsham for Stedets sande Tid (U”). 5. Bodø. == OM ET EG 14* 24' 51” E. Greenwich. Near the-shore, a little to the east of the most easterly Vie landing-pier. KenmeAus ila Mohn altitudes of the sun, whilst I took magnetic observations!. By direet determined the Professor observed computation from the altitudes. he error of the Frodsham chronometer on apparent local time (U"). Deklination. Declination. 1877. August 13. Oh. O| 5* 59" 5.5 64 4" 22.0 | 6" 1" 43.75 |Magnet I 80 415 Oo 6 TE7NO. 6 46.0 4 6. 50 == Hide 6 k OT 55 80 27:55 U EL G | Magnet 260 27.55 — 180* : OSTEN. Pu 2720 e a N 82 GS MW |[Ded 1 —(are 41.2 W. (o) 188 34.2 NÆR: 27 2 SN Horizontal-Intensitet. | Horizontal Intensity. 1877. Aug. 183. V 1877. Aug. 13. Svingnings-Observation. Kl. 12.10 Mmm. til 12.23 . Observation of Vibration: — 12.10 p. m. to 12.23 Min. Eft. p. m. kh Mg NN = GRS ES BE AR ME == NEDE Od DDR =r dd ON Wille: 25! = 34% C. Wille: Afbøjnings-Observation. Kl. 4.30 Min. til 5.80 Min. Ett. Observation of Detlection: — 4.30 p. m. to 5.30 p. m. SR" 0 =382> 30 20% å = EP 25. == 2 Ge == PO SD C. Wille. C. Wille. Resultat: P = 0.02445; m = 0.74020; X = 2.7854. Result: — P =.0.02445; m =0.74020; X =2.7854. Inklination. Inclination. 1877. August 13. Kl. 9.45 'Min. til 11.10 Min. | IS77. August 13: 9.45 a. m. to 11.10a.m. Needle Form. Naal No. 1. GC. Wille. I No. 1. C. Wille. Ø = 75* 21.4 | 0 = 7d* 21.4. 6. Tromsø. | 6. Tromsø. | g = 69* 39.1 Å = 187 59.3 EFE. Greenwich. | gp = 697 39.1 Å = 18% 59.8 E. Greenwich. Ved Stranden, nogle hundrede Skridt nordenfor Bryggen * ved Storstennes, paa Østsiden af Tromsø-Sundet. Bredde og Længde efter de norske Kystkarter. Kro- metrets, Frodshams, Stand for Stedets Tid er beregnet efter dets Stand for Greenwich Tid og Kartets Længde. ! H. Mohn. =åAstr. Obs. Side 8. On the beach, åa few hundred paces north of the landing-pier at Storstennes, on the east side of Tromsø Sound. Latitude and longitude from the coastal charts. Error of chronometer (Frodsham) on local time computed from error on Greenwich time and the longitude of the chart. 1 H. Mohn. Astronomieal Observations, p. S. 16 Deklination. Declinatton. ; 1877. Juli (July) 11. | Ch. o| 6 24” 4 29” 56.15 |6% 277 0.25| Magnet I 80* 10.25 26 36.0 32092810 | 20 20 SOON omr ero 80 å , Ui ae 22500 | Magnet 260” 15.14 — 180? Må 4 Gr NØL n [NP. 270 33: 1 i Sed Dee 10 17.7 W t 6 45 57:6 a NÅ rn 300 MW O Ko oM 2 INAAP 270 33- Horizontal-Intensitet. AST Juli. Svingnings-Observation. Kl. 4.2 Min. til4.16 Min. Eit. MEGANE 05 JE BE ENN eu = OE Ville. Afbøjnings-Observation. Kl. 5.35 Min. til 6.13 Min. Fftm. P=09080" Bjør (07 Be ) C. Wille. | Resultat: P = 0.02142; m = 0.74260; X = 2.6865. | Inklination. PE 1877. Juli 11. Kl. 11.40 Min. Form. til 12.45 Min. | Naal No. 1. 'C. Wille. e | == uo2P2128D) Ett. 7. Hammerfest. = 707 40' 11” Å = 23* 40'.26" E. Greenwich. Tids- || bestemmelse ved Nolhøjder af Prof. Mohn den 9de og 10de I Juli 1878. Paa Fuglenes. i Nærheden af Meridianstøtten. Deklination. Juli 9 om Eftermiddagen bestemte vi Azimut 1878. af Kirkespiret. Observationsuhr Lommekronometer, hvis Korrektion til Stedets sande Tid var funden = + 51” 20.4. 10de Juli KI. Deklinationen. 12.35 Min. Eft., bestemte jeg Den 1 H, Mohn. Astr. Obs. Side 12—14. Horizontal Intensity. 1877, July 11. Observation of Vibration: — 4.2 p. m. to 4.16 p. m. i =05624-0P 550450 E AE 210 =o OA Walle: Observation of Detlection: — 5.35 p. m. 6.13 p. m. å E560060) ES BOND ur 01409815: C. Wille. - - Result: — P = 0.02142: m =0.74260; X = 2.6365 TInclimation. 1877. July 11: — 11.40 a. Needle No. 1. C. Wille. DE FUGO KS 5 m. to 12.45 p. 7. Hammerfest. q = 70" 40" 11722340" 26" E. Greenwich. At Fuglenes, near by the are of meridian terminus Error of chronometer found from altitudes of the %h and 10th of column. sun, taken by Professor Moln on the July, 1878. . Declination. 1878. July 9. in the afternoon, we determined the azimuth of the church spire, observing with. the pocket- chronometer, for which the error on local apparent time was found to be + 51" 20.4. On the 10th of July, 1235 p. m, I determined the deelination. 1 H. Mohn. Astronomical Observations, p. 12—14. 117 Ö), 220* Q' 10."0 22 9.5 Magnet. Mire. (Mark.) Oo et Ang Ge Ara) | om dos NES 0: 4-0 48" 51.5 Gr GI Gå 10 SONE ØA GE | 100 76 Feng 48 52.0 O 16 50.0 20 15.0 j 18 32-5 79 30.35 48 51.75 U på ve pr Ar =" MIN 432750 Eee Miro 48 51.75 t h m 5 = === FEE 13 | N.F. 265 19.0 a N 667 32.5 W| Magnet 259 50.35 — 180" Q Srl Deel. 37 28.6 W. NAP: 85" 36.75 o): 220 A. Nas Ser Horizontal-Intensitet. Horizontal Intensity. Svingnings-Observation. 1878. Juli 9. Kl. 5.40 | Observation of Vibration. 1878. July 9: — 5.40 Min. til 5.52 Min. Eft. p. m. to 5.52 p. m. ES DRENEDR0 000 EK EE O == ft, = 55.7: T, = 5.0660; s = 7.0: a = 76": å! = ev =12"499% OC Wile: 19150 = 2:49. 0. Wille. Afbøjnings-Observation. 1878. Juli 10. Kl. 12.45 Observation of Deflection. 1878. July 10: — 12.45 Min. til 1.80 Min. Eft. p. m. to 1.30 p. m. fi = 64:90: u, = 37 22 97; m/ = 15" 54". 10" f = 640; m-= 37" 99" 9": mu! = 150 54/ 10". C. Wille. Resultat: P. = 0.01896; m = 0.7627;1 X = 2.5484. Inklination. Juli 10. Kl. 10.45 Min. til 11.55 Min. Form. C. Wille. Ø = 76" 54.25. 1878. Naal No. 1. 8. Vardø. g = 70* 22.24" N= 31" V 51" E. Greenwich. Paa Fæstningen Vardøhuss Glaecis, 170 Meter Nord for Fæstningens Midtpunkt. Horizontal-Intensitet. Svingnings-Observation. 1878. Mmm. til 1.18 Min. Eft. i == BOA MN SHU 6 ES BAD å 2 S=A OS Walle: Juni26 AKT UG Afbøjnings-Observation. 1878. Juni 26. KI. 5.10 Min til 6.5 Min. Eft. == Se == DESSE C. Wille. kesuliank=10/02259%%Mm = 0616 XE 257837: Inklination. 184810 Junz(269 FK 10.40 Mim. til 16:37 Naal No. 1. OC. Wille. OE OED Min. - Form. ! Magneten var i 1878 opmagnetiseret. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Magnetiske Observationer. C. Wille. Result: — P =0.01866; m =0.7627;1 X = 2.5484. TInclmation. E 1878. July 10: — 10.45 a. m. to 11.55 å. m. Needle No. 1. GC. Wille. ) DE 4 52) 8. Vardø. m=(1022" 24" =P ole Greenwich, The glaeis of Vardøhus, 170 metres north of the centre of the fortress. Horizontal Intensity. Observation of Vibration. 1878. June 26: — 1.4 p- m. to 1.13 p. m. LE HO ME SOAS ES OE EE u= 4.08. C. Wille. Observation of Detection. p. m. to 6.5 p. m. == AS C. Wille. result e E 28'; 87SJuner or 50 å UN EDA SS0 =1002259%m == 0016 KIT Inclination. 1878. June 10.40 a. m. to 11.37 a. m. No. 1. GC. Wille. Needle 26. 0 =" 76524. I The Magnet had been re-magnetised in 1878. re) B. Observationer i Søen og deres Resultater. Ved Expeditionens Udrustning var det paatænkt, at der skulde gjøres fuldstændige magnetiske Observationer ombord, naar man var i Søen. Hertil havdes fuldstændigt Apparat i Admiralitets Standard-Kompasset og Fox-Cir- kelen. Med denne sidste foretog jeg 1 1876, under Skibets Udrustning, paa Bergens Observatorium de nødvendige Af- vejninger. Under Expeditionens Ophold i Husø fra den 10de til 19de Juni samme Aar gjordes alle de fornødne Basis-Observationer. De magnetiske Elementers Størrelse bestemtes, som ovenfor vist, i Land ved absolute Maalinger. Deviationen bestemtes saavel for Styre-Kompasset som for Fox-Cirkelens Plads med Fox-Cirkelen maaltes Inkli- nation og Intensitet under forskjellige anlagte Kurser, idet Skibet blev svunget ved Hjælp af Trosser. Der toges Svingnings-Observationer til Bestemmelse af Coetticienterne og u og Å. Ved Beregningen af de med Fox-Cirkelen ombord maalte Inklinationer og Intensiteter, fandt Prof. Mohn, at disse ikke kunde bringes til indbyrdes Harmoni, med mindre Indexfejlen for Fox-Cirkelens Naal sattes hele 19 Minuter større, end den fandtes af de Observationer, der var gjorte i Land paa samme Sted og til samme Tid med Fox-Cirke- len og med Inklinatoriet. Da vi den 22de Juni 1876 i meget roligt Vejr og rolig Sø forsøgte Observationer med Fox-Cirkelen, viste det sig, at Skibet, vel nærmest paa Grund af det langsomt virkende Styreapparat,! ikke kunde holdes paa Kurs med den Støhed, som udfordredes til at Observationerne kunde gjøres med nogenlunde Nøjagtighed, ligesom Nkibets verti- kale Bevægelser uagtet den rolige Sø viste sig yderst hin- drende i samme Retning. Beregningen af Observationerne gav ogsaa et utilfredsstillende Resultat. Kun en Gang senere forsøgtes, nemlig under Sejladsen ind til Thorshavn, Det yderst urolige Vejr, som Expeditionen havde i 1876, forbød alle videre Forsøg i dette Aar. Observationer med Fox-Cirkelen. I 1877 hindrede saavel Vejret, som den Omstændig- hed, at jeg maatte gaa fra Husø til Bergen for at faa ind- sat ny Mellemaxel i Maskinen, mig i at foretage Basis- I 1878 var Expeditionen under Rejserne saa ganske optagen af andre mere nødvendige Gjøremaal, at der ikke levnedes Tid til at tage andre magnetiske Ob- servationer ombord end til Bestemmelse af Misvisningen. Saaledes forenede sig Skibets magnetiske Konstitution, om jeg saa maa kalde det, dets langsomtvirkende Styre- Observationer. apparat, dets Letbevægelighed og ringe Bredde, uroligt Vejr, Reparation af Maskinen og Hensynet til Expeditio- nens Hovedarbejder, Lodninger, Temperaturmaalinger og Skrabninger, til absolute Hindringer mod Fox-Cirkelens 1 C. Wille. Apparaterne og deres Brug. Side 4. 8. B. Observations at Sea, and their Results. The Scheme of Work approved for the Expedition ineluded complete series of magnetic observations at sea. for which we had the Admiralty standard compass and the Fox circle. With the latter instrument, I in 1876, at the Bergen Observatory, whilst the, ship was fitting out, the necessary weighings. During the stay of the Expedition at Husø, from the 10th to the 19th of June, The deviation was determined alike for the steering-compass and the position of the Fox circle, and inelimation and intensity were observed with the Fox cirele on different courses, the ship being swung the while by means of hawsers. Observations of. vibration were taken to determine the coeftieients u and 4. undertook same year, were taken all necessary base-observations. In his computations of inelination and intensity ob- served on board with the Fox eirele, Professor Mohn could not, he found, attain satistactory agreement for the respec- tive results unless the index-error for the mneedle of the Fox circle were put as much as 19 minutes greater than the error found from the observations taken on shore the same place and at the same time with the Fox eirele and with the dip cirele. in On taking a few preliminary observations with the Fox circle, June 22nd 1876, in very fine weather and a calm sea, it was found impossible, chiefly no doubt owing to the tardy action of the steering-apparatus.! to keep the ship suffieiently steady on her course for observing with com- parative accuracy; moreover, the vertical motion of the vessel, calm as was the sea, proved a serious obstacle to the attamment of anything like trustworthy determinations. The computed results, too, were not to be relied upon. Only once afterwards, viz. when nearing Thorshavn, did we try to observe with the Fox circle; indeed the boister- ous weather encountered by the Expedition throughout the summer of 1876, preeluded any further attempt on the first erwse. In 1877 I had no opportunity of taking base-obser- vations, both by reason of the weather and the discovery, on arriving at Husø, of a defect in the engine-shaft, necessi- tating our immediate return to Bergen to get åa new one put im. In 1878 the prosecution of other and more im- portant exploratory work left no time for magnetic obser- vations save those required to determine declimation. Thus, the ships magnetic properties, so to speak, the slow action of her steering-apparatus, her great mobility and tritling breadth of beam. rough weather, time lost im repairing the engine, and regard to the main objects of the Expedition, viz. sounding, determining temperature. and dredging the bottom, — proved one with the other in- NG. Wille. The Apparatus, and How Used, p. 4. Anvendelse i Søen. Betingelser for dens heldige Anven- delse er et bredt Fartøj, en let Styring, roligt Vejr og tilstrækkelig Tid, samt fremfor alt en saadan Plads for In- strumentet, at de med samme tagne Bestemmelser af In- klination og Intensitet harmonerer. Det er saaledes kun Misvisnings-Observationerne. der have ledet til brugbare Resultater. Førend jeg gaar over til at beskrive den i Søen an- vendte Fremgangsmaade og give de beregnede Resultater, maa jeg først omtale Resultaterne af de Observationer, som gjordes 1 Husø til Bestemmelse af Kompassets Deviation. Den 13de Juni 1876 svang jeg Skibet paa Husø Havn for at bestemme Kompassets Deviation. udførtes ved Trosser. fastgjorte i Land. For hver anlagt Kurs (16 forskjellige Streger). paa hvilke der observeredes, pejledes med Kompasset Varden paa Poldetmd. Samtidig observerede paa Teltpladsen i Land Prof. Mohn, paa givet Signal, Magnetometret til Bestemmelse af den absolute Deklination. Fra Teltpladsen var, som ovenfor Side 8 an- ført, Azimut af Varden paa Poldetind N 48' 7.5 E. Da Fartøjet (Standard Kompasset ombord) under Svingningen laa meget nær i Vertikalplanet mellem Teltpladsen og Poldetind, bliver Azimut af Poldetmd for Standard-Kom- passet ombord N 48."1 E. Poldetimds Afstand fra Husø er 10 Kvartmil, saa at en Forrykning lodret paa Nigte- linen mellem begge Steder af 0.1 svarer til 32.4 Meter, en Afstand, der er meget større end Forrykningen af Kom- passets Plads under Svingningen. Svingningen Trækkes Azimut af Poldetind — 48.1 — fra Pej- lingen af Poldetind, faar man det sande Azimut af Kom- pasnaalens Nordende eller den devierende Misvisning. Den følgende Tabel indeholder Observationerne og de deraf be- regnede Værdier for devierende Misvisning. 19 superable obstacles to the use of the Fox circle at sea. The conditions for successful observation with the instru- ment are a vessel broad in the beam and easy to steer, calm weather and sufficient time, and above all such a position for the instrument as will admit of satisfactory agreement in its determinations of inelination and intensity. Hence, the only observations attended with trust- worthy' results. were those taken to find the deelination. Before proceeding to deseribe the method adopted at sea and give the computed results, I must first set forth the results of the observations taken at Husø for deter- mining the deviation of the compass. On the 13th of June, 1876, I swung the ship in Husø harbour. by means of hawsers, to obtain the devia- tion of the compass. For every course by compass (16 different points) on which I observed, the bearing of the Poldetind signal was taken with the compass, Professor Mohn, at a given signal, simultaneously observing the mag- netometer in the tent on shore, to determine the absolute declination. As previously stated, page 8, the azimuth of the Poldetind signal from the tent was N. 48" 7.5 E. Now, as the ship (standard compass on board) lay when swinging very nearly in the vertical plane between the tent and Poldetind, the azimuth of Poldetind for the standard compass on board will be N. 48.1 E. The distance of Poldetind from Husø is 10 miles; and hence å change in position of 0."1 perpendieular to the line of vision between both places, corresponds to 32.4 metres, a distance much greater than is that corresponding to tlie change m the position of the compass during the swinging of the ship. If the azimuth of Poldetind — 48."1 — be subtracted from the bearing of Poldetind, we get the true azimuth of the north end of the compass-needle, or the deviating variation. In the following Table are given the observa- tions. and the values computed from them, for deviating variation. Anlagt Kurs Klokkeslet. paa St. Kompas. (Hour.) (Ship's Head by Stnd. Compass.) 10” 347 å. m Sor 10 55 S 210008 Te S 45.0 E o 28 p m S 67.4 E o 49 E TS N 67.5 E 120 N 44.9 E re NE2050E8 TØI NOE REG Ne27 MW 4 32 N 45.3 W 4 52 N 67.5 W 5 21 NER 5 40 S 67.2 W 5 58 514513 W 6 15 5 2238 W 6 145 DOG IR Pejling Devierende af Poldetind. Misvisning. (Bearing | (Deviating of Poldetind.) | Variation.) | N 66.0 E N 17-% W Ser 2780 8203 34. 2 85.4 37: 3 85.0 36.9 82.7 34.6 Tr de 20.6 72-5 24.4 67.0 18.0 61.5 Hep ål 56.3 8.2 51.0 3-8 48.6 0. 5 48. 3 (Sa 50.5 å 2.4 yte [2944 0.0 66.0 | 17.0 3* Tallene i den sidste Rubrik, den devierende Misvis- ning, afsattes som Ordinmater paa Rudepapir, med Tallene i den anden Rubrik, anlagt Kurs paa Standard-Kompas, som Argument. Paa grafisk Vej droges mellem de afsatte Punkter den sandsynligste Kurve, og af denne Kurve ud- toges følgende Værdier: 0 = Anlagt Kurs efter St. Kom- passet. D = Devierende Misvisning The figures in the last column, the deviating varia- tion, were set down as ordinates on ruled paper, with the figures in the second column as abscissæ. Å free hand curve was then drawn as nearly as possible through all the marked points, and from this curve were deduced the following values (0 signifies *course by compass;' D, *de- viating variation”): — C DA C D | e D C D | | N 18.98 WE 37.0 WIS 17.08 WW 0."4 W NronE 627. 3 (1880 Ei 3704 08 100 ss S (NEO 16 20 23.8 70 37203 20 10.0 70 303 30 26. I 60 36.6 30 66 60 Bo 40 28.4 | 50 Big 40 3.8 50 FZ 50 Bos No 33:0 50 1.6 40 9-4 60 SR | 30 30.0 60 0.6 30 rige) 70 35:0 20 26.5 70 Oo. I 20 14.0 80 36.4 | 10 22. I 80 0.0 10 16.5 Medium af de devierende Misvisninger i denne Tabel er 18.68 West. Ifølge Side 7 var Middel-Misvisningen paa Teltpladsen paa samme Tid 18" 14.7 = 18"24. Paa Skjæret østenfor Havnen fandt Prof. Mohn (Side 11) den 16de Juni Misvisnimgen om Formiddagen = 19" 0”, om Eftermiddagen 18' 2", i Middel 18" 31' = 18"52. Da Fartøjet under Svingningen laa mellem Teltpladsen og Skjæret, turde det være rigtigst at sætte Misvisningen paa Skibets Plads lig 18.138 West. Dette Tal er kun 0.80 mindre end Middeltallet af de devierende Misvisnminger ombord. Det sidste giver saa- ledes den sande Misvismng med en Nøjagtighed af mindst en halv Grad. Efter dette Princip udførtes Misvisnings- bestemmelserne i Søen. Til Bedømmelse af Skibets mag- netiske Forhold hidsættes de beregnede Værdier for Kon- stanterne i Deviations-Formelen. AEE JENSEN Deviationen er 0 for anlagt Kurs Nord og Syd, Maximum, 18., for Ost og West. Misvisnings-Bestemmelserne i Søen udførtes paa føl- gende Maade. NSkibet blev, i roligt Vejr og under Solskin, ved Maskine og Ror bragt til at ligge an forskjellige, i Regelen 16, Kurser, saa jevnt som muligt fordelte over hele Horizonten. For hver af disse anlagte Kurser bestem- tes Vinkelen mellem Diametralplanet og Solens Vertikal- The mean of deviating variation in this Table is 18.168 W. Ås previously shown, page 11, the mean declination si- multaneously found at the tent was 18" 14.7 18.'24. On the islet east of the harbour, Professor Mohn found the declination im the forenoon of the 16th of June = 19" 0% in the afternoon 18" 2", giving å mean of 18" 31' = 18.52. Now, as the vessel lay when swinging be- tween the tent and the islet, the declination for.the ship's position may be put at 18.188 W. This value is only 0.'80 less than the mean of the deviating variations observed on board. Hence, tlvis mean gives the true variation within half å degree. On this prim- ciple was determined the variation at sea. To show the magnetic influence of the vessel, the computed values of the constants in the deviation formula are here given. — — 0.45; D = +2471; E = + 0.23. The deviation is 0 with the ship's head due north or south, its maximum with the ship's head due east or west being 18.%. The determinations of deelination at sea were per- formed as follows: — In calm, bright weather the ships head was brought upon different points of the compass, as a rule 16, as regularly distributed round the eircumference as possible. For each of these points was determined the angle between the midship line and the vertieal eircle of eirkel. Dette gjordes en enkelt Gang (i 1877) af Kompassets Pejlapparat, nedenfor beskrevne Maade. ved Hjælp men i Regelen (i 1878) paa Da enhver Pejlings Nøjagtighed væsentligst beror paa, at Kompasnaalen er i Ro og rigtig mmdstillet i den devie- rende magnetiske Meridian, og da Naalen let kan bringes i Svingninger ved Manipulationen af Pejlapparatet, naar dette er anbragt direkte paa Kompasdaasen, anvendtes til Pejlinger Wille's Azimuth Pejlskive, et Instrument, som jeg konstruerede i 1869 og som siden har været reglementeret i den norske Marine. Instrumentet fremstillet i staaende Figur, og vil lettelig forstaaes er hos- af Tegningen. | | the sun. On one oceasion (1877) this was done by means of the sight vanes on the standard compass, but subse- quently without exception in the manner described below. As the aceuraey of every bearing is mainly dependent upon the compass-needle being steady, and parallel to the deviating magnetic meridian, and as the mneedle will be easily caused to vibrate when manipulating the bearing apparatus, if the latter be fixed direct to the compass-box, taken with Wille's Azimuth Dumb- an instrument devised by the author in 1869, — all bearings were card, which has since been oftieially adopted for the Norwegian The and Navy. instrument is represented in the Figure. få Å V | Paa Grund af Bevægeligheden om Tapperne b og c vil Kuglen d, der er af Bly, altid holde Tappen åa vertikal, og Ringen f, der med sit Centerstykke kan drejes om den øvre Del af Tappen a, vil saaledes indtage en horizontal Stilling: og bibeholde denne under Skibets Bevægelser. Ringen er inddelt i 360" og er tillige mærket med de 8 Hovedstreger N, NO, 0, SO o. s. v. Til Overkant af Tappen a er fastskruet Tverstykket g, paa hvilket er an- The ball d, which is of lead, pivots b and c, will always keep the pivot æ perpen- dieular; and the ring f, which along with its centre-piece can be made to revolve about the upper part of the pivot a, will accordingly take a horizontal position and keep it during the motion of the vessel. The ring is divided into 360 degrees, with separate marks for the 8 cardinal points, N, NE, E, SE., &e. To the upper edge of the pivot a is moving readily on the mærket to diametralt staaende Nulpunkter (Indexer), Beslaget n skal være saaledes placeret, at naar Pejlskiven nedsættes i dette med sine to Tapper 77, saa skal Linjen og mellem de to Nulstreger paa det faste Tverstykke g være parallel med Skibets Diametralplan. sættelse af Tappen å bevæger sig Diopterlinealen Å med Om en tyndere Fort- sine Dioptere, og kan fæstes i en hvilkensomhelst Vinkel med g ved Hjælp af Skruen I. Pejlingen foregik altsaa saaledes: En Observatør pas- sede Styringen og aflæste nøjagtig anlagt Kurs i Observa- tionsøjeblikket, en anden havde Kronometret og Notice- bogen. og en tredie stod ved Pejlskiven. Naar Skibet gik støt, uden Girmmger, og Kompasnaalen var 1 Ro, pejltes Solen enten direkte eller, naar den var højere paa Himlen, ved Hjælp af Skyggen af den vertikale Traad og Diameter- stregen paa Linealen &. Naar disse var nøjagtig overet, raabtes *Nu!" og Kronometrets Visende noteredes; derefter opgaves anlagt Kurs, der ligeledes noteredes, og Ringen f drejedes saaledes, at den samme Kursstreg kom overet med Nulpunktet paa g. Inddelingen paa Ringen havde da nøj- agtig samme Ntilling til Diametralplanet som Inddelingen paa Kompasrosen havde i det Øjeblik, da der blev raabt «Nu”, hvorpaa Pejlingen atlæstes paa Ringen i Aabningen og ligeud for Diameterstregen paa Linmealen Å, som om den var aflæst direkte paa Kompasrosen. under en forlig eller agterlig Pejlmg dækker Nulstregen, Dersom Linealen Å benyttes de to Hjælpestreger, der er anbragte et vist Antal Grader til Siden af den egentlige Nulstreg. Kronometrets Stand for sand Tid ombord bestemtes enten efter dets Stand for Greenwich Tid og Skibets be- regnede Længde eller, naar Dagstiden var gunstig, det er Solen ikke for nær Meridianen, ved at tage nogle Solhøjder og deraf beregne Solens Timevinkel. Af den efter Kronometret noterede Tid, Bredden og Solens Deklination Azimut. — Forskjellen mellem sande Azimut og Pejlingen af Solen gav de til de forskjel- den saaledes fundne Uhrkorrektion, beregnedes Solens Solens lige anlagte Kurser svarende Værdier for den devierende Misvisning. Efter den ovenbeskrevne grafiske Methode be- stemtes derpaa Middeltallet af de ækvidstante Værdier for denne, hvilket antoges som den sande Misvisning. De følgende Tabeller indeholder Observationerne og de deraf udledede Resultater. f = Klokkeslettet efter sand Soltid, $' Pejling af Solen, a Solens Azimut. to the different compass serewed a eross-piece, g. marked with two diametrieally opposite zero-points (indices), and the frame Å must be so placed that, on inserting into it the dumb-card with its two pivots 74, the line between the two zero-points on the fixed eross-piece g will be parallel to the middle fore and aft line of the ship. On a thinner continuation of the pivot å moves: a cross-piece, Å, with sight-vanes, which admits of being fixed at any required angle with y by means of the serew I. The bearings were taken aceordingly as follows: — One observer looked to the steering, and read off the exact compass course at the moment of observation, another had charge of the ehronometer and noted the time, and a third observed the azimuth dumb-card. Now, when the ship kept steady on her course without yawing, and with the com- pass-needle at rest, the bearing of the sun was taken either by the shadow of the ver- The moment the shadow of the thread and the line were exactly direct or, for greater altitudes. tical wire and the diameter-line on the eross-piece k. coineident, observer No. 3 called out to his colleague with atter which the direction of the ships head by the compass was the chronometer, who noted and entered the time, given, and entered in the note-book, the ring f' being then moved in such manner that the division corresponding to the direction of the ships head by compass was made com- Hence. the division-limes on the ring had preeisely the same posi- eident with the zero-pomt on the eross-piece g. tion relative to the midship lme as the division-lines on the compass-card at the moment observer No. 3 called out, and the bearing was then read off through the open space in the centrepiece å, the extremities of the diameter-line being the index, exactly as though it had been read off direct from the compass-card. Nhould the piece Å when taking a bearing in or near the direction of the fore and att midship line cover the zero-point, recourse is in that case had to the two lines drawn a certam number of degrees from the true zero-point, one on either side. The error of the ehronometer on apparent time on board was found either from its error on Greenwich time and the ships computed longitude. or, at åa favourable hour of the day, i. e. with the sun not too near the meridian, by taking a few solar altitudes and computing the hour- angle of the sun. From the error of the chronometer thus determined, the observed chronometer-time. the latitude, and the sun's The difference between the true azimuth and the bearing of the declination, was computed the azimuth of the sun. sun gave the values for deviating variation corresponding By method deseribed above was found the mean of the equi- COUYSes. the diagramatic distant values for the deviating variation, which we assumed to be the true declination. In the following Tables are set forth the observations and their computed results: f signifies apparent time; S, bearing of sun; a, azimuth of sun. I. Vestfjorden. (The West Fjord). 1877. August 10. ME JOSVD EN! Å = 149 30' E. Greenwich. No. C t a S D I SE 4" 48” 50' N 1009 42" W N 71? 40 W 29.0 W 2 SE 49 53 100 27 TIN 20 20. I 3 SSE 57 28 98.6 7 30 Jo Å S 2 3 07:5 86 30 io (0) 4 So0' 20 E AN AG 07-3 86 10 og Å | SEN ATT 07-1 87 o 10. I 5 SSW 9 44 95:8 S 84 40 W Oo. 5 SSW 10 36 95:6 84 30 o.1 W 6 SW 79: o | SW 15 2 94-4 he bg 7 WSW one WSW 20 34 93.2 560 Jo 8 S 88 W 76 W 23 4 2.6 fe 2 10.6 9 N 69.5 W AG 06) 91.6 Sm DO) Fa Å N'og MW 27 56 91.4 81 40 6.9 10 NW ha gg DO NW pa 2 90-7 eeo 2.0 É I I N 24. W 33 50 90.1 N 85 30 W 4.6 W Å Er je 36 33 89.5 84 20 5.2 12 NE 76 20 N eg E 42 51 88.0 6 ö TO 13 NNE 68 40 9 NNE 47 45 87.0 Gå oe 18.2 I NE é6r 30 4 NE 5I 30 86.0 Å 46 24.4 I ENE 5 O ; ENE So Po ME 203 16 E | ST ENO r E 58 59 84.3 bel 36 JON AE 00 BEE 202 OED 0 NE 062: Ved denne og alle de følgende Bestemmelser var den | For this and all subsequent determinations, the fore- forreste Jollebom om Bagbord svunget ud: 1 Husø var den | most port davit was swung out, excepting at Husø, where svunget indover. | it was swung dn. (2 D (0) D (0 D eo! D ai | N 11% W | E FR MS 10.0 W | W 10.5 E Nero: Era | S80n eg 6 | STONE 50 N 80 W 09.3 20 17.6 | 70 Ft 20 1.3 W 70 TO 30 20.5 | 60 32.4 30 2.6 E 60 5.4 40 213 50 30: 3 40 GU | 50 Do) 50 25007 | 40 275 50 8.3 | 40 o.2 E 60 28.2 | 30 24.0 60 10.0 30 25 SW 7 30- 3 20 20.0 70 TO 20 5.4 80 BO IO 15.4 | 80 TETT 10 8.3 Middel af D = Misvisning = 11.2 W. Mean of D = variation = 11.9 W. 24 N 2. Bergen. Byfjorden. (Bergen. g 34609 239 N. Å No. C t I Neo 5 PB Gu getd ng 2 S79 MW 37 49 3 SPSS 41 10 4 SØT 44 o 5 SG 5 47 * 1 6 Fre 49 13 7 SSE STO 8 S 68.5 E Gul Be 9 N 88. E 57 20 10 N 58. E omrorer I I NGS EE 2 MG) 12 N o.7 E 4 29 13 N 3 W 6 18 14 N 36.5 W 0055 15 N 68.7 W AE Å 16 N 89.5 W TG 17 N 69.5 W 19 52 18 NES TIM 200 19 N 48. W JG (PG 20 N 20.5 W 28 14 Dm Nr EN Boer A= 0005 BIE! = 117:248 C D GI UD N Te ONE 36.0 W Niro Eizo S 80 E 36.7 20 2045 70 36.7 30 2407 60 36.0 40 26.0 50 34.7 50 20.0 40 32.4 60 Sj 30 20.4 70 BSD 20 25.8 80 34:6 IO 22.0 Middel af D = Misvisning = 18.992 W. The Byfjord.) 1878. Juni 14. 5* 54.0 E. Greenwich. da S 85.2 W N 610 W | 82.7 82.0 82.0 80. 5 81.4 75: 5 80.7 69.0 80. 3 62.7 79:8 53:7 791 2.5 78.6 43.0 77:9 47-3 | 77: 5 Sjen O 77: I 56.7 76.7 50.8 75:09 67.0 75: 2 74-40 Fa Too 73:9 70.5 73:4 67.2 Mee 64. 8 72.2 50:'0 71.7 ØP & C D C S sa MA NE Te. S1o0 W 14.5 Ngor: 20 10.0 70 3: 30 Flag 60 4: 40 5.0 50 6. 50 3:0 40 8. 60 EN 30 IO. 70 0. 8 20 13: 80 0.0 IO 15. N NON NNQGOG Mean of D = Variation = 18.2 W. QSuN=- NN MDG 4-4 ONOU 0 RAVNA NOL 1 - HU S JNONBSANNOVD$SUGU NNNHANODANN = 3. Øst-Finmarken. (East Finmark.) 1878. Juni (June) 25. qp = (10% 45"8 N, Å = 30" 6.6 E. Greenwich No. ea t [10 S D I SEG 620 tr N 7720 W N 58.6 W 18.24 W 2 SI eg 19 DÅ MG 76.5 548 Dio) ; 3 SSN | Mg 76.2 54.2 22.0 4 N 88.5 E 2707 75.6 54.0 21.6 5 NSB 28 54: 75.2 BE 20.0 6 N 50. E 301 142 74.8 57.0 16.0 7 Nes Bø vag 74.4 62.0 12.4 8 N 25.6 E SA 23 74.0 66.8 2 9 NESSE 37 47 73-2 7 1.9 W 10 NSG 39 45 72.8 73.6 o.8 E I I NE EE: W Å EG TA 78.2 5.8 12 NES 42 58 72.0 80.0 8.0 13 N 40:33 W 44 19 7 Te 84. 8 18) å 14 N 54.6 W 46 19 vn 2 N 87.2 W 16.0 15 N 60. W 48 18 70.8 S 89.2 W 20.0 16 N1833 VW 49 44 70.5 87.9 21.6 17 S 80. W Go et 69.9 7ja) Do 18 S 65.3 W 53 58 69. 5 S 89.2 W Deg 19 Sen W 56 15 69.0 N 89.1 W 20. I 20 5 40.3 W 58 6 68.6 86. I 17-5 21 SÅ 3005 MW 7 OSE 68. 1 82. 2 14. I 2 S 16.6 W 2 67.6 7542 7.6 23 Søre W 20030 67. 2 67.2 0.0 24 SK Ro 6 6 66.8 62. 3 45 W 25 Søra) E 8 o9 66. 3 Sylo) 9.0 26 SOGN 11 18 63.6 54.0 11.6 27 ss LE åg GO 65. 2 49. 5 15.7 W AE 005 BEE 2 AGE OSE 0 PE 22 C D C D C D C D , N To El Dele MV -t5) or WII W 22.07 (Ri N 10 E 2 OSS OR 22 S 10 W mg IN IN EON | an 2 20 5-4 70 21202 20 9:3 70 19.7 30 8.6 60 DN 30 13.6 60 bg a 7 40 11.6 50 10. 5 40 16.8 50 55 8 50 14. 5 40 16.8 50 19.4 40 12.6 60 Ga 1 30 TG 60 2100 30 9.9 70 19. 3 20 9.5 70 22.0 20 %. 80 21) 10 5.0 80 2203 10 4.3 Middel af D = Misvisning = 0.12 EF. Mean of D = Variation = 0.%9 E. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. C. Wille: Magnetiske Observaticner. vo ON AGABGGNH m o > 2 Oo NHEN DH N AANNJSGA s0 NE Q An sg 09) ORAN gaARLARLADPDREHY79YYYY YEP ONvNG n [o) [0,0] Å Middel af D = Misvisning = 5.06 W. 26 4. Vest-Finmarken (West Finmark). 1878, Juli (July) 18. DESKEN ME 210 TIMEN Greenwich: t a S W Å OG) N 062 W Nrr2 20 NN W 4 49 95.6 108. 8 W GÅ GE 94.9 100. 8 W om er 04.6 96 5 E in 56 93:09 Q0. I E 14 39 93: 3 82.4 E TON 35 92.8 . 74.0 E DO 92.0 67.4 22 8 o1-5 P4.0 E DS "90.6 63. 5 E De Gp 90. I 66. E Sir 34 80. 2 JON 59 95 88.7 82.0 W SG 5 88. 3 82.0 W 37 44 87-7 93:0 W 39. 20 87.4 I0I. O W 41 46 86.9 103: 0 Vi 45: 55 85.9 102.0 0x05 B = 22-07; OC == 0220 DE EL 2080 1 19800905 D C D (0) D C D 520 WE 27.6 WIS 6.5 WW 16."3 8.0 S8SoE 28.0 S10o W 1.3 WIN 80 W 14.9 NO 70 ale) 20 Follo 9 70 13.0. 14. I 60 26.7 30 8.2 60 Tiege 17 2 |: 50 25.0 10 Tor 50 en 5 20. 2 40 225 50 14.4 40 6.0 DRO 30 0-4 60 10.3 11830 3-5 254 1 20 15.0 70 18716 OG) | 20 O. 7 26.7 10 to & 80 16.0 | 40) Og | Mean of D = Variation = 5.6 El W. Hm ON DNG AI NANIHBNN$H MO ANB NNN NA - s—- mor ua IA.M0 DNG GO VI ee W 5. Det norske Hav. (The Norwegian Sea.) 1878. Juli (July) 20. (END ONE Å = 5 13" E. Greenwich. No. C t a S D I SLAGS 4 ro ie N 109:1 W N 66% W 42.*4 W 2 S69.3 E PSI 108.6 61.0 47-6 3 S 89 E DE ER 108.0 61.5 46. 5 4 N 68.3 E 260 107403 64. 2 de 5 N 42.6 E 20 47 106. 4 69. 7 36.7 6 N 18 E Å NG 105. 8 80. 2 25.6 7 N Se 105. 4 85.2 20. 2 8 Ne 40 5 104. 0 94. 8 9.2 9 N 46.3 W 41 47 103: 6 99-7 3:38 W 10 N 65 W 43 22 103. I 103. 2 OE! TE N 89.3 W 44 55 102.7 1073 4.6 12 568 W 46 50 102. 2 107. 2 5.0 E EE 28:02 BESS 0: DE SE 04: e D Ge å D C Dee 2 10) | N 20520 WIE 46.9W|S 20.20 Wi| W 4.%8 NOMEN 2401 SES oe PSeronMg.8 |N 80 W gå 20 28.0 70 47-0 | 2 OM 8.2 70 OA IR 30 BIN 60 45.9 | 30 Fa) 60 2.0.W 10 35:0 50 43-9 | 40 0.0 50 2.9 50 B802 40 40. 8 | 50 2.6 E 40 5.6 60 41.0 30 36.9 | 60 4.4 | 30 8.9 70 AG 85 20 32 0 70 Gog 20 TM 80 8 10 26.3 80 ENG 10 TO Middel af D = Misvisning = 20.5 W. Mean of D = Variation = 20.5 W. A* 28 6. Sydkap, Spidsbergen. (South Cape, Spitzbergen.) 1878. August (August) 5. DE NUOPENE DESTO tl Greenwich: C | t a | S D er er da Ea ge El AE ME — I N 89:3 E GS N 50.9 W N 200 W 39:90 W 2 N 68.5 E Gå AG; 50. 2 2901 36- I 3 N 45.6 E Go Sylo 20.7 27.9 4 N 18.3 E Some Bys 39:9 17.2 5 Ne E 2 58 56.6 37:03 19. 3 6 NE GEN Or 55.8 49: 2 6.6 7 NZ HE 9 41 45 33: I 23: 8 9-3 8 N 24.3 W RS DEE BIE | Te OMAN 9 N 50.3 WM 46 19 BORO 40. 5 Gog 18 10 Nzo WM 48 25 | 31.5 | 44. 2 7 II N 88.6 W re | 30.8 | 45. I | 14- 3 12 S 88.3 W | SOM er 29.6 4543 Tee 13 S65 | W Hoo ig 28.7 | 43.8 | TS 14 SAGN 3 32 27.9 Bre | 9.3 15 SJEASN 78 27.0 | 28.2 | Hy 10 16 SOS MM 9 57 26.4 15.2 : TN 17 S 22.6 E pr 25.6 N r-00W 23.47 18 Sørge IE 15 48 24.9 NOE 34.6 19 SEO 20% 38 23.8 15. 38.0 20 N 85.3 E 25 34 Dal) Nerone 38.8 AE Por SENG GE ob DE ag FE 0040: | C D | C D C D C D 1005 W | E 397 MS Tros VA VV 16."0 E N 10 E 14.4 S 80 E 40.2 S 10 W 5.8 |[N 80 W 14.8 20 18. 3 | 70 39-7 20 0.7 Wl | 70 Sj å 30 22.0 60 38. I 30 4.0 E| 60 TON5 40 25-7 SE 35: 5 40 8.0 50 7:6 50 20.5 40 31.9 50 7 el 40 4:4 60 3900 30 275 60 14.0 30 1.0 E 70 36.2 20 2 20 70 15.7 20 2005 VW. 80 38. 3 10 To 80 16.3 10 6.3 W Middel af D = Misvisning = 11.4 W. * Mean of D = Variation = 11.4 W. No. EE HOD ov AUSUGNH- i NN re] I RR NQ - Oo =o 7lE (Oi 8 56.3 E S 35 E Syse 18 2 S 23.3 W So VW S 64.3 W N 89 W NM NET SM NOW Nr E N 15 E NESSE N 64.6 E N 87 E SPS 8 48,6 E S 68.6 E Å=—o (Gå N 26. N 10 E 30 20 34 30 385 40 41 50 14 60 47 70 50. 80 Ge Middel af D Grønlandshavet. (The Greenland Sea.) 1878. August 9. gå= U62TN Å = 0* 56" W. Greenwich. | | t (a. m.) a S | D TO sa SPS Sg2K ON ROG 45 30 20.5 24.9 45-4 48 40 19.6 KT5ÅS 35-4 STO 19.0 SOS AG 5) 5 ra 18:4 SEG 20 152 55 46 17-7 | 14.4 3-3 Gå 6 17:03 | 18.5 1-2 50 11 | 16.8 | 20.6 3.8 Te 2 15:90 | 15.4 | 0-5 8 40 14.2 | SE 7 70 6. 5 10 30 13.6 | S 6.2 W | 19.8 ug 13 12.9 14.9 | 27.8 19 16 Te 21.0 3202 22 6 10 5 35:0 45: 5 26010 9-4 39:0 48.4 280 106 8.8 44- 5 5303 30 I 8.3 45.8 54. I 32 16 760 41.4 49.0 37 26 612 S 46.8 W GEO 325 Bb == 28:17 OE Nors D= 3 2.3008 == 08280) D C De IE D C D | WE 53:71 MA ES 2627 W-| W 3.6 E 5 S 80*E! 545 Sko NW Mr 5 NES00 WINE OrE JR 70 54.0 20 MON 70 o.5 W .0 60 52.7 30 T ne 60 BEE 5 50 50. 2 | 40 FG 50 6.8 8 40 46.6 50 3.3 W 40 10.6 8 30 42003 60 og 2 NE 30 14.7 4 20 3743 70 2.6 20 18.7 4 10 32.0 80 3.8 E 10 22.7 W = Misyisning = 25.9 W. Mean of D = Variation.= 25.99 W. — < W Oversigts-Tabel. | (Synoptic Table. ) Horizontal-Intensitet NR Tnede Datum Klokkeslet ; ; (Horizontal Intensity) Tdi Station. Bredde | fra Gr. | Deelination | == m | Norea bande) (Longitude) | ee | (Hour) | Brit. Un. Metr. Un. ; | 8 Bergen | 60* 23.9 | 57 24.0 Ei 11876 Mai 22| 1—2 p. m. 3.2238 1.4864 0.7666 == | |-3—4"f2 P. m ved | 72* 24.3 Husø 60 59.6 | 4 37.0 E 1876 Juni 10| 4—6 p. m Te mg MW 30n732 1.4631 0.7653 — | | — » 12 I0lp—12 åa. m. 172 43.4 an ME | BEER m. GE Oo) = AT OA | 72 43.9 — — » 13/10!f3a.m.—7 m.|18 15 W| — Tra r2 an: 72 46.0 — — Perser hr Ap 3 SDS 1.4640 0.7650 — — DÅ GN 28 pp. 3.1750 1.4640 = Eg 6'/4 p. m. 3.1746 1.4037 — | => 3 05 Faq, dn | 1 Ag 5 Do. Skjær (slet) ==" FØL me Eg Too V ' — — | — 12—1 p. M | 3.1686 0.7666 — — | — Å 2 ep En. | 3.1734 1.4632 ar — | å » 6'/» p: m. | 72 448 = — | | 72 p. M. aa AN Husø | | 11877 Mai 23 5t/5 p- m. AN Agel — —' Juni 4 å 5 pm. 3-1761 | 1.4644 0.7442 Reykjavik | or BE Er 54. 1W PS Juli 28 5—6"/» Å 76 28.5 | | 20 Mo pp me 38 19 W| — | — gn Kor AK | 2.6141 1.2053 0.7615 — — ; 4—6 p. m. | 2.6407 1.2176 0.7612 — — Aug. ist G p 27 Poe Å le |76 26.3 Namsos | 64 28.2 ni 31.5 E 1876 Au pøs | 2.9639 1.3666 0.7576 — | | kje EN 6 fø ni Tee W | | —— | | Å 19|10!/3—117/3 am. TAN 23 == | | — gere Kad | 074.825 Kristiania Ul 59 54-7 |10 43: 6E 1876. be 211 å. —2 P. Mm. 0 13:4664 1.5983 | 0.7547 |71 4-7 Bodø Ge mA 0E 1877 Ang. 13/9%4—11"/1 åa. m.| | | AA — » 3 |12ll—5/2.p- m. | 2.7854 1.2842 | 0.7402 — | == en 6 p. m. TNA W | ee. mere Tromsø 69 39.1 |18 59. 3 E 1877 Juli 11] 113/5—12%4 | 76 21.9 — | ME 4—6!f4 p. m. po 2208 050 er ANG 0.7426 — | | Å 7 p.m EE FSA $ ed ” Hammerfest | 70 40.2 23 40.4 EÉ 1877 Juli 9 5 3124 p- 2.5484 1.1750 0:7627 å — | | == EO He Ve a. m. 76 54.3 — ae] == resp me 015 201 , pr il Vardø 170 22.4 |31 7.8 1878 Juni 26 Mer. a. m. 76 52.4 — å —- k 1—6 p. m. 20578700 MO 0.7616 > Bergen (Bergen) | 60: 23.8 | 5 17.16 11878 Jani 14 6 p. m. 18.2 W Vestfjorden (West Fjord) 68.5 14 30 E 1877 Aug. 10) 5'f: p. m. Tr 2 VV | Vest-Finmarken ( West Finmark) 77 en ru JBuu87St Jul na 097 på m 5.6 W Øst-Finmarken | (East Finmark) 70 45.8 30 6.6E |— Juni 25 7 Jo i o.2 EÉ Norske Hav (Nor- | | I wegian Sea) 7503 523 FE — Juliz20|9 4 p- m DOS Sydkap Spidsbergen | (South Cape Spitz- | bergen) Go) Ne 17 5 E|— Aug. 5 10 Pp. m 11.4 W Grøndlandshavet | (Greenland Sea) | 76 27 |0356 W — 9 I1 å. M DO å a Gi , * * - » * p X ' , + Å « - » * , , t å mn ' X ø - E å » ' p . 3 på Te - i på H. Mohn. Nogle Bidrag til de nordlige Landes Geografi og Naturhistorie, - sammenstillede efter Iagttagelser, gjorte paa den norske Nordhavs-Expedition 1876—78. Med 6 farvetrykte Billeder og 9 Træsnit samt ? Karter. Ved Nordhavs-Expeditionens Ophold i Havn eller under Kysten af de af det nordlige Atlanterhav og Is- havet beskyllede Lande og Øer, søgte man, saavidt Lejlig- heden tillod det. at anstille forskjellige NSlags lagttagelser paa Land. Disse lagttagelser og deres Resultater har jeg, forsaavidt de antages at mdeholde nye Oplysninger af In- teresse, sammenstillet i de følgende Blade. De medfølgende Billeder, der samtlige ere udførte efter Originaltegninger, tagne paa Stedet, ville i mange Henseender give en langt - fuldstændigere Forestilling om Gjenstandene end den vidt- løftigste Beskrivelse. I. Vestmanna-Øerne. Fra Reden udenfor Havnen, hvor *Vöringen” laa fra den 22de til den 26de Juli 1876, ser man mod Nord Heima-Øens højeste Fjeld, Hemaklettur, og mod Nordost Forbjerget Ystiklettur. Det er dette sidste, vi se paa Bil- ledet, til hvilket Maleren, Hr. Schiertz, har benyttet sin fortrinlige, paa Stedet tagne Farve-Skitse. De vulkanske Bergarters Forvitringsformer i dette fugtige Klima illustre- res udmerket vel paa dette Billede. Ystikletturs stejle 'Vægge med sine smale Afsatser gjør det til et Fugleberg, hvor den hvide fra Fuglene hidrørende Farvye smukt vexler med den naturlige brune, og oventil ser man paa mindre og større Partier den for Nordvest-Europas Ølande ejen- dommelige saftige grønne Farve af Græsset. Ved Klettens Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. H. Mohn: Geografi. H. Mohn. Contributions to the Geography and Natural History of the Northern Regions of Europe, derived from observations made on the Norwegian ” North-Atlantic Expedition (1876—1878). With 6 Chromo-lithographs, 9 Wood Engravings. and 2 Maps. The time passed by the Norwegian Expedition on the coast of such continental tracts and islands as border upon the North-Atlantic and the Arctic Ocean, was devoted. ceircumstances permitting, to the prosecu- tion of exploratory work on shore. Those of the ob- servations. and their results. that are fraught, it is pre- sumed, with new and interesting data, have been set forth in The accompanying illustrations. all of which are from sketehes taken on the spot, will convey. in the following pages. many respects. å much livelier impression of the natural objects they represent than any mere verbal deseription, however graphic and precise. Il. The Vestmanna Islands. From the roadstead, without the harbour, where the *Vøringen” lay at anchor from the 22nd to the 26th of July 1876, is seen, looking north, Heima Island's loftiest summit, Heimaklettur, and north-east, Cape Ystiklettwr. It is the latter we have depicted im the plate, for the original of which Mr. Schiertz, artist to the Expedition, made good use of his admirable water-colour sketehes, taken on the spot. The rugged forms assumed in this humid elimate by the dismtegrated voleanie rocks are faithfully rendered. Ystiklettur, with its precipitous walls and long. narrow ledges, exhibits the salient features of a fowling-cliff, where the white colour characteristic of bird-haunts is picturesquely blent with the natural brown of the rock; and here and 1 Fod sees en Hule i Havbrynet; den benævnes Klettshellir, og er et af de mange Vidnesbyrd om Havets Virkninger paa Kysterne, paa hvilke Færøernes og Islands Klippe- strande ere saa rige. Taagen ligger over Havet og stenger Udsigten til Island selv, med de store Jøkler. Vende vi fra Ankerpladsen Blikket rundt; saa se vi mod Syd eller Sydvest den lille, men regelmæssige, nu ud- slukte Vulkan Helgafell. Den 23de Juli 1876 gjorde jeg, i,Følge med Distriktslægen, Thorsteinn Jonsson, en Tur til Toppen af Helgafell. Vejen gik først over en udstrakt Lava-Mark, *hraun”, der skraaner nedad fra Vulkanens Kegle. I denne Lava findes flere Huler. En af dem er sine 20 Meter lang og 10 Meter bred; ovenfra kommer man ned i den gjennem et lidet Hul, gjennem hvilket man kan hoppe ned paa Bunden. I en Højde af omtrent 124 Meter over Havet ophørte Lavamarken og afløstes af den øverste Vulkan- eller Aske-Kegle. Denne bestaar af ud- kastede løse Masser, tildels af større Dimensioner, 'som Lavablokke af indtil 1 Meters Længde, men hovedsagelig af mindre, aflangt runde, rødlige Slaggestene og endnu mindre, mørke Smaasten og Sand. Paa Toppen af Helgafell er der en kraterformet For- dybning. Den største Højde af Krater-Randen ligger mod Sydost, den laveste mod Nordvest. Forskjel i Højde c. 12 Meter." Kraterets Bund ligger igjen omtrent 12 Meter lavere end Randens laveste Parti. har en Heldning af c. 354. Keglens ydre Skraaning Den er kortest paa NSydsiden, hvor de løse Materialier ikke række saa langt ned som paa Nordsiden, og fra hvilken Side dertor ogsaa Bestigningen er lettest. Højden af det Punkt, hvor Keglen rækker længst ned paa Nordsiden og hvor Lavamarken begynder, samt Højden af den højeste Kam paa Helgafells Krater er beregnet efter Observationer med Aneroidbarometer. Dette sammenligne- des med Observationerne ombord (der udførtes hver Time), idet jeg aflæste det ved Havfladen før og efter Opstigningen. Desuden anbragtes de ved Undersøgelsen paa det meteoro- logiske Institut bestemte Correctioner for forskjellige Høj- der. Luftens Temperatur maaltes med Nlyngethermometer. Ved Stranden var den 0.02 til 0.03 højere end ombord i *Vøringen”. De til meter reducerede observerede Værdier vare: Normalbarometer og Normalthermo- ro there at the summit the eye rests refreshed upon grassy patehes of the rich bright-green tint peculiar to the island herbage of north-western Europe. At the foot of the eliff we*see a cave, called Klettshellir ; it is one of the striking proofs given by the sea of its action on coasts, of which so many are to be met with along the rocky shores of the Færoes and Iceland. A mist lies over the ocean, shuttimg out from view the main land of Iceland, with its great glaciers. : south, or rather south-west, from the anchor- the small, but im form regular, and now ex- tinet voleano Helgafell. On the 23rd of June, 1876, I made an excursion to the top of this mountain, in com- pany with the surgeon of the distrigt, Mr. Thorsteinn Jons- son. The way led at first over;a Broad expanse of lava, hraun, shelving down from the cone of the volcano. In the lava are å number of caves. To one of these, measu- ring 60 feet in length by 30 in width, access is gained from above through a narrow opening, down which you can leap to the bottom. The field of lava reaches about 370 feet above the sea, as far as the upper cone of the voleano. This cone consists partly of loose ejected masses, for instance blocks of lava measuring as much as 3 feet in length. but chiefly of reddish oval-shaped einders, along with dark-coloured pebbles and sand. At the summit of Mount Helgafell there is a crater- like excavation. Bearing age, we have The height of the edge is greatest towards the south-east, least towards the north-west, the difference being about 40 feet. The bottom of the excavation lies about 40 feet beneath the lowest part of the edge. The outer slope of the cone inelines at an angle of eirea 35". It is shortest on the soutb-side, where the loose debris do not extend so far down as on the north, and up the southern acelivity the ascent of the mountain is therefore easiest. The altitude of the lowest point to which the wall of the cone descends on the north side, viz. where the field of lava begins, as also of the loftiest ridge of the erater. was computed from observations with the aneroid barometer. The readings of the instrument at the level of the sea, which I noted before and after the ascent, were compared with the observations on board, taken every hour, and the corrections found at the Meteorological Institute for ditte- rent altitudes duly applied. The temperature of the atmo- sphere was taken with the sling thermometer. Along the shore it was from 0.92 to 0.03 higher than on board the «Vøringen.” The observed values reduced to those of the standard barometer and standard thermometer, were as follows: — I. Foden af Keglen (Foot of Cone) KJE 6 rpm. Bar. reduce. 736.”"7 Temp. 8.05 OC. Havfladen (Sea-level) ll, ER — — 747. 9 GE Resultat. Højde (Result. Height) = 124 Meter (Metres). 2. Toppen af Helgafell (Summit of Helgafell) Kl. 722" p.m. — — 726. 35 — 6. 7 Havfladen (/Sea-level ) — — — 147 9 — 9.4 Resultat. Højde (Result. Height) —= 240.5. Meter (Metres). 2. Jan Mayen. Den 27de Juli 1877, om Aftenen, kom vi. paa Vejen fra Tromsø til Jan Mayen. ind i Polarstrømmen. Tempe- raturen i Havets Overflade, der hele Dagen tidligere havde været 8" og derover, gik hurtig ned til mellem 4' og 5" og en Temperatur af 0* fandtes allerede i 17 Favnes Dyb. Dette var 15 geografiske Mil øst for Jan Mayen. Den følgende Nat og Formiddag dampede vi, under jevnlig Lod- ning, ” videre vestover og fandt Dybder paa 829, 968. 796, 1060 og, Kl. 1 Eftm. den 28de, 654 Favne. . Endnu viste Jan Mayen sig ikke. Med det kolde Vand havde Polar- havets Taage mmdfundet sig og taget bort saavel Solen som al Udsigt til Land. Imidlertid tydede. foruden Dybdens Aftagen, den stadig tiltagende Mængde af Søfugl. navnlig Lunder, som saaes flyvende østover, paa at Landet ikke kunde være langt borte. Med Kursen fremdeles ret mod Vest dampedes fra Pladsen for det sidste Lodskud videre Kl. 1.40 Min. K1. 2- hørtes pludselig første Styrmands Raab *Jeg ser Isbræen forud”. kastedes og viste en Dybde af 144 Favne. I Horizonten. "under den lavt liggende Taage. skimtedes en vældig ned- overhængende Isbræ mod den mørke Fjeldvæz. Det var Østsiden af Jan Mayen. Med Loddet i Bund bleve vi lig- samme Plads et Par Timers Tid. Taagen lettede vi kunde se nordover til Ostkap og sydover til Sydostkap. Vi laa ligeudenfor den sydligste af Østsidens fem store Isbræer (Petersens Bræ). —Afstanden fra Land bestemtes, ved Ekkoet af et Kanonskud, (10.4 Mellemtid) til en liden Kvartmil (1750 Meter). gende paa noget, og Da Søgangen kom fra Nordnordost og der saaes Bræn- dinger paa Stranden, besluttedes det at søge en Ankerplads paa den anden Side af Øen. Vitog da Loddet ind og dampede nordover. Vejret holdt sig fremdeles taaget. og i det Øje- blik, vi vare naaede til tvers af Nordostkap. lagde Taagen sig saa tæt over Havet, at Landet og Horizonten blev taget ganske bort. Kursen -sattes en Stund senere mod Vest, derpaa mod Syd og endelig mod Sydost. Taagen holdt sig hele Tiden over Havet og hindrede al Udsigt. Med korte Tidsmellemrum observeredes Havoverfladens Temperatur som et muligt Varsel om Is i Nærheden. Vi fandt jevnlig over 3", øg ikke lavere end 2.8. Da vi Kl. 7 om Aftenen efter Bestikket nærmede .os Mary Muss Bugten, begyndte vi at lodde, og fortsatte hermed under Farten ind mod det usynlige Land, for paa denne Maade at finde en Anker- plads, til Kl. 10. Kl. 101, begyndte imidlertid heldigvis Taagen at løfte sig, saaat de nedre Dele af Landet bleve synlige. Vi kunde nu orientere os og vælge vor Anker- plads, og Kl. 11 faldt Vøringens Anker i Mary Muss Bugten paa 20 Favne Vand, en god halv Kvartmil fra Stranden. Farten standsedes. Loddet 2. Jan Mayen. In the evening of the 27th of July, 1877, passage from Tromsø to Jan Mayen, we entered the Polar on our current. The temperature at the surface of the sea, which throughout the day had not been lower than 8", sank rapidly to between 4" and 5", and 0' was registered at a depth of 17 fathoms, the position of the ship being then 60 miles east of Jan Mayen. During the night and the fore- noon of the following day we steamed on westward, sounding. repeatedly, and found the depth to be suceessively 829, 968. 796, 1060, and, at 1 p. m. on the 28th, 654 fathoms. Still, nothing was to be seen of Jan Mayen. With the frigid water had come the Arctic fog, shrouding both the sun and the land. . Meanwhile, divers species of sea-birds, more especially puffins. seen flying eastward in steadily inereasing numbers. could not fail to announcee, apart from the observed decrease in depth, our comparative proximity to the island =NSteering due west as before, we steamed on from where the last sounding had been taken (1.40 p. m.), and at 2 p.m. we suddenly heard the first mate shout *Glacier ahead!” The ship's way was immediately deadened, and on heaving the lead, the depth was found to be 144 fathoms. On the horizon. under the low-lying fog, could be deseried against the dark mountain-wall a huge, beetling glacier. It was the eastern shore of Jan Mayen. With the lead at the bottom. we remained in the same spot for å couple of hours. when the fog began to elear a little, and looking northward. we could sight Cape Fast. southward, Cape South-East. The vessel lay right off the most southerly of the 5 large glaciers (Petersen's glacier) on the east coast of Jan Mayen. The distance from land was determined by the echo of a cannon-shot (interval 10.4), and found to be something under a mile (5742 feet). The swell coming from the north-nortb-east, and obser- ving the sea breaking on the shore. we determined to seek å sheltered anchorage on the other side of the island. The lead was accordingly hoisted in, and we steamed northward. The weather still continued thick: and just as the vessel had got abreast of Cape North-East. the fog became all at once so dense that nothing could be seen of the land and the horizon. — Shortly after. the course was set west. then south, and finally south-east. Meanwhile, there was no break in the fog. whieh still hung over the sea, excluding the prospect on every side. At brief intervals we noted the temperature of the surface-water, as a possible indication This was generally found to be according of the proximity of ice. 3", and in no case under 2.93. At 7 p.m., as, to our reckoning. we were approaching Mary Muss Bay. we heaved the lead, and continued sounding till 10 o'elock, as we bore down on the fog-shrouded eoast to find anchorage for the ship. Fortunately. however, at half-past ten the dense mist began to rise. diselosing the lower parts of the land. We could now look 'about us and choose our anchorage; and at 11 o'elock. the *Vøringen” dropped her anchor in Mary Muss Bay, in 20 fathoms of water, a little more than half å mile from the shore. [* Den følgende Morgen var Havet aldeles roligt. Taa- gen laa fremdeles over Landet, saaat kun de lavere Dele vare synlige, til en Højde af 150 til 200 Meter. — Foran os lan det maleriske Fugleberg (Fig. 1), hvis bratte, mørke Vægge mindede om Ystiklettur paa Vestmånnaøerne. Ved The next morning the sea was quite calm, but a thick fog. at the height of 500—600 feet, still hung over the island, only the lower range of coast being aceordingly visible. In front towered the *Fugleberg, or fowling- cliff (Fig. 1), which with its dark, precipitous rocks vividly Fig. 1. Siden af Fugleberget, længere mod Syd, laa en flad Sand- strand, tæt bestrøet af Rækved. Her gik vi i Land uden den ringeste Vanskelighed. Stranden bestod af sort Sand. Den største Del af Rækveden laa paa en fra Havbredden noget tilbagetrukket Slags Terrasse, hvis horizontale Flade fandtes 5 til 6 Meter over Havets Niveau. Den Del laa paa den foranliggende Skraaning mellem Terrassen mindre og Stranden. Derfor ser det i Frastand fra Søen ud, som * om Rækyeden laa opstablet i regelmæssige Lag paa Stranden. *Fugleberget” viste sig at være — som det sees af Figur 1 — Østsiden af et Krater, hvis vestlige Del er styrtet i Havet. Det er bygget af Lag af Tuf, fast Lava, udkastede Masser af Slakker og Aske. Paa den søndre Side af Mary Muss Bugten hævede sig, nær Søen, et mindre kegleformigt Krater (Krater Blytt), og indenfor dette, nær- mere Øens Midte, et noget større af samme Form (Krater Danielssen), hvis Top nu ragede op i Taagen, men som Fugleberget. — The Fugleberg, or Fowling-Cliff. *reminded us of Ystiklettur on the Vestmanna Islands. Stretehing.: south of the Fugleberg, lay a flat sandy beach, bestrewn with driftwood. Here we landed, without the slightest diffieulty. The beach was of black Most of the driftwood lay on aterrace-like ledge, the level surface of which extended from 15 to 20 feet above the sea; the- sand. remaining portion was seattered over the gentle slope between the ledge and the beach. 'Thus, from the sea the driftwood appears at some distance to be piled along the shore in regular layers. The *Fugleberg” (see Fig. 1) was found to be the eastern side of å erater whose west part had toppled down into the sea. It is built up of stratited tutf, compact lava, diseharged masses of einders, and ashes. On the south shore of Mary Muss Bay, in close proximity to the sea, rose å smaller, conical-shaped erater (Blytt's erater), and farther inland, towards the middle of the island, another of similar form, but somewhat larger (Danielssen's erater), en af de følgende Dage saaes klart fra Øens Østside. Ved at stige op saa højt som Taagen tillod mig (175 Meter), fandt jeg Keglen bestaaende af lutter løse, udkastede, af- rundede røde Stene samt sort Aske. ; Ved Opstigningen fra Mary Muss Bugten naaede jeg, mellem Fugleberget og de to nævnte Kratere, meget snart op til Højderyggen af Øen, der her. er paa sit laveste og smaleste. Fast lysgraa Lava, jevnlig blæret i Overfladen, dannede her Bergarten. Denne er, ifølge en senere Un- dersøgelse,) i meget ringe Grad, næsten umerkelig, mag- netisk, medens en tættere, mørkere Lava, med mdesluttede større Krystaller af indtil flere Millimeters Gjennemsnit og af basaltisk Udseende, der fandtes paa flere Steder, er tydelig polar magnetisk. Det laveste Parti af denne Højde- ryg fandtes efter Maaling med Aneroidbarometer at være 66 Meter. Højderyggen afluttedes paa den anden Side, mod Sydost, af en brat Styrtning. Under denne laa et udstrakt lavt Forland, der danner den indre Begrændsning at den lange, østlige Lagune. Mod Øst saaes fra Højden ' (og | its summit shrouded in mist, of which however we- got on one of the following days an excellent view from the east side of the island. On clamberingt up as far as the fog would admit (570 feet), I found the cone to be exclusively- composed of reddish, rounded, cindery stones ejected from the erater, and ashes. Making the ascent from Mary Muss Bay, I soon reached — between Fugleberg and the two above-mentioned eraters — the chief mountain ridge of the island, where its breadth and altitude are least. Here, compact light- grey lava, cellular at the surface, constitutes the outer stratum of rock. According to a subsequent examination,! this substance is very slightly, nay well-nigh inappreciably magnetic, whereas a denser, darker-coloured lava con- taining large erystals, — some of which measure several millimetres in diameter, — and of basaltic appearance, that occurred in several loealities, has a perceptible magnetie polarity. The least elevated section of the ridge was found, from observations with to reach an altitude of 217 feet. The ridge terminates on the opposite side of the island, towards the south-east; in a the aneroid barometer, 1! Foretaget af Prof. Schiötz. Æyøen. — ! By Professor Schiötz, ot Christiania University. den i Havet udstikkende Halvø *Ægøen” med sin *Kalv” (Fig. 2). Mod Sydost saaes under Taagen Jan Mayens Syd-Lands Østkyst, med Lagunen og dens Vold, og de frit staaende af Havet opragende Bergknauser *Lodsbaaden” Hr. Schiertz's Billede giver Til Grund for Da Taagen, og det fjernere *Fyrtaarnet”. en udmerket Forestilling om dette Parti. samme ligger en Skitse taget fra Højderyggen som nævnt. denne Dag dækkede Højderne, ere disse til- føjede efter de fra Ankerpladsen paa Østsiden et Par Dage senere tagne NSkutser. Mod Nord kunde ingen fremtrædende Træk i Land- Paa Tilbagevejen til Lan- dingspladsen fulgte jeg en liden Bæk mellem de to nævnte Kratere i Syd for Mary Muss Bugten. Den: forsvandt i Fra .dette Punkt teg- nede jeg NSkitsen til Fig. 1. der viser *Fugleberget” fra skabet sees under Taageranden. Sandet førend den naaede Havet. Siden, til Venstre af samme Havet. til Højre den vestlige Lagune: Samme Formiddag samlede Dr. Danielssen Planter paa Højderyggen og paa Skraaningen af det større Krater En Polar- ræv, der blev opjaget paa Højderyggen eller Fjdet. blev skudt med Expressrifle af Lieutenant Petersen. (Krater Danielssen) i Syd for Landingspladsen. Det rolige Vejr vedvarede om Eftermiddagen. og nye Fra Landingspladsen gik jeg først over den indre og ydre Skraaning af Fuglebergets Excursioner foretoges i Land. Affald mod Sydost. og derpaa tilvenstre i Dalen mdenfor For at komme fra Lagunens sydlige Strand hen til den Tange. Fugleberget, indtil jeg naaede den vestlige Lagune. som skiller den fra Havet, maatte jeg passere en Ur af tildels store skarpkantede Lavablokke. der her danner Over- fladen af *Fuglebergets” mod Lagunen vendende Fod. Lagunen har ferskt Vand. Den er saa dyb, at Bund ikke kunde sees paa en kort: Afstand fra Stranden. 200 Dens højeste Ryg laa. efter 9 Meter over Havets Meter under Tangens Ryg. eller omtrent 3 Meter højere end Havets Niveau. Tangen, som skiller Lagunen fra Havet. . Skridt (140 Meter) bred. Maaling med Aneroidbarometer. 8 å Niveau. var Lagunvandets Niveau laa 5 å 6 Paa Tangen laa megen Rækved og mange Hvirv- ler og Kjæver af Hval. Der fandt jeg ogsaa et Flotholt, ce. 10 Om. langt, 7 Om. bredt. 2 Om. tykt, af Bark. For- skjellige Stykker bredbladet Tang laa opskyllede paa Yder- kanten af samme Vold. Dennes Længde ansloges til en Kvartmil og Lagunens Bredde til henimod det samme. Der saaes Rækved liggende ogsaa paa Lagunens søndre. place. I followed the course of a rivulet between the sea. steep declivity, beneath which stretehes a broad expanse of low-lying foreshore, forming the inner boundary of the long eastern *lagoen. * Looking east from the heights above, I had 'before me the *Ægøen” (Bgg-Island) peninsula, with its *calf” — small detachediislet (Fig. 2). In the south-west, we could sight beneath the fog the east coast of the southern part of Jan Mayen, with the lagoon and its barrier. and, rising abruptly from the sea. two isolated rocks. known as *Lodsbaaden” (the pilot boat) and *Fyrtaarnet” (the light- house). Mr. Schiertz has given in the plate an excellent view of this fine coastal scenery, sketehed from the ridge overlooking the sea. The mountain summits having, as previously remarked, been wrapped in elouds on our arri- val, that part of the picture was filled in from sketehes taken a day or two later from our anchorage on the east side of the island. ; North. no prominent feature of the scenery could be diseerned below the fog. On my way back to the landing- the two eraters south: of Mary Muss Bay. Before reaching the sea, thus little stream was lost im the sand; and here I sketehed the *Fugleberg” — a side-view, to the left the ocean, to the right the western lagoon (Fig. 1). The same afternoon Dr. Danielssen collected speci- mens of the insular flora om the mountain ridge and on the slope of the great erater (Danielssen's erater), south of the landing-place. Å polar fox, roused, I believe, among, the rocks of the mountain ridge. or on the isthmus. was shot by Lieutenant Petersen with an *Express” rifle. The weather still continuing fine, further exeursions From the landing-place I took a south-easterly direction. erossing the south-western were made in the afternoon. ridge of the Fugleberg, and then. turning to the left, struck off. down the valley on the shore-side of the eliff, till I came to'the western lagoon. In måking my way from the south shore of the lagoon to the strip of land stretehing between it and the sea, I had to pass an ineline of debris over part of which were dispersed large, sharp-edged blocks of lava. that hereabouts form the base of the fowling-eliff on the side facing the lagoon The water of the lagoon is fresh, and apparently of considerable depth, since the bot- tom could not be discerned at a short distance from shore. The barrier lagoon from the sea measures 200 paces (460 feet) across. Its highest ridge. separating the as determined from observations with the aneroid baro- meter. attains an elevation of 28 feet above the level of The surface of the water of the lagoon lies 18 feet lower than the ridge of the barrier, or about 10 feet of the good deal of «driftwood. along with the vertebræ and jaws There, 3 inches broad, and %/; inehes thick. above the level sea. On the barrier there was a of whales. too, I found a float of bark. about 4 inches long, Divers fragments of broad-leafed'seaweed had been washed on to the outer slope of the barrier. The length of the latter indre Strand. Luftens Temperatur var 4" og Vandet i Lagunen var + 4.03. Under Tilbageturen sad min Ledsager, der havde Hagelgevær med, og jeg og hvilede i Uren ved Lagunens Bred. En Ræv kom frem af Uren, betragtede os nysgjer- rig, gik oven om rundt om os og saa udover Lagunen. Paa mit Vink havde imidlertid min Ledsager ladet Geværet og rakt mig det. Blandt de fra denne Excursion medbragte Speeimina var et i Uren skudt Exemplar af Canis lagopus. Det 3die Exemplar blev skudt af Capt. Wille samme Efter- middag paa Stranden i Mary Muss Bugten, hvor Matro- serne havde opgjort et Baal af Rækved, der syntes at hid- lokke Rævene. 7 Hr. Tornøe gik samme Eftermiddag langs den indre Side af Lagunen. Ved dens nordøstre Hjørne fandt han «1 I estimated at an English mile. and took the breadth of the lagoon to be about the same. Driftwood lay scattered over the southern (inner) strand of the lagoon. The temperature of the air was 4", that of the water in the lagoon 4.93. On our way back to the boat. as I and my com- panion, who carried å fowling-piece, were resting on the tract of debris that borders the shore of the lagoon, a fox made its appearanee among the stones, and, after regarding us å moment with evident ceuriosity, passed quietly on, - within good range, in a eireuit above us, and looked out I motioned my companion to load ånd hand me the gun. Among the specimens colleeted on this excursion was an example of Camis lagopus. Another spe- cimen of this animal was shot the same afternoon by Capt. Wille on the shore of Mary Muss Bay, where the sailors . had lighted.a pile of driftwod, which seemed to attract the foxes. Mr. Tornøe strolled along the land-side of the lagoon, flowing into which, at the north-eastern extremity, he found across the lagoon. Fig. 3. =o en, Bæk (Tornøes Bæk), der løb ud i Lagunen. Fra den søndre Strand af Lagunen førte en lavtliggende Dal, kanske det laveste Ejd paa hele Øen, ham over til Østkysten, hvor han steg ned ad den bratte Skraaning og vandrede hen til Det Brielske Taarn. — Brielle Tower. a small stream (Tornøe's rivulet). From the south side of the lagoon, a deep-lying valley, perhaps the lowest part of the island, took him across to the eastern shore, whence, descending the steep incline, he made his way to the long den: lange Lagune. Ogsaa her. var Vandet ferskt, men Lagunen var meget grundere end Vestsidens. Der laa Rækved, saavel paa Lagunvolden som paa den indre Strand. Den følgende Dag arbejdede Zoologerne med Skrab- ning fra Baad i Mary Muss Bugten. Fra vor Ankerplads toges NSkitser, navnlig af Landet mod Vest. Disse ligge til Grund for Fig. 3, der viser Udseendet af det Nes. der begrændser Nordostsiden af Nord-Baj eller English Bay. Yderst ser man den isolerede høje .Klippe, som af de gamle Hollændere er kaldt *Brielle-Taarnet” og som danner Mellem *Taarnet” og Landet imden- for er en dyb Kløft. som paa de ældste Karter kaldes *Walrusch Gat”.: Billedets Synspunkt er tænkt paa den vestlige Laguntange. strax i Nordost for Fugleberget, bvis Brielle Taar- net ligger tre Gange saa langt borte som *Vøringen”. et udmerket Sømerke. bratte Skrænt sees til venstre i Forgrunden. Da vi om Eftermiddagen gjorde os istand til at gaa i Land for at undersøge Landet længere sydpaa, rejste sig en frisk Bris af Nordvest. der satte saa megen Sø, at Landgang blev vanskelig. Det besluttedes da at sejle om til den anden Side af Øen. . Under Letningen kom Solen et Par Gange frem i Vest. saa at dens Højde kunde maales. Paa den anden Nide. mod «Nordost., enkelte Gange Hul i Taagen. og Toppen af Beerenberg viste. sig i rev Vinden nogle Secunder: ophøjet og vidunderlig skjøn i shi blæn- dende hvide Snekaabe. Dens Højde blev maalt med Sex- Vi styrede NNV. over. + Saa ofte som Beerenberg var synlig. benyttedes de korte Stunder til at fæste dens Efter disse Skitser er Fig. 4 tegnet. Forholdet mellem de verticale og horizontale Ud- strækninger er det rigtige og stemmer med Kartet. Ntore sorte Flekker, paafaldende mørke ved Contrasten med den blændende hvide, af Solen oplyste Sne, viste bratte Styrt- ninger paa den øvre Kegle, hvor Fjeldet var ganske bart. tant. Udseende 1- Skitsebøgerne. Da vi kom længere frem, stak to Afsatser. den ene uden- for (nordenfor) og nedenfor den anden, sig frem mod Nord og tilbyllede atter alt undtagen det laveste af Landet til 90 å 100 Meters Højde. — se Fig. 4 — saa kom Taagen Under hele Farten denne Eftermiddag og Aften rundt Øens Nordende toges stadig Pejlinger med Compasset til alle synlige Pynter og andre. merkelige Gjenstande, og der maaltes Vinkler med Sextant. Ogsaa til Punkter paa Syd- landet, der under den første Del af Farten saaes helt nede mmdtil Hoyberg, toges NSigter. nedes med Nøjagtighed og hvert femte Minut. Skitser. Kursen styredes og bereg- Loggemaskinen observeredes Der toges ved Siden heraf en Række Det saaledes indvundne Materiale er i fuldt Maal lagoon. Here, too, the water was fresh. though the lagoon was much shallower than that on the west side. Drift- wood lay seattered alike on the barrier and on the inner strand. On the following day our zoologists dredged from a boat in Mary Muss Bay. Sketches were made from the ancehorage, chiefly of the land stretching west; and these have furnished the subject of Fig. 3, which gives åa view of the headland forming the north-eastern extremity of North or English Bay. In the distance is seen the lofty isolated rock ealled by the early Dutch navigators *Brielle Tower,” .and which serves as an excellent land-mark. Between the «Tower” and bears on the the main land extends a deep ravine, that earliest maps the name of *Walrusch Gat.” The point of view in the figure is supposed to be on the barrier of the western lagoon, north-east of the Fugleberg. which, with its steep acelivity, rises boldly in the left fore- ground. The distance of Brielle Tower from the point of view is thrice that of the *Vøringen.” In the afternoon, as a party of us were getting ready to go ashore, with a view to explore the island farther south, å fresh breeze sprang up from the north-west, and soon made so rough a sea tliat landing was out of the question. We determined therefore to steam round to the opposite side of the island. broke out twice in the west. and we managed to take a While getting under weigh, the sun couple of altitudes. Now and again, on the other side, in the north-east. the wind tore a rent in the clouds, and for snow-capt summit grandeur and beauty. The a few seconds diselosed the dazzling, of Beerenberg, in matehless height of the mountain was measured with the sextant. We steered north-north-west. So often as any part of Mount Beerenberg became visible for å moment, the brief oppor- eagerly seized' to fix some new feature of Fig. 4 is from these sketches. The the vertical and the horizontal extent of the mountain is true to nature, and agrees with the Map. Huge black patches on the upper ceone, rendered doubly eonspicuous by contrast with the dazzling white of the sun-illumined snow, showed the position of the steepest Farther tunity was its fleeting aspect. proportion between inelines, where the mountain was entirely naked. on, two rocky ledges, the one beyond (north of) and below the other, could be seen projecting northward (Fig. 4): — and then came the fog, blotting out everything from view, save the lowest strip of coast, that was still visible for about 300 feet above the sea. During. the whole of that afternoon and evening, as we steamed round the northern extremity of the island, bearings by the compass were successively taken of all visible headlands and other salient landmarks; and angles Of points on the south could The being were measured with the sextant. part of Jan Mayen, that for some time after starting be seen as far as Hoyberg, bearings were also taken. ship's course was aceurately computed, the water-log observed every five minutes. Moreover, å series of sketehes blevet benyttet til Constructionen af det medfølgende Kart. Paa Vestsiden af Beerenberg saaes nedimod Havet enkelte Sneklatter. men nogen Isbræ gik her ikke til Ha- D were made of the coastal scenery. "The various topograph- ical and other data collected om this oceasion, have been duly applied for the construction of the annexed Map. On the west side of Mount Beerenberg. approximating the sea. lay a few patehes of snow; but no glacier extended Fig. 4. vets Bred. Da vi vare komne paa Højden af Vestre Kors- Bugt, saa vi en stor Isbræ (Weyprechts Bræ), der skjød sig frem i Havet med en brat Ydervæg, og kort Tid efter viste sig en lignende, endnu større Isbræ (Kjerulfs Bræ). Den sidstes yderste bratte Væg var efter de anstillede Vinkelmaalinger 45 Meter høj. Bræerne kom frem under Taagen med en Overflade, der skraanede meget svagere end de stejle Bræer paa Østsiden. Jeg anslog Heldingen til ce. 10%. Endnu en 3die Isbræ (Foyns Bræ) saaes østen- for den store. Den var mindre end de to andre. Da vi en af de følgende Dage atter passerede Nordsiden af Jan Mayen, laa Taagen højere, saa at vi bedre kunde se, hvor- ledes Nordsidens Bræer komme frem af dybe Indskjæringer i den 300” høje, bratte Fjeldvæg, der her, ligesom paa . Østsiden, danner Beerenbergs Fod ud mod Havet. Billedet Fig. 5 viser de 3 Bræer paa Nordsiden, saaledes som vi saa dem. Foran ligge opstablede Volde, Bræen selv er tagget og kløftet og belagt med Smuds og det Hele af- Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. H. Mohn: Geografi. Beerenberg fra Vest. — Mount Beerenberg, looking East. in this locality to the shore. a large glacier (Weyprecht's with a steep outer wall; and Off West Cross Bay, we saw glacier), jutting into the sea, shortly after another came in sight (Kjerulf's glacier), of still more imposing dimensions. its precipitous outer wall being found by trigonometrical measurement to attain an elevation of 150 feet. The gla- ciers here, as seen beneath the mist, had the slope of their surface much more gradual than the precipitous glaciers on the east side. I estimated the ineline at about 10 degrees. A third glacier (Foyn's glacier) was sighted east of the large one. It was smaller than the other two. OQn one of the following days, as we again coursed along the northern shore of Jan Mayen, the clouds lay higher, affording a bet- ter view of the coast; and on this occasion the glaeiers could be distinetly seen, projecting from deep clefts m the abrupt mountain-wall, which attaims an altitude of 900 feet. and here, as on «the east side, forms the seaward base of Mount Beerenberg. Fig. 5 gives a view of the 3 2 å giver et meget vildt Skue. 2!/3 Kvartmil. Vi passerede i en Afstand af 10 In the foreground lie prodigious rampart-like masses of debris; glaciers on the north side as they appeared to us. Fig. 5. Kl. 9 om Aftenen passerede vi Nordostkap. Vi kunde nu se Rækken af de stejle Bræer paa Østsiden. Der var ikke flere end 5 saadanne, som naaede Havfladen. Deres indbyrdes Beliggenhed bestemte jeg ved at notere de Øjeblikke efter Uret, da hver af dem observeredes tvers paa Kursen, der holdtes uforandret og med jevn Fart. Kl. 12,45 Min. om Morgenen ankrede vi i den store Ræk- ved-Bugt paa 12 Favne Vand, udenfor Lagunen, i Vest for Ægøen. : Denne Dag, den 3lte Juli, bleve vi liggende paa vor Ankerplads. Taagen: fordelte sig noget, saa noget mere af Landet blev synligt; men Beerenberg var fremdeles til- hyllet. Derimod var Solen jevnlig fremme om Formiddagen og en Del af Fftermiddagen. Da Søgangen hindrede Land- gang, toges Solhøjder fra Skibet. Om Eftermiddagen forsøgtes Landgang med to Baade, men Brændingen var for svær til at man turde vove Forsøg paa at bringe Instrumenter i Land. Vi roede langs Lagun- lying west of Egg Island. Nordsidens Bræer. — The Glaciers of the North Coast. the glaciers, too, are jagged and riven, and diseoloured with dirt; altogether it is a wild scene. We passed at the dis- tance of two and one-third miles. By 9 oloek in the evening we had rounded Cape North-Bast; and now the series of precipitous glaeiers on the east side of the island came mm sight. Only 5 of these reached to the water's edge. Their relative position I de- termined by noting, watch in hand, the exact moment at which each was observed abreast of the vessel, keeping the same course and speed. At 12.45 a.m. we cast anchor in Great Wood Bay, im 12 fathoms. off the lagoon The rest of the day, July 3lst, we passed at our anchorage. "The fog dispersing a little, more could be seen of the land; Mount Beerenberg, however, was still wrapped in elouds. Meanwhile, we had the sun out most of the fore part of the day, and at intervals in the afternoon. The swell being too heavy to admit of landing, a series of solar altitudes was taken from the ship. In the afternoon two boats put off for the shore; but there was too much surf to risk landing the instruments. We rowed along the barrier of the lagoon to Egg Island, volden, hen til Ægøen og udenom denne. Der, hvor Lagunvolden støder til Foden åf Ægøen, saa vi Snelag, dækkede af sort Sand. Vi fik den følgende Dag, som det nedenfor vil sees, en simpel Forklaring paa dette Forhold. Ægøens Sider ere overalt mod Søen ganske stejle. Paa Sydvestsiden saaes i den tverbratte Væg et udmerket tyde- ligt Profil af de Aske- eller Tuf-Lag, hvoraf Øen, eller nu rettere Halvøen, Ved svage Vindstød ramlede Dele af Asken løs og styrtede som Ras ned i Fjæren eller i Havet, eller hvirvledes af sterkere Vindstød op til høje Røgskyer. Ægø-Kalven er et løsrevet eller tilbagestaaende Stykke af Ægøens Krater. bestaaende ligesom hele Øen af sort Tuf, der mdeslutter større og mindre Stene. I Ægø- Kalven saaes Stene af indtil en Meters Tvermaal. Æe- øens Krater er nu aabent mod Sydost, den ydre Del er begravet i Havet. Et Suit gjennem Ægøen fra NW—SE viser paa den mod Land vendende Side Lag af Aske, der, parallele med Overfladen, helde mod NW. Henimod Kra- teret derimod helde Lagene ned mod dette, mod SE. og inde i Krateret ser man paa dettes bratte Vægge det ud- er dannet. gaaende af disse Lag som horizontale Belter. - Da vort Forsøg paa at komme i Land havde vist sig frugtesløst. skred- vi til at bestemme Beliggenheden af vor Ankerplads i Forhold til fremtrædende Punkter paa Land ved trigonometriske Operationer. jeg «med Sextant Højden af Stortoppen paa *Vøringen”. Da vi vare «komne tilbage. til Fartøjet. rejste Capt. Wille ud i Baaden, hvorfra han, liggende i en passende Afstand og Retning. maalte Vmkelhøjden af Stormasten. og derpaa Horizontalvinkelen mellem Stormasten og det Punkt, hvis Beliggenhed skulde bestemmes. 1 samme Øjeblik som jeg, staaende ved Stormasten, paå givet Signal maalte Horizontal- vinkelen mellem Captein Wille og Punktet. Paa denne Maade bestemtes Afstandene til Æpgø-Kalven, til Fugle- berget paa Vestsiden. hvis markerede Top (se Fig. 1) var synlig over det lavere Ejde. og til Klippen *Lodsbaaden”. Fuglebergets Azimut bestemtes af Skibets Officierer ved 3 Compaspejlinger paa 3 forskjellige Kurser, og Horizontal- -vinklerne mellem dette Punkt og de øvrige observeredes. Fra Fuglebergets Fod havde jeg den Dag, vi vare i Land, maalt Stormastens Vinkelhøjdé og Skibets omtrentlige Azi- mut. Saaledes vandtes et efter Omstændighederne godt Grundlag for Øens Kartlægning. Samme Dag toges mange Skitser. Sydlandets Udseende kunde nogenlunde opfattes: dog vare de højeste Partier hverken nu eller senere under vort Ophold fri for Skyer. Vort store Billede med Lagu- nen viser Sydlandets Østside meget nær saaledes som det saaes fra Ankerpladsen. Ved Ægø-Kalven maalte 11 and some distance round. Where the barrier of the lagoon abuts on Egg Island, we saw layers of snow covered, with black sand. The next day, as will appear below, a simple ex- planation was obtained of this phenomenon. The sides of Egg Is- land are exceedingly precipitous towards the sea. On the south- west side, the well-nigh perpendicular wall of the cliff exhibited with remarkable distinetness the strata of ashes, or tuft, of which the island, or now rather the peninsula, is composed. A puff of wind brushing the surface sufficed to loosen and blow about the ashes, some falling on the beach or into the sea. while a violent gust would whirl them aloft in clouds. The Egg Island calf (detached islet) is a disrupted fragment of the Egg Island crater. consisting, as does the whole of the main island, exelusively of black tuff, in which are imbedded larger and smaller stones. In the tuft of the islet were seen stones measuring as much as 3 feet across. The Egg Island erater is now open towards the south-east, the outer portion lying buried in the sea. Å vertical section through the island from NW. to SE. ex- hibits on the land side layers of ashes, which. running parallel to the surface, ineline towards the north-west, but, as they approach the crater, turn off towards it, dipping in å south-easterly direction, and within, on the precipitous walls of the cavity, make their appearance as broad Lori- zontal bands. The attempt to land having proved abortive, we now set about determining the relative position of our anchorage and that of salient points on shore, by means of trigonometri- cal observations. Off the Eeg Island calf, I measured with the sextant the height of the main mast of the * Vøringen.” On our return to the ship, Captam Wille put off in a boat, which, in the proper direction, he first measured the angle of elevation of the main mast. and then the horizontal angle between the main mast and the pomt the position of which had to be determined, whilst I, sta- from | tioned beside the main mast. at a given signal, simultane- ously measured the horizontal angle between the boat and the point. In this manner were determined the respective distances of the Egg Island ealf, of the Fugleberg, on the west side, the conspicuous summit of the elift (see Fig. 1) being visible above the low-lying isthmus, and of the *Lods- baaden.” or pilot-boat rock. The azimuth of the Fugleberg was taken by the officers of the vessel. from 3 compass- bearings on 3 different courses, and the horizontal angles between that point and the other landmarks were observed. From the foot of the Fugleberg, I had taken the day we were 'on shore the angle of elevation of the man mast, together with the approximate azimuth of the ship. We thus, considering the cireumstances, succeeded in obtaiming a fair collection of data for constructing åa map of the island. The same day numerous sketebes were made of the coastal scenery. The contours of the southern land could be discerned with tolerable distinetness; but neither on this nor any subsequent occasion during our stay were its loftiest tracts visible. The large plate with the lagoon shows the east side of the southern land very nearly as it appeared from the anchorage. Den følgende Dag, lste August, fik jeg om Formid- dagen nogle Solhøjder fra Ankerpladsen. Vi lettede og stod sydover, loddede og skrabede paa 70 og 95 Favnes Dyb (se Kartet). . Bunden var sort vulkansk Sand og Slik og Dyrelivet rigt; Vandet ved Bunden havde en Tempe- ratur 09% Over Jan Mayens Sydland laa Taagen fremdeles og skjulte de øverste Dele, men over Nordlandet spredte Skyerne sig efterhaanden, saa at vi hele BFfter- middagen og Aftenen havde det herlige Syn af Beerenberg i fuld Solbelysning. Selvfølgelig vare alle Tegnere i fuld Fra den nordligste af de paa Kartet med 95 Favnes Lyb betegnede Stationer tog jeg en Række Maalin- Højdevinkler med Sextant, Heldningsvinkler med det til mit geologiske Com- pas hørende Klinometer, samt flere Skitser. Dette Material er benyttet til Tegningen at mit Billede af Beerenberg. under Virksombhed. ger af Beerenberg: Horizontalvinkler og Til Venstre ser man den sorte Ægø 1 lidt over G Kvartmils Afstand, det nærmeste Object. Havhorizonten ligger i lidt over 4 Kvartmils Afstand fra Øjet, og alle Strandpartierne dukke følgelig under denne. Til Højre for Ægøen sees Kraterne Esk og Vogt, begge med sine kløf- tede Kraterrender. Mellem Krater Vogt og det spidsere Fjeld (Scoresby's Berg) til venstre for samme, der ligger lige op for. Østkanten af Ægøen, synes en Dal med en Bergmasse, der skraaner mod Vest og hvis Fod var synlig fra Ankerpladsen, maaske en Lavastrøm. Dens Farve var mere blaalig, medens Kraternes er rødlig. Østenfor Krater Vogt saaes, mindre tydelig, nogle Højder under Beerenbergs Fod, indtil man kommer til den store Sydbræ, der i en Bue gaar ned fra Snegrændsen til Havet. Partiet mellem Sydbræen og Sydostkap frembød i den betydelige Afstand, 9 til 12 Kvartmil, ikke mange Detaljer. bræen kunde jeg se en Højde eller en Højderyg, der syn- tes at ende i et Fremspring i Havet, Scoresby's Cape Fish- burn. Som man ser af Billedet, kunde Snegrændsens gjennemsnitlige Beliggenhed bestemmes med en ikke ringe Nøjagtighed. Dens Højde beregner jeg efter mine Maalin- ger til 706 Meter over Havet. OQver Snegrændsen sees Beerenbergs Snekaabe, der dækker hele den øvre Del af Fjeldets Basis. Denne Basis er en flad Kegle; dens Skraa- ning maaltes paa Vestsiden til 8" og mod Sydostkap, til 104. paa Østsiden, ned Over Basiskeglen, der rækker ,op til en Højde af ce. 1400 Meter, hæver sig ydre Skraaning af 427, siden, medens der paa Beerenbergs Askekegle med en Denne fremtræder ren paa Vest- Østsiden skyder frem fra Keglen Lavagange gjennem Keglen, der reducere den apparente Skraaning til 32". Paa Vestsiden maaltes, fra den 89 heldende Basis af, et længere Stykke med 15" Heldning, derpaa et kortere Stykke med 28- nogle Ribber, antagelig Lige øst for Syd- On the following day, August the Ist, I took in the We forenoon å few solar altitudes from the anchorage. then got under weigh and stood south, sounding and dredg- ing im 70 and 95 fathoms (see Map). The bottom con- sisted of black voleanie sand and o0ze; and there was abundance of animal life. The bottom-temperature was below 00. Over the southern part of Jan Mayen the fog still lay heavy, obscuring the most elevated tracts; but over the northern part the elouds were gradually dispersing, and throughout the afternoon and evening we had a magni- ficent sun-lit view of Beerenberg. All who could were now of course fully engaged in sketcehing the scenery. From the most northerly of the observing-stations at which the depth, as indieated in the Map, was 95 fathoms, I took a series of measurements of Mount Beerenberg, — horizontal and vertical angles, with the sextant. angles of inelination, with the elinometer belongimg to my geological compass, and made besides several sketehes. The material thus acquired has been carefully worked up for my pros- pect of Mount Beerenberg. On the left-hand side. distant upwards of 6 miles, the black wall of Eeg Island, the mnearest object in the picture, is seen boldly projecting. The distance of the horizon being a little more than 4 miles from the point To the right of Egg Island are seen the Esk and Vogt craters, with their jagged edges. Between Vogt's crater and the somewhat acuminate to the left (Mount Scoresby) rising behind the eastern acclivity of Egg Is- land, extends a valley filled with a rocky mass, — .pos- sibly a current of lava, — the base of which was visible This mass had a bluish tint, whereas the craters are of a reddish colour. East of Vogt's erater loomed a few summits at the foot of Mount Beerenberg, and farther on was seen the great southern glaeier shelving down At so considerable a distance as 9 to 12 miles, the tract between the southern glacier and Cape South-East did not present East of the southern glacier, I draw of view, all parts of the Shore dip beneath it. mountain from the anchorage. in å curve from the snow-limit to the sea. many prominent details. - could distinguish å summit or mountain-ridge terminating apparently in a headland, — Scoresbys Cape Fishburn. As will be seen from the plate, the snow-line could be determined with very considerable accuracy. Its elevation I computed from my measurements at 2316 feet above the sea. At that height commence the snows of Beerenberg, which cover the entire upper portion of the base of the mountain. The base has the form of an obtuse cone, that on the west side was found to ineline 89 on the east, towards Cape South-Fast, 10. Above the lower cone, nearly 4600 feet, towers the cone: of ashes, with its outer 420, On the west side the but on the east exhibits a dykes of lava, which reduce which attains an altitude of slope shelving at an angle of slope has the surface smooth, few prominent ribs, probably On the west side, from where the slope for åa good way up was found to be 15", then for a the apparent ineline to 32". the base of the mountain shelves at an angle of 89, Heldning, og endelig selve Keglens Heldning paa 42". Paa Østsiden sees Underdelens Skraaning paa 10" at skyde sig forån de fjernere, i Skygge liggende Partier, der staa ud som Ribber fra den geometriske øvre Kegle. Solen stod, da Kraterets Konturer og Skygger skitseredes, i Vest, i Papirets Plan. Den stejle Kratervæg er paa mange Steder snefri, og den sorte Aske viser her store Flekker af ofte bizarre Fi- gurer. Kraterranden er tagget, men NSneen, der dækker den, giver Randen med dens Tagger ejendommelig bløde Omrids. Kraterranden er højest paa Vestsiden; der maal- tes en gjennemsnitlig Heldning af den øverste Linie af 21/» Grad. Det højeste Punkt af Beerenberg ligger saaledes (nu) paa Kraterets Vestside og, som Fig. 4 viser, noget mod Nord. Det er dette Punkt, hvis Højde vi have søgt at bestemme med et rundt Tal til 1950 Meter. Fra Loddestationerne toge Ofticererne Pejlhiger til Øens nordlige og sydlige Del. At bestemme Skibets paa- værende Plads efter Pejlingerne og Scoresby's Kart, viste sig omtrent ugjørligt, da dette, i Overensstemmelse med de ældre hollandske Karter, smalt. Medens vi vare paa Nøen, havde vi Anledning til at 1agttage de voldsomme Hvirvelvinde, der kunne blæse under Beerenberg. For et Sejlskib maatte disse være yderst generende med de pludselige Omslag i Vindens Retning under sterke Byger. I disse maaltes en Vindhastighed af 15 Meter pr. Secund, den største Vindhastighed vi iagttog under 1877 Aars Rejse. Fra Søen saa vi, hvorledes det fine Tufsand fra Ægøen reves løs og førtes højt op i Luf- ten som en mørk Røgsky med de sterke Vindbyger. Med den vulkanske Ø for Øjne skulde der ikke nogen sterk Indbildningskratt til, for at man kunde tro at se Ildsluer bryde ud fra Ægøen og saaledes komme til at medbringe Efterretning om at have været tilstede ved et vulkansk Udbrud. Heldigvis havde vi Dagen før havt Anledning til at overbevise os om Sagens sande Natur. Om Aftenen ankrede vi i den store Rækvedbugt et Par Kvartmil i Sydvest for den forrige Ankerplads. giver Sydlandet for langt og for Næste Morgen, den den August, var Beerenberg fremdeles synlig. Vi lettede og stod østover, passerede Ægøen og loddede i 195 Favne udenfor Sydbræen. Paa Veien saa jeg tydelig inde paa Underlandet under Krater Vogt det af Carl Vogt i 1860 observerede og beskrevne lave Krater Berna. Fremdeles saa jeg, at Sydbræen gik lige til Stranden, men at dens nederste Del var bedækket med Smuds. Efter Lodningen gjorde vi et Forsøg til Be- stemmelse af Højden af Beerenberg. Efter et godt Med (Ægøens Kant over et markeret Punkt inde paa Land) sejledes i en nøjagtig udmaalt Tid, medens Skibets Fart hvert dte Minut observeredes efter Loggemaskinen. Ved Begyndelsen og Enden af dette Tidsrum maalte med Sex- 1 3 itself the slope of the lower cone, that shelves at an angle of 109, the On the east side, 280. the of reaching, as previously stated, 42". short distance ineline upper cone was seen extending before the more remote parts of, the upper declivity, which lay in shadow, and like huge ribs project from the upper cone. When sketehing the contours of the plane as the paper. and shadows erater, I had the sun in the same The preeipitous walls of the erater being im many places bare of snow, large patches,of the black sur- face make their appearance, many of them grotesque in form. The ridge of the erater is extremely rugged: but the snow covering the jagged edges imparts a wonderful softness of outline. The ridge of the erater is highest on the west side; and its average ineline was found to be 2!/» The most elevated point of Mount Beerenberg is accordingly (now) on the west side of the erater, and, as shown in Fig. 4, lies a little towards the north. It is this point the altitude of which we have approximately deter- mined at 6400 feet. From the sounding-stations, the ships officers took bearings of points in the northern and southern parts of the island. degrees. To determine the ship's position from bearings and Seoresby's map proved well-nigh impossible, since the latter, based as it is on the earlier Dutch maps, gives the south- ern part of the island at once too long and too narrow. Whilst engaged in sounding, we had opportunity of observing the violent whirlwinds that are often eneountered on passing east of Beerenberg. must prove å serious annoyance, changes mm the direction of the wind during heavy squalls. On one such oceasion the velocity of the wind was found to reach 15 metres a second, the greatest velocity observed To sailing-vessels they owing to the sudden on the eruise in 1877. In the strong eddying gusts the fine tuft-sand of Egg Island would be caught and whirled aloft like åa dense cloud of dust or ashes. With the vol- canic island in immediate proximity, it required no great stretch of the imagination to faney you saw flames bursting forth from the erater, and thus bring away the erroneous impression of having witnessed a voleanic eruption. For- tunately, we had had on the previous day opportunity of ascertaining the true nature of the phenomenon. In the evening we east anchor in Great Wood Bay, a couple of miles south-west of our former anchorage. Next morning, August the 2nd, Mount Beerenberg was still visible. We got under weigh, steering east, past Egg Island, and sounded in 195 fathoms, off the southern glacier. Ås we steamed along the coast. I could plainly distinguish on the low-lying tract beneath Vogt's crater the low Berna erater, observed and deseribed by Carl Vogt in 1860. Moreover, F could follow the direction of the southern glacier to where it reaches the sea: its lower ex- tremity was covered with dirt. After sounding, an attempt was made to determine the altitude of Mount Beerenberg. . Selecting a good bearing (the base of the outer wall of Egg Island in å line with å salient inland point) we steamed ahead in this direction for a given time, aceurately measured, the Ne tant, paa givet Signal, en lagttager Vinkelen mellem Medet og Toppen, og en anden lIagttager Toppens Højde over Horizonten. Resultatet af Beregningen var 1945 Meter. Om Fftermiddagen loddedes 340 Favne udenfor Syd- ostkap. Kursen sattes nu nordover. Taagen begyndte at omhylle Beerenberg og vi saa dens Top og Skuldre for sidste Gang. I Nordost for Nordostkap, 7 Kvartmil af, fandtes en Dybde af 1040 Favne. Dette giver en midlere Heldning af Havbunden udenfor Nordostkap af 8 Grader, hvilket er noget brattere end Heldningen af Beerenbergs Basis henimod Nordostkap (efter Kartet 6.96), men mindre brat end Heldningen mod Sydostkap (109). Paa Skraanin- gen ned mod Nordostkap.saaes en FEruptionskegle (Krater Sars), som findes i ældre Tegninger, naar man ser nøje efter, saaledes i Vogt's Rejse og paa Lieutenant Ring's Tegning Fig. 7. Paa Nordsiden af Øen saaes de 3 Is- bræer trædende frem af dybe Dale foran den bratte, 60 heldende, 300 Meter høje Fjeldvæg, Fig. 5. Hvad der laa højere, var dækket af Skylaget. Vi fik saaledes desværre ikke se Beerenberg og dens Grundstykke fra Nordsiden, og de store Bræers Udspring fra Snegrændsen gik ligeledes vor lagttagelse forbi, da Taagen efterhaanden sænkede sig. Efter at have taget en Række Lodskud i Nord og Nordvest for Jan Mayen, og fundet over 1000 Favnes Dyb paa vort vestligste Punkt, hvor Luftens Temperatur om Natten var kun lidt over Frysepunktet, men ingen Is var at se, styredes tilbage mod Øens Vestside. Da vi om For- middagen den 3die August nærmede os Mary Muss Bugten. var Vejret fremdeles meget taaget. Vi styrede videre langs Landet sydvestover og spejdede opmerksomt efter. en Lej- lighed til at komme i Land paa Sydlandet, men forgjæves. Ofte tog Taagen Udsigten til Land ganske bort, og overalt saa vi Brændingen paa Stranden lige sterk som da vi for- gjæves prøvede at lande paa Østsiden. Par Stationer og loddede — se Kartet — 98 og 156 Favne. Fra disse Stationer og fra flere andre Punkter fik vi gode Skitser af enkelte Partier af de lavere Dele af Sydlandet. Man regelmæssige FEruptionskegle Hoyberg ude mod Stranden. dukker et lidet, Efter disse er saaledes Fig. 6 gjengivet. ser den Længere inde. ved Guinea Bugten, men meget regelmæssigt kegleformigt Krater (Høsaaten) op af Lavlandet. Den lave Sydpynt vender lige mod Tilskueren. Bagenfor det foranliggende Lavland løfter sig med bratte Vægge Sydlandets Højfjeld. Oppe paa dette sees et kegle- formet Fjeld (Krater Vøringen), et Krater efter al Sand- synlighed. De bratte Styrtninger mod Havet fortsætte lige til Cap Sydvest. Her er en naturlig Port i Fjeldet, gjennem hvilken Havet gaar. Udenfor Nesset sees de Syv Klipper med sine fantastiske Former. Vi stoppede paa et, : sketehes. speed of the ship being read off every five minutes on the seale of the water-log. At the beginning and the end of this interval, at a given signal, one observer measured with the sextant the angle subtending between the bearing and the summit of the mountain, and another the height of the summit above the horizon. The result of the computation was 6380 feet. In the afternoon we sounded in 340 fathoms off Cape South-East. and then steered northward. Clouds had now begun to gather round Beerenberg, and we had our last view of the summit and upper part of the mountain. North- east of Cape North-East, 7 miles from land, the depth was 1040 fathoms. This shows å mean ineline of the sea-bed off Cape North-East of 8 degrees, which slightly exceeds that of the base of Mount Beerenberg towards Cape North- East (according to the Map 6.06), but is somewhat less than the slope towards Cape South-Bast (10%. On the north-eastern declivity was seen a parasitie cone (Sars's erater), which may be found in earlier views of the island if care- fully looked for. for instance in a prospect in Vogt's Tra- vels, and in one by Lieutenant Ring, Fig.7. On the north side of the island the 3 glaciers could be seen jutting out from deep valleys beyond the preeipitous mountain-wall, which is here 900 feet high and shelves at an angle of 609, Fig. 5. Whatever lay at a greater elevation was wrapped in elouds. Unfortunately, therefore, we got no view of Mount Beeren- berg from the north side of the island. and the origin of the glaciers at the snow-limit likewise escaped our obser- vation, the fog having gradually descended. After having taken a series of soundings.to the north and north-west of Jan Mayen. and found a depth of more than a thousand fathoms at the most westerly station, where the temperature of the atmosphere at night was only a little above the freezing-pomt. though no ice was to be seen, we steamed back to the west side of the island. In the forenoon of August the drd, when bearmg down on Mary Muss Bay, the weather was exceedingly foggy. We steered thence im å south-westerly direction along the coast, carefully watching for an opportunity to land, — but in vain. The fog frequently shut out the land; and a line of break- ers was everywhere observed along the shore, the swell being no less heavy than on the oceasion of our unsuecess- full attempt to land on the east side of the island. We stopped twice and sounded (see Map) m 98 and 156 fathoms. At these stations and several other. points we succeeded in sketehing the scenery of the low-lymg tract in the southern part of Jan Mayen. Fig. 6 is from these Near the shore we see the parasitie erater Hoy- berg: and farther imland, m the vieinity of Guinea Bay, a conical erater. — the *hay-cock, — small but regular in The Low South Point projects in a lime with the point of view. Behind the low tract in the foreground of the engraving, towers with its preeipitous walls the plateau of the south- ern part of Jan Mayen. Here may be seen a conical- shaped mount (the Vørmgen erater), in all probability of form, rises from the low-lymg tract around it. 15 Det var det sidste, vi saa af Jan Mayen. Taagen indhyllede atter alt. Vi fik Intet at se af Sydkysten eller Sydostkysten, idet vi styrede videre sydvestover. Billedet, Fig. 7, der viser Jan Mayen i Vinterdragt, seet fra Nordvest, skyldes en Tegning af Lieutenant i den norske Marine S. Ring, der som Fører af Sælfangeren *Capella” har havt Anledning til at se Jan Mayen klar fra denne Kant. Man ser paa Skraaningen ned mod Nord- ostkap Krater Sars, man øjner de store Isbræer paa Nord- siden, Cap Nordvest og Muyens Korsnes vende mod Til- skueren, den lave Del af Øen paa Midten og Sydlandets Højder træde klart. frem. Beerenbergs Krater viser sig med indsunket Rand paa Nordsiden, og derunder en vid Dal eller Kjedel, hvorfra de. store Nordbræer tage sit Udspring. Hoyberg. eruptive origin. The preéipitous declivities facing the sea extend to Cape South-West. Here there is a *gate,” or natural excavation, in the mountain-wall, tbrough which the sea passes. Off the promontory rise the Seven Rocks, with their rugged, fantastic contours. This was the last we saw of Jan Mayen. The fog had again begun to thicken, and soon shrouded everything from view. Nothing could be seen of either the south or the south-east coast .as we steamed ahead on a south- westerly course. For the prospect (Fig. 7) of Jan Mayen in its winter arb, as seen from the north-west, we are indebted to a drawing from the penceil of Lieutenant S. Ring, R.N,, who, when commanding the sealer *Capella,” sketehed this part of the island on a clear day. We have Sars's erater, on the slope shelving towards Cape North-East; we see, too, the great glaciers on the north side, also Cape North- West and Mayeu's Cross Cape, in a line with the point of. view; and the low tract of the island, with the heights of the southern part, are boldly defimed in the picture. The erater of Beerenberg, with its sunken edge on the north side, is also seen, and lower down a huge, cauldron-shaped depression, from which the great northern glaciers take their origin. 16 | hi | Fig. 7. Jan Mayen i Vinterdragt, fra Nordvest. — Winter View of Jan Mayen, looking South-East. Af den foranstaaende Rejsebeskrivelse vil man se, hvorledes vor Expedition samlede det Materiale. vi have benyttet til at forbedre Kartet over Jan Mayen. Da Ex- peditionens Hovedformaal var at undersøge Havet, kunde vi anvende kun en kortere Tid til Undersøgelsen af Jan Mayen, og de lagttagelser, som vi hertil kunde samle, maatte blive udførte lejlighedsvis, eftersom Omstændighederne tillod det. Vi kunde saaledes ikke afyente de gunstigere Omstæn- digheder, der vare nødvendige for en mere gjennemført Undersøgelse, men vare nødte til at combinere de erholdte Observationer og deres Resultater paa bedste Maade ind- byrdes og med ældre Undersøgelsers Resultater. Dette har kostet ikke lidet Arbejde, og det af Captem Wille og mig udarbejdede Kart er Frugten af en Række gjentagne For- søg paa at tilfredsstille alle de spredte lIagttagelser, der foreligge. Som man vil se, vare vi under vort Ophold ved Jan Mayen ikke særdeles begunstigede af Vejret, men vi vare heller ikke særdeles uheldige, — dog var der liden eller ingen Lejlighed til at anstille systematiske lagttagelser. Af ældre Literatur vedrørende Jan Mayen er til Kartet og Beskrivelsen benyttet følgende: I. De Nieuwe Groote Zee-spiegel, mhoudende Fene Beschryvinghe der Zee-Kusten van de oostersche en noord- sehe Schip-vaert. Amsterdam 1662. Beskrivelsen af Jan The foregoing aceount of our exploratory work will show in what manner data were collected on the Norwegian Expedition for ceonstructing a new map of Jan Mayen. The main object of the Expedition being to investigate the physical conditions of the sea, the time we could devote to the exploration of Jan Mayen was of course compara- tively short; and the observations we succeeded in obtain- ing had to be taken occasionally, according as opportunity offered. Thus it was not in our power to carry out a complete investigation; we could only combine in the best possible manner our observations and their results, collating' them with those of earlier explorers. To do this has cost considerable labour, and the Map constructed by Captain Wille and myself is based on a series of re-iterated attempts to combine all the seattered data before us. As previously shown, the weather during our stay at Jan Mayen was neither particularly favourable nor exceptionally bad; but we had little or no opportunity of instituting systematic observations. Of earlier works on Jan Mayen, the following have been consulted: — 1. — De Nieuwe Groote Zee-spiegel, inhoudende Eene Beschryvinghe der Zee-Kusten van de oostersche en noord- sehe NSchip-vaert. Amsterdam 1662. To this account is Mayen ledsages af et *Pas-caert van Jan Mayen Bylant”. I den benyttede Udgave mangler desværre et Blad, paa hvilket Beskrivelsen af Øens Nordside skulde være at finde. En noget forkortet Oversættelse af denne Beskrivelse til Tysk, som Professor Buijs Ballot i Utrecht har havt den Godhed at sende mig, slutter imidlertid med den Bemerk- ning, at Beskrivelsen af Nordsiden mangler. Forøvrigt beskrives 1 dette gamle Verk Østkysten helt fra Nordostkap sydover og Vestkysten fra Sydkap nordover mdtil Nordvest- kap. Kartet, der aabenbart er det som ligger til Grund for alle de senere Karter over Jan Mayen, forekommer mig i sine Hovedtræk at være lige saa godt som disse. 2. GC. G. Zorgdragers alte und neue Grönlandisehe Fiseherei und Wallfisehfang, ham Moubach. Leipzig 1729. . ausgefertiget durch Abra- For Jan Mayens 'Vedkom- mende. har jeg 1 dette Verk ikke fundet noget mere end i det foregaaende. der aabenbart er Kilden, 3. An Account of the Arctic Regions, . .. by W. Scoresby Jun. F.R.S.E. Edinburgh 1820. Til Grund for Scoresby's Kart ligger Zorgdragers, der aabenbart igjen har til Kilde det gamle Kart 1 *Zee-spiegel”. Hele Øens Beliggenhed er rectiticeret af Scoresby, men i Detaljerne., er det gamle Kart fremdeles det paalideligste. 4. Letters from High Latitudes, being some account of a voyage. in 1856, in the schooner-yacht *Foam,” to: Teeland, Jan Mayen, & Spitzbergen. By Lord Dufferin. Fourth Edition. London 1858. 5. Nord-Fabrt, entlang der Norwegischen Kiiste, nach dem Nordkap, den Inseln Jan Mayen und Island, ... unternommen wihrend der Monate Mai bis Oktober 1861 von Dr. Georg Berna. Frzåhlt von Carl Vogt. Frankfurt a. M. 1863. Det Kart, som ledsager Vogt's Beskrivelse, er en Copi af Scoresbys Kart. Det indeholder en Del Forbe- dringer, men er paa den anden Side, navnlig i hydrografisk Henseende, mindre fuldstændigt og correct end de ældre Karter. Derimod have de Billeder af Partier af Jan Mayen, der ledsage Vogt's Verk, været mig af overordentlig stor Nytte, og for deres store Paalidelighed kan jeg inde- stan. Endog mindre Træk i Landskabet har jeg efter disse Billeder kunnet identificere. Til Grund for Constructionen af vort Kart er lagt Scoresby's. Efter de af os foretagne Pejlinger og andre Vinkelmaalinger har Capt. Wille gjort et Udkast til Kystens Form, og anbragt derved de hydrografiske Detaljer fra vore Tagttagelser. saa langt de rak, og fra Scoresby. Efter det Material, som stod til min Raadighed, heri indbefattet en Række Skitser af Hr. Schiertz, vor Tegner, Professor Sars og mig selv, har jeg forsøgt at aflægge yderlige hydrografiske Detaljer, dels efter *Zeespiegel”. idet jeg fandt, at Beskri- velsen og Kartet i dette var rigtigere end i de senere Verker, dels ved Hjelp af Skitserne, efter hvilke jeg kunde bestemme noget sikrere enkelte Partiers indbyrdes Beliggenhed, navnlig i Forbindelse med Situationen de verticale Dimensioner. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. H. Mohn: Geografi. | | *Pas-caert van Jan Mayen Eylant.” In the edition I have consulted, the leaf on which an account of the north coast of the island might have been looked for, Å somewhat abridged translation annexed a is unfortunately missing. of this work into German, which Professor Buijs Ballot of Utrecht had the kindness to send me, celoses, however, with the remark, that no account has been given of the north side. For the rest, in-this old volume the east coast is deseribed from Cape North-East southwards, and the west coast, from Cape South northwards to Cape North-West. The map, which is manifestly that on which all later maps of Jan Mayen are based, would appear in its main features to be quite as correct as any of these. 2, — GC. G. Zorgdragers alte und neue Grönlandische Fischerei und Walltisehfang, . ausgefertiget durch Abra- ham Moubach. Leipzig 1728. As regards Jan Mayen, I found nothing in this work that is not contamed in the foregoing, whence the author has evidently drawn his in- formation. 3. — An Account of the Arctic Regions ... by W. Scoresby Jun. F.R.S.E. Edinburgh 1820. Scoresby's map is based on Zorgdrager's, which im turn is evidently derived from the old map in the *Zee-spiegel.” The position of the island has, mdeed, been rectified by Scoresby; but in all details the old map is still the most trustwortby.- 4. — Letters from High Latitudes, being some account of a voyage, m 1856, in the schooner-yacht *Foam,” to Iceland, Jan Mayen, & Spitzbergen. By Lord Dufferm. Fourth Edition. London 1858. 5. — Nord-Fahrt. entlang der Norwegischen Kiiste, nach dem Nordeap. den Inseln Jan Mayen und Island, der Monate Mai bis Oktober Erzåhlt von Carl Vogt. unternommen wihrend 1861 von Dr. Georg Berna. Frankfurt a. M. 1863. The map annexed to Vogts account of the Island is a copy of Scoresbys. It is, indeed, in some respects more correct, but in others, more particularly as regards the hydrographical details, less complete and trustworthy than the earlier maps. On the other hand, the views of the Jsland accompanying Vogts work have rendered me the greatest service; and for their accuracy, which is remark- able, I can personally vouch. Even minor features of the scenery, I have been able to identify from these excellent illustrations. Our map of Jan Mayen is based on Scoresby's. From the various bearings and other measured angles, Captain Wille has figured the contours of the coast, and set'down, so. far as possible, the hydrographical details, from our own observations and those of Scoresby. After a careful study of the material collected, imeluding numerous sketehes by Mr. NSchiertz, artist to the Expedition, Profes- sor Nars, and myself. I have sought to fill im further hydrographieal details. partly since I find the account and map in the *Zeespiegel” to be more correet than are any of those given in. later works on Jan Mayen, and partly with a view to determine, by means of the sketches. with greater accuracy the relative position of divers parts ot a 9) paa Kartet, der er fremstillet ved Højdekurver for "hver 100 Meter, beror paa vort fælles Arbejde, saaledes at de store Træk ere udkastede af Capt. Wille, medens jeg har nærmere udarbejdet Detaljen. Herved er stadig taget Hensyn til, at Skitserne gjerne, som ogsaa de udførte Vinkelmaalinger : vise, overdrive de verticale i Forhold til de horizontale Dimensioner. Efter mange gjentagne Forsøg er det i det Hele taget lykkets mig at tilvejebringe en god Overensstemmelse mellem Skitserne og de tagne Vinkelmaal. Øens geografiske Beliggenhed er aflagt efter vore astronomiske og geodetiske Observationer. Ved Sammenligning mellem de ældre Karter og vort vil man finde adskillige Afvigelser. Jeg skal her vise de vigtigste af disse. Scoresby's Bredder stemme gjennemgaaende godt med vore. Efter Udmaaling af 19 Punkter finder jeg, at Sco- resbys Bredder i Gjennemsnit er et halvt Minut større end vore, og den største Forskjel er 2 Minuter. Scoresby's Længder ere derimod gjennemsnitlig 28 Bueminuter mindre end vore. Med andre Ord, Jan Mayen ligger efter vor Bestemmelse lidt over 9 Kvartmil længere Vest end i Scoresby's Kart og i de hidtil brugte Søkarter. Da vor Længdebestemmelse ikke er usikker paa mere end nogle faa Tidssekunder, bliver Jan Mayens geografiske Beliggenhed at rette i Karterne. Afvigelserne variere mellem 20 og 33 Minuter. Ogsaa den, hollandske Expedition med Skonnerten * Willem. Barendsz” i 1878 fandt Jan Mayens vestlige Længde større end Karterne angive. gust 1817; han havde da været i Søen fra Vaaren af, og det er ikke at undres over, at hans Chronometers beregnede Stand kunde afvige betydeligt fra den rigtige. *Zeespiegel” lægger Jan Mayen mellem Bredderne 6 KG og 71" 30", altsaa en 15 Mmuter for langt mod Nord, og Øens Midte paa Meridianen af Cap Landsend; eller 5" 40' Vest for Greenwich, for langt mod Øst. Den nordlige Del af Øen og den midterste lave Del det er næsten 3 Grader stemme i sine større Qmrids vel overens paa alle Karter. Den sydlige Del derimod have vi fundet kortere og bredere end paa de ældre Karter, et Resultat, der fremgaar saavel af vore Vinkelmaalinger som af de, med Loggemaskinen bestemte, udsejlede Distaneer. : Efter alle vore Vinkelmaalinger, saavel horizontale som verticale, og efter alle Skitser ligger Beerenbergs Kegle og Krater mere certralt paa Nordlandet end hos Scoresby og Vogt. Vi fandt Højden af Beerenberg den 3die August at være 1945 Meter, medens Scoresby angiver den til 6870 1" Se H. Mohn. Astronomiske Observationer Side 93. Scoresby's Bestemmelse er fra Au- - the island, in particular as regards their vertical extent. The relief of the land — shown on the Map by contour lines for every 100 metres, — is the result of our joint labours, Capt. Wille having laid down the general features while I worked out the details. Regard has been everywhere had to the ten- deney exhibited in the sketches, as confirmed too by the tri- gonometrical measurements, of inereasing the vertical and lessening the horizontal extent. After numerous re-iterated attempts I at length succeeded in attaming satisfactory agreement between the sketehes and the trigonometrical measurements. The geographical position of the island is that found from our astronomiceal and geodetical observations.! On comparing the earlier maps of Jan Mayen with that we have now constructed, ours will be found to differ in many respects. Scoresby's latitudes agree on the whole satistactorily I will poimt out the most important. with those determined by ourselves. By direct measure- ment of 19 points, I found Scoresby's latitudes on an aver- age to exceed ours by half åa minute: the greatest difference is 2 minutes. Ncoresby's longitudes, however, are on an The difference In short, Jan Mayen, average 28 minutes of åre less than ours. varies between 20 and 33 minutes. according to our determination,. lies a little more than 9 miles farther west than it does on Scoresbys map and the charts in use up:to the present time. As the error of our determination of longitude does not amount to more than a few seconds in time, the geographical position of Jan Mayen on maps and charts will henceforth have to be rectitied. The - Duteh Expedition, too, despatehed im 1878 with the schooner *Willem Barendsz.” found the west longitude of Jan Mayen to be greater than that given im the charts. Ncoresby's determination dates from August 1817. As captain of, a whaler, Scoresby had then been at sea since the spring of the year; and hence it is not surprising that the true error of his ehronometer should have deviated considerably from that compyted. The *Zeespiegel” places Jan Mayen between the par- allels 719 0' and 71" 30, thus 15 minutes too far north, and the middle of the island on the meridian of Land's End, or 5" 40' west of Greenwich — nearly 3 degrees too far east. The northern part of the island and the low-lying central tract agree well in their general contours on all the maps. The southern part, on the other hand, we found to be shorter and broader than it is given on the earlier maps, å result derived alike from our trigonometrical obser- vations and the extent of the coast as determimed by the water-log. According to all our trigonometrical measurements, both horizontal and vertical, as also the numerous sketehes, the cone and erater of Mount Beerenberg should have a more central position in the northern part of the island than We has been given them by Scoresby and Vogt. found 1 H. Mohn. - Astronomical Observations, p. 23. - engelske Fod eller 2094 Meter. De Højdemaalinger, som jeg fik fra Ankerpladsen i Mary Muss Bugten og fra Lodde- stationen No. 224 paa Østsiden (Side 12) stemme meget vel med en Højde af 1945 Meter, idet de give. Distantserne tagne efter Kartet, respective 1968 og 1944 Meter. Paa alle de ældre Karter findes paa Vestsiden af Beerenberg, ved Havet, mellem første og andet Korsnes. et Sted betegnet som en Isbræ. Heymste Ysbergh, hos Scoresby: Ilceberg, og hos Vogt er vist en fra Beerenbergs Side til Havet udgaaende stor Is- bræ. Da vi besøgte Jan Mayen, fandtes her paa denne Kant ingen Isbræ. der gaar til Havet. Vi saa kun enkelte Sneflækker paa den lavere Del af Øen. Scoresby og Vogt, der begge kun saa Jan Mayens Østkyst. have aabenbart hentet denne Bræ fra det gamle hollandske Kart. Er Bræen forsvunden siden Begyndelsen af det 18de Aar- hundrede? Zorgdrager har den. og den staar nævnt i Be- Det hedder i *Zeespiegel”: skrivelsen i *Zeespiegel”. Eller foreligger en Forvexling med Bræerne paa Nordsiden? ; De 3 store Isbræer paa Nordsiden af Jan Mayen findes ikke angivne paa Kartet i *Zeespiegel”, og heller ikke hos Zorgdrager, Scoresby eller Vogt. Nordsiden er, som tidligere nævnt, ikke beskrevet i *Zeespiegel”, men paa Zorgdragers Kart findes angivet Trankogerier. i østre Korsbugt. saa at man maa antage, at denne Kyst i tidligere Tider var vel kjendt. af forrige Aarhundrede naaet den nuværende Udstrækning? Have disse Bræer først siden Midten - Paa Østsiden af Beerenberg saa vi fem store Isbræer, der med en brat Heldning gik lige ned til Havet. Flere end dette Antal kunde med Bestemthed ikke anføres. *Zee- spiegel” har saavel i Kartet som i Beskrivelsen kun 3 Is- bræer her, i Beliggenhed svarende til de tre nordligste, ligesaa Zorgdragers og Scoresby's Kart. hvilket sidste dog grupperer dem noget anderledes, idet de to sydligste ere lagte paa noget nær samme Plads, som vore to sydligste. Scoresby's Billede derimod viser flere end 5 til Havet ned- rækkende Bræer paa denne Kyst. hvilke det er vanskeligt at identificere med de af os sete. Paa Kartet i Berna's *Nordfahrt” kan jeg ikke gjenfinde vore fem Bræer. men vel paa Billedet af Østkysten i samme Verk. Ere de stejle Isbræer paa Østkysten med Hensyn til Antal og Betyden- hed vexlende med Tiderne? Sydbræen findes ikke paa Karterne i *Zeespiegel”, hos Zorgdrager og Scoresby, omtales heller ikke i disses . Beskrivelser. Den forekommer først hos Vogt. hvis Kart, Billeder og Beskrivelse stemme godt med vore Iagttagelser. Kysten udenfor er, efter de ældre Beskrivelser, meget uren, saa at Bræen maaske ikke havde nogen hydrografisk Inter- the altitude of Beerenberg — August the rd — to be 6380 feet, whereas Scoresby's determination is 6870 feet. The altitudes I succeeded in taking from our anchorage in' Mary Muss Bay and from Sounding-station 224, on the 'east side of the island (page 12), agree very well with a height of 6380 feet, corresponding as they do to 6457 and 6377 feet. On the west side of Beerenberg, in close proximity to the sea, between the first and second Cross Capes, there, is in all of the earlier maps å point marked to denote a glacier. In the *Zeespiegel” it bears the name of Heynste Ysbergh; Scoresby calls it Zeeberg; and in the map aceom- panying Vogts work on Jan Mayen a large glacier is here seen extending down the slope of the mountain to the sea. When 1e visited the island, there was no glacier reaching We merely saw a few patehes scattered here and there over the lower tract of the coast. Scoresby and Vogt, both of whom saw only the eastern shores of Jan Mayen, have manifestly followed the old Dutch map. the beginning of the 1Sth century? Zorgdrager has it, and out to the sea on this side. of snow Can the glacier have disappeared since it is mentioned in the account given in the *Zeespiegel.” Or has there. been some mistake connected with the gla- ciers of the north side? The 3 great glaciers on the.north coast of Jan Mayen are not to be found on the map in the *Zeespiegel.” nor on those by Zorgdrager, Scoresby, or Vogt. As previously mentioned, no account is given of the north side im the old Dutch work: but on Zorgdrager's map we have given the position of factories established in East Cross Bay for boiling down blubber: and hence that coast must have been well known in former times. Possibly, the glaciers in question did not attain their present extent till the middle of the last century. On the east side of Beerenberg, we saw glaciers shelving abruptly down to the sea. Å number could not be clearly distinguished. Only 3 glaciers are to be found here on the map in the *Zeespiegel,” corresponding in position to the three northernmost of ours, as also on the maps by Zorgdrager and Scoresby, though the latter groups them somewhat differently, the two lying farthest south having almost the same position as the two most southerly of those observed by ourselves; but on the other hand, in Scoresby's view of the coast more than 5 glaciers, which can hardly be identified with those we ob- served, extend down to the sea. On the map in Berna's *Nordfahrt” I cannot find our 5 glaeiers; in his view of the east coast, however. in the same work, they are. easy to identify. Do the preeipitous glaciers on the east coast, as regards number and extent. possibly undergo some eliange in the course of centuries? The Southern Glacier is not to be. found on any of the earlier maps of Jan Mayen, nor is it mentioned in the accounts of the island given in the *Zeespiegel” and by Zorgdrager and Scoresby. The first to call attention to this glacier was Vogt, whose map, views, and general ac- count of the island elosely agree with our own observations. 5 large greater Sp esse for de gamle Hvalfangere i det 17de Aarhundrede, men paafaldende er det unegtelig, at Scoresby, der roede langs denne Kyst den 4de August 1817 og var iland paa Toppen af Krater Esk samme Dag, ikke omtaler denne betydelige Bræ, der danner et saa fremtrædende Træk i Landskabet. Se Vogts Beretning og vort Billede. Er ogsaa den en nyere Tids Dannelse? Med Hensyn til Krater Esk og Krater Vogt maa jeg bemerke, at jeg efter nøjagtig Gjennemgaaen af Scoresby's og Vogt's Beretninger er kommen til det bestemte Resul- tat, at disse Forskere have besteget forskjellige Kratere. Vogt beretter nemlig, at han besteg Scoresby's Krater Esk. De ældre Karter give ingen Vejledning, da disse Gjen- stande ikke ere af nogen hydrogratisk Interesse. Ncoresby siger (I, Side 162), *at han fra Krater Esk saa ved Foden af Bjerget paa Sydostsiden, i Nærheden af en vældig Lava- strækning, et andet Krater med Rand som en Murtinde, af lignende Form som det ovenfor beskrevne (Esk).” Begge Kratere ere angivne paa hans Kart, det vestligste betegnet *Esk Mount, å Volcano”. Vogt saa fra det Krater, han besteg, nede paa det lave Forland det lave Askekrater *Berna”, der neppe hæver sig over Sletten, og paa Vogt's Kart er Scoresby's andet Krater udeladt og *Berna” sat istedet. Efter hvad jeg, som ovenfor nævnt, til forskjellige Tider kunde se, findes alle 3 Kratere, saaledes som paa vort Kart angivet. Der i Vogts Beskrivelse, saavidt jeg kan se, Intet i Vejen for at antage, at det Krater, Scoresby saa tydelig fra Toppen af *Esk”, er det, som Vogt har besteget. Jeg har ogsaa tilladt mig at give dette Krater Navn efter denne Forsker, hvis Rejse til Jan Mayen i saa hø) Grad har udvidet vor Kundskab om denne Ø, og hvis Beskrivelse deraf havde orienteret mig i Forvejen i den Grad, at jeg under vort Besøg der havde en Følelse, som om det var en tidligere kjendt Egen, jeg var kommet til. er Ægøen er 1 *Zeespiegel”, hos Zorgdrager og hos Scoresby fremstillet som en fra Hovedlandet ved et Sund adskilt virkelig Ø. Vogt's Kart forbinder den med Land ved en ganske smal Tange. Vi saa den som en fuldstæn- dig Halvø. Man se Fig. ? og Kartet. Brodrick, Pynten mdenfor Sundet, er saaledes. forsvundet mellem 1817 og 1861, idet Øen er bleven forbundet med Land. selv, ligger adskillige Meter over Havspejlet. Scoresby's Cape Landtangen, der nu er lige saa bred som Ægøen Lagunen paa Vestsiden omtales i *Zeespiegel” og forekommer paa Kartet saavel her som i Zorgdråger's og i Scoresby's Verker. Paa Vogts Kart er den bleven ude- glemt. Den korte Beskrivelse i *Zeespiegel” stemmer godt med mine lagttagelser paa Stedet. Den lange Lagune paa Østsiden derimod findes ikke i nogen af de ældre Beskri- Off the coast, the navigation is here, according to the earlier accounts, å good deal ineumbered with rocks and shoals; and hence, possibly, the old whalers of the 17th century did not attach any hydrographical importanee to the glacier. It is however undeniably strange, that Scoresby, who on the 4th of August rowed along this part of the coast, and the same day ascended to the summit of Mount Esk, should not have mentioned so considerable a glacier, forming as it does åa prominent feature of the scenery (see Vogt's ac- count and our view). (Can this, too, be a later formation? As regards the Esk erater and the Vogt crater. I feel convinced, from a ceareful perusal of Scoresbys and Vogt's accounts, that the said explorers must have aseended different eraters. According to Vogt's statement, he ascended the Esk erater (Scoresby's). The earliér maps afford no assis- tance im deeiding this doubtful pomt, since such details, being without hydrographical interest for the navigators of that time, were not laid down. Scoresby, who had ascended the Esk erater, states (page 162), that *at the foot of the mount, on the south-east side, near a stupendous aceumulation of lava, bearing the eastellated form, was an- other erater, of similar form to the one above deseribed.” Both eraters are to be found on his map, the most westerly of the two being designated *Esk Mount, a Volcano.” Looking down from the erater he had ascended, Vogt saw beneath him, on the low-lyimg foreland, the low Berna era- ter, which hardly vises above the surrounding traet; and on Vogts map NScoresby's second erater has been left out and the Berna crater substituted in its place. Ås previ- ously stated, according to what I observed at different times, all 3 eraters are to be found, in the respective posi- tions given them on our map. In Vogt's account there is nothing, so far as I ean judge, to oppose our assuming that the cone which Scoresby distinetly observed from the sum- mit of Mount Esk is that ascended by Vogt. I have like- wise made free to give this erater the name of the explorer whose voyage to Jan Mayen has so largely contributed to extend our knowledge of that interesting island, and whose accurate account had rendered me so familiar with its topo- graphy, that during our sojourn there I had frequently the impression of being in a country I had visited before. Both in the *Zeespiegel” and in the maps by Zorg- drager and Scoresby, Egg Island is represented as å veri- table island, cut off by a sound from the mamm land. On Vogt's map, an exceedingly narrow strip of land eonneets, it with the main island. As we beheld.*Egg Island,” it was in every respect a peninsula; see Fig. 2 and the Map. NScoresby's Cape Brodrick, the point lying within the sound, must ac- cordingly have disappeared some time between the years 1817 and 1861. The isthmus, which is now equal in breadth to Egg Island itself, rises a score or so of feet above the sea-level. The lagoon on the west side is mentioned in the ac- count of the island given in the *Zeespiegel,” and may be found on the map accompanying that work, as also on the maps by Zorgdrager and Scoresby. On Vogt's map it has lett The brief deseription in the *Zeespiegel” agrees closely with my own observations. On the other been out. velser eller Karter. *Zeespiegel” har paa dette Sted to lange Bugter, Store og lille Rækved-Bugt (*Groote Hout bay” og *Cleyne Hout bay”), adskilte ved en til Havet Denne er aabenbart den samme som vi kaldte *Støtten”, og som sees saavel paa vort Billede af Lagunen som paa det tilsvarende Billede Side 282 hos Vogt. I Bugten har *Zeespiegel” en flad Fjære af Sand, dækket med Rækved, og i Havet udenfor er der temmelig grundt, 6, 7 og 8 Favne mdtil 1'/; Kvartmil fra Stranden. Zorgdrager og Ncoresby har det samme. gaaende Bergmasse. Scoresby fortæller, at, da han var paa Toppen af *Esk”, *var, mod Sydvest, hele Øens Udstrækning synlig”, men nævner ikke et Ord om Lagunen, og har den heller ikke paa sit Kart. Fra Toppen af sit Krater beretter Vogt, at han saa Lagunen i hele dens Udstrækning, og fra *Esk” skulde den være lige saa godt synlig. Man tør herefter med Vogt trygt slutte, at Lagunen er dannet mellem begge Forskeres Besøg, mellem 1817 og 1861. Jeg tror snarere, at den er dannet ved at den lave Sandvold, som adskiller den fra Havet, : efterhaanden er opkastet af Brændingen, end, som Vogt - amtager, at Lagunens Flade tidligere var dækket af *Bank- isen”. Ægøens Forbindelse med Land staar aabenbart i nøjeste Forbindelse med Lagunvoldens Fremkomst over Havspejlet: thi Ægøens Landtunge udgjør den directe Fort- sættelse af Lagunvolden. En Hævning af Landet her er ikke utænkelig, men paa den anden Side af Øen, ved den vestre Lagunes Vold, er.der, naar *Zeespiegel's Beskrivelse fra Midten af det 16de Aarhundrede sammenholdes med mine ovenfor nævnte lagttagelser, ikke noget Tegn til nogen merkelig Hævning. Paa vor Kundskabs nærværende Standpunkt kunne Gjætninger lige saa lidet hjelpe os her som ved Spørgsmaal om Jan Mayens Isbræers Forandringer. De af Havet opragende Klipper *Lodsbaaden” og *Fyrtaarnet” ligge efter vore Maalinger og Tegninger som paa vort Kart angivet. De findes begge omtalte i *Zee- spiegel” og afsatte paa Kartet deri som *Klip als een Seyl”. Deres Beliggenhed er rigtigere paa det gamle hollandske Kart end hos Scoresby, der lægger *Lodsbaaden” for langt mod Syd og *Fyrtaarnet” for langt fra Land. Guinea-Bugtens nordligste Pynt stikker, ifølge vore Skitser, mere frem end paa Scoresbys Kart. Heri stemme 'vi bedre overens med *Zeespiegel”. Vogel-klip ligger ifølge *Zeespiegel” lige udenfor Vest- pynten af Syd-Bay, ikke som hos Scoresby i Sydvest for denne. *Naar man ligger paa 15 Favne Vand i Syd- hand, the long lagoon on the east side is not mentioned in the earlier accounts of Jan Mayen, nor does it appear this part of the coast exhibits two long bights, — Great.Wood Bay and Little Wood Bay (*Groote Hout bay” and *Cleyne Hout bay”), diseonnected by a rocky mass stretching be- tween them down to the sea. It is evidently this eliff to which we have given the name of *Søjlen” (the pillar), and which both im our given on page 282 of Vogts work. on any of the annexed maps. In the *Zeespiegel,” appears view of the lagoon and im that In the *Zeespiegel,” the bay has a flat sandy beach covered with driftwood, and the is' shallow — 6, 7, 8 fathoms — to the distance of a and a half from The same details are given in the maps by Zorgdrager and Scoresby. Scoresby states, that from the summit of Mount Esk, *towards the south-west the utmost extent ot the is- land was visible:;" water and mile the shore. but he does not say å word about the lagoon, nor is that prominent feature of the coast to be found in his map. From the top of the erater bearing his name, Vogt could overlook the lagoon in its full extent, and the same should be the case from the stmmit of Mount Esk. Hence, it would be reasonable to infer with Vogt. that the lagoon has been formed between the visits of the two explorers, or some time during the interval extending from 1817 to 1861. Meanwhile, the origin of the lagoon must, I think, be aseribed to the low sand-barrier stretch- ing between it and the sea having been gradually thrown Vogt sur- mises, to-the possible fact of its surface having m former times been covered with *bank-ice.” The conversion of Egg Island to a peninsula is beyond doubt closely con- nected with the appearance of the lagoon barrier abové the sea-level, since the Egg Island isthmus constitutes the direct continuation of the said barrier. True, there may have been a rise along this part of the coast; but on the other up by the action of the surf, rather than, as side of the island, if the account given m the *Zeespiegel” from the middle of the 16th century be compared with the results of my own observations, there can hardly have been a perceptible rise at the barrier of the western lagoon. At the present stage of research, hypothetical deductions. are as futile here as in questions bearing on å presumptive change in the number and position of Jan Mayen's glaciers. The two rocks rising abruptly from the sea called respectively the *pilot-boat” and the *light-house,” have, according to our observations and drawings, the position given them in the annexed Map. They are both mentioned in the *Zeespiegel,” and laid down on the map accom- panying that work as *Klip als een Seyl.” The old Dutch * geographer has placed these rocks more correctly than Scoresby, on whose map the *pilot-boat” lies too far south and the *light-house” too far from the shore. The most northerly point of Guinea Bay projects, according to our drawings, farther out than it does on Scoresby's map. In this detail" we agree better with the *Zeespiegel.” Vogel-klip lies according to the *Zeespiegel” just without the west point of South Bay, not as on Scoresby's map to the south-west of that bight. *When anchored in Bay, saa ser man ud mellem Vogel-klip og Landet.” Et Stykke fra Hoepstock's Bay *finder man et Nes, tvers af hvilket der ligger nogle Klipper, som kaldes de Rudsen”* (*Zeespiegel"”). «Walrusch Gat” kaldes Kløften udenfor det Nes, som skyder ud paa Nordsiden af English Bay. og udenfor hvil- ket det *Brielske Taarn” staar. Se Fig. 3. Strax vestenfor Mary Muss Bugt staar paa *Zee- spiegel”s og Zorgdragers Kart en af Havet opragende Klippe. Nogen saadan saa vi ikke. men vel et Skjær, over bvilket Søen brød. Klippen er styrtet i Havet. Paa Kartet i *Zeespiegel” stikker Fugleberget frem I Beskrivelsen hedder det: *Fra Østpynten af Mary Muss Bay skyder en Bergfod fra Landet ud i Søen, meget stejl og hø) ved sim Vest-Strand. Nu er der intet saadant udskydende Nes. en Boe udenfor Fugleberget. som et langt Nes mod Nord. Men der ligger Af Sidekratere paa «Jan Mayen have vi observeret flere end der er aflagt i de ældre Karter. til Rejsebeskrivelsen ovenfor og Kartet samt Billederne. De paa Kartet som Kratere betegnede Fjeldtoppe, der ikke ere omtalte i Rejsebeskrivelsen, ere atlagte etter Teg- ningerne og,ere antagne, paa Grund af deres Form, der Jeg henviser er eller nærmer sig den koniske. for at svare til dette Navn. Adskilt ved dybe Have fra alle nærmeste Lande ligger Jan Mayen ensom ude i Grønlandshavet. Mellem Norge og Jan Mayen er Havet 1760 Favne dybt, mod Spidsbergen over 2000 Favne, mod Grønland over 1300 Favne og mod Island over 1000 Favne dybt. Øens Retning er fra NE. t E.—SW.t W., :den peger mod Danmarkstrædet og ligger parallel Heklas Vulkanlinie: Den er efter alt hvad derom er blevet observeret, bygget udelukkende af vulkanske Berg- arter, og disse synes alle at tilhøre den moderne Vulka- nisme. Den er saaledes yngre end Færøerne og Island, vulkanske Bergarter danne Grundvolden. grafisk Mil. og den sydlige, der ere forenede ved en lavere og smalere hvor ældre ere. eneraadende eller Dens Længde er lidt over 7/» 2e0- Den dannes af to større Dele, den nordlige Landstrækning. Den nordlige Dels største Bredde er lidt over 2 geografiske Mile, den sydliges 17/, geografisk Mil, og paa det smaleste Sted er Bredden 1; Kvartmil ) Rudsen = fr. roche —= Klppe. 15 fathoms in South Bay. you look out between Vogel-klip and the land.” A short distance from Hoepstocks Bay *there is å noss, or promontory, off which are seen a few roeks, called de Rudsen”* (*Zeespiegel"). *Walrusch Gat” is the name given to the ghasm lying without the promontory that juts forth on the north shore of English Bay. and beyond which rises *Brielle Tower” (see Fig. 3). A little west of Mary Muss Bay. both on the map in the *Zeespiegel” and on that by Zorgdrager, there is a rock projecting abruptly out of the. sea. We could discover no such rock; but we saw a shoal over which the sea was breaking. The rock in question must at some later period "have" toppled down into the sea. On the map in the *Zeespiegel.” the Fugleberg pro- jeets towards the north as a long moss, or headland, de- seribed in the aecount as follows: — *From the east point of Mary Muss Bay, the base of a- mountain, very lofty and precipitous 'on its west side, juts out from the land into the sea.” - Now there is no such projecting promontory. Å sunken rock, however, lies off the Fugleberg. Of parasitic eraters on Jan Mayen, we observed a greater number than are given in the earlier maps of the island. For further information on this head, the reader is referred to the above account of our exploratory work, The mountain summits marked on the map as craters, though not men- tioned in the account of the island, have been laid down from sketehes. and are, by reason of their form, which is more or less conical, presumably entitled to the name. as also to the Map and the illustrations. Cut off on all sides by extensive ocean tracts from the nearest land, the Island of Jan Mayen oceupies an isolated position in the Greenland Nea. and Jan Mayen the depth reaches 1760 fathoms, towards Spitzbergen upwards of 2000 fathoms, towards Greenland Between Norway upwards of 1300 fathoms, and towards Iceland upwards of 1000 fathoms. The direction of the island is from NE. by E. to SW. by W.; it points towards Denmark Strait. and lies parallel to the voleanic line of Mount Hecla. Ås previously stated, Jan Mayen is built up of voleanie roeks, «all of which would appear to belong to the modern group. than the Færoes and Iceland, where the old volcanie roeks prevail Tis length slightly ex- It consists of two large Hence the island is probably a later formation are either excelusively or in greater part. ceeds 7» geographical miles. parts or divisions, a northern and a southern, connected together by a lower and narrower tract. The greatest 1 Rudsen: Fr. roche: roek. (0.4 geogr. Mil), Lagunen medregnet.” Øens Fladeind- hold er 7.32 geogr. Kvadratmil. Den nordlige Del er den største og mest fremtræ- dende. I dens Midte troner det 1950, Meter høje Beeren- berg, en udslukt Vulkan; Krateret har en Bredde af 1330 Meter. Den øverste Kegle har en ydre Skraaning af 420 og en Højde af omkring 600 Meter. Den synes, at dømme efter de sorte Flekker, der navnlig paa Vestsiden ere saa fremtrædende, at være dannet af Aske. Den Basis, hvor- paa denne Kegle hviler, skraaner til alle Kanter udad med en Heldning af 8 til 10 Grader, en Heldning der mod Nord og Øst fortsætter under Havet til mindst 1000 Får- nes Dyb. Kraterets Rand viser sig tåkket og den højeste Tinde ligger paa Vestsiden. Mod Nord er Kratervæggen tildels indstyrtet paa en Højde af et Par hundrede Meter. - Den saaledes dannede Dalsænkning fortsætter nordover ned imod Nordsiden af Øen, begrændset paa begge Sider af divergerende Bergrygge, der tildels skyde sig frem terragse- Dette er Beerenbergs val del bove, der danner Firn- mulden for dens største Isbræer, som skyde sig ud paa Nordsiden. der dele Østsidens Gletscherfelter, men mod Syd og Vest synes den øvre Kegles Yderflade at være meget jevn, kun oppe ved Kraterranden furet af smaa Indsænkninger mellem - Kratertakkerne. Beerenbergs Basis gaar mod Vest, Syd- vest og Nordost med temmelig jevne Skraaninger helt ned til Havet eller Lavlandet, mod Nord og mod Øst danner den særdeles stejle Kyster, der frembyde Præeipicer paa 300 Meters Højde. Paa flere Steder - gjennemfuret af dybe Indskjæringer, gjennem hvilke Is- bræerne finde sm Vej til Havet. VIS. men er Basisen Sydlandets Højde naar ikke paa langt nær op til Nordlandets. Sydlandet danner et Højplateau, der mod Sydost og Syd har mange bratte Styrtninger mod Havet, men mod Nordvest har foran sig et lavt Forland, hvis Højde ikke rækker 100 Meter over Havet. Højden af Sydlandets Plateau amslaar jeg til omkring 300 Meter. Ovenpaa dette hæve sig nogle større Højder, af hvilke den højeste, der synes at frembyde en konisk Spids og saaledes muligens er en vulkansk Kegle, neppe rager over 500 Meter op over Havfladen. Den lavere midterste Del af Øen, der er bygget af faste Lavamasser og rigelig besat med Eruptionskratere, naar paa sit laveste en omtrentlig Højde af kun 66 Meter eller maaske mindre, medens Kratertoppene naa op til Paa Østsiden findes ogsaa fremstaaende Ribber: - 23 breadth of the northern part is a little more tban 2 geo- that of the the connecting tract (ineluding measures at the narrowest point 17/; English: (0.4 geographical mile). The area of the geographical square mules. graphical miles, southern 1, geosraphical the miles across island miles, and lagoon) 18 roe The northern part of Jan Mayen is larger and more etevated than the southern. From its central traet towers the monarch of the island, Mount Beerenberg, an ex- tinet, voleano, vising in regal majesty to. the height of 6400 feet. The erater measures 4360 feet in diameter. The upper cone, which shelves at an angle of 42" and at- tains an altitude of about 2000 feet, would, to judge from the black spots so conspicuous on its western declivity, appear to be composed of ashes. The base supporting the cone slopes out in every direction at an angle of from 8 to 10 degrees, and this ineline is retaimed towards the north and east to a depth of at least 1000 fathoms beneath the sea-level. The edge of the erater has a jagged appear- ance, and the loftiest peak lies on the west side of the mountain. Towards the north, the wall of the erater has partially given way down to a height of from 600 to 700 feet. The depression thus formed extends northwards to- wards the north coast of the island, bounded on either side by diverging mountain ridges, that here and there project ledge-like one above the other. This is Beerenberg's val del bove, which constitutes the snow-field for the largest of its glaciers, that jut out from the north side of the moun- tain. On the east side, too, are seen prominent ribs, all of which intersect the nevés of the east side: towards the south and west, however, the surface of the outer cone would appear to be remarkably smooth. at the edge of the erater only being furrowed with shallow depressions between the jags. The base of Mount Beerenberg shelves towards the west, south-west, and north-east with a comparatively gentle. incline, either to the water's edge or the low-lying shore: towards the morth and east, however, the descent at the coast is very abrupt, exhibiting preeipices 1000 feet high. In several places the base of the mountain is inter- sected by deep ravines, through which the glaciers find a passage to the sea. The height of the southern part of the island cannot be compared to that of the northern. The southern land constitutes å wide plateau; which, in a south-easterly and southerly direction exhibits numerous precipices' along the coast, but, towards the north-west, has extending before it a' low-lying foreland, less than 300 feet above the sea. The height of the plateau I estimated at 1000 feet. Rising above this table-land are seen several summits: the loftiest, which has apparently a. conical form, and may therefore be of eruptive origin, can hardly attain an altitude of 1600 feet above the sea-level. je The low middle tract of the island, which is built up of compact masses of lava and bears numerous eruptive craters, has at its lowest point an elevation of only 200 feet, or perhaps even less. whereas the crater summits 150 å 200 Meter. * Fugleberget er maalt til 150 Meter, Ægøen anslaaet til c. 150 Meter. Beerenbergs Basis 'er, som paavist af Carl Vogt, bygget af Lavalag og tildels Tuflag. der synes at have flydt eller være kastet ud af det store Central-Krater, sandsynligvis førend dette havde opbygget den øvre Askekegle. Af lig- nende Bygning er Øens Midtparti og efter Udseendet at dømme ogsaa den sydlige Del. -Ovenpaa denne store sam- menhængende Lavamasse staa en Mængde smaa Sidekratere, der for en stor Del have bevaret en udpræget konisk Form. Saadanne ere Krater Sars, Krateret øst for Sydbræen. Kraterne Esk og Vogt, Kraterne Danielssen og Blytt og Kraterne ved Guineabugten. Forstyrrede 1 sin Form ere Fugleberget paa Vestsiden og Ægøen paa Østsiden, idet begges ydre Kraterrand er opslugt af Havet. Nogle af Sidekraterne ere byggede af Lava og have udsendt betyde- lige Lavastrømme, som Vogt, Esk,.nogles Top er bygget af løse udkastede Masser, Slakker og Aske, Rapilli, som Kraterne ved Mary Muss Bugten, ved Guineabugten, andre af Tutlag, Tutconglomerater og faste Lavalag, som Fugle- berget, og atter andre af Aske alene. som Ægøen og Berna, Den vulkanske Hovedspalte, hvorpaa Jan Mayen er bygget, gaar aabenbart efter Øens Længderetning, efter Heklalinien. Men Sidekraternes Gruppering synes at give en Antydning af, at der har været Tverspalter i Retningen WNW.—ESE.' Vi have nemlig i denne Retning, som det synes, flere Rader af Sidekratere, saasom Esk—Vogt—Berna, Fuglebergz—Egø, Hoyberg—Krater ved Fyrtaarnet (?). Er det et Tilfælde, at Fndekrateret mod SE. i de to første Rækker, Berna og Ægø, kun have udkastet Aske? Af Dale gives der paa Jan Mayen ingen af større "Længde; de større Dale paa Nordlandet ere fyldte af Bræerne og Sydlandet synes at være meget lidet indskaaret af Dale. Af Bække ere kun faa iagttagne. Karakteristiske for Jan Mayens Kyst ere de paa mange Steder opstaaende Klipper i Havet, hvoraf vi ovenfor have nævnt flere. De ere vistnok for største Delen Rester af Lavastrømme, der ere gaaede ud i Havet. Jan Mayens Kyster ere, som ovenfor berørt, paa mange Steder meget bratte og høje. Paa andre Steder er der et lavt Forland, bestaaende af Lava, dækket tildels med Sand. Dette Forland, som paa Kartet har sin sær- egne Betegnelse, ligger tildels saa lavt. at det er dækket med Rækved. Lave Strender, af Sand. ere ogsaa mange- steds tilstede, og indeholde store Mængder af Rækved. Kjæver og Hvirvler af Hval, Vraggods og opkastet Tang. reach a height of 400 to 600 feet. The altitude of Fugle- berg we found by observation to be 490 feet; that of Egg Island was estimated at 400 to 500 feet. As shown by Carl Vogt, the base of Mount Beerenberg is composed partly of layers of lava, and partly of layers of tuft, that would appear to have flowed or been diseharged from the great central erater previous to the formation of the upper cone of ashes. The middle tract of the island exhibits å similar structure, 'and to judge from its appear- ance, also the southern part. Above this stupendous mass of lava rise a number of small parasitic eraters. the greater part of which have retained a conical form. Such. for in- stance, are Narss crater, the crater east of the southern glacier, the Esk and Vogt eraters, Danielssen's and Blytt's eraters, and the ceraters mm the vicmity of Guinea Bay. Fugleberg on the west coast and Egg Island on the east, are no longer conical. the outer edge of the erater having given way and fallen into the sea. Some of the parasitic eraters are built up of lava, and would appear to have sent forth considerable currents, as the Vogt and Esk era- ters: the summit of others consists of loose erupted masses, einders, and ashes (rapilli), as the craters im the viemity of Mary Muss Bay and Guinea Bay; others are composed of layers of tuft. tuff-conglomerate and compact masses of «Java, as the Fugleberg: ånd others again of ashes alone. as Eg g Island and the Berna erater. The chief volcanic fissure im which Jan Mayen Island is built, must obviously extend in the longitudinal direction of the land, parallel to the voleanie line of Mount Hecla. Meanwhile, the grouping of the parasitic eraters would seem to intimate the existence of transverse fissures running from WNW. to ESE:; for in .that direction there are, apparently, several rows of parasitic craters. as the Esk, Vogt. Berna, the Fugleberg and Egg Island. Hoyberg and the erater in the vieinity of the *pilot-boat” (?). Must we regard it as mere accident that each of the terminal era- ters towards the south-east in the two tirst rows should have diseharged ashes alone? Jan Mayen has no valleys of considerable extent; the large ravines in the northern part .of the island are filled with elaciers, and the southern land would appear to be but little intersected by vales or ravines. Of brooks or: rivulets. very few have been observed. A characteristic feature distinguishing the coast of Jan Mayen, are the fantastic-shaped rocks that m many places rise abruptly from the sea, of which we have men- tioned several. They are no doubt in greater part frag- ments of lava detached from currents that had flowed into the sea. The coasts of Jan Mayen are, as previously stated, in many places lofty and precipitous. In some localities, however, there is å low expanse of foreshore consisting of lava, partially covered with sand. This foreshore. which is separately marked on the Map, lies so low in places as to be covered with driftwood. Some loealities. too, exhibit a low sandy beach, bestrewn with large quantities of driftwood, the jaws and vertebræ of whales, bits of wreck, and sea-weed. Intetsteds paa Øen findes en Havn, der kan yde et Skib eller en Baad Ly i alle Slags Vejr.: Landgang paa Øen er derfor mulig kun naar Søen er forholdsvis rolig. men dette er vistnok en Sjeldenhed, undtagen naar Havisen ligger rundt om Øen. Merkværdige ere de to Laguner, der ere adskilte fra Havet ved Volde af sort Sand, kun nogle faa Meter høje, et Par hundrede Skridt brede, som føre ferskt Vand og hvis Spejl kun ligger ubetydeligt højere end Havet. Vestsidens Lagune. er saa dyb, at den vilde kunne give en god Havn, om Tangen blev gjennembrudt i tilstrækkelig Dybde. Øst- sidens Lagune er mindre dyb. Jan Mayen ligger ganske i den østgrønlandske Polar- strøm. Under 10 til 20 Favne er Havets Vand hele Aaret igjennem iskoldt. Om Vinteren er der ofte aabent Vand ved Jan Mayen; navnlig passere Nælfangerne om Øen. Sommeren er kold, en naturlig iskolde Vand. jevnlig vesten- Følge af det Den nordlige Del af Jan Mayen er dækket af evig Sne indtil en Højde af omkring 700 Meter. Beerenbergs Kegle er snedækt undtagen paa de bratteste Steder, hvor den sorte Fjeldvæg træder frem. —Beerenbergs Basis er dækket af en udstrakt Snekaabe, hvorfra vældige Isbræer skyde sig ned. af hvilke 9 store Bræer naa helt til Havet. Sydlandet synes ikke at være glacieret. Store Sne- flekker findes om Sommeren overalt paa Øen i Nærheden af Havet. Jan Mayens Flora er fattig. Men det Grønne mangler ikke, tvertimod danner Mosernes grønne Teppe, der dækker store Partier, en udmerket malerisk Contrast til Berg- arternes sorte. brune og røde Farver. De af Dr. Danielssen paa Ejdet i Syd for Mary Muss Bugten samlede Planter ere, ifølge Bestemmelse af Professor Å. Blytt, følgende: Sazxifraga cæspitosa, L. nivalis, L. oppositifolia, L. rwvularis L. Rammeulus glacralis, L. Haliantlus peploides, Fr. Cerastium alpimim, L.? Draba corymbosa, R. Br. Cochlearia officinalis, L. Oxyria digyna. Vampd. Catabrosa algida, Fr. Af Pattedyr findes Fjeldrakken, Canis lagopus, i ikke ganske ringe Antal paa Jan Mayen. af Søfuel. Den synes at nære sig Af Fugle har Hr. Friele noteret følgende Arter: ! Lille Sandbugt synes efter Beskrivelsen i Zeespiegel at afgive en god Baadhavn, dækket af udenfor liggende Skjærgaard. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. H. Mohn: Geografi. Nowhere on the shores of Jan Mayen has å harbour been found that could afford å ship or a boat shelter in Hence, to land is possible only with the sea comparatively smooth, which it rarely is save all kinds of weather. when drift-ice eneompasses the island. Specially noteworthy are the two lagoons, eut off from the sea by barriers of black sand. only a few feet high They both contain fresh water. the surface of which lies but very little above that of the sea. The lagoon on the west side of the island is deep enough to afford a good harbour were the barrier The lagoon on the east and a couple of hundred paces broad. eut through to a sufficient depth. side is comparatively shallow. Jan Mayen lies wholly within the Greenland Arctic cur- rent. Ata depth of from 10 to 20 fathoms, the temperature of the sea is all the year round below zero. In the winter there is frequently open water off the coasts of Jan Mayen, sealers often passing to the west of the island. The sum- mer is naturally cold, from the presence of ice-cold water so near the surface of the sea. The northern part of Jan Mayen rises, at a height The upper cone of Mount Beerenberg is snow-capt, save on the of about 2300 feet, into the region of perpetual trost. steepest parts of its declivity, where the black mountan- wall is seen protruding. The base of Beerenberg is girt with a belt of snow. from which prodigious glaciers take their origin, 9 of the largest reaching down to the water's edge. The southern part of the island would not appear to be glaciated. Large patches of snow are everywhere observed throughout the summer in the vieinity of the sea. Jan Mayen has but åa meagre Flora. Bright herbage, however. is not wanting; the green carpet of moss, in places of considerable extent. and pleasant contrast to the black, brown. and red of the surrounding rocks. The plants collected by Dr. Danielssen on the isth- mus south of Mary Muss Bay. are, according to Professor Å. Blytt, as follows: — Saxifraga cæspitosa, L. nivalis, L. oppositifolia, L. rwvularis, Li. Rammeulus glacialis, L. Halianthus peploides, Fr. ; Cerastium alpinum, L.? Draba corymbosa, R. Br. Cochlearia officinalis, L. Ozyria digyna, Campd. Catabrosa algida, Fr. forms a striking Of mammiferous animals, the Polar fox, Camis lagopus, is by no means rare on Jan Mayen. Of birds. Mr. Friele has noted the following species: — TOT ET 1 Little Sand Bay would appear, according to the account in the *Zeespiegel," to be a good harbour for boats, protected as it is by an outlying chain of islets. Somateria mollissima, Leach. Sjelden. Larus glamcus, Brin. Almindelig. Fulmarus glacialis, Lin. Overordentlig talrig. Grylle Mandti, Licht. Talrig. Uria arra, Schlegel. Talrig. Mergulus alle, Lim. Talrig. Tringa maritima? Br Landets Fauna fattig, er derimod Havets desto rigere, hvorom Vidnesbyrd vil foreligge i samtlige zoologiske Afhandlinger i denne Generalberetning. Bemerkninger til Kartet. Kartprojectionen er Mercators. Maalestokken 1:200,000. Navnene paa Kartet ere alle paaførte af mig. for det første beholdt alle de gamle hollandske Navne, i Originalsproget eller oversatte. Dernæst har jeg beholdt alle de af Scoresby og Carl Vogt givne Navne. lig har jeg tilføjet en Del nye Navne. Disse ere: Wey- prechts Bræ, til Minde om den fremragende Polarfarer, hvis store Plan til Undersøgelse af Polarlandenes fysiske Forhold nu bliver realiseret; Ajerulfs Bræ, efter den berømte. norske Geolog; Foyns Bræ, efter Capt. Svend Foyn, der var den første Nordmand, som gik 1 Spidsen for de Norskes Sæl- fangst ved Jan Mayen; Krater Sars, efter Expeditionens Medlem, Prof. G. 0. Sars; Clandeboye Creek, det Punkt, hvor Lord Dufferin var i Land (efter velvillig skriftlig Med- delelse fra Lord D.; se ogsaa *Letters from High Latitudes”, Side 165); Lord Dufferins Bræ; Frieles Bræ, Griegs Bre, Willes Bræ, Petersens Bræ, Schiertz's Top, efter Deltagerne i vor Expedition; Krater Vøringen, efter Expeditionens Skib; Høsaaten, det lille Krater i Nærheden af Hoyberg (et Navn, der betegner et Tag over en Høstak, der minder Jeg har Og ende- om den regelmæssige Kegleform!); Krater Damielssen, efter Expeditionens Medlem, Dr. Danielssen, der botaniserede her; Krater Blytt, efter Prof. A. Blytt, der har bestemt de paa Jan Mayen indsamlede Planter; Tornøes Bæk, efter Expeditionens Medlem, Chemikeren H. Tornøe, som fandt denne, ret vandrige Bæk; Scoresby's Berg, efter den berømte Hvalfanger, hvem Jan Mayens Geografi skylder saa meget. 1 Meddelelse af Dr. Snellen i Utrecht. 26 Somateria mollissima, Leach. — Rare. Larus glaucus, Brin. — Common. Fulmarus glacialis, Lin. — Exceedingly abundant. Grylle Mandti, Licht. — Abundant. Uria arra, Schlegel. — Abundant. Mergulus alle, Lim. — Abundant. Tringa maritima? If the land Fauna of the island is meagre, that of the sea is proportionately rich, a fact which the numerous zoological Memoirs published in this General Report will sufficiently attest. Remarks on the Map. The Map is on Mercator's projection, scale z771577- First, I have chosen to retain the old Duteh names; either im the original Secondly, I have kept all the And fmally, I have added new names, viz. Weyprecht's Glacier, m memory All of the names are selected. by myself. language or translated. names given by Scoresby and Carl Vogt. | of the renowned traveller, whose comprehensive plan for the investigation of the physical conditions of the Arctic | Regions is now in course of realisation; Kjerulf's Glacier, after the celebrated Norwegian geologist; Foyns Glacier, started åa Norwegian sealing fishery off the coasts of Jan Mayen: Sars's Crater, after Professor G. 0. Sars, member | of the Expedition; Clandeboye Creek, the spot where Lord | Dufferin landed (as kindly communicated by that nobleman from Constantinople; see, too, *Letters from High Lati- | tudes,” p. 165); Lord Dufferin's Glacier; Frieles Glacier, Grieg's Glacier, Wille's Glacier, Petersen's Glacier, Schiertz's | Peak, after gentlemen who took part in the Expedition; | the Vøringen Crater, after the name of the vessel; Høsaa- ten (hayeock), the small erater m the vieinity of Mount Hoyberg (Hoyberg is a Dutch word signifying the roof of a haystack* that in form has some resemblance to a voleanie cone); Damielssen's Orater, after Dr. Danielsen, member of the Expedition, who botanised on its slope; Blytt's Crater, after Professor A. Blytt, who has determmed the specimens of plants collected on Jan Mayen: Tornøe's Rivulet, after Mr. H. Tornøe, chemist to the Expedition, | "who on one of our excursions found this for Jan Mayen | PC * O - | after Captain Svend Foyn, the first of his countrymen who | | | copious spring of water; Mount Scoresby, after the enter- prising British whaler to whom the geography of Jan Mayen is so greatly indebted. | ! Communiceated by Dr. Snellen of Utrecht. Fra Hr. H. Reusch, Assistent ved den geologiske Undersøgelse, har jeg modtaget følgende Meddelelse om hans mikroskopiske Undersøgelse åf nogle Bergarter fra Jan Mayen. De Haandstykker fra Jan Mayen, som De velvilligen har tilstillet Universitetets Mimeralkabinet, har jeg efter Der er Professor Kjerults Opfordring undersøgt mikroskopisk. foreligger Basalter (Rosenbuseh's Definition). Herved dog at bemærke, at Olivinen, idetmindste tildels, er tilstede i noget ringe Mængde, og at Plagioklasen, i Modsætning til, hvad der for det meste finder Sted hos de ægte Basalter, for en Del forekommer porfyrisk indsprængt i større Indi- Alligevel har jeg ikke kunnet beslutte mig for Navnet Augitandesit. Fire af Haandstykkerne, No. 4. 5, 6, 7, var temmelig ens; med blotte Øjne betragtet foreligger en temmelig rige- lig, af smaa tomme Blærerum opfyldt, tæt, mørkegraa Bergart, hvori man ser fremskinne fine Feldspatlister og enkelte vider. større Feldspatkrystaller. samt ogsaa bemærker en eller anden Augitkrystal. undtagelsesvis endelig ogsaa et lidet Korn grønlig Olivin. Under Mikroskopet ser man en forholdsvis lidet fin- kornet Grundmasse af langstrakte Plagioklaskrystaller og mere rundagtige Augitindivider. fremdeles mørkt slagge- Udskilt 1 større, porfyrisk indsprængte Krystaller forekommer Plagioklas og Augit, hvilken sidste som Grundmassens er lys brunlig-grøn, agtigt Glas og Korn af en mørk Jernerts. meget svagt pleochroistisk. Hist og her i Præparaterne opdager man indsprængte større Olivinkrystaller, der er saagodtsom aldeles friske og for en stor Del omgrændsede af distinete Flader. I de større Krystaller af de sidstnævnte tre Mine- raler sees gjerne Glasindeslutninger Olivinen tillige Picotit (?). De som No. 2 og 3 mærkede Haandstykker var ikke porøse og indeholdt talrigere samt mere fremtrædende por- fyrisk udskilte Krystaller end foregaaende. I Grundmassen var Augiterne meget smaa; Jernerts var rigelig tilstede; lidt Biotit bemerkedes; Glas saa man kun lidet til. Der- imod indeholdt de udskilte større Plagioklaskrystaller Inde- slutninger af saadant som ogsaa af Grundmassen i vakkert rectangulært omgrændsede Partier. En paataldende Fin- kornethed udmærkede den Olivinkrystallerne nærmest om- givende Del af Grundmassen, 1 hvilken forresten 1 dette lige saa lidt som i foregaaende Tilfælde Olivin bemærkedes som egentlig Bestanddel. Olivinen var dels omgrændset af Flader, dels havde den ujevne Omrids, dels endelig trængte Grundmassen med ujevnt conturerede, undertiden udpræ- get sækformede Forgrenmger ind i dem. Disse Forgre- ninger var finkornede eller vel oftere et slaggeagtigt Glas, hvilket ogsaa gjerne optraadte i den til Krystallerne ellers allernærmest stødende Del af Grundmassen. MHosstaaende tre Figurer, der er tegnede ved 360 Ganges Forstørrelse, illustrerer nøjere dette Forhold. For Tydeligheds Skyld har jeg undladt at indtegne de Sprækker og Jernertskorn. og Jernertskorn, 1 Mr. H: Reusch, Assistant to the Norwegian Geologi- cal Survey, has sent me the following results of his miero- of scopical examination divers rock-specimens from the island of Jan Mayen. The roek-specimens from Jan Mayen which you kindly forwarded to the Mineralogical Museum of the University, I have, at Professor Kjerulf's request, submitted to miero- seopic examination. They are basalt (Rosenbusch's detini- tion). I must, however, observe, that in some cases olivine is present in no great proportion, and that plagioclase, as an exception to the general rule in true basalt, oceurs here and there porphyrically imbedded in erystals of considerable size. Nevertheless, I cannot decide for .augite-andesite. Four of the specimens. Nos. 4, 5, 6, and 7. are comparatively uniform in appearance. To the naked eye, their aspect is that of a dark-grey rock exhibiting numer- ous empty vesicles. together with glistening lines of feldspar and several large erystals of that substance; one or two erystals of augite may be likewise observed. and finally minute isolated granules of greenish olivine. Viewed under the microscope, is seen å comparatively coarse base of elongated plagioclase erystals, along with erystals of augite, rounder in form, dark slaggy glass, and grains of å dark-coloured iron ore. Plagioelase and augite oceur imbedded in comparatively large erystals, the latter having, in common with that of the base, a brownish-green tint: it is, too, to a very slight extent pleochroistic. Every here and there in the prepared specimens are observed comparatively large imbedded erystals of olivine, with scarcely a trace of decomposition, and having on all sides well- defined facets. In the three last-mentioned minerals are seen cavities containing glass and grains of iron ore; in the olivine also picotite (2). Speeimens No. 2 they differ from those described above in having a greater number of porphyrically imbedded erystals, which are also more obvious. In the base, the grams of augite are ex- ceedingly minute; iron ore is present in great abundanee; a little biotite, too, was observed, but only traces of glass. On the other hand, the large plagioelase erystals exhibited numerous cavities containing the latter Substance, as also that of the base, in beautifully formed rectangular spots. The part of the base immediately surrounding the erystals of olivine exhibits a remarkably fine granulation, though for the rest, neither in these nor any of the foregoing specimens does olivine occur as a true basic eonstituent. The erystals of olivine have some of them plane surfaees, others irregular outlines. and some are pierced by the sub- stanee of the base with irregular. and possibly also sac- like, ramifications. These ramifications are either finely granular, or, more frequently perhaps, consist of slaggy glass, which often oceurs too in the part of the base contiguous to the erystals. The three figures given below, showing the object as it appeared under the microscope 4* and 5 are not porous; moreover, 28 som tildels sees i Olivinkrystallerne. Det mørke med kors- (magnifiing 360 diameters), will supplement the verbal deserip- vise, hvide Linjer, som sees indtrængende i Olivinen er urent, tion. To avoid complexity in the drawing, I have left out slaggeagtigt Glas, det sorte Mineral i Omgivelsen er Jern- | the fissures and the grains of iron ore that are seen in some of the erystals of olivine. The dark substance, with intersecting whute lines, seen piercing the olivine, is diseoloured, slaggy glass, the black particles lying around, grains of iron ore. ertskorn. Olivinkrystal i Basalt. — Å Orystal of Olivine in Basalt, magnified. Den omgivende Bergart er paafaldende finkornet indved Kry- The surrounding rock exhibits åa remarkably fine granulation stallen og trænger i sækformede Forgreninger ind i denne. | in immediate proximity to the erystals. which it pierces in sac-like | -ramifications. , Olivinkrystal i Basalt. — Å Crystal of Olivine in Basalt, magnified. Urent Glas indtrængende fra den omgivende temmelig finkor- | Discoloured glass is seen piercing the erystal from the sur- nede Bergart. | rounding rock, which has a fine granulation. Olivinkrystal i Basalt. — A OCrystal of Olivine in Basalt, magnified. * Den omgivende Bergart er finkornet. Øverst paa Tegningen The surrounding base is finely granulated. — At the top of the sees Basalt af den herskende Kornighedsgrad. Urent Glas trænger | figure is seen basalt of the dominant degree of granulation. Dis- ind i Krystallen fra Omgivelsen. | eoloured glass pierces the erystal from the rock surrounding it. Disse mikroskopiske Forhold minder unægtelig om Eruptiver, som bliver finkornede paa sine Grænser og sender finkornede Forgreninger ud i de omgivende Berg- arter. Hvorvidt her foreligger et Afkjølingsfænomen er dog tvivlsomt; maaske Olivinen allerede ved sin Udkrystal- lisation har paavirket Grundmassen, saa den i dens umid- delbare Nærhed har stivnet hurtigere. Lignende Forhold som disse ved OQlivinen beskrevne iagttages, om end mindre karakteristisk, ved de udskilte Plagioklas- og Augitkrystaller. Haandstykket No. 8 er porøst, af en forholdsvis lys, rødliggraa Farve og indeholder udskilte*Augitkrystaller. Un- der Mikroskop ser man, at Bergarten, som er forholdsvis lidet grovkornet og lidet rig paa mindre Augitindivider, indeholder en hel Del Olivin. Dennes Individer udhærver sig ikke synderlig i Størrelse fremfor de øvrige Bestanddele; den er ikke som i de foregaaende Tilfælde frisk, men un- derkastet en begyndende Serpentinisering ledsaget af Ud- skillelse af Jernoxyd, som er det, der gjør Bergarten rødlig. Slaggeagtigt Glas er temmelig rigelig tilstede. Nogle lange fine Naale i Feldspaten formodes at være Apatit. Haandstykket No. I udmærker sig fra de beskrevne makroskopisk derved at det ingen porfyrisk udskilte Feld- spatkrystaller indeholder, men derimod en Mængde smukke gulagtiggrønne Olivinkrystaller, som er indtil 0.5 em. store. Under Mikroskopet ser man, at Hulrummene gjerne er omgivne med en Zone af Glas. I Olivinen, der synes at være udkrystalliseret efter en anden Typus end foregaa- ende, bemærkes hyppig det som Picotit tydede Mineral. Den mørke Jernerts er tilstede ikke alene i rundagtige Korn, men ogsaa i stavformede Legemer. Disse forekommer som Regel nær Olivinkrystallerne og har en bestemt Stilling til disse, uanseet Bergartens øvrige paa kryds og tvers lig- gende Bestanddele. De staar, saavidt jeg har kunnet iagt- tage det, lodret mod Olivinernes Hovedakse, parallelt deres lange Biakse; de staar nemlig lodret mod deres bedste Gjen- nemgangsretning. Man faar Indtrykket af, at Bergartens først udskilte Bestanddele, Olivinen og Jernertsen, 1 den endnu plastiske Masse har ordnet sig i et bestemt Forhold indbyrdes. Olivinkrystal i Basalt. Den i stavformede Legemer forekommende Jernerts har bestemt Stilling i Forhold til Olivinkrystallen. Ganges Forstørrelse. en 560 Tegnet ved 29 These mieroscopie details are wundeniably suggestive of eruptive rocks that exhibit a fime granulation at their limits and send forth finely granulated ramifieations. Whether we have here the result of some cooling process is doubtful; possibly, the olivine acted in the course of its erystallisation upon the basic substance, thereby causing the latter in its A similar feature, though less characteristic than in the olivine, distinguishes the imbedded erystals of plagioelase and augite. Specimen No. 8 a lightish and contains imbedded erystals immediate vicinity to harden sooner. is porous, of ruddy- of augite. Viewed under the mieroscope, this rock, which, compara- grey colour, tively, has not a coarse granulation and exhibits but few The erystals of the latter substanece are not very large as com- pared with its other constituents: the olivine is not as in the foregomg specimens undecomposed, but exhibits distmet traces of serpentinisation, along with the formation of oxide of iron. This it is which gives å red colour to the rock. Slaggy glass occurs in comparative abundance. Å few long thin erystals in the feldspar would appear to be apatite. I is distinguished maeroscopieally from those deseribed above, by its not contaiming imbedded erys- tals of feldspar: it exhibits, however, an abundance of beau- partieles of augite, contains å good deal of olivine. Specimen No. tiful yellowish-green erystals of olivine, measuring up to 0.5 em. Viewed under the miceroseope, the hollow cavities are found to be encompassed by a zone of glass. The olivine exhibits a type of erystallisation different to that observed in the other specimens, and contains å greater proportion of picotite than usual. The dark iron ore oceurs not only in roundish grains, but also in rod-shaped corpuseles. These corpuseles are as å rule observed in immediate proximity to the erystals of olivine and have a definite position towards them, irrespective of the other constituents of the rock, that run in all directions. They are placed, so far as I could determine, perpendiceular to the vertical axis of the erys- tals, and parallel to the macrodiagonal, being perpendicular to the most perfect cleavage. The first-formed consti- tuents of the rock, olivime and iron ore, would appear to have taken up a definite position one towards the other while the surrounding mass was yet plastic. Å Crystal of Olivine in Basalt. | | The iron ore ocewring as rod-shaped corpuscles has a definite position towards the erystal of olivine. Mieroscope magnifying 360 diameters. 3. Beeren Eiland. Den 4de Juli Morgenen op under Beeren Eiland. Øens højere Dele, spredte sig efterhaanden, og om For- Vi ankrede udenfor 1878 kom Expeditionen tidlig om Taagen, som laa over middagen blev Vejret ganske klart. den saakaldte *Russestue”, -et forfaldet lidet Hus, der dog tidligere skal have været Bolig for et overvintrende Parti. Gjennem *Borgermester-Porten”* roede vi ind i den lille Bugt, ved hvis inderste Bred Russestuen ligger. Vi med- havde fra Bergen en Post til den hollandske Expedition hvilken efter af den hollandske Consul meddelte Anvisning nedgroves, ind- Stedet merkedes med et Flag, hvorpaa stod malet: *'Vøringen' til *Willem Barendsz.” Vi havde senere paa Sommeren den Tilfredsstillelse at erfare, at Hollænderne havde fundet sin Post. med Skonnerten * Willem Barendsz,” den lagt i en dobbelt Kasse, i Nærheden af Huset. Vort af stormende Vejr og Modvind forlængede Op- hold i Østhavet tillod os ikke at offre mere end en halv Dag til et Besøg paa Beeren Eiland. Jordbunden bestod omkring Russestuen af lutter forvitret Sten, en ren *For- vitringshud,” der i Frastand gav Landet et aldeles *graa- skaldet” Udseende. Om Morgenen toges Skitser af Beeren- Eilands Sydvestpynt. Billeder af denne findes i Beretnin- gerne om de Svenske Spidsbergen-Expeditioner 1861 og 1864. Da vi vare i Land om Formiddagen, og efter at være kommen ombord igjen, tog jeg NSkitser af Øens højeste Fjeld, Mount Misery. Fig. 8 er skaaret efter er Teg- ning, der er gjort efter disse Skitser. Eilands Sydostpynt til Højre. Udenfor viser sig Drivis, der kommer fra Nordost. Gjennem Mount Misery gaar et horizontalt Lag af en ejendommelig fremtrædende Berg- For- i Frastand, synes denne Bergart at være den af Nordenskiöld benævnte Hyperit, "der forekommer paa aldeles lignende Maade paa Spidsbergen og hvis Forekomstmaade sees af flere Billeder Man ser her Beeren- art med, som det synes, verticale Afsondringsflader. saavidt man kan dømme af Udseendet alene i Beretningerne om de Svenske Spidsbergens-Expeditioner. Højden af Mount Misery's øverste Top bestemte jeg paa følgende Maade. Fra et Punkt i Land, hvor der var oprejst en liden Stenvarde, maalte jeg med Sextant Vin- kelhøjden (09 50' 0”) af Vøringens Stormast (der efter et nøjagtigt taget Maal udgjorde 21.39 Meter). Dette giver en Afstand mellem Stenvarden og Ankerpladsen af 1470 Meter. Ved Stenvarden var Lufttrykket 744.””0, medens det ombord, i Havets Niveau var 7507. Luftens Tem- peratur var 5" OC. NStenvardens Højde over Havet beregnes herefter til 73 Meter. Vinkelen mellem *Vøringen” og Endvidere maalte jeg med Sextanten Toppen af Mount Misery ! Se «Svenska «Expeditionen till Spetsbergen År 1864 ombord paa *Axel Thordsen.” under Ledning af A. E. Nordenskiöld", Side 16. 3. Beeren Eiland. On the 4th of July, 1878. early in the morning, the Expedition reached the coast of Beeren Eiland. Å thick fog, which lay over the loftiest parts of the island, gradu- ally dispersed, and in the course of the forenoon the weather became quite clear. We anehored off the so-called *Rus- sian Hut.” an old. neglected cabin, which is said, however, to have once served as a winter abode for a party of sailors. Passing through the *Borgermester-Porten”* (burgomaster's gate), we rowed into the small bay at the head of which stands the Russian Hut. We had with us from Bergen a bag of letters for the Dutch Expedition with the schooner, *Willem Barendsz, which, directions given by the Duteh Consul, was now buried near the cabin, after being laid in a double case. We marked the spot with a flag, on which had been paimted the words: «+Vøringen” til *Willem Barendsz.” Later we had the satisfaction of learning that the Dutch explorers in accordance with in the season had found their letters. The boisterous weather and the succession of contrary winds that had protracted our eruise m the Barents Nea, would not admit of our devoting more than half å day to an excursion on Beeren Eiland. The groupd m the vieinity of the Russian Hut consists exelusively of disintegrated stones, —— in the strictest sense å *weathered erust,” which at some distance gives to the land å grey. bald appearanee. In the morning we sketehed the south-western promontory of Beeren Eiland. Views of this headland are given in the accounts of the Swedish Spitzbergen Expeditions mm 1861 and 1864. returning to the vessel, I sketehed the highest summit of the island, Mount Misery. these sketches. To the right, we have the south-eastern headland of Beeren Eiland. ing down upon the island from the north-east. When on shore in the forenoon, and after The view in Fig. 8 is from Beyond. is seen drift-ice bear- Traversing Mount Misery, we observe a layer of a peculiar conspicu- ous rock, having apparently a vertical columnar structure. To judge from its aspect at a distance, this rock would appear to be of the kind designated by Nordenskiöld as hyperite, that oceurs under precisely bergen, and the structure of the same conditions on Npitz- which is illustrated in several of the figures accompanying the accounts of the Swedish Spitzbergen Expeditions. | The altitude of Mount Misery was determined as fol- lows. From a point on shore, at which å mound of stones had been erected, I measured with the sextant the angle of elevation (09 50' 0”) of the main mast of the *Vørin- gen,” which, according to aceurate measurement, had å height of 21.39 metres. The said angle corresponds to a distance At the mound, the barometric pressure was 744.””0, whereas The the height of the mound above the sea-level was computed at between the mound and the anchorage of 1470 metres. on board (at the level of the sea) it was TD0Q."7, temperature of the air was 59 OC. From these data. I 1 See *Svenska Expeditionen till Spetsbergen År 1864 ombord paa *Axel Thordsen, under Ledning af A. E. Nordenskiöld," p. 16. (111" 22") og Toppens Vinkelhøjde over Horizonten (89 40"). Horizonten bestemtes ved Hjelp af Wredes Niveller-Spejl, med hvilket jeg merkede mig et tydeligt Punkt paa Fjeldet ret under Toppen, i Stenvardens Niveau. Kommen ombord maalte jer Vinkelen mellem NStenvarden og Toppen af 73 metres. Moreover, I measured with the sextant the angle subtending between the *Vøringen” and the summit of Mount Misery (1119 22"), as also the angle of elevation of the latter above the horizon (8" 40"). The horizon determined by means of Wrede's levelling-mirror, with which WAS Mount Misery (48" 9") samt Toppens Højdevinkel over Horizonten (7* 56", corrigeret for Kimmingdaling). Her- efter beregnes Afstanden Steuvarde—Top til 3914 Meter, Afstanden Skib—Top til 3131 Meter, og Højdeforskjellen mellem de to første Punkter til 472 Meter, mellem de to sidste til 541 Meter. Lægges hertil de respective Stand- punkters Højde over Havet, 73 Meter og 3 Meter, faaes som Resultat 545 og 544 Meter. Den sidste Bestemmelse har jeg antaget som den sikreste, og sætter saaledes Mount Miserys Højde til 544 Meter eller 1785 engelske Fod. Dette er et større Tal end den paa Søkarterne, formentlig efter et Skjøn, angivne Højde af 1200 Fod. Mount Misery. I marked a point on the mountain, in the vertical plane of the summit, and level with the mound. On returning to the vessel. I measured the angle subtending between the mound and the summit of Mount Misery (48" 9'), as also the angle of elevation of the latter above the horizon (79 56", corrected for the dip). The distance between the mound and the summit was then computed, and found to be 3914 metres, that between the ship and the summit 3131 metres, and the differenee im altitude between the two first-mentioned points 472 metres. between the two last-mentioned 541 metres. Now, if to these figures be added the height above the sea of the respective stand- points, viz. 75 metres and 3 metres, the result will be 545 and 544 metres. The latter determination I regard as the more trustworthy ot the two, and have therefore put the altitude of Mount Misery at 544 metres, or 1785 English feet above the sea-level. This exceeds the height given in the charts — 1200 feet, the result probably of estimation. Den lste August 1878 laa Expeditionen under Nord- ostsiden af Beeren Eiland for at have Ly for den paa Havet blæsende Sydvest Storm. Da Vejret om Aftenen syntes at bedage sig, forsøgtes at lande paa Øen. Dette lyktes ogsaa. Vi kom i Land ved Mundingen af Engelsk- Elven, der ved sit Udløb i en liden Bugt danner en Fos. Vi steg op paa Beeren-Eilands flade Plateau, der fandtes at ligge omtrent 34 Meter over Havet, og vandrede en Mils Vej nordover. Kysten er overalt ganske brat, flere Steder helder Fjeldvæggen udover. zontale Lag. der som bekjendt tilhøre Stenkulperioden. Fra Søen af ser Kystlinien temmelig ret ud, men fra Land viste den sig 'at bestaa af fremspringende Nes afvexlende De er dannet af hori- med indgaaende Bugter. Brændingen arbejder uafladelig paa at udgrave de lavere Lag. De overliggende Lag miste sit Underlag, brydes af og styrte i Stranden, hvor de søndermales af Bølgeslaget. Paa Land saa indenfor Plateauets Rand, gabende Sprækker, der havde dannet sig I Fjæren saa vi, hvorledes Bølgerne tumlede vildt med det nedrasede Lands Rester. Ved enkelte Nes staar igjen Stabber eller Søjler, adskilte fra Landet, ogsaa som Vidnesbyrd om Havets Magt. Disse Stabber. med sme horizontale Lag, frembyde søgte Hækkepladse for talløse Søfugle, der her kunne være i Fred for Fiender. Saaledes skrider Beeren- Eilands Ødelæggelse frem. Den grunde Banke, der stræk- ker sig fra Øst-Spidsbergen til Beeren-Eiland, er sandsynlig- vis for en stor Del Resterne af dette Land. Nu kommer hertil det faste Materiale, som Drivisen fører med sig og afsætter ved sin Smeltning. Vi, ved de undergravede Lags begyndende Synkning. Vort Billede viser denne Kyst med de udoverhæn- gende Lag, de fremstikkende Nes. de af Bølgerne udhulede Bugter. i hvilke Brændingen arbejder. og to af de frit- staaende Stabber. Inde paa Sletten passerede vi, i en Afstand af et Par Kilometer fra Kysten, en Række smaa grunde Fersk- vandsøer. hvis Vand havde en Temperatur af 9" C., og som syntes at være et yndet Opholdssted for talrige Nø- fugle. Overtladen af Fjeldet bestod af lutter løse Stene. dels som løs Ur, dels som mindre Stene med Jord imellem, der frembød en Smule Vegetation. Hist og her fandtes sammenhængende Mostepper. 4. Spidsbergen. Den dte August 1878 fik vi for første Gang Øje paa Spidsbergen. Ved Middag sanes Syd-Spidsbergen forud, et skydækket Land med Sne og Isbræer. Udenfor Sydkap ligge nogle ganske lave Øer. Vi sejlede søndenom disse og On the Ist of August. 1878. the *Vøringen” rode at anchor off the nortb-east coast of Beeren Eiland, during a heavy gale from the south-west. In the evening, the weather having somewhat abated, an attempt was made to land on the island. It proved successful. We landed at the mouth of English River, which forms a cataract where it disembogues into a small bay. We ascended to the pla- teau of Beeren Eiland, that attains an elevation of about 110 feet above the sea, and strolled for å few mules in å northerly direction. The coast is everywhere preeipitous, in several places with beetling eliffs. Itis built up of horizon- tal strata belonging to the true carboniferous era. Ås seen from the sea, the coast appears to extend in å compara- tively unbroken line; but on landing, 1t was found to form The ceasless action of the The upper layers being thus deprived of their support, give way, and topple down into the sea, where they are broken up by the lashing of the waves. Near the edge of the plateau were seen yawning rents in the surface, showing that the sub- On the beach, could observe the action of the waves in tossing about the fallen masses.. Stumps or columns of rock still remain off some of the headlands, another proof of the marvellous power of the waves. These columnar rocks afford favourite breeding-haunts for sea-fowl, where they have nothing to fear from their enemies. Thus proceeds the gradual demolition of Beeren Eiland. The bank extending from Fast Spitzbergen to Beeren Eiland, is probably mm greater part the remains of this land, along with the solid matter deposited on the melting of drift-ice. Our view of this coast shows the beetling stratihed eliffs, the bold projecting headlands. the bays and ereeks hollowed out by the sea, in which the surf is for ever numerous headlands and bays. surf gradually wears away the lower strata. jacent layers were about to give way. we engaged in its work of destruction, and two of the isolated columnar rocks. On the plateau, about a mile from the coast. we passed å chain of small freshwater lakes, apparently the favourite resort of innumerable wild-fowl; the temperature of the water was 99 C. The surface of the sisted exclusively of loose materials, in part dry gravel, in part small stones embedded m earth exhibiting traces of Here and there was seen a carpet of moss. island con- vegetation. 4. Spitzbergen. On the Sth of August, 1878. we got our first view of Spitzbergen. About noon the *Vøringen” bore down on South Spitzbergen, a eloud-capt land, with snow-fields and glaciers. Off South Cape are seen, a number of small, aflagde et kort Besøg i Storfjorden. smuk Aften. med sine Sne- og Isbræer, af hvilke en næsten naaede Det var en ejendommelig Foran os laa, som Billedet viser, Sydkap Havet. Fjeldtoppene vare paa Vestsiden indhyllede i Skyer, fremkaldte af den herskende Vestenvind. Paa Østsiden derimod, imod Storfjorden, var Himmelen klarere, og ude Men Himmelen: var ikke blaa, den havde et forunderligt sterkt i Horizonten mod Øst var der aldeles klart Solskin. gult Skjær, som først i Sydost gik over til det vante blaa. I Nord for det egentlige Sydkap saaes *Keilhaus Fjeld”, og mellem dette og Sydkap fremtraadte Billedets interes- santeste Gjenstand, en Isbræ. der fra det Indre af Landet med sagte Skraaning steg ned til og langt ud i Havet, hvor den endte med en tverbrat Væg, kanske sine 30 Meter høj, og hvis horizontale Udstrækning kunde maales med Kvartmile. Ved Synet af denne Ismasse, paa hvis Over- flade Solens Straaler fremkaldte et blændende hvidt Lys, medens den bratte Endevæg laa som. en lang, mørk Rand eller Skygge langs Havbrynet, med den sterkeste Modsæt- ning til hin, kunde jeg forstaa, hvorfor vore Fangstfarere kalde Isbræeérne for Is-Fjelde. Ft saadant Fjeld gjør, som det her træder frem, den samme Berettigelse gjældende paa at deltage i Rækken af de Masser, der bygge den faste Jord, som den massiveste Granit. Vort Billedes Forgrund danner det spejlblanke, kun nu og da af en svag Bris krusede, men dog altid syngende Havspejl, med sit gjennem- sigtige, grønne Vand. i hvilket Isflag og Isblokke af de mangfoldigste og forunderligste Former ligge omstrøede. Her sees et fladt Stykke, ovenpaa dels blændende hvidt af Sne, dels tilsmudset af jordagtige Stoffe, med blaa Sprækker og smukt blaagrønt under Vandet — det er Vandets egen Farve. Hist et Stykke som en Svane med sin lange Hals, en hyppig Fremtoning hos Polarisen. Den 15de og 16de August 1878 laa Expeditionen til Ankers ved Norsk Øerne paa Nordkysten af Vestspidsbergen. Der indtoges en Del Ballast, til hvilken Stene af passende Størrelse kunde hentes i Fjæren lige ved Sundet mellem Norskøerne. I dette var der en sterk Tidevandstrøm, der førte Ismasser østenfra ind i Sundet og siden med skiftende Strøm tilbage. Vort Billede Fig. 9 viser Udsigten fra Ankerpladsen mod Nord. Til Højre Ydre Norskø. fra hvis Top man i klart Vejr kan se østover helt til Verlegen- huk. I Billedets Midte se vi Toppen af Øen *Cloven Culff,” der i vest-østlig Retning har en Klov eller Kløtt. Vi se paa Billedet, hvorledes Lyset falder ind gjennem denne. Til Venstre er Øen Vogelsang. Udenfor Øerne Den norske Nordhavsexpedition.. H. Mohn: Geografi. or low-lying islands. We passed to the south of these islets, and steamed a short distance up the Stor Fjord. It was a lovely night. Before us, as shown in the prospect, lay Cape South, with its snow-fields and glaciers, one of which The the clouds driving before the reached almost to the water's edge summits on west coast were wrapped in westerly wind. On the east shore, in the direction of the Stor Fjord, the atmosphere was considerably clearer, and The sky, however, was not azure; 1t had a strange yellowish tint, on the eastern horizon the sun shone brightly. that extended to the south-east before merging mto the North of the promontory forming Cape South. was seen *Mount Keilhau;” and between this wonted cerulean hue. summit and the headland lay, boldly defined, the most interesting object im the view, a stupendous glacier, which, with a gentle declivity, extended from the inland traets to the shore and far out into the sea, where it terminated in a perpendicular wall, at a rough estimation not less than Re- from the surface of which the rays of the sun were reflected m dazzling bright- ness, whereas its terminal wall extended, in striking con- trast, as a dark line or shadowy limit along the surface of the ocean, the name of *Is-Fjelde” (Iee Mountains). given by our seamen to these Spitzbergen glaciers, was seen to be singularly appropriate. One of these glacial. bergs 1s equally entitled to rank as å component part of the masses that constitute the land as granite itself. In the foreground of the picture, eurled here and there by a gentle wind, the ocean expands its ever restless bosom, on which floes and fragments of ice of every conceivable form lie scattered 100 feet high, and horizontally stretching for miles. garding thus prodigious mass of ice, around. Here, we have a huge flat block — its surface covered partly with snow of a dazzling whiteness and partly with some dark earthy substance — exhibiting blue fissures, and having under the water a beautiful bluish-green tint. the There, is seen å frag- ment resembling a swan. with its long extended neck, a form frequently assumed by the Polar drift-ice. colour of the surrounding ocean. The 15th and 16th of August. 1878, the Expedition passed at ancehor at the Norway Islands, on the north coast of West Spitzbergen. Here we took m ballast, stones of suitable size forming the beach of the sound that extends between the tidal current, that brought with it, when setting from the east, considerable quantities of drift-ice, but which. on the turn of the tide, carried it back again. The view in Fig. 9 is from the anchorage, looking north. To the right we have Outer Norway Island. from the summit islands. In this sound there was a strong of which, in clear weather, you can see in an easterly direc- tion as far as Verlegen Hook. The middle part of the picture shows the summit of the island. *Cloven Cliff," a Ha) ligger Taagen over Havet. kata) ta tilankers. rigt Fiske. I Sundet sees et Par Fartøjer Det er norske Torsketiskere, der her gjøre et Nluppen er den bekjendte *Isbjørn”, der i i rocky mount that from west to east exhibits a long or ehasm. In the view, we see how the light falls this ravine. To the left, rises the island of Vogelsang. rent into Off 1871 førte Weyprecht og Payer og i 1872 Grev Wilezek paa deres Polarfærder til Spidsbergen og Østhavet. | Om Aftenen den 16de August sejlede Fxpeditionen ned gjennem Smeerenberg-Sundet, hvor vi saa vort største Isberg, c. 23 Meter højt, staaende paa Grund der hvor South-Gat begynder. Vi passerede Nouth-Gat efter det i 1818 af Beechey og Franklin optagne Kart, og ankrede ved Midnat i Magdalena Bay, indenfor *Begravelses- pladsen”. Magdalena Bays storartede Glacialnatur er udmerket Cloven Clff. the islands, a dense fog lies over the sea. In the Sound, one or two vessels are seen riding at 'anchor. They are Norwegian ships engaged in the Spitzbergen cod-tishery, which hereabouts is very productive. One of the vessels is the *Isbjørn”, the well-known eutter that in 1871 took Wey- precht and Payer, and in 1872 Count Wilezek on their ex- ploratory voyages to Spitzbergen and the Barents Nea. In the evening of the 16th of August, the Expedition steamed through Smeerenberg Sound, and we had a fine view of the largest ieceberg seen on any of our eruises. It had grounded in the inner part of South Gat. vation was estimated at about 70 feet. Its ele- We steered through South Gat by the chart construeted in 1818 by Beechey and Franklin, and cast anchor in Magdalena Bay, within the *burial ground.” The granid glaeial scenery of Magdalena Bay is ad- vel gjengivet i Plancherne til Gaimards Rejse med *la Recherche”. Vort Billede, der viser Sydsidens Bræer, er taget fra den fremspringende Landtunge sen”. Campo santo paa NSpidsbergen. * Begravelsesplad- I Forgrunden sees, hvorledes det ser ud paa en Til Venstre se vi Land- tungen, der forbinder Begravelsespladsen med Land, og udenfor denne den saakaldte Gully's Glacier. Dennes Ende hviler for en stor Del paa Fjæren, langs hvilken jeg pas- serede foran den, men i Midten gaar Bræen ud i Havet og her løsner stadig Stykker af den. dJeg blev Vidne til et saadant Skuespil. En høj Issøjle løste sig med et Brag fra Bræens yderste Væz. Den heldede udover og begyndte sit Fald med en svingende Bevægelse, støttet paa sin un- derste Ende. Jeg ventede at se den falde med hele sin Sideflade i Vandet, men dette skede ikke. Da den havde svunget udad en 30 Grader fra Verticalen, sank hele Is- søjlen med Et sammen med en gjennemgaaende Vertical bevægelse, knustes og strøedes som mindre Stykker over Søen, der ved Faldet sattes i sterk Bølgegang. — Jeg var oppe paa Bræen paa dens Nordside; den var uden større Sprækker og havde en meget jevn Overtlade. I det indre Basin af Magdalena Bay gjenfandt jeg de af Charles Martins i 1839 maalte lave Dybtemperaturer. Bundtemperaturen var her — 2.41, den laveste Temperatur i Havet, jeg havde fundet paa hele vor Expedition. Og her var et rigt arctiskt Dyreliv. Fra den 19de.til den 22de August laa Expeditionen tilankers i Advent Bay, Isfjorden, Spidsbergen, medens Maskinen eftersaaes. Denne Anledning benyttede Capt. Wille til at optage et nøiagtigt Kart over Advent Bay, der ofte besøges af norske Fangstfartøjer. FEftermiddagen den 19de benyttedes til en Recognoscering, og der opsattes nogle Signaler. Den 20de om Morgenen tog jeg paa Odden (Basis A) en Række Solhøjder. (Se H. Mohn. Astrono- miske Observationer Side 19). En Grundlinie blev udstuk- ket og merket med Teltpinde paa det flade og jevne Terræn langs Stranden. Grundlinien er i Kartet optrukket mellem Punkterne Å og B. Horizontalvinklerne til de nærmeste Signaler maaltes med Theodolit: Ved Middagstid bestemtes Azimut af Linien AC med Theodolit og Solen af Capt. Wille og mig i Forening. Derpaa fik jeg atter nogle Sol- højder. Om Eftermiddagen rejste Capt. Wille med Baad rundt den indre Del af Bugten og maalte med Sextant Horizontalvinklerne mellem de opsatte Signaler. Samtidig hermed maalte jeg Grundliniens Længde. Jeg benyttede hertil 3 Træstænger, af tilsammen 9.112 Meters Længde, ret afskaarne for Enderne. Disse lagdes af mine Assisten- ter, Baadsmanden og en Matros, fra Basis B af paa Jorden, QD the annexed to voyage with *la Recherehe.” Plates Gaimard's Our view of the glaciers of mirably rendered in the south-coast is taken from the tongue of land termed *the burial aspect of a Campo Santo on Spitzbergen. ground.” In the foreground. we have the To the lett stretehes the isthmus connecting the burial-ground with the main land, and off the former rises the so-called Gully's Glacier. The terminal portion of this glacier rests in greater part on the beach, along which I strolled belöw it; but the middle section projects into the sea, and here large fragments are continually breaking off. I myself a witness of this gradual dismemberment. Å lofty column of ice parted with a loud erash from the outer wall of the glacier. Was Supported at its lower end, the fall commenced with a slow, swaying movement. I expected to see it strike the water with the whole of its lateral surface, but in this was mistaken;: having swung some 30 degrees out of the perpendieular, the entire column suddenly collapsed, taking a well-nigh vertical direction, and was smashed to pieces; the fragments being seattered over the sea, which became violently agitated by the shock. TI had ascended the gla- cier from the north side; its surface was remarkably even and exhibited no considerable fissures. In the inner basin of Magdalena Bay I observed the low deep-sea temperatures found by Charles Martins in 1839. est temperature I at any time observed in the water of And yet these depths diselosed an abundance of animal life. The bottom-temperature was — 2.1 C., the low- the sea on the eruises of the Expedition. From the 19th to the 22nd of August, the *Vørin- gen” lay at anchor in Advent Bay, Ice Sound, Spitzbergen, her engines having to be eleaned and examined. Capt. Wille took advantage of this opportunity to construet å map of Advent Bay. a locality which is frequently visited by Norwegian fishing vessels. The afternoon of the 19th was devoted to reconnoitring in the vicinity of the Bay, and a few signals were erected. On the morning of the 20th, I took from the tongue of land (Base A) a series of solar altitudes (See H. Mohn. Astronomical Observations, p. 19). Å base line was marked out with tent-pegs along the flat, beachy strand. On the Map, the base line extends between the points A and B. About noon, Capt. Wille and myself determined with the theodolite the azimuth of the line AC by the sun. I then succeeded in taking another series of solar altitudes. In the afternoon, Capt. Wille rowed round the inner shore of the Bay, and measured with the sextant the horizontal angles between the signals. Whilst he was thus engaged, I measured the length of the base lime. For this purpose, I made use of three wooden rods, eut straight off at the ends, measuring together 9.112 metres. These rods were placed on the ground by my two assistants, the fa fe i Numerfølge, I. II, IIT, og indsigtedes ved Øjemaal i Linien. Det blæste en liden Bris tvers paa Linien og Operationen gik let ved at commandere *luf” og *fald”. Naar Stængerne flyttedes, satte jeg Foden paa den sidste Stang, indtil den næste var sat til dens Ende og orienteret. Maa- lingen kunde saaledes paa det flade Terræn blive ret nøj- agtig. Grundlmiens hele Længde fandtes ved Hjelp af Stængerne og et Metermaal at være 299.11 Meter. Nogen merkelig Reduction for Stængernes Heldning har jeg ikke Metermaalet. der anvendtes som Normalmaal, er et i Paris kjøbt, med fundet det praktisk nødvendigt at anbringe. Regjerings-Stempel forsynet Træmaal til at lægge sammen. Det er henimod en Millimeter længere end et Par andre af omhyggeligere Construction. Dette Overskud kan regnes at gaa op imod den ved Maale- stængernes Heldning og unøjagtige Orientering fremkomne Fejl. Efter Afslutningen af Grundliniemaalingen opsatte jeg Signalerne Y, T og videre vestover. herværende Meterscalaer Den 21de August beregnedes Gaarsdagens Observa- tioner og afsattes i Kartet. Capt. Grieg foretog Lodninger i Advent Bay. Om Eftermiddagen maalte jeg Vinkler fra de Signaler, jeg havde opsat den forrige Fftermiddag. Den 22de fortsatte Capt. Wille Kartarbejdet. Capt. Grieg loddede om Formiddagen, og Capt. Wille om Efter- middagen. Kl. 6 Eft. lettede vi og sejlede ud Isfjorden. Kartet over Advent Bay er tegnet af Capt. Wille. Det originale Kart 1 J:30000 er gjengivet hér i 1:50000. Kartet beror, som af ovenstaaende Beskrivelse vil sees, paa en fuldstændig Triangulation. De trigonometriske Punkter ere paa Kartet merkede med de latinske Bogstaver. Arzi- mutbestemmelsen, der orienterer Kartet, antages sikker paa et Minut, og Længdeudstrækningerne sikre paa en to- tusindedel af samme. Angaaende den absolute Bredde og Længde henvises til min Afhandling om de astronomiske Observationer Side 19. Forresten indeholder Kartet selv de nødvendige Op- lysninger. Billederne, Fig. 1—9, ere tegnede af Landskabsmaler Carl Nielsen, efter Skitser tagne paa Stedet af Hr. F. W. Schiertz, Prof. G. 0. Sars og Prof. H. Mohn. .on the flat sround. boatswain and a sailor, so as to extend one after the other (I, IL, III) from Base B, and as nearly as the eye could determine in the true line. There was a light breeze blowing at right angles to the base line, and the opera- tion could be easily performed by commanding *luff” and *oft.” When the rods were being moved, I put my foot on the last of them, keeping it there till the next had been placed end on against it, and properly adjusted. In this manner a pretty accurate measurement could be made By means of the rods and a metre- measure, the whole length of the base line was found to be 299.11 metres. Any appreciable reduction for the inelina- tion of the rods, I have not thought necessary to apply. The metre-measure, which I used as the standard measure of length, had been bought in Pavis; it is of wood, furnished with the government stamp, and made to fold up. This instrument is about a millimetre longer than two other metre-scales, more accurate construction, that we have here. The excess in length may be regarded as compensating the error arising from the inelination and imperfect adjustment of the rods. After measuring the base line, I erected the signals Y, T, and others farther west. On the 2Ist of August. the observations taken the day before were computed and laid down on the Map. Capt. Grieg sounded im the Bay. In the afternoon I measured angles from the signals I had erected on the previous day. On the 22nd, Capt. Wille went on constructing his map. Capt. Grieg took soundings in the forenoon and Capt. Wille im the afternoon. At 6 p.m. we got under weigh, and steamed out of Ice Sound. For the Map of Advent Bay we are indebted to Capt. Wille. The origimal map was on a scale of 271475; the scale of that annexed to this Memoir is ;7497- Ås will appear from the above description, the Map of Advent Bay is based on a complete triangulation. The trigono- metrical points are denoted by capital letters. The azimuth determination, on which is based the direction of the meri- dian of the Map, may be regarded as true to a minute, of and the longitudinal extent as correct within the two- thousandth part of the actual length. As regards the abso- lute latitude and longitude, the reader is referred to my * Astronomical Observations,” page 19. For the Map. the rest, all necessary information is given in Figs. 1 to 9 are drawn by Carl Nielsen, artist, from sketches taken on the spot by F. W. Schiertz, artist to the Expedition, Prof. G. 0. Sars, and Prof. H. Mohn. Translated into English by John Hazeland. "ANVIST INGIO-VNNYVINLSJA VEN 'uneyuagoly 9813 $deu) % Fueqsuajjon 'UISJET Y JE YPIT "Z71491YDG MY JE J8UGa] === "NOILIGIdXJ- SAVHAYON 3MSHYON NI NJIAVWM NYP IV NIJIAISLSO VYd NINMDVT "ureyuagoly "19813 $deu) % $Jeqsuajjoy 'UASJET Y JE YI ZJ3IYDS MY JE 19099] 'NOILIGIdXJ=SAVHAHON 3MSUON NIG å V h E 208 NIAVN NVFP DUIENIUAAE 'uneyuagoly *|9813 sdeu| % $Jeqsuajjou 'UaSJET Y JEU ”UYON'H je 1809] FF NOILIGIdXFJ- SAVHAYON 3MSYON NI "GNVYTII-NIYUIIGE IV NIGISISQ 'UAeYyusQoly '|9813 sdes * SJagsuajjon 'USSJET I JE'YLT ZJJIIYOS MY Je 19U$] 'NOILIGIdXJ-SAVHOHNON 3MSHON NIG NIDUJASTUIAS AVNAAS 'uaeyuagofy 19843 sdeu) % $Jegsuajjon "UASJET 4 JE *YP Zp9A1YDG'M 4 JE 19UGQ] 2 — Är åa pep NOILIGIdXJ- SAVHANON 3MSHON NAG "NIDUIASAIAIS IVE-INITVADVYN gdeu| *% $Jaqsuajjou USSJET Y JE YI 7148 1YOS MY JE 19UG9] uaeyuagoly == 1924 NOILIGIdXJ-SAVHAYON 3MSYUON NIG obvuoysup 3P spnpiktesup SY + PUD ALL) === * UPPIPUDA 1 190G yo på Puadof av TET NG SD PUD PEDT EG pung spm po sYpovag au PUDP plis 123 pund arg 232203) øm f LJ) 20498] Dy JO stØpDd Fo [AY] LAPD JIULLOJE PAY Or Pute sti PET OJ UD) == «2 DEL «t2QY 0] AQ vaplap sugar 22 2ybragr 2uany 2 apghg EET ta stoplögr | | | | 1sopåg dey ; UN 2 9g LG 3 : AD FrL Y dg 52723 (ET ni Å over ; $ ao qlndå 2 Pbngsaoy DUNN. yo LMa vmwmssj, 2 a2sp0/ E gr R J0ng2yspbug e paon q ar + ++ EG RK: ” 6 smv AN Gunn 2r7r2nLg gå a ga ur pennen | —========——-—=0=- = == === sær=—= 5 hd £ 7 I (9) =r T seusdoy es | '000'007 'v A[P9Q «880 'NHON Hi VOdd PU NE TIM 0 120 Åq papnnsuo;) uonrpadxg DIT UR [IV YLON ur1HaMm.10N 24) 10 228P ut apeur Å9AIng ou Pur (LDOAD AGSYUODS TYDI oetZ AP) 4912 Uutoptiy KE L 9 g F £ 7 r 0D% I '000'003 *T JOIS9IJEPN 'c881 JOSS 9JOL | ugunep I udey 80 «ATIIM'D NHON H ge jeplagaepn "1181 sos[adosuapun suonipodxyy-SaArypIoN DYSJON up 00 (LDOA'D AESYUODS TYDULdSUYZ AP) lok) 007 4 EE SdyN H3ITYVI WNOWH UILHVM IMOTY HAILJI ES 0 MERE I aNvIiSI NIAVN NVr 180puON dr) 3 Å v W N q A J9A0 fo Ja Å N V r Ppueprog ssUnor Å | Al 4 VM DE EG er rå — | Hør I === === === === === === === == ===200PE le ane Mø LAE Er ar K ER or PE 5 108 Få 3 2 01 hr 1 "10 urpadx el - SAP ypu ON Oy SJON Pa SE — Russestueno 4 Se | KART over ADVENT BAY i Isfjorden paa Spidsbergen. optaget af Aa tegn v Marinen CF Wille med Assistance af Professor Dr. Å. Mohn og Skibskaptein I. Orieg, 1873. | |/814 48" Nord Bredde Punkt Å ligger paa 75030 4 Langde Ost Gr Azimut af Linzen Ger LA Sed 0. Kompassets Misvisning 18781225 vestt. ig Lodskud tv Favne. ADVENT BAY Spitzbereen; Icefjord. Surveyed by (Capt. CE Wille R.N with the assistance of Prof H Mohn and Capt. J Grieg, 1878 | 784 48 NÅ Lat Point Å | 1554 H Long E.tr. Azimuth of line AC-$S 39155 EF. Vartatton un 18/8=12225 West Soundings vn fathom:s — 4 Kvartmil. /Naut. må les) kår I re mor NK NERE DEN NORSKE NORDHAVS-EXPEDITION Ile Me See CHEMI I OM LUFTEN I SØVANDET. In. OM KULSYREN I SØVANDET. I.. OM SALTHOLDIGHEDEN AF VANDET I DET NORSKE NORDHAV. AF HERCULES TORNØE. MED 3 TRÆSNIT OG 3 KARTER. CHRISTIANIA. GRØNDAHL & SØNS BOGTRYKKERI. 1880. THE NORWEGIAN NORTH-ATLANTIG EXPEDITION 1876—18738. GHEMISTRKY. I. ON THE AIR IN SEA-WATER. II. ON THE CARBONIC ACID IN SEA-WATER. II. ON THE AMOUNT OF SALT IN THE. WATER OF THE NORWEGIAN SEA. HERCULES TORNØE. WITH 3 WOODCUTS AND 3 MAPS. CHRISTIANIA. PRINTED BY GRØNDAHL & SØN. 1880. ser paa Reiser at give Bidrag til Løsningen af Spørgs- maalet om Fordelingen af Luften i Havet, da har Anled- ningen dertil næsten bestandig manglet. Først ved de i de senere Tider byppigt: udsendte Expeditioner, hvormed der har været givet Chemikere Anledning til at medfølge, har det været muligt mere detailleret at studere disse Ting. Ved disse Expeditioner har Formaalet udelukkende været videnskabelig Undersøgelse af Havet, og der har derfor med Hensyn paa Udrustningen altid været lagt megen Vind paa ved hensigtsmæssige Foranstaltninger og omhyggelige Forberedelser at fremme dette Formaal muligt, og det er derfor klart. at disse Expeditioner maa have den største Betydning for den chemiske Undersøgelse af Havene speeielt. hvor Talen er om saadanne Observatio- ner, der ligesom Bestemmelser af Gasarterne . ikke taale saa meget som Opsættelse. men nødvendigvis maa udføres øieblikkélig efter at Vandprøven er øst. Saaledes maa aabenbart de under disse Omstændigheder udførte Observationer faa størst Vægt, hvor .det dreier sig om at skaffe Oplysninger om Gasarterne i Søvandet, udenat det dog derfor vil findes paa urette Plads her at give en kort Oversigt ogsaa over de herover udførte ældre Undersøgelser. De tidligste Undersøgelser, gjorte over Luften i Søvandet, udførtes i 1838 af Frémy! der mig bekjendt ere paa nogle Vandprøver, der over et Aar forud vare bleven optagne paa den franske Expedition med *La Bonite' i 1856 og 37. Vandprøverne bestode dels af Overfladevand dels af Vand fra forskjellige Dyb indtil 450 franske Favne og vare optagne med et af Biot opfundet Apparat. * Ved. Analysen af den udkogte (Gas absorberede Frémy Kulsyren med Kalilud og Surstotfet med Phosphor. Resul- tatörne ansaaes allerede af Frémy selv for upaalidelige og de staa saa bestemt i Strid med alle nyere Angivelser, at man med temmelig stor Nikkerhed kan antage. at det lange Tidsrum mellem Vandprøvernes Øsning og deres Undersø- gelse har gjort dem ftuldstændig ubrugbare. I 1843 udførte Morren* nogle Undersøgelser af Over- fladevandet ved Saint-Malo nærmest i den Hensigt at paa- vise Sollysets Indtflydelse paa den relative Sammensætning af den af Vandet absorberede Luft. Han kom i den Hen- seende til det Resultat, at Surstofmængden fandtes størst og Kulsyremængden mindst ved klart Sollys, hvorimod om- vendt Surstofmængden fandtes mindst og Kulsyremængden størst ved mørkt overskyet Veir. Vandprøverne undersøg- tes ikke paa Stedet, men sendtes til Rennes, hvor de af Morren udkogtes i Kolber paa 4.5 Litre. lededes gjennem Kautschukledning over i en Flaske, hvori Den udkogte Gas Gasarterne opsamledes over Vand. Ved Analysen af Gasen anvendte han til Absorbtøon af Kulsyren Kalilud og for- 1 Compt. rend. 6 — 616. ? Pogg. Ann. 37 — 416, & Ann. Chim. Phys. [3] — 12 — 5. riably lacked the means. Not till ehemists had been sent out on the numerous Expeditions dispatehed of late years to all quarters of the sløbe, was it possible to study this subject in detail. The sole object of such Expeditions hav- * ing been the scientific investigation of the, ocean, they were naturally fitted out with the gr tatest possible care, being furnished with the latest and most improved apparatus, and every necessary aid and appliance. It is obvious, therefore, that these Expeditions must largely contribute to our chemical knowledge of the ocean, more particu- larly with regard to observations which, like the deter- mination of gaseous bodies, will not brook delay, but . must be taken immediately the sample of water has been drawn. Hence, very great weight should be attached to observations instituted under such eircumstances, viz. those - that relate to the determination of gaseous bodies in sea- water. It will not, however, be out of place, briefly to notice some of the earlier observations undertaken with that ob- ject mm view. The earliest experiments, so far as I am aware, relat- ing to the air in .sea-water, were instituted in 1838, by Frémy,! with samples of water drawn more than a year before on the French Expedition with the *Bonite, in 1836 and 1887. These samples of water consisted partly of sur- face-water, partly of water from various deptbs, the great- est being 450 French fathoms; and were colleeted with an apparatus devised by Biot.* When analysing the gas driven off, the carbonic acid was absorbed in a lye of potash, the oxygen being con- sumed with phosphorus. But Frémy himself did not regard as trustworthy the results of this process; and they have proved so deeidedly at varianee with those of all later observations, that his samples of water, owing to the length of time for which they had been preserved previous to examination, had no doubt become utterly worthless for experimental purposes. In 1843, Morren? instituted a series of experiments with surface-water, near St. Malo, chiefly with the object of determining the influence of solar light on the compo- sition of the air absorbed by sea-water. He found the pro- portion of oxygen to be greatest, and that of carbonic acid least, in bright weather: whereas the proportion of oxygen was least, and that of carbonic acid greatest, with a dark, cloudy sky. The samples of watér were not examined on the spot, but taken to Rennes, and there boiled by Morren, in matrasses containing 4.5 litre. The gas driven off during the process was conducted through å caou- tschouc tube into a phial, and there colleeted over water, - When analysing, the gas, Morren used a lye of ! Compt. rend. 6, p. 616. ? Pogg. Ann. 37, p. 416. 3 Ann. Chim. Phys. [3], brændte Surstofgasen med overskydende Vandstof. Han brugte ogsaa her som. Spærrevædske Vand, som paa For- haand var mættet med Luft, og det kan saaledes ikke for- undre, at de Resultater, han erholdt, vise temmelig betyde- lige Afvigelser. Surstofmængden varierer saaledes fra 39.5 til 31.0 og udgjør i Middel 34.7 "/9 af den samlede Surstof- Kvælstofmængde, medens denne varierer mellem 20.0 og 30.5 og i Middel udgjør 24.5 CC. pr. Litre af det udkogte Vand. Som man heraf ser, svarer den midlere Surstofpro- cent meget nøie med det af Bunsen senere for destilleret Vand opstillede Tal, hvorimod de Tal, Morren opfører som Udtryk for den samlede Surstof-Kvælstofmængde. ingen nøi- agtig fixeret Betydning have, da han intetsteds angiver den Barometerstand og Temperatur, hvortil han har redu- ceret sine Gasvolumina. ; Nogle Aar senere i 1846 gjenoptog Lewy ! Morrens Undersøgelser paa nogle Vandprøver, som han øste ved Langrune i Nordost for Saint-Malo, og anvendte for at kunne sammenligne sine Resultater med Morrens nøiagtig den af ham beskrevne Arbeidsmethode. Hans Resultater vise ogsaa, naar man tager Hensyn til, at Vandprøverne alle skrive sig fra samme Sted, ikke ubetydelige om end meget mindre Afvigelser, som han ligesom Morren tilskri- ver Nollysets Indflydelse. - Surstofmængden varier hos ham fra 35.4 til 32.4 og udgjør i Middel 33.6 "/, af den samlede Surstot-Kvælstofmængde, som gjennemsnitlig beløber sig til 17.3 CC. pr. Litre* og ikke overskrider Grændserne 18.9 og 16.3. Heller ikke Lewy bar nærmere fixeret Betydnin- gen af de opførte Gasvolumina. Der har forresten i hans Tabel indsneget sig meningsforvirrende Regnefeil, som har givet Anledning til, at han er bleven musforstaaet. I 1851 har endvidere Å. Hayes” offentliggjort nogle Udtalelser' om Fordelingen af Luften i Søvandet dog uden at vedføie sine Originalobservationer. Ifølge ham findes i Vand fra større Dyb altid en betragtelig mindre Mængde Surstof end i Overfladevandet, en Regel, som overalt holdt stik saavel i den hede som tempererede Zone, naar und- tages i Golfstrømmen, hvor den stærke Bevægelse i Van-, det kunde antages at forstyrre den almindelige Ligevægt. + Han fandt ogsaa efter Storme en betydelig større Surstot- mængde i Overfladevandet. I 1855 udførte M. F. Pisani* nogle Undersøgelser af Saltene i Overfladevandet ved Bujuk-Déré og bestemte sam- tidig de i Vandet indeholdte Gasarter. Resultaterne findes sammenstillede i nedenstaående Tabel, hvor Volumet er reduceret til 0" og 766"” Tryk og udtrykt som OG. pr. Litre Vand. i : I Ann. Chim. Phys. [3] — 17. Ann. Chem. ? Sillim. Amer. Journ. [2] —11 — 241. ? Compt. rend. 41 — 532. Pharm. 58 — 326. je ete potash for absorbing the carboniec aeid, and consumed Here, too, the confining flud was water, previously saturated with air: and hence it is not surprising, that the results obtained should have been" found to vary considerably. the oxygen with a surplus of hydrogen. Thus, for instance. the amount of oxygen varies between 39,5 and and 31.0 per cent, the mean proportion being 34.7 of the total amount of oxygen and nitrogen: while the latter ranges from 20.0 to 30.5, giving åa mean proportion of 24.54 per litre. The mean percentage of oxygen agrees, therefore, very closely with the proportion afterwards found by Bun- for distilled water; whereas no definite importance can be attached to Morren's figures representing the total amount of oxygen and nitrogen, since that observer does sen not anywhere 'state to what temperature and atmospheric pressure he had reduced the'*volume of the gas. Some years after, in 1846, Lewy* repeated Morren's experiments, with samples of water drawn at Langrune, north-east of Saint-Malo, adopting, the better to compare his results with those of Morren, precisely the same mode The results obtained by this chemist. see- ing that the samples of water were all of them from the same locality, vary. too, considerably, though by no means to the same extent, — which he, in common with Mor- ren, aseribes to the influence of solar light. The amount of oxygen ranges from 35.4 to 32.4—33.6 per cent, being the mean proportion of the total amount of oxygen and of operation. nitrogen, which averages 17.3% per litre, having im no case passed the limits 18.9 and 16.3. Lewy, too, omits to give, the factors determining the volume of the gas. Moreover, divers perplexing errors have slipped into his Table; and hence he has been misunderstood by some. In 1851, A. Hayes* published a paper on the distri- bution of air in sea-water, without however embodyimg his original observations. Accordmg to the observations of that chemist. the amount of oxygen in water drawn from great depths is always appreciably less-than that in surface- water, a rule which holds good for all seas both of the torrid and the temperate zones, with the exception of the Gulf Stream, where the strong current may be supposed to exert a disturbing influence. After a heavy gale of wind, too, the proportion of oxygen in the surface-water was found to be mueh greater. 9 In 1855, M. F. Pisani? mstituted a series of observa- tions near Bujuk-Déré on the salts in surface-water, and also determined the gaseous bodies it contamed. His results in: the followmg Table. the volume «being reduced to a temperature of 0" and a pressure of are given 760””, expressed im eubic eentimetres per litre. 17; Ann. Chem. Pharm. 58, p. 326. 11, p. 241. 1 Ann. Chim. Phys.' [3], ? Sillim. Amer. Journ. [2], 3 Compt. rend. 41, p. 532. vr ON pr. Litre 16.0 16.2 (920) 31.4 33.2 OPNE 00 å . — E Å EET 68.5 66.8 I Aaret 1869 udgik fra England Porcupineexpeditio- nen, hvor der for første Gang foruden de øvrige videnska- belige Arbeider ogsaa foresloges udført mere omfattende chemiske Undersøgelser. Man besluttede her at benytte den udmærkede Anledning til ved talrige Forsøg saavel med Overfladevand som Vand fra større Dyb at skaffe sig Oplysning om de Fluctuationer, som optræde saavel i de absolute som relative Mængder af de 1 Søvandet opløste Gasarter. . Forat undgaa de Feil, som nødvendigvis maatte indsnige sig, naar de til Gasanalyser bestemte Vandprøver opbevaredes i længere «Tid før Undersøgelsen, bestemte man sig her for den Udvei at foretage Gasanalyserne ombord. Til Optagelse af de fra større Dyb stammende Vandprøver benyttedes en meget simpel Vandhenter bestaaende af en hul Metaleylnder med letbevægelige opadslaaende Kegle- ventiler, et Apparat, hvis Paalidelighed senere Undersøgelser giver Anledning til at betvivle. Udkogningen og Opsam- lingen af Gasarterne foretoges 1 alt 'Væsentligt som ved de tidligere beskrevne Forsøg, og anvendtes under Analysen til Absorbtion af Kulsyre og Surstof Kalihydrat og pyrogal- lussur Kali. Det siger sig selv, at de paa denne Maade erholdte Resultater maatte være beheftede med meget be- tydelige Observationsfeil, hvad der ogsaa tydeligst vises af de store Afvigelser mellem de af forskjellige Observatorer efter denne Fremgangsmaade udførte Bestemmelser. Som Udtryk for Sammensætningen af den af Overfladevandet udkogte Luft fandt nemlig de tre Chemikere, som paa de tre Togter, hvori denne Bxpedition deltes, efter hinanden udførte de chemiske Arbeider, følgende Tal:! NE Garpenteru Eu ol:0 Enter Ge ROO ENO P. Herbert Carpenter . . . 305 - 0 - % O mod 68.4 6Jo N. 68.6 - N. 69.5 - N. Dette er kun de dede Middelværdier, men, som man ser, er allerede Afvi- gelserne mellem disse overmaade store, medens de enkelte af de enkelte Observationer udle- Bestemmelser, som ikke tfimdes opførte, varierer mellem langt videre Grændser. Saaledes opføres som Ydergrænd- ser for Variationerne af Surstofmængden i Overfladevandet Maximum 45.3 og Minimum 14.0 "/9 af den samlede Gas- mængde, Kulsyren iberegnet. sultater upaalidelige, dog mindre paa Grund af Mangler ved Arbeidsmethoderne, end fordi den af dem benyttede Vandhenter tillod Undvigelsen af den Luft, som de mente kunde udvikle sig, naar Vandet fra de større Dyb naaede op til det ved Overfladen herskende mindre Tryk. De tog forresten sim Tilflugt ogsaa til andre Midler for at forklare 1 Proe. Roy. Soc. 18 — 397. Poreupineexpeditionens Chemikere ansaa selv sine Re-'* 0 ++ N pr. Litre 16.0 16.2 O p.ct. 31.4 JP 0 + N= 100 | dø ML Ems GE | Np.et. 68.5 66.8. In the year 1869, the "Porcupine Expedition was dispatehed by the British Government, and it was now pro- posed, for the first time, to institute a series of chemical ex- periments on å more comprehensive scale than any hitherto By taking advantage of this excellent oppor- tunity to examine numerous samples of sea-water, both from the surface and from great depths, the fluctuations that oceur alike m the absolute and the relative amounts of gaseous bodies in ocean-water might be effectively investigated. In order to guard against the error that must necessarily arise when the samples of water are pre- performed. served" for any length of time previous to examination, it was resolved to undertake all analyses of. gas on board. For obtaining samples of water from great depths, a very simple instrument was used, consisting of a hollow metal eylinder, furnished with conical-shaped valves, opening above, on apparatus the trustworthiness of whieh subsequent ex- periments have shown reason to doubt. The gas was boiled out and ceollected by a process essentially similar to that adopted for the experiments previously deseribed, the car- bonie acid and the oxygen having been absorbed by hyd- rate of potash and pyrogallic acid. ,Ås a matter of course, y considerable errors of observation would attaeh to results obtained by this method, the best proof of which lies in the extent to which the determinations of different observers performed by this mode of operation are found very to vary. For instance, the three chemists who successively accompanied the Expedition on the three voyages into which it was divided, express the composition of the air boiled out of surface-water by the following figures: — WT Carpenter (0 (3006 p.et. O and 68.4 pet. NM. Hanter se 0 SG 80 ETR VON P. Herbert Carpenter 30.5 GN FEN: al 6 le These amounts, however, are the mean values deduced from the several observations, and yet they vary exceed- ingly; the individual determinations, which are not given, must obviously have ranged between far wider limits. Thus, the extreme limits between which the amount of oxygen was found to vary in surface-water, is stated to have been 45.3 (maximum) and 14.0 (mmimum) per cent of the total. amount of gas, ineluding the earbonic aeid. The chemists* who aceompained the *Poreupine” Ex- pedition did not even themselves regard the results obtained as trustworthy, less however on the ground of possible defects in the modes of operation, than because the the ap- paratus used for colleeting the water admits of the escape of air which, in their opinion, may be liberated on water drawn from great depths reaching the surface, where the atmos- 1 Proe. Roy. Soc. 18, p. 397. de observerede store Afvigelser, saaledes tilskreves stærke Bevægelser. af Havoverfladen' enten ved Storme eller paa anden Maade den Evne at forøge Surstofmængden og for- ringe Kulsyremængden, ligesom rigt Dyreliv ogsaa tilskre- ves en meget stor Indflydelse paa Sammensætningen af den + i Søvyandet opløste Lutt. I 1871 udgik atter igjen denne Gang fra Tyskland en Expedition til Undersøgelse af Østersøen, hvormed som Chemiker fulgte Dr. O. Jacobsen. de fra de tidligere Expeditioner hidrørende Gasbestemmelser for: Øie besluttede han sig hverken for den ene eller den 'anden af de ved Bonite eller Poreupineexpeditionen anvendte Fremgangsmaader men slog ind paa en Middelvei, den eneste, som i dette Tilfælde kunde føre til paalidelige Resultater. Han delte Undersøgelserne i to Dele og udførte den uopsættelige Del af dem nemlig Gasarternes Udkogning strax, medens han, indseende Umuligheden af at udføre til- fredsstillende Gasanalyser ombord paa et Fartøi i aaberi Sø. opsatte deres nærmere Undersøgelse til Hjemkomsten. . Desværre gav Mangelen af en til Optagelse af Dybvands- prøver egnet paalidelig Vandhenter Anledning til, at det Iste Aars Udbytte af denne Expedition for Gasanalysernes Vedkommende reducerede sig til blot og bart Indsamling af den Erfaring, som senere skulde komme til Anvendelse ved det Aaret efter foretagne Togt i Nordsøen. Manglerne ved den paa Porcupineexpeditionen benyttede Vandhenter havde nemlig bevæget Jacobsen til ogsaa til Øsning af de for Gasanalyser bestemte Vandprøver at benytte en Vand- henter, der nedsænkedes fyldt med Luft. Naar nu Appa- ratet i Dybet aabnedes, absorberedes under det der her- skende store Tryk momentant en Del af. den nedbragte atmosphæriske Luft, hvorved de paa disse Vandprøver ud- førte + gang værdigedes dem en Offentliggjørelse. Gasanalyser bleve saa upaalidelige, at der ikke en- De paa Østersøtogtet i 1871 indhøstede Erfaringer, muliggjorde det imidlertid for Jacobsen ved en omhyggelig Forberedelse til den i 1872 foretagne Expedition i Nord- søen at overvinde eller omgaa de Vanskeligheder, som havde bevirket Manglerne ved de paa Porcupineexpeditionen fore- tagne Undersøgelser, og det lykkedes ham denne Gang som Resultat af sine Arbeider at offentliggjøre en Afhandhng, som giver en Række af vore Tiders Fordringer strengt til- fredsstillende Oplysninger om Luften i Søvandet. Til Op- tagelse af de til Gasanalyser bestemte Vandprøver fra Dy- bet tjente paa Nordsøtogtet et af Dr. H. A. Meyer angivet Apparat? bestaaende af en tung Metaleylinder, som ved Udløsning 1 det bestemte Dyb faldt ned over to vel islebne koniske Ventiler, og derved afspærrede det mellem disse *1 Ann. Chem. Pharm. 167 — 1; Jahresbericht der Commission zur wissenschaftlichen Untersuchung der deutschen Meere in Kiel, 1872 3 —142 ?> Jahresbericht der Commission zur wissenschåftlichen Untersuch- ung der deutschen Meere in Kiel 1872—73: — 5. Med Resultaterne af len pheric pressure is less. But they had recourse to other means whereby to explain the great differences observed, aseribing to the state of violent agitation into which the surface of the ocean is thrown by heavy storms, or to some other adequate cause, the ability ofinereasing the proportion of oxygen and diminishing that of carbonic acid: an abund- ance of animal life, too, was believed to exert very great influence on the composition of the air absorbed in sea-water. In 1871, an Expedition was despatched from Germany for the investigation of the Baltic. Dr. 0. Jacobsen aceom- panying it as chemist. -+ Warned by the unsatisfactory results of former gas-analyses, he resolved to adopt neither of the methods resorted to on the *Bonite' and *Porceupine' Expeditions, but rather to take å middle course, which indeed held out the only prospect .of success. Accordingly, he divided his observations. Experiments admitting of no delay, such as boiling off the gas, were performed at once, whereas all analyses of gas, impossible as it is found to operate satisfactorily on board a vessel in the open sea, were deferred till his return home. Un-- fortunately, the want of a trustworthy apparatus for -col- lecting samples of water from great depths, confined the results obtained on the first voyage of the Bxpedition, as regards analyses of gas, to the mere aequisition of experience, there ample tunity of applying on the eruise undertaken the following year in the North Sea. The defective construction of the instrument employed for collecting water on the *Porcu- which, however, was oppor- pine" Expedition had induced Jacobsen to make use of an apparatus which, even when drawing water for gas-anal- yses, was sunk full of'air. Now, on opening this appa- ratus at the required depth, some portion of the ar it contains, will, by reason of the great pressure, be momen- tarily absorbed; and hence all analyses of gas with such samples of water proved to that extent defective as to be not even deenied worthy of publication. Meanwhile, taking advantage of the experience ac- quired in 1871 on the eruise m the Baltic, Dr. Jacobsen sueceeded, after careful preparation to meet the require- ments of the Expedition undertaken in 1872 to the North Sea, in surmounting or evading the difficulties experienced on the *Porcupine' Expedition, and was enabled, as the result of his labours. to publish a treatise* on the air present in sea- water recording a series of eminently satisfactory results. For collecting samples of water wherewith to undertake anal- yses of gas in water from the bottom, or from great depths, an apparatus, described by Dr.H. A. Meyer, was made use of on the eruise in the North Sea.* It consists of a heavy metal eylinder, which, -at the required depth, will drop down on two aceurately fitted conical valves, eutting off all com- ! Ann. Chem. Pharm. 167, p. 2; Jahresbericht der Commission zur wissenschaftlichen Untersuchung der deutschen Meere in Kiel, 1878 —173, p- 23. , ? Jahresbericht der Commission zur wissenschaftlichen Untersuch- ung der deutschen Meere in Kiel, 1872—73, p. 5. beliggende Vandlag. Udløsnmgen foregik enten ved Appa- ratets Anslag mod Bunden eller i intermediære Dyb ved et langs Linen nedsænket Lod. Ved Uddrivelsen af de å Vandet indeholdte Gasarter anvendte Jacobsen Bunsens Prineip, idet Vandet kogtes i | EE Å NN munication with the outside water. The detachment was effected either by the instrument striking the bottom, or, at intermediate depths. by running a* weight down the line. For expelling the gas contained in the water, Jacob- sen made choice of Bunsen's method, boiling the water in Fig, et ved Vanddamp frembragt Vacuum, og construerede i Forbindelse med Dr. H. Behrens i dette Øiemed et Appa- rat, som 1 Simpelhed og Paalidelighed Intet lader tilbage at ønske. Apparatet, som findes 'afbildet i Figur 1, har af Jacobsen faaet følgende Beskrivelse: å | a vacuum created by steam; and to meet the requirements of this process. he devised, with the assistance of Dr. H. ' Behrens, an apparatus which in trustworthiness and sim- plicity of construction leaves nothing to be desired. Tlus apparatus, of which a- drawing is given in Fig. 1, Dr. Jacobsen has described as follows: — *Die Siedekugel æ liuft in ihrem unteren Theil in ein starkwandiges, genau eylindrisehes Glasrohr aus, wel- ches unten zugesehmolzen. aber bei c mit einer seitlichen Oeftnung yersehen ist. Je nachdem diese Oeffnung bis unter den Kautschukpfropfen d hinabgedriiekt oder. bis in seine Durehbohrung heraufgezogen wird, ist die Siedekugel mit dem Iniern des Wasserkolbens in Verbindung oder gegen dasselbe abgeschlossen. Das Glasrohr muss sich nm der glatten Durchbohrung des Kautsehukpfropfens mit Reib- ung auf- und niederbewegen, diese Reibung dart aber nicht so stark sein, wie die zwischen dem Pfropfen und dem eylindrisehen Kolbenhals. Ist einmal ein fehlerfreier Pfropfen aus vulkanisirtem Kautsehuk den Glastheilen des Apparates auf das Sorgfåltigste angepasst, so kan diese Ven- tilvorriehtung unbegrenzt lange benuzt werden, olne von ihrer völligen Zuverlissigkeit eimzubiissen. Nr Das Gassammelrohr b ist durch ein kurzes Kautschuk- rörehen mit der Siedekugel verbunden und zwischen die federndern Arme des messingenen Halters f eimgeklemmt. Das untere Ende dieses Halters trågt eine weit stårkere Klam- mer, deren Koiktiitterung durch die starehe Schraube e sehr fest um das Rohr der Siedekugel gepresst wird, so dass man, am unteren Theil des Halters anfassend. Siedekugel und Sammelrohr in dem Kautschukpfropfen autf- und nie- derschieben und damit die Oeffnung c beliebig verlegen kann. ; Der Rauminhalt der Siedekugel betrågt etwas mehr als das Doppelte von dem Volumen, um welehes sich die auszukoehende Wassermenge beim Erwirmen auf 1000 ausdehnt. Bei der Benutzung des Apparates fillt man zunåehst die sehon im Pfropfen steckende und in den Halter einge-. klemmte Siedekugel zur Hålfte mit Wasser und sehiebt den Pfropfen tuber die seitliche Oeffnung. * Man fillt nun die Kochflasehe dureh éin bis auf ihren Boden reiehendes Gummirobr direct aus dem Nehöpfapparat bis zum Ueber- laufen mit dem auszukochenden Wasser und setzt, nachdem die Oeffnung c bis eben unter den Kautsehukpfropfen ver- schoben ist, diesen sehr fest in den Hals der Koehflasehe ein. Ziebt man nun die Siedekugel bis zur Herstellung des Verschlusses in die Höhe, so entsteht dadureh in der Koehflasehe ein kleines Vaeuum, in welches sofort Gas- blåsehen aus dem Wasser aufsteigen. Es wird dadureh Raum geschafft för die Ausdehnung, welche das oft sehr kalte Wasser sehon in den ersten Augenblicken dureh die höhere Temperatur der umgebenden Luft erfihrt, Man «fiigt nun das Sammelrohr an, iber dessen beide Enden vorher kurze Gummiröhren gezogen sind, stelt die Koch- flasche in ein Wasserbad, erbitzt das Wasser in der Sie- dekugel dureh eime darunter angebrachte Weingeistflamme und erhålt es im Sieden, bis man der vollstindigen Aus- treibung der Luft aus dem Sammelrohr gewiss sein kann. In dem Augenblick, in welehem man mit der rechten Hand die Flamme entfernt, kneift man mit der linken das Ende des oberen Gummirohrs zu. verschliesst es darauf durch Hineinstecken der abgerundeten Spitze eines passenden Glasståbehens und schmilzt sofort bei g ab. *Die Siedekugel a luft in ihrem unteren Theil in ein starkwandiges, genau eynlindrisches Glasrohr aus, wel- ches unten zugeschmolzen, aber bei c mit einer seitlichen Oeffnung versehen ist. Je nachdem diese Oeffnung bis unter den Kautschukpfropfen d hinabgedriiekt oder bis in seine Durchbohrung heraufgezogen wird, ist die Siedekugel mit dem Innern des. Wasserkolbens in Verbindung oder gegen dasselbe abgeschlossen. Das Glasrohr muss sich in der ,glatten Durchbohrung des Kautsehukpfropfens mit Reib- ung aut und niederbewegen, diese Reibung darf aber nicht so stark sein, wie die zwischen dem Pfropfen und Ist einmal ein fehlerfreier Pfropfen aus vulkanisirtem Kautschuk den Glastheilen des dem eylindrisehen Kolbenhals. Apparates auf das Sorgfiltigste angepasst, so kan diese Ven-' tilvorriehtung unbegrenzt lange benutzt werden, ohne* von ihrer völligen Zuverlissigkeit einzubiissen. Das Gassammelrohr b ist dureh ein kurzes Kautsehuk- röhrehen mit der Siedekugel verbunden und zwisehen die federnden Arme des messingenen Halters f eingeklemmt. Das untere Ende «dieses Halters trågt eine" weit stirkere Klam- mer, deren Korkfitterung durch die starke Schraube e sehr fest um das Rohr der Siedekugel gepresst wird, so dass man, am untern Theil des Halters anfassend, Siedekugel und Sammelrobr in dem Kautschukpfropfen auf- und nie- derséhieben und damit die Oeffnung c beliebig kann. verlegen Der Rauminhalt der Siedekugel betrågt etwas mehr als das Doppelte von dem Volumen, win welches sich die. auszukochende Wassermenge beim Erwårmen auf 1009 ausdehnt. 4 Bei. der Benutzung des Apparates fillt man zuniichst die schon im Pfropfen stekende und in den Halter einge- klemmte Niedekugel zur Hilfte mit Wasser und sehiebt Man fillt nun die Kochtlasehe dureh ein bis auf ihren Boden reichendes Gummiröhr direct aus dem Sehöpfapparat- bis zum Ueber- den Pfropfen iiber die'seitliche Oeffnung. laufen mit dem auszukoehenden Wasser und setzt, nachdem die Oeffnunz c bis eben unter den Kautschukpfropfen ver- sehoben ist, diesen sehr fest im den Hals der Kochflasehe ein. Zieht man nun die Siedekugel bis zur Herstellung des Verschlusses in die Höhe, so entstebt dadureh in der Kochtlasehe ein kleines Vacuum, in welehes sofort Gas- Es wird dadureh Raum gesehafft för die Ausdehnung, welche das oft sehr kalte Wasser schon in den. ersten Augenblicken durch die höhere Temperatur der umgebenden Luft erfihrt. Man fiigt nun das Sammelrohr an, iiber dessen beide Enden blisehen aus dem Wasser autsteigen. vorber kurze Gummiröhren gezogen sind, stellt die Koch- flasehe in, ein Wasserbad, erhitzt das Wasser in der Siede- kugel durch eine darunter 'angebrachte Weingeistflamme und erhålt es im Sieden, bis man der vollståndigen Aus- treibung der Luft aus dem Sammelrohr gewiss sein kann. In dem Augenblick, in welehem man mit der rechten Hand «die Flamme entfernt. kneift man mit der linken das Ende des oberen Gummirohrs zu, verschliesst es darauf durch Hmeinstecken der abgerundeten Spitze eines passenden Glasstibehens und sehmilzt sofort bei g ab. Nacbdem nun die Oefftnung c bis eben unter den Pfropfen hinabgeschoben. ist, wird das Wasserbad erwirmt und der Inhalt des Kolbens in heftigem Sieden erhalten. Nach einiger Zeit hat sich im oberen Theil des Kolben- halses em freier Raum gebildet, in welehen die Dampf- blasen mit Geriusch hmeinsehlagen. Man bringt durch Entfernen der Wörmequelle oder durch kurzes Heraushe- ben des Apparates aus dem Wasserbade das Wasser aus der Siedekugel in den Kolben zuriiek und wiederholt djeses Ervirmen und theilweise Abkiihlen, des Kolbenhalses noch zweimal, wodureh binnen verhåltnissmiissig kurzer Zeit eine sehr vollstindige Austreibung der Luft bewirkt wird. å Es ist sehr leicht. sehliesslich das Wasser bis zur *vollståndigen Anfiillung der Siedekugel steigen zu lassen, worauf man durch Aufziehen derselben den Verschluss her- stellt und das Sammelrohr nun auch bei 4 abschmilzt: Das Sammeln der Gase mittelst dieses Apparates machte auch bei ziemlich stark bewegter See keme Schwie- rigkeit. Gewöhnlich ung verwendet.” Ved Hjælp af dette Apparat, indsmeltede Jacobsen paa Nordsøtogtet 73 Luftprøver, som efter Hjemkomsten analyseredes efter Bunsens Methode, idet Kulsyren fjernedes med Kali og Surstoffet bestemtes ved Forbrænding* med overskydende Vandstof. wurden 900 CC Wasser zur Auskoch- Han sammenstiller sine Resultater i en Tabel, hvor han i Modsætning til de tidligere Forfat- tere betragter den kulsyrefrie Luft og Kulsyren hver for sig, * saaledes beregnes Surstof og Kvælstofmængderne som Procenter af den kulsyrefrie Luft, «der opføres som CC pr. Litre udkogt Vand reduceret til 0" og 7607” Tryk.+ Ifølge denne Tabel hersker der en ganske mærkelig gjennemført Ensartethed i Sammensætningen af den Luft, der er ud- drevet af de Vandprøver, som have befundet sig under samme physikalske Forholde, saaledes ligger Surstofprocen- ten i alle de 24 Luftprøver, som stamme fra Overflade- vandet.- tiltrods for at de skrive sig fra meget forskjellige Localiteter,- mellem de meget snævre Grændser af 34.14 og 33.64, og naar denne, Overensstemmelse ikke 1, samme Udstræk- ning er. fundet at gaa igjen i de dybere Lag, da har dette sin Forklaring i. en ujevn Cireulation. Naar Surstofmdæng- den overalt i Dybet er funden lig eller noget mindre end i Overfladen, da kan det vel ikke være tvivlsomt, at dette skriver sig fra Surstoffets Forbrug til Oxydation af de i Søvandet forekommende organiske Plante- og Dyrerester samt til Sødyrenes Aandeproces, saaledes som det af Ja- cobsen udtales med følgende Ord: *Der Zusammenhang dieses Unterschiedes ist leicht zu deuten. In dem schwere- ren Wasser, welehes ohne erhebliche Beimischung aus höhe- * 1 Naar jeg her overalt har anvendt denne Jacobsens Fremstillings- maade og ifølge denne omregnet de ældre Forfatteres Opgaver. hvor Gasmængderne overalt ere fremstillede som Procenter åf den sam- lede Surstof-Kvælstof-Kulsyremængde, da vil Grunden hertil fremgaa af min senere Afhandling *Om Kulsyren i Søvandet.” Nachdem nun die Oeffnung c bis'eben unter den Pfropfen hinabgeschoben ist. wird das Wasserbad erwirmt und der Einhalt des Kolbens m heftigem Sieden erhalten. Nach einiger Zeit hat sich: im oberen Theil des Kolben- halses ein freier Raum gebildet. in welehen die Dampt- blasen mit Geråuseh hineinsehlagen. Man bringt dureh Entfernen der Wiårmequelle oder dureh kurzes Heraushe- ben des Apparates aus dem Wasserbade das Wasser aus der Siedekugel in den Kolben zuriiek und wiederholt dieses Erwirmen und theilweise Abkiihlen des Kolbenhalses noch zweimal, wodurch binnen verhiltnissmåssig kurzer Zeit eine sehr vollstindige Austreibung der Lutt bewirkt wird. Es ist sebhr leicht, vollstindigen Anfillung der Siedekugel steigen zu lassen. worauf man durch Aufziehen- derselben den Verscbluss her- stellt und das Sammelrohr nun auch bei Å absehmilzt. Das Sammeln der Gase mittelst dieses Apparates machte auch bei ziemlich stark rigkeit. Gewöhnlich wurden 900 CO. Wasser zur Auskoch- ung verwendet.” sehliesslich das Wasser bis zur” bewegter See keime Sehwie- With this apparatus Jacobsen colleeted on the eruise in the North Sea 73 samples of air. which, after the return of the Expedition, were analysed by Bunsen's method. and His where. reversing the refers separately to the carbonic acid and the air free from that body:* thus. potash being used for absorbing the carbonie aeid. the oxygen consumed with a surplus of hydrogen. results are set forth Table. custom of earlier autbhors., he in å for instance, the respective amounts of oxygen and ni- trogen will be found computed as percentages of the air free from carhonic aeid. which is given "in ce. per litre of the water examined, reduced to a temperature of 0" and a pressure. of 760””. Aecording to this Table. a truly remarkable uniformity prevails in the composition of the air expelled from samples of sea-water which have been exposed to the same physical intluenees; thus, forinstanee. the percentage of oxygen im the 24 samples of air. derived from surface-water, was found, notwithstanding the collection of the latter in widely different loealities, to range between the exceedingly narrow limits of 34.14 and 33.64; and though equal agreement does not extend to the deeper- lying strata, this may be aecounted for by irregular- That the amount of oxygen at the bot- tom, or in great depths. should invariably prove equal to. ity of eireulation. or somewhat less than, that at the surface, is åa phenom- enon the cause of which must unquestionably be as- eribed to the consumption of that gas in the oxidation of organic remains, and for the support of the res- ! The reason that induced me to adopt exciusively Jacobsen's mode of representation, and by the standard of that process to recompute the results of earlier observers, who invariably give the proportions of the gases determined as percentages of the total amount of oxygen, nitrogen, and carbonic aeid, will appear in my next Memoir on the rarbonic acid present in sea-water. ren Schichten sehr lange in der Tiefe verweilt, wird ohne geniigenden Brsatz fortwåhrend Sauerstoff verbraucht zur Oxydation der im Wasser und besonders am Meeresgrunde vorhandenen oxydirbaren NStoffe, — mm wahrschemlich weit untergeordnetem Grade auch durch die Athmung der Thiere.” Men de herved foranledigede Afvigelser ere ikke meget store, idet Surstofprocenten, bortseet fra nogle faa Und- tagelser, ligger indesluttet mellem 30 og 34, saaledes at den som Regel aftager med Dybet. Jacobsens Observationer, der vare udførte under de mest forskjelligartede Omstændigheder, vise ogsaa paa det Bestemteste, at de tidligere gjorte Antagelser, om at Nol- lyset og Stormene eller i det Hele taget de meteorologiske Forholde skulde spille nogen fremtrædende Rolle ligeoverfor den relative Sammensætning at Overfladevandsluften, vare fuldstændig ubegrundede, i ethvert Fald vise de store Over- ensstemmelser, at disse Factorers Indflydelse maatte være meget ringe. Med Hensyn paa den absolute Mængde af den Lutt, der indeholdes i de fra forskjellige Dyb optagne Vand- prøver, da viser den sig at tiltage med Dybet, noget der imidlertid let lader sig forklare ved Temperaturens Aftagen med Dybet, uden at det er fornødent at tage sin Tilflugt til de store Tryk. tionen for at bevise Urigtigheden af den tidligere paa flere Der blev ogsaa paa Pomeraniaexpedi- Steder udtalte Formodning, om at Luftzehalten i de store Dyb skulde staa i Forhold til det der herskende større Tryk, foretaget specielle Experimenter med en af Dr. Behrens og Jacobsen construeret Vandhenter af Kautschuk. Denne sammenklémtes først mest muligt, hvorpaa den sidste Rest Luft uddreves af den ved Hjælp af Kviksølv, og ned- sænkedes derefter fuldstændig lufttom og lufttæt igjenlukket. Først i Dybet ved Apparatets Anslag mod Bund aabnedes det, udspændtes og fyldtes med Vand, hvorpaa det atter lufttæt igjenlukket og fyldt med Vand ankom til Over- fladen. Det viste sig altid, at de med dette Apparat op- tagne Vandprøver ikke indeholdt mere Luft, end de ved Vandprøvens Temperatur kunde holde opløst under almin- deligt Atmosphæretryk. At dette maatte være saa, kunde man allerede være berettiget til at slutte af nogle Forsøg, som Aimé! 1 1843 udførte. Han anvendte et i den ene Ende aabent Glasrør, som nedsænkedes fyldt med Kvik- sølv og i det bestemte Dyb vendtes omkring, hvorved Kvik- sølvet i Glasrøret delvis erstattedes af Vand paa en saadan Maade, at dette afspærredes af Kviksølvet, der optoges af en nedenunder anbragt passende Beholder. Som Resultat af de med dette Apparat udførte Forsøg udtalte Aimé den Sats, at den Mængde Luft, som indeholdtes i en bestemt Mængde Søvand, i alle Dyb var meget nær den samme. I Ann. Chim. Phys. [3] — 7 — 497. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Pogg. Ann. 30 — 412. « Tornøe: Chemi. piratory process in marine animals, as stated by Dr. Ja- cobsen in the following words: — *Der Zusammenhang dieses Unterschiedes ist leicht zu deuten. In dem schwereren Wasser, welehes ohne erhebliche Beimisehung aus höheren Schichten sehr lange in der Tiefe verweilt. wird ohne ge- Ersatz Sauerstoff verbraucht zur Oxydation der im Wasser und besonders am Meeresgrunde vorhandenen oxydirbaren Stoffe, — in wahrscheinlich weit untergeordnetem Grade auch dureh die Athmung der Thiere.” But the differences thus occasioned are not very great, nitgenden fortwihrend since the percentage of oxygen, with but few exceptions, ranges from 30 to 34, as a rule diminishing with the depth. instituted under cireumstances the most diverse, furnish ineontestible proof, Moreover, Jacobsen's observations, that the views of earlier authors, according to which the effect of solar light and storms, or indeed meteorological influence generally, was assumed to play an important part in modifying the composition of the air in surface-water, were wholly unfounded; nay, the extent to which the results based on that hypothesis are found to vary, will of itself show the comparative insignificance of such factors. Ås regards the absolute amount of air contained in samples of water colleeted from different strata, this is found to merease with the depth, — a fact sufficiently obvious from the temperature diminishing as the depth inereases, without needing to seek an explanation in the greater pressure. And with the object of showing that the proportion of air present in sea-water at great depths, is not, as assumed by some, to greater pressure prevailing there, a special series of ex- any appreciable extent dependent on the periments was instituted on the *Pomerania' Expedition, constructed of This ment was first pressed flat, and then sunk, after the air still remaining in it had been expelled by means of mercury, perfectly air-tight. Onits striking the bottom, it opened and filed with water, after which it again closed, and was then with an apparatus for collectimg water eaoutschouc by Drs. Behrens and Jacobsen. instru- brought up to the surface, aur-tight as before. The samples of water collected in this apparatus were never found to' contain more air than would be absorbed, with the same temperature, at the surface. That such,must be the case, there was indeed reason to infer from the experiments instituted by Aimé" in 1843. Aimé made use of a glass tube, which, open at the upper extremity, was sunk full of mereury, and at the required depth inverted, caus- ing part of the mercury in the tube to be replaced by water, in such manner that the mercury, flowing imto a receiver of proper size and shape, prevented its escape. As the result of the experiments performed with this in- strument, Aimé ventured to assume, that the proportion of air contained in a given quantity of sea-water, Is at all depths very nearly the same. Pogg.-Ann. 30, p. 412. 1 Ann. Chim. Phys. [3], 7, p. 497; 2 I Aaret 1873 udgik atter fra England en Expedition, Challengerexpeditionen, som i et Tidsrum af 3 Aar skulde undersøge baade de æquatoriale og antarktiske Farvande. Med denne Expedition fulgte som Chemiker J. Y. Bu- chanan, som besluttede sig til at anvende de paa Pomerania- expeditionen benyttede Methoder og Apparater saa godt som uden Moditikationer. Resultaterne Under- søgelser ere, saavidt jeg ved. endnu ikke offentliggjorte i af hans sine Enkeltheder, medens der dog er gjort nogle foreløbige Meddelelser, hvorefter man vil kunne danne siget Be- greb om de Slutninger, hvortil hans Observationer ville føre. Han finder*, at Surstofmængden i Overfladevandet varierer mellem 53 og 35 "fo af den samlede Surstot= Kvælstofmængde, saaledes at den største Mængde er fundet (baade relativt og absolut) i Vandprøver øste i Nærheden af den sydlige Polareirkel og den mindste 1 Pasatvmd- egnene. Hvad angaar de under Overfladen liggende Lag. da har han observeret det mærkelige Factum, at Surstol- procenten aftager nedover indtil et Dyb af 300 Favne, hvor den opnaar et Minimum for atter igjen at stige. saaledes som det fremgaar af følgende Tabel. Dybde i met. | Der- ens 0125 |50 |100| 200300 400800 | over avne. | % 0 + N=100 0 2 E 33:7 33:4 32:2 30:2| 33:4 Om den absolute Mængde af de af hans Vandprøver udkogte Gasarter findes paa - dette Sted Intet. hvorimod der senere er bleven offentliggjort følgende Tabel*. CC. N per Er Met nirerdestil: Dybde i CC. Tempe- DUN Vand ved Fod (7) ratur per Litre | m . N—N od. | peritre i OG N Temperat. t. 2 å LG Ta Bunsen : Na. 600 4.2 14.% 11.26 Te 0.49 I 200 3:59 13. 0 rd I 1.02 0.21 1800 1.67 6.9 13-00 13-45 0.45 2400 2.41 BT 13.10 1 4.00 0.00 4800 4.06 DOR 13.82 15.00 1.14 derover. == 5 14:37 15.40 1.03 Hermed er i Korthed gjengivet det Vigtigste af de til Dato fremkomne Bidrag til Løsningen af Spørgsmaalet om Luften i Søvandet. [ Vaaren 1876, da man i Norge var beskjæftiget med Udrustningen af den Expedition. som var besluttet udsendt Sommermaanederne af 78 at for 1 Aarene 1876—77 og "The Voyage of the *Challenger." The *Atlantic." 2 — 366. ? Ber. Berl. chem. Ges. 11 — 410. In the year 1873, another Expedition was dispatehed, from England, with H.M.NS. Challenger." its object bemg the investigation. during a period of 3 years, both of the Equatorial and the Antarctic Seas. As chemist to this Expe- dition, had been secured the services of J. Y. Buchanan, who resolved to adopt the methods and apparatus employed ow the *Pomeramia Expedition, almost without modifiea- tion. The results of his labours are not yet. I believe. published in detail; prelimimary papers have, however. ap- peared, from which we can form some general idea of his results. Buchanan found* the proportion of oxygen in surface- water to vary between 33 and 35 per cent of the total amount of oxygen and nitrogen; it was greatest (both re- latively and absolutely) in the samples of water drawn near the Antarctic Circle, and smallest in those collected within the region of the trade winds. As regards the pro- the surface, served the very remarkable fact, that it generally diminshes portion of oxygen in water below he ob- down to a depth of 300 fathoms. where å minimum is reached. and then begins to increase. as shown by the following Table. Depth in | Great- English O | 25 | 50-| 100200 300 | 400800 | er = NNN 9 | pp) Fathoms. Dypths. EN EN | 6 23 per 337 33:4132:21 30.2| 33:4| 11.4! 15.5) 22.61(23.5 With respect to the absolute amounts of the gases out of the different samples of water. nothing is alluded to, but the following Table” has boiled stated im the work since appeared. | | Gere | Mean OG. N per OY | LE pe Depth CO. |Tempera- | C C. | Litre dis i ; ; N tilled Water, | ,- - in Oo ture : ? 4 "| Mm-—MN å AR rn tør per Litre| at Temp. t. Feet. per Bitre an 6 (| = Å Nq- Bunsen å N, | 600 4.2 14.%6 I 1.26 TS 0.40 1200 3:59 13:10 Trey I 1.02 0.21 1800 1.07 0.9 13.00 13:45 0.45 2400 2.41 jod 13.10 1 4.00 0.090 4800 4.06 AG 13:82 1 5.00 Ten — Greater = Me i — 1 14:37 15:40 1.03 Depths. 5 4:37 54 D Å brief account has now been given of what had pre- y brief all I f what had viously been aceomplished asregards the solution of the problem presented by the air in sea-water. In the spring of 1876, when fitting out the Norwegian its during the summer months of 1876. 1877, and 1878. of Expedition. which had for object the mvestigation, "The Voyage of the Challenger. 366. * Ber. Berl. chem. Ges. 11, p. 410. The *Atlantie;' 2, p. undersøge det mellem Norge, Færøerne, Island. Jan Mayen og Spitsbergen beliggende Hav, vare heller ikke de paa den engelske Challengerexpedition udførte Observationer offentliggjorte. saaat de Data, der den Gang forelaa,i Rig- holdighed paa ingen Maade kunde sammenlignes med dem, som nu staa til Raadighed. Især var det med Hensyn paa den geografiske Udbredning, at Observationerne ikke kunde give synderlg omfattende Oplysninger, idet det eneste Hav, som endnu var grundigt undersøgt, nemlig Nordsøen, baade med Hensyn paa Dybde og øvrige physikalske Forholde afveg i høi Grad fra det store Verdenshav, forsaavidt man kjendte det. Da der først var fattet Beslutning. om at der ogsaa paa den norske Nordhavsexpedition skulde udtøres chemiske Undersøgelser af samme Art som paa de tidligere Expedi- tioner, maatte det derfor for Hr. S. Svendsen, hvem disse Arbeider oprindelig vare overdragne, fremstille sig som en meget vigtig, ja man kan sige, som den vigtigste Opgave at tilveiebringe de fornødne Oplysninger om Gasarterne i Søvandet, hvad angaar den Del af Verdenshavet, som Norge havde paataget sig at gjøre til Gjenstand for vidertskabelig Undersøgelse.. Med Hensyn paa de Midler, der skulde be- nyttes til Løsningen af denne Opgave, da kunde Valget af disse ikke falde vanskeligt, da de af Dr. Jacobsen benyt- tede Methoder og Apparater strax maatte udpege sig som de hensigtsmæssigste fremfor Alt. hvad der for Resten stod til Raadighed, selv om ikke Hensynet til Resultaternes Sammenlignelighed havde gjort deres Anvendelse ønskelig. Svendsen besluttede derfor uden Modificationer at optage de paa Pomeraniaexpeditionen benyttede Arbeidsmethoder, og var det i Henseende til Expeditionens Udrustring et stort Held, at Professor Dr. Jacobsen velvilligen tilbød sig at anskaffe de til de chemiske Undersøgelser fornødne Apparater. Det var dog ikke alle de ved Pomeraniaexpeditionen benyttede Apparater, som ogsaa kom til Anvendelse paa den norske Nordhavsexpedition, idet man der besluttede at anvende en af Capitain Wille construeret Vandhenter, som at foretrække for Paa denne maatte nemlig, især 1 en Henseende maatte være den af Dr. H. A. Meyer angivne. naar den skulde optage Vandprøver fra intermediære Dyb, Cylinderen udløses ved et langs Linen nedsænket Lod. som aldeles udelukkede Muligheden af paa Linen samtidig at have anbragt Thermometre eller deslige. saaledes som det uden mindste Ulempe kan forenes med Brugen af Willes Vandhenter. Willes Vandhenter, som findes afbildet i Fig. 2, er af Opfinderen bleven beskrevet paa følgende Maade: *Vandprøven indesluttes i dette Instrument i et for Pladsens Skyld spiralformig høiet Rør, der under Ned- firingen i Vandet holdes aabent i begge Ender, saaledes at Vandet frit kan strømme igjennem; men naar Instrumentet ophales et kort Stykke, lukkes Enderne af Røret med to Ventiler, hvorved det da i Røret staaende Vand afstænges og kan bringes op. å the sea lying between Norway. the Feröe Islamds. Iceland, Jan Mayen, and Spitzbergen, the results of the observa- tions instituted on the *Challenger” Expedition had not yet made public; and hence the data then obtained were few compared to been we "are now in with respect to geographical distribution, that the information former ob- those of which possession. It was more particularly servations could supply had proved but meagre, inasmuch as the only sea thoroughly Ger- man Ocean, was found to differ widely in regard to depth and other physical conditions from the Atlantic and Pacific, so far at least as our knowledge of both may be said investigated, viz the to extend. The resolution once formed, of instituting on the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition a series of chem- those performed on former Expeditions, Mr. S. Svendsen, the gentleman on whom the execution of this task ical experiments similar to was to have devolved, could not but regard 'as an important, nay the most important, part of his labours, accurate determinations of the gases pre- sent in that tract of the Atlantic Qcean which the Nor- wegian Expedition was to make the subject of seientitie investigation. Respecting the means whereby to solve this problem, no difficulty could be experienced in making a choice, since Dr. Jacobsens methods and apparatus must at once suggest themselves as by far the best, even apart from the consideration, that, for the better comparing of his results with those obtained, their adoption was desi- Svendsen, therefore, decided in favour of the pro- modification — resorted to on the *Pom- erania" Expedition; and it was a förtunate eoncurrence, that Professor Jacobsen should kindly volunteer his assist- ance in procuring the various apparatus necessary for the rable. cess — without chemical experiments. All the apparatus made use of on the *Pomerania Expedition. were not, however, adopted on the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition: the instrument, for instance, employed to collect water, which, particularly in one respect, must be held preferable to that described by Dr. H. A. Meyer, had been constructed by Captam OC. Wille R. N. When drawing water from intermediate depths, the eylin- der in the latter is detached by running a weight down the lime, which precludes the possibilty of having a ther- mometer, or any other instrument. attached to it, an ad- vantage which may. without the slightest drawback, be combined with Wille's apparatus. Wille's instrument for collecting water, of which Fig. 2 is a represention, has been described by the inventor as follows: — «The samples of water drawn with this instrument are, to save space, brought up in a spiral tube, which, when sunk through the water, is kept open at both ends, to admit of the free passage of the flud: but, om the instrument, at the required depth, being hauled m a few fathoms, the ends of the tube are closed by means of two valves, and the water it contams, thus prevented from escaping, may be brought to the surface. dig TT Toe 2 p pr part af em ul ammen Fig. 2. "/g af naturlig Størrelse. ev (One-eighth of the Actual Size.) «Tegningen fremstiller Instrumentet klar til Nedfiring; Tampen af Lodlinen hexes i øverste Øiebolt (a) og Loddet i den nedre (b) Under Nedfiringen løfter Vandtrykket Propellerne op, saa at Taggerne i Underkant af Propel- bosset éc) kommer klar af Taggerne i Muffen, gjennem hvil- ken Ventilstangen (d) gaar, og om de ikke kommer ganske klare, sker Propellens Omdreinmg med Skraaplanerne, saa Naar opad. at Muffen og Ventilstangen bliver staaende stille. Instrumentet derimod under Ophalingen bevæges driver Vandtrykket Propellerne ned, de dreies rundt den anden Vei og tager Mufferne med sig. — Ventilstængerne. der ikke kan dreie sig rundt. men styres af Tværstykkerne (e). skrues da. tilligemed de med Kautschuk overtrukne Ventiler, mod Ventilsæderne i Enderne af Røret, og naar de ere næsten lukkede, glipper den sidste Skruegjænge paa Ventilstangen ud af Skruegjængerne i Muffen, og Spiral- fjædrene (f) klappe da Ventilerne i, medens Propellerne og Mufferne gaa løse rundt om den glatte Del af Ventil- stængerne, og frembyder saaledes meget liden Modstand under Resten af Indhivningen. Instrumentet lukker sig efter Favnes (13 Meters) Indhaling. Ringen om Midten og Skjærmerne rundt Propellerne beskytte Instrumentet, saaledes at det uden Skade kan ligge paa omtrent 7 Bunden. For at konstatere. om der var Qverskud af Luft i de nedre Vandlag, blev der over Svikhullet paaskruet et gjennemboret Laag (g), der ved Hjælp af et Stykke Gummi- slange forenedes til et i den ene Ende lukket Glasrør. Naar Vandet under Nedfirimgen strømmede ind i Vand- røret, løb det ogsaa ned i Glasrøret, af hvilket Luften saa- ledes blev udjaget. Naar Instrumentet kom ombord, ende- vendtes det. saa at Kranen kom ned og Glasrøret op. Man bevægede nu Vandhenteren lidt frem og tilbage med den øvre Ende. og hvis der havde været Overskud af Lutt, maatte denne have arbeidet sig op og vist sig i Toppen af Glasrøret, men dette viste sig stadig fuldt Jige til Tops. og blev derfor i den sidste Tid ikke paasat.” Instrumentet kan tømmes gjennem Tappekranen (4) og leverer en Vandprøve paa circa 5 Litre. Udførelsen af de ehemiske Arbeider ombord paa den norske Nordhavsexpedition overtoges altsaa først i Følge den oprindelige Plan af Hr. Svendsen, som gjorde Togtet i 1876 med, men blev senere, da denne af Helbredshensyn bad sig fritaget. overdraget Forfatteren, der saaledes har udført de paa de to sidste Togter gjorte Observationer del- vis med Assistance af Hr. L. Sehmelck, som sidste Sommer medfulgte Expeditionen, og som for Tiden er beskjæftiget med Bearbeidelsen af en anden Del af 'det paa Expeditionens Togter til ehemisk Undersøgelse indsamlede Materiale. The figure shows the instrument ready for sinking. The end of the sounding-line is made fast to the upper eye- bolt (a), and the lead to the lower (b). On the ward passage, the pressure" of the water lifts up the pro- down- pellers, enabling the cogs in the under surface of the base of the latter (c) to get clear through which passes the rod of the valve (d); amd if not of the cogs im the bush. quite elear, the propeller revolves with the melined planes, the bush and the rod of the valve remaining stationarv On the the on being hauled in, is given an upward motion, the pres- as before. other hand, when instrument, sure of the water forces down the propellers. which then revolve in the opposite direction, carrying along with them the bushes. The rods of the valves. which cannot revolve, being kept in position by transverse pieces (2). are. together with the valves covered with eaoutschoue. serewed against the ends of the tube. Now, when the latter are almost closed, the last twist of the serew on the rod ef the ralve slips out of the corresponding twist of the serew on the bush, and the spiral springs (f) instantly press down the valves, the propellers and the bushes revolving independently round the smooth portion of the rods, thus presenting but little resistance to the water durimg the remainder of the upward passage. The instrument eloses on being hauled in about 7 fathoms (13 metres). The ring round the middle. and the shields protectmg the propellers, prevent the instrument from sustaining injury on its striking the bottom. With a view to ascertam whether the proportion of air were really greater in the lower strata, åa perforated cover (g) was serewed over the spigot-hole, and con- nected by means of a piece of caoutschouc hose with a glass tube, open at one end. Now, when the water on the downward passage flowed mmto the spiral tube, it also de- scended into the glass tube. expelling the air. So soon board. it was inverted, the stop-cock therefore poimting down, and the glass tube up. as the instrument came on The upper end of the apparatus being now moved a little backwards and forwards, the surplus of air. if any had up- wards, and have appeared, in the form of bubbles, at the top of the tube, which, however, was invariably found to be quite full, and therefore not attached to the appa- ratus when the fact would no longer admit of doubt.” been present, must obviously have forced its way The stopeock (h) serves to empty the instrument, which will hold about 5 litres of water. on board stated above, originally undertaken by Mr. S. Svendsen, The chemical work to be done WAS, ås who went out on the first erwise, in 1876; but. his health failing, Mr. Svendsen was sueceeded by the author, who had therefore to take the observations instituted in 1877 and 1878, partly with the assistance of Mr. L. Schmelek, that gentleman having aecompanied the Expedition on the last eruise. (Mr. Schmelek is now engaged im working up other materials collected on the Expedition for chemical investigation). Da jeg Vaaren 1877 blev kun givet mig opfordret til at overtage disse Arbeider, var der faa Dages Varsel, saaat jeg havde de største Vanskeligheder med at faa ud- ført selv de aller nødtørftigste Forberedelser, og naar det alligevel lykkedes at faa Alt tilfredsstillende ordnet før Afreisen, da skyldes dette udelukkende den Beredvillighed, hvormed Hr. Professor Waage bistod mig blandt Andet og- saa med Indredningen af det ehemiske Laboratorium ombord. Det paa Expeditionens første Togt i 1876 fremher- skende ualmindeligt stormfulde Veir gjorde det i høi Grad vanskeligt ja næsten ugjørligt at udføre de chemiske Obser- vationer ombord, og det Udbytte, som af Svendsen hjembragtes fra første Togt, indskrænkede sig derfor i denne Branche til 17 Luftprøver. tabt. Det rolige Veir, som de to sidste Aar begunstigede Expe- hvoraf desuden 3 ved Uheld senere gik ditionens Arbeider. tillod mig derimod paa de Togter, hvor- med der var givet mig Anledning til at medfølge, at md- smelte*et større Antal. idet der for disse Aars Vedkom- 80 Luftbestemmelser hvoraf mende erholdtes af de hjembragte Luftprøver, af Hr. Scehmelek. Naar Udbyttet ikke er blevet større, da har dette sin Grund i, at talrige Observationer tabt nogle faa ved Uheld men de fleste ved Uheld under Indsmelt- Saaledes var der til Brug paa sidste Togt fra Kiiehler & Nöhne i Ilmenau sendt mig nogle Luttopsam- vare indsmeltede gik under Analysen ningen. lingsrør, hvoraf over 75 "/y tiltrods for den omhyggeligste Behandling sprang enten under Indsmeltningen eller efter samme. land og Ward* angivne Gasanalyseapparat, saaledes at Kul- Surstoftet bestemt Luftprøverne ere alle analyserede ved det af Franck- syren er fjernet med Kalilud og ved Forbrænding med Vandstof. De 14 førstnævnte Prøver ere analysérede af Hr. Svendsen de øvrige 80 af Forfat- De erholdte Resultater hvortil kan bemærkes følgende: findes sammenstillede i Tabel I, De i Tabellen opførte Temperaturangivelser ere mig meddelte af Pro- fessor Mohn. Ved Angivelse af de Dybder, hvorfra Vand- prøverne ere hentede, er ikke taget Hensyn til, at Vand- efter circa 7 Favnes Indhivning. 10 Nummere der 1 de til Luftprøvernes Opbevarelse benyttede Glasrør smaa Feil, uden at jeg dog har fundet mig foranlediget til at tillægge teren. henteren først lukker sig Ved de med * betegnede var disse mindre Vægt end de Øvrige, da man vel ikke kan tænke sig Muligheden af en Lækage, uden at den, naar Glasrørene i flere Maaneder opbevaredes under en Tryk- differents mellem det ydre og indre Gastryk af eirca 300 til 400””, maatte have øvet en mærkbar Virkning paa den indesluttede Lufts Sammensætning. Jeg kan saa meget trøstigere tage dem med i Beregningerne, hvor det gjælder at opstille de almindelige Slutninger, som de ikke i syn- derlig Grad ville bidrage til at forrykke Udseendet af de endelige Resultater. Alle Gasvolumina findes i Tabellen udtrykte i OG. per Litre udkogt Søvand reduceret til 0" og 7607” Barometerstand. 1 Chem. Soc. Journ. 22—313. 14 1877, labours, I had but å few days notice, and therefore, very diffieulty making even the most necessary preparations: nor would it indeed When, in the spring of undertake these experienced, I was requested to great in have been possible to get everything satisfactorily arranged short a time but for the readiness with which Pro- Waage came forward to assist me: for instance, up the chemical laboratory on board. The exceptionally heavy weather on the first cruise in 1876, highest difficult, nay well nigh impracticable, to perform the necessary experi- in SO fessor fitting in rendered it in the degree ments on board; and hence the chemical work done by Svend- sen on the first voyage was, with regard to gas-determina- tions, confimed to colleetimg 17 samples of ar, which On the two last eruises of 3 of however were subsequently lost. the Expedition the weather proved much more favourable, and I sueceeded im obtaining å larger number of samples (9 of them colleeted by Mr. Schmelek), with which, when brought home, 80 air-determinations were performed. Å more satisfactory result would, have been obtaimed but some few from aceident when analysing the gass, but the great majority by reason however, for the loss of numerous samples, T'hus, for instance, on the last voyage 75 per cent of the glass tubes for collecting procured from Kiichler & Sohne im IHme- notwithstanding the either the sealing-process or after its eompletion. The samples of air were all of them analysed im the apparatus deseribed by Franekland and Ward,* the carbonic aeid having been absorbed in a lye of potash and the oxygen determined by consuming it with hydrogen. The tirst 14 samples were analysed by Mr. Svendsen, the remaining 80 by myself. The results obtained will be found in Table I. The temperatures in the Table were given by Professor Mohn. When stating the depths from which the samples of water were drawn, regard has not been had to the fact. of the diffieulty experienced in sealing. ar, nau, greatest care ceracked during that the instrument used for collecting them does not elose till it has been hauled in about 7 The asterisk determinations signifies that the fathoms. marking 10 of the glass tubes used for preserving these samples of air had small de- feets. less weight than to the others; for it is impossible to con- To these determinations, however, I have not attached ceive that a leakage, after the glass tubes had been exposed for months together to a. difference of pressure amounting to 3OQ”m — 4007 and the atmosphere without, viz. that existmg between the air inside should not have had an ap- preciable effect on the composition of the air they contained. : Moreover, I hesitate the less to melude them as factors when seeking to arrive at general conelusions, since they cannot to any considerable extent disturb the char- acter of the final results. The volumes are given in eubic eentimetres per litre of the sea-water examined, reduced to a temperature of 0* and a pressure of 760", "Chem. Soc. Journ. 22, p. 313; 1869. 15 Tabel I. | | | Dybde hvorfra Prø- | | 8 fa ven hentet. | HE ev PA eg | No. | (North Latitude.) | Eee FE CC. (o[00 | å ar | vatur. Anmerkninger. - HE ANE | Favne. Meter. per mi EG nel fa fe Getsins: DE | | (English (Metres.) I så h Fathoms-) | Tr = I | | Husö | Oo G Ai ader tt 62* 4" od de 11.3 351 10.5 ee Mr EEE DE NET 6.1 41 33 GEM z oe 430 786 19.0 13:0 SRG, NG En 03.5 Er K 6 å kue nie 11.8 RSS 63.7 EE MR ET Joos v03 7 1 26 legs å sg pe 35:0 10-4 8 37 62 28.3 2 20 BEE 800 er 12.4 32.6 010 OAS 62 28.3 p 29 | Je på | 18.5 | 12.4 32.8 O.1I 10 | 40 | Er Aas | p 1262 198 n200 BON — 1.1 II 40 Og Pops 542 51 | SÅ oe 35:2 OG | Task 65 53 7 18 % å | dage so SV 0 7 18 eee re 30 he N | 2127 I 2.7 — SE SØ Raae | 2 An 3307 == ag 16| 961 +66 8.5 3 Ev 30 | SG En 77 32.4 5.8 725 | 67 52.5 502 BG å DE Tr: Pen 18 | 125 | 67 52.5 5 12 | 700 MG på AA Ser 19| 152 | 67 18 12 46 125 AR RO 13:3 33-60 —r.1 20 | 162 | Bae pe F == 31.0 1 | ee ORO 795 | 1454 20.6 3 En 6 då 21 | 162-| 68 23 IO 20 Sene 3:9 32: 162 AN | 22 | 171 | 69 18 LE FER å i Ser ea pr se nen) 2 ”- | 23 E ve FN 179 69 32 II 10 1607 Aa MÅ | ST 8915 1.0 24 | 183 69 5 ÖnrE 9 | 32.1 12 | 9-5 15 o os Mee 052 2 3 25 183 69 50.5 6 15 5 ; | TN 12.9 36.1 8.6 | 26 | 184 =o å | OR 2 ØR 36.1 8.6 | PD å 9 50 | 154 Seb o e | 27 | 184 | 70 4 | 7 | 2629 DES ARO B2.0 —1.3 | | er OR50 | 600 | 1097 20.7 I14:1 32 28 | 189 69 41 15 A2 | o i 4 32:I 0:0 | kle Ber | å | Og P8-å 12.0 35:0 9.6 30 | 200 | 71 25 ir 573 21.5 14.6 Son 31 Me 20 | 2134 | 19:9 | 228 | 358 | —10 | FR auge aan So k2n3a 7023" 2" 30! | E 3 355 8.5? Sem Nera |NZO2 | p 8.6 30 349 8.2 aa 7 3 2 30 | 1760 3219 19.6 12.0 34.0 ES 34 | su70023 12030 | 1760 "ar 4 G 3 2 Es ne ON sets (eo 338 EN 36 | 215 70053 Br 160 2 Pt Fe 348 8.0 BS 7055 0) EN 13:01 22 38 | 226 70 59 Bye , | 3 | 3045 2 12.0 32.8 —=4;2 | 39| 226 70 59 | | o Hå rå 337 3:0 | | p) AE 14 340" | 622 gt bt pteg | go 60: 201 dreng Å Ta eee Align 69 20 ringe 8 | (0) | å 2 13:3 | 35: +3 | 42 | 243 68 32.5 6 26 het å EE 25 354 43 43 | 243 | 68 32.5 6 26 PTE EE de 7:8 44 | 243 | 68 32:5 6 26 ME EE Je FN ea ken 224 JB Ke | ke N KE fa SH an > JO BATN MEGA Ge 2 24 500 1 Ke å ra 0:4 47 | 249| 68 12 6 35 de å OE hun 32:3 | —0:4 . 48+ 252 | VELGER LENER | på 1944 21.4 14.5 32.3 ee | South o: raaven.) | 49 | 253 | (The Skjærstar Fjord | 263 E e oe 347 14.0? sot 254 106757" £39 gg" eee et be 00 13:8 | 342 3.2 51 | 254 | 07 27 16g PG å se 192 LG, 34:8 10.0 52 | 254| 67 27 1325 pe pe EEE 33-2 4-8 53 | 264 70 56 2 p Sale 10150 Å AO 5.8 54 | 264 | 70 56 35 37 Pep age PO Gda) 1995 5.2 59 | 275 Fe Prime er Då | 207 13:8 | 331 TOG) 56|275| 74 8 Sed 147 | 269 | re Øre 349 29 57 | 278 740 1:5 22 27 så EN 14.0 BS NES 58 | 278 74 15 2227 2 G PO 13:3 35:0 4.2 MOE HET 207 | 138 33:3 | 0.0 på Dybde hvorfra Prø- | ven hentet. Ser lyses Å OS Se ne ind ND Å N OG 10' one ; e! Ge tet s we eget; OG. CC. | > Å ae pg Dee ØK No. (North Latitude.) engen Engelske per Litre. per Tbrryaa, GIN Ga (Remarks.) Greenwich.) Favne. Meter. (0 per cent.) | (English | (Metres.) Fathoms.) = | | 59 283 73 ANE HP ou” fo) (0) 19.8 12.8 35:4 72 60 | 283 ae TAN 2 o o 19.5 12.6 FEE Å Å Ör 286 FEN EG; 14 32 (0) (0) 20.6 13.2 35:8 | FAE 62 286 FDL EG I4 32 447 | 817 21.8 14.8 | 31.9 | —0.8 63 opne Dre 95 174 19.6 13.0 33:5 5.1 64 Noss 050 II 40 fo) fo) 20.2 12 86 7.0 | DS 1 205 71 55 in Go 000 ee —o0.8 66 | 205 71 59 II 40 I I 10 2030 21.5 14.6 BØR —1.3 67 | 296 GS 8 "o 100 NAN 83 DOLE 34.2 Sol 68 207072 03025 Gre 1280' | 2341 2 3 EIGE 35:1 dl BØ VIST EG em 1 2o MW: fo) oter ge 35.6 DSD 709 4303 75 12 SN RE so 274 22.0 14.7 331 — 1:1 7E% | 304 Sr 4 51 300 549 21.7: Tal 32:2 018 Te SO 753 451 Te I e6 Al e3:2.2 LØS AN jan 74 56.5 10 30 O oe 38 se 35:2 0.5 ae 74505 19 30 25 46 23.7 15:3 | 35:4 0.2 323 2 5 1 2 5: IP KRO o 19:3 12.3 36.5 7:8 76 | 323 PA BARE AG o o — : 35.8 7.8 77] 332 TAGS EO) 11 36 11490 2101 DEG TS ser Er 78 332 75 56 ig 306) | 11410 2101 22.0 15.0 31.8 — 1.5 ee ESS ON 43 AE o 20.8 13:3 36.2 5:4 80 335 76 16.5 14 39 170 327 21.0 40 se år 1.0 81 339 76 30 15 39 37 68 2000 MNEnAN2 341 0.0 82 Sren 70035 13 18 | (0) (0) 21.8 14.1 35:3 6.2 83 3azel 1764 33 19) ås] 52 956 20:00 33 33:08 .| —10 84: | 345 76 42.5 10 0 300 549 20.0 Tegel 34:4 1.0 85 345 7 Aaser | TL) 300 549 DIS 14.2 33:09 1.0 SO TR o o 20.0 13 357 +4 7 347 76 40.5 7 47 | 1420 2613 21.4 13:9 351 LEG) 88* | 340 76 30 PG | 1487 | 2719 pen elr I 3205 — 1.5 89 | 350 76 26 o 29 W. 300 | 549 21.90 BA. 70 Nek32er — TI 90 350 76, 26 | 6 20) 1686 | 3083 22.0 15.3 33:3 — 1.5 om VEK 56 302 E. | 300 |. 549 DUO) 14.8 32.5 —0.8 opp IN G52 77 56 JE 1686 | 3083 DA set 32.8 — 1.5 93" | 359 78 2 14 Ore ON o == == 35:7 +3 94* | 362 79 59 5 40 (0) (0) 20 3 13.0 35:00 5.2 Vandprøverne ere overalt, hvor det Modsatte ikke | The. samples of water were all, except when the re- udtrykkelig er anført, udkogte strax efter deres Optagelse. verse is stated, boiled immediately on being drawn. Som man ser, ligner denne Tabel overmaade meget den af Dr. Jacobsen opstillede, hvad man ogsaa paa For- haand kunde vente, da de undersøgte Distrieter fuldstændig gaa overi hinanden, og naar Differentserne mellem de af Hr. Svendsen og mig opførte Tal ere noget større, da kommer dette ligefrem af det af os bearbeidede Felts større Ud- strækning og deraf følgende større Uensartethed i de phy- sikalske Forholde. Hvad der er mest iøinefaldende, er det paafaldende Phænomen, at der med Hensyn paa den relative Nammen- sætning af den i Overfladevandet indeholdte Luft paa den norske Nordhavsexpedition er fundet betydeligt større Sur- stofgehalt end af Dr. Jacobsen for Nordsøen opstillet, saa- ledes er Surstofprocenten i Overfladen i Nordsøen bestemt til i Middel 33.93 9 den for det af den norske Expedition i 1876 og 77 under- op af den samlede Luftmængde, medens søgte Ntrøg søndenfor den 7Ode Breddegrad, beløber sig As will be this Table with that prepared by Dr. Jacobsen, which was indeed to be expected, since the tracts investigated coalesce; and the somewhat greater differences exhibited by Mr. Svend- seen, agrees very closely sen's and my own figures arise simply from the region explored by the Expedition having been more extensive, involving greater dissimilarity m the physical conditions. With regard to the relative composition of the air in surface-water, the proportion of oxygen was, strange to say, on the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition found to be considerably greater than that given by Dr. Jacobsen for the North the surface-water of the North Sea he determined to be 33.93 per cent of the total amount of air, whereas the mean proportion for the tract of the North-Atlantic stretching south of the 7Oth parallel of latitude, that investigated by the Sea. The mean proportion of oxygen in 17 til i Middel 34.96 og for det i 1878 undersøgte mellem Ode og S0de Breddegrad beliggende Strøg til 55.64 "9. Fuldstændigt tilsvarende er det af Buchanan fundet at være paa den sydlige Halvkugle. idet Surstofprocenten i Overfladen der varierer fra omkring 33 i Ækqvåtoregnene til ea. 35 omkring den sydlige Polarcirkel. Dette lod med temmelig stor Bestemthed formode, at de for destilleret Vand gjældende, af Bunsen opstillede, Absorbtionseoeffieienter ikke skulde være gyldige for Søvand, idet det. naar Overfladevandsluftens Sammensætning fandtes at variere med Bredden, maatte være det Naturligste at skrive disse Variationer paa Temperaturforandringerne. Det vil imidlertid ikke føre til noget rimeligt Resultat, om man vil betragte Temperaturen som den Variable og af de her foreliggende Observationer forsøge at udlede en Lov for Absorbtionscoefficienternes Variationer med Temperaturen. Man vil da finde, at de enkelte Observationer staa ikke ubetydeligt i Strid med hinanden, idet der for Surstof- mængdernes Vedkommende overalt optræder meget større Afvigelser, end man kan antage begrundede i Observations- feil. Det kunde dog ikke synes tilraadeligt at lade det bero hermed og forsøge at diseutere de foreliggende Ob- servationer uden nøiere Kjendskab til Absorbtionscoettici- enternes Afhængighed af Temperaturen, og jeg besluttede derfor at bestemme saavel Sammensætning som Mængde af den i Søvandet ved forskjellige Temperaturer opløste Luft. Først gjordes en Del Forsøg, hvorved Søvandet i et Bad af constant Temperatur søgtes mættet ved flere Timers Gjennemledning af Luft, (saaledes som Bunsen har gaaet frem ved sine Bestemmelser*), hvorefter den opløste Luft uddreves og analyseredes paa den før beskrevne Maade. De paa denne Maade mættede Vandprøver afzave bestan- dig Luftmængder, som uden Hensyn til den Temperatur. hvorved Vandet var mættet, viste nogenlunde nær den samme Sammensætning (med 34.9 "/y Surstof mod 65.1 "jo Kvælstof), medens de ofte temmelig stærkt afvigende Tal, som udtrykte de absolute Mængder af opløste Gaser, tyde- ligt. viste, at der paa denne Maade ikke var opnaaet fuld- stændig Mætning. Professor Waage foreslog mig derfor at gjentage disse Forsøg med nogen Variation i den Maade, hvorpaa Mæt- ningen iværksattes, og har jeg som Følge deraf ved de senere Forsøg benyttet følgende Fremgangsmaade. En pas- sende Portion Søvand af nogenlunde høi Egenvægt rystedes med Luft i en rummelig Kolbe i et Tidsrum fra 1 til 2 Timer under stadig Vexlen af den i Kolben værende Luft og hensattes derpaa i nogle Timer ganske rolig. idet Tem- peraturen saavel under Rystningen som senere holdtes fuld- stændig constant. Forat overbevise mig om, at jeg har opnaaet fuldstændig Mætning, har jeg nærmet mig Mæt- * Bunsen, Gasom. Methoden — 165. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Tornøe: Chemi. Norwegian Expedition in 1876 and 1877, amounts to 34.96. and for that lymg between the 70th and SOth parallels of latitude, to 35.64 per cent. the same phenomenon Buchanan observed preeisely in the southern hemisphere. the proportion of oxygen varying from about 33 per cent in the Equatorial Seas to about 35 per cent in the vicinity of the Antarctic Circle. Reasoning on these data. there were strong grounds to assume. that the coeftieients of absorption given by Bunsen for distilled water could not apply to sea-water: for, the composition of the air in surface-water having been found to vary with the latitude, the most probable cause of this phenomenon would seem to be temperature. Mean- while. we shall not arrive at a satisfactory result by regard- temperature the variable factor, and by seek- from the observations here set forth to discover a according to which the the temperature. would in that ing as ing law coefficients of absorption Tlie individual observations case be found to elash, inasmuch as the regard to oxygen is invariably vary with variation with greater than can be assumed to arise from errors of observåtion. However, it did not seem advisable to leave the. question as it stood, and proceed to the discussion of the results without having further investigated the relation of the cocffi- eients of absorption to the temperature: and I resolved, there- fore, on determining alike the composition and the amount of the air absorbed by sea-water at different temperatures. Å series of experiments were first instituted with a view to saturate sea-water with air. viz. by placing it im a bath of constant temperature, and for the space of several hours uninterruptedly conduceting through it a current of air, — the mode of operation adopted by Bunsen for his determinations.* after which the air ab- sorbed in the water was driven off, and amalysed by the process previously described. The samples of water satu- rated in this manner invariably yielded quantities of air which, irrespective of the temperature at which the water had been saturated. were found to be very nearly uni- form in composition, viz. 34.9 per cent oxygen and 65.1 per cent nitrogen. whereas the figures. often widely divergent. expressing the absolute quantities of the gaseous bodies absorbed, gave sufficient proof that by this method complete saturation had not been attamed. At Professor Waage's suggestion. I repeated these experiments, varying slightly the means by which satura- tion was sought to be effected, and have since adopted the following mode of operation. Å quantity of sea-water. of considerable specific gravity, is shaken, along with air. mm a roomy one or two hours. the matrass being frequently renewed, and then left perfectly matrass for air in the still for a few hours. at the precise temperature preserved during its eontinual agitation. To be quite sure that I have saturating the water. I approach the as it were from opposite directions: really sueceeded in point of saturation " Bunsen, Gasom. Methoden, p. 165. . ningspunetet fra begge Sider, idet jeg paa den ene Side har behandlet Vand. som paa Forhaand var utilstrækkeligt mættet med Luft ved vedkommende Temperatur, og paa den anden Side først har mættet Vandet ved en betydelig lavere Temperatur for derefter, som ovenfor beskrevet, at ryste det med Luft ved den Temperatur, hvorved det øn- mættet. Den Barometerstand, verne ere mættede, er altid bleven observeret, og ere de skedes hvorved Vandprø- uddrevne Gasmængder reducerede til Mætning ved 760””, idet de absorberede Volumina ere satte proportionale med Trykket. Tabel, hvor Gasmængderne ere udtrykte som OG. pr. Litre udkogt Vand reduceret til 0” og 760”” Tryk. De fede Typer trykkede Tal hidrøre fra de Vandprøver, der med Luft ved Ved de med Klammer sammenføiede Tal ere Resultaterne ere sammenstillede i nedenstaaende med i Forveien have været mættede Temperatur. begge Luftprøver udkogte af samme Vandprøve. en lavere, on the one hand. operating with water that has been im- perfectly saturated at a given temperature, and on the other, saturating that water at åa much lower temperature; and not till then proceeding to shake it along with air at the temperature for which saturation is sought to be at- tained. The atmospheric pressure at which the samples of water were saturated, was always noted down, and the quantity of gas driven off reduced to the point of satura- tion at 760””, the volumes absorbed being put propor- tional with the The results are set forth nm the following Table, the amounts of gas being expressed pressure. in eubic centimetres per litre of the water examined, re- duced to a temperature: of 0* and a pressure of 760””, The figures prmted m thick type refer to samples of water previously saturated with air at a lower tempera- ture; those in brackets are determinations performed with the same sample of water. 0? C. EPO: 10 OC Te ON0! 590: 10" CO. 159 C O N O N OE () N () N () N () N DEN | 7:76 | 14.36 || 6.83 | 13.20| 6.31 | 12.14 || 5.60 | 10.79 | VO 14:36 || 6.83 | 13.20| 6.31 | 12.14 TE 60 | 10.79 17:85 | 14.56 || 6.90 | 13-30 || 6.30 | 12.06 || 5.79 | 11.20 17.85 | 14:56 || 6.90 | 13.30 || 6.30 | 12.06 || 5.79 | 11.20 | | LEDE se dt ge pe ed am SSA | EE SD ; 7-71 | 14:31 || 6.97 | 13.16 || 625 | 1204| 570 | 11.04 7-71 | 14-31 || 697 | 13.16 || 6.25 | 1204| 570 11.04 —— — | 7.01 | 13.20 | | — — [| 7.01 | 13.20 = Som Middelværdier erholder man heraf: The mean proportions are accordingly: — NG | o | 5 ro 15 Gb ile | o* | 30 ro på O MER 6.903 6.29 | 5.70 op 7-77 6.03 6.29 | 5-70 N 14:41 18122 12.08 I 1.01 | VIN! 14.41 naker 12.08 IL.O1 | ESN Too Oo 35:03 32300 34240 arr O+ N=100 O pet. | 35.03 | 34-39 | 3424 | 34-11 Til yderligere Control paa Rigtigheden af denne Ta- bel hensattes en Vandprøve i uproppet Kolbe ved 0" 1 7 Døgn, hvorpaa den deri opløste Luft udkogtes og analyse- redes, og viste den uddrevne Gas sig at være omtrentlig af samme NSammensætning ovenfor angivet 35.18 % 0 mod 64.82 "14 N. Af den samlede Luftmængde erholdtes her ingen Maaling, da desværre en liden Blære under Overfyldningen i Evdiometret gik tabt, den reste- rende Del maalte 21.71 CC. Som man af denne Tabel vil kunne se, er den Kvælstotmængde, som 1 Litre Søvand. absorberer af den atmosphæriske Luft, ligetil proportional med Temperaturen og lader sig udtrykt i CO. meget nøie fremstille ved Formelen som nemlig N= 14.4 — 0.23 hvoraf man istedetfor de observerede Værdier . 14.41 14.40 13.22 15:25 12.08 12.10 11.01 kan beregne 10.95. Hvad angaar den absorberede Surstofmængde, da er Forholdet ikke længere saa simpelt, idet den Curve, der betegner Variationen med Temperaturen, ikke længere er en ret men en svagt krummet Linie, som paa Strøget fra 0 til 10", hvorom der her nærmest er Tale, lader sig ud- trykke ved Formelen With the object of testing still further the aeeuraey of this Table, å sample of water was allowed to stand over in an open matrass at a temperature of 0* for the space of 7 days, when the air absorbed by it was boiled out and analysed; but the composition of the gas driven off proved to be almost the same as that specified above, viz. 35.18 Of the total amount of air no measurement was obtained, a small bubble ot per cent oxygen and 64.82 per cent nitrogen. gas having unfortunately escaped when transferring the air mto the eudiometer; the remaining portion mea- 21.71%. As appears from this Table, the quant- ity of nitrogen absorbed from the atmosphere by I litre sured of sea-water is strictly proportional to the temperature, and may be very aceurately expressed in cubic centimetres by the formula — N= 14.4 — 0.23 &, which, in place of the values observed, 14.41 13.22 12.08 11.01 OUVOS ee 14.40 13:25 12:10" 10.95 With regard to the amount of oxygen absorbed, the proportion is less easily expressed, since the eurve ndi- cating the variation with the temperature will no longer be a straight, but a slightly eurved lme, which, from 0* to 10% the interval most important here, may be ex- pressed by the formula — O0=7.79 — 0.2 t + 0.005 t2, som istedetfor de observerede Værdier 777 6.93 6.29 giver U.19 06:92 629 Men Hensyn paa den relative Sammensætning af den absorberede Luft da er den ikke, saaledes som af Bunsen for destilleret Vand fundet, uafhængig af Temperaturen men varierer med denne, saaledes at Nurstofprocenten paa Strøget fra 0" til 15" forandrer sig med en hel Proeent. Betragter man Resultaterne af disse Forsøg som Norm, viser det sig, at den relativt til den samlede Luftmængde meget høie Surstofzehalt, som er observeret i Overfladen 1 den nordlige Halvdel af det undersøgte Hav, i Virkelig- heden skriver sig fra en Qvermætning med Surstof og ikke, som man ogsaa kunde tænkt, fra en mangelfuld Mætniug med Kvælstof, idet der mærkeligt nok her findes en Sur- stofgehalt, der meget hyppigt overskrider den af disse For- søg beregnede med 0.5-CGC. og derover. optræder saa store Afvigelser, at de paa ingen Maade kunne tilskrives Observationsfeil, og det viser sig saaledes. at Sur- stofsehalten i Overfladen ikke alene afhænger af Tryk og Temperatur, men rimeligvis ogsaa maa paavirkes.af en eller flere andre ubekjendte Aarsager. Naar det gjælder nærmere at studere Surstofmængdens Variation med Dybden. falder det bekvemmest at udtrykke den som Procenter af den samlede Luttmængde, da den absolute Luftmængde varierer 1 meget stærkere Grad med Temperaturen end Luftens relative Sammensætning, og man vil saaledes ved at benytte denne Udtryksmaade opnaa at gjøre sig 1 betydeligt Temperaturens Indflydelse. Ordner man de paa denne Maade udtrykte Tal efter Dybden, viser det sig, at der med Hensyn paa Surstof- procentens Størrelse i de forskjellige Dyb existerer en tem- melig udpræget Lovmæssighed, som nærmere kan karak- teriseres af nedenstaaende Tabel, der er uddraget af samt- lige Observationer, naar undtages de to. hvor Udkogningen ikke foretoges strax men først efter nogen Tids Henstand. - Dybdeintervaller. Midlere Dybde. Det vil sige, der større Udstrækning uafhængig af 19 0=7.79 —0.2t 0.005 £, PIE ge AG GODE 60 in place of the values observed. 7.77 6.93 6.29 of the air absorbed is not, as Bunsen found to be the case with distilled water. Hence, the relative composition independent of temperature, but varies with that factor. the percentage of oxygen, for instance. differing as much as 1 per cent between 0' and 15". Now, assuming the results of these experiments to furnish å normal standard, the relatively large proportion of oxygen as compared with the total amount of air present in 'the surface-water of the northern tracts of the sea in- vestigated, will be found to arise from supersaturation with oxygen, and not, as might be supposed. from imperfect saturation with nitrogen, seeing that the proportion of oxygen exceeded that computed from these experiments by as much as, or even more than, 0.5%; for a difference so considerable does not admit of being aseribed to errors On the basis of these facts, the proportion of oxygen in surface-water is shown to depend not only on pressure and temperature, but. probably, also on the ef- feet of one or more causes as yet unknown. When investigating the degree in which the proportion of observation. of oxygen varies with the depth, 1t will be most convenient to express the difference. as åa percentage of the total amount ot extent with:-the temperature than does its relative compo- sition: besides, with this mode of expression considerably less regard need be had to the mfluence of temperature. air, the absolute amount of air varying to åa much greater If the figures representing the results thus expressed are arranged according to depth, the proportion of oxygen present mm the different strata will be found to exhibit very considerable uniformity, as appears from the following Table. based as it is on the whole series of determinations, with the exception of two, the water with which the latter were performed not having been boiled at once, but allowed to stand over for some time previous to examination. Intervals of Depth. Mean Depth. Antal g Midlere Vs å : Naber pe sivet |Mean Per- et Ve Men | ne re, | Måte Organ (0) FET 28 på o 35-31 til 5 ET SAN 28 | o % o | Fr 0100 o—183 å 6 | 69 126 33:93. 0—100 o—183 Å 6 69 | 126 33:93 100—300 | 183-—5490 14 EN ) 384 32.84 | 100—300 183—549 7 14 210 | 384 | 32.84 300—600 | 549—1097 16 420 768 32.50 300—600- 549—1097 16 420 ; 768 | 32.50 600—1000/1097—1820| I I i 684. ke 1251 32.58 600—1000 1007—1829 Gr 684 1251 32.58 1000—1400 1829—2560 6 1102 2180 | 32.78 1000—1400 1829—2560 | 6 1102 2180 | 32.78 1400—17602560—3219| 10 1646 3010 | 32.89 | 1400—1760 2630—3219| 10 1646 | 3010 32.89 De enkelte Observationers Afvigeiser fra den ved denne Tabel bestemte Regel ere i Betragtning af det under- søgte Felts store Udstrækning hverken mange eller syn- derlig store. idet kun 10, No. 2, 19. 38, 49, 64. 68, 83, Considering the great extent of the region investi- gated, the deviation of the individual observations from the standard given in this Table is neither frequent nor con- siderable, 10 only, viz. Nos. 2, 19, 38. 49, 64, 68. 83, 84, ox 9 84, 85-og 87, fjerne sig om mere end I Procent fra det al- mindelige Resultat, medens man af samtlige Observationer kan bestemme en enkelt Observations sandsynlige Afvigelse fra den efter denne Tabel optrukne Curve til + 0.52 "/,, en Afvigelse saa liden, at en ikke ringe Del af den kan skrives paa Observationsfeil. De største Uoverensstemmelser optræde talrigst i et Dyb fra 800—600 Favne (549—1097 Meter) men findes ogsaa enkeltvis i større Dyb. Fra Bunden hidrører i de større Dyb kun to Luit- prøver med væsentlig for høi Surstofprocent nemlig No. 68 og 87, optagne fra to Puncter, som mærkeligt nok begge ligge paa en Linie paralel med og tæt ved Grænd- sen mellem den nordover strygende varme Strøm og den sydover forbi Jan Mayen gaaende Polarstrøm. —Bortser man imidlertid fra disse de væsentligste Uoverensstemmelser, som bidrage til at give Curven et om end meget svagt Minimum i .300—400 Favnes (949—732 Meters) Dyb, vil man i Korthed kunne udtale Regelen for Surstofprocentens Aftagen med Dybet saaledes: Nurstofprocenten er 1 Over- fladen gjennemsnitlig 35.8 og aftager derpaa først hur- tigt senere langsommere til henimod 32.5 1 300 Favnes (549 Meters) Dyb, hvorfra den med stigende Dyb holder sig paa det Nærmeste constant. Det kan bemærkes, at af de her undersøgte Vandprøver 40 ere øste lige ved Hav- bunden. Man vil imidlertid forgjæves bestræbée sig for at opdage nogen Forskjellighed i Egenskaber mellem disse og de fra ligestore intermediære Dyb optagne. Hvor det gjælder at studere Variationerne af den absolute Luttmængde, maa det synes naturligt som Maal for denne at benytte den opløste Kvælstof, idet den ob- serverede Luftmængde paa Grund af det vedvarende For- brug af Surstof i de dybere liggende Lag bestandig kan forudsættes at være mere eller mindre forskjellig fra den Mængde, som vilde absorberes i Overfladen under directe Paavirkning af Atmosphæren. Kvælstofmængden kan der- imod paa Grund af denne Gasarts stærkt udprægede In- differentisme ligeoverfor andre Legemer uden synderlig Feil antages uafhængig af locale Tilfældigheder. Anvendes saaledes Kvælstofmængden som Maal for den i Søvandet opløste Luft, viser der sig i Fordelingen ogsaa her en udpræget Lovmæssighed, naar undtages, at det første Togt udførte Obser- der i de af Svendsen paa vationer overalt er fundet en mindre Kvælstofmængde, end man efter alle øvrige foreliggende Observationer skulde vente. — Bortser man imidlertid fra disse paa første Togt udførte 14 Observationer, vil man se, at alle de Øvrige paa faa Undtagelser nær meget vel stemme overens med de Tal, man kan beregne efter den ved de oveneiterede Forsøg bestemte Formel N= 14.4 — 0.23 t. 20 that which would be absorbed 85, and 87 exhibiting å difference of more than 1 per cent as compared with the general result, whereas the probable deviation of a single observation from the ceurve drawn according to this Table may be computed at + 0.52 per cent, a deviation 'so small as to arise, probably, in no slight degree from errors of observation. The greatest diserepaneies refer chiefly to a depth of 300—600 fathoms (549—1097 metres); now and again, however, they were met with in water obtained from greater depths. In only two of the samples of air expelled from bottom-water drawn where the depth was great, did the percentage of oxygen prove much too high, viz. in Nos. 68 and 87, the samples of water yielding them having been obtained from two spots whuch, strange to say, are in å line running parallel and im elose proximity to the bowrd- ary between the warm current Howing north and the cold Aretic current tlowing south past the Island of Jan Mayen. Now, 1f we exelude from these differences the chief of those that contribute towards giving the curve a very slight but appreciable minimum at a depth of from 300 to 400 fathoms (540—732 metres), the rule according to which the proportion of oxygen is found to diminish with the depth may be expressed as follows: — The proportion of oxygen, which at the surface is 35.9 per cent, begins at onee and continues to diminish, at first rapidly and after- wards at a slower rate, till it has reached 82.5 per cent, at the depth of 300 fathoms (549 metres), from whence it keeps almost constant. I will not omit to observe, that of the samples of water exammmed 40 had been drawn from the bottom; is was, however, impossible to detect any dif- ference in composition between these and the samples ob- taimed from equal intermediate depths. When investigating the variation im the absolute amount of air, 1t will obviously be advisable to make use of the nitrogen absorbed, since the quantity of ar observed in the deeper strata may, by reason of the steady consump- differ more or less from the direct influence of the atmosphere, whereas.nitrogen, from the very slight attinity evimeced by that gas for other bodies, may, without involving appreciable error, be regarded as tion of oxygen, be assumed to at the surface under proof against the aceidents of locality. If, therefore, the amount of nitrogen be adopted as the standard of measurement for the air absorbed in sea- water. å marked uniformity will here, too, be found to cha- the tions deseribed, with the exception however of Svendsens. racterise the distribution. as determmed by observa- on the first voyage, by which the amount of nitrogen was found to be less than all subsequently instituted observations gavya reason to expett. FExeluding, then, the 14 observa- tions from the first voyage. all of the others, with but few exeeptions, agree closely with the figures which may be found by the formula stated above — N= 14.4 — 0.23 &, Man faar nemlig af Observationerne følgende Mid- as will be seen from the following Table" showing the delværdier: mean values. Dybdeintervaller. Middel- Midlere Ky æleiot å Intervals of Depth. Maar Mean Åmount or === SEG Kvælstof- ås. Dif- == Te Temp Amount of Dit- Engelske Meter 0 å i | mængde EG ee ferents. English Metres oG J of Nitr. | Nitrogen | ferenee. Favne. JE å observeret Fathoms. ; FN - observed. |computed. (0) o 6.4 I 3.07 12.03 | —0.14 (0) (0) 6.4 I 3.07 12.03 | —0.14 0—100 o— 183 2.7 13:08 307 —0.20 | 0— 100 0o—183 Dur] 13.08 13-78 | —0.20 100—300 | 183—549 1.0 14.15 14.17 0.02 100—300 | 183—549 10) 14.15 14.17 002 300—600 | 549—1007| —0.6 14.54 14:54 0.00 300—600 | 540—1097| —0.6 14.54 14:54 0.00 600—1000 1097—18209| —o0.8 14.04 14:58 0.54 600—1000 1097 —1829| —o0.8 14.04 14:58 0.54 1000—1760 1820—3210| —1.4 14.38 14:72 0-34 1000—1760/1829—3219| —1.4 14.38 14.72 0.34 Naar den midlere Kvælstofmængde her i de dybere Lag er funden noget lavere end man skulde vente, da har dette sin Grund i, at der ved de 5 Observationer No. 17, 22, 39, 56 og 37, alle hidrørende fra Vandprøver fra det i 1877 undersøgte Strøg, er fundet en ea. 1.5 CC. lavere Gehalt, end de ved sin Temperatur vilde kunne optage ved almindeligt Atmosphæretryk. Forresten vil efter alle de øvrige Observationer at dømme ogsaa i de større Dyb Kvælstofmængden findes at stemme overens med den af Formelen beregnede. En lignende Sammenligning? er af Buchanan gjort mellem de af ham for de sydlige Have fundne Tal og de af Bunsen for destilleret Vand opstillede. Der optræder ved denne Sammenligning især ved de lavere Temperaturer ikke ubetydelige Differentser paa lige op til over 1 CC. pr. Litre, men disse vil ved Sammenligning med de efter Forfatterens Formel beregnede Tal saa godt som bortfalde, idet man faar: Kvælstof- The mean quantity of nitrogen mm the deeper strata proved, accordingly, somewhat lower than there was reason to expect; but this arose from the proportion determined by 5 of the observations, Nos. 17, 22, 383, 36, and ST — all of them referring to samples of water obtained from the tract of ocean investigated in 1877 — having been about 1.5" at the same temperature under ordinary atmospheric pressure. For the rest, judging from all the other observations, the proportion of nitrogen observed, even at greater depths. will be found to agree with that computed by the formula, A similar comparison" was instituted by Buchanan VizZ. less than could be absorbed his results for the water of the Southern Seas The differences resulting from this comparison, more especially for a low temperature, are considerable, the greatest reach- ing 1% per litre; but, on comparing them with the figures given by the authors formula, they will be found almost to vanish, as appears from the following Table. between and the figures found by Bunsen for distilled water. Dybde Midlere SN Depth Menn er of ke of B ænede p-3 , Nutri & EG. - '0ge 4 i Temperatur. ENE MER Differents. in Temperature.| " EE NTOBEN | Difference. lg og efter efter en OG cord. to |comp. by the å ar Buchanan. Formelen. Buchanan. Formula. 600 14.6 11.26 I 1.04 —0.22 600 14.6 I 1.26 I 1.04 —0.22 1200 I 3.0 TERS I 1.41 —0.30 1200 13.0 I 1.71 I 1.41 —0.30 1800 6.9 I 3.00 12.81 —0.19 1800 6.9 1 3.00 12.81 —o0.19 2400 Sa 13.10 13423 0.13 2400 5.1 13.10 T 32203 0.13 4800 DNG 13.82 13.82 0.00 4800 2.5 13.82 13.82 0.00 å er pe Greater X x 4 Green over 5 F7 5 —0.32 ; 4. 14. —0.32 derover 1.5 14.37 14.05 0.3 Depths. 1.5 14.37 4.05 3 Det fremgaar heraf, at Kvælstofmængden, saaledes som det allerede af Dr. Jacobsen og Andre er antaget, ikke i mindste Maade retter sig efter de i de store Dyb herskende Tryk men kun afhænger af Temperaturen. Den eneste rimelige Fortolkning udelukker Muligheden for. at Tryk- og Temperaturdifferentser i de under Overfladen * 1 Ber. Berl. cheni. Ges. — 11 — 410. " viously be dependent on temperature alone. Hence the amount of nitrogen, as previously assumed by Dr. Jacobsen and .others, can in no wise be affected by the increase of pressure at great depths., but must ob- The results of these observations exelude, therefore, the possibility of differenees in temperature and pressure at depths below 1 Ber. Berl. chem. Ges. 11, p. 410. liggende Lag skulde kunne hidføre en anden Fordeling af Luften der allerede existerer fra den Tid, da Vandet sidste Gang befandt sig i Overfladen udsat for fri Paavirkning af Atmosphæren. Luften gjennem Vandets Cireulation kunne naa ned i Dybet, og end den, vil saaledes kun nogen Udjevning af Luftmængderne vil der kun kunne ske gjennem Blanding af de forskjelligartede Vandmængder, en Blanding. som under Forudsætning af at der ikke ogsaa foregaar Qpvarmning eller Afkjøling, ikke vil kunne for- rykke det rette Forhold mellem Temperatur og Kvælstot- mængde. da Kvælstofmængdens Variation med Temperatu- ren fremstilles ved en ret Lime. Man vil altsaa, dersom disse Forudsætninger holde Stik, ved en Kvælstofbestemmelse i de dybere liggende Vandlag kunne om end meget raat bestemme, om disse have været Gjenstand for en væsentlig Opvarmning eller Afkjøling, siden de sidst befandt sig i Overfladen, forudsat at man kan negligere Virkningerne af Atmosphæretrykkets Forandringer og andre mulige Tilfældigheder. som under Absorbtionen i Overfladen vil kunne gjøre sin Indtlydelse gjældende. Grupperer man de her offentliggjorte Observationer efter Vandprøvernes Temperatur, viser det sig, at Kvæl- stofmængden meget nøie svarer til den efter denne Tempe- ratur af Formelen beregnede, det vil sige, Vandprøvernes væsentlig Grad have forandret sig, siden de sidst befandt sig i Overfladen. Man faar Temperatur skulde ikke i nemlig: - Midlere Beregnet Tepiperatur Pidlere Kvælstot- Kvælstot- Differents. interval. Temperatur. Ge mænede. mængde. | under 0" — 19.1 14.32 14.65 0.33 0—3 Nea 14.10 14.12 —0.07 3—6 4.6 13.38 13.34 —0.04 6—9 GJE 12.00 12.67 —0.13 over 9 Tie2 11.03 11.82 OF At Overensstemmelsen for Temperaturerne under 0" ikke er saa fuldstændig som ellers. skyldes ogsaa her de ovenfor nævnte 5 Observationer alle udførte paa Togtet i 1877. Beregner man derimod den midlere Temperatur og Kvælstofmængde for dette Interval af de paa sidste Aars Togt gjorte Observationer, erholder man til Middeltempe- raturen —1.2 Kvælstofmængden 14.59 CC. altsaa kun 0.09 CC. mindre end beregnet. Benyttes paa samme Maade de af Dr. Jacobsen of- fentligjorte Observationer til et Overslag over Kvælstof- mængden i Nordsøen. erholder man med runde Tal: the surface causing a distribution of the ar different to that which existed when the water was last at the surface. in direct contact with the atmospbere. Hencee the ar «cannot penetrate to such depths save by the cireulation of the water, and an adjustment of the amounts of air can be effected solély by the mixing of the water different in composition, which will not. however. unless we assume a simultaneous decrease of heat. disturb the true relation between the temperature and the amount of nitrogen, since the variation of the latter with the temper- ature is expressed by a right lme. inerease or If. it will be possible. when computing the proportion of nitro- then. these assumptions are found to hold good. gen in the lower strata of the water. to determine — very roughly indeed — whether the latter have experienced any increase or decrease of heat since they were last at the surface, provided we. can ignore the effect of change in the atmospheric pressure and of other aceidental eireum- stances, which, during the process of absorption. may have made their influence felt. On grouping together according to the temperature of the samples of water examined, the observations published in this Memoir, the proportion of nitrogen will be found to agree very elosely with that computed by the formula. showing,: as appears from the following Table, that the temperature could have varied but little since the water had been last at the surface. Mean Intervals Computed Mean å of Temperature. Amount of: Amount of | Difference. Temperature. Nitrogen. Nitrogen. sms | NE 3 TE å 12 14.19 va 14.12 ; EG 3-6 | 46 | 13.38 | 13.34 | —004 * 6—9 1 7.5 p 12:90. i2.67 == OMD above 9 I I.2 11.03 Å ME er For. the temperatures under 0" the agreement is in- deed not so close: but here. too. the cause may be traced to the aforesaid 5 observations from the voyage im 1877. If, however. we compute the mean temperature and the amount of nitrogen for that interval by the results of the observations instituted on the last voyage. the mean tem- perature will be —1.2 and the amount of nitrogen 14.59, or only 0.09 less than that computed by the formula. Å similar computation with the observations published by Dr. Jacobsen for estimating the amount of nitrogen in the water of the North Sea. will give. m round numbers, the following results: — å ; Midlere Beregnet PONG T Midlene | Kvælstot- K vælstot- Differents. MASSER EMP Er Gun: mængde. mængde. under 10" 6".5 De TRO —0.3 10—15 1200 12.0 1 1.6 —0.4 I 5—20 16.0 I 1.0 KO —0:5 Her findes altsaa overalt en Kvælstotgehalt svarende til en noget lavere Temperatur end den observerede og det i stærkest Grad for de høiere Temperaturer, eller da Tem- peraturen aftager med Dybden. for de øverst liggende Vandlag. Naar man erindrer, at Jacobsens Observationer ere udførte i Eftersommeren og for det Meste paa Vand- prøver fra saa smaa Dyb, at Luft- og Vandtemperaturens aarlige Variation kan tænkes at have gjort sig gjældende, vil dette ikke være saa vanskeligt at forklare gjennem Vandets Opvarmning i Sommermaanederne, medens Kvæl- stotmængden maa antages at rette sig efter en Temperatur mindst lige saa lav som den aarlige Middeltemperatur. At lignende Phænomener ikke ogsaa ere observerede i de øvre Lag af det af den norske Nordhavsexpedition undersøgte Hav. har sin simple Forklaringsgrund deri, at Lufttemperaturen der selv om Sommeren ikke er høiere end Overfladetemperaturen hellere omvendt. * Den for Intervallet fra 0 til 15” udledede Formel er her forud- sat at gjælde ogsaa fra 15 til 207, =—===>=>>>=>====>>>==———% er Intervals Mean Mean Computed of Å min» | Amount of | Amount of | Difference. Temperature. empernre Nitrogen. Nitrogen. below 10" 6".5 13.2 12. —o0.3 10—15 TØNdI 12.0 1 1.6 0: I 5—20 16.0 I 1.0 10.5) —0.5 The proportion of nitrogen in this Table corresponds accordingly to a somewhat lower temperature than that observed, especially for the higher temperatures. or rather, since the temperature diminishes with the depth, for the upper strata of the water. If, however, we bear in mind instituted at the latter end of summer, and the majority with samples of water obtained from such trifling depths that the annual variation in the temperature of air and water probably exerted some influence, this will not be diffieult to account for, by reason of the heat stored in the water during the summer months, whereas the amount of nitrogen must be regulated by a temperature at least as low as the mean annual temperature. that Jacobsen's observations were That similar phenomena were not observed in the upper strata of the water throughout the tract of ocean investigated on the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, arises simply from the fact, that the temperature of the air in those regions does not even in summer exceed that of the water at the surface, nay the reverse is rather the ease. ! The formula deduced for the interval from 0" to 15" is here as- sumed to be correct for that extending from 15" to 207. I. Om Kulsyren 1 Søvandet. Pomerania- over Luften i Søvandet, af Surstof- Kvælstofmængden ogsaa samtidig udført Maalinger af den under Udkogningen uddrevne Kulsyre, og de Qvantiteter, falle de Chemikere, som før den tyske expedition i 1872 anstillede Undersøgelser foruden Bestemmelser blev der man paa denne Maade fandt, bleve ogsaa bestandig opførte blandt Resultaterne som den samlede Mængde Kulsyre, der var opløst 1 Søvandet enten fri som Gasart eller bun- den til Carbonater som sure Salte. De Resultater, som ad denne Vei erholdtes. vise imidlertid bestandig overmaade store Uoverensstemmelser ikke alene mellem de forskjellige Forfattere men ogsaa mellem de enkelte Observationer hos en og samme Experimentator, hvor man dog maatte have antaget, at en større Ensartethed i Forsøgenes Udførelse skulde have udjevnet Differentserne. Som Exempel paa, hvor vidt Uoverensstemmelserne i de ældre Opgaver strække sig, kan anføres Følgende: I en Liter Overfladevand fandt 22 til Remy te Ne: 2:8 CO. Kulsyre .. Morcar SEG SOE => era ra OS ONE — 3 Brune TE PRE SM GO MUS 22 — å Ener Fe er AOS 519 — 5 Desuden fandtes efter en noget anden Fremgangs- maade af 15 S0N0 5 Ge OAO oå Vogel. . Bd.6 til 116.8 — Å Ved alle disse ældre Undersøgelser. hvor der ved Ud- kogningerne var anvendt fuldt Atmosphæretryk, og hvor ! Compt. rend. 6—616. ? Ann. Chim. Phys. [3] — 12 — 5. SA — [3] — 17. Ann. Chem. Pharm. 58 — 328. + Compt. rend. 41 — 532. * Jahresbericht 1869 — 1279. 9 Chem. Geologie I Aufl. 2 1130. 7 Schweigg. Journ. 8 — 351. I. On the Carbonic Aeid in Nea-water. he several chemists who, previous to the German *Pom- erania" Expedition (1872), had instituted observations on the air present in sea-water, when measuring the amount of the oxygen and nitrogen also collected the earbonie aeid driven off during the process of boiling: and the quantities invariably set down among the results as the total amount of earbonic acid actually existing in the water, either free as gas or contained, to a less extent, also m biearbonates. remarkable extent, and not only as between the different experimentalists individually, — the like is also the case with determined were The results thus attained vary however to a the observations of one and the same person, although greater "uniformity m the mode of operation should ap- parently have tended to elimimate error. The following Table will show the wide difference prevailing between the formulæ of early authors. Amount of Carbonie Acid im 1 Litre of Surface-water. 22 tor S OOIL, 16 , 39 —>* Fremy OGGE VES OG MOSER Moren sv GJESS ET 4 Trevi eu ed 240, 39 — 3 Pisams L€905 1 SEES OM SS Hunter 00 SET TROS BY — > The proportion as found by a somewhat different process was as follows — Bischore «SJT 39.0 CC. 6, Vig del 55.0 to MGE Hence, it appears that the quantity of earbonie aeid given off under these early experiments. for which the boil- * Liebigs Jahrbericht 1869, p. 1279. 9Chem. Geologie 1 Aufl. p. 1130. 9) 7 Schweigg. Journ. 8, p. 351. derfor Temperaturen steg over 100", undveg altsaa altid vel maalelige og ofte endog temmelig betydelige Mængder Kulsyre. Ved de paa Pomeraniaexpeditionen i 1871 udførte Luftbestemmelser ?, hvor den tidligere beskrevne Methode med Gasarternes Udkogning under et ved Vanddamp frem- bragt Vacuum anvendtes, sænkedes imidlertid Temperaturen ikke ubetydeligt. og det viste sig da, at man ved denne Temperatur temmelig ofte kun fik næsten umaalelig smaa Qvantiteter Kulsyre uddrevet sammen med den øvrige Luft, medens de tidligere Uoverensstemmelser mellem flere med samme Vandprøve gjentagne Udkogninger ogsaa her gik igjen. Jacobsen fandt sig derfor ved dette mærkelige Phæ- nomen foranlediget til nærmere at andersøge Kulsyrens Absorbtionsforhold ligeoverfor Søvand. Gjennem de Forsøg, som han i denne Anledning an- stillede, viste det sig da, at man ad andre Veie kunde paavise aldeles uventet store Qvantiteter Kulsyre i det samme Vand, hvoraf man ved en i flere Timer fortsat Ud- kogning efter Bunsens Méthode kun kunde erholde meget smaa Mængder. Afdestilleredes nemlig Søvandet i en kul- syrefri Luftstrøm' uden Luftfortynding i en Retorte, undveg der den hele Tid Kulsyre, lige indtil den hele Mængde Vædske var ufdestilleret, saaledes at man først ved rigelig Udskillelse af Salte kunde være fuldstændig sikker paa at have erholdt det samlede Udbytte af Kulsyre uddrevet. Der lod sig under Udkogningen ikke paavise noget Punct, hvor man kundé tale om en Grændse mellem fri og surt bunden Kulsyre. Paa denne Maade uddrev nu Jacobsen ved fuldstæn- dig Afdestillation af */, Litre Søvand i en kulsyrefri Luft- strøm den hele Mængde Kulsyre og opsamlede den efter Pettenkoffers Primeip i en .afmaalt Mængde titreret Baryt- vand, som efter endt Operation retitreredes med Oxalsyre, og beregnedes efter disse den samlede Kulsyremængde, som for ufortyndet Nordsøvand opgives til omkring 100 Mer. per' Litre. Samtidig bestemtes ogsaa i Residuet fra Inddampning af cirea 10 Litre af det samme Vand den i de neutrale Carbonater indeholdte Kulsyre til i. Middel kun omkring 10 Mgr. per Litre. Ifølge disse Observationer kunde altsaa kun en meget liden Brøkdel af den ved Destillationen uddrevne Kulsyre betragtes som surt bunden, 'og Jacobsen imødegaar derfor i sin Afhandling bestemt den af Vierthaler? gjorte Antagelse, at al den ved Kogning af Søvandet uddrevne Kulsyre skulde være surt bunden. Han anser sig endvidere aldeles sikker for under Inddampningen ikke at have erholdt decomponeret nogen Del af de i Søvandet indeholdte neutrale Carbonater, idet han udtrykkelig siger: *Die ganze Menge der nicht t Ann. Chem. Pharm. 16 * Wien. Acad. Ber. [2] — 56 — 479. - Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Tornøe: Chemi. 25 ing-process was eondueted with full atmospheric pressure, or at å temperature of more than 100* C., invariably proved appreciable, nay sometimes rather large. When performing the air-determinations * on the "Pom- erania” Expedition in 1871 (by the method, previously deseribed, of boiling out the gaseous elements in å vacuum created by steam), the temperature kept considerably lower. and the quantity of carboniec acid expelled with the other atmospheric elements at a comparatively low temperature was often immeasurably small; moreover, the variable char- acter of the results, alluded to above, on repeating the boring-process with the same sample of water again as- serted itself. Struck by this remarkable phenomenon, Jacobsen determined to investigate anew the absorptive capacity of sea-water in relation to carbonic aeid. The experiments of that chemist undertaken with the above object in view afforded conelusive proof of the fact, that large quantities of carbonic acid were still present in water from which a very small amount only could be ex- pelled after several hours” protracted boiling by Bunsen's method: On distilling in a retort sea-water exposed to å current of air free from earbonie aeid, but not rarified, carbonic acid is found to escape so long as any portion of the fluid remains undistilled, an abundance of solid deposit however being the only indieation that all or nearly all the earbonie acid present in the water has been driven off. During the protess of: boiling no particular moment could be determined marking the escape of the carbonic acid present as gas and of that which has combined with carbonates to form bicarbonates. - In this manner, by distillation in a current of air free from «carbonie aeid, Jacobsen succeeded in expelling the whole amount of carbonie acid contaimed im */, litre of sea-water, and eolleeted it, by Pettenkoffers method, in a given quantity of titrated baryta water of known strength. which, on the operation being terminated, he retitrated” with oxalic acid, computing aceordingly the total amount of carbonic acid driven off in the process. Undiluted North Sea water contains according to Jacobsen's results about 10072” per litre. The amount of carbonie acid contained by the neutral carbonates in the residuary deposit from the evaporation of 10 litres of the [same water, was also calculated, and found to average only about 10” per litre. According to these observations, a very small propor- tion only of the earbonie acid driven off by distillation could have been present in biearbonates; and hence Ja- cobsen emphatically opposes Vierthaler's assumption,* that the carbonic acid boiled out of sea-water form. oceurs in that Moreover, he feels quite sure that no portion of the neutral carbonates in the water examined was de- composed during the process of boiling. *Die ganze Menge.” he says, *der nicht mit Basen zu neutralen Salzen verbun- ? Ann. Chem. Pharm. 167, p. 1. ? Wien. Acad. Ber. [2] 56, p. 479. mit Basen zu neutralen Salzen verbundenen Kohlenstiure erhilt man aus dem Meerwasser, wenn dieses unter Durch- leiten eines Stromes kohlensiurefreier Luft bis zur reich- . lichen Abseheidung von Chlornatrium verkocht wird.” Det maatte saaledes fremstille sig som et høst mær- keligt Phænomen, at den Kulsyre, som dog maatte tænkes opløst i Søvandet paa en eller anden Maade som fri Gas- art, ikke skulde lade sig uddrive ved Udkogning efter Bun- sens Methode, og at den endogsaa ved Udkogning under fuldt Atmosphæretryk* og i en kulsyrefri Luftstrøm skulde undvige saa langsomt, at man først ved Concentration til omkring */i9 af det oprindelige Volum erholdt den 'sidste Rest uddrevet Forat kunne forklare disse Mærkeligheder tillægger Jacobsen Søvandet en eiendommelig Evne til med megen Kraft at kunne tilbageholde sin Kulsyre, en Mening, som han efter nærmere at have fremført sine Grunde mod den af Vierthaler gjorte Antagelse udtrykker med følgende Ord: *Wie man aber auch eme Deutung der starken Absorptions- wirkung des Meerwassers auf die atmosphårisehe Kohlen- siiure versuchen möge, jedenfalls kann man die Kohlensiure nicht in demselben Sinne, wie Sauerstoff und Stickstoff, als absorbirtes freies Gas Man mag einst- weilen von einem eigenthiimliehen Zustande der Bindung sprechen, bei welehem die Kohlensiiure- selbst durch stun- denlanges Kochen nur sehr unvollståndig ausgestrieben wird. Das Vorhandensein ungeheuerer Mengen Kohlensåure im Meerwasser, in einem solehen Zustande, wo sie der Ath- mungsluft der Seethiere nicht ohne Weiteres zugezåhlt wer- den kann, obne andererseits der Vegetation des Meeres unzugånglich zu sein, ist jedenfalls fir das maritime Thier- und Pflanzenleben von höchster Bedeutung.” Jacobsen antager nærmest at maatte henlægge denne darin annehmen. eiendommelige Absorbtionsevne hos Søvandet til den deri opløste Chlormagnesium og henviser i saa Henseende til Bgenskaber hos en Chlormagnesiumopløsning, der indehol- der en i Kulsyre opløst Mængde kulsur Kalk. Opløsning kan ifølge ham henstaa i ugevis ja uden at blakkes, først ved meget langt fortsat Concentra- tion udskiller der sig ren kulsur Magnesia. En saadan endog koges Denne Jacobsens Anskuelsesmaade blev senere saa godt som uforandret optagen af den engelske Challenger- expeditions Chemiker, J. Y. Buchanan, som udførte en Række Forsøg! for nærmere at bestemme, hvilket eller hvilke af Saltene i Søvandet der skulde være i Besiddelse af denne Evne saaledes at kunne tilbageholde Kulsyren. Han kom i den Henseende til det paafaldende Resultat, at de fleste Salte, som han undersøgte, i mere eller mindre Grad skulde være i mest Sulfaterne, Besiddelse af denne FEgenskab dog stærke Ab- sorbtionsevne ligeoverfor Kulsyren af ham henlagdes fra saaledes at denne Søvandets Chlormagnesium til Sulfaterne. Ved de af ham udførte I Pröe. Royal Soc. 22 — 192 og 483. denen Kohlensåure erhålt man aus dem Meerwasser, wenn dieses unter Durehleiten eines Stromes kohlensåurefreier Luft bis zur reichliehen Abscheidung von Chlornatrium ver- koeht wird.” Hence it could not but strike the experimentalist as a remarkable phenomenon, that the cårbonic acid, which in some way or other must have been held absorbed by, the sea-water in a free gaseous form, should not admit of being boiled out by Bunsen's method, and that even when the boiling-process was condueted with full atmospheric pressure in a current of air free from earbonie aeid, it should escape.so slowly, tbat concentration to the extent of about one-tenth of the original volume proved necessary to obtain it all. To account for this perplexing phenomenon, Jacob- sen aseribed to sea-water a peculiar property of retaining its carbonic acid, an assumption which, after setting forth more at large the grounds that led him to oppose Vier- thaler's hypothesis, he enounces m the following terms: — «Wie man aber auch eme Deutung der starken Absorptions- wirkung des Meerwassers auf die atmosphårisehe Kohlen- sure versuchen möge, jedenfalls kann man die Kohlensåure nicht in demselben Sinne, wie Sauerstoff und Stickstoff, als annehmen. Man mag einst- freies Gas darin weilen von einem eigenthiimlichen Zustande der Bindung absorbirtes sprechen, bei welchem die Kohlensåure selbst durch stun- denlanges Kochen nur selr unvollståndig ausgestrieben wird. Das Vorhandensem ungeheuerer Mengen Kohlensåure im Meerwasser, in einem solehen Zustande, wo sie der Ath- mungsluft der Seethiere nicht ohne Weiteres zugezåhlt wer- den kann, ohne andererseits der Vegetation des Meeres unzugiinglieh zu sein, ist jedenfalls fir das maritime Thier- und Pflanzenleben von höcbster Bedeutung.” Jacobsen is of opinion, that this peculair absorptive power must be derived from the chloride of magnesia pres- ent in sea-water, and draws attention to certain properties possessed by a solution of ehloride of magnesia containing carbonate of lime dissolved m carbonie acid. Å solution of this kind may, aécording to his statement, be left ex- posed for weeks together, nay be boiled even, without be- coming turbid: nor can it be made to part with pure carbonate of magnesia till after protraeted concentration. Jacobsen's hypothesis was subsequently adopted, almost without modification, by J. Y. Buchanan, chemist to the Challenger" Expedition, who instituted a Series of experi- ments? with a view to determine which of the salts present in sea-water had this property of retainmg car- bonie acid. «He arrived at the surprising conelusion, that most of the salts examined were in some degree distinguished by this property, chiefly however the sulphates; and the remarkable power possessed by sea-water of retaining car- bonie acid he transferred accordmgly from ehloride of mag- nesia to the sulphates. Hence, when performing carbonie acid determinations he always precipitated the sulphurie ! Proce. Royal Soc. 22, pp.-192 and 483. Kulsyrebestemmelser pleiede han derfor altid før Opera- tionens Begyndelse at udfælde Svyovlsyren med ceoncentreret Chlorhariumopløsning, forat Kulsyren lettere skulde und- vige, men anvendte forresten den af Dr. Jacobsen angivne Methode, hvorved han har bestemt Kulsyren i Søvandet i «de sydlige Have til i Middel 45.26 Mgr. per Litrel. Da jeg Vaaren 1877 opfordredes til at gaa ud som Chemiker paa den norské Nordhavsexpeditions 2det Togt, var der kun levnet mig nogle faa Dage til Forberedelser, og det følger derfor af sig selv, at jeg ikke paa nogen Maade dengang kunde have befattet mig med vidtløftigere Forundersøgelser, og jeg maatte saaledes uden selv at kunne prøve optage de tidligere Methoder uforandrede. Paa Togtet i 1877 anvendtes «derfor den af Dr. Jacobsen angivne Methode, og bestemtes efter denne gjennem en Række omhyggelig udførte Observationer Kulsyregehalten i det da undersøgte Hav til omkring 100. Mgr. per Litre. Der viste sig imidlertid ved Gjentagelse af samme Observa- tion bestandig Uoverensstemmelser, som ofte vare ikke ube- tydelige og engang endog løb op til hele 12 Mr. per Litre. Dels herved dels ved andre Omstændigheder vaktes min Mistanke om Tilforladeligheden af den af Dr. Jacob- sen i Forslag bragte Methode. Det syntes mig paa Forhaand overmaade urimeligt, at der hos Søvandet skulde findes en.saadan mærkelig Evne til rent mekanisk at tilbageholde den ene Gasart, medens den ingensomhelst Virkning skulde udøye paa de Andre. Heller ikke var der nogensinde gjort noget Forsøg paa at sætte dette Phænomen i Forbindelse med bekjendte chemi- ske Egenskaber hos nogen af de i Søvandet indeholdte Stoffe. Ved et Tilfælde kom jeg en Dag til at forsøge Sø- vandets Reaktion paa Lakmus og Rosolsyre og fandt til min store Forundring, at det reagerede bestemt og tyde- ligt alkalisk, hvad jeg siden har bragt i Erfaring, at alle- rede v. Bibra* og senere FE. Guignet og A. Telles* har observeret. ; Efter mine Forsøg viser to ligestore Prøver af en efter Gottliebs* Fremgangmaade frisk tilberedt Lakmus- opløsning, hvoraf den Ene tilsættes en tilstrækkelig Mængde Søvand og den Anden et ligestort Volum rent destilleret Vand, ikke ubetydelige Farvedifferentser. — Ligeledes an- tager en med meget fortyndet Oxalsyre svagt udsyret pås- sende Portion rent Vand. hvori paa Forhaand er opløst en Draabe Rosolsyre, ved Tilsætning af Søvand strax den bekjendte rødlig-violette Farve. Paa denne Maade undersøgtes paa Expeditionens sidste Togt, hvor der var fuld Anledning til at erholde Vand- prøverne ganske friske, et meget stort Antal af disse og uden Undtaågelse med det samme ovenbeskrevne Resultat. , 1! Ber. Berl. chem. Ges. 11 — 410. ? Ann Chem. Pharm. 77 — 90. 3 Compt. rend. 83 — 919. + Journ. fir pract. Chem. 107 — 488. acid, before: commeneing the operation, by adding to the water a saturated solution of ehloride of barium, in order to faeilitate the liberation of the earbonie aeid, but, with this exception, adopted the method devised by Dr. Jacobsen, and determined the mean amount of carbonic acid present in the water of the Southern Seas to be 45.267” per litre.* When invited, im the spring of 1877, to go out as chemist to tlie Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, on the second eruise, I had but a few days im which to make the necessary preparations, and consequently no time being left me for preliminary experiments, I was compelled to adopt unchanged the earlier methods, without testing the accuracy of their results. On the eruise in 1877, I therefore ap- phed Dr. Jacobsen's method, and determined by a series of careful observations the amount of earbonic acid present in the water of the tract then investigated to be about 10072” per litre. But, on repeating the operation with the same sample of water, the results were always found to vary, and frequently indeed considerably; nay, on one occa- sion the difference amounted to as much as 1272” per litre. Partly for this reason, and partly from other eireum- stances, I was led to question the trustworthiness of Jacobsen's method. «Now it struck me at once as highly improbable that sea-water should possess so remarkable a power of retain- ing mechanically one gas, and yet, in this respect, exert no influence whatever on others. Nor had any attempt been made to connect this phenomenon with known chemical properties distinguishing the substances contained in sea- water. Quite aeeidentally, I was one day led to investigate the effect of sea-water as a reagent on litmus and rosolie acid, and found its reaction, to my great surprise, dist- inetly alkaline, which, indeed, as I subsequently learnt, had been already observed, first by von Bibra* and later by E. Guignet and Å. Telles.* According to my experiments, two equal measures of a solution of litmus, freshly prepared by Gottlieb's method,* one of which has added to it a sufficient quantity of sea- water and the other an equal volume of pure distilled water, exhibit considerable difference in colour. Moreover, a proportionate mixture of highly dilute oxalic acid and pure water, 'the latter having been previously treated with a drop of rosolie aeid, will, on the addition of sea-water. immediately assume the well known reddish-violet hue. In this manner were examined on the last cruise of the Expedition. which afforded excellent opportunities ot obtaining the water quite fresh, a very large number of samples. and invariably with the results described above. » Ber. Berl. chem. Ges. 11, p. 410. Ann. Chem. Pharm. 77, p. 90. Compt. rend. 83, p. 919. + Journ. fir pract. Chem. 107, p. 488. EN co at forklare, saa- af Enkelte paa- et meget stort en meget liden aabenbart synes Jacobsen gjorte Dette syntes ogsaa meget vanskeligt fremt det virkelig skulde forholde sig som staaet, at der i Søvandet skulde findes Overskud af fri Kulsyre ved Siden af Qvantitet af sure Carbonater. Det maatte meget rimeligere at forklare de af Dr. Observationer derved, at Søvandet under den langvarige Kogning ved en eller anden chemisk Reaction gav Slip paa noget af sin neutralt bundne Kulsyre. For at komme paa det Rene med, om dette virkelig forholdt sig saa, gik jeg frem paa følgende Maade: 200 CC. Søvand (af sp. Vægt 1.0267 ved 17.% QC. i Forhold til destilleret Vand af samme Temperatur) afdestil- leredes næsten til Tørhed i en kulsyrefri Luftstrøm, og op- fangedes den undvigende Kulsyre i 25 CG. af en Baryt- opløsning, hvoraf 1' CC. svarede til 4.0204 Mgr. Kulsyre. Ved Retitration med Oxalsyre viste det sig, at 19.97 CC. af det anvendte Barytvand var uneutraliseret, hvoraf den undvegne Kulsyre beregnedes til 20.2 Mgr. Residuet paa- heldtes nu friskt udkogt Vand, som atter afdestilleredes, hvorved endnu et ubetydeligt Spor af Kulsyre erholdtes. Sluttelig tilsattes eirea 0.5 Gr. fuldkommen ren friskt ud- glødet Soda, hvorpaa det Hele atter fortyndedes med kul- syrefrit Vand til Søvandets oprindelige Volum og saa af- destilleredes i en kulsyrefri Luftstrøm. « Allerede fra det Øieblik af, da Vædsken var kommen 'i Kog, begyndte strax en saa voldsom Kulsyreudvikling, at det i Forlaget anbragte Barytvand slap store Mængder uabsorberede igjennem, og det viste sig efter endt Opera- tion, at kun 1.8 CC. Barytvand var forblevet uneutralise- ret. Heraf beregnes den absorberede Del af den undvegne Kulsyre til 95.3 Mgr., medens desforuden meget betydelige Mængder gik igjennem, idet nemlig Barytvandet i et ufor- migt Rør, som var anbragt foran Forlaget, fuldstændigt var forbrugt. Efter Forslag af, Professor Waage gjentoges Forsøget med varmt fældt, ved 100" tørret kulsur Kalk, hvoraf det ogsaa lykkedes at uddrive ikke ubetydelige om end meget mindre Mængder Kulsyre, hvorimod der ved et Forsøg med fint pulveriseret Marmor ikke erholdtes noget sikkert Resultat. Betydningen af disse Observationer kunde ikke være tvivlsom, da det hermed paa det Tydeligste var godtgjort. at den i Søvandet forhaandenværende Saltblanding ved Kog- hede decomponerede neutrale Carbonater, og dermed ogsaa, at alle de hidindtil gjorte Kulsyrebestemmelser med Hen- syn paa sin Hensigt at bestemme den i Søvandet inde- holdte frie og surt bundne Kulsyre vare forfeilede. Hvad angaar de før Publicationen af Dr. Jacobsens Afhandling om Luften i Søyandet udførte Kulsyrebestemmelser, da er det en Selvfølge, at de alle uden Undtagelse maatte være i enhver Henseende fuldstændig værdiløse. idet der ved dém intetsteds er kommen til Anvendelse en Afdestillation til Tørhed eller en saa at vidtdreven Concentration, man 28 This faet would obviously be most difficult of expla- nation if, as some have affirmed, sea-water does actually contain å very large surplus of free carbonic acid along with an exceedingly small proportion of bicarbonates. Å more plausible hypothesis by which to explain Dr. Jacobsen's observations were surely the assumption, that during the protracted process of boiling some of the neutral carbon- ates present in sea-water had been decomposed. With the object of ascertaming whether such was really the case, I went to work as follows. Two hundred e.centim. of sea-water (sp. grav. 1.0267, temp. 17.15 C.,, as compared with distilled water of the same temperature) were distilled almost to dryness im a current of air free from carbonic acid, and the cearbonic acid collected m 25% of baryta water, 1% of which re- presented 4.0204" earbonic acid. On being retitrated with oxalie acid 19.97% of the baryta water were found not to and 20.2"9" ingly been driven off. Water freshly boiled was now poured be saturated, carbonic acid had aceord- on the residue, and then evaporated, the result yielding a slight trace of carbonic acid; finally, about 0.57” purified and freshly heated soda was added, and the whole com- pound again diluted with water, from which all earbonie acid had been expelled, to the origimal volume of the sample, and then distilled m a current of air free from carbonic aeid. From the very moment at which the fluid began to boil, so rapid was the liberation of carbonie acid that large quantities passed unabsorbed through the baryta water; and, on the operation being terminated, 1.8 only of the baryta water had not been neutralised. Hence the absorbed portion of the earbonie acid was caleulated at 95.377", exclusive of which a very considerable quantity, as before stated, passed off into the atmosphere, the baryta water, placed im a glass tube (resembling im form the letter U) comiected with the receiver, being surcharged with the gas. At Professor Waage's suggestion I repeated the ex- periment with carbonate of lime, preeipitated warm and dried at åa temperature of 100*0C., and sueceeded in expel- ling carbonic aeid in considerable, though not so large, quantities as before, whereas an experiment with finely pulverised marble gave no positive result. The importance of these observations was not to be questioned, affording as they did conelusive proof that the saline mixture in sea-water, on the temperature being raised to the boiling point, decomposed neutral earbonates, and likewise that all earbonic acid determinations hitherto at- tempted with the object of.measuring the carbonie aeid present in sea-water were faulty. - As regards the car- bonie aeid determinations performed previous to the publi- cation of Dr. Jacobsens Memoir on the presence of air in sea-water, such must as a matter of course be wholly worthless, the method of distillation to dryness having m no ease been adopted, or that of concentrating the fluid The till further evaporation ceased to expel earbonic aeid. ikke ved fortsat Inddampning skulde kunne have erholdt et større Udbytte af Kulsyre. De af Dr. og "J, Y. Buchanan udførte Observationer kunde derimod ikke Jacobsen saa ligefrem forkastes, idet der jo kunde tænkes Mulighed for, at det ved de af dem benyttede Methoder kunde have lykkedes ved den langvarige Kogning at uddrive ogsaa al neutralbunden Kulsyre, i hvilket Fald de af dem opførte Tal i en anden Henseende kunde faa Betydning nemlig som Udtryk for den samlede Sum af den i Søyandet inde- holdte Kulsyre. Desværre . lagde tlere OQmstændigheder Hindringer i Veien for Afslutningen af mine Forsøg over disse Gjen- stande i Vinteren 1877—78, dels var min Tid optaget med andre Arbeider, dels lod min Helbred den største Del af Vinteren adskilligt tilbage at ønske, saaat mine Forsøg in- genlunde havde den ønskelige Fremgang, og jeg blev der- for nødt til at gaa ud ogsaa paa Togtet i 1878 uden nogen paalidelig Methode til Bestemmelse af den i Søvandet mde- holdte Kulsyre. Da jeg efter endt Togt om Høsten vendte tilbage, gjenoptog jeg imidlertid atter mine Undersøgelser bragte dem til Afslutning. or og Gjennem en netop da af C. Borchers offentliggjort Afhandling? om Bestemmelsen af Kulsyren 1 naturlige Mi- neralvande blev jeg gjort opmærksom paa det for Bestem- melse af Kulsyren i Carbonater af Alexander Classen angivne Apparat,*? som jeg senere i stor Udstrækning har benyttet. Apparatet i den Form, hvori det her er kommen til Anvendelse, findes sammenstillet i Figur 3. Å er 2 med Natronkalk fyldte uformige Rør, B inde- holder Barytvand. C er en Erlenmeyers Kolbe paa circa 0.5 Litre, der gjennem et ved Bunden udmundende Rør communicerer med B, medens et lige under Kautschuk- proppen udmundende sætter den i Forbindelse med Kjøle- leren D, hvis indre Del efter Classen bestaar af et 27— 307” vidt Glasrør. hvortil i øvre og nedre Ende er loddet Rør med respective 15 og 7”” Diameter. Forlaget FE er fuldstændig af samme Construction som det af Jacobsen benyttede og er oventil forsynet med det af P. Wagner> foreslaaede med Glaskugler fyldte, Rør F. Ved a, hvor der findes en Indsnevring, er anbragt en noget Større Glaskugle, som temmelig nøie dækker over . det nederste snevre Rør. Idet det til Opsamling af Kul- syren anvendte, titrerede Barytvand heldes ned gjennem F, fjernes Proppen b, indtil det Meste af Barytvandet har passeret å, men sættes derpaa hurtigt i, saaledes at der over de nederste Glaskugler bliver staaende noget Baryt-. vand til en Høide af omtrent 50”” over a. Dersom nu " Journ. fiir pract. Chem. 125 — 353. ? Fresenius Zeitschrift 15 — 288. 3 Fresenius Zeitschrift 9 — 445, , to its upper and lower extremuties. series of observations mstituted by Dr. Jacobsen and J. Y. Buchanan cannot however be wholly rejected, since the protracted boiling characteristic of the method they adopted may possibly have driven off all the earbonic acid contained in the carbonates, in which case their figures would acquire importance as expressive of the total amount of carbonic acid present in the sea-water examined. Unfortunately, divers untoward eireumstanees conspired to prevent my terminating m the winter of 1877—78 the series of experiments I had begun with the object of elu- eidating this intricate subject; my time, for instance, came and during the greater part of that period I suffered from ill-healtb. My observations, therefore, not having progressed so favourably as I at first had reason to anticipate, I was again obliged to set out on the Expedition, mm 1878, without having fixed on any reliable method for determining the carbonie On my return however to Chris- to be unexpectedly occupied in other ways, acid present in sea-water. tiania in the autumn of that year, I recommenced the said experiments, and suceeeded in bringing them to a satisfac- tory termination. Å A paper by C. Borchers, which had just appeared,' on the determination of carbonic acid in mineral water, drew my attention to the apparatus — of which I have since made frequent use — devised by Alex. Classen* for determining earbonic aeid in carbonates. Figure 3 represents+this apparatus as constructed for my experiments. Å 2 glass tubes, resembling in form the letter U, filed with soda-lime; B a vessel for baryta water; C' an 'Erlenmeyer flat-bottomed matrass, containing about 0.5 litre, which by means of a tube terminating at the bottom is made to communicate with B, a similar tube, issuing im- mediately beneath the caoutsehouc stopper, putting it like- wise in communieation with the cooler D, the inner por- tion of which, according to Classen, should consist of a glass tube from 27”” to 307” in diameter, with tubes, measuring respectively 157” and 7” in diameter, sealed The receiver Æ has precisely the same form as that adopted by Jacobsen, and is furnished above with a glass tube, F, filled with glass balls, as suggested by P. Wagner.* At the point a, where the tube suddenly narrows, is introduced å somewhat larger glass ball, to fill up, as near as may be, the opening of the lower or slender portion of the tube. When the titrated baryta water, which absorbs the carbonic acid, is beimg poured down through F, the stopper b has to be taken out, but must be quickly replaced, before the whole of the fluid has passed a, in order that the glass balls to a height of about 50”” above a ! Journ. fir pract. Chem. 125, p. 353. ? Fresenius Zeitschrift 15, p. 288. . 3 Fresenius Zeitschrift 9, p. 445. den nederste Glaskugle slutter godt, vil den gjennem a passerende Luft spaltes i en Mængde meget fine Blærer, som ved at stige op mellem de af Barytvand omgivne Glas- kugler bliver fuldstændig kulsyrefri. Det uformige Rør G indeholder Barytvand, H fører til Aspiratoren. 30 may be immersed in baryta water. Now, assuming the large glass ball to fit well, the air will pass æ m the form of minute bubbles, which, having to ascend between the- glass balls surrounded by baryta water, must part with the whole of its earbonic aeid. The tube G contains baryta water; H leads to the aspirator. Den af Classen foreslaaede Kjøler virker saa udmær- ket, at man i meget lang Tid kan koge fortyndet Saltsyre i Kolben, uden at det mindste Spor af Chlor kan paavises i Forlaget, forudsat at den gjennemledede Luftstrøm ikke gives for stor Hastighed, hvad der imidlertid heller ikke er fornødent. The cooler devised by Classen is so excellent, that diluted hydroehlorie acid may be boiled in the matrass for a very considerable length of time without a trace of acid being: detected m the receiver, provided that too great rapidity be not given to the eurrent of air; this, however, is quite unnecessary. Naat Søvandet i dette Apparat kogtes med fortyndet Svovlsyre i en kulsyrefri Luftstrøm, undveg Kulsyren' meget hurtigt, idet 15 Minutters Kogning fuldstændig strak til for at bringe al Kulsyre over i Forlaget. Søvandets Sul- fater viste altsaa i alle Fald ikke ved Tilstedeværelsen af fri Syre de af J. Y. Buchanan observerede Egenskaber. Naar den paa denne Maade uddrevne Kulsyremængde op- samledes og bestemtes, viste den sig altid at stemme nogen- lunde med, hvad man efter den af Dr. Jacobsen arivendte Methode kunde erholde uddrevet, idet de optrædende Af- vigelser snart vare positive snart negative men i Regelen ikke større, tilskrives Observationsfeil. Ved den af Buchanan 1 For- slag bragte Udfældning af Svovlsyren erholdt jeg derimod bestandig betydelig for lave Resultater, hvorom seneré. For samtidig i en og samme Portion at kunne be- stemme baade den neutralbundne og den samlede Mængde Kulsyre, anvendte jeg følgende Fremgangsmaade. Efterat Apparatet fuldstændig var befriet for kulsyre- holdig Luft, anbragtes i Forlaget paa den før beskrevne Maade 25 CC. Barytvand, hvoraf hver OG, svarede til 4,129 Møgr. Kulsyre, hvorefter der i Kolben 0 heldtes B6T.7 CO. af det til Undersøgelse bestemte Søvand tillige- med 10 CO. af en Svovlsyre, hvoraf hver CC. svarede til 4.099 Mgr. Kulsyre. dIndholdet i Kolben ophededes nu under Gjennemleduing af en meget langsom Luttstrøm til Koghede og holdtes i Kog i nogen Tid. Efter Forløb af henimod 15 Minutter fjernedes atter Varmekilden og Væd- sken afkjøledes, idet Luftstrømmen lidt efter lidt gaves en noget større Hastighed, hvorved den endnu ikke absorberede Kulsyre meget hurtigt bragtes over i Forlaget. Efter endt Operation bragtes de i F værende Glas- kugler tilligemed det ved Rørets Vægge heftende Baryt- vand ned i Forlaget Æ, hvorpaa det Hele retitreredes med en Oxalsyre, hvoraf hver CC. svarede til 3.976 Mgr. Kul- - syre, idet alkoholisk Curcuma tjente som Index. Ligeledes skylledes den ved de indre Vægge af Kjøleren heftende Vædske ved lidt kulsyrefrit destilleret Vand ned i Kolben, hvori den overskydende Syre neutraliseredes med en Natron- lud, hvoraf hver CGC. svaredé til 2.928 Mer. CO», idet Rosolsyre tjente som Index. - Som Resultat af disse Titreringer erholdtes den sam- lede Kulsyremængde bestemt til omkring 97 Mer. og den neutralbundne til gjennemsnitlig henimod 53 Mgr. pr. Litre. De 44 Mgr. Kulsyre, som udgjør Differentsen mellem den samlede Kulsyremængde og den neutralbundne, kan aaben- bart ikke forekomme i Søvandet som fri Gasart, men maa forene sig med de allerede færdigdannede Carbonater under Dannelsen af Bicarbonater, og det viser sig altsaa, at de af Dr. Jacobsen gjorte Observationer meget naturligt lade sig forklare derved, at Søvandet ikke indeholder det mind- ste Spor af fri Kulsyre men hele 53 Mer. neutralbunden kun omkring 44 Mgr. surtbunden Kulsyre pr. Litre. y og end at de for den største Del maatte kunne BI O «c.centim. On boiling sea-water along with diluted sulphurie acid, exposed to a current of air free from carbonic aeid, in this apparatus, carbonie acid escaped very rapidly, the space of 15 minutes sufficmmg to collect: the whole of it in the receiver. The sulphates in sea-water — at least when free acids were present — did not, accordingly, exhibit the properties aseribed to them by J. Y. Buchanan. On col- leeting and determining the carbonic acid driven off by this process, the amount was 'invariably found to agree with that which could be liberated by Dr. Jacobsen's method, the differences observed having been sometimes positive and sometimes negative, but as a rule not greater than would admit of imputing them chiefly to errors of observation. On preeipitating the sulphuriec acid as suggested by Buchanan, the results obtained were invariably too low; but to this subject I shall afterwards" return. In order to determine both the proportion of earbonie acid forming the neutral carbonates and the whole amount of carbonic acid contamed in one and the same sample of sea-water, I adopted the following mode of procedure. After expelling from the apparatus all air in which carbonic introduced, as previously described, into the receiver, each c.centim. representing 4.1297” earbonie aeid; 367.7% of the sea-water to «be examined were then poured into the mat- rass (0), along with 10% of sulphuric aeid, each e.centim. of which represented 4.0997” earbomie acid. The contents of the matrass were now heated, during exposure to å very slow eurrent of air, up to the boiling-point, and kept for some time at that temperature. After the lapse of about 15 minutes, the source of heat was removed and the fluid cooled, the rapidity of the current of air bemmg slightly increased, causing the carbonic acid not yet absorbed to pass off quickly into the receiver. The operation being terminated. the glass balls in the tube F, along with the baryta water adhering to the walls of the tube, were introduced into tbe receiver E, and the whole of its contents retitrated with oxalic aeid, each n. of which represented 3.976” earbonie acid, a solution. of aleoholie eureuma serving as the index. The fluid adbering to the walls of the cooler was likewise washed down into the matrass with a little distilled water free from carbonic aeid, and the surplus acid neutralised by the ad- dition of soda-lye, each e.centim. of which represented 2.9287" CO», rosolie acid serving as the mdex. As the result of this titration, the total amount: of carbonic acid was found to be about 97” and the pro- portion forming neutral earbonates to average about 58” per litre. Now, the difference, 44”, cannot oceur free as gas. but will unite with the carbonates to form bicar- bonates; and henece Dr. Jacobsen's observations could be that sea-water contains no trace even of free earbonie aeid, but as much as 587” per litre of carbonic acid forming carbonates and only about 44"! per: litre of carbonic acid forming biear- bonates. acid was present, 25% of baryta water were readily explained on the assumption Som man ser, er den her til Bestemmelse af den neutralbundne Kulsyre anvendte Methode i alt væsentligt den samme, som allerede for flere Aar tilbage er beskre- ven af” Dr. Mohr.» Forskjellen stikker kun deri, at jeg har anvendt Classens Kjøler og desuden ombyttet Salpeter- syren med Svovlsyre. Det syntes mig nemlig ikke tilraa- deligt at anvende Salpetersyre ligeoverfor et saa stærkt chlorholdigt Mineralvand som Søvand, hvori der desuden fandtes en vel mærkbar .om end temmelig liden Qvantitet - oxyderbare Stoffe. Efter denne Fremgangsmaade har jeg senere ved 78 Observationer bestemt Kulsyren 1 64 forskjellige - Vandprø- ver temmelig jevnt fordelte over tet af den norske Nord- havexpedition undersøgte Felt. menstillede i Tabel II. Resultaterne findes sam- Først skal i Korthed berøres de Feil, hvormed de i Tabellen opførte Tal kan tænkes beheftede. Om man vilde antage, at den i Søvandet indeholdte Kiselsyre ikke forekom opløst som fri Syre, men forefandtes bundet til Baser i Form af Silicater, en Antagelse af me- get tvivlsom Berettigelse, vilde man aabenbart efter den ovenfor beskrevne Methode faa noget feilagtige Resultater, idet den til Kiselsyre bundne Mængde Baser vilde findes som bunden til Kulsyren., Forat kunne danne mig en Forestilling om, hvorvidt «den Feil, som man under denne Forudsætnimg skulde kunne begaa, nogensmde vil kunne tænkes at faa særlig Betydning, har jeg bestemt Kiselsyre- mængden i forskjellige af de hjembragte Vandprøver, idet følgende Fremgangsmaade er kommen til Anvendelse. 0.5 Litre Søyand inddampedes med lidt Saltsyre i en Platina- skaal først over fri Ild senere paa Vandbad til Tørhed og tørredes ved 110"—120* OC. Saltene udtoges derpaa og pulveriseredes bedst muligt i en vel poleret Agatrive- * skaal, hvorpaa de atter tørredes ved samme Temperatur, og sluttelig bragtes over i et passende Kar og tilsattes ca. 200 CO. saltsyreholdigt Vand, hvorved al Gips fuld- stændigt opløstes. De paa denne Maade udskilte Kisel- syremængder vare altid meget smaa og maatte nærmest blive at betegne som Npor, idet de, hvor jeg forsøgte at veie dem, kun beløb sig til Brøkdele af Mgr. i den an- vendte Portion Vand. Dette stemmer paa det Nøieste med, hvad Thorpe og Morton nylig har fundet i det irske Hav,* hvorimod de ældre Opgaver giver noget større Tal. Og man vil saaledes se, at der ingensomltelst Rimelighed er for, at den i Søvandet indeholdte Kiselsyremængde skulde bidrage til i mærkelig Grad at gjøre de fundne Resultater upaalidelige. Naar man skal danne sig en Mening om Nøiagtighe- den af disse Observationer, er det imidlertid nødvendigt at tage Hensyn til en anden Omstændighed, som kunde tænkes at have havt sin Indflydelse paw Resultaterne. ) Mohr Titrirmethode 3te Aufl. — 524. ? Ann. Chem. Pharm. 158 — 122. 32 As will be seen, the method adopted for the determ- ination of the carbonic acid forming carbonates, was es- sentially the same as that deseribed by Dr. Mohr" several years previously. The only difference lay im my having employed Classen's cooler and made choice of sulphurie acid in preference to nitric. It did not seem advisable to use nitrie acid when examining åa mineral water so rich in chlorine as is sea-water, and which besides contains a quantity, small indeed but appreciable, of organic matter. By this bonie acid in process I subsequently determined the car- 64 different samples of sea-water, drawn at regular intervals from the tract of ocean in- the Norwegian North-Atlantic Fxpedition; The results comparatively vestigated on the number of observations amounted to 78. are given in Table II. the errors figures set I will first say a few words respecting that may possibly affect the accuracy of the down in the Table. Assuming the silieic acid in sea-water not to oceur as a free acid, but eombmed with bases m the form of silicates, an hypothesis of very doubtful value, the results obtained by the method deseribed above would be obviously to some extent inaccurate, as the bases com- bined with silicic acid must-in that ease have behaved as if originally combined with carbonic acid. In order to ascertaim what importance could possibly be attached to an error arising on such an assumption, I determined the amount of inasmuch silieie acid in divers of the samples of sea-water brought home with me. adopting for that purpose the following method. —Five-tenths of a litre of sea-water mixed with a little hydrochloric acid were evaporated to dryness in a platinum dish, at first over åa common fire and then in a water-bath, and dried ata temperature of 110—120* OC. The salts were then taken out and transferred to a well polished agate dish, mm which they were finely pulverised, and again dried at the same temperature; finally they were placed in a suitable vessel, and mixed with about 200 of water containing hydrochlorie acid, which thoroughly dis- The amounts of silieie acid thus precipitated were invariably. very small, indeed but little more than traces; for. on attempting to weigh them, they proved to be but fractions of å milligramme. This result agrees exactly with the observations of Thorpe and Morton solved all the gypsum. on water from the Irish Sea? Whereas the figures in ear- Hence, there is no reason whatever to assume, that the silieie acid present in sea-water should to considerable extent influence the lier statements are somewhat higher. any results obtained. When judging of the aceuraey of these observations, regard. must. however, be had to another eireumstancee that might possibly in some measure affect the results. The water examined did not consist of freshly drawn samples, ! Mohr's Titrirmethoden 3te Aufl. p. 524. * Ann. Chem. Pharm. 158, p. 122. 33 Tabel IT. | | Dybde hvorfrå Prø- Neutral- | Surtbun- , TAS ven hentet. bunden E den Stat. | vordlig Bredde fra KDePNE PO EN EN ESA lggren) Kulsyre. | Ma rd No pe meg Greenwich. E ratur. KParbonian(Fantonlcin SND aker ee å G | (North Latitude.) | P | å Acid forming, forming Bi | (Bemarks.) N 0. | | (Longitude Jrom Engelske Celsius. | Carbonates.) | carbonates.) | JM Greenwich.) Favne. | Meter. | Mor. Mor. | | | ; re ee | per de Litre. | : | | gå == - Jæderen. o | o ? 52.3 | 41.1 Dr 65 53 Ne Ps Å Eg NE 52.6 607 de 3| 52 65 47:5 ea 1861 *| 3403 | =1-2,| 152-7 |- 469 | 4 2 65 475 St, 1861 3403 == 52.0 46.1 Sunr5å 65 13-5 0033 Ffas3g 42814 28 1:31 14453-1 43:8 61153 65 13:5 O 33 o o 10:5 |, 543 | 404 43 66 58 | 10 33 189 346 OE 8 | 143 66 58 10* 33 Q O 8.2 534, | +41-5 Q | 183 69 59:5 OPS 1600 2026 —n> 52.6 44.8 « 10 | 283 | 69 59:5 6 15 (0) Oo 8.6 | 53:5 44.8 Te SA Op Q 50 1547 282 13 53:0 45:5 12 | 184 70 4 9 50 600 1007 0.0 52.-4 | 447 ra em 9 50 (0) (0) 7.6 53:8 | 40.9 14 å 69 51.5 14 41 Må | 2441 TLI 53:8 | 43.1 PR 118911 69 41 15 42 60 MET573 Al TT E53: 00 MGS 16 | 1891 69 41 15:42 860 | 1573 —4e1t 52.7 01 043:6 | 17 | 189 69 41 15 42 A o fo) 9.6 Se 2 So NG 70 53 SO SE OA om 8.0 | 154:2 AT.4 +| 19 | 215 70 53 20) ; 200 366 2.8 52.6 — 20 | 215 70 53 Due 200 . 366 2.8 52.6 46.8 2 Ft Fed 5) Di Å (0) 4.6 52.7 04r5 oe båe 0850 5 I 340 | 622 —0:6 54:3 1 46.4 | 23 | 226 70 59 le SA 340 622 —0.6 GA ego | 226 70 59 751 340 622 —0.6 547 — 226 70 59 SE (0) o 3:0 52.2 40.7 26 | 226 70 59, 7 51 Oo (0) 3:0 52.2 41.6 2v0237 70 "41 IO IO OJ 3-0 53-4|' 42 284 27 70 41 10 IO o (0) SON EG EG. 20 | 240 69 2 Ir 26 (0) (0) 4:2 55:0 44.4. 30 | 240 69, 2 11 26 O fo) +4:2 SI si = 68 33 Jr25 (0) (0) 6.0 53:0 45:0 2| — 68 33 7215 (0) o 6.0 5310 UNE43:9 33 1243 68 32.5 6 26 Tes LJ Me an , ; 34 | 245 68 21 2 Of (0) gjokLNsg: er 245 68 21 DE OLA o 9:0 53:8 44.2 36| 247 | 68 5.5 224. E EO OA 0:45 3:07 sje 247 114 08: 5.5 224 0) Oo *| Q4 | 540 | 472 | 38 | 264 70 56 SE 37 om (0) 5.2 51.8 Ag) | 39 | 264 70 56 35037 86 157 1.0 | 526 43:2 | 401 275 TE) Suez o fo) 2.0 58.0 ges Se] AT | 284 Ge 12 58 (0) (0) 6.8 52.6» 43:2 42 | 295 71 59 II 40 fo) fo) 7:0 | 52:8 42.4 43 | 205 TS SA II 30 100 183 382 51.0 42.8 44 | 295 1 7I 55 1 030 600 1007 —0.8 52.6 43:7 45 | 295 TI 59 IT 40 II IO 2030 == 6ag) 878 AGE 46 | 297 72 36.5 5:12 fo) o 2260 520047 472070 Qt722086055 5 T2 1280 2341 — 1.4 | 152:1 | ,43:4 48 | 208 72 52 I 50.5 1500 2743 105 2.2 ee 49 | ,300,) +73 10 JE EG o 486 434 GENE kamrene rart to the Greenland Tea) 50 | 300 7) JD Gudld (0) TSG 2.0 | srNNe0g 7 sro gamored fo) o Sess 47:09 2| 303 Fi), 18 Bk 2 (0) Oder! 3:3 | 51-8 | 48.0 53 | 303 FS å Bng2 150 7 | SS le 430 544 304 SG EG 300 549 | —0:8 | 52.2 42.5 55.| 304 TSN 4 51 300 540 —0:8 | 52.3 45.1 56 | 304 fom 3 4 51 1735 3173 — 85; | 52.4 43:0 57 | 306 0) 10 27 1334 2440 Se GPO 40.5 58: 32 DESSE TEST Do 408 | Pisa Ser 42.1 Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Tornøe: Chemi. p 5 1 % Dybde hvorfra Prø- | | | ven hentet. Længde ; . da 95 (Depth from which the Sam- fra ples were collected.) Stat. | Nordlig Bredde. | Tempe- | Kulsyre. Surtbun- den | V= | Kulsyre. : | Anmærkninger. | Neutral- | bunden T GS NTG E EG ratur. (Carbonic (Carbon.Acid| Ao NG | 0 | engine min +| Engelske | Celsius. Gardene Kordere) EEE | Greenwich.) Favne. | Meter. | Mer. Mer | ; KLE I (Merres.) |per Litre. | per Litre. = = | ——= === T =— Ta =—= = == — —-——————— -—= — = — SON SESN 10 105 SNE EN 5-4 1534 1427 | 60 | 347 76 40.5 7 47 1429 2613 —1.3 | 52:2 | 416 Ör | 347.| 76 40.5 7 47 o o 44 | 5$2:6 410 62 113491" 76.30 2 57 187 ES SO 435 63 18500 076026 ude Wa or å OM 3.0 | 54.0 47.2 bhynngso mit 70026 |» 029 300 540 — pi SEE eta 05 | 350 | 76 26 o' 29 300 549 == 53:3 16.0 66 350 | 76 26 Oo 20 1686 3083 — 1.5 51.0 43:9 ss SE o oe FN 68 | 352 77 56 329, FE o o 3-0: | 52-3 41-5 : å bor dsre 77050 Bed 300 540 Me 08 52-00 46:0 TONES 48732 |nfa'0 oe FNS TGS og Mer Os sj 18:32 GSE es ee +4:6 72 GO Zoe 528 o (0) 4.2 52.4 42.7 790 SOE 79. 8.5 65 28 905 1655 — 1.2 51.0. 46.1 74.| 362 79 59 5 40 vo o) 52 | 52.6 43:2 75 Mg So ar 50 40: 50830] ro 508 1 44:6 761.363 | 80 o i de RR 260 475 Tod 52.9 44:0 771368 78 43 1148 20 NE EE 567 TRO aS 2 Od Fe VES | 14 26 er 20 219 0.8 Se Ge ' Forsøgene ere nemlig ikke blevne udførte paa Vandprø- verne strax efter, deres Optagelse men først, efterat de have henstaaet i kortere eller længere Tid. Angaaende - Tidsrummet, hvori enkelte Vandprøver have henstaaet før Bestemmelsen, kan anføres Følgende: No. 1, en Vand- prøve, som Hr. Dampskibsfører E. Rostrup viste mig den Velvillie at skaffe mig, har kun henstaaet nogle Dage, de de øvrige Prøyer have benstaaet, No. 2—6 i ca. 2!/1 Aar, 7—37 i cå. 14/4 Aar og 38—78 i 2 til 4 Maaneder paa et kjøligt Sted opbevarede paa Flasker, der vare forsynede med vel islebne Glasproppe. Der aabner sigfaltsaa en 'Mulighed for, at der ved Oxydation af de i Søvandet væ- rende, aldrig manglende, organiske Bestanddele kunde have* dannet sig en mindre Qvantitet Kulsyre paa Bekostning af «den opløste Surstofmængde, en Proces, der naturligvis kun har Indflydelse paa den surt bundne Kulsyre, saafremt ikke Oxydationen skulde skride saa vidt. frem, at ogsaa Surstotfet i Svovlsyren skulde medgaa til Dannelsen af Kulsyre, i hvilket Fald den dannede Kulsyre maatte træde ind som neutralbunden istedetfor den destruerede Mængde En saa vidt fremskreden Oxydation kun imid- lertid ikke tænkes mulig, medmindre man til Prop i Fla- skerne anvender Kork, da den i Søvandet opløste Surstof- Svovlsyre. gas er mere end tilstrækkelig til at oxydere alle de op- Det kan ogsaa bemærkes, at det ikke i nogen af de undersøgte rindelig tilstedeværende organiske Bestanddele. Vandprøver har været muligt at paavise det mindste Spor af Svovlvandstof. For saa nogenlunde at fixere de Mæng- der Kulsyre, «som paa denne Maade skulde kunne dannes, har jeg anmodet min Ven Schmelck, som har været beskjæt- tiget med Undersøgelse af de faste Bestanddele i Vandet 1 det af Expeditionen befarede Hav, og som saaledes ogsaa har . or shorter having all of it been "allowed to stand over for å longer With respect to the interval that had elapsed before commeneing the determinations, the follow- period. ing partieulars can be given: — No. 1, å sample of seå- water which Captain £. Rostrup had the kindness to proeure me, did not stand over for more than å few days; of the remaining samples, Nos. 2—6 were preserved for about" two years and a quarter, Nos. 7—37 for about one year and Nos.:38—78 from two to four months, a cool spot, and in bottles turnished with Hence it is just possible that absent and å quarter, all of them m ground glass stoppers. oxidation of the organie matter never in sea- water may have produced a small quantity of earbonie acid, by redueing the amount of oxygen, a process which of course could only affeet the earbonie aeid forming bi- carbonates, unless indeed oxidation were so far advanced, «that the oxygen in the sulphuric aeid should also contri- bute to the formation of carbonic acid, in which case such carbonic acid would reimplace the sulphurie acid decom- posed. But this advaneed stage of oxidation is clearly im- possible unless the bottles are corked, since the oxygen in. sea-water is more than sufficient to oxidize all organie matter originally present. I ean also observe, that in none of the samples of water examined was it possible to detect the slightest trace of sulphuretted hydrogen. With the object of determining approximately what proportion of carbonie aeid could result from this process, I requested my friend Mr. Schmelek — whose labours have been chietly contined to the examination -of the solid matter present in the water of the seas explored on the Expedition, and who, atcord- ingly instituted a series of experiments to ascertain the amount of organic substances it eontained — to furnish udført en Række Forsøg til Bestemmelse Stoffes Mængde,. om at meddele mig de fornødne Data. Ifølge ham ere de prganiske Stoffes Mængde kun under- kastet meget smaa Variationer, og affarver 1 -Litre Sø- vand gjennemsnitlig 3 Mer. Kamæleon, som under Forud- sætning af Reduction til Oxydulsalt kun kan afgive hen- «imod 0.8 Mer. Surstof, hvoraf det lettelig vil kunne indsees, at den dannede Mængde Kulsyre ikke kan være meget stor, naar Surstotforbruget selv ved en saa energisk Oxyda- tion som ved Anvendelse af Kamæleon er saa lidet. Og kan foregaa ved Vandprøvyens Henstand. under ordmære For- hvad der især tyder paa. at den Oxydation, som holde, fuldstændig maa kunne negligeres, er den Om- stændighed, at Sehmelek har fundet Søvandets Evne til at -affarve Kamæleon ligestor, hvadenten Vandprøven under- søges frisk eller først efter arrelang Henstand. At noget af Kulsyren ved den lange Henstand skulde være fordampet. er der heller ingen Rimelighed for. naar man erindrer, at Søvandet er en alkalisk Vædske. som ikke indeholder det mindste Spor af fri Kulsyre, og som med saadan Kraft holder paa sin surt bundne Kulsyre, at den i timevis kan koges i det af Jacobsen angivne Luft- udkogningsapparat med det Resultat, at kun liden Brøkdel uddrives. det Modsatte, nemlig at der skulde kunne absorberes noget af Atmosphærens Kulsyre, men for Undgaaelsen af denne en «meget Feilkilde er der sørget ved omhyggelig Opbevaring paa velproppede Flasker. ; Resultaterne synes heller ikke at tyde paa, at Hen- standen skulde have været til Skade for Vandpføvernes 'Brugbarhed, idet de alle uden Hensyn til den meget for- skjellige Varighed af det Tidsrum, hvori de have henstaaet, vise .nogenlunde det samme Resultat, og ikke at tage meget Feil, naar jeg anser Observationer som i alt Væsentligt ligesaa gode, som om jeg tror saaledes de af mig udførte de havde været udførte ombord paa friskt optagne Vand- prøver. Hvad angaar de af selve tionen flydende Observationsfeil. da vil de hyppigt udførte Controlbestemmelser kunne give de fornødne Bidrag til Bedømmelsen af deres Størrelse, saaledes er ved 13 Con- trolbestemmelser for den neutralt bundne Kulsyres Ved- kommende den gjennemsnitlige halve Differents mellem 2 paa samme Vandprøve udførte Observationer bestemt til 0.11 Mr. per Litre,(Maximum 0.6) og for den Surt bundne Kulsyres Vedkommende til 0.59 Mer. per Liitre (Maximum 1.55). Foruden den variable Feil vil der imidlertid i sidste Tilfælde ogsaa være en constant, idet det ikke lader sig undgaa, at man ved Arbeide i en kulsyreholdig Atmosphære vil erholde noget om end meget lidet for høie Resultater. Naar Feilene ved Bestemmelsen af den surt bundne Kulsyre er funden at være størst, da er Grunden dertil for en stor Del at søge deri, at man ved Retitration med Natronlud, især naar Rosolsyre anvendes. som Index. erholder en meget skarp Endereaction, medens dette paa lang Vei ikke i samme Grad er Tilfælde, hvor Baryt re- Methoden og Experimenta- af de organiske Der er aabenbart større Fare for me with the necessary data. According to his obserations. the I litre of sea-water diseolouring on an average "3" per- amount of organic matter varies but very slightly. manganate of potash: and this quantity, assuming extreme reduction, cannot give off more than about 0,87" of oxygen. Henece it is obvious that the amount of earboniec acid ean- not be very large, considering the limited consumption of oxygen even with the use of permanganate of potash. But that the oxidation which ean ordinarily result from allow-. ing the water to stand over may be altogether ignored. is more particularly indicated by the fact of Schmelck hav- ing found the property in sea-water of discolouring perman- ganate of potash to be invariably the same, whether the samples are fresbly drawn or have been preserved for years together. Nor is there reason to assumé. that any portion of carbonie acid should have escaped by evaporation dur- the ing the long interval, if we bear m mind that sea-water is ing an aikaline fluid, which does not contain the smallest trace of free carbonic acid, and which retams that present mm biearbonates with such vigour, that it may be- boiled for hours together in the apparatus devised by Jacobsen for boiling out air and not part with more than a mere frae- tion. Nay, there is obviously danger of the reverse, viz. that some of the carbonie acid present in the atmosphere will be absorbed; but that source of error was effectually avoided by kéeping the water in bottles provided with tight-fitting glass stoppers. Judging, too. from the results, which were very nearly the same for all tlie samples, irrespective of the difference in the length of the period during which they had. been preserved, the interval that had elapsed previous to examin- ation did not appear to have had any injurious effect on the water for experimental purposes: and: hence I feel. tolerably convinced that my observations in all essential particulars are as reliable as if they had been condueted on board with freshly drawn water. å With respect to the errors of observation involved in the method itself, numerous test-determinations will serve as an approximate standard by which to compute their magnitude; thus, for instance, half the difference between. two. observations 'with the same sample of water was found. for the carbonic acid forming earbonates, to be.0.11"”" per litre (maximum 0.6), and for the carbonic acid forming bi- carbonates to be 0.5972" per litre (maximum 1.35). Exclusive of the variable error there will also, in the latter case. be a coustant one, inasmuch as the. results of experiments - performed in an atmosphere containing carbonie acid must necessarily be somewhat, if but a very little. too high. When the error in the determination of the earbonie acid forming bicarbonates is found to be greatest. the reason will be chiefly this. that retitration with soda-lye. more espe- cially if rosolic acid has been selected as the index, gives rise to a very decided termmal reaction. which does not result on the baryta water being titrated with oxalie aeid; the reaction is then much less obvious. It must be likewise mx med Oxalsyre. Tillige bør det erindres, at de som for den surt bundne Kulsyre opførte Tal indeholde af den bundne titreres Udtryk Feilene som den samlede Kulsyremængde. saavel i Bestemmelsen neutralt Som man let vil overbevise sig om, vise de i Tabellen opførte Tal især for den neutralt bundne Kulsyres Ved- kommende en mærkelig Overensstemmelse. naar nemlig 2 Observationer, begge udførte paa en Vandprøve hentet lige ved Grønlandsisen, undtages, ligger i alle de øvrige 63 Vandprøver den neutralt bundne Kulsyre mellem Grænd- serne dl.4 og 55.4 Mgr. per Litre, saaledes at. den største Differents kun beløber sig til 4 Mer., hvad der maa siges at være meget lidet i Betragtning af. at disse Tal ere fremkomne ved Undersøgelse af et Hav paa betydeligt over 200 geografiske Mile i Udstrækning saavel i syd og nord som øst og vest. Hvad derimod den surt bundne Kulsyre angaar, da ere de optrædende Differentser betydelig større og beløbe. sig i Ydertilfældene til omkring 8 Mer. pr. Litre. ee Jeg har længe bestræbt mig for at opdage nogen Lovmæssighed i disse Variationer, uden at det dog saaledes som for Luftens Vedkommende har lykkes at erholde klare og paalidelige Resultater i saa Henseende og det ligegyl- digt, hvadenten man vælger Dybdeforholdene eller den geografiske Beliggenhed til Udgangspunkt for sin Betragtning. Da saaledes ingen Del af det undersøgte Felt ud- mærker sig fremfor den anden ved nogen tydelig Forskjel- lighed i Kulsyregehalt, og da de optrædende Differentser overalt ere smaa, ville de erholdte Resultater naturligst være at benytte til Udlednng af Gjennemsnitsværdier, der kunne opføres som Udtryk for Kulsyregehalten i det under- søgte Hav i sin Helhed betragtet. De Gjennemsnitsværdier, som saaledes blive at opstille som Hovedresultater, ere-for den neutralt bundne Kulsyres Vedkommende 52.78 + 0.083 Mer. pr. Litre med en sandsynlig Afvigelse herfra af en enkelt Observa- tion af + 0.662 Mgr. pr. Litre og for den surt bundne Kulsyres Vedkommende 45.64 + 0.16 Mer. pr. Litre med en sandsynlig. Afvigelse herfra af en enkelt Observa- tion af + 1.26 Mør. pr. Litre. , Da det først var bragt paa det Rene, at de af Dr. Jacobsen iagttagne Egenskaber hos Søvandet skrev sig der- fra, at den i Nøvandet' existerende Saltblanding | ved Kog- hede decomponerede neutrale Carbonater, maatte det ogsaa fremstille sig som en meget interessant Opgave at «finde den nærmere. Forklaring dertil. Den nærmestliggende Tanke, som i denne: Anledning først paatvang sig mig, var den at søge Grufden i Chlor- bekjendte FEgenskaber. At Kogningen selv ved Tilstedeværelsen af: Overskud af Chlor- natrium skulde have Tilbøielighed til lidt efter lidt at spalte sig, og at der af den dannede Saltsyre skulde kunne Der magnestumens denne under uddrives noget Kulsyre, kunde jo ikke synes umuligt. 56 . borne in mind, that the figures representing the carbonie acid forming bicarbonates also include the error in both titrations. A glance at the Table will show that the" figures therein set down, more particularly those representing the carbonic acid forming earbonates. exhibit a remarkable uni- formity; save m 2 observations, both with åa sample of water drawn in elose proximity to the ice off the coast of Green- land, the carbonic acid forming earbonates determined in the remaining 63 samples lies between the limits 51.4” and bb.4"s" per litre and the greatest differenee amounts there- fore to only 4”7”, which must be regarded as very small, considering that the said figures refer to the examina- tion of from a tract of ocean both from north to south and from east to west, water which, measured extends As regards the carbonic acid forming bicarbonates. the dif-. for considerably more than 200 geographieal miles. ferenees in the amounts determined are, however, much greater, reaching 8" per litre. I have long had my attention directed to the possible discovery of a law cohtrolling these variations, similar to that which I found to regulate those of air, but have not yet succeeded in obtaining conelusivesgresults; and it is quite immaterial whether depth or geographical position be made-the basis of investigation. The water in no part of the ocean-tract explored being eharacterised by properties plainly distinguishing it from that of any other, and the differences in the results obtained having invariably proved-small, the latter will obviously serve for the computation of average formulæ representing the amount of earbonie acid present in the water of the sea investigated. These average formulæ, set down aceordingly as the final results, were found to be — 78 + 0.0832" per litre for the carbonic acid forming carbonates, with a probable error in a single observation of + 0.662 per litre; and 43.64 + 0.1672" per litre for the carbonie acid forming bicarbonates, with å probable error in å single observation of + 1.2679" per litre. Having now obtained conelusive proof that the pro- perties observed by Dr. Jacobsen in sea-water were the result of the property possessed by the saline compounds present therein of decomposing at the boiling-pomt neutral carbonates, the.next step was to find a satisfactory explana- tion of the interesting phenomenon: My first thought in this direction was to seek the cause in the known properties of chloride of magnesia. Assuming this body to have a tendeney of gradually de- composing during the process of boiling, earbonie aeid might possibly be driven off by the hydroehlorie. acid formed. Against such an hypothesis, however, various objections may be raised, Dr. Jacobsen and others having shown that sea- lader sig imidlertid reise Indvendinger mod denne Betragt- ningsmaade, idet det af Dr. Jacobsen med Flere er -paa- vist, at Søvand lader sig inddampe til Tørhed og Saltene endog tørre ved en Temperatur af 180* C., uden at nogen synderlig Mængde Saltsyre forflygtiger sig, og det er 1 Virkeligheden heller ikke fornødent at ty til Chlormagne- siumens Dissociation for at finde den rimeligste Forklarings- grund. Man behøver blot at holde sig til den kulsure Magnesia og dens Egenskaber, saaledes som de ere kjendte af Arbeider udførte af de mest berømte Chemikere. Ifølge Angivelser af Berzelius,! H.-Rose.* Fritzsche, Nörgaard* og L. Joulin? er den ved høiere Temperatur dannede kulsure Magnesia altid mere eller mindre basisk, ja ifølge Berzelius og H. Rose er selv de ved Blanding af Magnesiaopløsninger med kulsure Alkalier i Kulden dan- nede Bundfald mere kulsyrefattige end mættet kulsur Mag- Der findes om den kulsure Magnesia et meget stort Antal tildels meget modstridende Angivelser, og der er, eftersom Fremstillingsmaaden er varieret, erholdt meget forskjelligt sammensatte Salte, hvis procentiske Sammen- sætning ifølge Analyserne stemme meget daarligt overens- med den af de opstillede Formler beregnede. Disse For- bindelser ere ogsaa af enkelte Forfattere: betragtede som nesia. basiske Salte af 'variabel Sammensætning og ansees af L. Joulin endog for en Blanding af vexlende Mængder Det vilde føre for langt her at gjen- nemgaa de talrige over dette Emne forfattede Afhandlinger, og jeg skal derfor indskrænke mig til at henvise til Gmelin- Kraut's Handbuch der Chemie Gte Aufl. ? 432, hvor det Væsentligste findes i Uddrag. Det maa dog være mig til- lædt at eitere nogle Udtalelser af H. Rose, som jeg nylig blev opmærksom paa, Udtalelser, som vise at Videnskaben Oxsyd og Carbonat. allerede meget længe har været i Besiddelse af Materiale til Forklaringen af de af Dr. Jacobsen gjorte Observatio- ner. H. Rose siger (Pogg. Ann. [3] — 23 — 417) Følgende: Als das Gesetz der einfachen echemisehen Proportionen aufgestellt und hinreiehend durch Versuche bewiesen- wor- . den war, ergab sich die Neutralitiit zweier sich zersetzender Salzautlösungeh als eine ganz natiirliche Folge des Ge- setzes der bestimmten Verhiiltnisse. in denen sich alle Kör- per, also auch Såuren und Basen, mit einander verbinden. Aber das Gesetz, dass durch Zersetzung zweier neu- traler Salze nach ihrer Auflösung in Wasser wiederum zwei neutrale Salze entstehen, ist nicht richtig, wenigstens nicht in der Allgemeinheit, wie es bisher ohne den gering- sten Widerspruch angenommen worden ist. Es-ist bemerkenswerth, dass so ausserordentlich Vielen Ausnahmen, die bei diesem Gesetze stattfinden. nicht friiher aufgefallen sind, obgleich mehrere derselben sehon seit langer Zeit bekannt waren. die Nur eine fast einzeln stehende 1 Berzelius Jahresbericht 17 — 158. ? Pogg. Ann. 83 — 435. ; 3 Pogg. Ann. 37 — 310. + K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrift. [5] — 2 — 54 (1850). 5 Ann. Chim. Phys. [4] —, 30 — 271. QI «4 by water admits of being evaporated to dryness, and the re- sidue even dried at a temperature of 180' OC. without vo- latilising any considerable quantity of hydroehlørie acid. But it is not necessary to seek in the properties of ehloride of magnesia the most plausible means of explanation; we need only keep to the carbonate and its properties, as determined by the most renowned Chemists. ; According to the statements of Berzelius, H. Rose? Fritzsche? Nörgaard* and L. Joulin,? «æarbonate of mag- nesia formed at a high temperature invariably contains less carbonie acid than the neutral salt; nay, according to Berzelius and Rose the precipitate resulting from the mixture of carbonate of potash, when cold, with, solutions of magnesia, contains less carbonic acid than satprated car- bonate of magnesia. For carbonate of magnesia we have a very large number of conflicting statements, and the compounds obtained have been found to vary greatly with the mode of operation, the proportion of their eonstituents, too, often agreeimg but very indifferently with that computed 'By have been regarded as basic salts, varying in their com- ponent parts: nay by L. Joulin,, as consisting of incon- stant mixtures of some oxide and carbonate. I lack space here to notice the numerous memoirs. treating of this subject. and sball therefore merely refer the reader to Gmelin-Kraut's *Handbuch der Chemie (6te Autlage, 2, p. 432), mm which copious extracts from them will be found. I cannot however. refram from' quoting certain remårks by the formulæ. some authors these combinations .H. Rose, on which a short time since I happened to light, — remarks showing science to have been long in pos- session of materials amply sufficient to explam Dr. Ja- cobsen's observations.. In Pogg. Ann., [3] 23, p. 417, H. Rose observes as follows: — | Als das Gesetz der einfachen chemischen Proportionen aufgestellt und hinreichend durch Versuche bewiesen wor- den war, ergab sieh die Neutralitåt zweier sich zersetzender Salzautlösungen als eme ganz natiirliche Folge des Ge- 'setzes der bestimmten Verhåltnisse, in denen sieh alle Kör- per, also auch Såuren und Basen, mit einander verbinden. Aber das Gesetz, dass durch Zersetzung zweier neu- traler Salze nach ihrer Auflösung im Wasser wiederum zwei neutrale Salze entstehen, ist nicht richtig, wenigstens nicht in der Allzemeinheit, wie es bisher ohne den gering- sten Widerspruch angenommen worden ist. Es ist bemerkenswerth, dass die so ausserordentlich vielen Ausnahmen, die bei diesem Gesetze stattfinden, nicht friiher aufgefallen sind, obgleieh mehrere derselben sehon seit langer Zeit bekannt waren. Nur eine fåst einzeln stehende 1 Berzelius Jahresbericht, 17, p. 158. ? Pogg. Ann. 83, p. 435. 3 Pogø. Ann. 37, p. 310. reke) 7 PN + K. Danske Vid. Selsk.-Skritt [5] 2, p. 54 (1850). Dre 5 Ann. Chim. Phys. [4] 30, p- 27 i Ausnahme erregte vor lingerer Zeit ein allgemeines Auf- sehben. Als man fand, dass eine Auflösung von gewöhnlichem phosphorsaurem Natron, welehe fir sich geröthetes Lackmus- -papier blåut, mit einer Auflösung von salpetersaurem Nilber- oxyd, welehe das Lackmuspapier unveråndert låsst, versetzt, einen Niederschlag von gelbem phosphorsaurem Silberoxyd und eine Flissigkeit giebt, welche geblåutes Lackmuspapier röthet, konnte diese Erseheinung nicht friiher geniigend er- klirt werden, als bis die interessanten Untersuchungen von Clarke, und die sinnreiche Deutung derselben dureh Gra- ham bekannt wurde. å Aber vor weit lingerer Zeit sehon hatté man Er- seheinungen beobachtet, die eben so råthselhaft waren, als der besehriebene Fall. Man hatte schon oft bemerkt, dass aus der Auflösung eines neutralen kohlensauren AÅAlkalis dureh Zersetzung vermittelst einer Auftlösung eines neutralen Salzes von Magnesia, von Zinkoxyd oder von einem: andern åihnlich zusammengesetzten Metalloxyd Kohlensiuregas ent- wickelt werde, besonders wenn die Fållung des «kohlen- sauren Qxyds in der Wiirme geschieht, und eine grosse Reihe von Versuchen, die man besonders in neuerer Zeit ange- stellt hat, hat ergeben, dass dit meisten der kohleusauren, unlösliehen Salze, welehe man durch Zersetzung neutraler Salzåutlösungen erhålt, nicht die entsprechende Zusammen- setzung des kohlensauren Alkalis haben, das zu ihrer Fr- Sie enthalten weniger Kohlensiure, aber obgleich die Untersuchungen oft von zeugung angewandt worden ist. sehr bewibrten Chemikern angestellt -worden sind, so hat man ihre Zusammensetzung sehr wenig iibereinstimmend vefunden.” ' H. Rose har ogsaa ved Forsøg, som han sammesteds beskriver, fundet, at varmt fældt basisk kulsur Magnesia indeholder mindre Kulsyre. naar den efter Fældningen ko- ges nogen Tid, end naar den strax gjøres til Gjenstand for Analyse. Det kan efter dette ikke være tvivlsomt, at den kul- sure Magnesia ved høiere Temperaturer decomponeres og antager meget forskjellige Sammensætninger. eftersom den koges kortere eller længere Tid. Rigtignok er det ikke nogensteds. ved de tidligere Forsøg paavist, at man paa denne Maade kan faa Magnesia fuldstændig betriet for at man ved de tidligere Forsøg visselig overalt har arbeidet Kulsyre, men man maa ogsaa her tage Hensyn til, med temmelig store Mængder Bundfald, der naturligvis ikke med samme Lethed som Nmaaportioner vil kunne er- holdes decomponerede. Forat paavise, at smaa Mængder kulsur Magnesia ved Kogning lader sig omvandle til fuldstændig rent Oxyd. gik jeg frem paa følende Maade. Af fuldstændig ren friskt udglødet Soda afveiedes 0.422 Gr. og opløstes i 100 CO. kulsyrefrit destilleret Vand. ligeledes tilberedtes en 13 %/o indeholdende Opløsning af almindelig ren svovlsur Mag- nesia, som-i korveien ved gjentagne OQmkrystallisationer En Blanding af 15 OG, af Sodaopløsningen med 50 OG, af Bittersaltopløsningen var befriet for alle Forurensuinger. fortyndet med noget over 1, Litre friskt udkogt endnu varmt Vand kogtes i en kulsyrefri Luftstrøm i Classens Ausnahme erregte vor lingerer Zeit ein allgemeines Aut- sehen. Als man fand, dass eine Auflösung von gewöhnlichem - phosphorsaurem Natron, welehe fiir sich geröthetes Lackmus- papier bliut, mit einer Auflösung von salpetersaurem Nilber- oxyd, welehe das Lackmuspapier unveråndert liisst, versetzt. einen Niederschlag von gelbem phosphorsaurem Nilberoxyd und eine Fliissigkeit giebt, welehe gebliutes Lackmuspapier röthet, konnte diese Erscheinung nieht friiher gentigend er- klirt werden, als bis die interessanten -Untersuchungen von derselben durch Gra- Clarke, und die sinnreiche Deutung ham bekannt wurde. Aber vor weit lingerer Zeit schon hatte man Er- scheinungen beobaehtet. die eben 'so råtbselhaft waren. als der besehriebene Fall. Man hatte schon oft bemerkt. dass aus der Auflösung eines neutralen kohlensauren Alkalis durch Zersetzung vermittelst einer Auflösung eines neutralen Salzes von Magnesia. von Zinkoxyd oder von einem andern åhnlich zusammengesetzten Metalloxyd Kohlensåuregas ent- wickelt werde, besonders wenn die Fiållung des kohlen- sauren Oxyds in der Wirme geschieht, und eine grosse Reihe von Versuchen, die man besonders in neuerer Zeit ange- stellt hat. hat ergeben. dass die meisten der kohlensauren unlösliehen Salze, welche man durch Zersetzung neutraler Salzauflösungen erhålt, nicht die entsprechende Zusammen- setzung des kohlensauren Alkalis haben, das zu ihrer Er- zeugung angewandt worden ist. Sie enthalten weniger Kohlensiure, aber obgleich die Untersuchungen oft von sebr bewiåhrten Chemikern angestellt worden sind, so hat man ibre Zusammensetzung sehr wenig iibereinstimmend gefunden.” V Moreover, H. Rose also, found, by experiments whiel he has deseribed m the same papér, that basic carbonate of magnesia, preeipitated warm, contains less éarbonit acid when boiled for some time after precipitation than when at once subjected to analysis. From what has been stated above, carbonate of mag- nesia is evidently decomposed at a high temperature, and enters into a variety ofsvery different combinations accord- ing to the duraton of the bhoiling-proeess. Trué, none of the earlier experiments have shown that all the car- bonic acid present in magnesia can be expelled by this method; but those experiments were eonducted, we must remember, with å comparatively large amount of precipitate. which necessarily proves less easy to degompose than do small quantities. : In order to show that: small quantities of carbonate of magnesia may be transformed by boiliug into pure oxide, In 100% of. distilled watei* free from carbonie acid were dissolved 0.4227" of freshly I went to work as follows. heated carbonate of soda; a solution was likewise. prepared containing 13 per cent of ordinary sulphate of magnesia. which by repeated erystallization had been previously freed from. all impuvities. Å mixture consisting of 15% of the solution of soda and 50 of a solution of Epsom, salts diluted with a little more than 1 of æ litre of freshly boiled water. still warm, was boiled im OClassen's ap- Apparat i omkring 2 Timer, idet den undvigende Kulsyre som før opfangedes og bestemtes ved :titreret Barytvand. T den anvendte Mængde Sodaopløsning var indeholdt 63.3 Mer. Soda svarende til 26:3 Mgr. Kulsyre, medens der ved to Experimenter paa denne Maade fandtes uddrevet | Ved For- søgets Gjentagelse: med en lidt større Qvantitet paany ind- veiet Söda fandtes uddrevet 34.1 Mgr. Kulsyre' istedetfor beregnet 33.2. Under Kogningen var Opløsningen i Be- gyndelsen fuldstændig klar, hvorpaa der efter eireæ "|, Ti- mes Forløb begyndte at fremkomme et Bundfald af Mag- nesia, hvori der trods al anvendt Møie ikke lykkedes mig den ene Gang 26.8 og den anden 27.7 Mer. at paavise det mindste Spor af Kulsyre. . Den basisk kul- sure Magnesia er nemlig ifølge H. Rose og Flere ikke ubetydelig opløselig saavel i Vand som i forskjellige Salte, at der af smaa Mængder intet Bundfald fremkom- det er derfor ikke paafaldende, at Oxydet ved saa saaledes mer, og fortyndede Opløsninger. som her «ere anvendte, ikke udfældes, førend det ved Kogningen er befriet for sin Kulsyre. Koges Søvand under Concentration, kan man meget. let komme til at overse denne Udskillelse af Magnesia, idet denne først indtræder efter nogen Tids Forløb, saa- ledes at man kan antage Blakningen fremkommen ved Ud- Udskillelsen vil ogsaa, naar Inddampningen foregaar i aabent Kar, for- - fældning af Gips i den conéentrerede Vædske. sinkes betydeligt, idet Kulsyrens Undvigen foregaar meget langsommere i en kulsyreholdig Atmosphære end i en kul- syrefri Luttstrøm, og det kan derfor ikke forundre. at denne Udfæeldning af Magnesia af kogende Søvand, saavidt mig bekjendt: ikke tidligere. er observeret. naar undtages, at Usiglio! i det tørrede Residum har paavist fri Magnesia. Dersom man imidiertid koger Søvand uden Concentration i en kulsyrefri Atmosphære med omveridt Kjøler, saaledes som det let kan ske ved OClassens Apparat, fremtræder Phænomenet meget tydeligt paå samme Maade som ved Kogning af en Blanding af Soda og Bittersalt, idet der efter circa */» Times Kogning begynder at udskille' sig et Bundfald bestaaende af ren kulsyre- og kalkfri Magnesia ved Siden af et lidet Spor af. Kiselsyre hidrørende fra det benyttede Glaskar. Om man samtidig opfanger og bestem- mer den undvigende Kulsyre, viser det sig, at den Villig- hed, hvormed Kulsyren undviger, ikke saameget afhænger af Concentrationsgraden som af Varigheden af det Tids- rum, hvori Kogningen fortsættes, da ogsaa paa denne Maade circa 2 Timers Kogning strækker til for at skaffe en fuld- stændig kulsyrefri Vædske. Det vil forhaabentlig hermed kunne ansees fuldstæn- dig godtgjort, at Søvandets Evne til ved Kogning at decom- ! Journ. för pract. Chem. 46 — 106. . paratus for.2 hours exposed to a current of air frée from earbonic acid, the carbonic aeid driven off being colleeted and determined as before by titrated baryta water. The portion ot the solution of earbonate of soda employed contained 63.3” of that substance, representing 26.34 this method gave respectively 26.8” and 27.7”” as the amount of the latter driven off. On repeating the experiment with a somewhat larger quantity of earbonåte of soda, carbonic aeid; and two experiments performed - by carefully weighed, 54.1” were found to have been liber- ated, whereas the exact proportion would have been 33.27, During the process of boiling. the fluid at first continued pertlectly clear; but after the .lapse of about half an hour magnesia began to be precipitated, in: which with the most delicate tests I failed to detect the smallest trace of carbonic acid. According to H. Rose and other authors basie carbonate of magnesia is to a considerable extent soluble alike in water and in solutions of divers salts, so that small quantities give no preeipitate; and hence it 15 not surprising that with a solution so diluted as that made use of for these experiments, the oxide should not have been: precipitated before it had given off all its -ear- bonic aeid. i 63 If. sea-water be. boiled during concentration, this precipitation of magnesia may be easily overlooked, since. it does not take place till after the lapse of some time, and the turbidness of the concentrated fluid might there- fore be aseribed to the deposit of gypsum. When the water, too, is evaporated in an open dish, the preeipitation will be considerably retarded, since the carbonie acid es- capes much more slowly ir an atmosphere. containing car- bonie acid than in å eurrent of air from whieh all ear- bonie acid has been expelled; and this accounts for the precipitation of magnesia m boiled sea-water, so far as I am aware, not having been previously observed, except at least by Usiglio,) who detected the presenee of free magnesia in the dried residue. When, however, sea-water is boiled without being concentrated in an atmosphere free from carbonic acid, and. with the cooler inverted, which it easily may be with Classen's apparatus, the phenomenon appears with a mixture of soda and Epsom salts; for after about half an hour's boiling a precipitate begins to form, consisting great distinctness, as is the case on boiling 'of pure magnesia, with no admixture ofJime and earbonie acid and a- trace only of -silieie acid, the latter arising from the glass vessel employed im the operation. If the carbonic acid be simultaneously colleeted and determmed, the readiness with which it escapes is found to depend not so much on the degree of concentration as on the duration of the boiling-process, about 2 hours proving. amply sufficient to obtam a fluid free from the smadlest trace of carbonic acid. -— From what has been ståted, there is, we think, con- clusive proof, that the property possessed by sea-water of 1 Journ. för pract Chem. 46, p. 106. « ponere neutrale Carbonater maa blive at tilskrive gradvise Omsiætninger mellem de i NSøvandet existerende kulsure Salte og Magnesiaforbindelserne, og de af Dr. Jacobsen hos Søvandet iagttagne Egenskaber maa derfor ogsaa i mere eller mindre Grad tilligge alle andre magnesiaholdige Mineralvande, eller naar man lægger Roses oveneiterede Udtalelser til Grund, alle Saltopløsninger, forsaavidt de foruden Alkalier og Jordalkalier tillige mdeholder opløse- lige Salte af nogen af de svagere Baser, som med Kulsyren danner ubestandige Forbmdelser. Denne Omstændighed vil saaledes uden videre stemple saa godt som alle de til Bestemmelse af Forholdet mellem den frie og bundne Kul- syre i Mineralvande «anvendte talrige Methoder som mere og mindre upaalidelige ligeoverfor magnesiaholdige Mine- ralvande, idet man ved dem til Bestemmelse af. neutral- bunden Kulsyre enten anvender Residuet fra Inddampning eller paa anden Maade benytter sig af Kogning, hvor den efter det forhen udviklede vil være utilladelig. Det vil sluttelig ikke være paa urette Sted kortelig at berøre de Synsmaader, som fra ældre Tider har været gjort gjældende, hvad angaar de i Søvandet indeholdte Carhonater. - Efter .de Fremgangsmaader, Forfattere ere bestemte, kunde de naturligvis kun erholdes udskilte i Form af kulsur Kalk eller, som af enkelte ogsaa fundet, lidt kulsur Magnesia; men deraf følger ingenlunde, at de med Nødvendighed oprindelig skulde forekommet i Søvandet -under denne Form, ja sikkert, at jeg meget mere skulde være tilbøielig til at tro, at saå ikke er Tilfælde. Koger man nemlig Søvand i det hvorved disse af ældre af Dr. Jacobsen beskrevne Luftudkogningsapparat, undviger * der, som allerede før bemærket. meget smaa Qvantiteter Kulsyre, idet man kan fortsætte Kogningen med vexlende Afkjøling en hel Time uden at faa uddrevet mere end en Brøkdel af Milligram pr. +Litre: Kogepunctet vil her i Begyndelsen ligge meget lavt, men stiger, efterhaanden som den undvigende Luft og den damnede Vanddamp forøger Trykket, meget hurtigt, saaledes at jeg allerede under den første Halvdel af Operationen har observeret en. Tempera- ratur af 89* OC. sure Carbonater vise en saa haardnakket Modstand mod Naar saaledes de i Søyandet indeholdte Decomposition, at de 1 en hel Time skulde saa godt som aldeles uden Virkning kunne udsættes for en Temperatur af omkring 90* C,, da synes mig denne Egenskab «at passe noget bedre paa surt kulsurt.Natron end paa sur kulsur Kalk, og "det vilde desuden falde vanskeligt at forklare Søvandets tydelige alkaliske Reaction, medmindre man kunde antage, at Carbonaterne i det Mindste for en ikke ringe Del bestod af Alkalisalte. Med Hensyn paa Qvantitetén af de i Søvandet fore- kommende kulsure Salte. da stemme de derover existerende Opgaver meget daarligt overens, de lyde i Regelen paa der af enkelte Saaledes finder Spor undertiden endog paa Intet. medens igjen er opført forholdsvis store Mængder. dette er saa langt fra 40 decomposing when boiled *neutral carbonates. arises from the slow reeiproeal action of the carbonates and sålts of magnesia it contains, and the properties observed by Dr. Jacobsen in: sea-water must therefore to a greater or less extent distingush all mineral waters containing magnesia compounds, or, according to Rose, in his statements quoted above, all solutions of Ssalts, provided they contain, exclusive of sodium; potassium, lime, barium, and strontium, also soluble salts of some one of the along with carbonie aeid form inconstant combinations. Hence, this circumstance clearly 'shows. that of the mnu- merous methods devised for determining, in mineral waters, the. relative proportion of free cearbonic agid- and that present in carbonates nearly all are, when. magnesia is weaker bases: which present, unreliable, since for the determination of the carbonie acid present in earbonates, eitlier the residue from evaporation or some other result of boiling is had reeourse to, which has been shown to be inadmissible. Finally. it will not be out of place to notice the views originally entertained with regard to the carbonates present in sea-water. - By the process according to which the earlier chem- ists determined these compounds, they could of course ob- tain them only in the form of earbonate of lime, or. as found by some observers, along with a little earbonate of magnesia; but from thus it does not by any means follow that they necessarily occur im that form im sea-wåter: nay. I åm myself imelined to believe that such is not the ease. On boiling sea-water in the apparatus deseribed by Dr. Jacobsen, very small quantities only of carboniec aeid are found to escape; the fluid may be alternately boiled and cooled for an hour together without liberating more than a fraction of a milligramme per litre. The boiling-point with this method will at first be very low. but, on the pressure being inereased by the escape of the air and the formation of steam,'*rapidly rise; even in the first half of the operation I have observed a temperature of 89* UC. The vigorous resistance to decomposition thus exhibited by the bicarbonates in sea-water, which admits of their being exposed almost without effect for am hour together to a temperature of nearly 90" C., would rather seem to indi- eate bicarbonate of soda than biearbonate and besides. the deeided alkaliné reaction ot: sea-water would be of lime: diftieult to explain unless by assuming the carbonates — or å considerable portion of them at" least — to consist of ; ' carbonate of: soda and potash. With regard to the proportion of earbonates present in sea-water, the results as yet obtained agree but very indjfferently; the majority of observers have detected traces only or none whatever. whereas some allege to have found comparatively large quantities, as will be seen from the following Table. von Bibra* Intet, Robinet og Lefort?* i det røde Hav Spor, Pisani* ved Bujuk-Déré i Bosporus 0.1569 Gr. pr. Litre, C.,.Knauss* 0.011 Gr. pr. Litre, Thorpe og Morton? i det irske Hav 0.04754 i 1000 Dele Vand, | . Dr. Jacobsen i Nordsøen 0.0183—0.028 Gr. pr. Litre, Vierthalert i Adriaterhavet 0.315 Gr. pr. Litre, F. Wibel" i det joniske Hav Intet og Buchanan* i de sydlige Have enten Intet eller og meget smaa Mængder. Saa' store Forskjelligheder vilde naturligvis være meget paafaldende, i Fald man kunde anse Resultaterne af disse Observationer for aldeles correcte, hvad der imidlertid ikke er muligt, da alle uden Undtagelse ere udførte efter Me- thoder, som kun for aldeles specielle Sammensætninger af Havvandet kunde føre til nogenlunde rigtige Resultater. Ved de tidligere i denne Afhandling beskrevne For- søg er det godtgjort. at Søvandet (under enhver Omstændig- hed det af Forfatteren undersøgte) ved Kogning 1 kulsyre- fri Luft taber al neutralbunden Kulsyre, og det maa end- videre ved de af v. Bibra og Buchanan udførte Observa- vationer ansees fuldt bevist. at almindeligt Qceanvand ved Inddampning til Tørhed selv i en kulsyreholdig Atmosphære undertiden kan give et fuldstændig kulsyrefrit Residuum, medens det kanske ligesaa ofte ikke vil være Tilfælde, idet der ofte af Buchanan og altid af Jacobsen er fundet Car- bonater i Residuet. Hvor den neutralbundne Kulsyre un- der Inddampningen bortdrives, vil der til Gjengjæld altid udfældes den. æqvivalente- Mængde Magnesia, som, naar Residuet henstaar i kulsyreholdig Luft før Bestemmelsen, vil kunne gjenoptage en Del Kulsyre, og det er derfor let forklarligt, at man. ved Anvendelse af Inddampning vil kunne erholde meget forskjellige Resultater selv i Søvand af fuldstændig identisk Sammensætning. En til Bestemmelse af Carbonaterne hyppig anvendt Methode er den, hvorefter Søvandet koges i ca. I Time under stadig Fornyelse af det fordunstede Vand, hvorefter det udskilte Bundfald frafiltreres og veies, saaledes som Vierthaler og flere har gjort, medens T. E. Thorpe og E. H. Morton af den 4 NSøvandet oprindelig indeholdte Kalkmængde og den i Vædsken efter Fratiltration af det ved Kogningen udskilte Bundfald tilbageværende beregner den kulsure Kalks Mængde. .» Ann. Chem. Pharm. 77 — 90. :% Compt. rend. 62 — 436. 3 Compt. rend. 41 — 532. 4 Petersb. Åcad. Bull. 2 — 203 (1860). 5 Ann. Chem. Pharm. 158 — 122. $ Wien. Acad. Ber. [2] — 56 — 479. Ber. Berl. chem. Ges. 6 — 184. 3 Proce. Roy. Soc. 24 — 604. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Tornøe: Chemi. Von Bibra:* none. Robinet and Lefort,* in the Red Sea: traces. Pisaini,? near Bujuk-Déré in the Bosporus: 0.15697 per litre. C. Knauss:* 0.0112" per litre. Thorpe and Morton> in the Irish Sea: 0.04754 in 1000 parts of water. Dr. Jacobsen, im the North Sea: 0.018—0.0287 per litre. Vierthaler,* in the Adriatic Sea: 0.5157 per litre. F. Wibel," m the Ionian Sea: none. Buchanan, 3 in the Southern Seas: only. none at all or traces Differences so considerable would indeed be extraor- dinary, assuming the results of the observations to be quite correct; this, however, is simply impossible, since they were all without exception obtained by methods none of which, save for sea-water of a particular composition, can lead to results even approximately reliable. By the experiments previously deseribed in this Me- it has been — at least that examined by the author — can, by boiling in an atmosphere free from carbonie acid, be made to part with all of its earbonie aeid that is present in carbonates; and moreover, the observations of v. Bibra and Buchanan have furnished conelusive proof, that ordinary ocean-water when evaporated to dryness even in å atmosphere containing carbonic aeid, sometimes gives a residue in which no trace of carbonice acid can be detected, but the reverse will, perhaps, no less frequently prove to be the case, seeing that Buchanan has often, and Jacobsen always, found carbonates present in the residue. When the neutral carbonates are decom- posed during the process of evaporation, an equivalent pro- portion of magnesia will mvariably be precipitated, which, on the residue being allowed to stand over previous to determinhtion in an atmosphere ceontaining cearbonic aeid, may, possibly absorb some carbonic aeid; and hence, when molr, shown that sea-water recourse is had to evaporation, very different results may obviously be obtained even with water identical in com- adopted for determining the proportion of carbonates, is to boil the sea-water for about an hour, while steadily adding freshwater in place of that evaporated, after which the precipitate is filtered off and weighed, as done by Vierthaler and others; T. E. Thorpe and E. H. Morton caleulate the proportiøn of carbonate of lime by comparing the amount of lime originally present in the water with that contained in the fluid' after filtering off the preeipitate. position. A method frequently ! Ann. Chem. Pharm. 77, p. 90. Comp. rend. 62, p. 456. nJR2. Comp. rend. 41, p. + Petersb. Acad. Bull. 2, p. 203 (1860). 5 Ann. Chem. Pharm. 158, p. 122. 5 Wien. Acad. Ber: [2] 56, p. 479. 7 Ber. Berl. chem. Ges. 6, p. 184. Å Proc. Roy. Soc. 24. p. 604 Det er af samme Grund som ovenfor klart, at denne Fremgangsmaade for almindeligt Oceanvands Vedkommende vil føre til aldeles værdiløse Resultater, uden at det dog med Sikkerhed kan paastaaes, at dette i samme Udstræk- ning skulde være Tilfælde for det af Vierthaler undersøgte Vand, som har en fra almindeligt Søvyand meget forskjellig Sammensætning. Efter de talrige og værdifulde Analyser af Søvand, som vi skylde Professor Forchhammer, indehol- der Vandet i de store Verdenshave uden synderlig store Variationer i de enkelte Bestanddeles mdbyrdes Forhold gjennemsnitlig Core brom AN NE 1.895 9%, Svovsyre (SØR GE FE 0220 Magnes de fe GS SS AO2NONE Kolle Møde ee ea 700056 medens Vierthaler i Adriaterhavet har fundet Chloe Brom SL AJ NO et 182264 9 Srovspre Ge å FR O262 Maenesiakg dr ee AS OS Falken JENS dn 280 AE NL MOB TL = Denne uforholdsmæssig store Forøgelse af Kalkmæng- den uden tilsvarende Forøgelse af Svovlsyremængden vil bidrage til, at det af Vierthaler undersøgte Vand vil have en meget større Tilbøielighed til ved Kogning at udskille kulsur Kalk, hvad der i ikke ringe Grad kan tænkes at forrykke de almindelige Phænomener. Hvad angaar de af Thorpe og Morton udførte Obser- vationer, da er der i en Henseende en væsentlig Forskjel mellem de af disse Forfattere og de af mig erholdte Re- sultater. Jeg havde, allerede før jeg blev opmærksom paa den af dem offentliggjorte Afhandling, lagt Mærke til, at der af Søvand ved Kogning i en kulsyrefri Luftstrøm 1 Classens Apparat udfældtes et Bundfald af Magnesia, inde- holdende lidt fra Glasset hidrørende Kiselsyre, men. jeg havde aldrig deri kunnet paavise hverken Kulsyre eller Kalk og det, uanseet om Kogningen afbrødes paa et tidligere eller senere Stadium, hvadenten den neutralbundne Kulsyre var helt eller kun delvis bortdrevet. Rigtignok anfører Thorpe og Morton intetsteds udtrykkelig, at de have under- søgt det udskilte Bundfald paa Kalk, men det fremgaar indireete med stor Bestemthed, af hvad der forresten er bemærket, at saa maa have været Tilfælde. At Vierthaler kunde faa udfældt kulsur Kalk af et saa abnormt sammensat NSøvand som det i Adriaterhavet flydende, kunde ikke vække Forundring, men at det samme. fandtes at være Tilfælde med Vandet i det irske Hav, som ved livlige Strømme stadig optager friske Vandmængder fra det store Verdenshav, og som i sin Sammensætning viser sig saa analogt det af den norske Nordhavsexpedition un- dersøgte, forekom mig meget paafaldende. Jeg har derfor gjentaget Thorpe og Mortons Forsøg aldeles uforandrede paa flere af de fra den norske Expedition hjembragte Vand- prøver, men erholdt altid det samme Resultat, at det i det udskilte Bundfald trods al anvendt Møie ikke lykkedes at paavise Spor hverken af Kulsyre eller Kalk. Af det for- hen Udviklede vil det fremgaa, at man af de ældre Angi- 2 For the same reason, as explamed above, the said process with ordinary ocean-water will give results absolutely worthless; this cannot however be affirmed with certainty of Vierthaler's observations, the water he examined having been very different in composition from ordinary sea-water. Ac- cording to the numerous and valuable analyses of sea-water for which we are indebted to Professor Forchhammer, the water of the great oceans, the component parts of which vary but little in their relative proportion, is generally found to contain — Chlorime + Bromime. 2 200 VNR 1895 per cent. Sulpkure/Acd(S0) 220 Mabaesia: «408 GREER O OE kime Sk NN OSE whereas the water of the Adriatic Sea, according to Vier- thaler's observations, contains — /Chlorine ++ Bromme. . vas 12.264 per) cent. Supbure Acid QST NOGEN Maeresa kN KRG NO SE Bimesdr: 20 NSG JE NO STINE This disproportionately large amount of lime without a corresponding increase in the amount of sulphurie acid will give the water examined by Vierthaler a tendeney, when boiled, to preeipitate carbonate of lime, which must to a considerable extent have a disturbing influence on the phenomena. With regard to the series of observations instituted by Thorpe ånd Morton, there is, in one respect, an essential differenee between their results and mine. Previous to my reading their Memoir, I had become aware of the fact, that, on boiling sea-water exposed to å current of air free from carbonie aeid in Classen's apparatus, there results å precip- itate of magnesia, containing a little silieic aeid, derived from the glass; but I have never succeeded im detecting therein the. presence of cearbonic aeid or lime: the result is precisely the same whether the boiling be interrupted at an early or a late stage of the process, or whether all or part only of the carbonates be. decomposed. True, Thorpe and Morton nowhere distinetly state their having examined the preeipitate for lime; but from what is ob- served in other respects. this must obviously have been the case. That Vierthaler should have succeeded in preeipitat- ing carbonate of lime from water so exceptionally composed as is that of the Adriatic Sea, cannot surprise us; but that the same result should have been obtained with water from: the Irish Sea, which by reason of rapid eurrents is continually receiving a large from the Atlantic Ocean; and which in its composition exhibits so influx of water great an analogy with that examined on the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, does, to me, indeed appear strange. I have therefore repeated the experiments insti- tuted by Thorpe and Morton, adopting their method with- out the slightest modification; but the results obtained were invariably the same: even with the most delicate tests I failed to detect the smallest traces of earbonic acid or velser Intet med Bestemthed kan slutte om Carbonaternes Mængde i de store Verdenshave. Det synes dog, som om de af: Buchanan udførte Bestemmelser af Kulsyren i At- lanterhavet, (hvorved han inddamper efter forudgaaende Til- sætning af Chlorbarium og tilslut med stærk Saltsyre for- gjæves har bestræbt sig for at paavise Kulsyre i Residuet), med Sikkerhed skulde fastsætte en tilstedeværende Carbonatmængde, men dette er i Virkelig- heden ikke Tilfælde. øvre Grændse for den «Som bekjendt beskytter uopløselige Sulfater Carbona- ter mod Decomposition endog, naar til Uddrivelse af Kul- syren anvendes saa radieale Midler som concentreret Svovl- syre, saaledes at man endog af den Grund har fundet det fornødent at modificere den af Fresenius og Will angivne Methode til Bestemmelse af Kulsyren i neutrale Carbonater.! De af Buchanan foretagne Undersøgelser efter Kulsyre i Residuet kan derfor ikke betragtes som Bevis for, at den ikke skulde have været tilstede, og det fremgaar ogsaa tydeligt af hans egne Udtalelser, at han selv har været af samme Mening. Forat faa Rede paa, hvorvidt en ved Kogning bevir- ket Decomposition af de i Søvandet indeholdte neutrale Carbonaåter foregaar i større Udstrækning ogsaa, naar der i Vædsken findes uopløselige Sulfater, har jeg udført nogle Forsøg efter den af Buchanan foreslaaede Fremgangsmaade. Af nogle Vandprøver, som, udersøgte efter den af'mig be- nyttede Methode, viste sig åt indeholde en Sum af surt- og neutralbunden Kulsyre af 96 Mr. pr. Litre og der- over, erholdtes ved Inddampning til Tørhed efter Tilsæt- af Chlorbarium uddrevet kun 520 Mer. ved en enkelt Undtagelse erholdtes engang over 50 Mer. pr. Litre. Det vil sige, den uddrevne Kulsyremængde var ikke synderlig høiere end den af Buchanan for Vandet i Æhdqratoregnene angivne og beløb sig til kun faa Mgr. over, hvad den surtbundne Kulsyre efter paalidelige Observa- ning henimod tioner skulde beløbe sig til, de endnu i Residuet tilbage- værende Carbonater lykkedes det heller ikke mig at paavise. Spørgsmaalet om Carbonaternes Mængde i de sydlige Have maa derfor endnu betragtes som aabent. Forhaabentlig resterer endnu en Del af de fra Chal- lengerexpeditionens Togter hjembragte Vandprøver, og man vil i saa Fald ved Undersøgelse af disse kunne give Bi- drag til Besvarelsen af disse Spørgsmaal. Efterat Ovenstaaende var nedskrevet paa Norsk, men førend det endnu var oversat paa Tysk, ankom hertil 2det og die Hefte for 1879 af Fresenius' Zeitschrift fir anal. Chem., hvori E. Bohlig offentliggjør en Afhandling,? hvoraf det sees, at han ved Arbeide med naturlige Mineralvande har observeret Omsætninger mellem kulsur Kalk og svovl- 1 Fresenius, Qvant. Analyse, Ste Aufl. 364 bb. ? Fresenius' Zeitschrift, 18 — 195. of lime. From what has been-already explained, it is ob- vious that nothing defimite can be inferred from earlier statements respecting the proportion of earbonates in the water of the great oceans. The carbonic acid determina- tions performed by Buchanan with water from the Atlantic Ocean (he had recourse to evaporation, adding first ehloride of barium, and then attempting, unsuccessfully, to detect carbonic acid in the residue by means of strong hydro- ehloric acid) would appear to fix a limit for the maximum amount of carbonates ceontaimed in sea-water; but such is not really the case. The presenee of insoluble sulphates serving, as is known, to protect carbonates against decomposition, even when concentrated sulphuric acid is made use of to expel the carbonic acid, 1t was necessary for this reason alone to modify the process devised by Fresenius and Will for determining carbonic acid in neutral earbonates.* Hence. the experiments performed by Buchanan with a view to detect earbonic aeid in the residue, cannot be regarded as affording conelusive proof of its absence; indeed, he himself, as appears from his statements, is clearly of the same opinion. In order to ascertain whether the decomposition by boiling of the neutral earbonates in sea-water also took place to a considerable extent when insoluble sulphates were present in that fluid, I made a few experiments by Buchanan's process. which, examined by the method I adopted, were found to From several samples of sea-water contain 9677" of carbonic aeid per litre, I succeeded, by evaporation to dryness, after adding a solution of chloride of barium, in liberating about 50” only, with a solitary exception, when the amount exceeded 50” per litre. The proportion of cearbonie acid expelled was accordingly not much greater than that determined by Buchanan in water from the Equatorial Seas, and but a few millegrammes in excess of what the carbonic acid forming bicarbonates, ac- cording to trustworthy observations, should have been; of the carbonates said to be still present im the residue, I failed to detect any trace. The amount of the carbonates contained in the water of the Southern Seas must, therefore, be still regarded as an open question. It is to be hoped, that some of the samples of water colleeted on the *Challenger Expedition still remain, m which case their examination will serve to throw further light on the subject. After this Memoir had been written in Norwegian, but previous to its translation into German, the 2nd and Srd Parts of Fresenius Zeitschrift fir anal. Chemie for 1879 came to hand, in which *E. Bohlig has published å paper? on transformations, observed by him in mineral waters, resulting from the reeiproeal action of carbonate of 1 Fresenius, Qvant. Analyse, 5te Aufl. 364, bb. > Fresenius' Zeitschrift, 18, p. 195. sur Magnesia, som fuldstændig svare til, hvad jeg efter de foran beskrevne Observationer har fundet for Søvands Ved- kommende. Disse Omsætninger kunne saaledes, idet de ere iagttagne af to af hinanden uafhængigt arbeidende Che- mikere, uden videre Begrundelse antages fuldstændig factiske. Det vil af dette Bohligs Arbeide sees, at han allerede Sommeren 1878 over det samme Thema har publiceret en Afhandling,! som jeg ikke tidligere har været opmærksom paa. Den vilde dog ikke havt nogen væsentlig Indflydelse paa mine Undersøgelser, saasom de vigtigste af de Obser- - vationer, der har ført mig frem til de samme Resultater, som Bohlig først har beskrevet, allerede vare udførte 3—4 Maaneder, førend hans første Afhandling forelaa trykket. I Fresenius* Zeitschrift, 17 — 301. 44 lime and sulphate of magnesia, which precisely agree with those I have deseribed as occurring in sea-water. These transformations having accordingly been observed by two chemists working independently of each other, may with- out further proof be accepted as facts. From the said paper, it appears that Bohlig pub- lished a treatise on the same subject in the summer of 1878,1 to which my. attention had not previously been directed. It would not, however, have materially in- fluenced my experiments, the most important of the obser- vations that led me to the results which Boblig was the first to deseribe, having been instituted 3 or 4 months before his first treatise had left the press.. I Fresenius' Zeitschrift, 17, p. 301. HI. Om Saltholdigheden af Vandet 1 det norske Nordhav. H det gjælder at tilveiebringe Oplysninger om Varia- tionerne af Saltmængderne i Havvandet, kan man til sine Saltbestemmelser benytte flere forskjellige Methoder. hver især tidligere har fundet udstrakt Anvendelse. nærmest liggende af disse bestaar i Vandets Afdamp- ning og derpaa følgende Tørring og Veming af de som Residuum tilbageblivende Salte, en Fremgangsmaade, som rigtignok directe fører til Maalet, men som. til Gjengjæld Som mere som Den ogsaa fordrer temmelig meget Arbeide. indi- recte men ogsaa ulige mindre besværlige Methoder kan ogsaa anvendes Bestemmelse af Havvandets Chlormængde* eller FEgenvægt. hvoraf man gjennem passende bestemte Coefficienter kan beregne dén samlede Saltmængde, forud- sat, at man kan antage 'et constant indbyrdes Forhold mellem de i Søvandet indeholdte faste Bestanddele. Den første af disse Methoder medfører foruden Besværligheder ved Udførelsen ogsaa den Ulempe, at den ikke lader sig anvende ombord paa et Fartøi i aaben Sø, hvor Skibets Bevægelser forbyder Brugen af Vægt, medens Fgenvægts- bestemmelser ved Hjælp af Aræometre og volumetriske Chlor- bestemmelser meget letvindt og med temmelig stor Nøiag- tighed kan udføres ombord selv i temmelig uroligt Veir. Hvor man derfor ikke tror sig sikker paa at kunne opbevare Vandprøverne i længere Tidsrum uden derved at risikere, at de undergaa Forandringer, som kunde ytre en skadelig Indflydelse paa Resultaterne af de erholdte Salt- bestemmelser og, hvor man som Følge deraf maa lægge Hovedvægten paa en hurtig Undersøgelse af Vandprøverne i frisk Tilstand, bliver man saaledes udelukkende henvist til Brugen af Chlorbestemmelser eller Egenvægtsbestemmel- ser som Maal for den samlede Saltzehalt. Paa det første af den norske Expeditions Togter blev af Svendsen, hvem de chemiske Observationer dengang vare I Saavel her som overalt senere forstaaes ved Chlormængde den samlede Chlor- og Brommængde. « - with HI. On the Amount of Salt im the Water of the Norwegian Nea, hen seeking to investigate the degree in which the proportion of salt varies in sea-water, choice may be made for performing the salt-determinations between several each of which has im turn been extensively adopted. The most simple process, is first to evaporate the water, and then dry and weigh the salts left in the residue, a mode of operation which, though leading direct to the Two other eonsist In methods, desired result. involves considerable labour. not so direct, but far less tedious, determining either the specific gravity of the water or the amount of chlorine* it contains, from which, by means of methods, proper coefficients, the total amount of salt may be com- puted, provided always that a constant proportion ean be assumed to exist between the solid éonstituents of sea-water. The first process is attended, irrespective of the trouble- some mode of -operation, with another drawback, viz. the impractibility of adopting it om board ship im the open sea, where the motion of the vessel altogether preeludes the use of the balance. whereas both specitie gravity determinations, the hydrometer, and volumetric determinations of ehlorine, may be performed at sea with the greatest ease, and very considerable accuracy, even mm comparatively rough weather. Hence, when there is reason to fear that the samples of water cannot be preserved for any length of time with- out exposing them to chemical change, which might exert å disturbing influence on the results: and whenever, accord- ingly, weight must be chiefly attached to their immediate examination, the only practieable standard of measurement for computing the total amount of salt will be that furnished. by determinations of chlorine, or of specitic gravity. On the first voyage of the Norwegian Expedition, Svendsen, who then, as.previously, stated, did the chemical 1 By *the amount of chlorine,” here and elsewhere throughout this Memoir, is understood the total amount of chlorine and bromine. overdragne, til Undersøgelser over Saltgehalten udelukkende anvendt Egenvægtsbestemmelser, hvorimod jeg paa de to sidste Togter ved Siden af disse ogsaa har udført et større Antal Chlortitreringer for gjennem denne Control at give Resultaterne en større Sikkerhed. ; Til Undersøgelser over den i NSøvandet indeholdte Chlormængde medhavdes paa de to sidste Togter foruden Sølvopløsning af saadan Styrke, at 1 OG. af denne omtrent svarede til I CC. Søvand, ogsaa 2 paa første Togt ind- samlede Vandprøver, bestemte til som Normaler at tjene til den nøjagtigere Fastsættelse af Sølvopløsningens Styrke. Disse Normalers Chlormængde i Procenter blev ved om- hyggeligt udførte Veiningsanalyser hvert Aar bestemt saavel før Expeditionens Udreise som efter dens Hjemkomst be- standig med meget nær det samme Resultat, hvorhos tillige deres Egenvægter ved Hjælp af Aræometret ombord af- læstes.. Til Brug ved alle ombord udførte Chlortitreringer tjente kun to Biretter af lignende Construction og Stør- relse, de samme, som af Stipendiat A. Helland anvendtes ved de Bestemmelser af Chlormængderne i Overfladevandet i Atlanterhavet. som denne foretog i Aaret 1875 paa en Reise til Grønland, de bleve af ham den Gang calibrerede ved Hjælp af Kviksølv og befundne særdeles tjenlige for Øiemedet. Ved Biretternes Brug fyldtes den ene med Sølvop- løsning den anden med det til Undersøgelse bestemte Sø- vand, hvorefter en passende Portion Søvand fra den ene under Omrystning tilsattes Nølvopløsning fra den anden, indtil al Chlor var udfældt, idet ehromsurt Kali tjente som Index... Begge Biretters Stand aflæstes nu, og nogle Draa- ber Søvand tilsattes atter til Affarvning, hvorefter paany fulgte Tilsætning af Sølvopløsning og Aflæsning af Biiret- tårnes Stand o. s. v. Gjennem en Række af 4 5 5 paa hifnden følgende lignende Aflæsninger erholdtes paa denne Maåde de fornødne Data til Beregning af det Volum Sø- vand, som 1 hvert enkelt Tilfælde svarede til 1 OG. Sølv- opløsning. Paa denne Maade sammenlignedes paa den ene Side Søvyandsprøverne og paa den anden Side ogsaa fra Tid til- anden de medbragte Normaler med Sølvopløsningen. idet der altid sørgedes for, at Vandprøvyernes og Opløsningernes Temperatur ikke fjernede sig synderlig meget fra hinanden. Biiretterne bleve for at tilveiebringe en bedst mulig Afløb- ning hyppig rensede med eoncentreret Svovlsyre. Af de gjennem disse Observationer erholdte Tal er senere Nøvandets Chlormængde beregnet efter følgende Formel yg K SEE Ev KS hvori p betegner den undersøgte Vandprøves Chlormængde åk det Antal OG, af samme, der ull il CC, Sølvopløsning og s* dens Fseénvægt ved 17.5 C,, P Middeltallet mellem de før Udreisen og efter Hjemkomsten i Normalen fundne Chlormængder, K det Antal CGC.. som af denne svarer til 1-CC. Sølvopløsning og S$ dens Egen- i Procenter. svare work, made exclusive use of specitic gravity determinations: but for a considerable number of my own observations, on the last two eruises, I also adopted titration for chlorine as åa means of testing the general aceuraey of the results. For estimating the amount of cehlorine in sea-water. I took with me, on the two last eruises, besides a solution of silver of such strength that 1 of the fluid about corre- sponded to 14 of sea-water, also 2 samples of water col- lected on the first voyage. to serve as å normal standard by which to determine the strength of the solution of silver. Each year, both previous to the depårture of the Expedition and after its return, the ehlorine in these standard samples was carefully determined by weighing, and the percentage caleulated aecordingly, their specific gravity too, as shown by the areometer on board, having been like- wise noted down. For all chlorine-titrations performed at sea, there were only two burettes in use, similar alike in size and construction, — those used by Mr. Helland for determ- ining the amount of ehlorme m the surface-water of the Atlantic on a voyage to Greenland in 1875; he had eali- brated them by means of mercury, and they proved excel- lently adapted for the purpose. When using the burettes, one was filled with solution of silver and the other with the sea-water selected for examination, after which solution of silver was added to a proper quantity of the sea-water, while shaking the flask in which the titration was performed till all ehlorine had been precipitated, chromate of potassium serving as the index. The height of the flud in both burettes was now read, and a few drops of sea-water added to the mix- ture, to diseolour it, after which solution of silver was again added, and the height of the fluids read as before, &e. After the height had suecession, the necessary data were obtained for computing been thus read 4 or 5 times in the volume of sea-water, which in each individual ease cor- responded to 1 solution of silver. — In this manner, were compared on the one hand the freshly drawn samples of sea-water, and on the other, from time to time, also the standard samples, with the solution, of silver, care being taken to keep the samples of water and the solution as near as possible at the same tempera- ture. In order to prevent any portion of the fluid from adbering to the burettes, they were. frequently rinsed with concentrated sulphuric aeid. With the figures obtained from these observations. the amount of ehlorine in sea-water was afterwards determined by the following formula — KOSE a p= 7A = = in which p signifies- the percentage of cehlorine in the sample of water examined, ø: the proportion in eubic een- 1% of the solution of silver, and s the specitic gravity of the water at 1795 0.; P the mean the sample before the departure and after the return of the timetres representing between amounts of cblorine found in the standard vægt ved 17* 5 C. Disse Observationer bleve dog selv paa de to sidste Togter ikke. anstillede i samme Udstræk- ning som Fgenvægtsbestemmelserne, der ogsaa oprindelig vare bestemte til i første Række at tjene som Maal for den samlede Saltgehalt. Expeditionen var for Egenvægtsbestemmelser forsynet med flere Sæt Glasaræometre fra Dr. Kiichler i Ilmenau, LPO 175 5 Saa ledes at et Sæt viste Ecenvægter fra 1 til 1.007, et andet fra 1.006 til 1.013, et tredie fra 1.012 til 1.019, et fjerde fra 1.018 til 1.025 og et femte fra 1.024 til 1.081. Aræo- metrene vare inddelte i Delstreger af Værdi 0.0002, medens Afstanden mellem disse Delstreger paa Scalaen beløb sig til meget nær 1.57”, saaledes at man maatte kunne atlæse uden stor Feil det 5te Decimal. Under Aflæsningen af Vandprøvernes specitiske Vægt anbragtes disse i en 1 dob- belt Slingrebøile ophængt Glaseylinder, hvis indre Diameter beløb sig til omtrent det tredobbelte af Aræometrets Cor- pus, hvorefter dette omhyggeligt renset og aftørret ned- dykkedes i Vædsken og tillodes at svømme frit i nogen Tid, indtil det. havde antaget Vandets Temperatur. Aflæs- ningen foretoges nu langs den undre Rand af Vædskens Niveau, idet samtidig Vandets Temperatur iagttoges paa et controlleret Thermometer. inddelt i Delstreger af Værdi 0.-2. p Paa Grund af det af FExpeditionen benyttede Damp- skibs fortrinlige Egenskaber som Søskib voldte disse Obser- rationer i nogenlunde roligt Veir ingensomhelst Vanskelig- heder, selv naar Kursen sattes ret mod Vinden, hvorimod indrettede til at vise Søvandets Egenvægt ved . Skibets Duvning i meget haardt Veir altid ytrede sig i mærkbare om end smaa Bevægelser hos Aræometret. Hvor Vandprøverne optoges i saa uroligt Veir, at Bestemmelsen paa Grund deraf kunde medføre forøget Usikkerhed, bleve de altid hensatte nogle Dage, indtil de kunde undersøges under mere gunstige Vilkaar. Disse saaledes aflæste Egenvægter maa imidlertid i 2 Henseender forbedres, idet man paa den ene Side maa an- vende passende 'Correctioner for at faa de ved meget for- skjellige Temperaturer aflæste Egenvægter reducerede til den fælles Normaltempgratur 17.75, og paa den anden Side maa befrie dem for. Aræometrenes constante Feil. Hvad for det Første Correctionerne for Temperaturen angaar, da give de af flere Videnskabsmænd udførte Be- stemmelser af Søvandets Volumforandring med Temperaturen Midlerne til at beregne disse, idet baade Hubbard*, L. F. * Naar her som ofte senere bruges Betegningsmaaden Egenvægt ved £0 76 af 7" som Enhed. Alle Temperaturangivelser i denne Afhandling ere udtrykte i Grader Uelsius. ? Maury's Sailing Directions 1958, — 1 — da menes dermed Egenvægt ved t" i Forhola til destilleret Vand 237. 47 Expedition, K those amounts in eubic centimetres corres- of the solution of silver, and S the specific standard sample at 1795 C. ponding to 1 gravity of the These obser- vations, however, were not instituted even on the two last voyages to the same extent as those based on determina- tions of specific gravity, the method by which, as origin- ally agreed upon, the total amount of salt was to be chiefly computed. For performing specific gravity determinations, the Ex- pedition had been supplied by Dr. Kiichler of Ilmenau with divers.sets of glass areometers, adapted to show the gravity of sea-water at LO E lue specific gravities from 1 to 1.007, another from 1.006 to 1.013, a third from 1.012 to 1.019, a fourth from 1.018 to 1.025, and a fifth from 1.024 to 1.031. The areometers were graduated in degrees of 0.0002, the interspaces on the scale measuring however very nearly+ 1.57”: and hence you could read off with comparative aceuraey to-the fifth decimal. When about to read the specific gravity, the samples of water were poured into a glass eylinder sus- pended in gimbals, the inner diameter of the eylinder being triple that of the areometer, which, carefully wiped and dried, was immersed im the fluid and suffered to float freely for some time till of the same temperature as the water. The specific gravity was now read in the ordinary way, the temperature of the water, as shown by a tested thermometer graduated m fifths of a degree Centigrade, being simultaneously observed. The steamer selected for the Expedition being an excellent sea-boat, these observations were attended with no difficulty whatever in moderately fair weather, even when steaming dead against the wind; pitching, however, was found to have a distinetly disturbing effect on the areometer, and therefore all samples of water drawn when specific one set indicating it was in any way violent; so as to give reason for appre- hending greater uncertainty in the determinations if per- formed at once, were stored for a few days, till the weather had improved. å These readings of specitic gravity have, however, a two- fold need of correction, arising on the one hand from the very different temperatures at which the specific gravities were read, involving -the necessity of their reduction by proper corrections to the normal temperature 17* 5, and on the other, the constant error of the areometer, which has also to be eliminated. Ås regards the corrections for temperature, these may be computed by the determinations performed by di- vers men of science of the extent to which the volume of sea-water varies with the temperature, Hubbard? L. F. £0 70) £9, with distilled water of 7" as the unit of comparison. All statements of temperature in this Memoir are given in degrees Celsius. 1 "The expression, specific gravity at signifies specific'gravity at Maury's Sailing Directions, 1858, 1, p. 237. Ekman? og Thorpe og Riicker* har givet meget fuldstæn- dige Tabeller over NSøvandets Volumina ved forskjellige Temperaturer, hvorhos tillige ogsaa Dr. Karsten” har op- stillet en Correctionstabel. hvorefter man kan reducere de ved vilkaarlige Temperaturer aflæste Egenvægter til 17.*5. Sammenstiller man de Correctioner, som efter disse Iagt- tagelser kunne beregnes. erholder man imidlertid især for de lavere Temperaturer meget daarligt overensstemmende Værdier, idet der kan optræde Differenter, der endog kan overskride 0.0004, mellem de af Ekmann's og Hubbard's Observationer beregnede GCorrectioner, hersker der den Different- I Betragtning af disse tildels temmelig betydelige Uoverens- stemmelser mellem de hidtil publicerede Undersøgelser af største Overensstemmelse. men ogsaa her gaar serne paa enkelte Puncter op til meget nær 0.0001. denne Art. kunde det ikke findes ubeføiet endnu engang at gjenoptage Bestemmelserne af Søvandets Volumina ved forskjellige Tempæraturer. og jeg besluttede mig derfor til gjennem egne Undersøgelser at forvisse mig om, hvilken af de opstillede Tabeller der bedst svarede til Udvidelsen af det i det norske Nordhav flydende Vand. Dels i dette Øjemed dels for at bestemme de benyttede Aræometres Correctioner og de Constanter, hvormed Chlorprocenterne og Decimalerne i Egenvægten maatte multipliceres for at give Saltmængden. har jeg anstillet Undersøgelser med føl- gende Vandprøver, Dybde Eng. Fvyn.] Meter. Længde Station. | Bredde. Å EN 245 68* 21" | 2* BEN o (0) 247 68 GE gi fø) 500 941 253 Skjærstadfjord. fo) fo) 254 O7kedeS 2S (0) (0) 284 FE) I 12 58 O Q 300 TO FJ VeD Ve O O 349 76 30 EE Ks 362 79 59 5 40 o o hvilke jeg for Kortheds Skyld i den Orden, hvori de her findes opførte, vil betegne med I, IT o. s. v. indtil VIII. Til Bestemmelse af Søvandets Udvidelse benyttede jeg et Sprengels Pyknometer*, forarbeidet af to Stykker meget tynde Glasrør af et og samme Rør med en indvendig Dia- meter af omtrent 137”, Rørene vare nedentil sammenlod- dede ved Hjælp af et snævert kort u-formig bøiet Glasrør og oventil paaloddede knæformig bøiede solide Capillarrør med meget fin Aabning. Ved Paalodningen af disse Glas- rør blev der saa meget som muligt draget Omsorg for, at kun en liden Del af de videre Rør udsattes for Opvarm- ning over Blæselampen, forat ikke Apparatet derved skulde " Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapsak. Handlingar 1870 — 1. y 2 Proel Roy.*Soc:, 24 & 159: Tafeln zur Berechnung der Beobachtungen an den Kiistensta- tionen u. s. w. Kiel 1874. i Pogø. Ann. 150 — 459. Ekman*, and Thorpe and Riicker*” having prepared com- prehensive Tables to show the volume of sea-water at diffe- rent temperatures; Dr. Karsten>, too. has published åa Table of Corrections by which specific gravities read at any tem- perature may be reduced to 17.*5. Meanwhile, on comparing together the corrections computed from these observations, the values obtamed, more especially for low temperatures. are found to agree but very indifferently, the difference in some cases exceeding even 0.0004. The agreement is closest between the corrections computed from Ekman's .and Hubbard's observations; but here, too, the difference for Con- sidering, therefore. the want of uniformity. in some cases some temperatures amounts to very nearly 0.0001. very considerable, exhibited by such observations of this kind as had till then been made public, it could not be deemed superfluous to investigate anew by a further series of experiments the variation in volume which sea-water is found to undergo at different temperatures; and henee I determined on ascertaining from the results of my own ob- servations which of the aforesaid Tables corresponded best with the expansion of the water m the Norwegian Nea. Partly with this object in view, and partly in order to determine the corrections for the areometers and the con- stants by which the percentages of chlorine and the deei- mals of specific gravity bad to be multiplied when com- puting the amount of salt, I examined the following sam- ples of water: — Longitude Depth Eng: Fath.| Metres Station. | Latitude. | from Greenw. 1 Ev 245 688 21" 218 (0) (0) 247 OG 2 ee 19 500 941 253 The Skjærstad Fjord. (0) (0) 254 Ore 3 pe O (0) 284 70 iT 12 58 (0) (0) 300 75 MTO BG NVE fo) (0) 349 Tous 2672 Baras ee 362. 79 59 5 40 o o which I will indicate, for the sake of brevity, by the Roman numbers from I to VITT. and in the order in which they are given here: For determining the expansion of the sea- water, I made use of Sprengel's pycnometer;! the instru- ment was constructed of two pieces of glass tubing, cut off from the same length, with an inner &iameter of about 13”, These tubes by means of a short, narrow glass tube, bent into the form were sealed together at their lower ends of the letter U, and had strong knee-shaped capillary tubes sealed on to their upper extremities. When sealing on these glass tubes. the greatest care was taken to confine the heat from the glass-blower's lamp to as small a portion ! Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapsak. Handlingar 1870, 1. ? Proc. Roy. Soc., 24, p.. 159. 3 Tafeln zur Berechnung der Beobachtungen an den Kiistensta- 1874. " Pogg. Ann. 150, p. 459. tionen u. s. w. Kiel antage en anden Udvidelsescoefficient end den, det anvendte Glasrør oprindelig havde. Pyknometret blev først omkring 4 Maaneder, efterat det var blæst. taget i Brug til de Forsøg, som her skulle beskrives, forat ikke den for alle Glasgjenstande eiendommelige Contraction gjennem de første Maaneder efter deres Blæsning skulde bidrage til i mærke- lig Grad at forandre dets Volum under Observationernes Udførelse. Pyknometret benyttedes ved de første Forsøg uden nogen Sikkerhedskugle, men maatte senere, hvor det, fyldtes ved lavere Temperaturer, forsynes med en saadan, indrettet til at trækkes ind over det videre Capillarrør. Apparatet uden Sikkerhedskugle vil jeg for Kortheds Skyld betegne som Pyknometer No. 1 og med Sikkerhedskugle som Pyknometer No. 2. Ved Hjælp af disse udførtes føl- gende Forsøg i den Orden, hvori de her findes opførte.- 49 as possible of the wider tubes, lest it should give to the apparatus a coefficient of expansion different to that which the glass tubes originally had. The pyenometer was not made use of for the experiments to be described here. till about 4 months after the tubes of which it consisted had been sealed together; for the contraction peeuliar to all articles of glass throughout the first few months after they have been blown might otherwise have oceasioned an appreciable change in its volume during the progress of the observations. For the first experiments, the pyeno- meter was used without a receiver, but subsequently, when filed at å lower temperature, one had to be provided, adapted so as to lary tube. The apparatus when used vithout a receiver I shall designate for the sake of brevity *Pyenometer No. 1, and when used with a receiver, *Pyenometer No. 2. By means of this instrument the following experiments were performed, in the order in which they are here arranged. admit of its being drawn over the ceapil- Væpt I Luft Weight | In Air Pyknometer med Indhold. ES af Pycnometer with Contents. in | with a Sp. Eit sp. Vægt. Grammes. | Gr. of ska eNortomte el. | 15.9222 |0.001200 kven Nosniempiyie ut 15.9222 | 0.001200 2 | AT es RE | 15.9223 0.001200 Du MT AN: +| 15.09223 0.001200 3. -— - rmedrent Vandaf 17.%5 | 44.3153 |0.001200 3. — - pr with pure water of 17.5 | 44.3153 |0.001200 dur NE NG 5| 44.:3156 | 0.001201 ar d N $ » m» 17.5| 44.3156|0.001201 5. — Pee ee mx 17-5| 44:3151 |0.001201 ST p. » 17:5| 44.3151 |0.001201 GEN EE 17.5 | 44.:8097 |0.001201 GS Fr AN NS eg ors ar ETEN GA 8008) (01001201 EE DENE MASS 0 080 Gore OG ST FE eg EV fer 17.51 45.0742 | 0.001200 gr EE EIE PE SUG 17.5 | 45.0742 |0.001200 GO == SG MI 0 å 270 BI Apg EN ODO De 9 == 414 VISSE GS 5.0730 000020 TO TE NE Om SE Ke: 6605 0:00 1194 Moe == SE og SN 0 08 Albie 18.5665 | 0.001104 ne 2 medl af 0." | 47.7869|0.001198 m 0 —= BHoyntbk. FG 0 of fo5 Ni 7860 lø oomer i ==" 2 I Ea 0. | 47.7873 |0.001198 12 == =02 JE, 0. | 47-7873 |0.001198 1 AD EE ee pe 0: 47-7871 |0.001199 8.0 — 42 ir SO: 47.787 I '0.001190 Mr 2 Iso mn 17:5| 47.7249|0.001201 TN re 17:5| 47.-7249|0.001201 EG = peer 185 » 17:5| 477246 |0.001201 Pu Se GARE SEEGER | 47.7246 |0.001201 16, HS EN 20) 47+7085 |0.001198 udyr ea or la e » 20. | 47.7085 |0.001198 i EEE 200 477087 (02002108 N 17. | — 0-20 1g$rå 20. | 47.7087 |0.001198 ten JE 8. | 47.-7696 |0.001200 18. — - 2 1 8. | 47.7696 | 0.001200 ip. Å PREG 8. | 47.7702|0.001200 19. — - 2 JE 8. 47-7702 0.001200 200 OT » 4- 1147-7810 0.001200 20. — - 2 Let, 4. | 47-7810|0.001200 ee Ti 4 M4707808( 00008200 ØSE Fi » 4: | 47-7808 |0.001200 da = 0824 MR gele tereronien 22 —="-2 TN ne 47+7487 |0.001198 9 == ae 4 SE Moon Ge ee EE re NS 47-7484 | 0.001198 24 — - 2medrent Vand, o. 46.0773 0.001 IQ I 24 — - 2withpurewater, 0. | 46.0773 |0.001191 25 0 KSO , Oo. 46.0776 0.001 191 DO AA & s 9» 0. | 46.0776|0.001191 AG ES UO Gog 1.0 JO 18.5658 | 0.001 191 200 Kempe ET ++ | 18.5658 0.001 191 DJ 0 Mslre VE MG 15.9216 0.001 101 DN == ad 15.0216 0.001 I0QI Pb == SÆ oi 0: Øen 18.5656 | 0.001231 DSG ms Fe TG otpro få å hete 18.5656 0.001231 age ME SEG EEE AE 15.9213 |0.001231 20 TE SANE 15.0213 | 0.:00123r Til Bestemmelse af Udvidelsescoefficienten af det an- vendte Glas forarbeidedes af det samme Glasrør et andet engrenet Pyknometer nedentil tilsmeltet og oventil forsynet med et Capillarrør, idet der ogsaa her sørgedes for Op- varmning af en saa liden Del af Røret som muligt. Ved Chemi. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Tornøe: For determining the coefficient of expansion of the glass, a single-braneched pycnometer was constructed, of the same length of glass tubing. with the lower opening sealed up and the upper extremity bearing å capillary tube, care being taken, as before. not to heat a greater part of the large tube than i Hjælp af dette Apparat, som ved et Stykke Kautschukrør var forbundet med et lidet Reservoir, bestemt til Optagelse af den ved mulig Opvarmning udskudte Del af Indholdet, bestemtes nu Udvidelsescoeffieienten af det anvendte Glas- rør med renset Kviksølv, som nogen Tid før Forsøgenes Udførelse under Udkogning paafyldtes Pyknometret. Med dette Apparat. som jeg vil betegne som Pyknometer No. 3, udførtes til den Ende følgende Veininger. 50 absolutely unavoidable. With this apparatus, which was connected by a caoutschouc tube with a small receiver for collecting any portion of the contents that, in the event of the instrument becoming warmer might possibly be expelled, the coefficient of expansion of the glass tube was now determined by means of purified mereury, which, shortly before the commencement of the experiment, had, when boiling out the air, been introduced into the pyenometer. AVith this apparatus, which I will designate *Pycnometer | No. 3, were performed the following determinations of | weight: — kid de på Weight | In Air Pyknometer med Indhold. . at Pyenometer with Contents. in with a Sp. Å Er o Vægt. |Grammes. | Gr. of Sos byks Noss tomt 0 210:805410:001214 V Sor pyen! Nossempty da .| 10.8654 |0.001214 120 — SNE bo lo Der 10.8653|0.001214 | 31- — =0 BS ee Se 08058 70012 325: == - 3 med Kviksølv af 0" 195.9265 0.001215 32. — - 3 with mercury of 0" |195.9265 |0.001215 33: — SSG EO 1195.9265 |0.001215 I 33 — - 3 TO 195:09265 0.001215 34 — pe : » 20 1195-3588 | 0.001205 34 — SPE a 40) 1195-3588 0.001205 35 — SEE 5 » 20 1195-3592 |0.001205 Su. 3 Ä » 20 1195-3592 |0.001205 36. — PG SR by n » 15 105.4993 0.001205 36. — Seg 15 195:4093 |0.001205 37 = SL * AO] 195.9276 |0.001205 | SEE ug sg » 0 195.9276|0.001205 38: — SOLE ee 0:80 0501 (0:00102.03 38. — Ssg kenptye 2FRE GENE R10: 8050 01001203 39. — - 3 medrent Vandaf 4" | 24.4621 0.001202 9 = - .3 with pure water ,, 4"| 24.4621|0.001202 40. — or fe er SNE 6g 4 l0:00orag0 JIN ON EEE - pin 4 24.4634 |0.001190 Alle disse Veiminger ere udførte efter Substitutions- These weight-determinations were all performed ac- methoden ved Aflæsning af Svingninger paa en Værgt, cording to the substitution method, by reading the oseilla- hvis Følsomhed uden Belastning beløb sig til 1.4 Mer. pr. Delstreg og for stigende Belastning temmelig jevnt attog imdtil 1.9 Mgr. ved 200 Gr. Belastning. Til disse saavel som alle finere Veininger, som jeg har foretaget 1 Anled- ning af disse Arbeider, benyttedes en Platinalodsats fra Deleuil i Paris, hvis Correctioner jeg i Forveien havde be- stemt ved flere vel overensstemmende Veininger paa en af P. Bunge forarbeidet fortrinlig Vægt, hvis Følsomhed for de her omhandlede Belastninger beløb sig til omkring 0.14 Mer. Ved Vemingerne iagttoges altid Temperatur og Ba- rometerstand af Luften i Veieværelset, hvorimod dens Fug- tighedsgrad i Mangel af Observation passende ansattes, en Mangel, der ikke har nogen mærkbar Indflydelse paa For- søgenes Paalidelighed, da selv en saa grov Feil i Ansæt- telsen af Luftens relative Fugtighed som 25 ”/y under de her omhandlede Forhold kun virker paa det endelige Resultat med en liden Feil i 6te Decimal. Efter disse Data er Luf- tens specitiske Vægt under Veiningerne paa vanlig Maade beregnet og opført i Tabellen. Pyknometret blev for hver særskilt opført Veining indstillet paany for Temperaturen 0 i finstødt Is og forøvrigt i Vandbad, hvis Temperatur under stadig Omrøring holdtes constant, ligesom det mindst en Gang for hver anden Veining tømtes og fyldtes igjen det Søvand, Volum Indstilling toges for god, med mindre det lykkedes i mindst med hvis skulde bestemmes. Ingen 15 Minutter at holde Temperaturen saa constant. at Ther- mometret ingensinde viste Variationef af 0."1 eller derover. Til Brug ved Aflæsning af Vandbadets Temperatur tjente tions of a balance, the sensibility of which, when not *lJoaded, amounted to 1.477" for every division of the seale, diminishing, on being loaded with successive weights, at a comparatively uniform rate with 2007”. For the above-mentioned as for all aceurate weight-determinations involved im these labours, I made use of a set of platina weights procured from Deleuil in down to 1.97, when loaded Paris, the corrections of which I had previous to start- ing on the Expedition computed from a series of closely agreeing determinations of weight performed with an ex- cellent balance (made by P. Bunge), its sensibility when loanded to the extent here specified beimg nearly 0.147”, When performing the weight-determinations, the tempera- ture and the atmospheric pressure m the room were al- ways observed, but the relative humidity not having been found by observation had to be roughly estimated, åa source of inaceuraey which however can exert no appreeiable in- fluenee on the trustworthiness of the experiments, seeing that an error of even 25 per cent in the computation of the relative humidity of the atmosphere would affect the final result only by oceasioning a very small error in the 6th deeimal. From these data, the specific gravity of the air during the process of weighing was computed in the usual manner, and entered in the Table. For each suceessive determination, the pycnometer was placed in finely erushed ice, to give it the temperature of 0", and for every other required, in å water-bath, which by constant stirring was kept at an equable temperature; it was emptied, . et Thermometer, inddelt i Delstreger af Værdi 0.2 med en Længde af 0.68””. hvis OCorrectioner bestemtes ved gjentagne Sammenligninger med det herværende meteoro- logiske Instituts Normalthermometer. som til det Brug velvillig blev mig laant af Institutets Bestyrer, Professor Dr. Mohn. Af Observationerne 32 til 37 kan først Udvidelsen af det til Pyknometrene benyttede Glasrør beregnes, og man erholder, naar de af Wiillner* beregnede .Værdier for Kviksølvets Udvidelse lægges til Grund, som Udtryk for Glassets midlere Udvidelsescoefficient mellem 0* og 15" 0.0000267 og mellem 0* og 20* 0.0000274. Man kan desuden ogsaa benytte Observationerne 3, 4 og 5 i For- bindelse med 24 og 25 til Beregning af Glassets Udvidelse og erholder, naar man anvender de 'af Hållström* og Ro- setti? bestemte Værdier for Vandets Udvidelse, meget vel overensstemmende Tal; som i Middel fastsætte Glassets midlere Udvidelsescoeffleient mellem 0' og 17.*5 til 0.0000275. Ffterat man heraf har bestemt en passende Værdi for Glas- sets Udvidelse, hvorved naturligvis de med Kviksølv ud- førte Bestemmelser fortrinsvis maa komme i Betragtning, kan man nu skride til Udledelsen af de videre Resultater af Forsøgene. Man maa imidlertid her tage Hensyn til, at Observationerne 1, 2, 10, 26, 27, 28 og 29 tydeligt bevise, at Pyknometret under Forsøgene har tabt omkring O,7 Mer. i Vægt, hvad der rimeligvis skriver sig fra Op- løsning af en Del af Glasset paa de ydre Vægge paa Grund af den stadige Omrøring i Badet. Den herved foraarsagede Usikkerbed kan dog betydelig reduceres, naar man beregner Pyknometrets Vægt til enhver Tid under Forudsætning af, at Vægttabet er proportionalt med Ob- servationernes Antal, idet Usikkerheden da knapt nok vil influere paa 5te Decimal. Under denne Forudsætning har jeg senere beregnet følgende Resultater, idet jeg paa en- kelte Steder har tilladt mig smaa Aproximationer, som imidlertid kun kan virke paa de endelige Værdier med en liden Feil i Gte Decimal. Egenvægt ved EE E68 INN ØINGSL) BE af VIT 1.02669. IE) er Tr 109690. il) 0 å Eee Tr af I 1.02845. I Pogg. Ann. 153 — 440. ? Disse Værdier ere ogsaa af Ekman benyttede til Bestemmelse af Udvidelsen af det Dilatometer. som denne til sine Forsøg over Sø- vandets Udvidelse har anvendt. 3 Ann. Chim. Phys. [4] — 17 — 372. (nn "found. too, at least onee for every other determination,. and again filed with the These case considered satisfactory unless the temperature of the water-bath had been kept comparatively uniform for at least 15 minutes. the volume of which had to be observations sea-water were in no the greatest variation indiecated by the thermometer during that interval never having exceeded 0."1. For reading the temperature of the water-bath, a thermometer graduated in divisons of 0.72, measuring each 0.687”, was made use of, the instrument having been previously corrected by frequent comparison with the standard thermometer of the Norwegian Meteorological Institute. which the Director. Professor H. Mohn, had kindly lent me for that purpose. Nos. 32—37 are the first of the observations by which the expansion of the glass mm the pyenometer may be computed; and, takimg the values found by Wiillner* for the -expausion of merceury as the basis of ealeulation. the mean coeffieient of expansion of the glass between 0* and 15* will be 0.0000267, and between 0* and 20*,0.0000274. Moreover, Nos. 3, 4, and 5, in conjunction with Nos. 24 and 25, will also serve for determining the expansion of the glass: and, adopting the values computed by Hallström* elosely agreeing results will be obtained. the figures expressing the average mean ceoefficient of expansion of the glass be- tween 0* and 17.% being 0.0000275. After a proportionate value of the expansion of the glass. has been found. for computing which preference should be given to the de- terminations performed with mercury, we may proceed to deduce the further results of the experiments. Mean- while, regard must be had to the fact, of which the obser- vations 1, 2, 10, 26, 27, 28, and-29 afford conelusive proof. that the pyenometer had lost about 0.77” in weight during the progress of the experiments, some portion of the outer and Rosetti* for the expansion of water, very surface of the glass having probably been dissolved, a result of the constant motion of the water surrounding the instru- ment when in the water-bath. sions may however be very considerably reduced by com- puting the weight of the pycnometer for every experiment on the assumption that the loss of weight is proportional to the number of observations: in that ease it will hardly influence the 5th decimal. On the basis of this assump- tion, I subsequently computed the following results, intro- ducing here and there slight approximations, which, howerer. can affect the final result only by occasioning a small error in-the 6th deeimal. The uncertainty this occa- Specitic Gravity at de of IT 1.01739. 19 ot VIT 1.02669. 17.*5 Ge kose 17.5 0 I 1.02845. | CH * Pogg. Ann. 153, p. 440. 2? These values were also adopted by Ekman for determining the expansion of the dilatometer which he used when investigating the expansion of sea-water. 3 Ann. Chim. Phys. [4], 17, p. 372. og som Control paa det benyttede Kviksølvs Renhed dettes 0 49 samt Søvandets Volumina ved forskjellige Temperaturer til Egenvægt ved 2 (0) 4 3 | 13 and, as a test of purity, the specific gravity of the mer- o ) F the volume of sea-water at different temperatures — cury at was found to be 13.5963, and ag (0) | + | 8 13 Vi af I 1.000000) 190008 00704 1.001654 1.002605 | 1.003227 at jeg disse. Observationer de Til Udjevning den efter op- trukne Curve har benyttet mindste Kvadraters Methode, idet jeg har såt Ligningen for Søvandets Volum ved £* under Formen V,=1+ at 4 bl? + ct? Betingelsesligningerne blive a+ 4 bt 16 ec—0.000077 =0 a+ 8 bl 64 ece—0.00009925 =0 a+13 b+ 169: c—0.00012723 =0 a + 17.5 + 306.250 — 0.000148857 =0 au -200b400) ce —0:0001613> =0 hvoraf Systemerne 955.25c — 0.000613687 = 0 Da ++ 62.5 b+ 62.54 ++ 955.250 16182.37c —0.008588 =0 955.254-4- 16132.370 1+ 286702 c—0.1392135 =0 som ved Elimination giver ma = 0.0000527328 b= "-0.00000617375 rc = — 0.000000037516 eller ved Afrunding V,=1—-0.000052733t+-0.0000061738t* —0.0000000375263 Efter denne Formel har jeg beregnet følgende Tabel, hvori Søvandets Volum findes opført for hver hel Grad ogsaa for Temperaturerne under 0", uagtet Formelens Gyl- dighed for dette Strøg ikke er støttet ved nogen Observa- tion. 42 Vi te VZ EGG Vi Fel 0.99989 | 5 | 1:00041 TA Borås —3 0.99990 | 6 1.00053 7 15 | I 00205 EN 2 0:99992 Fa 7 1.00066 F 16 | 1.00227 DAN 0.99995 fen 8 | 1.00080 17 1.00250- 0 | 1.00000 9 | 1.000935 i 470005 1.00261 AG 1.00006 ed) 1.001 1 1 18 1.00273 2 1 1.00013 Å II | 1.00128 19 | 1.00207 3 1.0002 1 Å er 1.00146- 20 1.00322 på 1.00031 3 | 1.00165 EAN Vi of I 1.000000)| I. 000308! L. PO07GÅ| TE 001654 L 002603) 1.00322 | For smoothing the curve laid down from these obser- vations, I adopted the method of the least squares, giving the equation for the volume of the sea-water at £" the form — Vi=1+ at 4 bt? 4 et3, The conditional equations will be — ab Ge 00000747 == a+ 8 bt 64 ec—0.00009925 =0 ua 13 6b-169 c—0,.00012723. 0 a +117.5b + 306.25c — 0.000148857 = 0 aa 220028 4000 0:00016185080 from which are deduced — da ++ 62.5 b+ 955.25c — 0.000613687 = 0 62.54 ++ 955.25b + 161832.87c — 0.008588 =0 955.254 - 16132:376 1 286702 c—0:1392185 =0 and these equations give by elimination — a= 0.0000527328 b= 0.00000617375 c = — 0.000000037516 or, rounded off, V,=14-0.000052733t + 0.0000061738t* — 0.000000037526. By means of this formula I determined the results set forth in the following Table, of sea-water, computed for every degree, ineluding temper- which shows the volume atures below 0", although the applicability of the formula to the latter has not been ascertained from observation. SYN Vi AE Vi t Vi Da | 0.99989 5 ør 00041 | 14 | 1.00185. gr | 0-99990 6 1 00053 15 ; 1.00205 å 2 0:99992 i bg 1.00066 6 | I 00227 Sadle 0:99995 SEN 1.00080 | az | 1.00250 o 00000 i 9 Hr 00095 17.5 7 medan ; TE | 1.00006 VG 10 3 I oo1 I 1 | 18 å ol 00273 ig | 1:00013 11 1.00128 | grr I 00297 3 | 1.00021 EEG 00146 å 20 1.00322 | 1.0003 1 13 | 1.00165 ik Til Sammenligning hidsættes her de af Ekman fundne Værdier for Volumet af + Vandprøver Å, B, 0 og D af | 115 respective FEgenvægter ved TE - 1.01603, 1.01982, 1,02306, og 1,02695. to eat BV at OM an —5 1.000145 1.00000 I 0.999983 0.999902 — å 1.000087 1.000020 | 0.999959 0.999894 * er 1.000044 0.999994 0.999948 0.999904 =p 1.000015 0.999983 0.999953 0.999922 — I 1.000001 0.099985 0.999969 0.999955 (0) 1.000000 1.000000 | 1.000000 1.000000 I 1.000019 1.000035 1.000043 1.000062 2 1.000047 1.000083 1.000 100 1.0001 36 3 1.000096 1.000142 1.000108 1.0002 20 4 || 1.000154 1.000213 | 1.000249 1.0003 15 5 | 1.000223 1.000296 1.0003 44 1.00042 I 6 | 1.000305 1.000390 1.000450 1.000537 7 1.000399 1.000405 1.000567 1.000664 8 1.000504 1.0006012 1.000696 1.000801 9 1.00062 I 1.0007 30 1.000836 1.000948 IO | 1.000749 1.000877 1.000985 1.001104 II | 1.000888 | 1.001026 | 1.001145 1.001272 12 | 1.001038 | 1.001185 | 1.001315 1.001440 13 | 1.001199 1.001354 | 1.001495 1.001635 14 | 1.001370 1.001533 1.001683 1.00183 I 15 | 1.00155 I 1.0017 19 1.001880 | 1.002038 16 | 1.001742 1.001025 1.002085 | 1.002250 Tr 1.0019043 1.002134 1.002209 | 1.00247 3 18 | 1.002153 1.002353 1.002520 1.002705 19 1.002373 | 1.002582 1.002740 1.002046 20 1.002601 | 1.002819 1.002084 1.003 195 21 1.002839 1.003002 1.003227 1.003453 22 1.003085 1.003321 1.003474 1.0037 19 23 | ..1.003340 1.003588 1.003728 1.003993 24 | 1.003602 1.003861 1.003988 1.004275 25 | 1.003875 1.004144 1.004253 1.004565 For den af mig undersøgte Vandprøve I er efter de forhen beskrevne Observationer fundet Egenvægten 1.02691 LB 17.% for Vandprøven D har fundet Egenvægten 1.02695 ved EE og det fremgaar saaledes, at Undersøgelserne for disse Vandprøvers Vedkommende meget godt kunne gjøres til Gjenstand for Sammenligning. En saadan Sammenligning viser let, at der paa alle Puncter selv for Temperaturerne under 0' existerer en tilfredsstillende Overensstemmelse, idet Differentserne 1 Regelen ikke overstige 0.00001 og for de høiere Temperaturer, hvor de antage sin største Værdi, kun gaa op til omtrent 0.000025, en Uoverensstemmelse, som, naar Hensyn tages til Forskjellen mellem Vandprø- vernes Egenvægter, end yderligere kan reduceres. Med de ovenfor næynte af andre Chemikere udførte Undersøgelser Ao ved eller 1.02707 reduceret til ME , medens Ekman For comparison with these figures, are amnexed the values found by Ekman for the volume of 4 samples of 15 DE being respectively 1.01603, 1.01982, 1.02306, and 1.02695. : I ) sea-water, Å, B, U, and D, their specific gravity at pk of Å Vi of B Vi of OC 7 of D EN TS —— —5 | 1.000145 1.000061 | 0.999983 | 0.9999002 —4 1.000087 | 1.000020 | 0.099959 | 0.999804 —3 | 1.000044 | 0.999994 | 0:999948 | 0.999904 —2 1.000015 | 0.999983 0.999953 0.999922 —r | 1.000001 | 0.999985 0.999969 0.999955 0 | 1.000000 | 1.000000 1.000000 1.000000 I | 1.000019 | 1.000035 1.000043 1.000062 2 | 1.000047 NG 000083 | 1.000100 1.0001 36 3 | 1.0000060 | 1.000142 | 1.000168 1.000220 4 1.000154 | 1.000213 | 1.000249 1.0003 I 5 5 | 1.000223 | 1.000296 1.000344 1.00042 I 6 1.000305 | 1.000390 1.000450 1.000537 7 1.000399 | 1.000495 | 1.000567 1.0006064 8 1.000504 | 1.000612 1.000696 1.000801 9 | 1.000621 | 1.0007 39 1.000836 1.000948 10 | 1.000740 1.000877 1.000085 | 1.001104 II | 1.000888 | 1.001026 1.001 145 1.001272 12 | 1.001038 | 1.001 185 1.001315 | 1.001449 13 1.001199 | 1.001354 1.001405 1.001635 14 1.001370 1.001533 1.001683 |" 1.001831 15 1.001551 1.0017 19 1.001880 1.002038 16 1.001742 1.001925 1.002085 1.002250 17 1.0019043 1.002134 1.0022090 1.002473 18 1.002153 1.002353 1.002520 1.002705 19 1.00237.3 1.002582 1.002740 1.002046 20 1.002601 1.002819 1.002984 1.003 1905 21 1.002839 1.003062 1.003227 1.003453 22 1.003085 | 1.003321I 1.003474 1.0037 19 23 1.003340 1.003588 1.003728 1.003993 24 1.003602 1.003861 1.003988 1.004275 25 1.003875 1.004144 1.004253 1.004565 According to the observations previously deseribed de å ===, 1.02691, or, eeifi the specifie 175 gravity of sample I, was, at reduced to 1.02707, and Ekman found the specific 15* lg sults, so far at least as these samples are concerned, very well admit of being compared; satisfactory agreement exists even for temperatures below 0*, since the difference does not as å rule exceed 0.00001, and for the highest temper- atures, at which it is greatest, it amounts to only 0.000025; nay, these figures may be still further reduced by taking into account the specitic gravities of the samples. With the results. of the above-mentioned observations m- stituted by other chemists, those here deseribed agree but indifferently. According to the formula deduced by gravity of sample D to be 1.02695 at Hence the re- stemme de her beskrevne Resultater kun maadeligt overens. Hølge den af Wackerbarth efter Ekmans Observationer beregnede Formel er Temperaturen for Tæthedsmaximum hos Søvand af Egenvægt 1.02707= — 4."04, medens Lig- Ve Mee So ; =0 med de af mig fundne Coefficienter giver dt ' Temperaturen —4.*45. Paa Grund af denne gjennemførte Overensstemmelse mellem Ekmans og mine Resultater, har jeg ikke fundet ningen det fornødent at bestemme Udvidelsen af Vandprøyer af lavere FEgenvægt, men har uden videre anvendt Ekmans Observationer paa de faa Puncter, hvor jeg til Reduction af de paa den norske Nordhavsexpedition aflæste Egenvæg- ter har havt Brug for dem. Ved Hjælp af de ovenfor op- førte Værdier for Søvandets Volumina ved forskjellige Temperaturer kan man nu beregne de Correctioner, hvor- med de ved vilkaarlige Temperaturer aflæste Egenvægter å les) maa forbedres forat reduceres til 17% hvori ogsaa indgaar et Led, der afhænger af Aræometrenes Udvidelsescoefficient.* findes sammenstillede i nedenstaaende Tabel. Correctionerne, t* | Correction | t* | Correction 0 | —0.00224| 12 | —0.00104 2 | —0.00214| 14 |—0.00069 NG | —0:00201| 16 | 0.0003 I 6 |—o0.00183 | 18 0.0001 I 8 | —0.00161 | 20 0.00056 10 | —0.00134 | | I Hvor den Temperatur. hvorved Aflæsningen foretages, ikke fjerner sig meget fra Normaltemperaturen 17."5, kan disse Correctioner, der strengt taget kun gjælde for Søvand af Egenvægt omkring 1.027. ogsaa uden mærkelig Feil an- vendes for Vandprøver af en derfra temmelig forskjellig Egenvægt. Hvor derimod den Temperatur, hvorved Aflæs- ningen foretages. ligger lamgt fra 17.95, ere disse Correc- tioner kun gyldige for et meget begrændset Interval. Ffterat saaledes de aflæste Egenvægter ved Anbrin- gelse af disse Correctioner ere reducerede til Normaltem- peraturen, staar det endnu tilbage at befrie dem for de ved de benyttede Aræometre heftende constante Feil. Til Aflæsning af saa godt som alle paa Expeditionen bestemte Egenvægter benyttedes kun 3 Aræxæometre, to paa første Togt og et paa de to sidste. Af de to først nævnte, der af Svendsen før Udreisen vare udvalgte af de øvrige, fordi de havde vist sig at stemme særdeles vel overens, er desværre det ene senere bleven knust, det andet er endnu i Behold og er sammen med det paa sidste Togt benyttede bleven corrigeret af mig. ! Som saadan benyttedes 0.000026. A. Wackerbarth from Ekman's observations, the tempera- ture for the maximum density of sea-water with a specific = gravity of 1.02707 is —4."04, whereas the equation =0 dt gives, with my coefficients. åa temperature of —4.145. the OWD, then, between and Relying. Ekman's the expansion on close agreement my TI have not determined samples of sea-water with a lower specific gravity, but have adopted Ekman's observations, for redueing. when needful, the specific gravities read on the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition. By means of the values, tabulated above, for the volume of sea-water at different temperatures, the corrections which serve to reduce 7.5 1n7:25 These eorrections, into which the eoet- fieient of expansion of the areometer! enters as a factor, are given in the following Table. results in specific gravities read at any given temperature to may be computed. | | t* Corrections | t* | Corrections of 07002 2n0 re | —0.00104 2 |—0.00214| 14 |-—0.00069 4 | —0.00201 | 16 | —0.0003 I 6 | —o0.00183 | 18 0.0001 I 8 —0:00161 | 20 | 0.000356 IO |—0.00134 | | When the temperature is not far removed from the normal temperature, 17.*5, these corrections, which, strietly speaking. apply only to sea-water with a specific gravity of about 1.027. may, without involving any appreciable error in the result. be likewise adopted for samples of water whose specific gravity differs considerably from that expressed by the above formula; but when, on the other hand, the temperature at which the specific gravity is read and that of 17.5 lie far apart. the interval for which these corrections will serve is but very limited. After redueing by means of these corrections the specific gravities to the normal temperature. there still remains to eliminate the constant error of the areometer. For reading almost all of the specific gravities determ- ined on the Expedition, only 3 areometers were made use of, two on the first eruise and one on the two last. Of the two former, which, having been found to agree unecom- monly well, Mr. Svendsen had selected previous to his departure, one was unfortunately afterwards broken; the other is still in perfect order. and was. together with that made use of on the last voyage, eorrected by myself. + That adopted was 0.000026. Correctionernes Bestemmelse udførtes ved Hjælp af Vandprøverne I og VIL, hvis Egenvægter tidligere ere be- il) første Togt anvendte Aræometer erholdtes saaledes gjennem stemte til 1.02691 og 1.02669 ved For det paa 5 Aflæsninger i I Correctionen —0.00023 og gjennem 12 Aflæsninger i VIT ligeledes —0.00023. Paa samme Maade bestemtes det andet Aræometers Correctioner ved 5 Aflæs- ninger i I til —0.00087 og ved 8 Aflæsninger i VII til —0.00038. Under disse Aflæsninger var Vædsken altid bragt til 17.5 eller hvorfra Aflæsningerne efter de forhen gjengivne Correctio- Gjennem flere Rækker Aflæsninger i Vandprøven I ved forskjellige Tem- en meget nærliggende Temperatur, ner reduceredes til Normaltemperaturen. peraturer har jeg tillige forvisset mig om, at den ved Be- regning af Correctionstabellen benyttede Udvidelsescoettieient for Aræometrene er passende valgt. Hermed er givet de fornødne Data til Reduction af de paa den norske Nordhavsexpedition aflæste Egenvægter, og jeg gaar dernæst over til Bestemmelsen af Relationerne mellem Saltszehalten, Chlormængden og Egenvægten. Til Bestemmelse af Saltmængden har, saavidt jeg ved, tidligere kun været benyttet den simpleste Methode, bestaa- ende i Afdampning af Vandet og Residuets Tørring ved en passende Temperatur, som af de forskjellige Chemikere er bleven valgt noget forskjelligt fra 150*—180". Denne Methode har jeg imidlertid af flere Grunde fundet lidet tilfredsstillende, hvad man ogsaa paa Forhaand maatte vente. Efter Graham? og andre taber nemlig den svovlsure Mag- nesia. om hvis Tilstedeværelse i Søvandet der vel ikke kan reises Tvivl, først ved en Temperatur af over 200* sit sidste Molekyl Vand, medens man paa den anden, Side allerede ved en Temperatur af betydeligt under 200* maa befrygte en delvis Decomposition af den i Saltene tilstede- værende Chlormagnesium. Efter de Forsøg, som jeg an- stillede, viste det sig, at Saltene selv efterat være tørrede ca. 20 Timer i Luftbad ved en Temperatur fra 170*— 180* endnu indeholdt ikke ubetydelige Mængder Vand (om- kring 15 Mør. pr. Gr. Salt), medens de tørrede ved lidt lavere Temperatur indeholdt noget mere. Samtidig under- søgtes ogsaa Saltene paa fri Magnesia, hvorved jeg i Strid med ældre Angivelser fandt, at de bestandig selv ved Tør- ring ved 160" til 170* indeholdt uventet store Qvantiteter, saaat der for hvert Gr. tørret Salt fandtes en Magnesia- mængde tilstrækkelig til at neutralisere over 20 Mgr. HUI (ved Tørring ved 180" fandt jeg endog en enkelt Gang 40 Mer.). Bestemmelsen af den frie Magnesia foretoges ved Saltenes Opløsning i en afmaalt Mængde titreret Svovlsyre og der- paa følgende Retitration med fortyndet Natronlud af be- kjendt Styrke. — Ved Anvendelse af Rosolsyre som Index erholdtes her en meget skarp Endereaction. ) Phil. Mag. J. 6 — 422. The determination of the corrections was performed with the water of samples I and VII, whose specific grav- : IL) , , ; ity at 17:55 had been found to be respectively 1.02691 and 1.02669. For the areometer used on the first voyage, 5 readings with the water of sample I gave the correction —0.00023, and 12 readings with the water of sample VII likewise —0.00023; for the other areometer were determined, by 5 readings with the water of sample I, to be —0.00087, and, by 8 readings with the water of sample VII, to be —0.00038. For these readings, the fluid was always brought to 17.75, or m the same maner, the corrections as near that temperature as possible, the readings having in the latter case to be reduced, by means of the correc- Several series of readings with the water of sample I, at different temperatures, convinced me that the coefficient of expan- sion for the areometer which I had computed for prepar- ing the Table of Corrections was practically correct. Having now specified the data necessary for redueing the specitic gravities read on the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, I shall proceed to determine the relation be- tween the specific gravity of sea-water and the amount of salt and chlorine it contains. For determining the amount of salt, the only method formerly resorted to was, so far as I am aware, the sim- plest, viz. that of evaporating the water and then dryimg the residue at a proper temperature, which has been vari- ously fixed by different ehemusts at from 150* to 180. This method, however, has proved in several respects de- According to Gra- ham* and others, sulphate of magnesia, tions given above, to the normal temperature. fective, as was indeed to be expected. the presence of which in sea-water can hardly admit of doubt, does not part with its last molecule of water till exposed to a temp- erature of more than 200* whereas, on the other hand, it is highly probable that partial decomposition of the chloride of magnesium contained in the salt takes place consider- ably below 200". Bven after the salts had been dried for about 20 hours in an air-bath at a temperature of 170"— 180*, they were still found to contain, according to my experiments, å considerable quantity of water (about 15” dried at a lower temperature, the I also tested tbe salts for free magnesia, and found, in direct opposition to earlier salt per gramme); amount was somewhat greater. statements, that, even when dried at 160”—170", they in- variably contained a very large amount, the quantity of magnesia to every gramme of dried salt being sufficient to neutralize more than 207” HCI (once, when' dried at 180", even 4077). For determining the free magnesia, the salts were dissolved in a given quantity of titrated sulphurie acid, and the fluid then retitrated with dilute soda-lye of known strength. With rosolic acid as the index, the fmal reaction was very decided. 1 Phil. Mag. J. 6, p. 422. «af mærkbar Indtlydelse. Forat undgaa de her omtalte Feil, benyttedes til Be- stemmelse af Saltmængden i Søvandet følgende Fremgangs- maade. I en med tætsluttende Laag forsynet tyk, veiet Por- cellaindigel indveiedes 30 til 40 Gr. Søvand, som afdunste- des paa Vandbad. Efterat Saltene vare nogenlunde vel tørrede, ophededes Digelen med Laaget paa ca.j5 Minutter Der- efter bestemtes paa den forud beskrevne Maade den ved over en Bunsens Lampe, afkjøledes og veiedes paany. Decomposition af Chlormagnesium dannede frie Magnesia, hvorved de til Beregning af den samlede NSaltgehalt for- nødne Data erholdtes. I en tidligere Afhandling* har jeg paavist, at Car- bonaterne i Søvandet ved Kogning omsætter sig til kulsur Magnesia, som ved Inddampning eller under enhver Om- stændighed ved Glødning efterlader Magnesia, og skulde altsaa strengt taget for den saaledes dannede Del af den frie Magnesia beregne en anden Correction end for den ved Decomposition af Chlormagnesium dannede Hoved- mængde. man Den Feil, man begaar. ved at undlade dette. er imidlertid baade meget nær constant og desuden saa liden, at den uden videre kan negligeres, idet den kun bidrager til at formindske den samlede Naltgehalt med omkring 0.0015 "/o. Det er saaledes fuldstændig tilstrækkeligt til den ved Veiningen fundne Mængde tørret Salt at addere 1.875 Gange den ved Titreringen bestemte Mængde fri Magnesia, for af det saaledes fremkomne Tal at beregne Saltgehalten 1 Procenter. Mod denne Methode kan der dog reises Indvendinger, idet det kunde befrygtes, at mindre Qvantiteter Chlorna- trium, Chlormagnesium eller Chlorkalium under Glødningen kunde forflygtiges, eller at en Del af den svovlsure Mag- nesia ved den høie Temperatur kunde decomponeres og give Anledning til Tab af Svovlsyre. Man kan imidlertid let forvisse sig om, at dette ved Anvendelse af en tyk Porcel- laindigel med tætsluttende Laag ikke bevirker nogen Feil Saaledes fandt jeg, at 1.2 Gr. af en passende Blanding af Chlorkalium og Chlornatrium ved 1/, Times stærkest mulig Glødning over en Bunsens Lampe i den samme Digel, som jeg benyttede .til mine NSaltbestem- melser, kun tabte 2 Mer. i Vægt, det vil sige, Blandingen tabte ved Glødningen ikke fuldt 0.14 Mer. pr. 5 Minutter. Ligeledes paavistes ved Bestemmelse af Svovlsyre og Mag- nesia saavel i det benyttede Søvand som i det glødede Residuum, at man selv ved en meget længere fortsat Glød- ning end den. der udfordres forat skaffe fuldstændig vand- Feil foranlediget ved Forflygtigelse af Chlormagnesium eller Decomposition al svovlsur Magnesia. frit Salt. ikke risikerer nogen skadelig ! *Om Kulsyren' i Søvandet” Side 40 øverst. Qu (er) In order to guard against the above-mentioned errors. following mode of operation was adopted for determin- the amount of salt in sea-water. From 307 to 407 of sea-water were introduced into a thick porcelain erueible of known weight, furnished with a tight-fittting cover, and evaporated on a water-bath. So soon as the salt was suffieiently dry, the erueible, with the on, was heated for about 5 the ing cover minutes over one of Bunsen's gas-burners, then cooled and weighed with its contents. The free magnesia liberated by the decomposi- tion of the ehloride of magnesium was now determined in the manner previously described, and the last factor neces- sary for computing the total amount of salt accordingly found. In a former paper! I drew attention to the fact, that the carbonates present in sea-water are transformed during the process of boiling into earbonate of magnesia, which after evaporation, or, at least, on the salt being thoroughly heated, leaves a residue of magnesia; and hence the pro- portion of free magnesia thus formed would, strictly speak- ing, seem to involve the need of a correction different from that adopted for the principal amount liberated by the decomposition of the ehloride of magnesium. But the error which arises from applying the same correction to both is. on the one hand, very nearly constant, and, on the other. so small as to admit of being safely ignored, seeing that it reduces the total amount of salt only about 0.0015 per cent. It is, therefore, amply sufficient, if to the amount of dried salt found by weighing be added 1.375 times the amount of the free magnesia determined by titration: the figure thus obtained will serve to compute the percentage of salt. This method certainly is so far open to objection, that small quantities of chloride of sodium, chloride of magnesium, or cehloride of potassium may be volatilized during the process of heating, or some portion of the sul- phate of magnesia be decomposedfat the high temperature, and thus occasion a loss of sulphuric acid. The error, however, arising from this source will not exert any ap- preciable influence on the result, provided the erueible used for the operation be of thick porcelain, and have a tight-fitting cover. Thus, for instance, I found that-1.27 of a proportionate mixture of ehloride of potassium and chloride of sodium. on being heated for the space of an hour and å quarter over one of Bunsen's gas-burners m the erueible TI had used for my salt-determinations, lost More- only 2” in weight, or 0.1477" every 5 minutes. «over, it was manifest on determining the sulphurie acid and magnesia both in the water itself and in the heated residue, that, even. im the event of the heating-process being much more protracted than is necessary to obtain salt free from the smallest trace of water, no serious error can result from the volatilization of ebloride of magnesium or the decomposition of sulphate of magnesia. 2 «Qn the Carbonic Acid in Sea-Water;" p. 40. At Methoden giver indbyrdes vel overensstemmende Resultater, viser de talrige Saltbestemmelser, som udførtes med samme Vandprøver. — Saaledes fandtes ved mneden- «staaende Forsøg | 595 fr0s Proc. Salt i IT ee Proc. Salt i VII (3.516 300 l3515 2.303 — — - III 1! e 3 [3.501 - 3.386 po dd. DN EG 3.508 |3:38: — vn 13.500 K 3.502 - 18.530 UNE == ae 3.506 pt 3.500 9.976 | [3.501 Sp få. : et |3.279 Resultaterne ere, som man ser, allerede her temmelig vel overensstemmende, men kunde visselig gives en endnu større Nøiagtighed, om man vilde arbeide med noget større Quantiteter Søvand. For Vandprøverne III og VII er Egenvægten ved ua allerede tidligere ved Hjælp af Pyknometer bestemt til respective 1.01739 og 1.02669. for Vandprøverne IV, V, VI og VIII er den funden ved gjentagne Aflæsninger paa et af de corrigerede Åræometre, medens den for Prøven IT kun blev bestemt ved en enkelt Aflæsning, Ligeledes bestemtes meget omhyggeligt samtlige Vandprøvers Chlor- mængder. Heraf kan Saltmængden Chloreoeffiecienten = Chlor mæng neden Oo [8 (e] Saltmængden Egenvægten — | beregnes, saaledes som det er gjort i nedenstaaende Tabel. Egenvægtscoefticienten = Egenvægt Chlor- | Salt- | Egen- | - Noi ie TA) mængde | mængde | vægts- | ved E | 5 | phil | | te 17.05 | Då ogå |eoefficient. Chlor- | coefficient. That the results obtained by this method must be regarded as agreeing very closely inter se, is shown by the numerous salt-determinations performed with the same samples of water. 3.525 [221 Per cent. of Saltin II" Per cent. of Salt in VIT! 3.516 grund | 3.515 ee 2288 [3.501 8 oep 3.D07 EG 4 508 3.385 | 3.500 oe gig ES VET 3.509 DS ve 3.506 |3.533 5.500 må [3.276 [3.501 vol |3:279 These figures. it will be seen. differ but little znter se, and by increasing the quantity of water greater aceuraey could no doubt be attained. For samples IIT and VIT, the specifie gravity at LUS) re! viously determined by means of the pyenometer; for samples IV, V, VI, and VIII, it was found by repeated readings of one of tle corrected areometers, whereas for sample II it was determined by one reading only. The amount of chlorine, too, im each sample was carefully determined. From these data may be computed the Amount of Salt Amount of Chlorine respectively 1.01739 and 1.02669, had been pre- Coeftieient of Chlorine = and the . Amount of Salt Specifie Gravity — 1 Coefficient of Speeific Gravity = as set forth in the following Table. Spec. Grav. FT Coefficient Coefficient No. | sr) of | of of mb | she | Salt. Spec.Grav. Chlorine. | | | II 1.02670 | 1.047 | 3.521 131.9 | 1.808 | TN org | 1.271 | 2.301 132 3 1.810 TITT 1.01739 1.271 | 2.301 | 132.3 | 1.810 BV re2573 1.868 | 3.386 131.6 1.813 IV 1.02573 | 1:868 | 3.386 | 131.6 | 1.813. V | 1.02676 | 1.956 | SR G 132.0 1.806 PSV 1.02676 | 1.956 3.532 | 132.0 | 1.806 Ve 02488 1.809 | 3.278 131.8 1.812 VI 1.02488 | 1.809 3.278 ME TE | 1812 VI! i 02669 1.047 | BG 1317 | 1.805 Sea 02669 å 1.047 3.515 | 1317 1.803 vir | 1.02655 Messe 3.503 : TS 9 1.808 Cand 02655 | 1.938 | 5503 r3r0 | 1.808 Som det heraf fremgaar, er baade Uhlor- og Egen- vægtscoefficienterne tiltrods for Saltgehalternes Forskjellig- hed overalt meget nær constante, saa at Variationerne Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Tornøe: Chemi. It thus appears, that the coeffieients both of chlo- rine and specific gravity, notwithstanding the difference in the percentage of salt, are always. very nearly constant; Q rimeligst bliver at tilskrive Observationsfeil. Som Chlor- coeffieient kan heraf opstilles 1.809 + 0.00076 med en sandsynlig Feil af en enkelt Bestemmelse at + 0.002 og som Feenvægtscoefticient 131.9 + 0.058 med en sandsynlig Feil af en enkelt Bestemmelse af + 0.15. Disse -Værdier Chlorcoefticientens Vedkommende ganske vel overens med tidligere fundne Ekman i stemme især for Værdier, saaledes har baade Forchhammer Middel fundet 1.811, medens de af Andre opstillede FEgen- vægtseoeffieienter overalt ere noget mindre end den af mig og fundne. Ved Hjælp af disse Coeffieienter har jeg af de paa Expeditionens Togter udførte Chlor- og Egenvægtsbestem- melser beregnet Vandprøvernes Saltgehalt og sammen med Originalobservationerne opført dem i nedenstaaende Tabel. Egenvægterne ere i Regelen kun aflæste med 4 Deci- maler, det 5te er kun opført, hvor det havde en Værdi nær 5, saa at det kunde være Tvivl underkastet, om Afrunding skulde formindskes eller forhøies. I de reduce- der ved rede Egenvægter findes ligeledes kun opført 4 Decimaler, hvor det uden Tviyvl kunde =afgjøres, til hvilken Side Afrundingen skulde finde Sted, hvorimod der 1 modsat Fald ogsaa der er tilføiet et dte. De med * betegnede Egenvyægter ere aflæste paa Aræometre, hvis Correction ikke er bleven bestemt. Til Optagelse af de til Under- søgelse af Saltholdigheden bestemte Vandprøver er foruden det tidligere beskrevne, af Wille construerede, Apparat og- saa paa grundere Vand ofte benyttet den af Ekman an- sivne fortrinlige Vandhenter, som imidlertid ifølge den Frem- gangsmaade, hvorefter Dyblodninger paa den norske Ex- pedition foretoges. ikke egnede sig til Brug ved større Dyb. Ved Velvillie af Professor Mohn har jeg faaet op- givet de undersøgte Vandprøvers Temperatur i Havet, hvor- ved det er bleven muligt ogsaa at tilføre en Rubrik for deres Egenvægter ved denne Temperatur i Forhold til rent Vand af 4",1 Af, de i Tabellen gjengivne Observa- tioner ere alle indtil No. 149 udførte paa Ilste Togt af Svendsen, alle fra 149 til 225 paa 2det Togt: af mig, de øvrige ere udførte paa sidste Togt af Schmelck og mig 1 Fællesskab, saaledes at det største Antal skyldes Schmelck, der dette Aar medfulgte Expeditionen. " Rent Vand af 4 fordi den allerede tidligere er anvendt af J. Y. Buchanan (Proc. Roy. Soc. 24—597). Værdi ved er Forhol- er ved denne Reduction valgt som Enhed, Ved Beregning af Bgenvægternes Forhold til Vand af 4? det mellem Volumet af rent Vand ved 4" og 17."5 sat = 0.998768, Havets Temperatur i and henee the variation in the results should most prob- ably be aseribed to errors of observation. The coetfieient of chlorine. may accordingly be taken at — 1.809 + 0.00076 with a probable error in a single determination of + 0.002, and the coefticient of specific gravity, at — 131.9 + 0.058 with a probable error in a single determination of + 0.15. These values agree closely, m particular as regards the coefficient of ehlorine, with those previously found. Thus, for instance, the mean value found both by Forch- hammer and Ekman was 1.811, whereas the coefficient of specific gravity given by former observers is somewhat lower than mine. By means of these coetticients I have computed from the determinations of chlorine and specific gravity the amount of salt in the samples of water collected on the Expedition, and have set down the observations and their results in the accompanying Table, which calls for a brief explanation. The specific gravities are as å rule not read to more than 4 decimals, a fifth being added only in the event of its having a value of 5. in which ease it is often doubtful whether, when rounding off the figures, there should be inerease or diminishment. The reduced specific gravities, too, are expresed with 4 decimals only, wherever it was mani- fest in: which direction the rounding off had to be made: when such is not the ease, a fifth has been added. An asterisk at the side of a specific gravity denotes that the latter was determined with an areometer for which no correcetion had been found. Besides the instrument devised by Wille, of which a deseription has been given, Ekman's excellent apparatus was likewise made use of, in compara- tively shallow localities, for collecting the samples of sea- water in which to determine the amount of salt; the mode of. sounding practised on the Norwegian North-Atlantie Expedition would not admit of its adoption for greater depths. Professor Mohn has kindly furnished me with the temperatures of the samples of water mn situ, which has enabled me to give an aditional column for the specitic gravities at those temperatures as compared with pure water of 4.2 ØOf the observations given in the Table, those extending from No. I to No. 149 were performed on the first voyage, by Mr. Svendsen; those extending from No. 149 to No. 225, on the second voyage, by myself; the remainder were taken on the last voyage, by Mr. Schmelck and myself conjointly, the greater number, however, by Mr. Sehmelck, who that year accompanied the Expedition. 1 Pure water of 4" was chosen as the unit of reduction, J. Y. Bu- chanan having previously adopted it as such (Proc. of Roy. Soce. 24, p. 597). When computing the specific gravities at the temperature of the sea, as compared with water of 4, the ratio existing between the volume of pure water at 4" and 17.0 was assumed to be 0.098768. 59 uenp ep» 1 ; 7 | Dipde hygrin Prø- | Temperatur. | Egenvægter. | Saltmængde. | EE NE) | pe Grai) | me "| Stat. Nordlig | Green- ; === Bøen. |-— —— | serer * Chlor- | dl No: Bredde. | ee ) E | vægter. | tnder | Ved | Ved | mængde.| ptter | Efter å ed incelske S5seiåe Få 2 U7:05 0 Amount of Aræo- p P- No LOE (Praekde Favne. | Meter. | Gravity ee Havet. | 17.05 | 40 Gorine) | EE re GLA) (English (LTE) | PE | | (In Situ.) | At | pr | (By the (By the Fathoms-) | (When read.)| £0 | 263 2 Ei | Areometer.) Amouni of | | | 7705 20 | orine.) Tyl == Esefjord, Sogn. o | Oo |1:0151*| 14.8 1 7.01465 — — 1.93 —= 2 Do. GN pA rongu*| ug SN noen = = 2.09 — 3 | — Do. 20 4 |1-0237*| 12.5 — 1.0228 — — 3:01 — 4 | — Do. 3 pi iro24r* | m30 — 1.0233 — — 3.07 — 5 | — Do. 1 Ta mosn2*| (n3:8 — 11.0235 — — 3-19 — 6 |-— Do. 5 oi kroz4o | 473 = nde2SGE == — 3:16 — 7 | — Do. 6 Ted oe mS || 27.0 — |1.0244 | — — 3.22 — 8 | — Do. 7 13 |1-0249* | 20.01 |, — 11:02545)| — 3.36 — 9 pors GRO OS SAS | 72 1229 |1.0270 | 16.7 | 6.7 1.0266 |1.0274 — | 3:51 — TONN = | Fjærland. | Oo O mori8*| 02 | — 1.0107 — — 1" 1.41 — ra == | Esefjord. o Oo 11:0147"| 12.0 | — (1.6039 — — 1.46 Ar T2 NN] Do. I 2 |1:0188*| 12.5 | — |1.0180 — 2.37 = re Bore Ons 1130 |1.0280 I I.0 6.6 |1.0266 |1.0274 — 3:51 — fi | —= Husø. o O |1.0262 Q-7 1.0246 — — | 32 == 15 | — Do. | Oo | Oo |1.0262 9:9 — 1|1.02465 — — HAHN i | = Do. | | O 1.0262 10.2 — 1.0247 — == V 386 | —= 17 | — Do. 6: | IT |1.0261 10-7 — |1:02465|. — — | 3:25 —= 18 | — Do. 6 II 1.0258 15.6 — 1.0252 — ler == ie) | —= Do o O 1.0262 10.9 -— 1.0248 — — Seg AS ENE E.! o 0 |1-0254 16.8 — 1.0250 — — 3.30 —= 2m | ro) NOT 4n.n 135 18.5 o O |1.0253 16.2 11.5 |1.0248 |1.0248 = 3:27 — 22 OSSES SO (0) Oo |7.0270 18.0 II.I |1.0260 |1.0270 == 355 23 | Mk ER EG | or Oo |1.0265 19.0 0-9 1.0268 | 1.0271 == 3:53 | = 24 NA R62 4 2 445 | 226 | 413 |1.0268 | 18.6 Or kones Moa — 3:53 | —= 25 or 1K620002800 2 17 | o od Imre | M54 | 10.9 | 1.02685 | 1.0270 | fee 3.54 — 26270 102003 12 4 | o | OI NAG An Berre m:026000 102600 — SAG — 2 re OE re | O- | O |1.0270 18.4 Tor reo2 70002005 Ms 50 — 28 == NGS 2 8 o | O |1.0270 17.9 12.5 1.0269 |1.0267 —= 3:55 — == SA O | 0 |1.0273 16.2 12.5 | 1.0268 1.0266 == SUG) — 30 9 Moa NESS 250 o | o |1.0262 17-5 | 11.0 |1.0260 |1.02605 = 3-43 — 31 36 020 M6GT sl | O | O 1.0256 18.7 I1.2 |1.0256 |1.0257 == 3:38 — 32 poet tg 2 705 OG O |1:0251 17.8 P3.-4: | K02495 E0O2455 | == 3-20 — 33 | 22 | 62 13-2 13 405 (0) O |1.0254 18:00 1200 ors SN 02505 == 3-34 — 34 | —= | 62 52.5 15 515 | (0) Oo |1.0252 ro: SE 2 a:02540 19:02:53 == 3-35 == 35 — | 62 56 6 16 | o O |1.0253 18.4 12.8 |1.0253 |1.0250 | — 334 — 36 | — Christiansund. fo) O |1.0255 ye — T:025300 TE 3:34 — Gre" 630 10" eo 0 | (0) Oo |1:0260 | 16.2 | 10:0 |1.0255 |1.0257 len 3-36 — Boe NOR ON V5NS7ES | (0) (0) | 1.0262 | 17.5 11.7 |1.0260 |1.0259 | = 3.43 — 39 pre EOS OS 5705 | 90 165 |1.0262 | 17.5 6:9 1.0260. |1.0267 | — 4 3:43 — nom 163 10 15 19 | o | olir026000|| 172 II.2 | 1.0263 |1.0264 | = | 3:47 — 41 20 Ros so 50 16 | (0) or ro2 Om 70 TSN mo2So. 0250 ss SE — 42 SOG IS r7 | (0) (0) 1.0264. | 18.6 I1.7 |1.-0264 |1.0264 | — | 3-48 = AGN = 053 OASE Q Oo |1.0264 17.5 11.6 |1.0262 |1.0261 36 == pe kose oN 14: -51:3 430 786 |1.0270 17.0 | —0.6 1.0267 |1.0281 = 3:52 — 45 0163 om 50050 (0) O |1.0265 oe td 02000 10200 — 3.43 -— 16 = "| 63 973 I o O 1.0260 PSOE ES O2 SA E02535 = 3-35 — SSN OR. SSN 525 960 |1-0279 | 15:0 | —1.1 |1.0272 | 1.0286 — 1" 3:59 — SE OG 7 (0) og Moog see 11.6 |1.0264 |1.0264 =- 3:48 — 49 = || -63 JE NG2 (0) Oo |1.0269 14.6 12.3 |1.0261 |1.0259 PA = 50 | = 1063 1 32045 o | Oo 1.0266 17-3 11.9 |1.0263 |1.0262 EG —- Fr he 0003 JEG DNO OG O |1.0275 14.3 12:00 020605 m:0205 0 == 6 352 -— 52 | =- | SE 7 o | (0) 1.0278 14.7 11.5 |1:0270 |1.0270 | == ENGE = 58 | ga 5 10 52-5 NESS 1073 112:0277 | 15:0 | —g7.0 |1.0270 |1.0284 == | 3:56 = gal MGE NO 55 o og fog 14.8 12.0 |1.02695 1.0268 5 3-55 = 55 | =o SG o O |1.0273 OPS nt | 1.0268 |1.0267 — | BES = 501162. (Ga Lek ro o O |1.0272 16.1 Bred 02 070102 070 3:52 — 60 | | Dybde hvorfra Prø- | ven hentet | Ter 4 | Læne" . 5 | nperatur. | ee 240 | nede Dep from which the Sam-| | - | Bgenvægter. Sal ede S p 5 re | es were collected.) | Aflæste | emperature. HA Sps No Stat. Bredde. Green- | Fe å PPERG Grayig) (Amount of Salt . på ag | ge 1- | = A | measured, No. (North | ve. Hotel vægter. | +- ra de — | Chlor- SM. å GR) | (Zongitude | Hege (Specific | NG GE I VEG | Ved mængde. | mg | å , from | $ ? Meter. Gravity | SE Havet gr AP tt | (Amount of | Efter Ener | || Greenwich) | (English (Metres.) read.) | gen. | Ke TA 5) 40 | Chlorine.) se | Chlor- VE | | | meter. |m ; | (When read ) (In Situ) At | At | - | eter. | mængde. = = == | | K ( 170 5 t0 p å | =— | PD (By the (By' the ud 62* 39" å E T == == Hr NE | 170 5 | Øo Areometer.) | Lmount of 2 SM May E.| o 3 ===" == = Ohlorine.) — 62 40 1.0277 I = > i do I af 3: I I — | — | 62 : 53 Q o |1.0276| 13 1.5 |1:0266 |1.0266 14 SS | P5 Deg | md 13-7 11.4 |1.0266 3:51 = 2 Sv op Oo | 1.0277 | 14.6 på ør: 1.02665| (== 1 3:51 | — GEN 63 3; å o ON 0275 15 + 1.0269 1.0260 EEG 3.55 | 125) VET 5: | «5 4 æ ; 3 | 5 EN HERE 9 ETL 1.02605 | 1.0270 teie p | | JE EG) 5 å Å 275 13:4 10:8 |1.0265 |1.0266 | BEDS | JG 6 | 10257 Mas KUA .02 Er rn dl re 6 E å Go o AD ror VE 10.8 |1.02665 |r.1268 | — Er | Sr po r 26 Es See | ve 10.-4 |1.0267 |1.0260 på VM 2 9 2. 3:52 == == 16 gn o Oo | 1.0279 | å 10.8 1.0268 |1.0260 | — SN Sa: TI 2% 0270 12.8 10 EE ME | El! o 4 |1.0268 |1.02 | ere GN 2 om 0278 2: 10:5 [1.0267 |1 208 SS oe SR Oo ” & ] 0200 === Oo 1.02 2,3 5 2 =. 9 FAN EE o 79 10 10.8 |1.02685 1.0270 | 19755 5 bes Mo 5 o |1.0280 |- 11.9 | 10.8 |1.0267 , i 354 EN Å NM ié3 Ne ; d/ om! Oo 1.0277 | 13.2 ZN 267 |1.02685| — 3.52 ør — 163 26 Sue Me 1.0270 |1.0272 | — | 3.56 Ve = I 28 Oo DES | Se 10.20 |171:027/0 1.02725 Ki oe | 63 18 | I 38 G | 0274 16.5 10.8 1.02605 ØY 3:56 | == e= oe oegs | 2005 27 dk EN SS 58 | 1.0275 | 16.2 10.4 |1.0270 |1-02 3:55 EN 62 ea 38 % o |1:0279| 138 | 10 tl ag 3:56 G EE 0 tøe 16 å o (0) | 1.0279 14.0 4 |1.02605 |1.02715 — SPES er he SS) o Oo | 1.0277 KO:2| | 1-0270 | 1.0272 HØR bossa e 28 | 2 | 1.0277 | 14:0 es > | 3.56 He == | | 22 z fr 271 —= e | | 62 20 VIG 28 (0) 1.0283 II.Q 9:4 1.027 Å 3:53 | == VeE= 0102 5 SG Oo | Oo | 1.0282 TØR AR aa 1.0274 = Seb rs 22 fo) | 3 EC 1.0270 |1.0272 æ 2 Thorshavr Eg 1.0278 13.8 6 3.56 ER 1 ME D avn. o å GR, a- BOL OM RE 02085 1.0270 Er E EN | Jo. | kreoe80 gg. ar ae 3:5 =o 4 Do | O Oo | 1.0266 ee å 1.0270 |1:02735| — 3.56 , | | Da | op 1.025 3 "3 3 — — Naalöø Nordpynt o Oo |1.0255 | 15.8 | 4 0251 |1.0254 få å | | (Northern Extremity of Naulsø.) o | de RE 0:4 |1.0260 1.0273 2 k | 7 Do. ; (0) R | OE 9.4 |1.0269 |1 ARE rå 3:55 43 mere ee sa 29 WL 30 år 0500 | 15:0 0:4 | 1.0270 % ER å 3:55 RA 37 MEN | 309 5 | 1.027 : 2P 027 Ke iss Ne ; ESrno2028:3 5 | 1.0276 15. SE 3.500 ge å 3 | 2. 20) 690 EN Ko 0.1 |1.0269 |1.0283 = et | Er Peer o ge (ri (øerororgsd] (NSG 62 23 p20 | Oo | 1.0274 | 15.8 9:3 |1.0268 G 13:50. rn, ES on EE Oo | 010274 15:5 ae) = PENGE EEG o Oo | 1.0274 TE i 0200 1.027 I Ls ag MESEN 200052 5 je Svd 10.4 |1.0268 |1.0270 vå 3553 — 62 530 Å E (0) 1.0275 Ise 10.2 DE / 108853 t= For 62 på 343 o (0) | 1.0276 NGS 1 ra o200p 02 — | 3:55 $ AR 3 7 FF d:5 : på " == er 08 12 RE | 2 O | 1.0275 | 14.8 FN = ol: 8290 2 20Q* | 271 .8 3.3 SÅ OG 28 EM : 4 39 o | o Då RR, 10.3 |1.02675|1.0270 = Sen os? 5 20 | 1.0274 15.7 0:7 1.0268 7 3:09 =—— Ko (5) APG Me g om aeo2n 1 ; 2000 1:027 10 Mir EG Eks, | sSe22 HSE 20 51 VA 4.0 9:4 1.0268 Ge 3:53 | 40 63 29 | 5 942 1.029% 13.6 | = 0272 pr | 3.53 har 3 22.515 29 11 dr om 0207 | dre ; D Å pe O o ar | 07 1.0281 Ea. | Er 120 163 22.5 | 5 29 I 1.0277 | 13.8-| 9.7 |1.02675|1. 3:52 å na Gre O| og (Mx:0277 0 aS) | HO — 3.53 ke Se 22 50020 og (1 13. 9-7 1.02675 1.027 09 sr Reikjavik. PR NE EEE — — Midten af Faxebugt. o (0) 1.0272 Tr Sr OE Me BART —= Å (TheiMiddle of Faxe Bay.) | Oo ae 0.0 1.0258 1.0261 TR y' 63 49" 22" 52" (0) 1.0267 16.3 SANNER. 3.40 Kor EE NEGR De 0) fo) 1.0273 3 .0262 1.0265 pe va NÅ UN 21 58 , Er) 14:5 8.8 1.0265 EG 3:40. 3 — GE o (0) 1.0274 14.2 AEG 0200 E= 3.50 28 == UG 2225 (0) C e ae 9.7 |1.0265 |1.0268 == oe | Ge an 5 Å ) 1.0278 ms GS 1.0265 1.0268 3:50 == | 3 13 IG 54 Q E Lon 15.6 1 0:o 1.0265 I 3 7 3:50 Te == 3 ) D Oo 1.027 1G pA 02075 == 3150 (| 2 3 6 18 13 73 15.0 10.4 | 1.0267 2 JD GE Nar å 3 0) Oo | 1.0273 or 6 «0267 |1.0269 SN GE 2 p4=E Å / I7 3 I O Oo i EE = | 10. 1.0260 1.027 I £3 | ed = | 7 16 20 Go Å : ER 5:3 | 10.2 1.0266 1.02685 | ES ar == 03 8 15 ) 0273 15.0 I I & 3: — R 5) (0) 10 ” å — | 63 E på p fø) (0) 1.0276 15.2 ip | 0267 1.0268 pe 3.52 å — ie 3 99 o (0) moro) | ek Or 0200 11:0270 =o Je — SO DR Sr o 0 3:0 10.7 1.0268 T o260 Ar & Du | 5 NORSE 28 Ba NG ) 1.0272 16.0 EE IS BES på. BE R- ; 25 Oo 3) dr Å «7 1.02665 | 1:0268 | | 3.32 | pr å 273 ( | 2: AV EN SE 12 35 o See : OM: 1.02605 | 1.027 15 | pa ESS ærk Regn. (Heavy Rain.) EN 13:0 10.0 1.0260 |1I Ke, ES .0272 2 Sp BESS G1 Dybde hvorfra Prø- | Temperatur. Egenvægter. Saltmængde. ven hentet. 2 HS Længde - |(pepth from which the Sam- Temperature, Specific Gravity. JE | Nordlie Fe E &R were AGE Aflæste era Å AG 2 Cher measured.) - Stat. Brende Green- PN " T Egen- k ; | 3 pr V Pr eren T & No (Nortl vel Engelske Under I r og 3 ( å | Å - pe ee | ; Latitude.) ond de Favne. Meter. Cr Ga Havet. 17.05 40 Ohlorine.) Sn, messds Greenwich) | (English | (Metres,) | (Zu Situ) Æ (By the | (By the | Fathoms.) E (When read.) £0 Å må = Areometer.) | GN å å ae | — | | 7 T sies og 57 ETO S20W: og om kro Stol 2 15002 |1:0267 1.0269 — 3-52 — Tøne—064" 14 (rn me od Oo |1.0277:| 14.0 9:5 |1.0268 |1.0271 — 2153 2= TSG | 641 (36 IO 21.5 Q Oo |1.0279 BES St 02055 Me0275 = 3:50 —= 116 | — | 64 44 TON o O |1.0270 17 5 TON m:02080 11:0275 = 3053 = ri —=1165 O 9 24 o Oo 1.0269 18.0 MEAN 1.0268 |.1.0275 = 3:53 — Ine | —= | 65 21 8 36 (0) O :|1.0271 OS ee 02670207 — 3:52 — no) => 109 39 753 fo) O |1.0271 15:0 | 72 |1.0264 |1.02705 = 3:48 — 12 OM Ms Os 153 Å Fiat) (0) of |1:0272 I5:01i|, 8.0 1.0265 | 1.02705 — 3:50 — Tom SOS SS TS 515 942 |1.0272 16.0 | —0.6 |1.02665|1.0281 == 3:52 —= 221 Bu | OG 53 AS 1163 2m27å (|:0272 16.0 | —1.1 1.02665 | 1.0281 = 3:52 = SÅ å SI F 30 (0) Oo 1.0269 8.4 Ser | 1.027 35 == 3053 — 5 49 Å i) (0) O |1.0270 7 Gs so 1.0272 = 3:53 = AG NE GR GASS 7 (0) O |1.0270 17.6 0.7 |1.0268 |1.0271 = 3:53 = 126 | 5 65 14750103 7 515 942 |1.0270 17:4 |-—0.4 |1.02675 1.0282 == IG = øya oe KOS AES 7 9 280 43403 |1.0280 n2:0) Pl 224, [10267 |E02820 Ge == 128 64 47 At 80 O | 0 |1.0274 13:09 Tror 1 p:02604501:026055 er 3-49 — 120 —= "64 47 gå 2 | Oo | Oo |1.0264 TONS ao 1.0266 | 1.0267 == 3:51 = SON SN 6) 4 46 o | Oo |1.0263 10.0 10.8 1.0264 |1.0265 del 13:48 = Te Mt KOO 5 38 (0) O |1.0270 18.0 11.2 1.0260" | 1:02605 "LE SEES = 132 | .—= 164. 42 AG (0) o | 1.0265 19:0 | 10.6 |1.0266 |1.0268 == 3:51 == JH N= VON FG od G o Oo 1:0265) 1 moro ro:Sn.:02600 10267 = BAST == DES NG 27 USE (0) Oo |1.0253 1g:2 moss) 1:02545) 1.0256 == 3:36 == SS ss ee o o |1.0220*| 15.8 eget = 2.86 3 SONE or Leg 98 o' og! Oo |1.0278 13.4 11.6 | 1.0268 |1.02675 == ERE = Sa Ge ØM LE 6) o- | O |1.0277 | 13:0 | 11.6 |1.0266 |1.0266 ne BES == SAS KO 40 28 O OA 02700 SO reg 02050 0205 = 3:50 — ON =o 46 OMG o | O |1.0277 13.0 11.5 |1.0266 |1.0266 =3 3:51 = 140 ||= | 64 48 16 26 o Oo |1.0281 202 11.6 1.02685 1.0268 NSG = aa SOA 33 SSE | or Oo |1.0278 14:2 | 11.8 |1.0269 |1.0269 GE 3-55 F DA 5035 | o og 0257 BS 702075 0207 ar BEER = tag Son GE 542 (0) or (Mo277 13:8 | 12.0 | 1.02675| 1.0267 == 3:53 == 144 | 89 OG I | 7.5 (0) OL :0207 1800 roe bee Ke la == 3:53 —= TAS | = ge Or 2 Ö Oo |1.0279 12.0 11.4 |1.026 1 02665 == BES 7 146 | — | 63 48 16 42 (0) og 02608 1 28 mers o2 sg .0204 == 3:39 = sa PFOS ER ND (9) or mo2s50å | mers EE 1.0248 — == Boy == 148 | — Stadt. Oo O |1.0250 aud — 2:02415 — => 3-19 == og eo sor 8,20 200880 O O 1.0250 12.00 |1200:8. 110245) 10248 =: 3:23 å sone 1509. 8-2 14 (38 145: 265 Km 0208 18 eo Sor 0240 1.0258 = . 3:28 E= sn OS Oo) 2.5 | 40 1347 o O |1.0254 Lo) Ge oe | OAM am 3:18 aG nere Re) 42.5" | 4 "13% 175 320 |1.0278 1610) 5:8 |1.0264 |1.0272 ET. 3:48 73 TSN sd od 120 50 O o | 1.0276 12.7 0:4 |1.0263 |1.0267 F 3:47 — 540 GO Koor ae: 13 0 of og Kose Nets se Nor 000 moege 3 3-51 =; risse oe 6 805 1472 |1.0275 | 14:09 |—t.1 11:0266 |1.0280 | — 3:51 == SON Eg (MOON E 2 2 683 1249 |1.0284 10.0 | —1[.1 1.0268 |1.0283 == 8053 5, 15701098 11651 156 FU FØT 388 | 710 |1.0278 TSN ON 0205 02 SOM 3:50 7 se ONO 25 213 3900 |1.0277 SS oe 0205 oa vm 3:50 == 1590 | 101 | 65 36 SL 32 (0) od 2:02576 12.6 0-4 |1.0263 .1.02665 F 3:47 . 160 | 101 | 65 36 Se 223 408 |1.0283 10.3 6.0 |1.0266 |1.0275 ER SS å 161 | 104 | 65 28 0 56 162 206 |1.0282 I 1.4 Gus 1.0267 |1.0275 = 3:52 == 1620 2 GO KO (0) Ol |T.02735|. 1745 8.4 |1.0264 |1.0269 = 3:48 5 TØsak2s 11467 Sand fe o- O |1.0282 10.1 mo |1.0205 | 1.0272 ||1957 3:50 3.54 BOM 67 52.5 ee 700 1280 |1.0280 10.4 | —1.1, |1.02635|1.0278 1.051 3:48 3:53 Mose 167 24 SMS o Oo |1.02745| 9:9 Sor o2s7 (102608 —= 3:39: å ROGN OZ 240 13 058 400 732 | 1.0281 TIe7 —1.0 |1.0266 |1.0281 — |. 3:51 OZ EG NOOR 5 SE 10038 o 0 |1.0273 | 107 Sor o2sg 102020 10800 3:39 .3-44 168 1143 1 66 58: |10 33 180 346 |1.0270 12.0 62 ro26s 10273 1.056 3:50 3-54 Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Tornøe: Chemi. 62 | Dybde hvorfra Prø- | | | | | å een kantet Temperatur. Egenvægter. Saltmængde. å ængde (Depth from which the Sam- 5 i | Nordlig fra Fe KA å Aflæste i ner | sri) Bredde: EE G Been ee — (North Ke | Engelske Fed eee He er Ven Be Efter Efter Latitude.) ode | Favne. | Meter. et | pr Havet. pe : = GR AID Chlor- | ME ae MV, ren) gen, : 1.95 4 | G meter. | mængde. | gUsk | | | (In Situ d 2 | (2 | ER) (When read.)| SG å : | 1705 | OG AE Er fr | | | v 7 | 4 ee) øre FE ved Bode, | Oo O BE * | Hopen near Bodø.) | I .OOGQ I PUD SG == 1.008 === bes e GE o ö De 2 a Oo 1.0266 14.3 8.2 |1.0 | ogå en m2 46 70 128 |1.0270 183 41 |1 Ne Z | Plen More 2 125 220 |1.0274 845 | Å I En Nr Få | Me = 20 doser 7 7 - Fe. on PG LE Kos 20 795 | 1454 |1.0270 17.2 —1.2 |1.0266 | 1.0280 okse ss Sr | (entranee fo the Hassel Fjord) OM Oo |1.0269 14.5 8.8 |1 0259 |1.026 et. 3: bo rs 14 V20p or O |1.0272 I 1.0 9:0 |1 0258 E EG TE VS OG ME AL 20 Ge Meng) 1.0282 å | ee Ex SSR ko | 2 7 282 0.9 — 1.0 |1.0265 |1.0279 — 3.5 — bore ra Oo | od 1.0270 1308 | SKOG 215 OM Å 56 Er 69 32 0 mo) o | Oo |1.0280 10.0 | 8.8 er | Se Å er på bo Tr no 1607 2039 |1.0282 97 175 er be ha AR Fe OG) Ho5 | O 5 (0) Oo |1.0279 Tag K | 8.6 er el ag TE ON | 9 50 o OM 206 6 | 7.6 ee ae er «3 ME 1270 | | ; 2 å .02 Vilde iderig 3-52 51 7 4 | 9 50 600 | 1097 |1.0279 TorS! 0:0 |1.0266 |1.0280 | 1.928 å I 3 ; goe 149150 1547 | 2820 |1.02765| 13.4 —1.3 |1.0265 |1.027 035 JE OG Sura vn 1335 | 244m |1.0276 13 2 ee pl år See Fe Mer - EN NER å 5:2 EE :0252 1.033 3:53 3:50 Gu Oo |1.0278 1342 9.0 |1.0266 |1.0270 | - > De å 3 | 1:02 «027930 SJEL 3:51 2 Oo |1.02 13.2 .6 E SJ 3 3 69,41 15 42 860 1573 | De 136 gr I | E | Ne | Kne E SEES (0) Oo |1.0282 9:9 7.8 | 1.0263 | AG AD Er 282 å oe |m:02 | 1.027 I — «3 — | JE SES ER 620 ras4 mm .0285 (094 jo (mono pe 1.049 EE | 70, 145 41403 Og AER fora 1:02 ae 48 | ge Å Å | 1.0282 | 9-5 8.2 |1.0264 |1.0270 1.045 3:48 3:52 5 JG 700 1280 |1.0285 | 8.7 | —0:7 |1.0266 |1.0280 sug 5 70 45 14 36 1248 2282 283 | ER KDE Ne pEe 4 2282 1.0283 0.2 — 1.1 | 1.026 7 eee o o| — då, re Ons 7 O or .02 2 AEE Er Te .025 2. 20 6 v7 212 | 70 12.5 |17 41 142 260 | ae I , , ; pr EE ne der or rn. ser 3 å Vo 2 7 å 1.02685 |1.02775 | 1.940 3:54 3:51 vers 023 2 30 1760 3210 BE fe å | er | ee GE ve ep : Dm S Be 8 er 90 | Na | 20260 .1.02805 | 1.051 BEST 3:53 205 ON 53 2 0. 200 | 366 I 1.62755 ae | Så mer go er AE Gr 205 70 53 2 (0) 700 | 1280 1.0276 ae | 2856 ee HE va er ors oN ss. 2 No reøg Nl 30454 20275 EE Fra de 277 omIES OG O | o |1 0283 6.5 6 2 a- | Se EN Istpynten af Jan Mayen De ko ? ; på OSE ør | 3 ol ES ester erreutrror Tate | o | 0 1.0280 4-0 . 256 0268 Gr å Meer | : 3:0 |1.02505| 1.0268 — 3:38 == DU ONS | 4 | OR Oo |1:0278 9.2 3.4 |1.0260 |1.0271 226 | 70 59 Tee | (0) Oo | neopreE I O:5 3.0 261 der ee Er TL På Se ME eT 1.803 3-44 3:42 Te G Pr på | ; 1.02635|1.0278 1.9036 3-48 3:50 så: . ER OG DPS å 1:0263 |1.02745| 1.925 3:47 | 3-48 68 32.5 |6 26 1 Fa ge SE 1 3:50 2 o |1.02 | 3.5 læ E NA. | 1.0280 12.8 TS HKO2 ON OG 1.045 Sus 20 113052 32.5 2 600 | 1097 |1.02715| 16.7 —0.8 1.0266. |1.028 2 08325161 26 1385 2533 |1.0286 2 I7os ee NE er | oe ; E | Så Då De Gr —1.3 |1.0264 |1.0278 1.040 3:48 3:51 Ba ss, 24 ME on goes pe RR. ee Fg å se oe PES D8 å er SL Gp 2200 | 1.0271 1.054 3-52 3-53 1 .0278 na — 7 3-5 215 608 155 12 24 1120 | 2048 en ro | psp or Le Ke VE | por =o MG Gy EG 1.02 Å |1.02795| 1.929 3.50 | 3:49 Re ee a å «HE AT. | pe grr er | 1.0280 1.037 SKIN 100850 Søndenfor Skranve eg | å SE . ET 3 pe | South Gr bkrunven) (0) (0) eo | 19 É I o? ; er ; | Se oe Te SE 219 Skjærstadfjord. o o 1.0178" å Kg ae SO ge DE ae p å 0178" | 14.4 13.0 |1.0173 |1.0168 1.201 2.28 2.28 € - te 263 481 1.02755) 1n42 po km o26000 me 027Mm5 Meer 3:43 3.41 | 67 7 JE 25 0) Oo |1.0266 2.6 6 FR ; 5 2 I mer 10:0 |1.0253 |1.0255 1.843 K3 3:33 TT rs er 70 128 MO27 eee 8 |1.02625|1.0272 | E De 0 esse eru 125 140 266. (oss | ret SG oser ed SG Er | les | 2 1:02 | ZN 5.6 10267 Å Mk O2 7 ON EO Si 3452 3. | havet. Oo Oo |1.0262 12.0 — |1.0248 — 182200 3727 pr 65 | Pee Prø- å Temperatur. Egenvægter. . Saltmængde. | Længde (Depth from which the Sam- NER (Temperature.) (Specific Gravity.) pt AR å 3 Predde, | wich. En Ist vægter. Under I ET, | VEG | Se Efter Efter vorin | gelske KE EE Ga | (dmount of rge0- Ohlor- ae | ER Gy å Favne. Meter. Grmt RER Havet. 17:05 49 | Ontorine Å å kes Me og aa) (8 pe Hd p a sd ) PE t 175 3 75 DEETELLN Ohlorine;) pak SSN K68N 12:3 1050 407 E. (0) Oo |1.0262 GN rog10252 | 1.0253 — Ba32 — pøs NN08 12.3 5) 40 300 549 :0280 Tes ME 05 HE02070 170275 — 3.52 — 227 | 256 | 70 8.5 |23 Å Oo o == = == = = ut 2.02 spe s56N 70 ' 8:23 4 | 225 ATT |1.0280 10.0 4.0 |1.0264 -|1.0275 1.030 3-48 3:49 geo 2 sed 70 12:623 PIL (9) Oo |1:0276 | 8.3 11.6 |1.0257 |1.0256 1.865 3-39 3:37 2komesemo F2J0N23] E2GNNN230! Komm ogo2 ROG 420 N|moz2bnr || 1.0272 1.007 |+ 3:44 3-45 231 | 259| 70 48:9 125 59 80 146 |1.0286 | 6.7 4.1 |1.02645 1.0275 | 1.942 3-49 BEST 292 NSG 47-5 128 30 Oo | Oo 1.0248 Iria) | 7:4 |1:0234 |1.:0240 | 1.713 B1og 11 310 21 BONGO EKS Ba 0 127 | 232 > 10280 || Too | (28 1:0264 |1:0276 14.920 348 || 3.47. 234 2621070. 360132 35 (0) om mosse NESSE SON 102603 ro272 Mergar Beag ser ope 02 70 SO S20 35 Te et | 1.0284 Slo roi | 10265 10278 (1.032 3:50 | 3:49 236 | 263 | 70.44.5134 14 rom fer (|1a.1286 | 0659 0 1:98 |1:0265 |1.02775)| | 192 3:50 3:49 28 ee 02 ke OS ON So 37 (0) Oo "1.0279 TINN 5.2. 11:0264 || 1.0273 1.020 3:48 3:49 28 Se 0470 OSSE 37. 86 157 |1-0281 ag 1.9 |1.0266 |1.02785| 1.934 BIS 3-50 230 |:268 | 74 36:5136 18 (0) Oo |1.0284 8.7 4.4 |1:0265 |1.02755| 1.925 3-50 2.48 240| 268 | 71 36.5 136 18 130 238 1.0285 8.9 —1.0 |1.0266 |1:0281 | 1.038 BESN 1.51 bar ke70r 7275 I (0) Oo |1.0284 0.0 sJoro2605 5 mo2 77 eo 3:50 1.50 242 290 |172/427-5035 I 36 249 |1.0286 | 8.9 00 |1.0267 |1.0281 | 1.937 3-52 3:50 ph sne ger 750 0:sds5 3 I I3 Zo7ri km:0285 | NE80 1.5 |1.0266 |r1.0279 1.037 3:51 3:50 Dmaeee7r | 75 es NS 30 (0) Oo |1.0285 or 4-9 |1.0266 |1.0276 1.038 3:51 SRG 2 ee 73 SE SS 30 107 po00r mor SS | 185 2.2 |1.0266 |1.0278 1.043 3.51 BEAST SOM SAA Meg Ea (0) O |1.0287 5.0 2.9 |1.0265: | 1.0277 1.035 3:50 3:50 SUG rige get, kor Sep VEE EG 269! |1.0289 | 5.5 —0.4 |1.02665|1.02805| 1.036 3.52 3 50 28578 Len Nrkd22 127 | o ol 102861 5901 Va eder ERR — 27 ge ES 122 27 | 230 421 1.0287 Beg) 0:9 |1-0264 .| 1.0278 — | 3:48 — 250 ke OOS SS 0 O |1.0282 9:3 2 er02 000 eo — | 3:48 — Sem eo OMS SSE | Be og m0283 | 194 Tar 1:0265| 12202758 ="4 50 — OSE IV GENE 5 17. 18 og O |1-0285 8.9 | 14.6: |1.0266 |1.02765| 1.967 SPS 3:56 OSS ESN GE EN MAG) Ts 200 0287 | 8.8 Meer ra268R mro2st | ROEG 1 9456 3:5 I peke 8s 5 aS jr Oo | o f|X-0282 | 13 | mo MN t0207 |o27A OSSE 552 Egil 255. 284 | 73 I 12 58 or Oo Im:0283 1 real) 16:80 |1:02675]|1:0275 1.940 SP55 BUST 25602800 1724 157 140032 447 817 |1.0284. 9:53 | —0.8 1.0266 |1.02805 — 5 — os 280 [1720 grse20 MS (0) O 1.0282 Tr 7:00 026005 10275 -— 3:52 — 258 | 289 | 72. 41.5 120 18 219 400 1.0282 Tren 2.0 |1.02665 | 1.0279 — 3252 — DEG EG GE SG (0) Oo |1.0280 | 12.0 7.4 |1.0266 |1.02725| 1.936 BES 3:50 pooN eo 71 54 ar 157 194 3551-0284 |, ros! [9 3:0 |m3.026751£:02795| (1-044 PER 3:52 261 293 | 71 2 tat o O |1.0272 5.0 — 1.024905| — 1.009? 3-29 3:45 26200203 74 7 NZ 95 an 102500 || 45130 St 0054 — 1-943 SSS 3:50 260skeop gr 350 15. 11 o Oo roagel 1 0449 — 1.02405 — 1.018 Be2o 3-47 264 | 204 | 71 35 AS di 637 | 1165 1.0284 ol | => |1:0263 | 1:02775| 1-934 3.47 | 3:50 2050 ken or |1x 40 O | Oo |1.0278 TIRA | 70 1.02663 | 1.02735| 1.942 Bas FN ser 266 205 | 71 55 TO 100 1830 1:0283 | dom 324 (1:026600010278 1 f1:942 SS SS 26070205 7 SS TET 600 | 1097 |1-0287 |- 107 | —0:8 |1.:0265 |1.0279 1.036 3:50 3:50 260NN2050 F7 50 II 40 Trlo | 2030 |1:0278 || 13.3 "| —r.3 .|1-0266 |1.02805| 1r-934 3-51 3:50 260mk200Gøerss de 1o0N 188 | ro286 | Mad 3 02650 0277 1.044 3:50 3:52 2704 1200 |M7200S5 SAS 9 600 | 1097 |1.0287 7.1 —0.5 1.0266 1.0280 1.030 3-51 3:51 orm 207 Me OSS O Oo |1.0284 5.9 4.8 |1.0262 |1.0272 1.028 3:46 3-49 272 | 207 SAS) 1280 2341" |1.0286 5.0. | —1.4 |1.0263 |1.02775| 1.926 3-47 3-48 275 208072 GONG o. | O | 7.0242 Jojai 4.0 |1.0263 |7.0274 1.017 3:47 3:47 22080 er 52 Tol ES ONS | 5 00m IN 2703 | mEO27E 16.8 —1.5 1.0266 1.0280 TL ONSVE SS == 275 | 299 | 73 10 AVA o- Oo 1.0269 137 -3:6 1.0258 |1/0269'| 1.888 | 3.40 3.42 276 | 300 | 73 10 3 22 | o | O |1,0255 15.2 Ter 1.0247 | 1.0250 1.810 3.26 3-27 27 OA] I I 20 | (0) | O |1.0263 see OR SS E0205 1957 3:34 ee s 27840302 1750 16 o 54 | GJEN Ö |1.0285 os Ok 0265 0277 ro200 103250 3-47 Fe SOS FI DPØRN o | O' |1.0283 ORG r.026r5 | r-0278 ror4 3:45 3:46 28080375 23 2 50 274) [1.0288 4-4 *| —n1:1 *|1:02645 1.0279 || 1.929 | 3.49 3-49 64 | * | | Dee oe Temperatur. Egenvægter. Saltmængde. | 0 nede An bl) | merik) rer) masten) Va) Nordlig Ve Eoen- == Chlor- + Stat. Bredde. Green- Eee 7 ag mænede | £0 wich. Aa. vægter. | tyder | Ved | Y ed de Efter | Efter No. JO Goran For LG Met | (Specific | Aflæsnin- Hav GE Ca (Amounk of Aræo- | Chlor- 7atitude.) pk ne. eter. Gravy gen. avet. 17.05 | 40 Chlorine.) meter. |mængde. | Greenwich.) - | (Enqli (Metres. å | - 2 At å | TE liten Per Ps ke | | | | | | 17.05 | 420 | Chorine:) = SJOA NGGT 8 AP Eee 300 Sao M:0278 40 —o0:8 |1.0264 |1:0278 | 1.929 3-48 3-49 3040 Fs MG 1735 se m:02078 14:5 | —1.5 |1.0263 |1.02775| 1.940 3:47 | BIT 305 | 75 os 0 or Oo |17.0272 | 14.8 | 623 | 1.0263 | 1.0272 | 1:947 SA 93.52 306 | 75 O roer O orm kro275 er 5.4 |1-02645|1.0274 ros os Oo 306 | 75 O none 1334 24400272 100409 —1.3 |1.0263 |1.0277 1.020 | BEA 3207 SØ GA BO Mol 50 (0) Oo mio2gat | (407 5:5 |1-02645| 1.0274 1.036 3:49 3.50 310 | 74 56 191050 | 1006 *| 1840 |1.0275 13.8 —1.4 |1.0264 |1.0278 1.032 SEAS 340 Sao SON 6 20 (0) Oo |1.0269 14:7 3:6 .|.1.02505 | 1.02705| 1.003 3942) AS Sao As Oo oe eo Me 300 Kr o2r5 14.6 | 1.0 |1.02655|1.0278 1.030 3:50 3:49 321 | 74 56.5 119 30 25 46 |1.0275 9-7 0:20 | 1:02 75 OZ 3:40 — 292 SES Bul Se (0) o |17.0283 Q:7 %.8 |1.02655|1.0272 1.047 | 3-50. 3-52 22 223 408 |1.0284 8:9 | 1.5 | 1.0265 | 1.0278 | 1.033 | 3:50 3:50 S20p se SE 750 (0) O |1.0276 8.9 |. 4.8 |1.02575|1-0267 1904 |- 3-40 | 3-44 s26075 rs 1050 123 225 02:84 NM ger 1.6 | 1.0265 |1.0278 T:G30M| 3:50 NN 3:20 328 | 75 DNS 0) OJ om o27 0 040 47 | 1.0262 | 1.0272 1.908 | 3-46 3:45 328 | 75 2 5 39) 200 366 |1.0282 9:8 | —1.3 |1.02645| 1.0279 1.942 | 3.49 3:51 SS 35 o OP 2 roter. i == 1.035 1 3:50 Bao 7550 11 36 1140 ,| 2101 |1.0286 6.3 Test 210204 1:0270 EE Bede e7 OG es 0 (0) od in:027,5 | -13-7 6.0 |1.0264 |1.0272 1.023 3:48 3:48 Se EOS EO 403 ee 27 Ser | nom mo2 00102709 1.035 3:51 3:50 BE OOS ae 30 (0) Oo NDF | 0505 sp m0202 | r.0270 1.014 3:46 3-46. 335 | 76 16.5 114 39 170 327 VT.02760 13:4 1.0 | 1.0264 |1.0277 1.040 3:48 BES goe glor Gol 15 I 30) (o) Q | 1.0267 | F27 | 2.6 |10254 |1.0266 1.867 3:35 3-38 BB OS0 30) 37 68 11:0273 | 13.6 0.9 |1.02615| 1.0275 1.024 3:45 3.48 342 738 13 18 o o-| 1.0277 12.4 6-2 |1.02635|1.0272 1.036 3-48 3:50 Bae e760 133 ng ie) 523 956 | 1.0277 12.2 —1.0 |1.0263 |1.0277 1.033 3:47 BES 0 344 | OE ra ho) (0) o' |1.0283 6.2 gen uo26x Mikel -—- 3.44 347 | 7 AO Se Ag (0) O |1.0277 | 440202 1.0272 1.024 3:46 | 3.48 BAG ON OSS 7 47 | 14209 | 2613 |1.0278 TAHON 11.3 m:02630011-02775 | 41985 el 50) 3491 76 30 DET, O O |1.0274 Tr-2 3.8 1|1.02585|1-0269 | 1.898 VÅT 3:43 349 | 76 30 2 1487 20) N-0277 11.3 |—1.5 |1:0262 |1.0276 1.046 | 3-46 på so 0 26. | eo eo MÅ Oo | O |1.0270 10.9 3.0 |1.0254 |1.0266 | 1.872 | 3-35 3-39 I50NN7 26 op | 300 | 549 |1.0279 10.0 Sn nonog org seede ig 3.48 SS om 7 26 or 2 Nr 686 113083 112:0276 10.8 —1.5 1.0260 |1.0274 | T-0161 || 328 3.47 Se te Jo gg Ao dd (0) (0) | mozg2d nere 3:9 0200 | 1.0270 1.008 | 3:41 03:45 Bikos OE SO 300 540, |1:0274 | 14:0 Sos! Nr.0208| 102775 0 oe SA Ge 3.49 355 | 78 (0) 1 30 (0) O |17.0275 Å 470:3 4.0 1|1.0258 |1.0268 1.890 3:40 | 3:42 Son 7 ormer 948 1734 |1.-0280 0:91 1197:3 m:02081 EL 02070 Ger SA gele) oa 57 7 3 TA MS (9) Oo |1.0261 TOO 50 02455 1:02545 | 1.797 Brod eger 320 | 359 | 78 ope o 0 |1.0280 562 4-3 |1:02575| 1.0268: = 3:40 = Som 350173 2 Oy OG 416 761 | 1.0276 113307 0.8 |1.0265 |1.0278 1.025 | 3:50 3:48 B22 Ore Ose 20 (0) Oo |1.0278 I 1.5 4.2 1.0263 |1.02735| 1.906 3:47 3:45 Be BOM e8:5 1051 28 005 1655 |1.0272 12.0 Se 1.02595 |1.02705 | 1.928 3.42 3:49 324 62 io) 59 | SEO. (0) 0 |1.027.4 | 13:0 5.2 1.02615 | 1.027 I TG OG 5 3:47 sos g62 1070 1509 5 40 450 839 |1.0275 12.8 —1.0 1.0262 |1.0276 1.022 3-46 3:48 326 | 363160 o SN 05 o Oo |1.0276 10.0 4.6 |1.0260 |1.0270 — 3:43 — 327 | 363 | 80 (9) OR 260 475 |1.0284 So Fed TRO 2 Om 0277 1.045 3:48 3:52 328 |-= rd Oo | Oo |1.0283 4.1 JEG |1.02505 |1-0271 == 3:42 = 320 | — ag ve (0) o | 1.0268 | 23 2.2 |1.02545 1.0260 — 3:36 — 330 | 368 | 78" 43 ep ON | og FO 020000 4.6 |1.0254 |1.02635 — SLR — 331 | 368178 43 PN 120 SSG 576 | 1.0286 8.5 1.6 1.0267 |1.0280 | 1.936 | 3.52 3:50 ee 3 omme? (e) Oo |1.0262 I 1.0 4.5 |1:0248 |1.0258 — EG — 333 | 372 78 9 Te 2 O Oo | 1.0258 5.0 4.1 1.0236 | 1.0246 | Sjt = 33411378 | 7OM Oo 14 26 (9) 0 |T.0250 12.5 4.0 |1.0237 |1.0247 ENES — B95N == RE rs fo) O- 1.0250 5.3 4.7 |,1.02285 1.0237 — 3:01 — | | | | Af denne Tabel fremgaar det, at Differentserne mel- lem de ved Hjælp af Egenvægt og Chlormængde beregnede Saltmængder i Regelen ere meget smaa, kun de 3 samtidig udførte Bestemmelser i Vandprøverne No. 261, 262 og 263 danne i saa Henseende en Undtagelse. De store her optrædende Differentser skyldes uden Tvivl en Feil ved Aflæsningen af Egenvægterne, som for disse Vandprø- vers Vedkommende ere fundne altfor til at de kunne bringes i Harmoni med andre paa Steder i Nærhe- Det er saaledes i høi Grad lave, den udførte Observationer. paafaldende for Vandprøven No. 262, optagen fra et Dyb af 95 Favne (174 Meter) i ca. 8 Miles Afstand fra Land, at finde Egenvægten 1.0254, medens man i de indenfor liggende" Fjorde, hvor Saltgehalten ellers overalt er mindre end paa Havet, i lignende Dyb finder en meget større Egenvægt. Selv i den indelukkede Skjærstadfjord, hvor Overfladevandet er særdeles fattigt paa Salte, er dog Egen- vægten paa Bunden funden at være 1.026, kort sagt, Egen- vægter som de i de omtalte Tilfælde observerede staa paa dette Strøg af Kysten fuldstændig uden Sidestykke. Natur- ligst lade disse Urimeligheder sig forklare ved at åntage Egenvægterne aflæste med 0.001 for lavt. da de ved denne Antagelse paa det Nærmeste kan bringes i Overensstem- melse saavel med de i de samme Vandprøver udførte Chlor- bestemmelser som med de andre Observationer fra nærlig- gende Puncter. Bortser man fra disse 3 nævnte Observationer og af de øvrige beregner den gjennemsnitlige halve Differents mellem to paa samme Vandprøve ved Hjælp af Chlortitrering og Aræometer udførte NSaltbestemmelser, resulterer som Udtryk for denne 0.00904, eller man erholder under For- udsætning af, at Feilene i lige høi Grad skyldes Chlor- som Egenvægtsbestemmelserne, for den gjennemsnitlige Feil af en Egenvægtsbestemmelse Værdien 0.000069 og af en Chlor- bestemmelse 0.005. Differentserne falde, som man ser, snart til den ene snart til den anden Side, idet det dog maa bemærkes, at Chlormængden gjennemsnitlig giver lidt over 0.008 "/9 høiere Saltgehalt end Egenvægterne, hvad der næsten udelukkende skyldes de nordenfor den T75de Breddegrad udførte Observationer. Førend jeg nu gaar over til at give en Oversigt over de Resultater, som af disse Observationer lader sig udlede, vil det være nødvendigt parenthetisk at indskyde nogle Be- mærkninger om Dybde- og Temperaturforholdene i det norske Hav i sine groveste Træk. Hvad der til den Ende her meddeles, er hovedsagelig hentet fra en af Professor Dr. Mohn forfattet Afhandling, som findes trykt i OC. F. Schiibelers *Væxtlivet i Norge.” Dybden i det af den norske Expedition undersøgte Hav, forsaavidt det ligger vestenfor en Linie fra Spitsber- gen til det nordlige Norge, er i større Afstand fra Land overalt over 1000 Favne (1829 Meter) og gaar i Regelen op til mellem 1500 og 2000 Favne (2743 og 3658 Meter) eller endog derover. Paa Strøget mellem Beeren Eiland og Jan Mayen hæver sig en Ryg, hvor Dybden ikke naar 1500 Favne (2743 Meter), medens der saavel søndenfor Den norske Nordhavsexpedition.* Tornøe: Chemi. 65 This Table shows the differences in the amount of salt computed from specific gravity and the proportion of chlorine to be, as a rule, exceedingly small, the 3 determ- inations performed successively with samples Nos. 261, 262, and 263 constituting the sole exception. The great dif- ferences observed here must unquestionably arise from er- roneous readings of the specific gravity, which, as found for these samples, is much too low when compared with that determined for others Thus, for instance, the specific gravity of sample No. 262, drawn at a depth of 95 fathoms (174 metres), about 8 geographical miles from land, is stated to be 1.0254. obtained from adjacent localities. whereas that determined for the water of the neighbouring fjords, im which the amount of salt at equal depths is invariably less than in the open sea, was much greater. Even for a frith as is the Skjærstadfjord, where the surface-water is remarkably deficient in salts, the specific gravity of bottom-samples was found to be 1.0260; short, such excéptional specific gravities are without a parallel on this lme of coast. The most natural explanation of these incongruities, is afforded by assuming the specific gravity in each case to have been read 0.001 too low; the results could then be made to agree locked in in pretty closely both with the ehlorine-determinations performed with the same samples of water and with observations taken in adjacent localities. Now, if we disregard the 3 exceptional observations, and for the others compute the average half-difference be- tween two salt-determinations performed with the same sample of water by means of the areometer and titrating with ehlorine, this will be expressed by 0.00904; or, as- suming the errors to lie equally in the chlorine and the specific gravity determinations, the mean error of a spec- ific' gravity determination is 0.000069, and of a cehlorine- determination 0.005. As will be seen, the differences be- tween the 2 right-hand columns of the Table are sometimes positive, sometimes negative; but the amount of salt md- icated by the proportion of ehlorine exceeds on an average that denoted by the specific gravity by a trifle over 0.008 per cent, which must be referred almost exclusively to the observations taken north of the 75th parallel of latitude. Before proceeding to review the results deducible it will be necessary to interpolate a few general remarks on the depth and temperature ot the Norwegian Sea. To this end, I shall merely recapit- ulate what Professor Mohn has stated on the subject in åa Memoir printed in €. F. Schiibeler's *Væxtlivet i Norge.” from these observations, The depth of the Sea investigated by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition was found to be as follows: — Throughout the tract extending west of an imaginary line drawn from Spitzbergen to the northern extremity of Nor- way, it is never less than 1000 fathoms (1829 metres) some considerable distance from land, and generally ranges from 1500 to 2000 fathoms (2743—3658 metres); nay. Between Beeren Ei- 10 in some places it is even greater. som nordenfor findes betydelig større Dyb paa indtil over 2000 Favne (3658 Meter). Østhavet, det vil sige Havet østenfor en Linie fra Spitsbergen til det nordlige Norge, er overalt meget grundt, da Dybden der paa faa Steder overskrider 200 Favne (366 Meter). De talrige udførte Temperaturobservationer vise, at Vandet i den af Expeditionen undersøgte Del af Østhavet med Undtagelse af den østligste og nordligste Strækning holder Varmegrader ligefra Overfladen til Bunden, saaledes som dette ogsaa er Tilfælde med Vandet paa de norske Banker, som paa enkelte Steder strækker sig ud til en ikke ubetydelig Afstand fra Kysten. Helt anderledes er Forholdet i det vestenfor liggende dybere Hav, som med Hensyn paa Temperaturforholdene naturlig kan inddeles i 2 Hovedstrøg, den i den østlige Del nordover gaaende saa- kaldte Golfstrøm og den i den vestlige Del sydover gaaende østgrønlandske Polarstrøm. Grændsen mellem disse gaar nordenom Island op til Jan Mayen, bøier i en Bue sønden- om og østenem denne og overskrider paa omkring 3" vestlig Tlde Breddegrad. Herfra gaar den mod Øst til henimod 7* østlig Længde og fortsætter derfra i nordlig og lidt vestlig Retning til nor- denom den S0de Breddegrad. Længde med nordostlig Retning den I den østenfor denne Grændse beliggende Del af Havet besidder Overfladevandet en forholdsvis hø: Tempe- ratur, der endog overskrider Luftens midt om Sommeren, hvorhos ogsaa Vandet i de nærmest under Overfladen be- liggende Lag holder Varmegrader, saaledes at 0" først fore- findes i et Dyb af omkring 500 Favne (914 Meter), hvor- fra Temperaturen jevnt og langsomt synker til omkring —1."3 ved Havbunden. I den østgrønlandske Koldvandsstrøm er derimod Tem- peraturen 1 selve Overfladen meget lav men om Sommeren i isfrit Vand dog overalt over 0*, medens den allerede fra faa Favnes Dyb og nedover lige til Bunden holder sig under -0* Med Hensyn paa Saltgehalten i Overfladevandet hen- vises til «Kartet No. I, hvor! findes indtegnet en større Del af de Tal, der fremgaa som Middel af, de efter Chlor- og Egenvægtsbestemmelserne beregnede Værdiér for Salt- mængden. Efter disse Observationer findes ogsaa optruk- ket Grændserne for 3.55, 3.50, 3.45 og 3.40 "/9 Salt, saa- ledes som deres Form maa antages at være i Sommermaa- nederne. Kartet viser, at den i Syd ind i det norske Hav strømmende Varmvandsstrøm fører Vand af temmelig stor Saltgehalt, som i de sydligste Egne paa begge Sider af Færøerne gaar op til 3.55 %9 eller endog derover. Herfra gaar Strømmen videre i mnordostlig Retning med noget lavere Saltgehalt (omkring 3.525 "/9) indtil henimod Beeren Eiland, hvor den deler sig og sender en Arm mod Øst ind i Østhavet og en anden i nordlig og noget vestlig Retning * 66 land and Jan Mayen there is a vast ridge, and here the depth does not reach 1500 fathoms (2743 metres); but south and north of that ridge it is much greater, in some localities more than 2000 fathoms (3658 metres). Barents' Sea, or the tract of ocean stretching between Novaja Zemlja and an imaginary line drawn from Spitzbergen to the northern extremity of Norway, is everywhere exeeed- ingly shallow, the depth in but few places reaching above 200 fathoms (366 metres). The extensive series of observations shows that the temperature of the water throughout tbe part of Barents Sea investigated by the Expedition, saving the most easterly and northerly tracts, exhibits everywhere å temperature above zero, from the surface to the bottom, as is also the case with the water on the great Norwegian: banks, which, in certain localities, extend to a considerable distance from the A very different relation rules in the deep western section, which, as regards temperature, may be divided into two principal tracts, an eastern, with the Gulf Stream, as it is called, flowing north, and a western, with the Arctie current, flowing south. along the shores of East Greenland. The boundary-line between these two currents extends coast. north of Iceland to the island of Jan Mayen, where it makes å bend southward and eastward, erossing, in long- itude about 3* W., with å north-easterly direction, the 7lst parallel of latitude. From thence it runs east, and, when in longitude about 7* E., takes a northerly. and somewhat westerly direction, continuing on past the SÖth parallel of latitude. - In the tract of ocean stretehing to the east of this boundary, the temperature of the surface-water is compara- tively high, exceeding even that of the atmosphere in the middle of summer; the water, too, some distance below the surface exhibits a temperature. above zero, the depth at which 0* is reached being about 500 fathoms (914 metres), from which the temperature sinks slowly and gradually to about —1."3, at the bottom. In the cold Bast Greenland current, the temperature at the surface is on the other hand exceedingly low, though in summer above zero where the water is free from ice; 0* however is reached at the depth of a few fathoms. Ås regards the amount of salt in the surface-water, the reader is referred to Plate I, im which will be found most of the figures representing the mean values, deduced from the chlorine and specific gravity-determinations, for the proportion of salt. In Pl. TI, too, are laid. down eurves constructed from these results, to show the limits of dis- tribution for the following percentages of salt: 3.55, 3.50, 3.45, and 3.40, as they may be assumed to extend in the summer months. The warm current, flowing from the south into the Norwegian Sea, brings with it, as shown by the Plate, an indraught of water containing å comparatively large amount of salt, the maximum percentage, upwards of 3.55, being reached in the most southerly traets, along the eastern and western shores of the Feröe Islands. From thence, our with a sligbtly reduced amount of salt (about 3.525), the forbi Spitsbergens Vestkyst. I den mod Øst gaaende Gren synker Saltgehalten meget langsomt og jevnt. indtil den ved Grændsen af det af Expeditionen undersøgte Felt har naaet 3.50 %/9, medens den i den nordover flydende Arm meget hurtigt synker til endog under 3.45 "/o for atter ved Spitsbergens Nordvestkyst at hæve sig til lidt over 3.45 jo. Denne i Vest for Spitsbergen forefundne ringe Salt- holdighed i Overfladen er dog sandsynligvis kun eiendom- melig for den varmere Aarstid, da der fra Npitsbergens mægtige Is- og Snebræer flyder store Mængder Ferskvand ned i det tilstødende Hav. Indflydelsen af saadant fra Kysterne udgaaende Fersk- vand indskrænker sig dog hovedsagelig kun til meget smaa Dyb, da det saavel af disse som tidligere publicerede Un- dersøgelser af samme Art fremgaar, at et over saltere Vand flydende ferskere Overfladelag besidder en mærkelig Evne til meget længe at holde sig forholdsvis ublandet, saaledes at den fra Kysterne hidrørende Fortynding i Overfladen ofte kan spores 30 til 40 Mile tilhavs, medens man ved Bunden i Nærheden af Land ja endog i Fjordene kan finde meget saltholdigt Vand. Denne Fiendommelighed træder meget skarpt frem i Observationsrækken No. I til 8, da Saltgehalten her fra Overfladen til I Favns (2 Meters) Dyb tiltager med over I %/9. medens den siden temmelig jevnt voxer med kun 0.06 "/y for hver Favns Tilvæxt af Dybden. De paa Spitsbergens Banker tagne Observationer viser da ogsaa ganske rigtigt, at Vandet der paa Bunden 1 nogen Afstand fra Land besidder en NSaltstyrke, som paa sine Steder endog gaar op til over 3.50 Paa begge Sider af den midt efter det norske Hav flydende salte Overfladestrøm synker Saltgehalten paa den ene Side mod den norske Kyst og paa den anden Side mod den østsrønlandske Polarstrøm. en Synkning, som paa Grund af de herskende Strømforbolde hverken er jevn eller regelmæssig. Saaledes flyder der fra Nordsøen langs Norges Vestkyst i nordlig Retning en lidet saltholdig Over- fladestrøm, som ved den 62de Breddegrad, hvor Kysten bøier nordostover, forlader denne. og fortsætter fremdeles 1 nord- lig Retning, indtil dens Virkninger i omtrent 40 Miles Afstand fra Land efterhaanden taber sig. En mindre ud- præget lignende Kyststrøm gaar fra Vestfjorden udover i sydvestlig Retning og naar ligeledes temmelig langt tilbavs, førend dens Indtlydelse paa Saltgehalten i Overfladevandet fuldstændig forsvinder. Mellem disse Kyststrømme kaster der sig en smal Arm af det saltere Atlanterhavsvand for- holdsvis nær ind under Land, hvor den meget skarpt I Disse Observationer kunne desuden ogsaa tjene som Bevis for Fortrinligheden af den af Ekman angivne Vandhenter, som ved denne Leilighed benyttedes. ; current flows m a mnorth-easterly direction, as far north almost as Beeren Eiland, where it divides into two arms. one running east into Barents" Sea, and the other in aå north-westerly direction past the west coast of Spitzbergen. In the branch tlowing east. the amount of salt diminishes very slowly and gradually down to 83.50 per cent, at the limit of the region explored by the Expedition. whereas in that running north it rapidly sinks even below 3.45 per cent, rising, however, on the north-western coast of Spitz- bergen a little above 3.45 per cent. This low percentage of salt in the surface-water west of Spitzbergen is, however, in all probability the result of summer heat, vast quantities of freshwater pouring down to the sea at that season of the year from the immense glaeiers and snow-fields of that group of islands. The effect of such an influx of fresh water from the coast is. however, mostly confined to a very trifling depth, the result of the observations taken on the Expedition, and of others in connexion with the same subject previously published, bemg to show. inter alia, that freshwater possesses the remarkable property of floating on salt water for some considerable time in a comparatively unmixed state, so that its influence may be frequently traced at a distance of from 30 to 40 geographieal miles off shore, whereas the bottom-water close in shore, nay that of fritbs and estu- aries even, often contains a very large proportion of salt. This peculiar feature was strikingly instanced in the series of observations from No. 1 to 8,4 the amount of salt at the depth of 1 fathom (2 metres) exceeding that at the surface by 1 per cent, whereas the subsequent inerease with the depth did not amount to more than 0.06 per cent for every fathom. The observations taken on the banks of Spitzbergen show that the maximum percentage of salt in the bottom-water some distance from land, in certain loealities, reaches 3.50. On either side of the salt surface-current flowing through the medial portion of the Norwegian Sea, the amount of salt diminishes. eastward in the direction of the Norwegian coast and westward in the direction of the Arctic current off East Greenland: but this diminution, owing to the effect of ocean currents, is however anything but regular and gradual. Thus, for instance. a surface-current, with a low percentage of salt, flows from the North Sea in a north- erly direction along the west coast of Norway, from which it diverges near the G2nd parallel of latitude, continumg on, still in a northerly direction, till, about 40 ieal miles from land, its influence gradually ceases to be felt. Another coastal current, more limited in extent. flows from the Vestfjord in a south-westerly direction, its influenee on the amount of salt in the surface- water being likewise perceptible comparatively far out at sea. geograph- Between these coastal currents runs a narrow arm 1 These observations likewise attest the excellence of Ekman's apparatus for colleeting sea-water, which was used on this occasion. 10* afgrændser sig mod det indenfor flydende meget ferskere Vand. —Forøyrigt, holder Grændsen for det saltere Over- fladevand sig meget langt tilhavs med Undtagelse af, at den ved den 70de Breddegrad paa en ganske kort Stræk- ning kaster sig tæt ind under Kysten. Denne Fortynding af Overfladevandet, som overalt ytrer sig ved den norske Kyst, er intetsteds ledsaget af nogen væsentlig Forrykkelse af Overfladetemperaturen. Salt- gehaltens - Formindskelse skyldes her aabenbart det ifra Kys- terne udstrømmende Flodyand, der om Sommeren besidder en ikke ringe Varmegrad, saaledes at man i den mest fremtrædende Kyststrøm langs Norges Vestkyst endog fin- der en noget høiere Overfladetemperatur end paa nærlig- gende Puncter. * Ganske anderledes stiller Sagen sig paa den mod den østgrønlanske Polarstrøm vendende Side, hvor Overtladevandet fortyndes ikke ved Flodyand men ved det ved Havisens Smeltning dannede, stærkt afkjølede Ferskvand, og det viser sig derfor, at en Synken i Saltge- halten her bestandig er ledsaget af en tilsvarende Formind- skelse af Overfladetemperaturen. Vand i Overfladen følger derfor paa denne Side ofte Po- larstrømmens Grændse, og selv der, hvor den forlader denne, optræder der dog" samtidig med Overgangen fra saltere til ferskere Vand altid meget tydelige Variationer i Temperaturen, der gaa i samme Retning som Saltgzehal- tens. At Overfladetemperaturen synker, naar man enten nærmer sig eller overskrider Grændsen for 3.50 "9 Salt, vise Observationerne No. 115 til 120 og No. 207 til 209. I selve Polarstrømmen er NSaltgehalten i Overtladen i nogen Afstand fra Grændsen oftest fundet meget lav, kun paa et Sted optræder i saa Henseende en Undtagelse fra den almindelige Regel, idet der omtrent paa den 75dde Breddegrad skyder sig en smal Tunge med Vand af høiere Saltstyrke ind over Polarstømmen, uden at der dog derved bevirkes nogen væsentlig Forhøielse af Overtladetempera- turen. En Mærkelighed, som fortjener at omtales, er den, at Professor Dr. G. 0. Sars, som paa Expeditionens Tog- ter jevnlig undersøgte Dyrelivet i Overfladen, netop paa dette Punct langt inde i Polarstrømmen har gjenfundet de for det varmere Atlanterhavsvand eiendommelige Dyrefor- mer, der forresten intetsteds ellers ere fundne i den øst- grønlandske . Koldvandsstrøm. Med Hensyn paa Saltmængderne i de større Dyb . henvises til Kartet No. IL, hvori paa samme Maade som ovenfor findes indtegnet Saltgehalten ved Havbunden samt i de intermediære Dyb, forsaavidt Observationerne refererer sig til Puncter saa dybt under Overfladen, at Temperatu- Hvor en Observation hidrører fra et intermediært Dyb, er Tallet i Kartet understrøget. ren der ligger under 0". Naar man bortser fra enkelte i Nærheden af Kys- terne og paa grundt Vand optagne Vandprøver, varierer Saltgehalten paa de store Dyb mellem 3.59 og 3.45 %, Grændsen for det saltere of the salt ocean-water of the, Atlantic, distant but a few miles from land, its boundary being distinetly marked by the limits of the brackish water flowing along the shore. Except in this region, and a locality bordering the T7Oth parallel of latitude, where, for a short distance, it runs close to the coast, the boundary of the salt surface-water lies far out at sea. This dilution of the surface-water on all parts of the Norwegian coast is not anywhere found to exert a material influence on the surface-temperature. The decerease im the amount of salt must be obviously aseribed to the influx of river-water, the temperature of which during the summer months is relatively high, — so bigh indeed, that the prineipal coastal current, flowing along the western shores of Norway, has a somewhat higher surtace-temperature than. that observed m its immediate viemity. Phenomena the reverse of these prevail in the traet of ocean exposed to the influence of the Artie, or East Greenland, current. There, the surface-water is not diluted by an influx of river- water; but with freshwater of a low temperature, produced by the.melting of drift-ice; and hence a deerease in the percentage of salt is invariably attended with å correspond- ing reduction of the surface-temperature. The salt surface- water borders, therefore, not infrequently the Arctic current; and even where its boundary diverges from it, the transi- tion from salt to comparatively fresh water is always ac- compained by aå very considerable variation m temperature, proportionate to the variation in the amount of salt. That the surface-temperature becomes gradually lower on ap- proaching the limits of the section in which the proportion of salt is 3.50 per cent, will be seen from the series of observations Nos. 115—120 and Nos. 207—209. In the Arctic current, some distanee from its extreme boundary, the proportion of salt at the surface was found to be very small, except in one locality, near the 75th parallel of latitude, where a narrow strip of salter water flows into the current, without, however, causing an appreci- able rise in the surface-temperature. It is a remarkable fact, which must not be passed by unnoticed, that Profes- sor G. 0. Sars, naturalist to the Expedition, found here in the surface-water, which he examined from day to day, forms of animal life peculiar to the warm area of the Atlantic water, which he never met with in any' other part of the cold East Greenland current. As regards the amount of salt observed at great depths, the reader is referred to Pl. II, im which, as in Jed: and at intermediate depths, provided the observations were I, will be found the percentage both at the bottom taken with samples of water the temperature of which im sitt was below 0". Observations with water from mterme- diate depths are denoted by underlming the figures ex- pressing their results. Disregarding a few samples of water collected near the coast and in shallow spots, the proportion of salt, where the depth is great, ranges from 3.59 to 3.45 per og Differentserne ere saaledes ogsåa her vel paaviselige om end mindre end i Overfladen. For tydeligt at kunne mar- 'kere disse optrædende Differentser paa en let overskuelig Maade, har jeg benyttet forskjellige Farver. NSaaledes ere de Strøg, hvor Saltgehalten beløber sig til 3.50 %/, eller derunder, betegnede med blaa Farve, de Strøg, hvor Salt- gehalten ligger mellem 3.50 og 3.55 "9 med rød Farve, medens de Vandmasser, der ifølge Observationerne besidde en Saltmængde af over 3.55 "/y, ere tegnede med en noget kraftigere rød Farve. I Nærheden af Kysterne er Kartet overalt ufarvet uden Hensyn til, om Vandet der henhører under den ene eller den anden af de tre Hovedgrupper. Den uregelmæssige Fordeling af Saltgehalten i de større Dyb, som det saaledes tegnede Kart udviser, maa At Saltmæng- derne paa Bankerne og 1 den sydlige Del af Østhavet paa det Nærmeste findes at svare til den, som det i Overtladen svømmende varme Atlanterhavsvand besidder. kan ikke synes overraskende. Havet er her meget grundt, og det deri tlydende Vand besidder overalt en Temperatur af over 0* og maa saaledes nærmest henføres til den nordover fly- dende Atlanterhavsstrøm, med hvilken det da ogsaa helt naturligt har Saltgehalt tilfælles. Ligeoverfor de store Dyb maatte man derimod paa Forhaand vente et andet Resul- tat. Temperaturen ligger her uden Undtagelse under 0* ja paa de fleste Steder endog under —1", og det kunde derfor synes rimeligst at tilskrive det der flydende Vand polar Oprindelse. unegtelig betegnes som meget paafaldende. hed af alle mig bekjendte Undersøgelser over Saltmæng- derne i de forskjellige Have, at de fra arktiske Egne ud- gaaende Strømme uden Undtagelse fører Vand af lavere Saltgehalt end de fra de mere tempererede Himmelstrøg udgaaende Varmvandsstrømme, og man skulde derfor 1 de dybere og koldere Lag af det her undersøgte Hav vente at finde en Vandmasse med adskilligt lavere Saltgehalt end den, der er funden i det i Overfladen og nærmest under den flydende Vand, som aabenbart skriver sig fra varmere Esne. Hvad der virkelig fmder Sted er desuagtet dette. at det i de dybere liggende Lag flydende, iskolde Vand paa store Strækninger viser sig at have en Saltgehalt, der temmelig nøle svarer til den, der er funden i den atlan- tiske Overfladestrøm. Saavel af denne Grund som ogsaa af andre Grunde, som jeg senere skal fremføre, finder jeg det rimeligt at gjøre den Antagelse, at Vandet paa de større Dyb paa de Steder, som i Kartet findes atlagte med rød Farve, enten udelukkende skriver sig fra varmere Egne eller under en- hver Omstændighed er saa opblandet med saadant Vand, at det Hele derved antager en tydelig atlantisk. Karakter, medens Vandet i de med blaa Farve betegnede Stræknin- ger mere eller mindre skarpt udpræger sig som hidrørende fra polar Oprindelse. Hvor det gjælder at besvare Spørgsmaalet om, hvor- ledes de øvre Lag fimder Vei ned til Bunden, da synes dette ikke at kunne besvares paa anden Maade, end at det atlantiske Vand under stadig Afkjøling maa 'synke gjen- nem det iskolde og fordrive dette, under enhver Omstæn- Det fremgaar imidlertid med Bestemt- cent; and there too, accordingly, the differences are appre- eiable, though smaller than at the swface. For the better apprehension of these differences, the sections in which they oceur have been differently coloured in the Plate: blue indicates åa pereentage of 3.50, and under; red, a per- centage ranging from 3.50 to 3.55; and å somewhat deeper red, å higher percentage than 3.55. Along the coasts, the Plate is left uncoloured, no matter to which of the three principal groups the water there belongs. This irregular distribution of the amount of salt at great depths, as shown im the Plate, is certainly å most remarkable phenomenon. That the proportion of salt on the banks and m the southern portion of Barents" Sea should agree pretty closely with that contained in the warm surface-water of the Atlantic, is not indeed surprising: the depth is im both localities comparatively trifling, and the water, having everywhere a temperature above 0*, must be referred to the warm Atlantic current; its percentage of salt is therefore naturally the same as that of the Gulf Stream. For the great deptbs, on the other hand, there was reason to expect a very different result. Here, the temperature is without exception below 0*, nay in most places below —1*; and hence, as regards the origin of such water, there seems much to urge in favour of an in- draught from the Polar Sea. Of the observations undertaken to determine the amount of salt im sea-water, all with which I am aequainted furnish incontestible proof that the water of the currents flowing from the Arctic Ocean has a lower percentage of salt than that of the warm currents flowing from more temperate regions; and the proportion of salt in the deeper and colder strata of the tract of ocean explored by the Expedition was expected, therefore, to prove considerably lower than that observed at the sur- face or a short distance beneath it, where the water is ob- viously an influx from warmer elimes. But such was not the case, for the amount of salt found in the water of the cold area, where the temperature is below zero, agrees, in some localities, pretty closely with that im the water of the Atlanic surface-current. This phenomenon, in conjunetion with reasons that will afterwards be explained,. has led me to assume, that the water met with at great depths in the sections coloured red in the Plate, is either exclusively the result of an in- flux from warmer regions. or is, at least, so mixed with such water as to have distmetly acquired Atlantic charac- teristics; whereas the water in the blue-coloured sections would seem to indicate more or less determinately a Polar origin. As to the question involved in the descent of the upper strata to the bottom, the only way in which this can take place seems to be by the Atlantic surface-water, as it parts with its excess of heat, gradually sinking through the water of the coll area, and displacing it; at all events, dighed synes det sikkert. at man for det afgrændsede østen- for Jan Mayen beliggende Strøg ikke kan antage nogen anden Vei. Men at den Vandmasse saaledes skulde synke gjennem den koldere, kunde jo ved første Øiekast synes stridende mod vel kjendte Naturlove. da man nærmest maatte tro, at det i Nærheden af Overfladen fly- varmere dende atlantiske Vand paa Grund af sin høiere Tempera- tur skulde være specifisk lettere end det ifølge sin lave Temperatur stærkt fortættede Bundvand. Nærmest for at fjerne «enhver Tvivl i saa Henseende, er der i den forhen gjengivne Tabel opført en Rubrik for Vandprøvernes Egen- vægter ved den i Havet observerede Temperatur i Forhold til rent Vand af 4*. Ved Hjælp af de der beregnede Tal kan man med Lethed studere den specitiske Vægts Varia- tion med Dybden, saaledes som den finder Sted i Havet. bortseet fra den ved Vandets Sammentrykkelighed foraar- sagede Fortætning i de større Dyb. Den Region, som i denne Henseende mest interesse- rer os, er den. hvori der i Overfladen og nærmest under den findes en bestemt udpræget atlantisk Varmvandsstrøm, en Region. som paa det Nærmeste falder sammen med den søndenfor en Linie fra Island til Beeren Eiland liggende Del af Havet. dog saaledes at det nærmest-Norge liggende Parti paa Grund af den fra Kysterne udgaaende Fortyn- ding maa bortskjæres. Grupperer man de i denne Een tagne Observationer over NSaltgehalt og den specitiske Vægt reduceret til Havets Temperatur og en Atmosphæres Tryk efter Dybden. fremgaar som Resultat heraf Følgende. 2 k | Midlere Dybdeinterval. Midlere Dybde. 3 Fovenvæot E Midlere | > Fag) e = Er å == rer Saltgehalt Ha Iingelske - Ingelske dy 0 Temnpe- | Meter. Meter. eEmpE Favne. | ; Favne. SE ratur. —==—======= ===—=== —— === O | (9) fo) (0) 3.526 | 1.02688 0— 300 0—549 167 305 3.514 | 1.02782 300—600 | 540—1007 KO2 NE 026 3.521 | 1.02812 600—1000 1097—1829 681 | 1245 3.513 | 1.02802 1000—150018209—2743| 1203 2200 3:506 | 1.02800 under 1500 under 2743| 1688 3087 3:507 | 1.02800 «Det i denne Tabel erholdte Tal for Saltgehalten paa Strøget mellem 0 og 300 Favnes (0 og 549 Meters) Dyb er imidlertid uden Tvivl for lavt, da en uforholdsmæssig stor Del af Observationerne i dette Dyb hidrøre fra Øst- havet, hvor Saltgehalten overalt er mindre end i de cen- trale og sydlige Dele af Feltet. De Observationer, som skrive sig fra dette Dyb i større Afstand fra Kysten, tyde hen paa, at Saltgehalten der meget nær svarer til den, der er funden i Overfladen paa de samme Steder. Denne Mis- lighed «ved den geografiske Fordeling af Observationerne fra de mindre Dyb faar derimod ingen væsentlig Indflydelse paa det som Middel af de specifiske Vægter erholdte Tal, da den i de nordligere Egne ved Saltzehaltens Synkning foraarsagede Formindskelse af Egenvægterne paa det Nær- it is certain that no other plausible explanation can be given of the phenomenon for the region east of Jan Mayen. But, that water of a higher temperature should sink in this manner through water of a lower, appears at first sight to be at variance with well-known physical laws; for the water from the Atlantic current having a higher temperature, one would imagine it to be specifieally lighter than the cold bottom-water. With the object of dispelling every doubt that might arise in ceonnexion with this sub- ject, a column has been added to the Table given above for the specific gravity of the samples of water at their temperature ”m siti, as compared with that of pure water of 4". By means of the figures set down in the column, the variation ot the specific gravity with the depth. as it oeeurs in the sea irrespective of inereased density from the and dense compressibility of water at great deptbs. may be readily investigated. The tract of ocean which in thus respect it will be most desirable to investigate. is that through which flows, on or near the surface, å warm current, setting from the Atlantic, — å tract which nearly eoineides with the region stretching south of an imaginary line drawn from Iceland to Beeren BEiland. but from which, owing to the influx -of freshwater, must be cut off the section extending along the Norwegian coast. Now, if we group together the ob- servations taken in this part of the North-Atlantic to determine the percentage of salt and the specific gravity' reduced to the temperature of the sea and a pressure of, one atmosphere, the result will be as follows: — | Mean Sp. Intervals of Depth. Mean Depth. Mean : Amount of Gr gå ====r== == = Salt the I, English AN Fnglishi | 12 vås GEN, Oo Fathoms. Metres. Fathoms. Metres. | | the Sea. fo) (0) og eo 3.526 | 1.02688 0—300 0—549 167 | 305 | 3.514 | 1.02782 —=——— !—— == == — = — = — |- — -— 300—600 | 540—1007 502 QI8 | 3.527 | 1.02812 600—1000 1097—1820 681 | 1245 3.513 | 1.02802 = på ERE 4 å ; | —== 1000—1500|1829—2743| 1203 | 2200 | 3.506 | 1:02800 2 Å ae Per tt MG | : below 1500. below 2743| 1688 3087 3:507 | 1.02800 The figures in this Table expressing the amount of salt at depths ranging from 0 to 300 fathoms (0—549 metres) are. however, unquestionably too low. seemg that å disproportionate number of the observations at this depth Sea. the is everywhere smaller than in the central and southern sections of the tract investigated. were taken in Barents' where amount of salt The observations refer- ring to this depth at a considerable distance from land, show that the percentage of salt is very nearly the same as that at the surface. The said defect in the geographical distribution of the observations taken at a comparatively trifling depth, does not however materially affect the cor- rectness of the figures expressing the mean specific gravity; for the fall in specific gravity occasioned in northern regions meste opveies af den Forøgelse af samme, der skyldes de der herskende lavere Temperaturer. Det fremgaar altsaa, at Differentserne mellem NSalt- gehalten i de atlantiske Overtladelag og de paa Bunden hvilende iskolde Vandmasser gjennemsnitlig kun ere meget smaa, om de end paa de Puncter, hvor Vandet i de dybere Lag besidder en overveiende polar Karakter, turde være adskilligt mere fremtrædende. Disse Differentser af hen- imod 0.02% ere dog mere end tilstrækkelig store til i de nederste mere afkjølede Lag af det atlantiske Vand at fremkalde et, som det vil sees af Tabellen, meget tydeligt om end svagt Maximum af den specifiske Vægt, hvad der nærmest bevirkes derved, at Søvandet ved Afkjøling under 0* nærmer sig sit Tæthedsmaximum og derfor i Nærheden af dette for mindre Temperaturvariationer kun forandrer sit Volum med næsten umærkelig smaa Værdier, saaledes at en selv meget ringe Forøgelse af Saltgehalten under disse Omstændigheder faar en. overveiende Indtlydelse lige- overfor en Grads Forandring af Temperaturen. Det er saaledes saa langt fra Tilfælde, at der i de specifiske Vægter af de forskjellige Vandlag ligger nogen Hindring for Antagelsen af, at det atlantiske Vand skulde synke gjennem det koldere Polarvand, at man tvertom af at saa maa være Tilfælde, dersom ikke andre i Havet herskende Strømme virke hemmende paa en * saadan Bevægelse. Man tænke sig f. Ex. ved Siden af hinanden i Havet to Vandsøiler af 2000 Favnes (8658 Meters) Dybde, hvori Temperaturens Variation med Dybden disse maa slutte, for Simpelheds Skyld kan antages at være den samme, hvorimod Saltgebalten i den Iste helt igjennem sættes til 3.529, til 500 Favnes (914 Meters) Dyb gives Værdien 3.52%, og fra 500 til 2000 (914 til 38658) Værdien 3.50/9, saa- ledes som Forholdet ifølge Observationerne virkelig synes at stille sig paa enkelte Steder i det undersøgte Hav. Det er da umiddelbart indlysende, at en saadan Fordeling af Saltgehalten vil have en Synkning i den Iste Søile til Følge, saaledes at Vandet i denne vil søge at udbrede sig langs Bunden og fordrive det omliggende specifisk lettere Vand. Den MHastighed, hvormed en saadan Bevægelse foregaar, vil naturligvis rette sig efter Differentsen mellem Trykkene i samme Niveau i begge Søiler, en Differents, som ved Bunden i 2000 Favnes (3658 Meters) Dyb efter Beregning beløber sig til henimod 32”” Kviksølvsøile. For nærmere at begrunde den forhen fremsatte Hypo- these, om at det paa Bunden hvilende iskolde Vand paa de i Kartet med rød Farve betegnede Steder skulde have atlantisk Oprindelse, vil jeg benytte mig af dei en tidligere Afhandling* beskrevne Observationer over de i Søvandet indeholdte Kvælstofmængder, hvis Anvendelse i saadant Øiemed allerede paa det Sted løselig er bleven antydet. Som bekjendt herskede der i ældre Tider den An- skuelse, at de i Søyandet i de større Dyb indeholdte Luft- mængder paa Grund af det der herskende Tryk maatte 1 Zeitschrift för anal. Chemie, 1878, S. 305. failed however to detect the slightest trace of lime.! The said deposit was found to consist of magnesia, along with a little iron and phosphorie acid, and hardly appreeiable traces of carbonic aeid. If, on the other hand, a litre of sea- water be reduced by boiling to half its volume, the precip- itate will consist of carbonate of lime and gypsum, the proportion of magnesia being comparatively small. But whether the carbonate of lime preeipitated in this case was origmally present as such in the water, is å questiön which cannot be decided by this experiment. Judging, however, from the results of Mr. Tornøe's observations on the car- bonie acid present in sea-water, that gas may with good reason be inferred to oceur chiefly in combination with soda as å bicarbonate. On further evaporation of the sea-water, gypsum and chloride of sodium are deposited; and even after the bulk of the chloride of sodium has been preeipitated, the mother- liquor contains all the salts of potash and magnesia originally present im the water. In mother-liquor of this deseription, obtamed from 20 litres of sea-water, I sueceeded in detecting iodine, by the process deseribed by Koetstorfer.* On redueing the temperature, sul- phate of soda was deposited; on raising it, sulphate of magnesia. In the treatise on ocean-water, Forchhammer records his having frequently met with hydrosulphurie aeid in the samples of sea-water sent him; and this compound may, he thinks, in most cases, be traced to impurities in the bottles; though in some he feels convineed it had formed from the constituent parts of the sea-water itself. I did not how- ever in any case detect the fæetid smell characteristic of that gas, when opening the numerous phials brought home witlr the Expedition. OCertain of the samples even excep- tionally preserved in common corked bottles, and allowed to stand over for the space of two years, proved to be quite inodorous. According to Forchhammer, hydrosulphurie acid is formed by the oxidation of organie matter, at the cost of the sulphates. In order to determine the organic elements of sea-water, Forchhammer boiled the latter with perman- ganate of potash, thus devising a process which has since been extensively adopted for the determimation of organic matter in drinking-water. He added to the sea-water å solution of permangan- ate of potash, of known strength, sufficient to give it, on being boiled and suffered to stand over for the space of 12 hours, a reddish colour. The excess of permanganate of potash was found by determining the proportion of that substanee necessary to produce the same colour im an equal volume of pure water. Adopting this method, I found that 100% generally sutfticed to disecolour 0.0005” of per- manganate of potash, which nearly corresponds to 0.0025” 1 Vide Tornøe's Memoir *OQn the Carbonie Acid in Sea-Water.” ? Zeitsehrift fir anal. Chemie, 1878, S. 305. Stoffe. Dette er mindre end Halvdelen af, hvad Forch- hammer har fundet som Middeltal for Havets organiske Bestanddele, men stemmer ganske godt overens med nogle Bestemmelser, der i den senere Tid er udført af Professor Almén? i endel Vandprøver fra Qmegnen af Spidsbergen. Almén anvender hertil den samme Methode som ved Drikke- vand, idet han tilsætter Søvandet Svovlsyre og ved gjen- tagne Kogninger med Kamæleon oxyderer. de organiske Stoffe. Forat forhindre den skadelige Virkning af Klor- metallerne fortynder han det iforveien med destilleret Vand. Paa denne Maade finder han, at 100 Ke. Ishaysvand inde- holder 0.0018—0.0038 Gr. organiske Substantser. Nord- søen, Skagerak og Kattegat skulde efter hans Undersøgelser indeholde en større Mængde organiske Bestanddele, men dog ikke saameget som det ferske Vand fra Floder og Ind- at Søvandet ikke fremfor dette er be- gavet med nogen særegen reducerende Evne. Paa mange af de fra Expeditionen medbragte Flasker havde der i Tidens Løb udskilt sig et ubetydeligt fnokket Bundtald af organiske Ntoffe, der under Mikroskopet viste sig at inde- holde Diatomeer. Filtratet forholdt sig imidlertid ganske ordinært ligeoverfor. den overmangansure Kali. søer, hvilket viser, Til Bestemmelsen af Kalk, Magnesia og Svovlsyre i Havvandet har jeg betjent mig af de almindelige velbe- kjendte Methoder; men de forberedende Undersøgelser, jeg har gjort forat forsikre mig om Paalideligheden af disse, har vist mig, at de ikke altid giver saa nølagtige og over- ensstemmende Resultater, som ere nødvendige for et Ar- beide som det foreliggende, hvis man ikke i enkelte Ret- ninger tager nogle Forsigtighedsregler, der ere altfor løst omtalte i de analytiske Haandbøger. Jeg vil derfor i det følgende gaa lidt nærmere ind paa de Fremgangsmaader, jeg har brugt forat erholde de nøiagtigste Bestemmelser. Kalk og Magnesia. Til disse Bestemmelser afveiedes '/4 Liter Søvand. Efterat Magnesiaen ved Tilsætning af omtrent 25 Ke. kon- centreret Saltsyre og derpaa følgende Neutralisation med konceentreret Ammoniakopløsning mdtil et ubetydeligt Over- skud var forhindret fra at falde ud, blev Kalken i Kulden bundfældt med et Overskud af oxalsur Ammoniak. Efter en Nats Henstand frafiltreredes Bundfaldet, opløstes i varm Saltsyre og udfældtes atter i Koghede med Ammoniak og nogle Draaber oxalsur Ammoniak. Efter 12 Timers For- løb blev Bundfaldet bragt paa Filtrum og bestemt som Ætskalk. Tilstedeværelsen af Klornatrium har ingen ska- delig Indflydelse paa Kalkbestemmelsen, men synes tvert- imod at bidrage til en smuk krystallinsk Udfældning af den oxalsure Kalk. Følgende Kontrolbestemmelser viser Ana- lysernes Paalidelighed: ) Svenska låkaresålskapets nya handlingar. Ser. Stockholm 1871. IT, del II, 'organic matter. This is less indeed than half the propor- tion Forchhammer gives as the mean for the organic ele- ments of ocean-water; it agrees, however, pretty closely with certain determinations performed 'some time since by Professor Almén! with samples of sea-water collected in the region of Spitzbergen. Almén resorts to the method adopted for drinking-water, mixing sulphuric acid with the water, in which, after repeated boiling with permanganate of pot- To counteract the injurious effect of the chlorides, he dilutes the samples this finds 100 of Arctic sea-water contain from 0.0018” to ash, the organie matter will be oxidized. beforehand with distilled water. In manner he that 0.0038” of organie matter. According to his observations, the proportion is somewhat greater in the North Sea, the Skagerak, and the Cattegat, though not equal to that in the water of rivers and lakes, which shows that sea-water, compared to the latter, cannot be possessed of any special reductive property. with the Expedition, had formed a thin precipitate of or- In some of the phials brought home ganie matter, which, when viewed under å microscope was The filtered solution, however, treated with found to contain Diatoms. behaved as usual when permanganate of potash. For determining the potash, magnesia, and sulphurie acid in ocean-water, I have adopted the ordinary, well- known methods: but the series of prelimmary experiments which I instituted with a view to test their trustworthiness, has convineed me that they do not always give results sut- ”ficiently aceurate and congruous to warrant their adoption here, unless indeed aceompanied by certam precautions too briefly dismissed in analytical class-books. I shall there- fore in the-context dwell more at large on the several modes of operation by which I have sought to obtam the most accurate determinations. Lime and Magnesia. - For determihing these substances, å quarter of a litre of sea-water was first weighed. After guarding against the precipitation of the magnesia, by adding about 25% of concentrated hydrochloric aeid, and then neutralising with a concentrated solution of ammonia, in slight surplus, the lime was preeipitated cold, by means of oxalate of am- monia Next morning the precipitate was fil- tered off, dissolved in warm hydrochlorie aeid, and again precipitated, at: the boiling point, with ammonia and a few drops of oxalate of ammonia. After 12 hours, the solution was filtered, and the precipitate weighed, as caustic Ime. The presence of chloride of sodium has no disturbing effect on the lime-determinations; nay, it apparently contributes' towards the beautiful erystalline precipitation of the oxalate The following test-determinations vouch for the IN excess. of lime. accuracy of the analyses: — Ser. II, del III, 1 Svenska låkaresilskapets nya handlingar. Stockholm 1871. I No. 1 fandtes 0.0595 og 0.0602 pCt. CaO. Hed +2000.0580p; 0:059006, E 26 EER00590 NN O:0596ME, E il Ge 3 ORG å TRE 00590000.0508 e RNET MRS GOMBER - Pu OG PO DIGG, så ANTE OOS å L. 50 = 00688 GOMES på Den største Differents mellem Bestemmelserne i et og samme Vand er altsaa 0.001 pCt. Til Bestemmelsen af Magnesia inddampedes de to Filtrater fra Kalkfældingerne i en Platinskaal til omtrent 150 CC. og bundfældtes derpaa med fosforsurt Natron og en saa stor Mængde koneentreret Ammoniakopløsning, at denne kom til at udgjøre omtrent */; af Vædskens Volum. Tagttager man ikke den Forsigtighedsregel at tilsætte et saadant Qverskud af Ammoniak, vil man let faa uoverens- stemmende Resultater. Ved at anvende forskjellige Ammo- niakmængder fandt jeg i et og samme Vand følgende Tal for Magnesia. Med 9 Dele Vædske og 1 Del kone. Amm. 0.2044 pCt. MgO. Se LE EN LEG Ka ae ME ka 0.2140 I et andet Vand fandtes paa samme Maade: Med 9 Dele Vædske og 1 Del kone. Amm. 0.2054 pCt. MgO0. 2 mu = Lyd OI si 3 »- "-= Nødyendigheden af at tilsætte et saadant Overskud af Ammoniak for at fan en nøiagtig Bestemmelse af Magnesia efter denne Methode er altfor lidet fremhævet i de analy- tiske Lærebøger. Rimeligvis er denne mindre paaagtede Feilkilde Grunden til, at flere Kemikere har fundet meget uoverensstemmende og lave Tal for Magnesia i Søvandet. Forchhammer, hvis Resultater med Hensyn til Kalk- og Magnesiamængden godt overens med mine Ana- lyser, magnesia til Tørhed og faar ved QOpløsning af Residuet i Ammoniak altid liden Rest af En saadan Inddampning er imidlertid ikke naar man blot før Fældningen koncentrerer Vædsken til det mindst. mulige Volum og tilsætter det nødvendige Over- skud af Ammoniak. Naar 24 Timers Henstand frafiltreres, giver Filtratet ved Inddamp- ning ingen Rest af fosforsur Ammoniakmagnesia. stemmer inddamper Filtratet fra den fosforsure Ammoniak- en det -fosforsure Salt. nødvendig, Bundfaldet derpaa efter Men uagtet bestemmes med samme NSikkerhed i disse Forholdsregler kan Magnesia ikke som Kalk Tal viser Differentserne mel- Havvandet, og Svovlsyre. Nedenstaaende lem Kontrolbestemmelserne: I No. 33 fandtes 0.2160 og 0.2200 pOt. MgO. Map) 0.2180 0.2207 18 5 BONE EB NOENNSO) ” , 99 Største Differents = 0.004 påt. In Sample 1 the proportion was 0.0595 and 0.0602 p.et. CaO. lin => b 0:058 00005900: In —126, SE O0D 0 OS In —" 83, å SOK MORD 5 In — 84, 5 0105900-20:05080 0 It ESN 6 å HRO05850 9 010b SS: In 367 OS OOS: Ing, EE MAN Gr OS 00552 å ==" 50 Å 005520 00:058 SE Hence the greatest differenee between any two de- terminations with the same sample of water is 0.001 per cent. For determining the magnesia, the two solutions from which the lime-precipitates had been filtered off were evap- orated in a platinum dish to about 150%, and then treated. for precipitation, with phosphate of soda, and with a eon- centrated solution of ammonia measuring one-third of the volume of the fluid. Unless ammonia be added in such there is a risk of obtaining incongruous results. On treating different quantities of the fluid with the same proportion of ammonia, EXCESS., I found the following figures for magnesia. With 9 parts of fluid and I part of cone. amm. 0.2044 p.et. MgO. PE DR EL EG ES SØ EE. — OPTION In another sample of water,-the percentage thus found was — With 9 parts of fluid and 1 part of cone.amm. 0.2054 p.et. MgO. EE NT — 0.2112 The necessity, with this method. of adding ammonia in so great excess, to ensure a satisfactory determination of magnesia, has not been suffieiently emphasized in ana- lytical class-books; and to this comparatively disregarded source of error, may no doubt be attributed the faet of divers chemists having obtained for magnesia, » , in their ana- lyses of sea-water, results alike incongruous and low. Forchhammer, whose lime and magnesia determinations exhibit close agreement with my own, evaporates to dryness the solution from which the double phosphate of ammonia and magnesia has been filtered, and can, on dissolving the invariably detect traces of the phos- Meanwhile, evaporation does not constitute a necessary residue in ammonia, phate. phase of the process, provided the fluid, previous to preeip- be concentrated to the least possible volume, and for, pn the pre- being filtered off, the solution. if will a trace of phosphate of ammonia and magnesia. But, sea-water does not admit itation, then treated with ammonia in due excess; cipitate, after 24 hours, double evaporated to dryness. not leave even assuming every precaution, the magnesia in of being determined with the same The test-deter- degree of accuracy as do lime and sulphurie aeid. the extent. to which the minations were found to differ. In Sample 33 the proportion was 0.2160 dt 0.2200 p.et. MgO. In 0.2180 02200 In 4 » 0:2173 0.2180 0.004 per cent. annexed figures show 35 » 36 2036 DØ Greatest difference: Svovlsyre. Til denne Bestemmelse har jeg afveiet.omtrent 100 Gr. Søvand, som tilføiedes S—10 Draaber koneentreret Saltsyre og i Koghede bundfældtes med en Klorbarium- opløsning, der tilsattes af en Birette for at forhindre et skadeligt Overskud. Flasken med Bundfaldet hensattes derpaa i Kulden, og Filtreringen foretoges først efter 12 Timers Forløb. Paa denne Maade erholdtes ved Kontrolbestemmelserne følgende Tal: ; I No. 6 fandtes 0.2226 og 0.2236 pCt. S0,. Kr Gi, 00050 NOSSA Pep De 02000 T sd Ne OG 020DE Te 2 FL OPEG 102165 Å Største Differents = 0.0019 påt. Hvis man lader Bundfaldet afsætte sig i Varmen og 'derpaa frafiltrerer det ved den samme Temperatur, taber man altid en Del af den svovlsure Baryt, da dette Salt er noget opløseligt i varmt Søvand, og Filtratet udskiller der- for ved Afkjøling og Henstand et krystallinsk Bundfald af Tungspath. Denne Opløselighed skyldes det tilstedeværende Klornatrium. Jeg har overbevist mig om dette ved sammen- lignende Forsøg med en Kogsaltopløsning af en Koncen- tration, der omtrentlig svarede til Søvandets. Tilsættes en Smule Svovlsyre eller svovlsur Kali til et vist Kvantum af denne Opløsning, vil der trænges mere af en fortyndet Klorbariumopløsning for deri at frembringe Bundfald, end der er nødvendig til samme Volumen rent Vand, hvortil er tilsat den lige Mængde Svovlsyre. De Feil, der kan opstaa i Bestemmelserne, hvis man frafiltrerer Bundfaldet ved al- mindelig Vandbadtemperatur (80*—90*) er vistnok ikke betydelige, men giver sig dog klart tilkjende, da de 1almin- delighed er flere Gange større end Differentserne mellem de ovennævnte Kontrolbestemmelser ". 1 Som Exempler kan anføres følgende Analyser: I Varmen: I Kulden: I No. 20 fandtes ved Filtrering 0.2172 0.2204 To — 9 — 0.2140 0.2194 p ng NE å =— 0.2144 0.2183 R ER ms = 0.2087 220 lø GAGE Å — 0.2140 0.2205 ør; BL == E — 0.2110 0.2150 I , 49 — å = 0.2207 0.2215 Ved ikke at tage Hensyn til den svovlsure Baryts Opløselighed i varmt Søvand vil man altsaa faa en Feil, der ialmindelighed beløber sig til omtrent 0.004 pCt. R. Fresenius har (Zeitschrift fir anal. Chemie 9, S. 52) undersøgt forskjellige Saltes opløsende eller for- urensende Evne ligeoverfor den svovlsure Baryt og fundet, at Klor- natrium ikke har nogen skadelig Indfiydelse paa Svovlsyrebestemmel- sen. Ved Analyser, der kræver en speciel Nøiagtighed, har altsaa dette blot sin Rigtighed under Forudsætning af, at Bundfaldet faar Anledning til at afsætte sig i Kulden. Hvorvidt Fresenius ved sine Forsøg har iagttaget denne Forsigtighedsregel, fremgaar ikke af hans Afhandling, men Differentsen mellem to Bestemmelser, han har ud- ført med eller uden Indvirkning af Klornatrium, falder ialtfald til Sulphuric Acid. For determining this constituent, I weighed 100: of sea-water, and treated the flud with 8—10 drops of con- centrated hydrochloric acid, precipitation — at the boiling- point — being then etfected with a solution of chloride of barium, which was gradually added from a burette, with a view to prevent injurious excess. The phial containing the solution was now removed to å cold room, where, after the lapse of 12 hours, the precipitate was filtered off. The following are the results of the test-determina- tions: — In Sample 6 the proportion was 0.2226 and 0.2236 p.ct. SO Ing == GL - SOE oe OED my F=4 12 v 5 K0.22191H80222 10 In = 40. e SOØRS SG GER In — 42, å 0250 OD Greatest difference: 0.0019 per cent. By allowing the preeipitate to form at about the boil- ing-point, and then filtermg it off at the same temperature, some of the sulphate of baryta — a salt partially soluble in warm sea-water — will be invariably lost; and hence a erystalline deposit of sulphate of baryta is observed im the filtered solution some time after its cooling. The solu- bility of the salt is due to the presence of ehloride of sodium: of this I am convinced from comparative experi- ments with a solution of common salt, corresponding in concentration as near as may be to sea-water. Now, if to a given quantity of this solution be added a little sulphurie acid or sulphate of potash, it will require more of a diluted solution of ehloride of barium to effect precipitation than is necessary for the same volume of pure water treated with the same proportion of sulphurie acid. True, the errors in determination that can result from filtermg off the preeipitate at the ordinary. water-bath temperature (80* —:90*), are not great, — but they are quite appreciable, being many times greater indeed than the differences be- tween the test-determinations alluded to above.* 1 This will appear from the following results: — Filtered warm. Filtered cold. In Sample 20 the proportion was 0.2172 0.2204 p.et. S0g. Im == MESTE, » » 0.2140 0:2194. , me SSE 5 (0:2044 021830 Im == å 44000 - » 0.2087 021200 x Ime AG ae » 0.2140 0:2205. å In — 48 » 5 5 (02100 095006. In OM » 0.2207 0.2215 57 E) 22 ) Hence, the error that arises from disregarding the-solubility of , sulphate of baryta in warm sea-water, will generally amount to 0.004 per cent. R. Fresenius has examined (Zeitschrift fir anal. Chemie 9, S.,52) divers salts, with a view to ascertain their dissolving or con- taminating properties in relatign to sulphate of baryta, and has found chloride of sodium to have no disturbing influence on sulphuric aeid' determinations. This, then, in analyses craving exceptional accuracy will be found to hold good only in the event of the precipitate being allowed to form at a low temperature. Whether Fresenius had regard to this precaution, does not appear from his treatise; but the difference between two determinations he has performed, one with and one without the presence of chloride of sodium, is certainly in favour of sulphate Kali. Denne Bestemmelse. der kræver lang Tid og om- stændeligt Arbeide, har jeg som før nævnt kun udført i nogle faa Vandprøver. Hertil har jeg anvendt omtrent 50 Gram Søvand og fraskilt Kalk og Magnesia efter den af Classen angivne Methode! med oxalsur Ammoniak, Alkohol og Eddikesyre. Filtratet blev inddampet til Tørhed, Am- moniaksalterne bortjagede og den tilbageblevne NSaltmasse befriet fra Svovlsyre ved gjentagne Glødninger med et Over- skud af Salmiak. De samlede Klorider blev derpaa opløste i Vand. overførte i Platindobbeltsalte og derpaa behandlede efter den Methode, der af Fresenius foreskrives til Bestem- Det er imidler- tid meget vanskeligt at faa al Svovlsyre fjernet ved Af- melsen af Kali og Natron i Mineralvand. dampning med Salmiak, og det fremstillede Kaliumplatin- klorid indeholdt «derfor altid Spor af svovlsure Salte. Der er saaledes en Mulighed for, at de fundne Kalimængder er noget for høie, skjønt Bestemmelserne i de forskjellige Vandprøver stemmer nogenlunde godt overens med hin- anden. Hvis man iforveien veier de samlede Klorider og der- fra trækker den erholdte Klorkaliummængde, skulde man altsaa kunne finde Søvandets Klornatriumgehalt. Men da Kloriderne ialmindelighed ere forurensede med smaa Mæng- der Svovlsyre og Magnesia, der ikke er blevet fuldstændig fjernede ved de foregaaende Operationer, og Kulrester fra Ammoniaksaltenes Afdampning, vil'man ved denne indirekte Bestemmelse faa altfor høie og uoverensstemmende Tal for * Klornatrium. Man vil paa denne Maade ialmindelighed finde omkring 2.8 pCt. af dette Salt, medens man efter en anden Beregning, som senere skal omtales, neppe faar et Tal der overskrider 2.7 pCt. Klor. Med Hensyn til disse Bestemmelser, der er udførte ombord ved Titrering, henviser jeg til Hr. Tornøe's Af- handling om Saltmængden i Havet. For at bestemme Vandets samlede Saltgehalt har Hr. Tornøe inddampet en vis Portion deraf til Tørhed, glødet Residuet i nogle Mi- nuter over en Bunsen's Lampe og derpaa ved Titrering Efterat haye udført disse Bestemmelser i nogle Vandprøver, har han paa Grundlag korrigeret for den tabte Saltsyre. Fordel for den svovlsure Baryts Opløselighed, om den end er for ubé- tydelig til at kunne tages med i Betragtning, naar den kun refererer sig til to Forsøg. Den svovlsure Baryts Opløselighed i koldt Søvand er neppe paaviselig, Ved Tilsætning af en fortyndet Klorbariumopløsning frem- kommer her Bundfaldet ligesaa hurtig $om 1 en Opløsning af svovlsur Kali i rent Vand. Å i Klormaenesium forekommer i Søvandet i altfor ringe Mængde til at kunne have nogen skadelig Indflydelse paa Svovlsyrebestemmel- sen. Jeg har desuden ved Forsøg overbevist mig om, at selv en mere koneentreret Opløsning af dette Salt ikke har nogen mærkelig Indvirkning paa Udfældningen af den syovlsure Baryt. I Zeitschrift fir anal. Chemie 1879, B. 4, S. 374. Potash. To determine this compound is a long and laborious task, and, as' previonsly stated, I have performed it in only a few of the samples of sea-water. For this purpose, I pre- eipitated, by Classen's method," with oxalate of ammonia, alcohol, and acetie, acid, the lime and magnesia m 507 of The filtered solution was evaporated to dryness, the ammonia compounds volatilized, and the sulphurie aeid in the residue got rid of by repeatedly heating to redness, with sal-ammoniac in excess. The several chlorides were then dissolved in water, transformed into double chloride of platinum, and then treated aecording to the method devised by Fresenius for determining potash and soda in Meanwhile, it 18 exceedingly diffieult to get rid of all the sulphuric acid by evaporation with sal- ammoniac; and hence the double chloride of potassium and platinum invariably exhibited tracés of sulphates. The amounts found for potash may therefore be a little too high, though the determinations performed with different sea-water. mineral waters. samples of water agree pretty closely inter se. Now. by weighing beforehand the several chlorides. and then subtracting the total amount of chloride of potassium, the proportion of ehloride of sodium present in sea-water might accordingly be found. But, unfortunately. the chlorides are as a rule contaminated with small quan- tities of sulphuric acid and magnesia, that were not got rid of in the foregoing operations. along with a residue of carbonized organic matter resulting from the volatilization of the sal-ammoniae; 'and hence the figures thus indirectly com- puted for chloride of sodium will be alike incongruous and too high. This method will generally give about 2.8 per cent of the salt. whereas the amount by another mode of computation — to be afterwards mnoticed — does not ex- ceed 2.7 per cent. Chlorine. As regards these determinations, which were per- formed on board by titration. the reader is referred to Mr. water. Tornøe's Memoir on the amount of salt in sea- To determine the total amount of salt in ocean- water, ”Tornøe evaporated a given quantity to dryness, kept the residue for å few minutes at a red-heat over one of Bunsen's lamps, and then determined by titration the loss' of hydrochlorie aeid. After performing these deter- of baryta's solubility, though too ineonsiderable to be taken into ac- count, referring as it does to only two determinations. That sulphate of baryta is also soluble in cold sea-water, will hardly admit of proof. On adding «a diluted solution of chloride of barium, the precipitate forms as rapidly as in a solution of sulphate of potash prepared with pure water. Chloride of magnesium oceurs far too'sparingly in sea-water * to admit of its disturbing the accuraey of sulphuric acid determina- tions. Besides, experiments have convinced me, that a comparatively concentrated solution of that salt does not appreciably attect the pre- cipitation of sulphate of baryta. 1 Zeitschrift för anal. Chemie 1879, B. 4, pag. 374. -— deraf beregnet Saltgehalten i de øvrige ved Hjælp af Klor- mængden og den specifiske Vægt. I den følgeude Tabel har jeg ordnet Bestemmelserne efter Nummeret af de Stationer, hvor Vandprøverne er op- tagne. Bestanddelene er i Tabel I beregnede som Pro- center af Søvandet. I Tabel IT har jeg i Lighed med Forehhammer udregnet Bestanddelenes Forhold til Klor- mængden, naar denne sættes = 100. Egenvægten af Søvandet er i Tubellen udtrykt ved 17*.5 C., sammenlignet med Vand af samme Temperatur. De Tal, der er Satte i Parenthes, er enten fundne ved Beregniug eller udledede af Bestemmelser fra nærlig- gende Vandprøver. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Scehmelek: Chemi. minations with divers samples of sea-water, he computéd from the results obtained the proportion of salt in the others: by means of the amount of ehlorine and the spe- eific gravity. , In the accompanying Table the numbers of the de- terminations are arranged to correspond with those of the Stations at which the samples of sea-water were collected. In Table I. the amøeunts are computed as percentages of the sea-water examined. In Table IT, I have, in common with Forchhammer, computed the amounts as percentages of the proportion of chlorine, taking the latter at 100. The specific gravities of the samples are reduced in the Table to 17*5 C., as compared with pure water of the same temperature. The figures parenthetically enelosed were either found by computation or deduced from determinations with sam- ples drawn in some adjacent loeality. "Table I. * Dette Mærke beteøner de intermediære Dvbier — The Asterisk dAenotes Triermediatb Doniha ' Benet Dybde Egenvægt | |- Samlet Stat Nordlig MA i engl. ved Salt- DN ni DTAT. redde. SKE me 750 = | p ode Je ærk ger. To: L Bredde EG Favne. TS Ca0. Mz0 K.0 SO. ope mængde. nmærkninger No. (North OG (Depth (Specifie | | ea (Remarks.) Latitude.) (Longitude im English | Gravity S | |- of Salt | Jrom Fathoms.) at 17.50.) | | | measured.) ' Greenwich.) | 1 = PER ag < == I Simone PETs SEN OSK 1:02600 Vee 0.2214 | 0.2202 3:51 Sognefjorden. 2 13762 282 200W. | 69001 11027001 0,0573 |.0:2260 1 | 0.2242 3.56 SUS OS se 7 18 | 1163 | 1.02665| 0.0575 |'0.2197 | | 0.2192 3:52 g 52 Messe 7 1 0 10268 | 0.0585 |0:2249 | I 0.2273 3:53 SEAS SN SG 515" | 1.02675| 0.0566 | 0.2190 E 0.2243, GS | Vs | Så 10.0470 (0.2236 | 6 | 52 65. 47+5 | Sr | 1861 |+1.0267. | 0.0572 | 0.2202 l0.0470 no 3:52 TÅ More ette fase o isete | 0.0580 959 (MEG 8 bg sees 0 | 1.0266 | 0.0575 | 0.2177 | 0:2190 (3:50) Eiane mem 9| 87164 2 5 38 13 498 (1.0266) 0.0504 | 0.2210 | 0.2220 Å 10 |107| 65, 21 IO 44 Te | 0.0574'| 0.2180 0.2107 | (3-51) | i | 110.0580 (0.2134 10:2145 Q | 143 5 33 .02 I 1.00 3.42 I I | 43| 66 58 Vi Be o | 1.025 lesso nerd lener 9 | 3:42 16.3 å ' ER AA | 0:2219 ER el 12 | 143 | 66 58 [10 33 189 | 1.0265 | 0:0572 | 0.2230 een 1.956 3-2 13 |183| 69 59.5 | 6 15 (0) 1.0267 005904.| 0.2240 0.2221 1.052 3.52 14, 183| 69 59.5 |6 15 1600* (1.0267) 0.0560 - 0.2260 | | | |0.220 15 184 oa ko) 50 1547 1.0265 | 0.0572 | 0.2219 REE 14035 | 3.50 16189 69 41 0.115 42 Oo |14263 |0:0577 | 1923 | 3:48 | 17 189/69 41 15 42 860 1.0266 0.0587 | 93000550 18 1215| 70 53 12.0 W.| & 0 | 1.0267 |0:0561.| 0.2290 (0.2183)| 1:945 3:52 Bone Son 53. 1020 0 200* | 1.0267 | 0.0586 | 0.2175 b.2230 | 1-945 Bo 20226171 0 7 55 (0) 1.0261 | 0.0575 | 0.2159 0.2204 | 1:3893 3243 88 san Madame 21 |226| 71 om 700 155 | 340 1.02635| 0-0508 | 0.2202 | 0.0479 | 0.2226 1.036 3-40 220 er 26 o 1.0264) | 0.0570 | 0.2240 0:2205 | (3:48) | sonegSKoe er 205 o 1.0268 | 0.0589 | 0.2206 | 0.2107 ' SS 241247 68 55 | 2:24 E. (9) 1.0267 | 0.0582 | 0.2250 0.2215 | 1:954 SEE 25 1247 | DE BE NE 38 500* | 1.0266 | 0.0586 | 0.2160 | 0.2226 | 1:927 BERG 26 254 | oe 113 25 140. | 1.0267 DG | 0.2240 | 0.2221 | 1-931 3:51 | Vestfjorden. 2geson ol 18.51 123 4 o | 0.0312 | 0.1219 | 0.1246 | 1.118 DA 28 1264! 70 56135 37 O | 1.0264 | 0.0584 | 0.2184 | 0.0451 | 0.2187 | 1.02 3.49 20 |264| 7056 +135 37 86 1.0266 | 0.0587 | 0.2218 | 0.0492 | 0.2187 1.034 3:51 solens em 131 12 (0) 1.0265 | 0.0565 | 0.2170 0.2230 | 1:935 3:50 Se os er rd fo) | 0.0581 | 1.909) | (3-45) 321293| 71 7 DET 95 | 0.0570 | | 1.943 3:51 110.0595 (0.2160 i AN 33 12051 71 59 II 40, (0) 1.02665 I:0586 | la.2200 0.2235 | 1:942 | 3:52 | | 0 110.0593 | 34 12095! 714050 11140 100 | 1.0266 Vee | 0.2232 0.2212 | 1.042 | + 3:51 y M - 0.0588 ||0.2180 6 VW. Se OS SON NN ET40 600 1.0265 lo.0385 |lo.2207 0.2220 1.03 3:50 | | | 5 | 19:0577 ||0:2173 age : 3 36 |295| 71. 59 |I1 40 | ,FIIO (| 1.026 Voøsyg Nøzr8o, 0e4s2 102200 1.034 3:51 SÅ 207 kes ors 5 412 fo) 1.0262 | 0.0580 | 0.2203 | 0.2194 | 1-928 3:48 eee FOG EG 1280 1.0263 | 0.0503 | 0.2215 | 0.2183 | 1926 | 3.48 vg 39|300|:73 10 3 322 W. O | 1.0247, |0:0552 |0:2037 o20s STO 3278 FEN | |(0.2176 100R0EE re o | 0.0576 I 2153 LE 1.014 3-46 | 41, | 304| 75 Se ANS 1735 2.0263 | 0.0577 | 0.2240 | 0.2218 | 1.940 3:49 | 20300075 08 10 27 1334 1.0263 | 0.0587 | 0.2178 12750 | 1:920 | 3.47 = / Z JJ ed) [faer JO | | lo.216:5 | bo 43 |323 DN 54 AE VE 223 | 1.0265 | 0.0586 | 0.2199 | 0.2250 | 1.033 3:50 | Q Spitsbergens Sydspids. 44 |339| 76 30 15-29 O |1:0254 | 0.0554 | 0.2102 0.2120 | 1.867 | 3-37 h8putmern mstremiiy ot Spitah 45) 13501 767 26 10 29-W O |1.0254 0.0555 (0.2153) 012144 | 2872 SST arme oe 46 |350| 76 26 |02 500" | 1.0263 | 0.0563 | 0.2103 0.2205 | 1.022 3:48 | 47 1350 76 26 o 29 1686 1.0260 | 0.0573 | 0.2224 | 0.2193 | 1.G16 3:45 SENG So KOR or 0.0570 | 0.2120 | 0:2150 | (3-40) | Å | | | |f0.0578 | 13:503 | 491362| 79 59 5 40 E. o | 1:026151 190582 0.2156 0.2215 | TG | Ke 5 26 E, 10.0388 | | Ne | 501362| 79 59 5 40 459 | 1.0262 FG 0.2165 | 0.0454 | 0.2104 | 1.922 | 3:47 | Sms 08 ror na 26 120 |.1.0260 | 0.0575 | 0.2230 0.2213 | | | Isfjorden. Tabel II. (C1, = 100). No.,| 0a0. | MgO SOs. No. | CaO. MgO. SO, ros ON 3220 0330 18:038| m1-2250 (11500 12 |2:924| 11.401 | 11.355.| 34 |3.-046| 11.493 | 11.390 13 |3-043| 11:475 | 11.3781| 35 |3:029| 11.330 | 11.467 150|2.056| 11.416 | 11.136 | 362.088) 11.254 | 11.479 16 3.000 37 |3:008| 11.426 | 11:37 17 |3-040 38 |3.079| 11.500 | 11.334 18 | 2.884 11.773 39 |3:048| 11.254 | 11.365 19 |3.013| 11.182 | 11.465 | 40 |3.009| 11.249 | 11.418 20 | 3.037| 11.405 | 11.643 | 41 12.974| 11:546 | 11.434 2m13:088| 11:37:41 | 11:408 || 42 | 3:057 11.344 | 11.253 2 2.078| 11.515 1 11.336 | 43 |3.032| 11.376 |- 11.640 2 SOA 200 ESS aa 22007 eeo 5 26 |3.071| 11.600 | 11.502 |-45 |2.964 IT.453 27 |:2.790| 10.903 | 11.145 | 46 |2.023| 11.410 | 11.472 28 |3.027| 11.326 | 17.337 | 47 |2-991| 11.608 | 11.446 20 .3.035 11.468 | 11.308:| 49 |3:026| 11.257 | 11.555 30 |2.920| 11.214 | 11-473"| 50 |3.044| 11.264 | 11.254 Bor 12n 033 | ; Som der vil sees af Tabel I. er Kalkgehalten ide.| Søvandsprøver, som er medbragte fra det store Hav og har en Fgenvægt af 1.0260—1.0270, aldrig fundet høiere end 0.0598 pCt. eller lavere end 0.0560 pCt. Forøvrigt er der 1 42 Stationer kun 11 Kalkbestemmelser, som ikke ligger - mellem Tallene 0.0590 og 0.0570, men dels falder over. dels under: disse Grændser, og ved hvilke Differentserne altsaa overskrider 0.002 pt. Skjønt altsaa den største Del af de fundne Tal afviger saalidet fra hinanden. at Dit- ferentserne mellem dem ikke er synderlig større end Fei- lene ved de enkelte Analyser, og forsaavidt kan sættes ude af Betragtning, viser dog de forud anførte Kontrolbestem- mekler, at en Forskjel af 0.003—0.004 pCt. ikke tilfreds- stillende kan forklares påa denne Maade. Men disse Uover- ensstemmelser er for det første saa ubetydelige og for det andet fundne paa saa forskjellige Steder og under saa uligeartede Vilkaar, at det ikke er muligt at uddrage nogen De Vandprøver, der er tagne med i Betragtning ved Afgjørel- sen af disse Spørgsmaal, er allesammen hentede fra det aabne ufortyndede Hav, og Variationerne i Egenvægten (1.0260—1.0270) er derfor altfor smaa til at kunne have nogen mærkelig Indtlydelse paa Kalkbestemmelsen. At dømme efter de fortyndede Vandprøver (39, 44 og 45) falder Kalkmængden først under 0.0560 pCt.. naar Egenvægten nærmer sig 1.0250. « Regel, som kan forklare eller sandsynliggjøre dem. Magnesia kan vistnok ikke bestemmes med samme Nøiagtighed som Kalken, men da den. forekommer i om- trent den firedobbelte Mængde vil Forskjellighederne i Nø- vandets Egenvægt her blive mere mærkbare. Sammenligner man NSøvandets midlere Magnesiagehalt med de Tal. der angiver Mængden af den samme Bestanddel i de mere for- tyndede Vandprøver (No. 11, 39 og 44) vil man finde. at en. Formindskelse i den specifiske Vægt af 1 i tredie Deci- mal svarer til en Forskjel i Magnesiamængden af 0.008— 0.010 pCt. Skjønt denne Beregning naturligvis ikke kan 11 Tabel IT. (C1, = 100). ———=== No. | Ca0. | MO. SO No. | 0a0.| MgO. SO.. Bre 3:08x|| 11:237 | 11:322M 33 |3:038| 11.225 | 11500 12 |2.924|.11:401 | 11.355 | 34 |3-046| 11.493 | 11.390 3 |3-043| 11.475 | 11:378 | 35 |3.029| 11.330 | 11.467 15 |2.956| 11.416 | 11.136 | 36 |2,988) 11.254 | 11.479 16 * 3 000 37 13:008| 11.426 | 11.370 17 |3:040 38 1|3.079| 11.500 | 11.334 18 |2.884| 11.773 | 39 13:048| 11.254 | 11.365 IG |3:013|-11.182 | 11.465 |. 40 |3.009| 11.249 | 11.418 20! |3.037| 11.405 | 11.643'|+ 41 |2.074| 11:546 | 11.434 21 -13-088| 11.374 | 11:498 | 42 |3.057| 11:344 | 11.253 24 |2.078| 11.515 | 11.336 | 43 13.032| 11.376 11.640 25 |3.041| 11:209 | 11.551 | 44 |2.967| 11-250 | I1-157 26 |3.071| 11.600 |. 11.502 | 45 |2.964 II.453 27 |2.790| 10.903 |+11.145 | 46 |2.023| 11.4104 11.472 28 |3.027| 11.326 | 11.337-|, 47 |2-991| 11.608 | 11.446 p29 | 3-035| 11.468 | 11.308 | 40 |3:026| 11.25% | 11.555 30 |2.920| 1.1214 | 11.473 | 50: 13:644| 11.264 | 11.524 2E) 2 Q. 033 | | As will be seen from Table I. the amount of lime in the various samples -of water colleeted in the open sea. with a specific gravity ranging from 1.0260 to 1.0270, was. never greater than 0.0598 per cent or less than 0.0560 per cent. For the rest, of the lime-determinations per- formed with samples from 42 NStations. there are only 11 that do not lie between the figures 0.0590 and 0.0570, but which either exceed or do not reach those limits, exhibit- ing accordingly differenees of more than 0.002 per cent. By far the greater part of the results differ indeed so in- considerably inter se, that the differences are found to be very little greater than the errors in the several analyses. and may therefore be safely disregarded: but a difference of 0.003 + or 0.004 per cent. as appears from the test-determinations alluded to above. will not ad- mit of being thus explained. Meanwhile, the want of agree- ment is in itself so slight. and refers to samples of water colleeted in such widely different loealities. and under conditions %0 essentially dissimilar. that no rule can be deduced by which to explain or render probable such errors as these. The samples in question were. all of them ceol- lected from the undiluted water of the open sea: and henee the variation in specitie gravity is much too slight to have had any appreciable effect on the amount of lime. Jude- ing from the diluted samples. the amount of lime does not fall below 0.0560 per cent till the specific gravity ap- proaches 1.0250. , The magnesia cannot indeed be determined with the same degree of aceuraey as the lime; but, occurring as it does in å proportion four times as great, the effect of the differences On > comparing the mean amount of magnesia in ordinary sea- in specific gravity will naturally be more appreciable. water with the figures indicating the proportion of that constituent in the more diluted samples (Nos. 11. 39, and 44). a reduction in the specific gravity of 0.001 will be found to represent a difference of from 0.008 to 0:010 per This computation. though ox cent in the amount! of magnesia. gjøre Fordring paa nogen Nøiagtighed, viser den ialfald, at Forskjellighederne i Vandets specitiske Vægt i Forening med Feilene ved de enkelte Analyser er tilstrækkelige. til at forklare de fleste Afvigelser i de fundne Magnesiamæng- der. De Uoverensstemmelser, der ikke kan udtydes paa denne Maade, er (ligesom ved Kålken) saa smaa og uregel- mæssige, at der ikke kan tillægges dem nogen afgjørende Beviskradt. p Forat bedømme de Tal, der er fundne for Svovlsyren, maa man tage de samme Hensyn til Vandets specitiske Vægt som ved Magnesia. Men der maa tillige bemærkes. at Svovlsyrebestemmelserne er i Besiddelse af en langt større Paalidelighed, da Feilene ved de enkelte Analyser, saaledes som Kontrolforsøgene viser neppe overstiger 0.002 pCt. De største Afvigelser i de fundne Svovlsyremængder er 0.2160 og 0.2273 pCt. i to Vandprøver, hvis specifiske Vægt var 1.0263 og 1.0268. Omend disse Differentser for en Del kan skyldes de tilsvarende Forskjelligheder i Egen- vægten, er de dog for betydelige til, at denne Forklaring kan være tilstrækkelig. Desuden findes der ogsaa nogle Vandprøver af samme specitiske Vægt, der i Svovlsyrege- halten differerer 0.005—0.006 pCt., hvilket er formeget til at kunne betragtes som Feil. i Analysen. Skjønt disse Uoverensssemmelser, der kun forekommer paa nogle faa Punkter, er endnu ubetydeligere end ved Magnesia, bliver de dog vanskeligere at forklare paa Grund af Bestemmel- sernes større Paalidelighed. i Forat betragte dette og de foregaaende Npørgsmaal fra forskjellige Sider har jeg i den følgende Tabel opstillet 'Middeltallene for Kalk, Magnesia, Svovlsyre og Klor i Overfladen, Bunden og de mellemliggende Dyb. Jeg har tillige udregnet disse Bestanddeles Forhold til hinanden ved at sætte Klor eller Svovlsyre = 100. Gjennem- Byen i Melle- smits- + flad Bunden. liggende gehalt for EE due Dyb. Fhele | | Havet. | | Middeltal for OL... 1.930 | 1.933 |-1.934 | 1.932 — - Føenvægt | 1.0263 1.0265 | 1.0266 | 1.0265 = - C€40 0.0576| 0.0581 | 0.0577 | 0.0578 — - MgO ..| 0.2205| 0.2207 | 0.2200| 0.2203 — 00: | 0.2211 | 208| 0.2223| 0.2214 CaO: CI (C1=100). . | 2.98 3.01 2.08 2.09 M2OHEGIN 11.42 11.42 11.37 ker SOP CE PO urra2 11.40 11.46 CaO : 803 (SOs= 100) 26.05 26.32 25.95 26.11. 99-73 99:95 98.06 99.55 M2zOSO PE: Som der vil sees af den sidste Tabel, afviger Middel- tallene for Kalk og Magnesia saa yderst ubetydelig fra hin- anden, at disse Variationer ganske kan sættes ud af Be- tragtning. 12 with no pretensions to accuracy, will at all events show, that differences in specific gravity and errors of analysis generally sutfice to account for the want of agreement in the computed amounts of magnesia; and when, as is the case with the lime, this cannot be so explained, the varia- tion is alike too slight and too irregular to admit of its possessing any réal demonstrative power. When estimating the accuracy of the figures found for the sulphurie acid, no less regard must be had to the It must also, however. be borne in mind, that. the sulphuric aeid specific gravity of the water than with magnesia. determinations are distinguished by a far higher degree of accuracy, the errors of analysis scarcely exceeding 0.002 per cent... The most considerable differences in the results for sulphurie acid — ceomputed from two samples of water, amount specitic gravity respectively 1.0263 and 1.0268 to 0.2160 and 0.2275 per cent. True, this diversity can be partly aseéribed to a corresponding deviation in specific gravity; but they åre much too considerable to be thus accounted for. —Besides, some of the samples with the same specific gravity differ in their proportion of sulphurie acid to the extent of 0.005, or 0.006 per cent, — too con- siderably, therefore, for the diserepaney to be regarded as a mere error of analysis. This want of agreement. though referring to water from a few localities only, and less considerable even than that in magnesia, 15 nevertheless difficult. to explain, by reason of the greater aceuraey of the determinations. With a view to the better apprehension of this and the foregomg questions, I have tabulated the mean amounts of lime, magnesia, sulphuric acid, and ehlorine in water from the surface, from intermediate depths, and from the bot- tom. I have likewise estimated the relative proportion of these compounds, with 100 equivalents of ehlorine or sul- phuric acid as the standard of computation. | Surface, Bottom. | Dart | Me | | | pe | | Mean Value Chlorine | 1.930 14422083 1.034 1.032 Sp.Gravity | 1 0265 1.0265 | 1.0266 1.0265 CaO | 0.0576| 0.0581 | 0.0577 | 0.0578 Mgo .. lo 2205 0.2207 0.2200 | 0.2203 på S0s3. 0.2211 0.2208 0.2223 | 0.2214 «Ca0:C1 (C1=100). 2010 2:98 3.01 | 2.98 | 2.99 MeOLCl Øre r42. 0 | TARE SG SOHO ra.460 (ange 11.40 1 1.46 CaO: 803 (S0s= 100) |26.05 26.32 125.095 26.11 MgO : SO . 99:73 99:95 98:96 99.55 As appears from the Table, the mean values for lime and magnesia vary so inconsiderably inter se that we may safely disregard these differences. En nærmere Berørelse med Havybunden og dens dy- riske Liv har altsaa ingen mærkbar Indtlydelse paa Havets Sammensætning med Hensyn til disse Bestanddele. Mid- deltallene for Svovlsyre viser større Afvigelser end de til- svarende for Magnesia, skjønt man skulde have ventet, at det Modsatte havde fundet Sted. Forskjellighederne er dog i dette Tilfælde ligesom i de foregaaende for ubetydelige til at kunne atfgive noget bestemt Bevis for. at der virkelig existerer nogen tilsvarende Eiendommelighed i Havet. At Svovlsyregehalten i de mellemliggende Dyb skulde være høiere end ved Bunden og Overfladen, er en Antagelse, der a priori ikke har nogen Sandsynlighed for sig. Jeg kommer senere muligens tilbage til disse Spørgs- maal angaaende Havets Beskaffenhed i Dybet. da jeg for Øieblikket er ifærd med at undersøge de Prøver, som up- der Expeditionens Dybdemaalinger optoges af Havbunden. Efter de foreløbige Resultater i denne Retning anser jeg mig imidlertid berettiget til at antage, at dette Dybvands- slam er af en temmelig ensartet Beskaffenhed. Forat betragte de her toreliggende Bestemnielser tra et andet Synspunkt. har jég i efterfølsende Tabel ordnet Middel- og Forholdstallene for Søvandets Bestanddele etter de Breddegrader, mellem hvilke Vandprøverne er optagne. » i 80*—7 1" |71"—66* |66"—62* Middekalktor OPPE 020 HO — - FEgenvægt.....| 1.0264 1.0265: 1.0268 — SOLO 0.0580 0.0570 0.0577 — - LED dk 0.2190 | 0.2219 0.2205 + — Sor FR 2208 02210 0.2223 Ca0 : CI (01 = 100). ONE 3-01 2.09 MEOHOI TT EEG Ur45 SOS EE 4 PE I 1:41 OaE50:; (SO;S100) 1-4. 12627. 12620 25.95 MEOESOL 0 TT 00. gene 100.4 09.19 Middeltallene for Kalkmængden viser i denne Tabel den samme Uforanderlighed som i den foregaaende. For- skjellighederne ved Magnesia er derimod større, men i Be- tragtning af Analysens mindre Sikkerhed berettiger de ikke til nogen Slutning med Hensyn til et tilsvarende Forhold i Havet. Svovlsyren har sit Maximum søndenfor den nord» lige Polarkreds, hvor Middeltallet er 0.2223 pCt. Vandets høiere Egenvægt i denne Del af Havet staar maaske i Sam- klang med denne Forøgelsé af Svovlsyremængden. + skjønt man ved Sammenligning med Forchhammers Analyser af nærliggende Vandprøver, hvoraf ingen er hentede nordenfor den 62de Breddegrad, skulde tro, at Havet virkelig i disse sydligere Egne var i Besiddelse af en større Svovlsyrege- halt. Forchhammer finder nemlig som Middeltal for Svovl- syren mellem den 60de og 62de Breddegrad 0.230 pCt. Men efter al Rimelighed skriver denne Uoverensstemmelse Hence, close proximity to the bottom and the ani- mal life prevailing there, is found to have no appreciable influence on the composition of ocean-water. — as regards, at least, this division of its ceonstituents. The mean values for sulphurie acid exhibit greater variation than the figures computed for magnesia, though there was reason to expect the reverse. But here also, as mm the case previously noticed, the differences are much too small to «admit of their furnishing conelusive proof of some corresponding pecu- liarity actually distinguishimg the water of the ocean. That the proportion of sulphurie acid should be greater at mter- mediate depths than at the bottom and the surface. is, reasoning da priori, an improbable assumption. Possibly I shall have oceasion. to resume the diseus- sion of questions relating to the composition of the ocean at great depths, being at present engaged on the examina- tion of:the samples of the bottom brought up on the Ex- pedition when deep-sea soundings were taken. Judging from the trst results im that direction, this deep-sea '00ze would appear to be comparatively uniform in composition. With the object of presenting the determinations here deseribed from another point of view, I have, in the fol- lowing Table, arranged the mean and proportional values of the constituent parts of the sea-water according to the parallels of latitude within which the samples of bottom- water were collected. .(80"—71* 71"—66" | 66"—62* Mean Value Chlorine . . .. ..| 1.029 | 1.937 Å » - NSpecitic Gravity. 1.0264 1.0265 å KP GK DE Ay ER å ME On at 1.0268 | 0.0580 0.0579 0.0577 0.2190, 0.2219 ,0.2205 E SOE SE GARE Gaano| Grane GaOHOEIE 0 «fa støpe 3 Oma 62200 MgO: CI] RE EE ES 11.45 SOz : Cl. Sr ee MENS I 1.41 CaO : SO; (80, = = 100) . eee ee 00 25705 MEOBSOS JA Oos room 90 mo The mean values here computed for lime exhibit the same uniformity as those in the preceding Table, whereas the differences in the proportion of magnesia are greater. But, if regard be had to the fact, that the analyses from which they were deduced are to a certain extent defective, their results, though comparatively incongruous, will not war- rant inferring å similar peculiarity in the water of the ocean. The amount of sulphurie acid reaches its maximum south of the Arctic Circle, where the mean amount is 0.2223 per cent. The greater specific gravity of the water in this tract of. the ocean may possibly be connected with this merease in. the proportion of sulphurie acid, though å comparison with Forchhammer's analyses of samples collected in adjacent localities, none of which, however, lay north of the 62nd parallel of latitude, would seem to favour the assumption, that the ocean, in those southern regions, does really con- 14 sig fra en stadig Feil hans Analyser, da han nemlig. til Udfæeldning af Svovlsyren har benyttet sig af den salpeter- « sure Banyt. hvorved man '— som senere er bevist — faar et stærkt forurenset Bundfald. Af den sidste og de foregaaende Tabeller fremgaar det. at fra hvilken Side man end ser alle disse Bestem- melser af Kalk, Magnesia og Svovlsyre, kan de ikke med Bestemthed bevise nogen Foranderlighed i Søvandets Sam- mensætning: men det bør tillige bemærkes. at de Afvigel- ser. der er vanskeligst at forklare. isærdeleshed fremkommer ved Svovlsyrebestenimelserne. å Den Antagelse. at Havet i hele sin Dybde er en ens- artet Blanding, hvori den nøiagtigste kemiske Analyse neppe kan paavise nogen Forskjellighed, bekrættes ved de her foreliggende Undersøgelser i endnu høiere Grad end ved Jeg har nemlig ikke nogensinde fundet saa store Uoverensstemmelser som de, der paa enkelte Steder og de tidligere. fremkomne ved Forchliammers andre Kemikeres Analyser. er Retter man nu Opmærksomheden paa de fortyndede Vandprøver, hvis Egenvægt er under 1.0260, vil man hel- . ler ikke her finde nogen Forandring i det konstante For- hold mellem Bestanddelene. Station: 300. 339 og 350, hvor Egenvægt og Klorgehalt er formindskede ved nærlig- gende Ismassers Smeltning. viser en nøiagtig tilsvarende Forskjellighed for. de øvrige Bestanddeles Vedkommende. I Station 143. der er beliggende i Nærheden af den norske Kyst. og hvis Overfladevand som følge heraf er noget for- tyndet, har jeg høi Kalkgehalt. medens derimod Magnesia og NSvovlsyre fuldkommen retter sig efter Klormængden. Dette fortjener maaske en Smule Opmærksomhed, da der jo er Omstæn- digheder, som taler for en Tiltagen af Kalkmængden ved Kysterne. ved to Bestemmelser fundet en temmelig I Station 256. hvor Overtladevandets NSaltstyrke er reduceret til 2.02 pCt.. viser dog Forholdet mellem Be- standdelene saa smaa Afvigelser fra det almindelige. at disse fuldstændig kau forklares som Feil i Bestemmelserne. der ved Vandets Fortynding naturligvis taber i Nøiag- tighed. Kjender man Søvandets Klorgehalt. vil man af de i Tabellerne angivne Forholdstall kunne beregne de øvrige Bestanddele med saa stor Nøiagtighed. at de fundne Tal for Kalk, Magnesia og Svovlsyre kun undtagelsesvis vil differere mere end 0.002. 0.005 og 0.003 pCt. fra de direkte * - Bestemmelser i Tabel I. Forat lette Sammenligningen med de tidligere Ana- lyser har jeg 1 efterfølgende Tabel paa samme Vis som Forchhammer forbundet Klor og NSvovlsyre med Kalk og Magnesia til de Salte. som i Almindelighed antages .at forekomme i Søvandet. Al Kalk er regnet til Svyovlsyre. tain a larger quantity of sulphuric acid, sinee he found the * proportion of that constituent between the 60th and 62nd parallels of latitude to be 0.230 per cent. But, in all probability. this incongruous result must be aseribed to a constant error in his analyses, precipitating as he did the sulphurie aeid with nitrate of baryta, which — as will be afterwards shown — gives å miuch eontaminated deposit. From the last Table, it is sufficiently clear, that how- soever these determinations be regarded, they cannot be assumed to furnish absolute proof of a variable relation subsisting between the constituent pårts of sea-water; and we must bear mind. that of such differences as have hitherto defied the penetration of observers. the most-strik- in ing refer to sulphuric acid determinations. The hypothesis which assumes the Qcean to consist throughout its entire depth of one homogeneous fluid, im which the most accurate of chemical analyses shall fail to detect dis- similarity of composition, has received from the experiments' here deseribed probably stronger confirmation. than from any that have gone before them. Indeed none of my own results exhibit å want of agreement so considerable as that met with in some of Forechhammers and other chemists' analyses. Again. passing to the diluted samples (with a spe- citic gravity under 1.0260), no disturbanee will be apparent in the constant relation subsisting between the component parts of the water. At Stations 300, 339, and 350. where the specifie gravity and the proportion of ehlorine are reduced by the melting. in the immediate vicinity. of large masses of ice, the other constituents exhibit åa correspond- ing difference in amount. In two samples drawn at Sta- tion 143. in close" proximity to the Norwegian coast, where the surface-water is accordingly somewhat diluted, I determin- ed a gomparatively large amount of lime, whereas the proportion of magnesia and sulphurie acid was in striet proportion to that of the ehlorimne. deserving of notice, This result is. . perhaps. inasmuch as there are grounds for assuming the amount of lime to inerease near the coast. At Station 256. where the proportion of salt in the- surface-water is reduced to 2.02 per cent. the disturbance in the normal relation subsisting between the Several con- stituents was 'so slight. that it could be wholly aceounted for in- each case as an error of analysis. the determinations being by reason of the dilution of the water proportion- ately less accurate. Given the amount of eblorine in sea-water, the other viven in the Tables with such accuracy. that the figures found for lime, magnesia, and sulphuric acid will rarely difter more than 0.002, 0.005. and 0.003 per cent from the, direct determinations set forth m Table I. With a view to facilitate comparison with the earlier analyses, I have in the annexed-Table, followmng the exam- ple of Forehhammer, combined ehlorine and sulphurie aeid with lime and magnesia. to form the salts which are gener- ally assumed to oceur in sea-water. —Thus. all lime is * -constituents may be ealeulated from the proportional values * den tiloversblevne nesia og den hele Mængde Kali til Klor. 15 Svovlsyre til Magnesia, Resten, af Mag- | combined with sulphurie acid; the surplus of sulphuric aeid, with magnesia; the surplus of magnesia and the whole amount of potash, with chlorine. g *No. Ca80,. MgS0,.| MgCl..| KOL. |No. CaS0,. MgSOg| MgCh.| KOL | No. 0a80,, [MgS0,. MgCl,. | KCI. |No10a80,. MgS0,.| MgCl,. | KC. I 0.14540.2021/0.3651 26.0.1440/0.205090.3600 I 0.1454 0.2021 0.3651 260.1440/0.20590.3690 2 0.139100.213610.3676 27|0.0757|0.12010.1945 2 0.1301 0.2136/0.3676 27|0.07570:1201 0.1945 3 0.1306/0.2056 0.3591 28/0.1418/0.20290.3581 0.0716 | 3 0.1390 0.20560.3591 280.14180.2020,0.3581 0.0716 4 0:14200.21570-3645) 29/0.1424/0.2025/0.36670.0781 | 4 0.1420 0.2157 0.3645 209014240.2025 0.3667 0.0781 5|0-1374|0-2152|0-3497 : 30/0:1372|0.2134 0.3465 510:1374/0.215210.3497 300.1372/0.21340:3465 6 0.13890.21210.35500.07 51 31 0.1418) | 610.13890.2121/0.3550/0.0751| 31 0.1418 ; 7 0.1408 | '3210.1384 | 7.00-1408 32/0.1384 810.1396/0.2053 0.3546) 33/0.1432/0.2089/0.3524/ | 8/0.1396 0.2053 0.3546 33 0.1432 0.20890.3524 0910-1442 0.2058 0.3619 340-14360.2050,0.3678 | 9/0.14420.20580.3619 34 0:1436 0.2050 0.3678 10 0.1304 0.2063 0-3543 350.14240.2073 0.3567 10 0.1304 0.2065 0.3543 350.14240.2073 0.3567 I I |0:1433/0.196110.35 15 3610.14030.2062|0.3538/0.0764 | 11. 0.1433 0.19610.3515 360.1403g0:2062 0.3538 0.0764 I2 0.13800.21040.3620 37 0.1408.0.20490.3610 12 0.1389/0.2104/0.3620 37 0.1408 0.2049 0.3610 I 3 0.1442 0.20590.3690 380.14400.2004 0.3674 3 0.14420.2059 6.3690 38 0.1440/0.20040.3674 I 4 0.1360 390:13380.19050.3329 14 0.1360 el 39/0.1338/0.1005.0.3329| 15 0.138910.2082|0.3622 400.13990.2043 0.3496 |1510.1389/0:2082|0.3622) 40/0.139900.2043 0-3496 16 0.1401 41/0.14010.2091/0.3664 16 0.1401 ; | 41 0.1401 0.2091 0.3664 17 0.1424) | p 42/0.1425 0.10840.3602| I I7|0-1424 42/0.1425/0.1084/0.3602| 18 0.1364! 4310:1423/0.2119/0.3545| 118 0.1364 430.1423/0.21190.3545 19 0.1423/0.2083/0.3512 440:13450-19903/0-3420! |19 |0.14230.2083/0.3512 440-1345/0-1993/0-3420 20 0.1396/0.2074/0.3486 4510.1372/0.20590-3524| | 20 0.1306/0.2074/0.3486 450.1372/0.2059/0-3524! 21 0.1452,0.20580.3600 0.0755|46/0.1367 0.2101 0.3545 |21 0.1452 0.2058 0.36000.0755|460.13670.21010-3545 22 0.13840.2086,0.3669 47 0:1391 0.2062 0.3650 22 0.13840.2086 0.3660 47 0.1391 0.2062 0.3650 23 0.1430/0.20340.3629 480.13840.2004 0.3448 23 0.14300.20340.36209 480.13840.2004 0.3448 24 0.1413/0.2076.0.3700 400.14080.2081 0.3472 24 0.1413 0.20760.3700 490.1408 0.20810.3472 25 0.1423/0.2083 0.3481 Fie 0.2067 0.3505/0.0720 25 0.1423 0.2083 0.3481 500.1422 0.2067 0.3505 0.0720 51/0.1396/0.2088 0.3643 51 0.1306,0.20880.3643! Beregner mån efter den sidste Tabel Klornatriumge- halten af den Klormængde, der er blevet tilovers fra Kali og Magnesia, og adderes derpaa Salterne sammen, vil man fimde, at Summen bliver noget lavere end de Tal, der i Tabel I angiver Vandets samlede Saltmængde. Na- triumgehalt, der erholdes ved denne Beregning bliver nem- lig for liden, da der ikke er taget noget Hensyn til de i mindre Mængde forekommende Syrer. ; Den vigtigste af disse skulde ifølge Hr. Tornøes Un- Da samme Den dersøgelser være den af Baserne bundne Kulsyre: Tornøe bestemt denne Bestanddel i Vandprøver, hvori jeg senere har udført mine Analyser, har de har jeg medtaget de af ham fundne Kulsyremængder ved følgende Beregning af Søvandets Bestanddele, ved hvilken jeg tillige har opført den Klornatriumsgehalt, der svarer til det tiloversblevne Klor. der forud er sagt, har jeg forenet den surtbundne Kulsyre med Natron .til dobbelt kulsurt Salt. Den tiloversblevne ringe Mængde neutraltbundne Kulsyre har jeg regnet til I Overensstemmelse med, hvad Kalk. Ved Siden af den Sum, der erholdes ved Addition - af samtlige Bestanddele, har Jeg opført den Saltgehalt, der er fundet ved Inddampning af Søvandet efter den forud beskrevne Methode. | Now, on. computing by the last Table the amount of chloride of sodium from the surplus proportion' of ehlorine, uncombined with pøtash and magnesia, and then adding together the results, the total will be somewhat less than the whole amount of salt in sea-water as given in Table I — and for this reason, that the proportion of sodium thus computed is too small, no regard having been had to the acids occurring in small quantities in sea-water. The most important. of these, according to Mr. Tornøe's observations, is earbonie acid united to bases. Mr. Tornøe having determined this constituent im the same samples that I subsequently examined, I have taken his carbonie acid values for the following computation of the constituent parts of sea-water, among which I have given the amount of cehloride of sodium corresponding to the surplus of chlorine. In conformity with whåt has been previously stated, I have combined the carbonic acid oc- curring in bicarbonates with soda, to form bicarbonate of soda. The small surplus of carbonie acid oceurring in bi- carbonates, I have combined with lime. Along with the total amount found by adding together the several eonstituents. I have given the proportion of salt obtamed after evapo- rating sea-water by the method previously deseribed. 16 — === ; | | | | | | | | | Pro T Ve | | 2 | pP- NaH | nac! |Sum.| Salt- Ing, €a00;,| CaS0, |MgS0,| Mg Cl, | Koi | NF | naci Total.) of CO, gehalt. | eee pa Salt No.| 0200, | CaS0;| Mg80;| MgCl,| KO 21 10.00200.1423 0.2083/0.35810.07550:0175 2-601 3:49 3-49) 21/0:00200-1423 0.2083 0.3581 0.07550.0175 2.691 3.49 3:49 28 0.0021 0:1389 0.2074 0.3558 0.07160.0157 2.670 3:46! 3.-49|28 0:0021 0:138010.20740:3558 0:07 16.0.0157 2.670 3:46, 3-49 29 0.0021 0.13960:20490.3645/0.07810.0165 2.678 3.48 3:51 |20Q0.0021 0.1396/0.2049/0.3645 0.0781 0.0165 2.678 3.48 3:51 36 0.0024 0.1370 0.2091 0.35090:07640.0164 2.694 3-49 3:51 | 360.00240.13700.2091 0.35090.07640.0164 2.604 3-49 3-51 50 0.0016 0.1399 0.2056 0.35150.07200.0170 2.678 3.46 3.47 |500:00160.13990.20560.35150.072000.0170, 2.078 3:46 3:47 1 Som Følge af den høiere Svovlsyregehalt, Forchham- By reason of the greater proportion of sulphuric aeid finder i Søvandet, bliver hans Tal for Klornatrium ogsaa Forchhammer found in sea-water, his figures for chloride noget forøget. I Vandprøver af samme Egenvægt og Salt- | of sodium are neccessarily somewhat higher: In samples gehalt. som de af mig undersøgte. erholder han som Mid- deltal 2.75 pCt. Klornatrium. of water with precisely the same amount of salt as those examined by myself, he determined the mean proportion * | of ehloride of sodium to be 2.75 per cent. | Efter Tabel ITT har det nordlige Ishav gjennemsnit- According to Table ITT. the specific gravity of the lig en specifisk Vægt af 1.0265. og 100 Dele af Vandet | Norwegian Nea is 1.0265; and 100 parts of the. water indeholder: i | contain — CaO MgO K.0 CI SO; |: CaO MgO KO CI SO; 0.0578 0.2205 0.0472 11.932 0.2214. | 0.0577 0.2208 0.0472" 1:932 0.2214. Som Middeltal for de i Havet forekommende Salte er- | The mean values, as computed by the last Table, for holdes ifølge den sidste Tabel: | the salts occurring in Gcean-water, are as follows: — CaC0; 0aS80; MgS0, MgCl, KCl NaHCO; NaCl | (0CaC0; (CaSO0;, MgSO; MgCl, KCIl NaHCO;s NO 0.002 0.1395 0.2071 0.3561, 0.0747 0.0166 2.682 6.002 0.1395 0.2071 0.3561 0.0747 0.0166, 2.682. 100 Dele af det faste Søsalt mdeholder altsaa: | Hence, 100 parts of dry sea-salt contain — CaCO; (0280, MgS0: MgOl, KOl Na0C0, NaCl | 0200; MAS0, MgS0; MgOCk KCI| NaC( ); Na CI 0.057 4.00 593 1020 2.14 0.475 76.84. | 0.057 4.00 bk) 10200204 (OT 6:S4 Til Slutning vil jeg udtale min hjerteligste Tak til In conclusion, I beg to return Professor Waage my Hr. Professor Waage for den Hjælp. han paa flere Steder | most sincere thanks for the assistance he kindly rendered i mine Undersøgelser har ydet mig. | me when instituting the. observations recorded m thus | Memoir. Kristiania, den 14åde Februar 1880. | Christiamia, Febr. 14th 1880. Om Havbundens Afleiringer. landt de mange videnskabelige Undersøgelser. der be- handler Havets forskjellige Naturforhold, findes der kun faa, som har skaffet os nogen Kundskab om den kemisk- geologiske Beskaffenhed af de Afleiringer. der bedækker Bunden i de store Havbasiner. Det kan neppe vække nogen Forundring, at vore Fr- faringer i denne Retning endnu er meget begrændsede, naar vi erindrer, hvilke betydelige Hjælpemidler. der er nødvendige for at gjøre Havbunden paa de dybere Steder tilgjængelig for den videnskabelige Forskning. Der er vistnok i Tidernes Løb samlet mange Bidrag til Læren om de Sedimenter. der har afleiret sig langs Kysterne i de grundere Dele af Havet." men ved Mangel paa Materiale har vi været forhindrede fra at gjøre os noget klart Begreb om de lignende Dannelser i Oceanets store Dyb. De mange videnskabelige Expeditioner, dér har under- søgt Havet i forskjellige Retninger. har tildels ogsaa hentet Prøver op af Havbunden. men Observationerne dreier sig væsentlig om deres zoologiske Forhold. En planmæssig og alsidig Undersøgelse af Havbunden er først blevet iværksat af den britiske *Challenger”-Expe- dition (1872 —1876). Det rige Materiale af Bundprøver, der ved denne Anledning er indsamlet, er endnu ikke paa langt nær bearbeidet, men Expeditionens foreløbige Meddelelser — ved Sir Wywille Thomson og Mr. John Murray*> — har allerede vist os store og overraskende Resultater. " Det mest omfattende Værk i denne Retning er: ,Lithologie du fond des mers* par M. Delesse. ? Dr. Wallich: The North-Atlantic Sea-Bed. Preliminary Re- port of the Scientific Exploration of the Deep Sea in H.M. Surveying Vessel *Poreupine”. 1869. (Being No.121 of the Proceedings. of the Royal Society). The *Valorous” Expedition. Reports by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys and Dr. Carpenter. (From the Proceedings of the Royal Society, Vol. XXV, No. 173). % Reports from the *Challenger”. (From the Proceedings of the Royal Society, No. 107, 1868). *The' Atlantic” by Sir Wyville Thomson. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Schmelek: Chemi. On Oceanic Deposits. f the numerous scientific investigations undertaken to determine the physical conditions of the sea. very few have furnished us with trustworthy data concerning the chemico-geological nature of the deposits in the great ocean basins. Nor is it surprising that our experience in that diree- tion should as yet be very limited, if we call to mind by what elaborate and costly means the bed of the ocean can alone be rendered accessible to scientific research. True, many valuable additions have from time to time been made to our knowledge of the sea-bottom and its sur- face-stratum of sedimentary matter in coastal localities where the water is comparatively shallow:! but no elear idea could, for want of samples. be formed of the deposits in the great depths of the ocean. On one or two of the many seientifie Expeditions despatehed to investigate the sea in different parts of the world, samples of the bottom were indeed collected. though chiefly as a help towards determining, from the character of any organisms they might contain. the general biological features of the region explored.? | Å systematic and comprehensive investigation of the ocean-bed was first attempted on the *Challenger” Expedi- tion (1872—76). Much still remains to be done in working out its rich collection of samples: but the Preliminary Re- ports of Sir Wyville Thomson and Mr. John Murray> suffi- ciently attest that great and surprising results have been attained. 1 The most comprehensive work on this subject is *Lithologie du fond des mers,” by M. Delesse. ? Dr. Wallich: The North-Atlantic Sea-Bed. Preliminary Re- port of the Scientific Exploration of the Deep Sea in H. M. Surveying Vessel *Porceupine,” 1869. (Being No.121 of the Proceedings.of the - Royal Society). The *Valorous” Expedition. Reports by Dr. Gwyn: Jeffreys and Dr. Carpenter. (From the Proceedings of the Royal Society, Vol. XXV, No. 173.) 3 Reports from the *Challenger.” (From the Proceedings of the - Royal Society, No. 107, 1868.) *The Atlantic.” by Sir Wyville Thomson. 1 Det europæiske der 1876, 1877 og 1878 var Gjenstand for den norske Expeditions Undersøgelser, kan i Udstrækning ikke maale sig med de store Verdens- have; men det frembyder ved sin Beliggenhed en i flere Nordhav., Retninger særegen Interesse. Dette gjælder ikke mindst om dets geologiske For- hold. gjøre os et Begreb om enkeltg af de Betingelser, der er Naar vi tager .disse i Betragtning, maa vi kunne givne for Dannelsen af Bundens Afleiringer i dette Hav. Vi finder det fra forskjellige Sider begrændset af Øer og Kontinenter, hvor glaciale og vulkanske Krætter har været og endnu er i Virksomhed. Norge er vel et af de Lande, der fortrinsvis har været udsat for Istidens furende og afsnavende Evne, og Spidsbergen og Grønland betinder sig endnu i den glaciale Tilstand. Medens vi altsaa i disse Lande kan iagttage Isens Virkninger i den nuværende og i den forbigangne Tid, har vi paa Øerne Island og Jan Mayen de vulkanske Kræfter 'repræsenterede i et lignende historisk Forhold. Jan Mayen er et nedlagt Værksted, hvor der ikke paa mange hundrede Aar har fundet noget større Udbrud Sted, men Islands Vulkaner fortsætter fremdeles sim Virksomhed. Skjønt vi nu vanskelig kan gjøre os nogen Ide om, i hvør høi Grad de ovennævnte Naturkræfter kan bidrage til Havets Afleiringer, ved vi dog, at de begge spiller en med- virkende Rolle. ledes Isen — understøttet af Bræelvene — formaar at bære det Materiale, Det er saaledes almindelig bekjendt, hvor- den har erobret fra det faste Land, ud i Havet. Her naar den som Drivis ud til de fjerneste Egne. Det er ogsaa en Nødvendighed. at der ved Vulkanernes Virksomhed maa samle sig mange mineralske Ntoffe paa At disse kan være af væsentlig Betydning for dens Afleiringer er '— for de store Verdenshaves Vedkom- Havbunden. mende — godtgjort ved Mr. Murrays Undersøgelser. Foruden de ovennævnte Kræfter har vi i Nordhavet ogsaa andre. der 1 fremtrædende Grad virker i den samme Retning. Beeren Eiland er saaledes et mærkelig Exempel paa, hvorledes Bølgerne til Fordel for Havets Sedimenter formaar at udgrave og afslide det faste Land. Ved Betragtning af disse mest iøinefaldende Natur- forhold kan vi gjøre os et Begreb .om, hvorledes der uden- fra kan tilføres Havet Materiale, men paa den anden Side ved vi ogsaa, at Dyrelivet ved sine kemiske Virkninger kan give mægtige Bidrag til de sedimentære Nydannelser. Hvor- ledes nu de forskjellige Kræfter virker i Forening, hvem der har en større og hvem der har en mindre Betydning, og hvad der er det endelige Resultat af deres Samvirken -- er Spørgsmaal, som vi ikke kan besvare, førend vi har hentet Materialet til vor Undersøgelse op fra selve Havbunden. Ifølge Planen for den norske Nordhavsexpedition var der bestemt, at der paa alle de Stationer, hvor Dybde- maalinger foretoges, tillige skulde optages Prøver fra Bun- den. For at anskueliggjøre de Redskaber, der tjente til The Neas of Northern Europe scientifically investiga- ted on the Norwégian Expedition in 1876, 1877, and 1878, though in point of extent they cannot compare with the great oceans of the globe, are yet, by reason of their geo- graphical position, in many respects peculiarly attractive as 'a field of exploratory researeh. And not least does this apply to their geologieal cha- racter, which, if rightly apprehended, cannot but afford a elew to some of the conditions determining the formation of sedimentary deposit over the bed of the North Atlantic. The tract in question is bounded on several sides by islands and continents where glacial and volcanic ageney has been and still continues in operation. Few regions of our planet ean in like degree with Norway have been ex- posed to the furrowing and grmding action of glaciers during the great ice age;* and Spitzbergen and Greenland are even now in a glacial state. Thus, whilst the past and present effects of glacial action may be observed in those regions, the islands of Jan Mayen and Iceland exhibit å similar lustoric relation as regards voleanie ageney. The former is, so to speak, a long since abandoned workshop, in which for hundreds of years there has been no considerable eruption, whereas the volecanoes of Iceland continue as active as ever. Now, though we can hardly determine in what degree the said forces tend to inerease oceanic deposits, we know that both play a co-operative part in their formation. Thus, for instance, it is åa well-known fact, that the ice, mm con- junction with glaeier torrents, bears down all manner ot débris to the ocean. From here it find its way as drift-iee to the most distant regions. Moreover, it is obvious that to voleanie ageney must be aseribed the occurrence of many mineral substances present in oceanic deposit, of which they are shown by the results of Mr. Murray's investigations — as regards at least the great ocean basins — to-constitute an important feature. But, apart from the action of glaciers and voleunoes, we have other potent forces operating with -Jlike effect im the North Atlantic. Thus, plifies the remarkable ageumulating sedimentary deposit over the ocean-bed by Beeren Eiland signally exem- mstrumentality of the waves in excavating and wearing away the rocks of the shore. A glance at these salient physical conditions will suffice to show from what extraneous sources oceanic de- posit can be derived; and on the other hand, we know that animal life, so abundant im the waters of the sea, must largely contribute to such new formations. But how the several forces act in conjunction, what is the produet of each, aud what the joint result of their co-operation, — these are questions the bearing of which we cannot venture to infer till such time as samples of deposit shall have been brought up from the sea-=bed itself. Pursuant to the Scheme of Work for the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, a sample of the bottom was, if possible, to be. obtained at every sounding-station. The fol- lowing extracts from *The Apparatus, and how used,” one Indsamlingen af Bundprøverne, hidsætter jeg følgende Ud- drag af Hr. Kaptein Willes Beretning om Apparaterne og deres Brug: Naar Dybden ikke antoges at være over 1000 Favne anvendtes det saakaldte Rørlod. Dyb brugtes Baillie-Maskinen. Rørloddet er af Bly (0.77” langt og 0.078” i Dia- Det har i den nedre Ende et i Til Lodning paa større meter) og veier 56 Kor. en Messingmuffe indskruet Jernrør (0.23” langt og 0.04” i indre Diameter) til Optagelse af Prøver fra Bunden. Dette. Rør har i den øvre. Ende nogle Huller, for. at Van- det kan slippe ud. naar Bundprøven trænger ind nedenfra, og i den nedre Ende en Butterfly-Ventil, der aabner sig opad, og som hindrer Bundprøven fra at skylles ud under Ophalingen. Naar Røret er afskruet, kan et Sidestykke tages ud, hvorved Bundprøven kommer tilsyne med sine naturlige Lag og kan undersøges foreløbig, førend den brin- ges paa de dertil bestemte Opbevaringskar. Til Oplodning paa over 1000 Favne brugtes Baillie- Maskinen, der var forsynet med den samme Indretning til Optagelse af Bundprøverne som Rørloddet; men Jernrøret var her betydelig større (0.43” langt og 0.057” indre Diameter) og kunde derfor skaffe rigeligere Portioner op af Havbunden*. Hvor Slamlagene var mægtige nok til at fylde Jern- rørene 1 hele deres Længde, kunde Rørloddet og Baillie- Maskinen optage 200—700 Gr. af Havbundens løse Ma- teriale. Ombord blev der ikke foretaget nogen grundigere Man indskrænkede sig til korte Notitser i Loddejournalen om deres Udseende og Art. Undersøgelse af Bundprøverne. hvorpaa de opbevaredes paa Glaskrukker til videre Bear- De Benævnelser, der ombord blev tildelt de forskjellige Slags Sedimenter, er væsentlig hydrogratiske; de nye Udtryk, der er komne til, skyldes Zoologerne. :Ved den kortfattede Beskrivelse i Loddejour- nalen har der imidlertid indsneget sig enkelte Misforstaaelser og Feil. som ved denne Afhandling vil blive Gjenstand for en Revision. | beidelse efter Hjemkomsten. Det fremgik som et umiddelbart Resultat af Observa- tionerne ombord, at de Slamdannelser, :der bedækker Bun- den i Nordhavet; er af en uligeartet Beskaffenhed. Vi fandt imidlertid som en Lovmæssighed, at Bund- prøverne kunde inddeles i forskjellige Grupper, hvis særegne Kjendemærker rettede sig efter Forekomststedet. I Over- ensstemmelse med hvad der er forud bekjendt om lignende Forhold, viste det sig, at Dybden var den væsentligste Be- tingelse for Sedimenternes Udseende og Art. Jeg finder det hensigtsmæssigt, førend jeg gaar over «til den nærmere Beskrivelse af Bundprøverné, at give en ) Vægten af Slammet i tørret Tilstand. of Captam Wille's contributions to the General Report. are given to explain the character of the apparatus with which the samples were brought up. *When the depth was supposed not to exceed 1000 fathoms. we used the tube-lead, as it is called. For soun- ding in greater depths the Baillie machine was employed. The tube-lead (2 feet 6'/> inches long diameter) is of lead, and weighs 112 pounds. by 3 imehes in At the lower end it has a brass box. into which is serewed an iron tube, . 9 inches long and 2 mehes mm diameter, for bringing up samples of the bottom. This tube has the upper end per- forated with a number of holes to allow of the water pas- sing out on the sample of the bottom pressing in from beneath, and is furnished at the lower end with a butterfly valve, opening inwards, to prevent the washing out of the sample on its journey to the surface. The tube serewed off, the sample within may, by removing a slip from the side, be diselosed as it lies ?n situ for preliminary examina- tion, before being taken to the receptacles in which it is stored. The Baillie machine, used for depths exceeding 1000 had the same arrangement as the tube-lead for bringing up samples of the bottom: but the tube being of fathoms. much greater dimensions (17 in. long by 2.2 in. in diameter), a proportionally larger quantum of deposit could be obtained with this instrument.” When the surface-layer was suffieiently extensive in a vertical direction to admit of the tubes being filled throughout their entire length, the tube-lead and the Baillie machine brought up respectively 200 grammes and 700 grammes? of the bottom. On board, the samples were not submitted to analysis, but. after noting their nature and general appearance, care- fully removed to glass jars for subsequent examination. The.characteristic terms given in the sounding-journal to the various deseriptions of elay, are chiefly hydrographie; for the various appellative expressions of zoological origin occurring in this Memoir I am imdebted to the suggestions of Professor Sars and the other naturalists to the Expedi- tion. OQwing to the compendious form, å few minor errors and misconceptions have slipped into the brief deseriptive statement in the sounding-journal, which has accordingly been submitted to a careful revisiön. Ås a direct result of the eursory inspection on board. it was apparent that the layers of sedimentary deposit covering the bed of the North Atlantic differ considerably in character. Meanwhile, åa marked regularity of oceurrence admitted of arranging the samples in definite groups, with distinctive features exclusively referrable to locality. In accordance with analogous phenomena previously investigated. depth proved the main condition determining the nature: and ap- pearance of the deposits. Before proceeding to give a detailed deseription of the samples of the bottom collected on the Norwegian North- ! Weight of the clay when dried. 1* kortfattet Qversigt over de forskjellige Sedimenters- For- deling i Havet — støttet til [agttagelserne ombord og mine senere Undersøgelser. Jeg maa her forudskikke den Bemærkning, at jeg i Mangel af andre Udtryk har valgt Benævnelsen *Ler” for alle de Slamdannelser. der efter Tørring opnaaede en vis Beskrivelsen af Bundprø- vernes ydre Kjendetegn refererer sig væsentlig til deres Udseende i tørrede Tilstand, saaledes som jeg ved mine Undersøgelser har havt dem. Det være foreløbig sagt, at det mest karakteristiske Mærke for de forskjellige Sedimenter er Farven, der væsentlig er betinget af den Fasthed og Sammenhængskratt. den Oxydationsgrad, hvori de befinder sig. I de grundere Dele af Havbunden langs Norges og Spidsbergens Kyster finder wi Bunden bedækket af et mere eller mindre plastisk Ler, der næsten altid er af en graa Farve. Blandingsdelenes Finhed og Biblandingen af grovere Materiale — i Form af Sand, Dyreskaller og lignende — er meget forskjellige i de talrige Prøver, der er indsamlede fra disse Egne af Havbunden. Dette Kystler gaar sjelden dybere ned end til 400—500 Favne (700—900 Meter). Ved dette Dyb støder man ialmindelighed paa et brunt Ler, der bebuder Overgangen til det egentlige Oceansedi- ment. ofte temmelig sandholdigt og grovkornigt og indeholder kun faa Foraminiferer (OQvergangsler); længere ud 1 Havet bliver I Begyndelsen af sin Optræden er dette brune Ler det mere fint og ensartet, indtil det gaar over 1 det saa- kaldte *Biloeulinler”, som findes paa næsten alle Dybder, der er større end 1000 Favne. | Dette er et eiendommeligt, fimt Sediment af en lys- brun til mørkbrun Farve og udmærker sig ved sin større eller mindre Rigdom paa smaa Foraminiferer. Fremtræ- dende for det blottede Øie er isærdeleshed Slægten Bilo- culina med sine smaa hvide Skaller, af Størrelse og Form som et Knappenaalshoved, spredte rundt omkring i Slammet. Dette er derfor af Zoologerne opkaldt efter disse smaa Dyr, der giver det et karakteristisk og let kjendeligt Udseende. Vi skal senere tale om de øvrige i Leret forekom- mende Foraminiferer, som paa Grund af sit Udseende eller sin ringe Størrelse er mindre iømefaldende end Biloculinerne, om de end i Antal er langt overveiende. I den østlige Del af Nordhavet mellem Spidsbergen, Beeren Eiland, Norge og Novaja Semlja har vi fundet Bunden bedækket med et grøn-graat paa Dyrelevninger fattigt Ler. Egenskaber er isærdeleshed udprægede i Bundprøverne fra de østligste Stationer. Dets grønlige Farve og øvrige karakteristiske Zoologerne har kaldt dette Sediment Atlantic Expedition, I will brietly state the results of the preliminary inspection and my own subsequent examination in so far as they bear on the distribution of the deposits over the bed of the ocean-traét explored. To begin with, I must observe that for want of some other, more precise expression, I have chosen the term *elay” by which to designate all sedimentary deposits that, when free from moisture, still retain a certain 'degree of firmness and cohesive power. My deseription of the exter- nal characteristics of the samples refers chiefly to their appearance when dry, in which state they were submitted to analysis. I may observe here, that colour, mainly depen- dent on the degree of oxidation, constitutes the most salient distinctive feature of oceanic deposits. In the shallower parts of the sea along the coasts of Norway aud Spitzbergen we find the surface of the bottom covered with åa more or less plastic clay, almost nmvariably grey 1n colour. it and the admixture of coarser partieles, such as sand, pebbles, caleareous shells. varies very considerably in the The fineness of the substance composing numerous samples «brought up fröm the sea-bed m those localities. This coastal elay is rarely met with farther down than 400—500 fathoms (700—900 metres). At that depth the surface-layer of the bottom is generally found to consist of åa brown clay, which announ- ces transition to the true oceanic' deposit. Where it first oceurs, this brown clay, contaming but few Foraminifera (transition clay), is often more or less sabulous and coarsely but farther finer and homogeneous in substance, till it is ultimately merged into granulated:; down 1t gets more that sedimentary deposit to which our naturalists have given of *Biloculina clay,” met with at almost all depths 1000 fathoms. the name exceeding Biloculina elay is a fine deposit varying mm colour from light to dark brown. and distinguished by a greater or less abundance of minute Foraminifera. Of those perceptible to the naked eye; by far the greater part belong to the genus Biloculina, with øts minute white shells, resembling a pin's head in size and shape, dispersed throughout the sedimentary substance, to which these small animals give a characteristic and easily recognisable appearance; — whence the appropriate name suggested by the naturalists to the Expedition. We shall afterwards speak of the other Foraminifera that occur in this élay, but which, owing either to their appearance or minute size, are less conspicuous than the - Biloculinæ, though greatly exceeding those animals in number. In the eastern tract of the Arctic ocean between Spitzbergen, Beeren Biland, and Novaja Zemlja, we found the bottom covered with a pgreenish-grey clay, contaming but few animal remains. Its green colour and other di- stinetive features are particularly prominent in the samples collected at the most easterly of the observing-stations. «Rhabdammina-Ler” efter en Foraminifer. som ofte fore- kommer paa denne Del af Havbunden. Rundt omkring den vulkanske Ø Jan Mayen bestaar Bundens Afleiringer af et graasort fint Sand eller Sandler, der indeholder talrige Brudsty kker af den basaltiske Lavas Mineraler. Expeditionens Dybdemaalinger langs Islands Østkyst viste, at Bunden her var af en noget uligeartet Beskaffen- hed. Selv paa de større Dyb (indtil 844 Favne) stødte Loddet flere Gange mod Sten og kom op uden nogen Bund- prøve. Ved de nordlige Stationer paa denne Rute fandtes et mørkgraat Ler, paa de sydlige syntes Sand og Sten at være fremherskende. Efter disse foreløbige Meddelelser vil jeg nu give en ordnet Fortegnelse over det foreliggende Materiale, 1 hvil- ken man vil finde en kortfattet Beskrivelse af Bundprøver- nes Udseende og Art. Hvad der i det foregaaende er sagt om Slamarternes Udbredelse belyses nøiere af det vedføiede Kart, som i det følgende skal nærmere forklares. Slam- arterne er paa dette Kart betegnet hver med sin naturlige Farve. Forat faa disse i. Overensstemmelse med Virkelig- heden har jeg ladet dem kopiere efter et Originalkart, malet med pulveriserede Bundprøver, udrørte i Gummivand. De Stene, der fandtes i Bundprøverne. hvilke ligeledes kunde naturligvis blot Hvor der paa Havbunden laa er medtaget i- følgende Fortegnelse, være af en ringe Størrelse. Stene, der var større end Aabningen af Jernrøret, hvormed maatte dette ialmindelighed komme tomt op, og i Loddejournalen noteredes i saadanne Tilfælde: haard Bund, eller: Fjeld. Den sidste Benævnelse er dog ved senere Overveielse blevet afskaffet, da den lettelig kan forsaavidt som den fører Bundprøverne optoges, lede til en Begrebsforvirring, Tanken hen paa større sammenhængende Stenmasser, hvis Nærværelse naturligvis ikke kan bevises derved, at Jern- røret kommer tomt op. Jeg har i dette Tilfælde benyttet Udtrykket: Stenbund. De fleste af de Bundprøver, der er optagne paa Kyst- bankerne indenfor det graa Lers Omraade, indeholder Stene i vexlende Mængde og af forskjellig Størrelse. Mangengang udgjorde disse en væsentlig Del af Bundprøven, saaat denne i tørret Tilstand lignede et Konglomerat. I Bundprøverne fra. Biloeulinleret fandtes ogsaa af og til enkelte Stene. især i den nordlige Del af Havet. De større Stene, der optoges med Skraben eller Traw- len, blev ialmindelighed bestemte ombord af Hr. Professor Mohn, der velvillig har overladt mig sine Optegnelser; en Del blev først efter Hjemkomsten undersøgt. Jeg vil her paa Forhaand gjøre opmærksom paa, at | ov *Rhabdammina a genus of Foraminifera which often abounds This deposit our naturalists haye termed Clay,” after in that part of the ocean-bed. Off the voleanic island of Jan Mayen. the surface- layer of the bottom consists of a fine, dark-grey sand, or sabulous clay, containing numerous particles of basaltic lava. The soundings taken along the east coast of Iceland show the bottom to be variable in throughout that locality. the far down as 844 fathoms. for instance) the leaa repeatedly struck against rock or stone, empty. At the northern Stations in this tract we found a bottom clay, sand anid stone would seem to predominate. I will now, after the above preliminary observations, North-Atlantic somewhat character Even in greater depths (as and came up with the tube of dark-grey whereas at the southern, give å List of the samples collected on the I Expedition, deseription of their naturé and appearance. What has already been stated concerning the distribution of the oceanic deposits treated of in this Memoir, the accompanying map, of which a detailed expla- nation will afterwards be given, more fully elucidates. fm this Map each section has the colour actually distinguishing the deposit it represents. That the different colours might be as true as possible to nature, I had them copied from an original map coloured with pulverized samples of the along with a brief bottom dissolved in gum-water. The pebbles found im the samples of the bottom in the followmg List. could be naturally magnitude. If, m the locality where a the sea-bed was covered with stones and ineluded but ot: trifling sounding was taken, larger than the opening of the iron tube with which the samples of the bottom were collected, the apparatus would as å general rule come up empty, in which case *hard bottom” or was entered in the sounding-journal. The term rock. however. I have seen fit, after mature con- sideration. to reject, since it might very naturally give rise to misunderstanding, and be taken to signify a connected mass of stone, whose existence there is of course nothing whatever to prove in the fact of the tube coming up rwith- out å sample of the bottom. The expression *bottom stony” is therefore substituted for *rock”, as less hable to mus- construction. j Most of the samples eolleeted on the coastal banks, where a grey clay predominates, contained pebbles varying in number and magnitude. Frequently indeed they con- stituted the principal part of the sample, which, when dry, resembled conglomerate in appearance. A few pebbles occurred too in the samples of Bilo- more especially those from the northern part *roek” eulina clay, of the ocean-tract explored. The larger stones brought up in the dredge or trawl were as å rule determined on board by Professor Mohn, who has kindly placed his memoranda at my service; some few however weré not ex xamined till after the return of the Expedition. With determination of the pebbles regard to my Bestemmelsen af de smaa Stene, der blev fundne i Bund- prøverne, er udført ganske overfladisk uden nøiere mikro- skopiske Undersøgelser og derfor nødvendigvis maa betrag- tes med et vist Forbehold. Det vil saaledes forstaaes, at man ved Betragtning af disse smaa Brudstykker vanskelig skal kunne skjelne mellem de nærbeslægtede Bergarter (f. Ex. de forskjellige krystallinske Skifere), og endnu mindre lader det sig paa denne Maade afgjøre, hvor deres oprin- delige Forekomststed har været. med Hensyn til det sidste Spørgsmaal vilde visselig være En nølere Undersøgelse af Interesse. men paa Grund af det omstændelige Arbeide, som hertil kræves, har jeg foreløbig maattet sætte den.tilside. Bundprøver fra 1876. Station 3. Nordlig Bredde 619 5. fra Greenwich 5" 15". Sognefjorden. Dybde 618 Favne (1130 Meter). Bundtemperatur 6.6". En liden Prøve af blaagraat og brungraat. sandholdigt Ler med nogle smaa Kvartskorn. Østlig: Længde Faa uorganiske Dyrelevninger. Station 4. N. B. 619 5/,- Ø. L. 59 14". 566 Fva. (1035 M.). 6.69, Graat, sandholdigt Ler med mange ganske smaa Ntene (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.). væsentlig bestaaende af Kvarts. Station 5. N. B. 619 6", Ø. L: 5012 504 Fv. (922 M.). 6.6". Graat sandholdigt Ler. Station 6. N. B. 619 6", 509. 911 Fvn. (386 M.). 6.69, Stenbund. Ø. L. StaHonM ENER SOLO ØSE 06 Eva: (3877 M.). 6.6". Stenbund. Station 9. N. B. 619 30, Ø. L. 39 37'. 206 Fvn. (877 M.). 5.8". Fnsartet. lysgraat Ler. Ingen Stene. Å S 9”, ; ; Mange uorganiske Dyrelevninger (især af NSlægten Uvige- rind). Station I0. N. B. 619 41", Ø. L. 39 19”. 220 Fyn. (402 M.). 6.0", Fint, ensartet. brunligeraat Ler. Stene. Faa uorganiske Dyrelevninger. Ingen Station II. Ø: 1309 (424 M.). 6.10. N. B. 619.477, Fint, graat Ler. 232 Fyn. met with in the specimens of the bottom, I will state at once, that, having been roughly performed without the aid of the microscope. it does not pretend to more than comparative accuracy, and some reservation should accor- dingly be shown in receiving the results. It is no easy matter to distinguish at sight, when examining such small fragments, between different but closely resembling deserip- tions of rock (for instance the numerous erystalline sehists), while the diffieulty of thus determining their origin must Å closer examina- tion with those objects in view would no doubt be well worth undertaking; but owing to the labour it would in- volve. I must await a more favourable opportunity for be far greater, not to say imsuperable. further investigations. Samples of the Bottom (1876). Station 3 (the Sognefjord). — Lat. 619 5' N.. long. 50 15' E.; depth 618 fathoms (1130 metres): bottom-tem- perature 6.6". Å small sample of blush-grey and brownish- grey sabulous clay contaiming granular fragments of quartz and a few mnorganic animal remains. Station 4. — Lat. 61% 5' N., long. 50 14' E:; d. 566 fms. (1035 m.); b.-t. 6.6". Å grey sabulous clay con- taining numbers of very small pebbles, chiefly quartz. the biggest weighing 0.57. Station 5. — Lat. 504 fms. (922 m.); b.+t. 6LONG NS Hong OD EE: 6,69. Å grey. sabulous clay. Station 6 = Lat: 6106 N Mnd! 211 fms. (386 m.); b.-t. 6.6". Bottom stony. Station 7. — Lat. 610 GENI Mong. 50 114 BAG: 206 fms. (377 m.): b.-t. 6.69. Böttom stony. GIRFSOMNE. 5.80 SPRE d: light-grey clay Station 9. — Lat. 206 fms. (877 m.): b.-t. long. A uniform, | + eontaining numerous inorganie animal remains (particularly of the genus Uvigerima). No pebbles. Station 10. — Lat. 61% 41" N., long. 89 19' FE; d. 220 fms. (402 m.); b.-t. 6.00. grey clay containing a few inorganic animal remains. No A uniformly fine, brownish- pebbles. Station Il. — Lat: 619 479N. one: 39 9 Hd. 232 fms. (424 m.); b.-t. 6.10. Å fme, grey clay. Station 12. N. B. 619 53", Ø. L. (408 M.). 6.30. Fint, graat Ler. Station 13. N. B. 619 58", Ø. L. 20 54". 228 Fyn. (417 M.). 6.19 Lysgraåt, ensartet, finkornigt og fast Ler. Ingen Stene. Faa Kalkskaller. "Station 14. N. B. 629 4", Ø. L. 20 45", 226 Fyn. (413 M.). 6.10. Graat, ensartet, grovkornigt Ler. Et lidet Stykke Jern, som muligens er afslidt Loddet. Ingen Stene. Mange Kalkskaller (Uvigerina). 20 36". 291 Fyn. Station 15. M). 610 N. B. 629 10", Ø. L. Graat, fint Ler. Soo Fyn. Station 16. M.). 460 N.(BI620 22 1048: Stenbund. 288 Fyn. Station 17. N. B. 629 33, Ø.L. 20 4. (527 M.). 2.40, Stenbund. Station 18. (dam). EE4:00 liggraat, fast og finkormigt Ler. N. B. 620.44", Ø. L. 1948". 412 Fyn. Blanding af lysgraat Sandler og brun- I Bundprøven fandtes mange smaa Glimmerblade og afrundede Kvartskorn, men Med Skraben optoges paa denne Station en stor, rund Sten, der viste forøvrigt kun faa og ganske smaa Ntene. sig at være en Breccie, en fin, graa Sandsten og en af- rundet Marmorblok (0.25 M. lang og 0.15 M. bred). Efterat et Stykke var slaaet af den sidstnævnte Sten, tlød der Vand ud af et Hul i dens Indre. Station 19. N.B. 629 23, Ø.L. 2" 5.0. 226 Fyn. (4138 M.). 6.09. Graat, sandholdigt Ler. Station 2008 NBA 62006 HØN 328210 Fyn. (400 M.). 6.20. Graat, grovkornigt og usammenhængende Ler: tilligemed noget af en mørkere Nlags. En Mængde Skaller at Uvigerina. Ingen Stene. Stationk2IH ON. Ba. 62 0 ØRE 300280 188 Fyn. (844 M.). 5.8". Graat, sandholdigt Ler. Station 24. N. B. 63" 10", Ø. L. 59 58... 90 Fyn. M.). 6.99 Graat, sandholdigt Ler. : 237 Station 26a. N. B..63" 10", Ø. L. 59 16". Fyn. (433 M.). 7.19., Graat, sandboldigt Ler. Station 26 b. Me. IN 18 (6830 7 Stenbund. ORTON vn. (165 Station 27. N. B. 639 6", Ø. L. 5" 18. 90 Fyn. (165 M.). 7.8". Stenbund. Station 12. — Lat. 619 53" N.. 223 fms. (408 m.); b.-t. 6.34. BW 0 DEE GL A fine, grey clay. long. Station 13. — Lat. 619 58' N., long, 20 228 Ims. (417 mm): bt. 61%. Å fom, light-grey clay contaiming a few calcareous shells. 54" E: d. finely granulous, No pebbles. Station 14. — Lat. 629 4' N,, 226 fms. (413 m.): b.-t. 6.10. clay containing numbers of calcareous shells (Uvigerina) 45" Bd. Å grey, coarsely granulous long. 20 and a particle of iron, possibly broken off one of the sin- kers. No pebbles. Å BAO 1862 GL clay. Station 15. — "Lat. 629 10' N., long. 221 fms. (404 m.); b.-t. 6.19. Å fine, grey 242N one 2007! Bottom stony. Station 16. — Lat. 62" 221 fms. (404 m.); b.t. 4.60. Station 17. — Lat. 620 288 fms. (527 m.); b.-t. 2.40, JON. JÅ one 200000p rd: Bottom stony. Station 18. — Lat. 62" 44' N., long. 19 48' E.; d. 412 fms. (753 m.); b.-t. — 1.0". Å mixture of light-grey sabulous clay and brownish-grey, firm, and fimely granulated clay contaming numerous delicate laminæ of mica and glo- bular granules of quartz, as also a few very small pebbles. The dredge brought up å big, round stone, which proved on inspection to be a breceie, together with a block of On breaking otf water was seen to well forth from an marble (0.25 m. long and 0.15 m. broad). a piece of the latter, aperture m the side. Station 19. — Lat. 629 23" N., long. 29 5.0" E.; d. 226 fms. (413 m.); b.t. 6.00. Å grey, sabulous clay. N., long. 398 E; d. grey coarsely granulous Station 20. — Lat. 629 16" 219 fms. (400 m.); b.-t. 6.2%. Å loose clay, along with a little of åa darker tint containing countless shells of Uvigerina. No pebbles. Station 21. — Lat. 620 14 N., long. 30 28' FB; d. 219 fms. (344 m.); b.t. 5.89. Å grey, sabulous clay. Station 24. — Lat. 630 10' N., long. 59 58' E.:: d. 90 fms. (165 m.); b. 0 51". 430 Fyn. Mange Stene i melige forvitrende Stene. Faa Kalkskaller. Station 33. N. B. 639 5, Ø. L. 89 0. (960 M.). —1.19%, Graat Ler. 525 Fyvn. Station 34. N. B. 63 5”, Ø. L. 09 53". (HORN 00 Graat, fint Ler (Slik). 58T Fyn. Station 35. NB: 630 97% VL. 19264 (1977 M.).- — 1.09, Biloculinler. 1081 Fvn. - Station 36. N. B. 620 15, NE 40 346 (271 M.). 7.99 Stenbund. ; 148 Fvn. 29 690 Fyn. Nogle smaa «Station 37. N.B. 620 287, V. k.29 (1226 M.). — 1.1". Brunt. sandholdigt Ler. Stene. Mange fime Glimmerblade. Station 38. N. B. 63 1". V. L. 32 58.. 204 Fyn. (373 M.). 0.79 Stenbund. Station 40. Fyn. (2222 M.). NABI630 220 — 1.21. VE BO EE ENG) Ensartet Biloculinler med mange Biloculiner. I Bundprøven ingen Stene. I Skraben fand- tes: Et Stykke af en tæt Gneis, Klumper og Knoller af forskjellig Form, Størrelse og Farve og nogle Pimpsten- stykker. Station 41. N. B. 639 37, V. L. 79 10. 697 Fyn. (1275 M.). —1.09%, Fint, graat, ensartet Ler. Ingen Stene. Station 42 NBG 094 VW BOG 264 Fvn. (483 M.). 1.39- Stenbund. å Station 43. N. B. 639 11”, V. L. 130 32. 529 Fvn. (967 M.). 2.97. Lerholdigt Sand. <> Cm.) og endel ubestem- - Station 28. — Lat. 639 10' N., long. 59 11" E.; d. 396 fms. (724 m.); b.-t. — 0.50. Å grey. .sabulous clay. Station 29! — Lat. 630 10/N., 396 fms. (724 m.); bt. — 0.20 long DOE ed: A grey. sabulous clay. Station 30. — Lat. 63% 10 N., long. 504 EFE; d. 401 fms. (733 m.); bt. —04". Å fine, uniform, light-grey elay contaming a few caleareous shells. No pebbles. Station 3I. — Lat. 63" 10' N. ak tms (163 mb 090 lone Soo Fed! A grey, sabulous clay. Station 32. — Lat. 639 10' N., long. 49 51" FE. d. 430 fms. (786 m.): b.-t. —0.69%. Å fine. grey clay con- taining: — Numerous pebbles of silicious schist and gneiss; fragments of red sandstone, green argillaceous slate, gra- DE grated particles of stone; a few caleareous shells. nite, pumice (D X D X divers indeterminable disinte- Station 33. — Lat. 639 5' N., long. 30 0' E; d. 525 fms. (960 m.); b.-t. — 1.19 Å grey clay. Station 34. — Lat. 6305N;, 587 fms: (1078 m); b.t. 100 A long. 09 58' Ei d. grey mud. Station 35. — Lat. 63 7 N., long. 19 26' W.: d. 1081 fms. (1977 m.); b.-t. — 1.09. Biloculina clay. Station 36. — Lat. 629 15 N., long: 49 34 W.: d. 148 fms. (271 m.); b.-t. 7.99. Bottom stony. Station 37. — Lat. 629 28" N.. long. 20 29! W.: Å. 690 fms. (1226 m.); b.-t. — 1.14. containing a few small pebbles and numerous delicate mi- A brown, sabulous clay caceous laminæ. Station 38. — Lat. 63" 1" N., 30 58" W.: d. 204 fms. (873 m.); b.-t. 0.79, Bottom stony. long. 639 99'.N, ee Station 40. — Lat. d. 1215 fms. (2222 m.); b.t. clay containimg many Biloculimæ. long: 5029/15: A uniform biloculina No pebbles. The dredge brought up å fragment of compact gneiss. together with numerous nodules, or evneretions, varying in form, magni- tude, and colour, and å few pieces of pumice. Station 41. — Lat. 63" 37' N., long. 79 10 W;; d. 697 fms. (1275 m.); b.-t. — 1.0". Å fine, grey, uniform clay. No pebbles. Station 42. — Liat.-63 2.5" N.. long. 100 17 .W.; d. 264 fms. (483 m.); b.-t. 1.8". Bottom stony. Station 43: — Lat? 63ATIN, d. 529 fms. (967 m.); b.-t. 2.90 long. 139 32" W. Argillaceous sand. 9 NABO ERV AL 140 04 Stenbund. Station 44. 844 Fyn. (1548 M.). 2.70. Station 45. (997 M.). 430 lerholdigt Sand. N. B.-639 28", V. L. 120 58". 1381 Fvn. Stenbund:; blot en liden Prøve af brunt. Mange ganske smaa Ntene: Kalkspath. Station 46. (470 M.). . 3.90. NABr 00 DV Sten og graat Ler. Station 47. N. B. 640.135", V. L. 119 14". 190 Fyn. (347 M.). 6.0", Stenbund. Station 48. N. B. 649 36", V. L. 100 22". 299 Fvn. (47 M.). Nogle Stene i Bundprøven: Kvarts, Granit (veiende indtil 0:1 Gr.). Faa Kalkskaller. — 0.3", Ensartet, mørkgraat, løst Ler. Station 49. N. B. 6500", V. L. 99 25". 487 Fyn. (799 M.). —0.89% Sandholdigt Ler. Station 50. 650267 V. 11.182 24". 571 Fyn. NB: 90 (1044 M.). —0. Mørkt, blaaliggraat Ler. Ingen Stene. Station S FENG 60 SN 63 Fyn. (2127 M.). —1.19, Biloculinler. Ingen Stene. He At AIG eV Biloculimler. 1861 Ingen Ntene. Station 52. N. B. Byo(920r MAE ee Station s NEBE ODER ORO 3 5309 Fyn. (2814 M.). —1.3% Biloeulimler. Paa hver OCm. af den tørrede Bundprøve 2—3 Biloeuliner. Ingen Stene. Station 54. N. B. 649 47. Ø.1L. 49 24", 601 Fyn. (1099 M.). — 1.2", Biloeulinler. En Mængde Globige- riner. Ingen Ntene. Station 55. N. B. 640 38", Ø.L. 109 22". 93 Fyn. (170 M.). 7.20. Stenbund. Statonseom NAP 640 390 Ø- TETOP HI 178 Fyn. (326 M.). Ler. 7.2". Graat. finkornigt. sandholdigt, løst Temmelig faa uorganiske Dyrelevninger. Station 57: I NP620890 Ø1: 9059". 161" Fyn. (284 M.). 7.0", Blaaliggraat, fimt, fast Ler. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 1.5 Gr.), bestaaende af krystallinske Skifere. Ingen Kalkskaller. Station 58. N. B. 649 39, Ø.L. 99 49". Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. 221 Fvn. Selmelek: Chemi. Station 44. — Lat. 63" 8' N.. long. 149 0 W;; d. 844 fms. (1543 m.); b.-t. 2.7". Bottom stony. Station 45. — Lat. 63" 28' N., 58 W.; d. 381 fms. (997 m.); bt. 4.8%. Bottom stony: only a small sample of brown argillaceous sand. Å long. 120 great many pebbles of calcareous spar. Station 46. — Lat. 639 51" Nå long 1205 Wed, 257 fms. (470 m.): b.t. 3.99. Pebbles and a grey clay. Station 47. d. 190 fms. (347 — Lat. 649 13.5 mAeb=t 6:00 N., long. 119 14 W.; Bottom stony. Station 48. — Lat. 64" 36' N., 10220 NE d. 299 fms. (547 m.); b.-t. —0.30. Å dark-grey, porous clay ceontaining a few pebbles ot quartz and granite (the long. largest weighing 17) and a few calcareous shells. Station 49. — Lat. 650 0' N., long. 90 2 W.; då. 437 fms. (799 m.); b.-t. — 0.89, Å sabulous clay. Station 50. — Lat. 659 26' N., long. 89 24 W.; d. STIL fms. (1044 m.); b.t. —0.99%, A dark, blu'sh-grey clay. No pebbles. Station 51. — Lat. 659 53' N., long. 79 18 W.: d. 1163 fms. (2127 m); bt 119 Biloeulmaffelay No - pebbles. Station 52. — Lat. d. 1861 (3403 m.): No pebbles. ODJETGENE b.-t. — 1.24. Tone VE: fms. Biloculina clay. Station 53. — Lat! (65001384 NA Mons OL SSERE d. 1539 fms. (2814 m.); b.t. — 1.89, Biloeulina clay; to every Cem. of the dried sample 2? or 3 Biloculimæ. No pebbles. Station 54. — Lat. 64" 47' N., long. 4" 24 E,; d. 601 fms. (1099 m.); b.-t. — 1.20. taining a great many Globigermæ. Biloculina clay. con- No pebbles. Station 55. — Lat. 649 38" N., long. 93 fms. (170 m.): b.t. 7.2". Bottom stony. er IE Ge ooknrid: A grey, porous, finely gra- Station 56. — Lat. 64" 39' N., long. MS ins. (220 ma bat 20 nulated, sandy elay containing but few inorganic animal remains. Station 57. — Lat. 649 39' N.; long. 99 59/ E.; d. 161 fms. (284 m.): b.-t. 7.09. Å fimely granulous. bluish- grey, compact clay containing numerous pebbles of erystal- line sehists. the largest weighing 1.57. No caleareous shells. Station 58. — Lat. 649 39' N., long. 99 49' E,; d. 2 (404 M.). 6.99 Blaagraat, fint, fast Ler. Mange fine Glimmerblade. men forresten ingen Stene. Yderst faa uor- ganiske Dyrelevninger. Station 59. N. B. 649 39, Ø. L. 90 38”. 167 Fyn. (305 M.). 6.90 Graat, grovkornigt Ler. Nogle smaa Stene: Faa uorganiske Dyrelevninger. Station 60. N. B. 64" 40", Ø.L. 99 30". 118 Fvn. (216 M.). 7.0", En liden Prøve af graat, uensartet, sand- holdigt Ler. (veiende indtil 0.3 Gr.), be- staaende af rød Granit og krystallinske Skifere. Yderst faa Kalkskaller. Mange Stene Station 61. N. B. 649 40", Ø. L. 99 19". 118 Fyn. (216 M.). 7.09 En liden Prøve af graat, fint, ensartet Ler. En liden Sten: glindsende Lerskifer (veiende 0.1 Gr.). Station 62. N. B. 649 41", Ø..L. 99 10". 108 Fvn. (198 M.). 7:09 Blaaliggraat, fint Ler. Nogle meget smaa Stene. Station 63. N. B. 649 41", Ø. L. 90 04; 93 Fvn. (170 M.). 7.09, Stenbund. Station 64. N. B. 640 42", Ø. L. 89 50. 58 Fyn. (106 M.). 7.79, Stenbund. N. B. 640 Stenbund. 62 Fvn. Station 65. (113 M.). 7.40, 42, Ø. L. 80 39". Station 66. N. B. 649 43", Ø. L. 89 30... 88 Fyn, (161 M.). 7.19. En liden Prøve af graat, sandholdigt, fast Ler. Ingen Stene. Station 67. N. B. 64" 44% Ø. L. Fyn. (218 M.). 6.99. Blaagraat Ler. (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, Kvartsit. Yderst faa Kalkskaller. ME ER TG) Mange smaa Stene Station 68. N. B. 64" 44, Ø. L. 80 Y. (241 M.). 6.99% Graat, fint, ensartet Ler. 132 Fvn. Ingen Stene. Station 69. 128 Fyn. (2384 M.). 7.00 NABO PN4S HØNE 80 27 Graat, meget sandholdigt Ler. Station 79: N.B. 64" 48", Ø. L. 69 36". 155 Fvn. ! Fra de imellem 69 og 79 liggende Stationer er ingen Prøver g un g medbragte hjem. Ifølge Loddejournalen fandtes paa alle disse Sta- tioner et graat, sandholdigt Ler. Da disse Stationer følger meget tæt paa hinanden, har jeg fundet det unødvendigt at medtage dem i Fort. 10 d. 167 fms. (305 m.); b.-t. 6.90, 221 fms. (404 m.); b.-t. 6.9". Å fine, bluish-grey, compact clay containing numerous delicate laminæ of mica, but no pebbles, and very few inorganic animal remains. Statton 59. — Lat. 649 39' .N., long. 90 38' E: Å grey, coarsely granu- lated clay contaiming pebbles and a few inorganie animal remains. Station 60. — Lat. 64" 40" N., long. 99 30' E.; d. 118 fms. (216 m.): b.-t. 70% Å small sample of grey. - sabulous clay containing numerous pebbles (the largest weigh- ing 0.37') of red granite and erystalline sehists, and a very few calcareous shells. Station 61. — Lat. 649 40' N., long. 99 19' BE; d. 118 fms. (216 m.); b.t. 70% Å little fine. grey, homo- geneous clay containing å small pebble of elittering argil- laceous state (weight 0.1). Station 62. — Lat. 64 41' N., long. 99 10" E,; d. 108 fms. (198 m.); båt. 7.0". Å bluish-grey clay contain- ing a few very small pebbles. Station 63. — Lat. 64" 41" N., long. 93 fms. (170 m.); b.-t. 7.09. Bottom stony. SJØKOP pe GL Station 64. — Lat. ø49 42' N., long. 89 50' E;; d. 58 fms. (106 m.); b.-t. 7.7". Bottom stony. Station 65: — Lat. 649 42' N.. long. 89 39' E. d. 62 fms. (113 m.); b.-t. 7.4". Bottom stony. Station 66. — Lat. 640 43" N., long. 8" 30' E.; d. 88 fms. (161 m.); b.-t. 7.1". Å small sample ot grey, compact, sabulous clay. No pebbles. Station 67. — Lat. 64" 44' N., long. 89 19' E,; d, 119 fms: (218 my); bt 600 taining many small pebbles (the largest weighing 37) ot A bluish-grey clay con- quartz, quartzite, and a very few calcareous shells. Station 68. — Lat. 649 44' N., 132 fms. (241 m.); b.-t. 6.99 Å fine, clay. lone SOG EERd: grey, «1o0mogeneous No pebbles. Station 69. — Lat. 64" 48' N,, 128 fms. (234 m.); b. o up 3 pebbles (the largest 3 x 3 x 3"), consisting of blue quartz, sandstone. and erystalline sehists. Station 97 — Bat GGJLANE Mono. 683 fms. (1249 m.); b.t. 1.10. Two layers mm this sample; the upper consisting of å brown transition elay, the under of a finely granulous. grey elay. No pebbles. Station 98. — Lat. 65" 56' N., long. 59 91 FE d. 388 fms! (IO m.): bt 100 a brown transition clay. the under åa grey clay. Two layers; the upper No pebbles. FILENE A greyish-brown. 25 ke finely Station 99. — Lat. 65" d. 213 fms. (390 m.):; b.-t. 6.10 granulous. sandy elay contaming å quartz pebble. long. 69 Station 100. — Lat. 65" 43' N.. d. 194 fms. ma bet 6 ON sabulous elay and grey clay eontaining many pebbles and lonee 700 290RE (355 mixture of brown a small fragment of a belemmite. Station I0I. — Lat. 659 36' N., long. 89 32' FE; d. 223 fms. (408 m.); b.-t. 6.00. sabulous elay contaiming å good many pebbles (the larg- A grey, coarsely granulated. est weighing 1.5”) of quartz, erystalline sehists, horn- blende (?). sisting of flimt, chalk, sandstone., and erystallime selusts. The dredge brought up 6 small stones. con- Station 102. — Lat. 65" 32' N., long. 99 10' E;; d. 211 fms. (386 m.): bt. 6.20. Å light-grey clay. slightly N O pel )l les. mixed with a brown, sabulous clay. Station 103. — Lat. 65? 30' N.. long. 99 37" E.: d. Fyn. (358 M.). 16.40. Stene (veiende indtil 3 Gr.). bestaaende at krystallinske Skifere. Graat, grovkornigt Ler. Mange StationgddA NB. 659 28", Ø. L. 90560 1162 Fyn. (296 M.). 6.5". Graat, grovkornigt, sandholdigt Ler. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts. krystallinske Skifere, forvitret Hornblende (2). Station 105. N. B. 65" 26", Ø. L. 109 13". 145 Fyn. (265 M.). 6.60. Graat, sandholdigt Ler. Faa Kalk- skaller. Station 106. N. B.:65924,"Ø. 1.1100 335 197 Fyn. (324 M.). 6.50 Mængde Glimmerblade. Graat Ler, indsprængt med en 109 44". 172 Mange Stene Station 107. N. B. 659 291", Ø. L. Fyn. (315 M.). 6.2", EFnsartet, graat Ler. (veiende indtil 0.6 Gr.). bestaaende af fin, hvid Kvarts. Station 108. N. BA660N6H ØLEN 1 019G Fvn. (232 M.). 6.0". Graat, sandholdigt Ler. Station 109. N. B. 669 10', Ø. L. 109 41". 180 Fyn. (829 M.). 6.2". Graat, sandholdigt Ler. Station 0. N. B. 669 12, Ø. L. 100 30". 159 Fyn. (291 M.). 6.20, Graat. ensartet Ler. Ingen Stene. NABGGESL 6.20. Nyre BEI, AKON Zl r Brunliggraat Ler med lidt Sand i Faa Kalkskaller. Station III. Fvn. (287 M.). det øverste Lag. Ingen Stene. Station LI2NENA BAGGEN ØS EO? 1044 138 Fyn. (252 M.). 6.39. Grønliggraat Ler (ligner Rhabdam- mina-Ler). Et Stykke Kvarts af Størrelse og Form som en Nød: forresten ingen Stene. Station 113. N. B. 669 18", Ø.L. 109 0. 123 Fvn. (225 M.). 6.2". Blanding af brunt Sandler med talrige uorganiske Dyrelevninger og graat Ler. Noglesmaa Kvarts- stykker; forresten ingen Stene. Station II4. N. B. 669 18", Ø. L. 90 51". 120 Fyn. (219 M.). 6:29 Graat, grovkornigt Ler. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 6 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts. Feld- spath med Hornblende, Granit. Kvartsstykker. Faa xXalkskaller. I Skraben fandtes mange 1930ims: (358 m.); bt. 64% A taiming å good many pebbles (the largest weighing 37) of grey, coarse clay con- erystalline schists. Station 104. — Lat. 659 28' N., long. 99 56' E.: d. 162 fms. (296 m.); b.-t. 6.50. good Å grey, coarse sandy elay contaming a many pebbles (the largest weighing 0,57) of quartz, blende (?). erystalline schists. disintegrated horn- Station 105. — Lat. 659 26' N., long. 109 13' E.; d. 145 fms. (265 m.); b.-t. 6.69. A grey, sabulous clay containing å few calcareous shells. Station 106. — Lat. 659 24' N., long. 109 33' E.: d. 177 fms. (324 m.); bt. 65%. Å grey clay containing a great many laminæ of mica. Station 107. — Lat. 659 21" N., long. 10944" E.; d. 720tms: (315 mye! båt 620 elay containing å good many pebbles (the largest weighing Å grey, homogeneous 0.69) of white quartz. Station 198. — Lat. 669 6' N., long. 1191 BE: d. 127 fins. (232 m.): b.-t. 6.09. Å grey, sabulous clay. Station 109. — Lat. 6697 10 N., d: 180 fms. (329 m.): b.*t: 6:20. long. 109 41" E, A grey. sabulous clay. JE ANE A Station 110. — Lat. 66" d: f59mtns Ems bat. 620! clay. No pebbles. long. 109 30" E.; grey, ho mogeneous Station III. — Lat. 66" 15 Ni, long. 109 91" E.; d. 157 fms. (287 m.): bt. 6.2". Å browmsh-grey clay, along with a little sand in the upper layer. contaming a few cal- careous shells. No pebbles. Station 112. — Lat. 669 16' N., long. 109 10' E,; d. 138 fms. (252 m.):; b.-t. 6.89. Å greenish-grey clay (very similar in appearance to Rhabdammina elay) contain- ing å small fragment of quartz, of the size and shape of a hazel-nut. No other pebbles. Station 113. — Lat. 669 18' N. di 123 1ims 1C25100) 2 DEOR AA sabulous elay. with numerous inorganie animal remains, and long ORO ME mixture of brown, grey clay contaiming å few small fragments of quartz, but no other pebbles. Station 114. — Lat. 669 18' N. d. 120 fms. (219 m.); bt. 6.2". Å grey, coarse clay containing å good pebbles (the largest 6) of quartz. feldspat. hornblende, granite, and a few calcareous shells. * Numerous fragments of quartz came up in the dredge. long 99 SJØENE many weighing NYB 66080 ØL PO SS2 vn. Graat Ler med talrige Glimmerblade. Station 115. (241 M.). 6.24. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 1 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, Glimmerskifer o. fl. Station II6. N.B. 669 21", Ø.L. 99 30". 121 Fyn. (221 M.). 6.29. Grønliggraat, grovkornigt Ler. Mange | smaa Ntene. | Station 117. N.B. 669 23", Ø.L. 99 20". 141 Fyn. (258 M.). Ingen Ntene. 6.2". Brunliggraat, ensartet Ler (lig Stat. 111). Station 118. N.B. 66 26", Ø.L. 89 59.. (258 M.). 6.20. Graat, grovkorigt Ler. (veiende indtil I Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, Glimmerskifer. lys Granit. 141 Fyn. Mange Stene Station 119. N.B. 669 28", Ø.L. 89 40". 168 Fvn. | (807 M.). 6.20. Graat, ensartet Ler. Nogle smaa Stene (veiende mdtil 0.1 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts og krystal- linske Skufere. Station 120. N.B. 669 30", Ø.L. 89 20". (3847 M.). 6.2". Brunliggraat Ler. indtil 3 Gr.). bestaaende af Kvarts. Gneis, Granit. 190 Fyn. Nogle Stene (veiende Station 121. N. B. 66" 33, Ø. L. 70 5V, 192 Fvii. (351 M.). 4.80 Graat Ler med mange Kalkskaller. Ingen Stene. Station 122. N.B..669 36", Ø.L. 79 40". 201 Fvn. (368 M.). 4.90. Graat, ensartet Ler. ende indtil 4 Gr.). Mange Stene (vei- 66 " Station 123. N. PB. HJT 79246 Fyn. (450 M.). 5.6". En liden Prøve af graat. uensartet, grovkornigt, klumpet Ler med mange Stene (veiende indtil 1.5 Gr.) Skifere. DA, bestaaende af: Kvarts, Granit og krystallinske (640 M.). —0.9" Bundprøven bestod af noget graat Ler med en Mængde Stene, væsentlig bestaaende af Flint og krystallinske Skifere. Skrabens Indhold bestod overveiende af Stene (den største 8 x 14 x 8 Cm.), der blev bestemt som: Finkornig rød Granit. grovkornig Ganggranit, hvid Granit med Ortit. Gneisgranit (med Hornblende, Plagiok- las, Ortoklas), Hornblendeskifer, mørke krystallinske Skifere (med Kvarts, Glimmer, Granat), Glimmerskifer med Kis, Station 124. N.B. 669 41, Ø.L. 6" 59. 350 Fyn. Sandsten, grønlig Kvarts og grøn Feldspath. arter forekom 1 nævestore Ntykker. fandtes en Mængde Flint- Kridstykker, de sidste ialmindelighed runde (indtil 4 Om. i Diameter). Disse Berg- Desuden og Station 115. — Lat. 66" d. 132 fms: (241 m.); bit. 6.20, numerous laminæ of mica ånd many pebbles (the largest 20 FN Son OLA ES: A grey clay contaiming weighing 19) of quartz, mica, sehist. &e. Station 116. — Lat. 669 11' N., long. 99 30' E. de2neims (22lkm) ber clay contaming many pebbles. Å greenish-grey, coarse Station 117. — Lat. 669 28" N., long. 90 141 fms. (258 m.); b.+t. 6.2". ous clay resembling that brought up at Stat. 20 d homogene- JUN SÆNO Å brownish-grey. pebbles. Station 118. — Lat. 669 26' N.. long. 89 141 fms. (258 m.); bt. 6.20, taining numerous pebbles doed. Å grey, coarse clay con- (the largest weighmg 17) of quartz, mica, schist, granite. Station 119. — Lat. 669 28' N., long. 89 40' E,; d. 168 fms. (307 m.); b.-t. 6.24. containing a few pebbles (the largest weighing Å grey. homogeneous elay 197) of quartz and erystalline sehists. Station 120. — Lat. 66" 30' N., long. 89 20' E.; d. 190 fms. (347 m.): b.-t. 6.24. taining a few pebbles (the largest weighing 3”) of quartz. Å brownish-grey clay con- gnelss, granite. Station 121. — Lat. 660 35' N. TA GRE 186 d. 192 fms. (351 m.); b.-t. 48%. Å grey clay containing No pebbles. long. many calcareous shells. Station 122. — Lat. 669 36" N., long. 79 40" FE; d. 201 fms. (368 m.); b.-t. 4.94. containing many pebbles (the largest weighmg 4”). Å grev homogeneous elay Station 123. — Lat. 66" 39 N. d. 246 fms: (450 m.); b.:t. 5.60. coarse. lumpy: clay containing many pebbles (the largest Lone EE Å small sample of grev. weighing 1.57") of quartz, granite, and erystalline sehists. Station 124. — Lat. 669 41' N., long. 69 59' E,; d. 350 fms. (640 m.); bt. -6.9% Å grey clay containing a great many pebbles. cehiefly ot flint and erystalline sehists. The dredge brought up a freight consisting almost exclusively of stones and pebbles (the largest 8 x 14 X 8"), Finely granulated red granite, determined as follows: coarsely granulous vein-granite, white granite and ortite, gneiss-granite (containing hornblende, plagioklas, ortoklas), hornblende slate, dark erystalline sehists (contaming quartz, mica, granite), mica slate with pyrites, greenish quartz, and green feldspat. "These fragments were as big as a man's fist. Moreover, the dredge-bag contamed a great many pebbles of flint and chalk, most of the latter round, and the largest measuring 4” in diameter. Stationil2s NIB 679052 (Ø. Li 59 124 700 Fyn. (1280 M.). —1.19% Brunt Overgangsler. —Nogle Ntene. Station 126) N. B. 679 49, Ø. L. 59% 33... 730 Fvn. (1335 M.). — 1.1". Brunt Overgangsler uden Bilo- euliner og Globigeriner. Stational2za| NBG KON DO D Fyn. (1308 M.). 1.10. Brunt Overgangsler. Ingen Biloeulimer eller Globigeriner. Ingen Stene. Station 128:N. 0 BA 670 23006202 688 Fyn. (1258 M.). — Farven. 1.2". Biloculmler, noget uensartet i Ingen Ntene. Station 129. N. B. 679 40", Ø. L. 69 42". 709 Fvn. (1296 .M.). —1.20.. Blanding af Biloculimler og mere graaligt Ler. I Leret opdagedes blot Globigeriner, Nogle Stene (veiende indtil 0.2 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, Kvartsit, Glimmerskifer, Sandsten (?). ingen Biloculiner!. Station 130. N. B. 679 38", Ø. L. 79 3". 689 Fvn. (1260 M.). — 1.1". Bundprøven mangler; i Loddejour- nalen er blot noteret: Ler. Station I31. N. B. 679 35, Ø.L. 79 26". 795 Fyn. (1454 M.). —1.2". Blanding af brunt, lysgraat og mørk- graat Ler. Ingen Biloculmer eller Globigeriner. Ingen Ntene. BOM ØL EK 480 To Lag i Bundprøven. 954 Fvn. Øverst «brunt Station 132. N. (1745 M.). — 1.20. Overgangsler, underst graat Ler. Station 133. N.B. 679 30", Ø.L. 89 10". (1628 M.). brunt Ler. 890 Fyn. Brunt Overgangsler med noget mørk- En liden Sten: Kvarts. 30 Station 134. N.B. 67" 29", Ø.L. 89 20". 878 Fvn. (1606 M). — 1.20, Uensartet, grovkornigt Ler. Mange Ntene (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, Feldspath (7). krystallinske Skifere, Granit. graat, Station 135. N.B. 679 27", Ø. L. 89 34. (1573 M.). — 1.20. riner kunde opdages. 860 Fyn. Brunt Overgangsler. Nogle Globige- Ingen Stene. Station 136. N.B. 679925", Ø.L. 89 47. 610 Fvn. 1 Sml. Stat. 96. 15 Station 125. — Lat. 67" 52" N., long. 59 12' E.: d. 700 fms. (1280 m.); H.-t. — 1.10. containing å few pebbles. Å brown transition elay Station 126. — Lat. 679 49' N., 5033 Ed. 730 fms. (1335 m.); b.-t. — 1.1". Å brown transition clay without either Biloculinæ or Globigerinæ. long. Station 127. — Lat. 67" 47' N., long, (308 rmNEbEtr 15180 Å tion elay without either Biloculinæ or Globigerinæ. 50542 Bd. brown —transi- No 715 fms. pebbles. Station 128. — Lat. 67" 43' N., long. 6" 2V! E.: d. 688 fs. (1258 m.): bt. — 1.20. Biloeulina clay, differ- ing slightly m colour. No pebbles. Station 129. — Lat. 679 40' N., long. 6" 42" E.:: d. 709 fms. (1296 m.); b.-t. — 1.20, Å mixture of Biloculina clay and å clay of å greyer tint containing Globigerinæ (no Biloculinæ could be detected?) amd a few pebbles (the largest weighing 0.27) of quartz, quartzite, mica sehist, sandstone (2). E.: d. No sample from this Station 130. — Lat. 679 38' N., long. 7" 3' 689 fms. (1260 m.):; bt. — 1.19 Station. The entry in the sounding-journal is simply *elay.” Station 3. E Lat 670B5ANA Tone GP ea oDrimse (ADA be SEO ot light-grey. No Biloculime or Globige- mixture brown, and dark-grey clay. rinee; and no pebbles. Station 132. — Lat. 679 33" N., long. 79 48' E.: d. 954 fms. (1745 m.); b.-t. — 1.29 ple: the upper å brown transition, the under a grey clay. Two layers in this sam- Station 133. — Lat. 67" 30' N., d. 890 fms. (1628 m.); bt. — 1.30. clay, along with a little dark-brown clay, contaming åa small long. 89 10' E,; A brown transition fragment ot quartz. Station 134: — Lat. 679 29 N., long. 80.20' E.: d. 878 fms. (1606 m:); b.-t. — 1.20. contaiming many pebbles (the largest weighing 0.5) of Å grey, coarse clay quartz. feldspat (?), erystallime sehists, granite. Station 135. — Lat. 67927" N., long. 89 31" FE. d. 860 fms. (1578 m.); b.-t. —1.29% Å brown transition clay in whieh a few Globigerinæ could be detected. No pebbles. Station 136. — Lat. 679 25' N., long. 89 47' E:: 1 See Stat. 96. (1116 M.). — 1.1". Brunt Overgangsler, meget uensartet i Farve. Mange Stene (veiende indtøl 0.2 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, Granit o. fl. Station 137. N.B. 679 24", Ø. L. 80 58". 452 Fyn. (827M.). — 109; Blaaliggraat Ler. vis store Ntene (veiende indtil 8 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, Asbest. I Skraben fandtes ligeledes mange Stene, nogle med tydelige Skur- Mange og forholds- Glimmerskifer, Gneis med Granit. striber og glattede Overflader. store som Barnehoveder. Graa Gneis. hvid stribet Granit. rød stribet Granit, graa tæt Kvartsporfyr. finkornig Glimmerskifer, rød Kvarts. Station 138. N.B. 679 18", Ø.L. (336 M.). 6.00. POSE 184 Fvn. Grovt Sand og Sten. Station 139. (320 M.). 6.20. N.B. 6790 14, Ø. L. Graa, grovkornigt Ler. 90 25". 175 Fvn. Mange og for- holdsvis store Stene (veiende indtil 1.5 Gr.). bestaaende af krystallinske Skifere, Feldspath o. fl. N. B. 679 10%. Ø.L. 90 42. Graat Ler med mange Stene. Station 140. (360 M.). 6.24. 197 Fvn. Station 141. N. B. (Sol M.N): 6020 Stene (veiende mdtil 0.5 Gr.). bestaaende af Kvarts. hvid Granit. krystallinske Skifere. 670 6". Ø. L. 90 59". Graat. grovkornigt Nandler. 192 Fyn. Mange smaa Station 142. N.B. 670 2", Ø.L. 109 17... 178 Fvn. (326 M.). 6.2". Grønliggraat Ler. gjennemvævet af Kisel- spikuler af Svampe. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 2 Gr.), bestaaende af rød Granit og krystallmske Skifere. Station 143. N. B. 660 58", Ø. L. 100 33". 189 Fyn. (346 M.). 6.2". Graat, klumpet Ler med mange Stene (veiende indtil 3 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts og kry- stallinske NSkifere. Station 144. N. B. 66" 53, Fvn. (335 M.). diet, Mange smaa Ntene (veiende indtil 0.1 Gr.). bestaaende af Kvarts og krystallinske Skifere. Mange Kalkskaller (især Slægten Discorbima). ØRL 100 185 Graat. grovkornigt. meget sandhol- DU". 6 *)0 usammenhænesende Ler. Station 145. N.B. 66 49", Ø.L. 119 7. 198 Fyn. (362 M.). 5.9" En liden Prøve af eraat. grovkornigt Ler. Kvarts, Gneis o. fl. Station GN BRO SOS NØS LINDE ISO Mange Ntene (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.). bestaaende af 16 dAG TO Rtimse(MiGmds bre Ke clay varying considerably m colour. pebbles (the A brown transition It contained many largest weighing 0.27) of dquartz, gra- nite, &c. Station 137. — Lat. 67* 24' N., long. 89 58' FE. d. 452 fms. (827 m.); b.-t. — 1.09 Å bluish-grey elay con- taining many and comparatively large pebbles (weighing up to 87) of quartz, asbestos, mica selust, gneiss with The dredge brought up at this Station numer- ous pebbles and stones, consisting of grey gneiss, white la- granite. mellar granite, red lamellar granite, grey, compact quartz- porphyry. finely granulated mica sehist, and red quartz. Some of these stones, as big as a child's head, had the surface polished with distimetly perceptible striæ. Station 138. — Lat. 67" 18 N., long. 99 9' EE: d. 184 fms. (336 m.): b.-t. 6.00. Coarse sand and stones Station 139. — Lat. 679 14 Mbtimst BG20mm JE DEG 2 DN taining many pebbles (the largest None OSE Ed: grey, coarse clay con- weighing 1.57") of ery- stalline schists. feldspat. &e. Station 140. — Lat. 67" 197 fms. (360 m.); b.-t. 6.20. pebbles. 197 N., long. 99 42/B. d. A grey clay contaming many Station 141. — Lat. 679 6 N.. 192 fms. (351 m.); b:+t. 6.20. containing many pebbles (weighing long. 905940: (dl Å grey. coarse, sandy clay up to 0.57) of quartz, white granite. erystalline selusts. Station 142. — Lat. 679 2' N.. long. 100 17 BE. dd, 178 fms. (326 m.); b.-t. 6.2". woven with the siliceous spicules of A greenish-grey clay inter- sponges, and containing many pebbles (weighing up to 27) of red granite and ery- stalline sehusts. Station 143. — Lat. 669 58' N., long. 109 38" E.; d. 189 fms. (346 m.): b-t.6.2". Å grey, lumpy clay con- taining many pebbles (the largest weighing 3”) ot quartz and erystalline schusts. Station 144. — Lat. 669 53' N., d. 183 fms. (335 m.): b.-t. 6.20, Å ingly sabulous. friable clay containing many pebbles (the long. 10050008; grey, coarse, exceed- largest weighing 0.17) of quartz and erystalline sehists; also a great many calcareous shells (in particular of the genus Discorbind). Station 145. — Lat. 669 49' N., long. 119 7 E.; d. 198 fims. (362 m:): b.-t. 5.90 coarse clay contaiming many pebbles (weighing up to 0.57) i shing A small sample of grey, of quartz, gnelss, &c. Station 146. — Lat. 66" 45' N., VEØPLPP 1942 long. Fyn. (329 M,. En liden Prøve af grov- kornigt Ler. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 0.6 Gr.), be- staaende af Kvarts og krystallinske Skifere. 620. graat, Station 147. N. B. 669 49, Ø.L. 129 8". 1492 Fyn. (260 M.). 6.27. Graat, grövkornigt Ler. Faa og ganske smaa Ntene (veiende indtil 0.1 Gr.), bestaaende af skrystal- linske Skifere. I Skraben fandtes mange Stene: Kvarts, Kvartsskifer, Glimmerskifer. mørk Lerskifer, Hornblende- skifer, rød Granit og stribet Granit. De største Stene var tilrundede paa Hjørnerne, men ellers temmelig ujevne; de mindre var tilrundede paa alle Kanter. : StationNASA NBG ØSE D 50 Fyn. (274 M.). 5.09. Graat, blødt Ler. Station 149. N. B. 679 52, Ø. L. 139 58". 135 Fyn. (247 M.). Graat. lyst. porøst. sandholdigt Ler med * noget af en mørkere Slags. En liden Sten: Gneis. Station 150 NT BIG OMG ØNTSON2 10 189 Fvn. (346 M.). Graat Ler. Station Il5I. NBA Fvn. (232 M.). Stenbund. HRK SO 4 127 Station (52 NBG OE ØP AGN 125 Fyn. (229 M.). Haardt, graat, grovkornigt. ensartet Ler med noget af en løsere Slags. Talrige Glimmerblade. En liden Sten: Granit (veiende 0.2 Gr:). Stationiba NBG OE 2 0029 122 Fvn. (223 M.). Graat. grovkornigt. uensartet Ler med tal- rige Glimmerblade. . Nogle Stene (veiende indtil 0.2 Gr.), bestaaende af krystallinske Skifere. Station 154. N.B. 67 26", Ø.L. 129 14. 78 Fvn. (143 M.). Stenbund. Station 155. N.B. 679 35", Ø.L. 119 46: 72 Fvn. (132 M.). 4.49. Stenbund. StationNbGN NAP 670 400 Ø. L 1110-2640 90 Fyn. (165 M.). 4.79. Stenbund. Station 157. N.B. 67" 45", Ø. L. 119 7". 106 Fyn. (194 M). 480 Stenbund. Station 158. N. B. 67049" Ø. L. 109 49". 102 Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Schmelek: Chemi. d. 180 fms. (329 m.); b.t. 6.2% Å small sample of grey, coårse clay contaiming many pebbles (the largest weighing 0,69") of quartz and erystalline sehists. Station 147. — Lat. 669 49' N., long. 129 8' E.; d. 142 fms. (260 m.); b.-t. 6.2". A grey, coarse clay con- taining only a few small pebbles (the largest weighing 0.1-) of erystallme sehists. The dredge brought up numerous ,stones and pebbles, consisting of quartz, quartz- sehist, mica-sehist. dark clay-slate, hornblende-sehist, red granite, and striped granite. The large stones were rounded at the corners, but otherwise comparatively irre- gular in form, whereas the small ones had all the sides rounded. Station 148. — Lat. 679 27 N., long. 139 25 Es d. 150 fms. (274 m.); b.-t. 5.09. Å grey, soft clay. Station 149. — Lat. 679 52' N., long. 180 58' E.; d. 135 fms. (247 m.). Å light-grey. porous, sandy clay mixed with a little of a darker kind; it contaimed å small fragment of gneiss. Station 150. — Lat. 679 11' N.. long. 139 21" E,; d. 189 fms. (346 m.). Å grey clay. Station 151. — Lat. 679 15' N., long. 130 4 E,; d. 127 fms. (232 m.). Bottom stony. Station 152. — Lat. 679 18' N., long. 129 46' E,; d. 125 fms. (229 m.). Å hard, coarse, homogeneous, grey clay mixed with some comparatively porous; it contained numerous scales of mica, and å small fragment of granite weighing 0.27. Station 153. — Lat. 679 22' N., long. 129 99 E,; d. 122 fms. (223 m.). Å grey; coarse clay containing numerous scales of mica and a few. pebbles (the largest weighing 0.29") of erystalline sehists. ' Station 154. — Lat. 679 26' N., long. 129 14" EE; d. 78 fms. (143 m.). Bottom stony. Station 155. — Lat. 67" 35' N., long. 119 46' E,; d. 72 fms. (132 m.); b.-t. 4.4". Bottom stony. Station 156. — Lat. 679 40' N., long. 119 26" E; d. 90 fms. (165 m.): b.-t. 4.7". Bottom stony. Station 157. — Lat. 67% 45" N., long. 119 7 E.; d. 106 fms. (194 m.); b.t. 48%. Bottom stony. Station 158. — Lat. 679 49' N., long. 10" 49' E,; 3 Fvn. (187 M.). 4.60. Graat, grovkornigt Ler. En Sten: hvid. forvitrende Granit (veiende 3 Gr.). Station 159, N. B. 67054 Ø; L. 109301, 118" Fvn. (216 M.). 4.60. Uensartet Blanding af Sand og graat Ler. Mange Stene (veiende indtil I Gr.), bestaaende af Granit, blød Lerskitfer. Station 160. N. B. 679 58, Ø. L. 16% 11". 280 Fvn. (512 M.). 5.99. Mørkgraat, sandholdigt Ler. Nogle Stene: Lerskifere. Station I6I: N. B. 689 3", Ø. L. 99 53... 592 Fyn. (1083 M.). — 1.19, Graat Ler med noget fimt Sand.- Station 162. N. B. 68% 23", Ø. L. 10: 20”. 795 Fm. (1454 M.). —120, ' Brunt Overgangsler. -Nogle Stene (veiende indtil 3 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvartsit, Gneis, Station 163. N. B. 68" 22, Ø. L. 109 30". 690 Fyn. (1262 M.). — 1.2". Brunt, grovkornigt, sandholdigt Overgangsler med: noget graat Underler. Mange Stene, bestaaende af Kvarts, Feldspath, Granit, Gneis. Station 164. N. B. 68% 21, Ø. L. 10" 40. 457 Fyn. (836 M.). —0.7".. Graat, sandholdig Ler. Mange : Stene. * Station 165. N. B. 689 46, Ø. L. 10" 51". 1470 Fvn. (2688 M.). —1.20. Biloculinler. Station 166. N. B. 68" 40, Ø. L. 11% 40". 406 Fvn. (742 M.). 0.19. Stene (veiende mådtil 4 Gr.), bestaaende af krystallinske Skifere. i Graat, grovkornigt Ler. Mange Station 167: N. B. 68" 37, Ø. L. 129 2. 79 Fvn. (144 M.). 6.49, Stenbund. Station 168. N. B. Ø. L. (812 M.). 2.30. Bruut Overgangsler. 689 39, 11051". 444 Fyn. Station 169. N. B. 689 36", Ø. L. Fvn. (132 M.). 5.4% Stenbund. Station 170. N. Br. 689 32", Ø. L. Fvn. (123 M.). 5.29 Stenbund. Station 171. N. B. 699 18, -Ø. L. 149 29, 642 Fyn. (1174 M.). —1:00, brungraat Overgangsler, underst graat Ler. Ingen Stene. To Lag i Bundprøven. Øverst 18 |,-d. 72 fms. (132 m.); b.+t. 5.40. " d. 457 fms. (836 m.);.b.-t. 074. d. 102 fms. (187 m.); bt. 4.60. Å grey, coarse clay contaiming a fragment of white weight 37. disintegrated granite, . Station 159. — Lat. 67" 54' N., long. 100 30 B,; d. 118 fms. (216 m.); b.-t. 4.6". A mixture of sand and grey clay containing many pebbles (the largest weighing 17) of granite and soft clay-slate. Station 160. — Lat. ENSel one IO 0 EE d. 280 fms. (512 m.); b.t. 5.90 Å dark-grey, sabulous elay contaming a few pebbles (clay-slate). Station 161. — Lat. 68" 3' N., long. 99 53' E.; d. 592 fms. (1083 m.); b.-t. —1.1". Å grey clay mixed with fine sand. Station 162. — Lat. 68" 23" N., long. 109 20' E,; d. 795 fms. (1454 m.); b.-t. — 1.2". Å. brown transition clay containing a few pebbles (the largest weighing 3”) of quartzite and gneiss. Station 163. — Lat. 689 22' N., long. 109 30' E.; d: 690 fms. (1262 m.); b.t. —1.2%. Å Coarse, sabulous transition clay mixed with a little grey clay; it contamed many pebbles gneiss. brown, of quartz, feldspat, «granite, Station 164. — Lat. 684 21" N., long. 109 40' E.:; A grey, sabulous clay containing many pebbles. Station 1650 — Bet GS" AGEN. lener 100 bil d. 1470 fms. (2688 m.); b-t. — 1.29. Biloeulina clay. Station 166: — Lat. 689 40' N., long. 119 40' E; d. 406 (742 m.); b. 1 20 49' E.; A =greyish-brown Station 177. — Lat. 690 d. 1443 fms. (2639 m.); b.-t. transition clay. Station 178. — Lat. 69" .29' N.,- long. 129 26" F.; Biloculina clay con- taining many Foraminifera (Globigerina, Lituola, Nonionina ). Station 179. — Lat. 699 32' N., long. 119 10' E.: d. 1607 fms. (2939 m.); b.-t. — 1.29. Biloeulma clay. Station 180. — Lat. 69% 39' N., d. 1594 fms. (2915 m.); b.+t. — 1.49 long. 99 55 E,; Biloculina clay. Station 181. — Lat. 69" 45' N., long. 89 43' E.; d. 1595 fms. (2917 m.); bt. —1.2". Å small sample of homogeneous Biloeulina clay, with 6 or 7 Biloculinæ to every 0 of the dried sample. No pebbles. Station 182. — Lat. 699 51' N., long. 7* 30' E,; d. 1684 fms. (3080 m.); b.-t. — 1.29, A fine sample of homogeneous Biloeulina clay. Station 183. — Lat. 690 59' N.; long. 69 15' E;.d. 1716 *fms. (3127 m.); b.-t. '— 1:30. Å small sample of homogeneous Biloculina clay. * Station 184. — Lat. 700'4' N., long. 99 50' E; d. o% ra) (2829 M.): —1.39.- En liden Prøve af Biloeulinler med noget lysgraat Ler. Ingen Stene. Station 185. N. B. 709 3, Ø. L. 139 37... 1485 Fyn. (2716 M.). — 1.40; En liden Prøve af Biloculmler. Ingen Stene. Station 186. N. B. 699 56, Ø. L. 14" 18". 1418 Fyn. (2593 M.). — 1.30. En liden Prøve af Biloculinler. Station 1877 N. B. 699 51", Ø. LL. 149 41", 1335 Fyn. (2441 M.). —1.19. To Lag i Bundprøven. Øverst brunt Overgangsler, underst graat Ler. Station 188. N. B. 69" 43, Ø. L. 159 29". 1185 (2167 M.). —1.80. Brunt Overgangsler, ikke: ensartet i Farye. Station 189. N. B. 69" 41", Ø. L. 159 42": 860 Evos(osevne00 brunt Overgangsler, underst graat Ler. Ingen Stene. To Lag i Bundprøyen, øverst Station 190. N. B. 69% 41", Ø. L. 159 51". 870 Fyn. (1591 M.). —.1.29 Grovkornigt, sandboldigt, brunt Ler. Mange uorganiske Dyrelevninger. Mange smaa Stene (veiende indtil 0.2 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, krystallinske Skifere. Station 191. :N. B.:699 44" Ø: L. 169 26”. 249 Fyn. (455 M.). 5.29 Uensartet, graat. klumpet Ler. Nogle Stene. Station 192 N-2B. 690 460(Ø. Li 169 15001649 Fyn. (1187 M.). —0.79. Bundprøven bestaar væsentlig af uorganiske Dyrelevninger, sammenkittede ved brunt Ler. Ingen Stene. Station 193. N. B.699 44", Ø. L. 169 54". 46 Fyn. (84 M.). 5.50. Stenbund. Station 194 NA B.1690(434 Ø: Å 7064 29 Fyn. (53 M.). 5.40." Stenbund. Station 195. N. B. Sorø 180088 OG Fyn. (196 M.). 5.10, Brungraat» Ler med mange Dyre- levninger (ligner Station 192). TQ9 Mange Stene (veiende ind- I Skra- ben fandtes: Gabbro, Granit med blaa Kvarts, Kvartsskifer, Hornblendeskifer, Glimmerskifer. til 3 Gr.). bestaaende af Kvarts. Kvartsit, Gneis. Station 196. . N. B. 71192" Ø.L. 189 3. 1292 Fyn, (223 M.). 5.1% Brunt Sandler gjennemvævet af Kiselspikuler Svampe. graat Ler, Stene. med noget Ingen: 1547 fms. (2829 m.); bt. — 1.3% Å small sample of Biloculima clay along: with a little light-grey clay. No pebbles. : Station 185. Pat003" N. long: 1S0NSTRE d. 1485 fms. (2716 m.): Biloculina clay. b.-t: — 1.40. No pebbles. A small sample of Station 186. — Lat. 699 567 N. long. 149 18" E.: d. 1418 fms. (2593 m.); b.-t. — 1.30; Å small sample of Biloculina elay. Station 187. — Lat. 699 51' N., long. 149 41' E; aB8d ms (2lmsbs SSE upper layer å brown transition the under a grey clay. Two layers, — the Station 188. — Lat. 69" 43' N.. long. 15" 29' E,; d. 1185 fms. (2167 m.); b.-t. — 1.8*. elay varying in colour. Å "brown transition Station 189. — Lat. 699 41' N.. long. 159 42' E,; d: 860 fms. (1573 m.); b.t. — 1.29, .Two layers, — the upper layer å brown transition clay, the under a grey clay. No pebbles. Station 190. — Lat. 699 41" N., long. 159 51" E,; d. 870 .fms.-(1591-m.); b.-t. — 1.20. coarse, sabulous clay containing numerous inorganic animal re- A brown, mains and many pebbles (the largest weighing 0.27) of quartz, erystalline sehists. Station 191: — Lat. 69" 44 N., long. 169 96' E.; d. 249 fms. (455 m.); b.-t. 5.20. Å grey, lumpy, mixed clay. No pebbles. Station 192. — Lat. 699 46”.N., long. 169 15' E.; d. 649 fms. (1187 m.); b.-t. —0.790, This sample con- sisted almost exclusively of inorganie animal remaiis cemen- ted together by means of a little brown clay. No pebbles. Station 193. — Lat. 69% 44' N., long. 169 54 E,; d. 46 fms. (34 m.); b.t. 5.5". - Bottom stony. Station 194. — Lat. 699 43' N.. long. 179 16' E.; d. 29 fms. (53 m.); b.-t. 5.40. Bottom stony. . Station 195. — Lat. 700 :55' N., long. 189 38' E,; d. 107 fms. (196 m.); b.-t. 5.10. Å brownish-grey clay .containing numerous inorganie animal remains, similar to those brought up at Station 192, and many pebbles (the The dredge brought up fragments of gabbro. granite with blue Dar largest weighing 3") of quartz. quartzite. gnelss. quartz, quartz-schist, - hornblende-sehist. and mica-selust. Station 196. — Lat: 719 2" N., long. 189 8' FE. d. 122 fms. (223 m.); b.-t. 5.19 Å brown, sabulous clay. along with a little grey elåy, mterwoven with siliceous spi- cules of sponges. No pebbles. Station 197. N.B. 719 7, Ø. L.-179 28". 138 Fyn. (252 M.). 5.20 Stenbund. Station SG EN EB M8Ø. BIEI6G052A 226 Fyn: (413 M.). 3.80 Stenbund. Station 199. N. B. 719 18", Ø. L. 169 17. 525 Fyn. (960 M.). — 0.69. Stenbund. Station 200. N. B: 719 925” Ø. Li 150417 620 Fyn. (1134 M.). —1.0%, Brunt, sandholdigt Overgangs- Jer med et Underlag af mørkgraat Ler. Nogle smaa Stene, bestaaende af krystallinske Skifere. Station 201. N. B. 719 31", Ø. L. 159 28". G47 Fyn. (1183 M.). — 1.10. Brunt, sandholdigt Overgangs- ler med noget blaagraat Underler. En Sten: Kvarts. Station 202. N. B. 719 31", Ø. L. 149 40". 8038 Fyn. (1468 M.). —1.10. Ler (2). Station 203. N. B. 719 31", Ø. L. 139 54. 901 Fvn. (1648 M.). — 1.509. En liden Prøve af graabrunt. fint Overgangsler. uensartet med Hensyn til Farven. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 3 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts. Gneis. - Granit. Station 204. N. B. Fyn. (2315 M.). — 1.14. brunt Ler. Ingen Stene. 700 57, Ø. L. 130 84". 1266 Biloeulinler med noget mørkere Stationi205 NEPOS ØSE 287 Fyn. (2354 M.). —1.20 Smukt Biloculmler. 1—2 Biloeuliner paa hver O-Cm. af den tørrede Bundprøve. Mange af Slægten Lituola og Globigerina, enkelte af Nomio- mina. Ingen Stene. En Del af Bundprøven var stærkt oxyderet. Station 206. N. B. 700 45", Ø. L. 140 36". Fyn. (2282 M.). —1.19% Biloculmler. og Globigermer. Ingen Stene. 1248 Faa Biloculiner Station 207. N. B. 700 33% ØL. 15050. 1111 Fvn. (2082 M.). — 1.19% -Biloculinler. Nogle Stene (veiende indtil 0.2 Gr.), bestaaende af krystallinske Skifere. Station 208. N. B. 700 21", Ø. L. 160 57. 675 Fyn. (1234 M.). —1.0". Brunt porøst, sandholdigt Over- gangsler. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, krystallinske Skifere, Hornblende (?) og Feld- spath. Station 209. N. Taag (230 Mk EE B. 700 19", Stenbund or d26 Station 197. — Lat. d. 138 fms. (252 m.):; b.+t. AA ØRE INE 5.20. long. 179 98' E.: Bottom stony. Station 198. — Lat. 719 18" N., 160 59' EF: long. d. 226 fms. (413 m.); b.-t. 5.8". Bottom stony. Station 199. — Lat. 719 18 N., long. 169 17 E.: d. 525 fms. (960 m.); b.t. — 0.6" Bottom stony. Station 200. — Lat. 719 25 N., d. 620 fms. (1184 m.); b.-t. — 1.00. transition elay with an under layer of dark-grey clay: it 159 41" E.: A brown, long. sabulous contained a few pebbles (erystalline sehists). Station 201. — Lat. 719 SI' N.. d, 647 fms. (1183 m.); b.-t. — 1.10. sabulous transition elay with a thm under layer of blue clay: it 15002818: A brown, long. contained å small fragment ot quartz. Station 202. — Lat. 71" 31' N., long. 149 40' E.: d. 803 fms. (1468 m.); b.-t. — 11% Clay (2). Station 203. — Lat. 119 3SI' N., 19 005400E: d. 901 fms. (1648 m.); b.-t. —1.59%, Å small sample of a fine, greyish-brown transition clay, varying in colour; it long. contained many pebbles (weighing up to 57) of quanrtz. gnelss, granite. Station 204. — Lat. 709 57' N., long. 1389 34 E.: d. 1266 fms. (2315 m.): b.-t. — 1.1", Biloculina elay along with a little dark-brown clay. No pebbles. Station 205. — Lat. 709 51' N., long. 13 3' E, d. 1287 fms. (2354 m.); b.-t. —1.2%. Å fme sample of Biloculina elay (1 or 2 Biloculinæ to every OD em. of the dried sample) containing many shells of the genera Lituola No A portion of this sample had undergone oxidation. and Globigerina, and a few of the genus Noniomina. pebbles. Station 206. — Lat. 709 45' N., long. 14 36' E.: d. 1248 fms. (2282 m.); b.-t. — 1.19 Biloeulina elay con- taining but few Biloculinæ and Globigerimæ. No pebbles. Station 207. — Lat. 700 33' N., long. 150 50' E.: d. 1111 fms. (2082 m.); b.-t. — 1.1". Biloculina clay con- taining a few pebbles (weighing up to 0.27) of erystalline sehusts. Station 208. — Lat. 709 21" N., long. 169 57 E.; d. 675 fms. (1234 m.): b.+t. —1.0%. Å brown, sandy transition clay containing many pebbles (weighing porous. up to 0.57), of quartz, erystalline sehists. hornblende (?), and feldspar. Station 209. — Lat. 709 19' N., long. 179 9' E,; d. 126 fms. (230 m.): b.t. 5.2". Bottom stony. Station 2105 NB T00NØR TORO AST Fvn. (251 M.). 6.0% Stenbund. Station 211. N. B. 700 15, Ø. L. 170 31". 129 6.09, En liden Prøve af grøngraat Ler, Mange Skal- Fvn. (236 M.). gjennemvævet af Kiselspikuler af Svampe. brudstykker og hele Skaller af kalkafsondrende Dyr. Ingen Stene. 3 Station 212. N. B: 709 12, Ø: Li. 17941" 0142 Fvn. (260 M.). 5.80. Sand og Ler (?). Station 213. N. B. 70" 28, Ø. L. 29 30. 1760 Fvn. (3219 M.). — 1.29. Kun Spor af Biloeulmler, over- veiende graat fint, meget plastisk Ler (underliggende Lag). 1750 Øverst En Station 214. N. B. 709 39, Ø. L. 09 W. Fyn. (8200 M.). —1.20. To Lag i Bundprøven. Biloeulinler, underst graat fint, meget plastisk Ler. Sten: krystallinsk Skifer (veiende 0.3 Gr.). bd VERE: 1665 Biloeulinler med graat Underler. Station 215. N. B. 20, Pyn (3045 /M) | — 120 Station 216. ,N. B. 70" 55, Ø. L. 3" 40. 1231 Fyn. (2251 M.). — 1.30. Biloeulinler med graat Underler. Station 217. EN- BETLO02 V. 1 50090 08200 Evan. (1516 M.). —1.30, NSandholdigt Biloculinler med nogle faa Biloculiner. Nogle Stene. Station 218 NN BIT AE VAL 690 968 Fyn. (1770 M.). —1.30. Eiendommeligt, uensartet, sandholdigt Biloeulinler med nogle faa Biloculiner, men temmelig mange Globigeriner. Et lidet Stykke Stenkul (?). Station SN BE VE bl OG vn. (1456 M.) — 1.29, Biloeulmler med mange KForamini- ferer, væsentlig Globigerimer. Station 220. N. B. 719 2, V. L. 79 26. 1275 Fyn. (2332 M.): —1.50%. Stenbund (?). Station22 EN BI IE 2" VET 700350 1060 vn. (1938 M.). —1.30, Stenbund. Station 222. N. B. 719 2", V. L. 79 46”. 654 Fvn. (1196 M.). —1.00%. Stenbund. Stationi222 ar NBR VASA NE Fyn. (263 M.). Graasort vulkansk Sandler. Station 2220) NSB LAO 80294 120 «796 Station 210. — Lat. 709 17' N, long. 179 90' E,; d. 137 fms. (251 m.); b.-t. 6.0". Bottom stony. Station 211. — Lat. 70% 15' N., long. 179 31' E,; d. 129 fms. (236 m.); b.-t. 6.0% Å small sample of greenish-grey clay interwoven with the siliceous spicules of sponges, and containing besides many fragments of caleare- No ous shells and whole shells of lime-secreting animals. pebbles. uORM2ENE DIG Station 212. — Lat. d. 142 fms.-(260 m.); b.-t. long. 179 41" E,; Sand and clay (?). Station 213. — Lat. 709 23' N., long. 29 30' E.; d. 1760 fms. (3219 m.); b.-t. — 1.2". Å very lttle Bilocu- lina clay, the remainder of the sample consisting of a fine, grey, exceedingly plastic clay (the under layer). Station 214. — Lat. 7090 39' N., long. 09 05% d. 150 tms (E200m) ba Biloculina clay, the under a fine, grey, exceedingly plastic clay; the, sample contained a small fragment of erystal- Two layers; the upper line sehist, weighimg 0.37. Station 215. — Lat. 709 53' N., long. 200 W.; d. 1665 fms. (3045 m.): b.-t. — 1.20. Biloeulina elay with a grey under layer. Station 216. — Lat. 709 58' N.. long. 3" 40' W.: d. 1231 fms. (2251 m.); b.-t. — 1.30. Biloeulina clay with a grey under layer. Station 217. — Lat. 7190 N,, 519 W.; d. 829 fms. (1516 m.); b.-t. — 1.80. Å brown, sabulous clay containing a few Biloculinæ and a few pebbles. long. Station 218. — Lat. 719 1" N., long. 69 0' W.; d. 968 fms. (1770 m.); b.-t. — 1.30. Å peculiar, heterogene- ous, brown, sandy clay containing a few Biloculinæ and å good many Globigermæ; also å small fragment of coal (27). Station 219. — Lat. 719 2 N., long. 69 51' W.; d. (1456 m.); b.-t. — 1.29. Biloeulina clay con- taining many Foraminifera, chietly Globigermmæ. fms. Station 220. — Lat. 719 2" N., long. 79 26' W.,; d. 1275 fms. (2332 m.); b.-t. — 1.5". Bottom stony. Station 221. — Lat. 719 2' N., long. 79 35' W.; d. 1060 fms. (1938 m.); b.-t. — 1.30. Bottom stony. T10 Dr Station 222. — Lat. N, d. 654 fms. (1196. m.); b.-t. — 1.00," long 79 46/ W: Bottom stony. Station 222a. — Lat. 719 3' N.; long. 79 54 W,; d. 144 fms. (263 m.). Å greyish-black, voleanie, sabulous clay. Station 222 b. — Lat. 719 0 N., long. 89 29 W.: Fyn. (87 M.). 1.29 Graasort vulkansk Sandler. Station 223. N. B. 709 54", V. L. 89 24". 70 Fvn. (128 M.). —0.6". Graasort, løst Ler. Nogle Stene, væsentlig bestaaende af basaltisk Lava. Station 224: N. B. 70: 514, Vy LL. 89.201. 95 Fyn. (174 M.). —0.60. Graasort, vulkansk Sand og Sandler. Faa Stene. Mange smaa Brudstykker af lysgrønt Olivin. Station 225. N. B. 709 58, V. L. 80.4. 195 Fvn. (857 M.). — 0.69. Graasort vulkansk Sandler (lig det foregaaende). Ingen Stene. Station 226. N. B. 709 59", V. L. 79 51". 8340 Fvn. (622 M.). —0.60. Graasort, vulkansk Sandler. Station 2274 NEEB MONG ARVET 3 5 1020 Fyn. (1902 M.). — 1.59 Mørkbrunt Ler. Station2281 NEBE FNS 0009355 Fvn. (1706 M.). —1.5!. Stenbund. Station 229K ENE BEKTOEID ARVEN SUKbS 32 Fyn. (1339 M.). — 1.3". Mørkbrunt Ler. Ingen Bilo- .culiner og faa andre Foraminiferer. Nogle smaa Stene, væsentlig bestaaende af vulkanske Slakker med Olivin. Station 230. BELEGG OAS kvn, (1562 M.). Mørkbrunt Ler. Et Par (veiende indtil 1.5 Gr.), bestaaende af basaltisk Lava. INE —= US Stene 1032 Fvn. uensartet Ler. Station 23 NN BiLEIERVALN900237 «(1887 M.). —1.39% Haardt, lysbrunt, Faa Biloculiner. nogle Globigeriner. Ingen af Slægten Lituola. Flere smaa Stene (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.), be- staaende af Kvarts, Sandsten (2). Satnnesz N. 8.700 1020 VE 8048 780 Fvn. (1426 M.): — 1.39, Blanding af brunt og graat Ler. Ingen Stene. 580 Fvn. Station SSN 08 VL 80040 (1061 M.). — 1.40. Gulbrunt Ler: Station 234. N. B. 719 6, V. L. 89 38. 259 Fvn. (474 M.). —1.09, Graasort, tung Sandler. Flere Stene (veiende indtil 0.3 Gr.), bestaaende af vulkanske Slakker, porøs, basaltisk Lava. Station 235. 98 Fyn. (179 M.). .0.00. NABO IEVATLN800554 Stenbund. QI å d. 20 fms. (37 m.); b.-t. 1.20, sabulous, clay. Å greyish-black, voleanic Station 223. — Lat. 70" 54' N., long. 89 24 W.: d. 70 fms. (128 m.); b.-t. — 0.60 Å greyish-black, fri- able clay containing a few pebbles, chiefly of basaltic lava. Station 224. — Lat. 70" SF N., dP95 ms: (AT4 my: bite 0:60 sand and sandy clay contaiming many small fragments of long. 89 20' W.: Greyish-black, voleanie olivine, but very few other pebbles. Station 225. — Lat. 70% 58' N., long. 89 4 W.; d. 195 fms. (357 m.); b.-t. —0.60. Å greyish-black, voleanic sabulous clay similar to the foregoing. No pebbles. Station 226. — Lat. 709 59 N., d. 3840 fms. (622 m.); b.-t. — 0.69 canic, sabulous clay. long MOD KNE A greyish-black, vol- Station 227. — Lat. 71% 13' N., "long. 79 33 W.; d. 1040 fms. (1902 m.); bt. — 1.5", Å dark-brown clay. Station 2285 Bart MSN one SLOANE d. 933 fms. (1706 m.); b.-t. — 1.5". Bottom stony. Station 229. — Lat. 719 12" N., long. 8" 55" W,; d. 732 fms. (1389 m.); b.-t. — 1.8. containing aå very few Foramunitera (no Biloculinæ) and a A dark-brown clay few pebbles, chiefly of scoriæ with olivine. Station 230. — Lat. 719 16' N., long. 99 10 W.; d. 854 fms. (1562 my: br containing one or two small fragments (weighing 1.57") of basaltic lava. A dark-brown clay Station 231. — Lat. 719 217 Nå long: 99234 We: d. 1032 fms. (1887 m.): b.-t. — 1.3". Å hard, light-brown, heterogeneous elay ceontaining: — Very few Biloculinæ; a few Globigerinæ (none of the genns Lituola); divers pebbles (the largest weighing 0.37") of quartz, sandstone (?). Station 232. — Lat. 719 10” N., long. 89 48' W.; de S0rtmse (1290imp EE NES and grey clay. No pebbles. A mixture of brown Station 233. — Lat. 719 8' N,, long. 89 46 W.; d. 580 fms. (1061 m.); b.+t. — 1.4". Å yellowish-brown clay. Station 234. — Lat. 719 6 N., long. 8" 38'-W,; d. 259 fms. (474 m.); b.t. — 1.09, Å greyish-black, heavy, sabulous elay containing divers pebbles (the largest weigh- ing 0.3). of scoriæ, and porous, basaltic lava. Station 235. — Lat. 709 59' N., long. 8" 55 W.; d. 98 fms. (179 m.): b.-t. 0.09 Bottom stony. ger (lig 234) OLSSEN: vulkansk Sandler Station 236. N. B. Fyn. (285 M.). Graasort Ingen Stene. Station 237. N. B. 709 41", V. L. 109 10. 263 Fyn. (481 M.). —0.30%. Brunt, løst, sandholdigt Ler. Mange Stene, bestaaende af Olivin, Lava og smukke Kry- staller af Augit. I Skraben fandtes en Mængde Stene: Kvarts, Glimmerskifer med Lav paa Overfladen, sort Lava med Feldspath-Krystaller, do. do. med smaa, runde, tomme Blærerum (denne Sten var rund). grøn kloritisk Skifer med Kispunkter. Lava med Olivin, Anorthit (2). Augit og Horn- blende; sort. tæt Lava med Punkter af Magnetjern, brun, tæt Lava, Mandelsten. brun Lava med Rustpunkter, grov- kornig Granit og krystallinske Skifere. Desforuden fandtes i Skraben mange smukke Krystaller af Augit. Hornblende og Olivin. Station 238. N. B. 709 13", V. L. 10% 54". 845 Fvn. (1545 M.).. — 1.1". Biloeulinler (?). å Station 239. N. B. 699 35", V. L. 119 13”. 1050 Fyn. (1920 M.). —1.09. Lysbrunt Biloculmler. Station 240: N. B. 690022 1V. BEN OE260 1004 Fyn. (1836 M.). — 1.1". Lysbrunt Biloeulmler med en Mængde forskjellige Foraminiferer. væsentlig Globigeriner. Et Par ganske smaa Ntene, bestaaende af mørk Kvarts (veiende indtil 0.1 Gr.). Station/24l. NB. 68% 41: V. L. 109 54. 11119 Fyn. (2046 M.). — 1.4”. Smukt. lysbrunt Biloculimler (lig det foregaaende) med en Mængde Foraminiferer. En ganske liden Sten (veiende omtrent 0.02 Gr.). Station 242. N. B. 689 36", V. L. 89% 40. 1033 Fvn. (1889 M.). —1.8". Biloculimler, noget grovkornigt, faa Biloculiner, men mange Globigerimer. Ingen af Nlægten Lituola, mange Nomiomina. Statonz43 NA B680 820 VIE 60 1385 Fyn. (2533 M.)+ —1.39. Biloeulinler med mange Fora- miniferer. 26". Station 244. N. B. 689 28". V. L. 40 17: 1951 Fyn. (8568 M.). —1.39. Biloeulinler, lig det foregaaende. Af Foraminiferer fandtes væsentlig Globigermer. Station 245. N. B. 680 21", V. 2005 Fvn. (8667 M.). — 1.40. I Biloculinler Sta- tion fandtes en Lagdannelse; det øverste Lag af Bundprø- ven var et yderst fint, plastisk, brunt Ler uden Foramini- ferer. L. fra 20 5 denne Det underste Lag bestod af lysere brunt, porøst Station 236. — Lat: 700 58" N., long. 99 2 W.; d. 156 fms. (285 m.). Å greyish-black, voleanie. sabulous clay similar to that brought up at Station 234. No pebbles. Station 237. — Lat. 709 41" N., long. 109 10" W.; 263 fms. (481 m.); b.-t. —0.3%. Å brown, fri- able clay containing many particles of olivine and beautiful erystals of augite. sabulous, The dredge brought up great numbers of pebbles. as quartz, mica-schist coated over with lichen black lava with erystals of feldspar, black lava with small round. empty vesieles (this fragment was globular in form). green chloritie sehist with pyritie granules, lava with olivme, anorthite (7). augite, hornblende. black compact lava with grains of magnetite. brown compact lava. amyg- daloid. brown lava with specks of rust, coarse-grained gra- nite. and erystalline sehists. Moreover, the dredge contained many beautiful erystals of augite, hornblende, and olivme. Station 238. — Lat. 70" 13' N., long. 109 54 W.; d. 845 fms. (1545 m.); b.t. —1.1% Biloeulima clay (2). Station 239. — Lat. 699 35' N., long. 119 13' W.; d. 1050 fms. (1920 m.); bt. — 1.09. Å light-brown Bilo- eulina clay. Station 240. — Lat. 690 9/ N., long. 119 26' W.; d. 1044 fms. (1836 m.); b.t. — 1.10. Å light-brown Bilo- culina clay eontaining great numbers of Foraminifera, chiefly Globigerinæ, and one or two fine particles of quartz, the largest weighing 0.17. Station 241. — Lat. 689 41" N., long. 109 54" W.:; d. 1119 fms. (2046 m.); b.-t. —1.4%. Å fine sample of light-brown Biloeulina elay, similar to the foregoing. eon- taining great numbers of Forammifera, and å small pebble, weighing about 0.027. Station 242. — Lat. 68" 36' N., long. 89 40 W.: d. 1033 fms. (1889 m.); b.-t. — 1.3". Å somewhat coarsely granulated Biloculina elay containing many Globigerinæ and Nonionimæ, but very few Biloculinæ; the genus Lituola was not represented Station 243. — Lat. 68" 32' N., 26 W- d. 1385 fms. (2533 m.); b.-t. — 1.38". Biloculima clay con- taining many Foraminifera: long. 6" Station 244. — Lat. 68% 28' N., long. 49 17 W,; d: 1951 fms. (3568 m.); b.-t. — 1.30. Biloeulina clay con- taining many Foraminifera, chiefly Globigerme. Station 245. — Lat. 68% 21" N., long. 29% 5! W,; d. 2005 fms. (3667 m.); b.-t. — 1.40. The sample of Bilo- culina elay that came up at this Station, was in two layers; the upper å brown, exceedingly tine and plastic clay, without any Foraminifera, the under a lighter brown, porous clay Ler med en Mængde Globigermer, Biloculmer og andre Foraminiferer. Station 246. N. B. 689 14", Ø. L. 09 6. 1592 Fyn. (2911 M.). . —1.8". Biloculinler med to Lag, lige- som det foregaaende. Ingen Ntene. Station 247. N: B. 689 5", Ø..L. 290 24". 1120 Fyn. (2048 M.). —1.20.* Biloculinler. Station 248. N. B. 679 56", Ø. L. 40 11". 778 Fyn. (1423 M.). —1.409. Biloculinler. Station 249. N. B. 689 12", Ø. L. 69 35". 1063 Fvn. (1944 M.). — 1.39, Biloeulinler med noget mørkere brunt Ler. Station 250. .N. B. 689 10, Ø. L. 99 20". 1150 Fvn. (2103 M.). — 1.4", To Lag i Bundprøven, øverst lysbrunt Overgangsler, underst graat Ler. Ingen Bilocu- liner. Mange Stene, væsentlig bestaaende af krystallinske Skafere. Station 251. N. B. 689 6, Ø. L. 99 44. 634 Fyn. (1159 M.). —1.30. To Lag i Bundprøvyen. Øverst sandholdigt, brunt Overgangsler med nogle Biloeuliner og Globigeriner. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 1 Gr.), be- staaende af Gneis, Feldspath, Kvarts. Station 253, Vestfjorden. 263 Fvn.(481M.). 3.2". Graagrønligt. fast og ensartet Ler. Ingen Stene. Station 254. N. B. 67" 27, Ø.:L. 139 25. 143 Fyn. (262 M.). 5.80. Ensartet, graat Ler. Flere Stene. Bundprøver fra 1878. Station 255. N. B. 68* 12", Ø. L. 159 40. 341 Fyn. (624 M.). 6.5". Blaagraat Ler med en Mængde uorganiske Dyrelevninger. Ingen Stene. Station 25610 NEBINOLESTØN Te 230 0400225 Fyn. (411 M.). 4.00, Graagrønt. ensartet Ler. Faa Stene (veiende indtil 0.2 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts og krystal- linske Skifere. Station 257. N. B. 709 4, Ø. L. 230 2. 160 Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Schmelek: Chemi. containing great numbers of Globigermæ, Biloculinæ, and other Foraminifera. Station 246. — Lat. 68" 14' N., long. 09 6' E;; d. 1592 fms. (2911 m.); b.t. --1.8%. A sample of Bilo- eulina clay in two layers, like the foregomg. No pebbles. Station 247. — Lat. 68? 5' N., long. 2" £ E; d. 1120 fms. (2048 m.); bt. — 1.2". Biloculina clay. Station 248. — Lat. 679 56' N., long. 49 11" E,; d. 778 fms. (1423 m.); b.t. — 1.4”. Biloeulma clay. Station 249. — Lat. 689 12' N., long. 69 35' E.: d. 1063 fms. (1944 m.); b.-t. — 1.30. Biloculina clay along with åa little of a darker tint. Station 250. — Lat. 689 10' N., long. 99 20' E: d. 1150 fms. (2103 m.); b.t. — 1.40, Two layers, — the upper a light-brown transition elay, the under a grey clay, containing together many pebbles, chiefly of erystalline sehists. No Biloculinæ. Station 251. — Lat. 68" 6' N., long. 99 44 E.: d. 634 fms. (1159 m.); b.t. — 1.3". Two layers, — the upper a brown, sabulous transition elay contaiming a few Bilocu- line and Globigerinæ and many pebbles (the largest weigh- ing 19) of: gneiss, feldspar, quartz. Station 253 (Vestfjorden). — D. 263 fms. (481 m.): bt. 3.2". Å firm, greyish-green, homogeneous clay. No pebbles. Station 254. — Lat. 67" 27' N., long. 1389 25' E,; d. 143 fms. (262 m.); b.-t. 5.80. Å grey, homogeneous clay contaiming divers pebbles. Samples of the Bottom (1878). Station 255. — Lat. 689 12' N., long. 159 40' E.; d. 341 fms. (624 m.); b.t. 6.59. Å grey clay containing great numbers of inorganic animal remains. No pebbles. Station 256. — Lat. 709 8' N., long. 23" 4' E;; d. 295 fms. (411 m.); b.t. 4.00. Å greyish-green homogene- ous clay ceontaining a few pebbles (the largest weighing 0,2”) of quartz and erystalline sehists. Station 257. — Lat. 70% 4' N., long. 230 2 E; 4 Fyn. (293 M.). 3.99, Ensartet, graat Ler... Ingen Stene. Station 258. N. B. 709 13", Ø. L. 230 3. 230 Fvn. (421 M.). 4.0". Grøngraat Ler. B. 709 49", Ø. L. 259 59. 80 Fyn. (146 M.). +.1%. En liden Prøve af grøngraat Ler, lignende Rhabdamminaleret. En Mængde Dyrelevninger: Koraller, Skaller af Slægten Astarte og Rør af Annelider (Spiochetopterus). Mange Stene, bestaaende af Kvartsit, Glimmerskifer med Granat, Gneis, Granit. Station 259. N. Station 2601 Ni Bi 702550 ØK 260014. 127 Eyn (2328 MIN 350 Mer; Station 261. N. B. 709 47", Ø. L. 289 30". 127 Fyn. (232 M.). 29.80. EFnsartet, lysgraat Ler. Ingen Stene. BE00R6 03200050 48 Brunt, ensartet Sandler. N. 1.90, Station 262. Fyn. (271 M.). Stene. Ingen BEOLN ØSE 2 Grønliggraat, temmelig fast Ler. Station 263. N. Fyn. (221 M.).. 1.90, Ingen Stene. StationP264. NB 709568JØ 1: SU Fyn. (157 M.). 1.9". Løst, grøngraat Rhabdamminaler med noget fastere, graat Underler. Station 266. N. B. 719 27", Ø. L. 359 39". 130 Fyn. (238 M.). 0.69. Øverst i Bundprøven et tyndt Lag af grøngraat Rhabdamminaler, under graat, fastere Ler. Mange Amnelider (Spiochetopterus ). Station 267. N. B. 719 42, Ø. L. 379 1". 148 Fyn. (271 M.). — 1.49, Løst Rhabdamminaler med noget graat Underler. Mange Annelider og Skaller af Slægten Astarte. Ingen Stene. Station 268. N.:B. 719 36", Ø. L. 369 18". 130 Fvn. (238 M.). —1.09%, Løst Rhabdamminaler. Station 269. N. B. 7290 11", Ø. L. 369 40". 138 Fvn. (252 M.) —1.2%. Rhabdamminaler (ligner 264). Mange Amnelider. Smaa Stykker af Stenkul. Ingen Stene. Stationr2z DN PE OS SOS: Fvn. (249 M.). 0.09. Ensartet, grøngraat Rhabdammina- ler. Mange Amnnelider. Ingen NStene. 86 d. 160 fms. (293 m.); b.-t. 38.9% Å grey, homogeneous clay. No pebbles. Station 258. — Lat. 70% 13' N., long. 239 3' E,; d. 230 fms. (421 m.); b.-t. 4.00. A greenish-grey clay. Station 259. — Lat. 709 49' N., long. 250 59' E,; d. 80 fms. (146 m.); b.-t. 4.1. Å small sample of green, glistening Rhabdammina clay containing shells of the genus Astarte and tubes of Amnnelids (Spiochetopterus); also many pebbles, con- sisting of quartzite, mica schist with garnets, gneiss. granite. great numbers of animal remains, as coral, 709 55” N., Tone. Station 260. — Lat. 260 d. 127 fms. (232 m.); b.t. 8.5". Bottom clay. : Station 261. — Lat. d. 127 fms. (232 m.); b.+t. ous clay. U00 47' N.; long. 280 30 EFE: 2.80. Å light-grey, homogene- No pebbles.. Station 262. — Lat. dJ 148 fms. (271 m): båt sandy clay. MOLNSONE 1890 long! 32005501 A brown, homogeneous, No pebbles. Station 263. — Lat. 70" 44 da edEfims (2210 mb paratively firm clay. No pebbles. long. 349 14' E,; greenish-grey, com- NG Å Station 264. — Lat. 709 56" N., long. 350 37' GI 8065 165 (OAdngje Jor 90 Rhabdammina clay, with å thin under layer of a somewhat E.: A friable, greenish-grey firmer grey clay. Station 266. — Lat. 719 27' N., long. 359 39' E.; d. 130 fms. (238 m.); b.-t. 0.60,- Two layers, — the upper consisting of a little greenish-grey Rhabdammina clay, the under of a firmer grey clay; this sample contamed many Amnelids (Spiochetopterus). Station 267. — Lat. 719 42' N., long. :379 |' FE. d. 148 fms. (271 m.); b.t. — 1.49 Å friable Rhabdam- mina elay on å thin layer of grey clay, containing many Annelids and shells of the genus Astarte. No pebbles. Station 268. — Lat. 71" 36' N., d. 130 fms. (238 m.); bt. — 1.0. Å friable mina clay. long. 36018. BE: Rhabdam- Station 269. — Lat. 729 11" N., d 138 fms) (252 mys bt. — 1.20 (similar to the sample brought up at Station 264) con- long. 369 40' E.; Rhabdammina clay taining small fragments of éoal, but no pebbles. Station 270. — Lat. 729 27' N., long. 159 I' E,; di. 1860ms. (2429 mm): bE000 geneous Rhabdammina elay containing many Amnelids. A -greyish-green, homo- No pebbles. Station 271. N. B. 729 2erPØ TR 8 30 SOI60 Fyn. (293 M.). 0.7". En liden Prøve af ensartet, grøn- graat Ler. Mange Amnelider. Ingen Stene. Stationmz22 NB 3800 NØ. Gå 33008 Fyn. (207 M.). 1.59. Grøngraat Rhabdamminaler med noget fastere graat Underler. Nogle Stene (veiende indtil 1.0 Gr.), bestaaende af mørk Kalksten. Station 2230 NEBB JESS ØRS TOS OI Fvn. (860 M.). 2.2". Grønliggraat Rhabdammina-Ler. Mange Skaller (Astarte). Mange ganske smaa Stene, hovedsagelig bestaaende af Kvarts. Station 274. N. B: 739 46", Ø. L. 310 16'. 182 Fyn. (333 M.). 0.0% Graagrønt Rhabdammina-Ler. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.), bestaaende af Sand- sten. Station 275. N. B. 74% '%, Ø. L.-310 12". 147 Fyn. (269 M.). —0.40, Grøngraat Rhabdammina-Ler. Mange Ntene (veiende mdtil 3 Gr.), bestaaende af oxyderet og forvitrende Sandsten, nogle smaa NStykker af Stenkul. I Skraben fandtes: Haard sort Lerskifer, Stenkul, graa Sandsten, Granit, Lerboller, Amfibolit, kornig Kalksten og Kvartsit. Station 276. N. B. 740 5', Ø. L. 270 39. 220 Fyn. (402 M.). 0.90. Graat Ler. Ingen Stene. Station 2774 NÅ BERGANS TØR KN2500430 1295 Fyn. (411 1.00. Nogle Stene. M.). Grøngraat Rhabdammina-Ler. Station 270 NEBE ØRET ODE Fvn. (421 M). 0.99 Grøngraat Rhabdammina-Ler. 230 Station 279. N. B. 740 15", Ø. L. 20048". 79 Fyn. (144 M.). 1.09. Grøngraat, uensartet Rhabdammina- Ler. Mange Koraller og Skjæl. Nogle Stene (veiende indtil: 0.5 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, Sandsten. Station 280. N.B. 749 10", Ø. L. 189 51". 35 Fvn. (64 M.). 1.1" Bundprøven-bestod hovedsagelig af Musling- skaller med noget grøngraat Ler. Station 281. N.B. 740 3, Ø.L. 179 18. 115 Fn. (210 M.). 2.20 Brunt Sandler og gaat Ler. Nogle Stene (veiende indtil 0.1 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts. Sand- sten. Station 282. N. B. Fvn. (836 M.). —0.90. MØ Mk 105 Tm)0 BI6T Grøngraat Ler. 457 27 d. 197 fms. (360 m.); b.t. 2,20 Station 271. — Lat. 729 38' N,, 330 50! E.: aeL60etns (293 me bt 10170) A small sample of greenish-grey, homogeneous elay containing numerous Anne- lids. No pebbles. long. Station 272. — Lat. 739 11" N., long. 33" 3' E.: d. 113 fms. (207 m.); b.-t. 1.59 Å greenish-grey Rhab- dammina clay on a thin layer of firmer grey clay, con- taiming a few pebbles (the largest weighing 1.07") of dark limestone. Station 273. — Lat. 739 95' N., long. 319 30' E.: Å greenish-grey clay containing many caleareous shells (Astarte) and many ex- ceedingly. fine pebbles, chiefly quartz. Station 274. — Lat. 739 46' N., long. 310 16" E.: d. 182 fms. (333 m.); b.-t. 0.09. Å greyish-green Rhab- dammina elay containing many pebbles (the largest weigh- ing 0.57), exclusively sandstone. Station 275. — Lat. 749" 8' N.. long. 319 19" E,; d. 147 fms. (269 m.); b.-t. — 0.40," Å greyish-green Rhab- dammina clay containing many pebbles (the largest weigh- ing 37) of oxidized and disintegrated sandstone, and a few small fragments of coal. The dredge brought up fragments of a hard, black argillaceous sehist, of coal, grey sandstone, granite, amphibolite, granulated limestone, - quartzite, and lumps of clay. Station 276. — Lat. 749 5' N., long. 279 39 FE: d. 220 fms. (402 m.); b.t.0.99%. Å grey clay. No pebbles. Station 277. — Lat: 74" 3' N., d225 ms (GAm DE No pebbles. long. 259 43" E.: Å greenish-grey clay. Station 278. — Lat. 74" 1' N., long. 229 27 E:; : d. 230 fms. (421 m.); b-t. 0.99. Å greenish-grey clay. Station 279. — Lat. 749 15'.N., long. 209 48' E,; 79 fms. (144 m.); b.t. 1.09 Å greenish-grey clay con- taming many shells and fragments of coral; likewise a few pebbles (the largest weighing 0.57) of quartz, sand- stone. å Station 280. — Lat. 749 10' .N.. long. 189 51' E,; d. 35 fms. (64 mm); bt L10 ehiefly of musele-shells along with a little greenish-grey clay. This sample consisted Station 281. — Lat. 74" 3' N,, d. 115 fms. (210 -m.); bit. 2.20. and a grey clay containing a few pebbles (the largest lones GJØRE Å brown, sabulous elay weighing 0.19") of quartz, sandstone. Station 282. — Lat. 730 53" N., long. 150 36' FE. d. 457 fms. (836 m.); b.-t. —0.99, Å 'greenish-grey clay. 4* Station 283. N. B. 739 47", Ø. L. 149 21". 7167 Fyn. (1408 M.). —1.4% Brunt Overgangsler med lidt graat Underler. Ingen Stene. Station 284 NBAS O AGN 200580 1800 Fyn. (1463 M.). —1.89%. Brunt Overgangsler med lidt mørkgraat Underler. Ingen Stene. Station 285. N. B. 739 6", Ø. L. 119 56": - 1024 Fyn. (1873 M.). —1.3". Brunt Overgangsler med graat Underler. I det graa Underler to Stene: Sandsten (veiende indtil 4 Gr.). Station 286 NEBE STØT 32n å 447 Fyn. (817 M.). —0.8% Graat Ler'med mange Stene (veiende indtil 2 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, Feldspath, Sandsten. I Skraben fandtes mange tilrundede Stene: Hornblendeskifer, graa Kalksten, Gneisgranit, Gneis, La- bradorsten. Station 287. N. B. (G 165 UO EE) Fyn. (455 M.). 2.90. Grønliggraat Ler med lidt brunt Sandler. Mange Stene (veiende indtil 4 Gr.). bestaaende af Sandsten, Granit, Kvartsit. 200520 Station (288: IN. Bi 720461, Ø. Te050 215 Fyn. (393 M.). 2.40. Ensartet, brunt Overgangsler med noget graat Underler. Nogle faa Stene (veiende mdtil 0.5 Gr.), bestaaende af mørke krystallinske Skifere. Station2SJHEN BØ OLES 29 Fyn. (400 M.. 209 Grøngraat, haardt Ler. Ingen Stene. G Station 290 NB 120275 19. 1 S006 IRON Fvn. (349 M.). mørkgraat Ler. 5.5%. Ensartet, brunt Sandler med lidt Faa og ganske smaa Stene (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.), bestaaende af krystallinske Skifere. Station 291. N. B. 719 54", oe db DNO Bet OE Fyn. (355 M.). 3.0". Graat, sandholdigt Ler. Ingen Stene. Station 292. N. B. 719 20, Ø. L. 220 59", 916 Fyn. (395 M.). 3.7". Brunliggraat Ler. Ingen synlige Foraminiferer. Station 2930 NA BONGA ØRN TO 95 Fyn. (174 M.). 5.1". Sandholdigt, graat (?) Ler. Station 294. N. B. 719 35. Ø. L. 150 117. 6837 Fyn. (1165 M.). ler. Ingen Stene. ten Lituola. Se Ensartet, Enkelte Globigeriner. brungraat Overgangs- Nogle af NSlæg- d. 800 fms. (1463 m.); bt. — 1.30. Å Station 283. — Lat. 73" 47" N., d: 167 ms) (1408 me bt 140 clay on a thin layer of grey clay. long ODE A- brown transition No pebbles. Station 284. — Lat. 739 1 N., long. 129 58' E.: brown transition clay on a thin layer of dark-grey clay. No pebbles. Station 285. — Lat. 739 6' N., long. 119 56' E.; d. 1024 fms. (1873 m.); bt. —1.3%. A brown transition clay on a layer of grey clay, the latter containing two pebbles of sandstone (the largest weighing 47). Station 286. — Lat. 729 57' N., long. 149 32' E,; d. 447 fms. (817 m.); bt. —0.89%. Å grey clay contain- ing many pebbles (the largest weighing 27) of quartz, feld- spar, sandstone. The dredge brought up numerous pebbles of hornblende sehist, grey limestone, gneiss-granite, gnelss, labrador-stone.. Station 287. — Bat. (720 520N. long) 15001908: d. 249 fms. (455 m.); b.-t. 2.99 Å greenish-grey clay along with a little brown. sabulous clay contaiming together many pebbles (the largest weighing 47") of sandstone, granite, quartzite. Station 288. — Lat. 72" 46" N., long. 179 50' E.; de2tblmns(893 my): bt. 1240 transition elay on a thin layer of grey clay, contaiming a A brown, homogeneous, few pebbles (the largest weighimg 0.57) of dark erystallme- selusts. Station 289. — Lat. d. 219 fms. (400-m.); bt. No pebbles. 2 EN one: 22010: 209 18' E,: A hard, greenish-grey clay. Station 290. — Lat. 72" 27 N., d. 191 fms. (849 m.); bt. 3.50 sandy clay along with a little dark-grey clay, containing together a few pebbles (the largest weighing 0.577) of ery- stalline selusts. long. 209 51' E,; Å brown, homogeneous, Station 291. — Lat. 719 54" N,, d. 194 fms. (355 me bt. 3.00 No pebbles. lone. ELSSER A grey, 'sabulous clay. Station 292. — Lat. 719 d. 216 ms. (395 må: bt. 3.12. which no Foraminifera could be 207 Non EP 09 Å brownish-grey clay. in detected. long. 219 11' BE. Sabulous clay. Station 293. — Lat. 71" 7 .N., dA9S ms JO må: bt DNG 35' N., spe Station 294. — Lat. 719 d. 637 (1165 mb homogeneous elay containing a few Globigerinæ and Lituola. No pebbles. Ioner NY DIE 195 fms. A brownish-grey, Station 295. N. B. 71059", Ø. L. 119 40". -1110 Fyn. (2030 M.). —1.39, Ensartet Biloculmler. Ingen Stene. Station 296. N. B. 729 15", Ø. L. 80 9. 1440 Fyn. (2633 M.). — 1.40. Biloculinler. 5—6 Biloculiner paa hver O-Tomme af den tørrede Bundprøve. Ingen Stene. Statonz2972 NA BET20860 ØL TN db e280 Fyn. (2341 M.). — 1.4". Biloculinler. Faa Foramini- ferer. Nogle Stene (veiende indtil 0.8 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, Gneis, Grønsten, Sandsten, Feldspatb, Glimmer. 16 JIN SL. Station 298. N. B. 729 52", Ø. 1500 Fyn. (2743 M.). — 1.5". Ensartet Biloculinler. Omtrent 2 Biloculiner paa hver O-Tomme af den tørrede Bundprøve. Nogle Stene, bestaaende af Kvarts og krystallinske Skifere. Station 299. N. B. 739 10, V. L. 29.14", 1356 Fvn. (2498 M.). —1.60, Biloculinler. En Sten: Granit. * — Station 301. N. B. 749 1", V. L. 19 20". 1684 Fyn. (3080 M.). —1.6". Biloculinler med noget graat underliggende Ler. Nogle Stene (veiende indtil 0.3 Gr.), bestaaende af Kvarts, krystallinske Skifere, Granit. Nogle smaa Fliser af raaddent Træ. Station-302. N. B. 759 16", V. L. 09 54. 1985 . Fvn. (8630 M.). — 1.79, En yderst lidén Prøve af Bilo- eulinler. En Sten: Lerskifer (veiende 0.5 Gr.). Station 303. N. Bi<715oP 124 Ø. 30 1200 Fyn. (2195 M.). —1.69. Ensartet * Biloculinler. 3—4 Biloculmer paa hver (-Tomme af den tørrede Bundprøve. Nogle Stene (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.), hovedsagelig bestaaende af rød Granit. Dr Station(304 Ni BAD SAO 35 Fyn. (3173 M.). — 1.50. Bundprøven mangler. Station 3054 N. B. 7597 1 Ø. 179564 1590 Fvn. (2908 M.). —1.509, Biloculinler med noget mørke- graat Underler. I Biloeulinleret fandtes to Lag — i Lig- hed med Bundprøven fra Station 245. Nogle Stene: Ler- skifere. Station 306. N. B. 750 0", Ø. L. 100 1334 Fyn. (2440 M.). —1.30, Biloeulinler med mange Bilo- culiner. En Sten: Lerskiter (veiende '1.5 Gr.), omgivet af rødt, stærkt oxyderet Ler. 27. Station 307. N. B. 740 58, Ø. L. 129 10. 1216 Fyn. (2224 M.). —1.40. Biloculinler. Station 295. — Lat. 719 59' N., d. 1110 fms. (2080 m.); b.t. Biloeulina clay. No pebbles. long. 119 40' E,; —1,3%, Å homogeneous Station 296. — Lat. 729 15' N., long. 89 9' E. d. 1440 fms. (2633 m.); b.t. — 1.4", Biloculina clay with 5 or 6 Biloculinæ to every square inch of the dried sample. No pebbles. Station 297. — Lat. 729 36' N., long. 59 12' E.: d. 1280 fms. (2341 m.); b.-t. — 1.4". Biloculina clay con- taining a few Foraminifera and divers pebbles (the largest weighing 87”) of quartz, gneiss, sandstone, feldspar, mica. Station 298. — Lat. 720 52N- long MOGIE: d. i500ems(EAS mb be A homogeneous Biloeulina clay with about 2 Biloculinæ to every square inch of the dried sample, and containing besides a few pebbles of quartz and erystalline sehist. Station 299..— Lat. 739 10' N., long. 29 14 W.; d. 1366 fms. (2498 m.); b.-t. — 1.69. Biloculina clay con- taining a pebble of granite. Station 301. — Lat. 74% 1' N., long."19 20" W.; d. 1684 fms. (3080 m.): b.t. — 1.60. Biloculina clay on a thin layer of grey clay, containing a few pebbles (the largest weighing 0.39") of quartz, erystalline seliist, granite, and a few splinters of rotten wood. Station 302. — Lat. 759 16' N., long. 09 54 W.; d. 1985 fms. (3630 m.); b. d. 180 fms. (329 m.); b.0; SiO, 2.98 3.78 17.58. 0.28' 1:24 402 Traces.66.71 Loss by Ignition. 4.13 ErO0K2: Station 213. Lat. 709 23' N., long. metres); bottom-temperature 29 30' E.; 1760 fathoms (3219 — 1,20, Å grey, exceedingly fine clay underlying the Biloeulina- elay that oceurred very sparingly at this Station. Specitic Gravity of Sample 2.79. Loss by ignition 5.59 Protoxide of iron . 3.06 å Sesquioxide of iron 4.45 Decomposed j Alumina . 6.32 by | Lime 1.20 Hydrochloric, acid | Magnesia : NG 36.06 per cent. | Carbonate of lime. 427. Phosphoric acid — Traces Niliea . 14.00 een: er SEG (rretrarek [ Sesquioxide of iron 2.72 byll J Alumina . ET Hydrochloric acid 1 Magnesia. 1.59 57.20 per cent. | Silica . . 4112 98.85 Constituents of Sample: — FeO Fe.O0s ALQ; CaO MgO CaC0»>' P.O; SiO» 3:06 7.17 18:09 -120 435 427 Traces 55.12 Loss by lenition. 5.59 SOR In the following Table I have given the amount of lime determined with Johnson's apparatus in samples of the grey clay, together with the proportion of protoxide and sequioxide of iron found by titration in the hydroehlo- ric acid solution. total amount of iron and relative proportion of each oxide, The four right hand columns show the thus expressing the degree of oxidation in which the elay - The results set forth im the Table also comprise thosé obtained on analysing grey clay from some of the loealities 'where 1t constitutes an oceanic. deposits. Such samples are specified im the last column, headed *Remarks.” under layer of other 1 The protoxide of iron refers execlusively, both here and m all subsequent analyses, to the amount decomposed by hydroehlorie acid; in that remaining insolublé it was not determined. : Exclusive of the constituents specified above, all the samples of the bottom exhibited: traces of manganese in the residue from the. hydroehloric acid decoction, which also contained as.a rule small quan- tities of lime. Kalkgehalt er. meget variabel, men kun paa et Par Steder opnaar nogen betydeligere Størrelse. De Tal, der udtrykker Lerets Oxydationsgrad, ligger paa faa Undtagelser nær mellem.1 og 2. Vi kan foreløbig betragte dette som et, med Farven sammenhængende, kemisk Kjendemærke, der kan tjene til at adskille det graa Ler fra de øyrige Sedimenter, hvis Forhold i den samme Ret- ning senere skal belyses. Grønligt Ler. (Rhabdammina-Ler). Nordhavets østlige Del, der ligger imellem Norge, Beeren Eiland, Spidsbergen og Novaja Semlja, er af en meget ringe Dybde. En Hævning paa lidt over 400 Meter vilde være tilstrækkelig for at løfte dets Bund over Havets Overflade og forvandle den til et stort Sletteland. De betydelige Strækninger af denne jevne Havbund, der af Expeditionen blev undersøgte, fandtes bedækkede af et Sediment — Rhabdammina-Ler —, som med Hensyn til Udseende og kemisk Beskaftenhed er af en eiendommelig Art. Mest karakteristisk finder vi det paa de østligste Sta- Nordlig Længde Dybdei | | | p | 081 fra Greenw. | engl. Favne.| | Å Samlet Fe 4 Anmærkninger. Station.| Bredde. ae Aer (00 EO er GEA Fe,O, Å | (N. Lat) (Long. (Depth (Total Fe.) FeO (Remarks.) år fv Jf. Greenw.) in Eng. Fath.) | 10 Omer. SP GP 220 20.41 BES OL 50 372 2.24 Ingen synlige No perceptible Cal- : | Kalkskallér. careous * Shells. Rå | 41 GRS 7 KONE 607 BUs OL (Os 3:98 7:56 220000 | Å | | å Veps The Færoc-Iceland 49 65 o ORSON 437 6.50 B8OGN 1 03:47 | 6.26 1.47 | banken Ingeu Bank. No Cal- - | | Kalkskaller. careous Shells. 50 65 26 8 24 W. 571 10.32" | 4:59 2.19 4.91 2.09 | | PN : å Underliggende Under Layer; 98 65 56 GODE 3807 2 2.24 1.00 3.05 1.18 Lag (øverst the Upper Brown | | , brunt Ler). Clay. 107 65 2r |10 44 E.! GE JER po 2.02 3.13 Tro Male 6 or 7 Miles | | fræ Kysten. from the Coast. 213 700023 2 GORE 1760 4:27 4:45 3:06 5:49 1.45. | Undrl. Lag (øv. Under Layer; the Up | | Biloculinler). Upper Biloe. Clay, 266 TET 27 39 E 130 Spor. DE 2 EG | 1.02 | Undrl. Lag (øv. Under Layer; the å i So å SR 2 st Sm | | Rhabdam.-Ler). Upper Rhabd. ON 289 JA 20 2818: 219 | 3-01 2.56 Te OM NS VL 1.51 | > | | Å Underliggende Under Layer; the 301 74 Ted SONNE 1684 , 0.45 Lag (øverst Upper Layer Bilo- | | ] Biloculinler). culina Clay. Boge NSG 21 51 FE. 223 2.15 3:38 2120 4.14 1.48 | | 362179 59 540. E. 459 go2tk 2:27 | 12:98000 4 3-91 0:76" | : ; | 373 78 roe GE 120 6.13 2.43 3.00 | 4:49 0.68 Mørkgraat Ler. — Dark-grey Clay. DP | Isfjorden. Tee Sound. Det vil sees af de ovenanførte Analyser, at Lerets It will be seen from the above analyses that the pro- portion of lime variesexceedingly in this clay; but its ab- solute amount is not considerable save in one or two loealities. The figures expressing the degree of oxidation lie, with but few exceptions, between I and 2. This we may | + regard for the present as a chemical feature intimately connected with colour, that serves to distinguish all grey clays from the other deposits whose similarly derived ehar- acteristics I shall elucidate in turn. Green Clays. (Rhabdammina Clay). The eastern section of the North Atlantic, between Norway, Beeren.Eiland, Spitzbergen, and Novaja Zemlja, is exceedingly shallow. Å rise of but little more than 400 metres would suffice to bring the whole of its bed above the surface of the sea and transform the tract into å vast plateau. In the numerous uedltstas of this extensive region, explored by the Norwegian Expedition, its level floor was found to be covered with a deposit — Rhabdammina elay — peculiar alike in outward appearance and chemical com- Its characteristic features are most salient in the position. : 6* tioner (omkring den 38te Længdegrad), hvor det fremtræ- der som et ensartet, temmelig fint Slam af en eiendommelig mørkgrøn Farve, Efter Tørring opnaar det kun en ube- tydelig Fasthed eller Sammenhængskraft og kan mellem Fingrene knuses til et Pulver, der er at føle paa som et meget fint Sand. p Under Mikroskopet viser det sig for en væsentlig Del at bestaa af smaa Kvartskorn, der i Almindelighed er temmelig skarpkantede. Af Dyrelevninger indeholder Slammet kun faa. Al- mindeligst finder man Rør af Amnelider (udelukkende Spio- chetopterus), Kiselspikuler af Svampe og Skaller af Slægten Astarte; foruden den omtalte Foraminifer: Rhwabdammina, der synes at være meget almindelig. Det fremgaar af Bundprøverne fra Expeditionens øst- ligste Stationer, at Rhabdammina-Leret her er af en ringe Mægtighed, da jeg nemlig paa flere Steder har fundet et underliggende Lag af mørkgraat, finkornigt og mindre sand- holdigt Ler. å Paa de vestligere Stationer taber Rhabdammina-Leret lidt efter lidt sine karakteristiske Egenskaber; det bliver mere plastisk og Farven mindre udpræget grønlig, ligesom heller ikke nogen Lagdamnelse viser sig i Bundprøverne — indtil vi i Syd for Beeren Eiland (under 20—25* Ø. L.) Nordenom denne Ø gaar Rhab- dammina-Leret længere ud i Havet i vestlig Retning og gjenfinder det graa Ler. naar her op til Spidsbergens Sydkyst.! : I kemisk Retning udmærker det grønlige Ler sig ved sin store Kiselsyremængde og ved den mindre oxyderte Tilstand, hvori det befinder sig. Jeg. har troet at ingttage, at flere af Bundprøverne, ved at henligge i Luften (paa Laboratoriet), forandrer sit Udseende. og i en enkelt har jeg ad kemisk Vei konstateret, at den i pulveriseret Til- stand efter nogen Tids Forløb har tiltaget i Jernoxydgehalt, idet Farven samtidig er blevet brunlig. TI Bundprøven fra Station 264 fandt jeg nemlig i det saltsure Udtræk ved den første Analyse: 2.48 pCt. FeO og blot 0.24 pCt. Fe,0;,? et halvt Aar senere erholdt jeg derimod: 1.00 pCt. FeO og 1.39 pCt. Fe.O;. E x! 8 Da jeg har kontrolleret den sidste Bestemmelse og heller ikke har nogen Grund til at tvivle paa Rigtigheden af den første, synes dette mig at være et Fænomen, der er vel værd at lægge Mærke til. I Rhabdammina-Leret har jeg udført fuldstændige Analyser af to Bundprøver fra Expeditionens østligste Rute, ! Rundt om Beeren Eiland vil man paa Kortet finde et aabent Her viser, at Rum. har Expeditionen ikke foretaget flere Dybdemaalinger, der 100 Da Loddet næsten altid stødte mod Sten, blev ingen Bundprøve. optaget. Bunden ligger dybere end Favne. å Den samlede Jernmængde er bestemt med Kamæleon efter Reduktion med Zink. 44 extreme eastern section of the traet (near the 38th parallel of latitude), where this deposit occurs as å homogeneous, comparatively fine mud of æ peculiar dark-green colour. Friable when dried, it possesses very little cohesive power, . admitting of being erushed between the fingers to powder, which has a gritty feel, like fine sand. Examined under the mieroscope, itis minute, and, as åa rule, comparatively sharp-edged particles of quartz are found to form its chief ceonstituent. Of animal remains this deposit contains but few. Those' most frequently met with are tubes of Annelids (ex- elusively Spiochetopterus), of sponges, and shells of the genus Astarte, as also of the previously mentioned Foraminifer Rhabdammina, which would appear to be comparatively numerous. siliceous spicules The deposit brought up at the most easterly of the -observing-stations shows the surface-layer of Rhabdammina clay in that locality to be of trifling thickness; several of the samples had an under layer of dark-grey, finely granu- lated, and somewhat sabulous clay. Throughout the western part of the tract, the Rhab- dammina elay gradually loses its distinctive features, be- coming more plastic in substance and in colour less charac- teristically green, with no appearance of stratification im the samples, — till, south of Beeren Eiland (long. 20" to 259 E.) we again meet with the grey clay. North of that island, the Rhabdammina clay extends farther seaward, reaching up to the south coast of Spitzbergen.' Regarded chemieally, the chief characteristics of this greenish clay are its large proportion of silicea and the On exposure to atmospheric influenee (in the laboratory). several of the slight extent to which it is oxidized. samples underwent, I feel pretty sure, åa change of aspect; and in one, which had been pulverized and allowed to stand over for some time, I proved by direct analysis an increase in the amount of oxide of iron; its colour, too, had become brownish: Again, in the sample brought up at Station 264, I found in the hydrochlorie acid deceoetion as the result of a first analysis, 2.48 per cent of FeO and only 0.24 per cent of Fe:Q,;7 but six months later the proportion determined was 1.00 per cent of FeO and 1.59 per cent of Fe,0,. Having tested the results of the latter analysis and seeing no reason to doubt the aceuraey of the first, I eall attention to this phenomenon as one that should, I think, by no means pass disregarded. Of the Rhabdammina elay met with on the eastern route of the Expedition, I have submitted to rigorous ana- 1 Round the shores of Beeren Eiland a blank space has been left in the From several soundings taken here at different points, the depth was found not to cxeeed 100 fathoms; and the lead map. having almost invariably struck against rock or stone, no sample of the bottom could of course be obtained. The total amount of iron was determined with permanganate of potash, after desoxidation with zine. nemlig paa den omtalte Station 264 og paa Station 267, hvilke ligger omtrent 15 Mile fra hinanden. Station 264. NE 5 MOPESOL Øk Le SO EG Meter). Temperatur ved Bunden 1.90. Ler med noget mørkgraat Underler. (Spiochetopterus). Ingen Stene. SG Favne (157 (røngraat, løst Talrige Annelider Glødningstab ; | Jernoxydul . . . 2.48 Jernoxyd. 0.24 Dekomponeret | Lerjord ee HET på Mee kak 254 Bale ee Magnesia . 2:20 19.20 pCt. | SR E 3 Fosforsyre Spor | Kiselsyre. 5.02 Udekomponeret | Jernoxyd. 0.12 af | Lerjord . 1.01 Saltsyre | Magnesia. 1.00 85.33 pt. | Kiselsyre.. 83.20 Sum 99.48 Samlede Bestanddele: å FeOQO Fe>Q3 Al»0, CaCO; 24801036 MONS 2.20 Spor 85.23 -Glødn.tab * Sum 1.85 99.48 Den følgende Analyse viser en forholdsvis ringe For- skjellighed fra den første. Bundprøven fra Station 267 er imidlertid optaget paa et større Dyb. Station 267. -N.'B. 700 42", Ø. L. 379 1.. 148 Favne (271 Meter). —1.49. Løst, grøngraat Ler med noget mørkgraat Underler. I Bundprøven nogle Stene (veiende indtil 0.5 Gr.), bestaaende af Sandsten og Lerskifer. I Skraben fandtes paa denne Station mange større Stene: haard Ski- fer, Kvartsskifer, en pibet mørk Sten, Sten med Kisnyre, mørk graa NSandsten, rød Granit, ehokoladebrun Tuf (?), mørk Lerskifer. å Lerets spec. Vægt var 2.59. | lysis two different samples. one from the Station previously mentioned, 264, and the other from Station 267, about 15 geographical miles apart. Station 264. Lat. 70% 56' N., long. 35" 37 E.; 86 fathoms (157 metres); bottom-temperature 1.97. Å greenish-grey, porous clay on a thin layer of dark-grey clay, containing numerous remains of tube-building Amnnelids (/Spiochetopterus); no pebbles. Loss by ignition 1.85 Protoxide of iron . 2.48 Sesquioxide of iron 0.24 . Decomyposed | Alumiia Å siler by Carbonate of lime. 2.54 Hydrochloric acid I ; É Ar t É — of magnesia 2.20 12.20- per cent. ; E "1 Phosphoric acid Traces Siliea. . 3.02 Undecomposed — [ Sesquioxide of iron 0.12 by J Alumina . 1.01 Hydrochlorie acid | Magnesia. 1.00 So See Slien. 188 20 99.48 Constituents of Sample: — FeO Fe.O;. ALO; CaCO; MgCO; PO; SiO» 2.48. 036 273 254 2220| | Traces 85.93 Loss by lIenition 1.85 = 99.48. Between this and the following analysis there is a slight difference; the sample from Station 267 was however brought up from a greater depth. Station 267. Lat. 710 42' N., long. 379 1' E.; 148 fatboms (271 metres); bottom-temperature —1.4". Å porous. greenish-grey elay containing a- few pebbles (the 0.57") of sandstone and argillaceous- schist. The dredge brought up at this Station numerous stones and pebbles, consisting of hard-slate, quartz-schist, dark-grey sandstone, red granite, dark argillaceous schist, also fragments of tuff (?), chocolate-brown in colour, and of a dark fluted stone, as also of å stone containing nodules of pyrites. largest -weighing Specifie gravity øf the clay 2.59. Glødningstab 5.49 | Jernoxydul 2.05 Jernoxyd. 1.00 Dekomponeret | Lerjord 0:25 af | Kalk 0.20 Sulsyre | Magnesia. 1.49 983 PCt Å Kulsur Kalk 0.50 Fosforsyre Spor Litiselsyre : 4.54 Udekomponeret (-Jernoxyd : 1.97 af | Lerjord 9.33 Saltsyre | Magnesia . 1.42 po pet | Kiselsyre.. 70.56 Sum 98.60 . Samlede Bestanddele: FeQ FeO; AlOs CaO MgO ,CaCO; P:0; $S10, 92.05: 2.97 58020029 0.50 Spor 74.90 Glødn.tab Sum 5.49 98.60 Bundprøven fra Station 267 har ikke ligesom den foregaaende undergaaet nogen Forandring ved at henligge 1 Luften: ved to Bestemmelser af dens Jernoxydul- og Jernoxydmængde med længere Tids Mellemrum er jeg kom- met. til de samme Resultater. Forholdet mellem Oxyderne var i begge Tilfælde 0.49. At Glødningstabet ved den sidste Bundprøve er betydelig høiere end ved den første, kan maaske være begrundet af en større Rigdom paa or- . ganiske Stoffe. Denne er muligens ogsaa forenet med en større Stabilitet ligeovertor Luftens Paavirkning (?). Bundprøyer udviklede ved Ophedning en, stærk ammonia- kalsk og empyrevmatisk Lugt. Foruden de ovenanførte Analyser har jeg i Rhabdam- mina-Leret udført en Del Kalk- og Jernbestemmelser, der vil tjene til Oplysning om dets Dyreliv og eiendommelige Oxydationsforhold. Mængden af den kulsure Kalk er fundet med Johnsons Apparat; Jernoxydul og Jernoxyd bestemt ved Titrering med Kamæleon og undersvovlsyrligt Natron. Som det vil sees, er Kalkgehalten overordentlig ringe paa alle de Stationer, som ligger østenfor Beeren Eiland og søndenfor denne Ø'S Breddegrad. Nogen tilsvarende Fattigdom findes neppe i Nordhavets øvrige Sedimenter eller er ialfald ikke paa saa store Strækninger udbredt med nogen lignende Regelmæssighed. Den samme Mangel paa kulsur Kalk har jeg fundet ved med Saltsyre at forsøge de øvrige Bundprøver. der er indsamlede fra denne Bgn af Havbunden. Kulsyreudvikling. Overalt viser sig kun en ganske ringe Paa Station 326. der ligger i det lille Parti af Rhab- dammina-Leret; som paa Kartet er antegnet mellem Beeren Begge 46 Loss by ignition .- 5.49 Protoxide of iron . 2.05 Sesquioxide of iron 1.00 Decomposed | Alumina 0.25 by | Lime 0.20" Hydrochloric acid ] Magnesia . 29 250 PÅ I Carbonate of lime. 0.50 Phosphoric acid - Traces Siliea 4,54 r N OY] Pi OG Undecomposed — ( Desquioxide of iron 1.97 by J Alumina . 9.53 Hydrochloric aeid | Magnesia . 1:42 sp OOSiter 70.56 OS.60 Constituents of Sample: — FeO Fe.O;3 Al,O; 020: MgO C200; | P0 480: 21051 2:01 958 020 9291 0.50 Traces 74.90 Loss by lIenition 5.49 = 98.60 Unlike the foregoimg. the sample from Station 267 did not undergo any visible or substantial change on being exposed to the air. * Two determinations of the protoxide and sesquioxide of iron, performed with a considerable interval between, gave the same results. The ratio of the oxides was in each case 0.49. That the loss by ignition on determining the constituents of the latter sample should have been considerably in excess of that resulting from the analysis of the former, from Station 264, may perhaps be aseribed to a greater abundance of organie remains. which 'in turn will possibly account for the greater stability ex- hibited in witbstanding the influence .of atmospheric air (?). Both samples emitted on exposure to heat åa stroug ammeo- niacal and empryeumatic odour. Exclusive of the above-mentioned analyses, I have performed in Rhabdammina clay divers determinations of lime and iron, which will serve to throw light on the orga- nisms present in that deposit and the characteristic results of its oxidation. The amount of carbonate of lime was found with Johnson's apparatus, that of protoxide and ses- quioxide of iron by titration with permanganate: of man- " ganese and hyposultfite of soda. As will be seen from the Table, the proportion of lime was remarkably small in all the samples collected at Stations east and south of Beeren Eiland. Å corresponding characteristic as regards this constituent will hardly be found to oceur in any other of the North-Atlantie deposits, at least with equal uniformity throughout such extensive tracts. The same comparative absence of carbonate of lime I have determined, by treating with hydrochlorie aeid, in the remaining samples brought up from that tract of the ocean-bed. The quantity of earbonic acid thus generated was without exception very trifling. At Station 326. located between.Beeren Filand and *Spitzbergen, above the small section of the sea-bed shown , in the map to have a surface-layer of Rhabdammina clay, the sample was found to contain a proportion of lime con- siderably in excess of that distimguishing the same kind of Eiland og Spidsbergen, er Kalkgehalten fundet betydelig | | | | deposit from the south-western tract of the Bast Sea: høiere end iden sydvestligere Del af Østhavet. | | Ø Længde:| Dybde i SE | | : | Nordli e : ed . 48 , i | mer fra Greenw. lengl. Favne. Må pr ED Samlet Fe Fe, O,: Anmeærkninger. å Station. | redde. CaCO;z | 'FesOs | FeO ' | F. O (N. Latitude.) (Long. jg: hå (BG p | 1 (Total Fe.) ev . (Remarks.) 6 % | Greenw, E.) | in Eng. Fath.) Se | X | ) å | ; Lå | ; 264 70" 56 BS 7 8605 PNE2:54 0.24 2.48 2.09 0.09 På | | Underliggende On an Under 266 TN 27 SS 30 1 30 | Spor 2.57 2.45 3:70 1.02 Lag mørkgraat, Layer or compact, | | | (Traces.) | fast Ler". dark-grey Clay.) 267 Le 42 Ser 1 148 ROSSON 00 2.05 2.29 0:49 | | Arp | 2687 SO NS OS 130 Home Nr | 1:52 2.03 0.78 | ; | | | Lis | | | Ero ere 27 SS 136 Spor (| 7.5r TE 20000 0:89 | | (Traces.) | | | OG | . | | : 275 74 + Sullfsnre 147 5 OM 32 3023 34 EA SO 326 TS 123 KO:82 EG 205 27 0.47 Dette er rimeligvis at betragte som en Tilfældighed, | This, however, is probably a casual oceurrence, all da alle de nærliggende Bundprøver (Station 324, 326 og the samples colleeted in adjacent localities (Stat. 324, 326, 327) kun bruser svagt for Syrer. | and 327) effervescing but slightly with aeids. Med Hensyn til det grønlige Lers Oxydationsgrad With regard to the degree of oxidation distinguishing viser det sig, at det gjennemgaaende indeholder betydelig Rhabdammina elay, that greenish deposit generally contains mere Jernoxydul i Forhold til Oxydet end de graa og de much more of the protoxide in proportion to the sesqui- brune Sedimenter. Her maa det tillige bemærkes, at hvor | oxide of iron than do any of the grey or brown clays. Here I must also observe, that wheresoever else on the | bed of the North Atlantic we meet with a clay similar in vi ellers i Nordhavet træffer et Ler med lignende Blan- dingsforhold eller med en tilsvarende høi Kiselsyregehalt, er dette i Almindelighed af en brunlig Farve eller altsaå V composition, or charaeterized by an equal amount of siliea stærkere oxyderet, men forekommer tillige meget sjelden it will, as a rule, being more highly oxidized, have a paa saa ringe Dyb som Rhabdammina-Leret. | brownish colour, but rarely oceur at so moderate a depth på De eR as Rhabdammina clay. Nordhavets østlige Del er imidlertid ogsaa en Pen Meanwhile, the eastern section of the North Lebus for sig selv, hvis Særegenlieder med Hensyn til Bundens constitutes as regards the nature of the deposits distributed Formationer vanskeliggjør enhver Sammenligning med dets over its bed an exceptional locality, whose phenomenal øvrige Partier. å characteristics well-nigh preclude comparison with the other parts of that ocean tract. Medens vi langs Norges Vestkyst finder en fra Landet Along the west coast of Norway the bottom eks af mere eller mindre jevnt skraanende Havbund, har Øst- more or less gradually from the land, whereas in the East havet selv paa de fjerneste Punkter omtrent den samme Sea the depth even at the most distant points is almost Dybde som lige i Nærheden af Kysterne. the same as in close proximity to the shore. Hence, . peculiar conditions may determine the distri- bution of both sedimentary deposit and animal life in this Særegne Betingelser kan saaledes være givne for Sedi- menternes og Dyrelivets Fordeling i denne Egn af Havet, hvor Dybderne paa mange Steder — i lang Afstand fra tract of the ocean, where the depth in numerous localities ) Dette gaar altsaa ikke ind under Benævnelsen Rhabdammina- 1 TPhis part of the sample, which accordingly is not regarded Ler; men er ogsaa optaget i Tabellen paa Side 43 blandt Prøverne as Rhabdammina clay, will be found in the Table given on page 43 af det graa Ler. among the samples of grey clay. Kysten — ikke er større, end at vi i Oyerensstemmelse med tidligere Erfaringer kan tænke os, at Bølgernes Virk- ninger forplanter sig helt ned til Bunden. I Overensstemmelse med synes det rimeligt at antage, at Rhabdammina-Leret — de foregaaende Analyser saaledes som vi finder det paa de østligste Stationer — maa have sin Oprindelse fra stærkt kvartsholdige Bergarter. For at finde saadanne behøver vi ikke at lede længe i de omgivende Lande: vi møder mægtige Sandstenlag paa Nord- kysten af Norge, paa Beeren Eiland og Spidsbergen, lige- som ogsaa talwige Brudstykker af den samme Bergart blev fundne ved de fleste Dybdemaalinger og Skrabninger 1 Øst- havet. ' Men selv om vi med nogen Grad af Sandsynlighed kan tænke os, at denne Bergart har været den oprindelige Kilde for Dannelsen af Rhabdammina-Leret, saaledes som vi finder det paa. de tvende ovennævnte Stationer, bliver det imidlertid et andet og vanskeligere Spørgsmaal at af- gjøre, fra hvilken Kant Materialet er hentet, og hvorledes dette er blevet fordelt over den jevne og grunde Havbund. Jeg skal her blot indskrænke mig til at nævne, at den omtalte lille Ø Beeren Eiland har særegne Betingelser for at kunne forsyne den nærliggende Havbund med stadig nye Bidrag til dens Afleiringer. Beeren Eiland har alle- rede i Løbet af en Menneskealder undergaaet betydelige Forandringer ved Isens og Bølgernes ødelæggende Virknin- De løse itufrosne Bergslag, hvoraf Øen tildels bestaar, ligger ved Kysterne blottede for Havet, hvis Kraft her ikke bliver afdæmpet ved Holmer eller Skjær. Geologen Prof. Keilhau? giver i sin Beskrivelse af denne, Ø følgende Skil- dring af, hvorledes Ødelæggelsen foregaar: ger. *Ved saadaune vertikale Revner og ved de ydre Stykkers derpaa følgende Fraløsning gaar Øen lidt efter lidt sim fuldkomne Forsvin- den imøde; allerede i Mands Minde er Kysternes Forandring mærkelig, og at slutte efter de ældste Erfaringer, maa alle- rede betydelige Stykker være undergangne”. at til sedimentære Vi maa saaledes være berettigede til at formode, Beeren Filand stadig kan give Anledning Nydannelser. Hvis Rhabdammina-Leret blandt saadanne, eller hvis det altsaa er et Depositum af kan henregnes senere Qprindelse end Nordhavets øvrige Sedimenter, kunde dette maaske være en Grund for den mindre oxyderte Til- stand, hvori det betinder sig. Hvor vi i den. vestlige Del af Nordhavet træffer et lignende porøst og stærkt sandholdigt Ler, er dette som oftest af en brun Farve. eller altsaa stærkere oxyderet. Man kunde altsaa tænke sig, at Slammets Oxydationsgrad var afliængig af den Tid, i hvilken det har befundet sig i Havet. Denne Antagelse bestyrkes, maar man ser hen til ) Reise til Vest- og Østfinmarken samt til Beeren Eiland og Spidsbergen. 48 — at a considerable distance from the coast — is not greater tban will, we know, in conformity with experience, admit of the influence of the waves being transmitted from the surface to the bottom. From the results of the foregoing analyses, it would appear that the origin of Rhabdammina clay, as that depos- it occurs in the most easterly loealities of the North At-. lantie, may be traced to the disintegration of quarzitic rocks, an assumption borne out by the geological char- countries. Along the north coast of Norway, and on Beeren Eiland and Spitzbergen, we meet with vast masses of sandstone; and numerous fragments of that rock came up when sounding and dredging in. the Fast Sea. But even admitting that disintegrated.sandstone has ehiefly contributed to the formation of Rhabdammina elay as found at the two above-mentioned Stations, another and more difficult question remains to decide from what quarter the siliceous particles are. derived, and how they are distri- buted over the level and shallow bottom. acter of the surrounding On this head I shall merely observe here, that Beeren Eiland has peculiar faeilities for constantly furnishing the adjacent portions of the sea-bed with the material compos- ing their surface-layer of deposit. Within the memory of . man, the combined action of the waves and glaciérs have caused that island to undergo very considerable changes. The porous, frost-riven rocks of which this island in great part consists, are everywhere on the coast exposed to the full sweep of the ocean, no islets or skerries being here to break its force. The following extract from Professor Keil- hau's description of Beeren Eiland? will show in what manner the Work of destruction is proceeding: — *From the repeated oceurrence of such vertical fissures and the subsequent dislocation of the outer fragments, the slow but total demolition of the island may be sutely foreseen; even within the memory of man, å remarkable change has taken place in the coastal outline, and to judge from the oldest accounts considerable portions of the island must have already disappeared.” We have. aecordingly every reason to assume, that Beeren Biland, so long as it exists, will still continue the source of sedimentary new formations. Now, regarding Rhabdammina elay as one of such layers, and therefore as of later origin than any other of the deposits «distributed over the- bed of the North-Atlantic, this may possibly serve to account for the low degree of oxidation by which that substance is distinguished. Å porous and highly sabulous elay is also met with in the western tract of the North Atlantic, but its colour is generally brown, indicating åa more advanced stage of oxi- dation. We might therefore not unreasonably imfer that the greater or less extent to which a deposit is oxidized mainly depends on the length of the period during which it has ) Reise til Vest- og Østfinmarken samt til Beeren Biland og Spitzbergen. det — rigtignok enestaaende — Tilfælde. i hvilket jeg har paavist en Oxydation af Bundprøven ved dens Henliggen i Luften. En saadan Forandring skulde altsaa foregaa med stor Langsomhed i Havet. Jeg vil imidlertid langtfra paastaa. at den ovenstaaende Forklaring er den rigtige: jeg indrømmer, at den staar paa meget svage Fødder, og har derfor blot fremsat den som en Gisning, for at henlede Opmærksomheden paa Slam- arternes eiendommelige Oxydationsforhold. Talrige andre Omstændigheder maa ogsaa tages 1 Betragtning ved Afgjø- relsen af dette Spørgsmaal. Saaledes er det f. Ex. utvivl- somt. at de i Slammet forekommende Dyr bidrager til dets Oxydation. Især finder man ofte en Udskillelse af rødt Jernoxyd paa de Punkter af Leret, hvor Amnelider har Mange Foraminiferer virker i den samme Retning, idet de danner sig stærkt jernoxydholdige Skaller. Som forud omtalt er Rhabdammina-Leret meget fattigt paa Dyrelevninger. En at de Stene, der blev fundne i Østhavet paa Stat, Det var en finkornig, gravet sig Gange. 267, har jeg nærmere undersøgt. blaagraa Sandsten med stærkt kalkholdigt Bindemiddel (Kalk- sandsten). I det saltsure Udtræk af denne Sten — til- beredt paa samme Maade som i Bundprøverne — fandtes: 1.38 pCt. FeOQ og 0.59 pUt. Fe20,. Altsaa et lignende Forhold som i Rhabdammina-Leret. I Overensstemmelse med hvad der er sagt under Be- skrivelsen af det graa Ler, vil det være indlysende, at vi ikke med Nøiagtighed kan bestemme Rhabdammina-Lerets sydlige og vestlige Grændser, da vi mangler de nødvendige Observationer fra*denne Del af Havet. Den sidste holland- ske Expedition i 1878 har foretaget endel Dybdemaalinger i Retningen Vardø —Beeren Filand, men Bundens Beskat- fenhed er ved denne Anledning ikke blevet nærmere undersøgt. De paa Side 40 omtalte uregelmæssige Afleiringer af brunt Sand og Sandler. der forekommer i Syd og Sydvest for Beeren Biland, kan maaske ogsaa med Hensyn til sin Dannelse staa i Forbindelse med denne Ø. Brunt Ler. (Overgangsler og Biloculinler). Ved Dybder, 'der er større end 500 Favne. finder man i Almindelighed Bunden bedækket af et bruntfarvet Sediment. Dette er i Begyndelsen af sin Optræden mindre fint og ensartet (sandholdigt) og af en mere graalig Farve end længere ud i Havet. hvor Biloeulinerne forekommer. De Grændser, indenfor hvilke disse Foraminiferer med Regelmæssighed og i større Antal optræder. ligger i Almin- delighed et godt Stykke indenfor det brune Lers egentlige Omraade. Den mere eller mindre brede Strimmel af brunt Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Sehmelek: Chemi. been lying at the bottom of the sea. Nay, this view will appear still more plausible if we call to mind the case isolated, it is true — in which I succeeded in determining the oxidation of oceanic deposit after exposure to atmo- spheric influence. This change in chemical composition must aecordingly be very slow on the sea-bed. Meanwhile, that the correct; 1t has weak points, I freely admit, and has therefore been advanced suggestively, with the object of drawing attention to the characteristic results of oxidation in the various deposits. Many other conditions must be taken into account ere this question can be decided. I would by no means venture to imply. above explanation is Thus, for instance, the living or- ganisms that occur in the deposit contribute beyond a doubt in some measure to its oxidation. In particular, red oxide of iron is frequently found deposited on the clay where Annelids have excavated their passages; and numerous spe- eies of Foraminifera operate with a like result, their shells As previously stated, Rhab- dammina elay contains very few animal remains. One of the mineral fragments brought up in the East Sea, at Station 267, I have submitted to analysis. It was a piece of finely granulated, bluish-grey sandstone. with a being rich in oxide of iron. large admixture of cementitious lime (calcareous sandstone). In the hydrochloric acid decoction of this mineral substance — prepared precisely as was that for analysing the samples of the bottom — I determined: — 1.58 per cent of FeO and 0.59 per cent of Fe.,O,, accordingly the same proportion as in Rhabdammina elay. From what has been stated in the deseription of the green clay, 16 is obviously impossible to define with aceu- raey the southern and western limits of the Rhabdammina clay," the necessary observations not having been taken in that part of the North Atlantic. The last Dutch Fxpedi- tion, however, took a series of soundings between Vardø and Beeren FEiland, but those explorers did not pay any particular attention to the nature of the sea-bed. The exceptional surface-layers of brown sand and sabulous clay mentioned on page 40, and occurring south and south-west of Beeren Eiland, may possibly as regards their formation be connected with that island. Brown Clay. (Transition Clay and Biloculina Clay.) - At depths exceeding 500 fathoms. a brown-coloured clay is generally found to constitute the surface-layer ot the bottom. Where it first oceurs, this deposit is coarser and less homogeneous in substance (sabulous). and of a greyer shade than farther from the coast. where its chief characteristic consists in the presence of Biloculinæ. The limits for minifera as a constant feature and in greater numbers, reach as a rule a good distance withim the true province the occeurrence of these Fora- Ler. som ikke er noget almindeligt Forekomststed for hine Foraminiferer, eller som altsaa ligger imellem Kystleret og det saakaldte Biloculinler, har jeg paa Kartet afgrændset for sig selv under Navn af Overgangsler. Det forholder sig imidlertid ikke saaledes, at det graa Ler ophører, hvor det brune begynder at forekomme. —Tvert- imod finder vi ofte, at det førstnævnte vedbliver at udgjøre det underste Lag af Bundprøven selv indenfor det egentlige Biloculinlers Omraade. Det viser sig saaledes, at det brune Sediment kun meget langsomt tiltager i Mægtighed. Paa flere af Expeditionens Tversnit fandtes det graa Ler som en væsentlig Del af Bundprøven indtil en Afstand af ca. 15 Mile fra den første Station, hvor det brune Ler havde begyndt at vise sig. Et Par af de Bundprøver, der var optagne paa meget store Dyb (over 1700 Favne), bestod udelukkende at graat Ler og indeholdt kun ganske smaa Mængder af det brune. Disse Observationer tyder paa, at Biloeulinleret er en Dannelse af ringe Mægtighed, hvilende Dette stadfæstes end yderligere ved Skrabningerne, under hvilke en Mængde graat Ler optoges paa de største Dybder. I Overgangsleret forekommer Biloculmer og de øvrige Dybvands-Forammiferer blot spredt og enkeltvis. Skjønt det derfor i Almindelighed kun bruser svagt for Syrer, hænder det dog stundom, at Kalkgehalten er temmelig be- paa et underliggende Lag af graat Ler. tydelig, selv om ingen Skaller kan iagttages hverken 1 det oprindelige Ler eller i dets Residuum efter Slemning. Indenfor de Grændser, hvor de ovennæynte Foramini- ferer optræder med Regelmæssighed og i større Antal, er det brune Ler en stærk Lupe meget fint og ensartet og synes selv under kun at bestaa af amorfe Partikler. Biloculinlerets brune Farve kan være mere eller min- Nogle Bundprøver er lyse gulbrune, andre Tal- rige smaa, hvide Foraminiferer bidrager naturligvis til at give Leret en lysere Farve. dre udpræget. mørkbrune, i fugtig Tilstand næsten ehokoladefarvede. Ved Slemning af Biloculinleret erholder man et større eller mindre Residuum, der væsentlig bestaar af Foramini- ferer af forskjellig Størrelse, Form og Farve. Under Lupen viser det sig dog, at nogle yderst smaa, runde Kalkskaller med et tydeligt Kammersystem er langt overveiende i Antal fremfor de øvrige. Professor G. O. Sars har været af den Godhed at bestemme. disse Dyr for mig. Han har fundet, at de hører til de meget bekjendte *Globigerimer”, men at de er meget mindre udviklede med Hensyn til Størrelse end de, der forekommer i de sydligere Have. Da disse Dyr overalt i Nordhavet er Biloeulinernes uadskillelige Ledsagere, kunde maaske det her omhandlede Sediment ogsaa gaa ind under Navnet *Globigerinler”, en Betegnelse, der er blevet benyttet i de britiske Expeditioners Rapporter. Ifølge John Murray skal dette Sediment, hvis mest typiske Eiendommelighed er dets Rigdom paa Globi- geriner, forekomme 1 stor Udstrækning 1 det af Challenger- expeditionen beseilede Hav, hvor det er fundet paa de fleste of the brown elay. The strip of brown clay, varying m width, where that deposit does not regularly contain Bilo- culinæ, I have marked otf on the map as å separate forma- tion, under the name of transition clay. Meanwhile, it is by no means to be supposed that the grey clay suddenly terminates where the brown begins to oceur. On the contrary, the former deposit was fre- quently found to constitute the under layer of samples brought up from within the limits of the true biloculina formation. Vertically, therefore, the inerease of the brown deposit is In several of the localities of the traet explored, the grey clay was found to constitute å large part of every very slow. sample, within a distance of 15 geographical miles from One or two samples, obtamed from great depths (upwards of the first Station at which the brown clay occurred. 1700 fathoms), consisted almost exelusively of grey clay, the admixture of brown deposit being very small. From these data, Biloculina clay is shown to be a deposit ot tritling vertical extent, with an underlying layer of grey elay. dredge from the greatest depths. In the transition elay, Biloculimæ and the other deep- sea species of Foraminifera oceur but oceasionally, and seattered. Hence, though as a rule, therefore, that deposit effervesces very slightly with acids, the proportion of lime Moreover, a good deal of grey clay came up in the is sometimes considerable, even when no calcareous shells can be detected either im the clay itself or the residue left on washing lt. When regularly characterised by the presenee of the above-mentioned Foraminifera in considerable numbers, the brown clay is an exceedingly fine and homogeneous deposit, and would appear, even if examined under a powerful magnifier, to consist of amorphous matter. The brown colour of Biloeulina clay varies consider- ably in depth and distinetness. Some of the samples were light yellowish-brown, others dark-brown, — nay almost of Numbers of minute white Forammifera naturally contribute to give the clay a a chocolate shade im åa damp state. whiter tint. Å On washing Biloculina clay, there is a greater or less residue, which chiefly consists of divers speeies of Fora- With the aid of å lens, minute, round, caleareous shells having minifera, varying in magnitude, form, and colour. a distinet system of chambers are found to exceed by far in number the other animal remains. Professor G. 0. Sars has had the kindness to determine He found them to be known Globigerinæ, though much less developed in point of size than the species which oceur in these animals. the Southern Neas. These animals invariably accompanying Biloculinæ in the North Atlantic, the brown deposit here treated of might be also termed *Globigerina clay,” a designation adopted in the Reports from the various British Expeditions. Ac- cording to Mr. John Murray, this sedimentary substance, whose chief typical characteristic consists in the presenee of great numbers ot Globigerinæ, oceurs extensively through- out the tracts of ocean investigated on the *Challenger” Dybder imellem 1000 og 2500 Favne. Hvad der imidlertid ved denne Anledning er blevet kaldt *Globigerina-Qoze”, omfatter kun de Slamarter, som for en væsentlig Del be- staar af hine Foraminiferer og altsaa har en meget høi Kalkgehalt. Biloeulinleret indeholder derimod paa mange Steder — saaledes som de senere Analyser vil vise — kun en ringe Mængde Kalkskaller i Forhold til sine øvrige Lerets Forraad paa Globigermer differerer nemlig meget i de forskjellige Dele af Nordhavet. Biloeulinerne synes derimod at være temmelig jevnt fordelte over Havbunden, men da de i Almindelighed forekommer i mineralske Bestanddele. ringe Antal (sjelden ser man mere end 2 Biloculiner paa en Kvadratcentimeter af den tørrede Bundprøve) kan de ikke i nogen betydelig Grad bidrage til Lerets Kalkgehalt. Paa Grund af disse Dyrs regelmæssige Forekomst og Ud- bredelse i Dybvandsslammet synes det mig. at Navnet *Biloceulinler” er heldig valgt. For at kunne gjøre os en Ide om, hvilken Betydning hine Foraminiferer har for Dannelsen af de Afleiringer, i hvilke de forekommer, maa vi tage deres zoologiske Forhold i Betragtning. Med Hensyn til Globigerinerne er Zoologerne i Uenig- hed om, hvorvidt de blot er pelagiske Dyr, eller om de ogsaa formaar at leve paa Havbunden*. De bekjendte bri- tiske Naturforskere Sir Wyville Thomson, Jeftreys og John Murray er af den Mening, at Globigerinerne blot lever som fritsvømmende Dyr i Havet, og at de først efter sin Død synker tilbunds. Dr. Carpenter forfægter imidlertid en anden Anskuelse, hvori ogsaa Prof. Sars er enig med ham, nemlig at Globigerinerne i sin første Levetid er pelagiske, men tilbringer den sidste Del af sin Tilværelse paa Hav- bunden. i De øvrige i Slammet forekommende Foraminiferer har man ikke fundet i de øvreliggende Vandlag, og de synes derfor at være henviste til blot at leve paa Bunden. Blandt de almindeligste af disse maa nævnes Slægten Lituola med kuglerunde, af Jernfosfat bruntfarvede Skaller, og Noniomina, hvis uorganiske Del bestaar af ren kulsur Kalk. Forøvrigt findes der i Leret ogsaa andre Foraminiferer, der danner sine Skaller paa væsentlig mekanisk Vis ved Sammenkitning af Lerets forskjellige Partikler. Levninger af kiselpantsrede Dyr er ikke synderlig udbredte i Biloeulinleret. Under Mikroskopet ser man i de fleste Prøver enkelte smaa fine Spikuler af Svampe, men disse forekommer dog i meget større Maalestok i 1 Med Hensyn til den zoologiske Literatur om dette Emne kan nævnes følgende Afhandlinger: Dr. Wallich: *The North-Atlantic sea- bed.” Preliminary Report by Dr. Carpenter. of the Royal Society No. 107, 1868). ture by J. Gwyn. Jeffreys. (From the Proceedings *Deep-sea exploration,” a lec- 51 Expedition, having been met with almost everywhere in depths ranging from 1000 to 2500 fathoms. Meanwhile, the surface-layers to which the name of *øglobigerina 00ze” "has been given by British naturalists. comprises only such deposits as consist in great part of those Foraminifera and are accordingly distinguished by a very large proportion of lime. Biloculina clay. on the other hand, contains in many localities — as will appear from the results of analyses subsequently given — very few calcareous shells compared to its other mineral constituents. Thus, the number of Globigerinæ m this elay from the different parts of the North Atlantic varies considerably, whereas the distribution of Biloculinæ would appear to be comparatively uniform; but these animals occurring as å rule sparingly (more than 2 Biloculinæ are seldom observed to a square centimetre of dried deposit), they cannot of course materially contri- bute to the proportion of lime in the clay. The uniformity of oceurrence eharacterising the distribution of these ani- mals throughout the deep-sea deposit of the North Atlan- tie. naturally suggested *Biloculina clay” as an appro- priate name. To form a just idea of the extent to which these Foraminifera contribute to the formation of the deposits in which they occur, we must also investigate their zoologieal conditions. With regard to Globigerinæ, zoologists do not agree, some regarding those Foraminifera as strictly pelagie and others as animals whose habitat is the bed of the sea. The British naturalists Sir Wyville Thomson, J. Gwyn Jeffreys. and John Murray, are of opinion that Globigerimæ during life swim freely in the waters of the ocean and when dead sink to the bottom. Dr. Carpenter entertains a diffe- rent view, shared by Professor G. 0. Sars, according to which Globigerinæ are pelagic during the early stages ot their existence but pass the remainder on the sea-bed. The other species of Foraminifera present in deep-sea deposit have not been met with in the upper strata of the ocean, and would appear therefore exclusively to inhabit the bottom. Of these animals the genera most numerously represented are Lituola, with globular shells, brown in colour from the phosphate of iron they contain, and Nonionina, of which the inorganie part consists of pure carbonate of lime. For the rest, North-Atlantic deposit contains divers other Foraminifera, which build up their shells im greater part mechanically, by cementing together minute particles of the clay. Siliceous remains of animals are not particularly abun- dant in Biloculina clay. Examined under the mieroscope, most of the samples were found to contain delicate spicules of sponges, but such eonstituents oceur in far greater num- 1 The following are some of the chief works in which this subject is treated: — Dr. Wallich: *The North-Atlantic Sea-Bed:" «Preliminary Report by Dr. Carpenter (From the Proceedings of the Royal Society, No. 107, 1868). *Deep-sea Exploration," a Lecture by J. Gwyn Jeffreys. Overgangsleret, der ofte er saa gjennemvævet af disse fine Kiselnaale; at man ved at berøre den tørrede Bundprøve faar Huden fuld af dem. Vi er berettigede til at antage, at Havets fysiske For- hold maa have en stor Betydning for Dyrelivets Udbredelse eller Fordeling over Havbunden; især gjælder dette om Globigerinerne, der som pelagiske Foramimiferer maa være udsatte for de forskjellige Strømningers Virkning — hvad enten de nu i død eller levende Tilstand synker ned i Slammet. Ved mine kemiske Undersøgelser af Biloculin- leret har jeg, som senere skal sees, taget Hensyn til disse Spørgsmaal. Betragter man forskjellige Prøver af Biloculmleret under Mikroskopet, vil man finde, at. Blandingsdelenes Fin- hed ikke altid er den samme. Mangensteds kan man neppe selv med en stærk Forstørrelse adskille de enkelte Partik- ler, men i Almindelighed ser man dog en Del krystallinske Korn, der tildels er af forskjellig Farve. De fleste af disse er imidlertid tarveløse og gjennemsigtige og synes for den største Del at bestaa af Kvarts. At dette Mineral kan udgjøre en væsentlig Bestanddel af Dybvandsslammet, har allerede Ehrenberg! paavist ved sine Undersøgelser af tre Prøver fra Atlanterhavets Bund (Dybde: 10,800, 12.000 og 12,900 Fod). Slammets fineste krystallinske Partikler er i Alminde- lighed temmelig skarpkantede: grovere for det ubevæbnede Øie synlige Korn forekommer næsten aldrig i Biloculinleret, men er derimod ikke ualmindelige i Overgangsleret og har da som oftest en T det sidstnævnte Ler ser man ofte talrige Glimmerblade; disse forekommer ogsaa i Biloculinleret, men er her saa yderst smaa, at de vanske- afrundet Form. lig kan opdages. Pimpsten eller amorft, vulkansk Glas synes ikke at udgjøre nogen væsentlig Del af Biloculinlerets mikroskop:i- ske Bestanddele. I 10—15 Prøver fra forskjellige Partier af Havbunden fandtes vulkansk Glas blot paa et Par Sta- tioner. Nogle større Stykker (2 x 2? x 2 Um.) blev op- tagne paa Station 40. Her gjordes forøvrigt et eiendomme- ligt Fund, der fortjener nærmere Omtale. med Pimpstenstykkerne fandtes nemlig i Skraben en Mængde faste Klumper eller Knoller, der var af forskjellig Udseende og Art, liggende aldeles for sig selv, ligesom Stene i Ler- De største af disse (6 x 6 x 6 Cm.) var af en meget forskjellig og uregelmæssig Form; den haarde og furede Overflade var tildels bedækket af et tyndt sort Lag, der væsentlig var dannet af Munganoxyder, medens det indvendige bestod af en brunrød, porøs Substans, der inde- holdt en temmelig betydelig Mængde vulkansk Glas. Sammen massen. Disse Klumper var temmelig faste, men tillige meget sprøde og kunde med Lethed brydes istykker; de havde en 1 S. 173. zig 18: S. 54, Nærmere beskrevet i *Microgeologie"” Berliner acad. Berichte von 1854. 236, 305, von 1855 von Ehrenberg. Leip- 1 (by | IG) bers in transition clay, which is absolutely interwoven with these minute siliceous needles, so. that, on touching the dried bottom-sample. the hand gets covered with them. We have reason to believe that the physical condi- tions of the sea exert very considerable influence on the distribution of animal life over its bed; and m particular as regards Globigerinæ, which, as pelagic Foraminifera, must be exposed to the action of eurrents, in whichever To these questions, as will afterwards appear, I had due regard when analysing samples of Biloculina clay. state they reach the bottom — living or dead. On examining under the microscope Biloculina clay from different localities, the fineness of its constituents 18 not always found to be the same. In some samples, even when highly magnified, it is hardly possible to distimguish the individual particles of which they consist: åa number of erystalline granules, here and there varying im colour, may however be generally detected with a powerful lens; but the majority of such are colourless and translucent, con- sisting apparently in greater part of quartz. å mineral the oceurrence of which as one of the principal eonstituents of deep-sea surface-layers has been already shown by Ehren- berg, who submitted to analysis three samples of such deposit from the bed of the Atlantic, — depth. respectively 10,800, 12,000, and 12,900 feet. The finest erystalline particles of deep-sea deposit are as å rule comparatively sharp-edged; coarser granules oceur very elay met rarely if ever in Biloculina clay. whereas in transition such particles, of å rounded form, are not infrequently with. The latter deposit is often found to contain numerous laminæ of mica schist, which also oceur in Bilo- eulina clay, but so delicate and mimute as to be with diffi- culty detected. Pumice or scoriæ does not appear to be one of the chief mieroseopic eonstituents of Biloeulina clay. Of 10 to 15 samples from different parts of the sea-bed, scoriæ oc- curred in one or two only. Å few larger pieces (2 X 2 x 2) came up at Station 40, where the deposit was found to be ceharacterized by a peculiar feature, which I must not omit to record. but lyng clay, the eretions, Along with the fragments of pumice, apart and imbedded like stones or pebbles im the dredge brought up a number of nodules or con- The lar- gest, measuring 6 X 6 x 6, were very different and irre- varying in eharacter and appearance. gular in form; the hard, furrowed surface had in some a thin coating of black oxide of manganese, whereas the inner portion consisted of 'a brownish-red, vesicular substanee, containing a considerable proportion of scoriæ. These coneretions are comparatively firm, but at the same time exceedingly brittle; their weight too is very ! Berliner acad. Beriehte von 1854, pp. 54, 236, 305, von 1855 p. 173. Ehrenbere. The subject is treated more at large in *Mierogeologie” von Leipzig 1854. meget ubetydelig Vægt og flød (i tørret Tilstand) paa Vand ligesom Pimpsten. Den indvendige røde Substans var at føle paa som meget fint Mel og smuldrede let hen ved Berøring. Den havde følgende Sammensætning: Glødningstab 14.46 Jernoxyd 26.15 Lerjord 14.14 Meme EG Kiselsyre 40.45 Sum 96.58! Paa Grund af sin ujevne Form og ubetydelige Vægt havde disse Klumper ved det første Øiekast megen Lighed med Pimpstene, men den nærmere Undersøgelse viste dog, Intet sammenhængende Kiselskelet kunde paavises, og hvad der ved første Blik kunde antages for Blærerum. befandtes ved Eftersyn kun at være Huller efter Annelider, der isærdeles- hed paa Overfladen havde gravet sig talrige Gange. Den indre røde Substans bestod vistnok for en Del af amorft, vulkansk Glas. men dette forekom 1 friske Splinter eller Stykker af et lignende Udseende, som det af Vulkanerne udkastede Pimpstenspulver. Jeg er dog tilbøielig til indtil videre at fastholde den Tanke, at disse Klumper kan have sin Oprindelse fra Pimp- stene, der har gjennemgaaet betydelige Forandringer paa de har virket som et Filtrum for det gjennemstrømmende Vand. Det kan muligens tjene til Op- at de forøvrigt var meget forskjellige fra disse. Havbunden, hvor lysning om denne Vandets Bevægelse paa Havbunden, at alle Furer eller Revner i de ovennævnte Klumper var del- vis fyldte med Skaller af Globigeriner. Paa Stat. 40 fandtes som sagt ogsaa en Del Stykker af umiskjendelig Pimpsten, der imidlertid var af en meget løs og usammenhængende Konsistens. Foruden de ovenomtalte Klumper optoges paa samme Sted ogsaa andre, der var mindre end hine og forøvrigt af et ganske forskjelligt Udseende. Nogle af disse bestod af en hvid Substans, der havde megen Lighed med Kaoln. En mikroskopisk Undersøgelse viste, at den indeholdt en Mængde Kiselskaller af Diatomeer. flade Stykker og bestod af et mørkgrønt, fint Ler med en- kelte sulhvide Baand. Den fjerde og sidste Slags var dannet af en fin og fast, gulhvid Substans, der i Udseende nærmest kunde sammenlignes med haard, hvid Ost. I de to sidstnævnte Arter opdagede jeg under Mikroskopet nogle enkelte Diatomeer og blot faa Splinter af vulkansk Glas. Andre havde Form af Det synes altsaa, som om vi her paa en af Expedi- tionens sydligste Stationer har fundet Dannelser af lignende Art som de, der omtales af John Murray i *Reports from the Challenger”. ! Da denne røde Substans ogsaa indeholdt noget Mangan, der ikke blev bestemt, kan maaske Tabet ved Analysen hidrøre derfra. trifling. and they float (in a dry state) on the surface of water, like pumiee. The red inner substance, which erumbled to the touch, became impalpable as the finest flour on being reduced to powder. Its chemical constituents were as follows: — Loss by ignition . 14.46 Oxide of iron. 26.15 Alanunast Ke MA: Magnesia 1.58 Sikecaadr 045 96.58! form and ineonsiderable weight, these coneretions had apparently much in common By reason of their irregular with pumice: but a closer examination showed them to be essentially different from that substance. No siliceous skele- ton could be detected, and what at the first slance might have been taken for vesicular cavities, proved to be the work of Annelids, which, from the surface in particular, had excavated many. of their passages. The red-coloured inner substance did not indeed partly consist of scoriæ, but this constituent occurred in the form .of minute splinters or partieles., in appearance to the pumice-powder ejected by volcanoes. Meanwhile, I am most inelined to regard these con- eretions, till further light shall have been thrown on their plhenomenal oceurrence, as the product of pumice, which, from. having acted as å percolating medium for water flow- ing over the sea-bed, has undergone partial transformation. Ås a feature in some measure perhaps explanatory of the conditions determining the motion of such water, I can add * that all furrows and erevices in the said coneretions con- similar tamed shells of Globigerinæ. At Station 40, as previously stated, the dredge brought up å few pieces of unmistakeable pumice, exceedingly po- rous however and friable. others of a smaller size and widely different appearanee came up in the same loeality. Some of these consisted of a white substance presenting considerable resemblance to' kaolin, which. on being examined under the microseope. was found Exclusive of the above-deseribed coneretions, to eontaim great numbers of the siliceous shells of Diatoms. Others were lamellar in form, and consisted of a fine dark- green clay marked with a few yellowish-white bands. A fourth kind — the last — were formed of a fime and firm yellowish-white substance, in appearanee very like hard, white cheese. The two last-mentioned kinds of coneretions exhibited under the mieroscope divers isolated shells of Diatoms and a very few splinters of scoriæ. Hence it would appear that the Norwegian Expedition, at one of its most southerly observing-stations, met with formations similar to those deseribed by Mr. John Murray in *Reports from the Challenger.” 1 Phe red-coloured part of the coneretions having also contamed manganese, this constituent is possibly comprised in the loss resulting from the analysis. Ved denne Expedition optoges nemlig fra Havbunden en Mængde Klumper og Knoller, hvoraf enkelte ifølge Be- skrivelsen maa være af en lignende Art som de ovennævnte fra Station 40. Den betydelige Udfældning af Mangan- oxyder. der ved samme Anledning blev paavist i Havbun- dens Afleiringer. synes derimod ikke at have noget Side- stykke i det europæiske Nordhav. Jeg har forud omtalt, at det brune Ler kun synes at udgjøre et tyndt Lag paa Havbunden. Hvor begynder at skraane op mod Kystbankerne og nærme sig denne til det graa Lers Territorium, finder vi i Særdeleshed ofte i Bundprøven et underliggende Lag af det sidstnævnte Sediment. Nedover mod Dybet tiltager det brune Ler i Mægtighed, og indenfor Biloculinlerets Omraade finder vi De enkelte Steder, hvor der ogsaa her findes tvende forskjellige Lag 1 Bundprøven og den Mængde af graat Ler, der optoges med Skraben eller Trawlen, viser at Biloculinleret er af en forskjellig, men i det Hele taget ringe Tykkelse. Paa den Del af Havbunden. der ligger omkring Stationerne 213, 214 og 215 paa et Dyb af over 1700 Favne synes Bilo- Paa Stat. 215 udgjorde det graa Ler den overveiende Del af Bundprøyen og paa Stat. 213 fandtes kun Spor af Bilocu- imler. Dette graa Underler er meget fmt. ensartet og plastisk, og bliver efter Tørrimg meget fast og sammen- hængende. de fleste Bundprøver helt igjennem ensartede. eulinleret i Særdeleshed at være meget tyndt udbredt. Leret mdeholder mgen Dyrelevninger og Kalk- gehalten er kun ubetydelig. Under Mikroskopet viser det yderst smaa krystallinske Partikler (Kvarts?), der først træder tydelig frem ved en Forstørrelse af 500—600 Gange. De Bundprøver, der blot bestaar af Biloculmler. er i Almindelighed helt igjennem ensartede med Hensyn til Udseende og Forammiterernes Skaller saa jevnt fordelte i Lermassen, at ethvert Stykke af denne omtrent viser den samme Kalkgehalt. Paa enkelte Steder forekommer dog i selve Biloculin- leret en Lagdannelse, der giver sig tilkjende derved, at Bundprøvens øverste Del bestaar af et brunt, fint Ler uden Kalkskaller. medens der under dette findes et porøst Ler med en Mængde Foraminiferer. Denne Lagdamnelse er af en lignende Art som den, man erholder ved at slemme Biloculinleret ud i Vand og derpaa lade det afsætte sig. Ved denne Operation synker alle Kalkskaller tilligemed andre grovere Partikler tilbunds, medens man øverst faar et fint kalkfattigt Ler. Det synes rimeligt at-antage, at en lignende Bundfælding allerede kan foregaa i Havet og bidrage til den ovenomtalte Lagdannelse, men i saa Fald maa man fristes til at spørge. hvorfor den ikke altid fore- kommer i Biloculinleret. Vi mangler for Øieblikket Forudsætninger til at kunne besvare dette Spørgsmaal, thi hertil kræves Kundskab om On that British Expedition numerous nodules and coneretions were brought up in divers localities from the bed of the sea, some of which, to judge from the deserip- must have been similar in character to those that Mean- while, the very considerable proportion of oxide of man- ganese determined as å ceonstituent of the deposit im which tion, came up on the Norwegian Expedition at Stat. 40. the nodules lay imbedded, does not appear to aceom- pany the oceurrence of such coneretions in the North Atlantic. As previously stated, the brown clay would appear to constitute å comparatively thin surface-layer. Where the sea-bed. shelving up to the coastal banks. begins to approach the province of the grey clay, samples of the bot- tom have very frequently an under layer of that deposit. Downward, in the direction of the depths, the brown elay inereases in vertical extent, and within the limits of Biloc- ulina clay, most samples of the bottom are found to be homogeneous throughout. even here consisted of two different layers, together with the large quantity of grey clay brought up in the dredge From the few samples which or trawl, Biloculina clay is however clearly shown to be a deposit of tritling though variable extent in a vertical direc- tion. Throughout the section of the sea-bed surrounding Stations 213, 214, and 215, at a depth of more than 1700 fathoms. Biloculina clay would in particular appear to be At Station 215, the sample con- sisted in greater part of grey clay, and in that brought up very thinly distributed. at Station 213, traces only of Biloculina clay were observed. This grey underlying clay is fine, homogeneous, and plastie.. and becomes on being dried exceedingly firm and cohesive; it contains no animal remains and the amount of carbonate With the minute erystalline particles (possibly of lime is inconsiderable (1—2 per cent). aid of the microscope, quartz), may be detected, which do not become distinetly visible till magnified five or six hundred times. Samples of the bottom eonsisting exclusively of Bilo- eulina clay, are as å rule uniform in appearanee throughout. and the foraminiferous sbells so regularly distributed in the deposit, that every part of it has wellmigh the same proportion of lime. In certain localities. however, the surface-layer of Biloculina elay was found to be exceptional in formation: a fine brown elay without calcareous shells constituted the upper part of the sample, whereas the under layer con- sisted of a porous clay eontaining great numbers of KFora- minifera. This formation is similar to that of the deposit left on washing Biloculina clay, during which operation the caleareous shells and other coarser particles sink to the bottom, leaving a fine clay, containing very little lime, as the upper layer. Some such precipitating process may not improbably be going on in the waters of the ocean and thus contribute to the formation deseribed above: but if so. the question naturally arises why the latter is not an in- variable characteristic of Biloculina clay. For the full investigation of this subject we are at present in want of the requisite data, assuming as it does forskjellige Forhold, der endnu er os fuldkon.men ubekjendte. Vi har saaledes ingen Erfaring om de kvantitative og tem- porære Betingelser, der er givne for Globigerimernes Aflei- ring paa Havbunden. Lige saa lidt kan vi af de i Bund- prøverne fundne NSkaller af ikke-pelagiske Forammiterer slutte os til, hvor stærkt de levende Dyr har været repræ- senterede i Slammet. eller hvorlænge de døde Dyrs Skaller vil opbevares paa Havbunden — tvende Spørgsmaal, der vel maa have sin Betydning for Slammets mekaniske Af- Det er dog rimeligt at antage, at lang Tid kræves, for at Søvandet skal kunne opløse disse Kalkskaller. Vi ved af tidligere Forsøg, at de paa Grund af sin Gehalt paa organiske Stoffe ikke forholder sig som ren kulsur Kalk leiring. ligeoverfor Opløsningsmidler, men at de angribes langt van- skeligere. Man har fremsat den Paastand, at den kulsure Kalk lettere opløses i Dybet paa Grund af den større Je he Tornøes Undersøgelser over Kulsyremængden i det af den Mængde Kulsyre, som her skulde findes i Søvandet. norske Expedition beseilede Hav modbeviser imidlertid denne Antagelse. Han har fundet, at Søvandet overalt reagerer alkalisk og altsaa ikke kan indeholde nogen fri, men blot normalt- og surtbunden Kulsyre; Mængden af denne er imidlertid paa Dybet omtrent den samme som ved Over- fladen. At Forholdet skulde være anderledes i de øvrige Dele af Oceanet synes ikke at have nogen Sandsynlighed for sig, naar man ser hen til de talrige Undersøgelser, der Søvandets Ensartethed til dets øvrige Bestanddele. Søvandets opløsende Evne ligeoverfor den kulsure Kalk skyldes altsaa ikke dets Gehalt paa fri Kulsyre. stadfæster med Hensyn Den ovenomtalte Lagdannelse i Biloculimleret kan ogsaa tænkes fremkommet ved en Vandets Strømninger paa Bunden er stærke nok til at sætte Slammets fine Partikler 1 Bevægelse. Dette Spørgs- maal er imidlertid lige saa ubesvaret som de foregaaende. Slemningsprocees, hvis Det fortjener imidlertid at nævnes, at alle de fra Bunden optagne Vandprøver altid var ganske klare og uden Spor at svævende Partikler. Betrågter vi paa Kartet den østlige Grændselinie for Biloeulinleret, vil vi finde, at den i Almindelighed imellem 900 og 1100 Fayne. flere Steder Biloculmleret paa mindre Dyb, ligesom det ogsaa hænder, at det først begynder at vise sig under 1100 Favne. Mellem 64" 'og 689 N. B. gaar Biloculimlerets vestlige Grændse op til et grundere Dyb end længere Nord. Paa Stationerne 54, 96 og 248 møder vi det saaledes alle- rede paa 600, 805 og 778 Favne. Udenom den sidstnævnte Station, der ligger omtrent 50 Mile fra Land, gjør Dybde- kurverne for 800—1000 Favne en skarp Bøining (sml. Side 40) indover mod Kysten indtil en Afstand fra denne af ea. 30 Mile; paa denne Strækning ligger Grændsen for Bilo- culinleret imellem 700 og 800 Favne. Paa den brat skraa- nende Havbund udenfor Lofoten og Vesteraalen finder vi yg gå ar Imidlertid træffer vi dog paa intimate acquaintance with wholly unknown. an divers conditions as yet Thus, for instance, we have everything to learn réspecting the causes that determine the quantita- tive and temporary distribution of Globigerinæ over the sea-bed.. Nor can we from the proportion of non-pelagie foraminiferous shells infer how numerously the living ani- mals were represented in the deposit or the length of the period during which their shells are preserved from decom- position at the bottom of the sea — questions which cannot but. exert considerable influence when investigating the me- ehanical conditions that determme the character and extent of the deposit. One thing is however tolerably certain, that a long time must elapse ere the sea-water can dissolve shells. Ås shown those calcareous by differ from pure carbonate of lime in yielding much more experiment, they slowly to the action of solvents, by reason of their large proportion of organie substances. Nome are disposed to maintain that carbonate of lime is more readily soluble m the depths of the ocean owimg to the greater amount of carbonie acid which the water has been held to contain there. Mr. Tornøe, bonie acid in the Seas explored by the Norwegian Expedi- however, mm his Memoir on the car- tion, has. I think, suceesstully refuted that assumption. Sea-water he invariably found to react as an alkali; and but must ob- viously be combined with oxygen; as regards the proportion of that constituent, it is about the same m the depths as at the surface, and the general uniformity im composition hence its carbonic acid cannot occur free, shown by numerous investigations to characterize sea-water, preceludes the probability of any deviation m this respect occurring throughout the intermediate strata. The power possessed by sea-water of dissolving carbonate of lime can- not therefore lie in å greater or less proportion of free carbonic acid. The exceptional formation mentioned above as distin- guishing Biloeulina elay in some loealities, might also be aseribed to the action of bottom-currents, 1f sufficient to intermingle and keep in motion the tine particles of the But this, like the foregomg, is å question which Meanwhule, deposit. for the present we cannot pretend to deeide. all samples of water brought up from the bottom were per- fectly clear, without a trace of floating partieles. ; On referring to the map annexed to this Memoir, the eastern limit of Biloeulina clay will be seen to lie at a depth ranging from 900 to 1100 fathoms. In several localities however Biloeulina elay is met with nearer the surface, and on the other hand, in some places it does not begin to oecur till the depth has reached 1100 fathoms. Between lat. 64" and 68" N., the western limit of the Biloculina elay extends over a shallower part of the sea- bed than farther north. Thus, for instance, at Stations 54, 96, and 248 it lies at a depth of 600, 805, and 778 fathoms. Without the last of these Stations (about 50 geographical miles from land), the curves of depth for 800 to 1000 fathoms (see page 40) make a sudden bend in the direction of the coast, which they approach within a distance of 30 geographieal miles, and throughout this tract the det imellem 900 og 1100 Favne. I den Bugt af Havbunden. der ligger Nord for Vesteraalen. optræder Biloculmleret først paa et Dyb af mere end 1200 Favne. Grændselinien herfra og nordover indtil den S0de Breddegrad ligger imel- lem 1000 og 1100 Favne. Paa det samme Dyb begynder Biloculinleret i den sydligere Del af Nordhavet, hvor dette grunder op mod Færø—lslandsbanken. Jeg har tænkt mig, at den ovenstaaende Betragtning af Biloculinlerets Udbredelse maaske senere kan blive en Støtte ved det fremadskridende Studium af Expeditionens fysiske og zoologiske Materiale. Tildels det samme Hensyn for Øiet, har jeg anlagt mine kemiske Undersøgel- ser af dette Sediment, til hvilke jeg nu vil gaa over. med Den kvalitative Undersøgelse af Biloculinleret viser, at det foruden Jern; Lerjord, Kalk, Magnesia, Kiselsyre og Spor af Fosforsyre indeholder smaa Mængder af Man- ganoxyder. De sidste forekommer dog ikke som synlige Bestanddele af Lermassen i Lighed med de smaa Korn eller Klumper, der saa ofte blev fundne ved Challenger- expeditionen, men synes at maatte være meget fint fordelte i Bundprøverne og udgjør i det Hele taget en saa ringe Del af deres Bestanddele. at de vanskeliggjør en kvantita- tiv Bestemmelse. bidrage til at give Leret en stærkere brun Farve. Det er muligt. at Manganoxyderne kan Ved Ophedning udvikler Biloculinleret en temmelig stærk empy- reumatisk Lugt. For den kemiske Undersøgelse af Biloculimleret har jeg først og fremst udvalgt mig en Del Hovedstationer fra forskjellige Punkter af Nordhavet og analyseret Bundprø- verne fra disse fuldstændig med Hensyn til alle Bestanddele. I det følgende har jeg opstillet mine Analyser efter Numeret af de Stationer, hvor Bundprøverne er optagne. Bestemmelserne er udført efter den paa Side 36 beskrevne Methode. Station 51. NAG SV 080 1163) Payne (2124 Meter). — 1.1". Lysbrunt Biloculinler. Glødningstab 2.71 |-Jernoxydul 1.14 Jernoxyd. 2,74 Dekomponeret Lerjord 6.49 af HAS, Æn ne I Maenesia. 0.93 Saltsyre 3 a 4 73.49 pt. Kulsur Kalk 52.82 : Fosforsyre Spor Kiselsyre. 9.57 56 | boundary for Biloculina from 700 to 800 fathoms. Over the rapidly shelving bot- tom off Lofoten and Vesteraalen. it extends between 900 and 1100 fathoms. In the bight of the sea-bed north of Vesteraalen the first Biloculima clay oceurs at a depth of more than 1200 fathoms. The boundary-line extending from this loeality northwards to the S0th parallel of lati- tude lies at a depth rangimg from 1000 to 1100 fathoms. This is the depth at which Biloculina clay first oceurs in the southern part of the North Atlantic, where its bed shoals up towards the Færoe-Iceland bank. clay follows a depth ranging The above elucidative remarks on the distribution of Biloculina clay. will, it is hoped, in some measure $erve to facilitate tlie progressive working out of the large amount of physical and zoological material collected on the Norwegian Expedition. Moreover, my chemical investiga- tion of that deposit. to the results of which I shall now pass on. has been modified with the same object in view. A qualitative analysis shows that Biloeulina clay, along with iron, alumina. lime, magnesia. silica, and traces of phosphorie aeid, also contains small quantities of oxide of manganese. The last of these constituents does not how- ever oceur in a visible form, as small sranules or conere- tions, so frequently met with on the *Challenger” Expedi- tion, but would appear to be most sparingly distributed throughout the deposit. of which it constitutes so small a proportion as hardly to admit of being quantitatively de- termined. —Possibly,. this oxide of manganese gives åa darker colour to the deposit. On exposure to Biloeulina . clay. emits å pungent empyreumatic odour. heat, For my chemical examination of Biloeulma clay I selected samples brought up at some of the principal ob- serving-stations in different parts of the North Atlantie, submitting portions of the deposit to a rigorous general analysis embraeing all its constituents. The analyses are arranged according to the numbers of the Stations at which the samples of deposit were col- leeted. The method of determination was that deseribed on page 306. Station 51. Lat. 659 53' N., long. 79 18' W.; 1163 fathoms (2127 metres); bottom-temperature — 1.1". Light-brown Biloculina clay. Loss by ignition 2.71 | Protoxide of iron . 1.14 Sesquioxide of iron 2.74 Bee Alumina 6.49 Frrdrockienté acid Magnesia p 0.93 73.49 per cent. |Carbonate of lime. 52.82 Phosphoric acid — Traces Siliea 9.37 Jernoxyd. 1.59 Udekomponeret | Lerjord 4.52 . pr | Kalk 1.03 Saltsyre he E 28129 pCt. Magne sia. 0.50 Kiselsyre. 15.65 Sum 99.49 Samlede Bestanddele: FeO Fe,Os' Al.O; CaO MgO (CaCOs PO; 1.14 4.33 11.01 1.03 1.43 52.82 Spor Glødn.tab Sum D Fl 99.49 Stat on 52. NA BA 6S5J0 ES TEGE å vne Meter) —1.3". Lysbrunt Biloeulmler. Foraminiferer, væsentlig Globigeriner. iloculinerne i denne Bundprøve var Bilocul denne Bundprøve var indtil 2.27” j Djameter. Glødningstab 4.62 Jernosydul 0.88 Jernoxyd. 3.65 Dekomponeret Lerjord 3.58 af Kalk 252 Saltsyre Magnesia . . 0.80 01:35 POL ulsur Kalk . 45.80 Fosforsyre Spor Kiselsyre. 4.52 Udekomponeret Jernoxyd % 52 af Lerjord 6.62 Saltsyre I Magnesia. Spor 35.91 pÅt. Kiselsyre.. > LEV «1 SiOs 25.02 (3403 En Mængde meget store, Sum 99.88 Samlede Bestanddele: FeO Fe,Q; Al.O;3 CaO MgO (CaCOz3' P.O; SiO» 0.88 5.17 10.00 252 0.80 45.80 Spor 30.09 Glødn.tab Sum 4.62 99.88 Station 178. N: B. 699 297, Ø. LB. 12096. 41578 Fayne (2886 Meter). —1.39%. Lysbrunt Biloculinler. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Sehmelek: Chemi. Sesquioxide of iron 1.59 Undecomposed | Alumina 4.52 byg! ITime 1.03 Hydrochlorie acid ; å ER Magnesia . 0.50 23.29 per cent. Ver å DE + (Silieie acid . 15.65 99.49 Constituents of Sample: — FeO Fe,.O; AlO; (CaO MgO (CaCO;s P:O; GRESS EO EOS EAS DS 82 Traces Loss by lenition 2.71 Sp9949) Station 52. SiO» 25.02 Lat. 659 47 N., long. 39 7T' W.; 1861 fathoms (3403 metres); bottom-temperature — 1.30. lina clay contaiming Globigerinæ. The measuring 2.27” jn diameter. Loss by ignition 4.62 Protoxide of iron . 0.88 Sesquioxide of iron 3.65 Decomposed Alumina 3.98 by Lime 2.52 Hydrochlorie acid | Magnesia. . .+. 0.80 61.55 per cent. | (Carbonate of lime. 45.80 Phosphoric acid — Traces Silieic aeid 4.52 Undecomposed | Desquioxide of iron 1.52 by Alumina . 6.62 Hydroehloric acid Magnesia E Traces 99:91 per cent Siierebaed 25.77 99.88 Constituents of Sample: — FeQ Fe,O0; Al:O; CaO MeO (0400; P,0; 0.88 5.17 10.00 252 080" 45.80 Traces Loss by lenition Å 4.62 199/58: Station 178. Inn (bed ER NG ones MEN lod 190 (2886 metres): bottom-temperature — 1.8. Biloculina clay. Light-brown Bilocu- a great many Foraminifera, chiefly Biloculinæ m this sample were very large, some SiO» 30.09 1578 fathoms Light-brown Glødningstab 4.95 Jernoxydul . 1.59 Jernoxyd 2.85 Dekomponeret Lerjord . ax 5.84 af Kaker GO Saltsyre Magnesia 2.40 53.35 pt. Kulsur Kalk 32.35 Fostorsyre . Spor Kiselsyre. 8.01 Udekomponeret af Saltsyre 41.70 Sum —100.00 Station 205. NABO! 5 ØL. 130 3. 1287 Favneé (2354 Meter). —1.2". Lysbrunt Biloculinler. (Gjennemsnitlig omtrent 2 Biloculiner paa hver Kvadrateentimeter af den tørrede Bundprøve. Talrige Globigeriner. Mange af Slæg- ten Lituola og enkelte af Nonionmina. Ingen Stene i Bund- prøven. Glødningstab 6.06 Jernoxydul.. 1.44 Jernoxyd 4.97 Dekomponeret Lerjord . 4.08 af Kalk. , 3.84 Saltsyre I Magnesia 2.82 PO I Kulsur Kalk 21.00 | Fosforsyre . Spor Kiselsyre 10.02 Udekomponeret af Saltsyre 45.77 : Sum —100.00 Station 214. NABO NØT 102004 16691 Bayne (8045 Meter). —1.2%. Mørkbrunt Biloeulinler. (Den nederste Del af Bundprøven bestod af graat Ler). En liden Sten, der syntes at være et Stykke af en krystallinsk Skifer, veiende omtrent 0.3 Gr. Glødningstab 4.01 Jernoxydul. 1.61 Jernoxyd 4.05 Dekomponeret Berjord ENN 432 af Kalk. O.61 Saltsyre Magnesia 2.29 52.54 pet. Kulsur Kalk 29.93 Fosforsyre . . . Spor Kiselsyre 9.73 Udekomponeret Jernoxyd po af Lerjord . 8.53 Saltsyre 43.09 pt. Magnesia :. . + 094 Kiselsyre .-. . 81.8 Sum 100.54 - Loss by ignition . 4.95 Protoxide of iron 1.59 Sesquioxide of iron — 2.85 Decomposed Alumina 5.84 by Lime .. 0.81 Hydrochloric acid | Magnesia . ++. 2.40 53.89 per cent. |(Qarbonate.of lime 39.35 Phosphorie acid —Traces Silica 8.01 Undeeomposed by Hydrochloric acid 41.70 100.00 Station 205. Lat. 709 51' N., long. 189 3' E.; 1287 fathoms (2354 metres); bottom-temperature — 1.2". Light-brown Bilocu- lina clay contaiming: — Biloculmæ, on an average 2 in every square centimetre of the dried sample; numerous Globigerinæ, a good many of the genus Lituola amd a few ot the genus Nomomina; no pebbles. Loss by ignition . 6.06 Protoxide of iron 1.44 Sesquioxideofiron 4.97 Decomposed Alumina 4.08 by Lime. : 5.84 Hydrochlorie acid | Magnesia . . . 282 « 48.17 per cent. | (Carbonate of lime 21.00 Phosphoric acid — Traces Silica 10.02 Undecomposed by Hydrochloric acid 45.77 ) 100 00 Station 214. Lat. 709 39' N., long. 09 0' E.; 1665 fathoms (38045 metres); bottom-temperature — 1.2", Dark-brown Bilocu- lina elay (lower part of sample grey clay) contaiming a small mineral fragment, apparently erystalline sehust, weigh- ing 0.37. Loss by ignition . 491 Protoxide of iron 1.61 Sesquioxide of iron 4.05 Decomposed Alumina 4.52 by Mimer 16: Hydrochloric acid | Magnesia 229 29.93 HOR o An r * 52.54 per cent. | (Carbonate of lime Phosphoric acid — Traces Siliea .9.73 Undecomposed Oxide of iron. by | Alumina Hydrochloric aeid | Magnesia 2 Å IT EE «9 45.09 per cent. Silica 100.54 Samlede Bestanddele: FeOQ Fe:O; 'Al.Os "020 MgO CaCO, ' P.O; SiOs PolNGSSee See 23 29.93 Spor 41.07 Glødn.tab Sum 491 100.54 Station 240. N. B: 6902". V. DL. 119 26 01004 Favne (1836 Meter). — 1.1". TLysbrunt Biloeulinler En Mængde For- aminiferer, overveiende Globigeriner. To smaa Kvartskorn, veiende 0.1 Gr. Glødningstab 5.08 Jernoxydul 0.79 Jernoxyd. 2.71 Dekomponeret Lerjord 3.01" af Kalk 0.98 Saltsyre Magnesia . 035 TO Blsun Kalle . 54.64 Fosforsyre 0.22 Ktselsmere Udekomponeret Mrk ; Li af ILerjord 4.75 Saltsyre Magnesia . 0.25 23.11 pit. [Kiselsyre . 16.40 Sum 98.66 Samlede Bestanddele: FeO Fe,0; A1>0; CaO MgO CaCO; Pol ); SiO» 01990 20 BD NORA I 54064 Spor 2417. Glødn.tab Sum 5.08 98.76 Station 245. NER 90682 2 VE Pb 2005 Rayne (3667 Meter) —1.4". To Lag i Bundprøyen. Det øverste bestod af brunt. fint Ler med kun ubetydelig Kalkgehalt og ingen Foraminiferer. Det underste Lag var et porøst, lysbrunt Ler med en Mængde Foraminiferer, væsentlig Glo- bigermer. I det sidste er Analysen foretaget. Lerets spec. Vægt var 2.72. Glødningstab 2.55 Jernoxydul 0.92 Jernoxyd . 3.95 Dekomponeret Lerjord 4.71 af Kalk 042 Saltsyre Magnesia. 1.94 53.12 PÅ. — |Kulsur Kalk . 41.18 Fosforsyre Spor Kiselspere Constituents of Sample: — FeO Fe:Q; AlO;s .CaO0 MgO CaCO;. P.O; SiO» 1610 (63384 12:85 0/61003:23 2993. Traces 41.07 Loss by Ienition 4,91 = 100.54 Station 240. Lat. 699 2" N., long. 119 26" W.; 1004 fathoms (1836 metres); bottom-temperature — 1.1”. Light-brown Biloeu- lina-elay containing great numbers of Foraminifera, princi- pally Globigerinæ, and two fine partieles of quartz, weight OKI Loss by ignition 5.08 Protoxide of iron . 0.79 Sesquioxide of iron 2.71 Decomposed Alumina 3.01 by Lime 0.98 Hydrochlorie acid | Magnesia. 20/35 70.47 per cent. |(Carbonate of lime. 54.64 Phosphorie acid 0.22 Sitecamt ee Ek Undecomposed Sesquioxide of iron 1.71 by Alumina . 4.75 Hydrochloric acid I Magnesia Å 0.25 25.11 per cent. Siliea . 16.40 98.66 Constituents of Sample: — FeQ Fe.O0; ALO; CaO MgO (CaCO; Ps0; SiO, 079 * 442 746 09806010 54641 (022 2414 Loss by Ienition 5.08 =P98 RO Station 245. Lat. 689 21' N., long. 20 5 W.; 2005 fathoms (8667 metres); bottom-temperature — 1.40. Two layers, — the upper a fine brown elay with but a trifling amount of lime and no Foraminifera; the under a light-brown porous elay containing å great many Foraminifera, cehiefly Globigermæ. The analysis is of the bottom part. Specific Gravity of the Clay 2.72. Tioss by ignition 2.85 Protoxide of iron. 0.92 Sesquioxide of iron 3.95 Decomposed Alumina 4.71 by Lime 0.42 Hydrochloric acid ) Magnesia. 1.94 93.12 per. cent. (Carbonate of lime. 41. 8 Phosphoric acid — Tracees Sikea 4 MR S* : AGE 3 29 Udekomponeret [Je rnoxyd. pr af |Lerjord 8.81 Saltsyre Magnesia . Spor 44.43 pet. 99 Kiselsyre (dek. og udek.) Se) Sum 99.90 Samlede Bestanddele: FeO 'Fe.O; AlQs CaO MgO (CaCO;s P.O; SiO» 0:92 724 1352 042 194 41.18 - Spor 82.35 Glødn.tab Sum 2.35 99.90 Station 295. N. B. 710 59", Ø. L. 119 40”. 1110 Favne (2030 Meter). — 1.3", Lysbrunt Biloeulinler. Ingen Stene. (Som det underste Lag af Bundprøven fandtes noget graat Ler). Mange Foraminiferer, men forholdsvis faa Globige- riner, væsentlig Lituola og .Noniomina. Glødningstab . . 5.27 Jernoxydul. . .- 1.26 Jernosyde Se Di re Lerjord . 9.19 Kalk 0.92 San Magnesia 0.88 79 pl. Kulsur Kalk 27.09 Fosforsyre . Spor Kiselsyre. 9.85 Udekomponeret Jernoxyd 1.91 af Lerjord . 10.33 Saltsyre Magnesia 0.80 42.96 pit. Kiselsyre 29.92 Sum 101.02 Samlede Bestanddele: FeO FeO; AlO; CaO .:MgO (CaCO; P:0; SiO, 1.26 5.48 192092 1:68 27.09 Spor 89.80 Glødn.tab Sum 5.27 101.02 Station 501. N. B. 749 1", V. L. 19 90". 1684 Favne (3080 Meter). — 1.69, Biloculinler, mørkere brunt end det fore- gaaende. (En ubetydelig Mængde graat Underler). For- holdsvis faa Foraminiferer. 60 p Aa in vide "av 9 OD > Undecomposed [Pesquioxide of iron 3.29 by Alumina 8.81 Hydrochlorie acid | Magnesia . Tyraces 44.43 per cent. |Siliea (dec. and und.) - 52.55 99 .90 Constituents of Sample: — FeO Fe;O; ALO;s (CaO MO (CaC0; P:0; SiO, VIS 2 ES I Traees 32:33 Loss by lenition 2.35 =P90900) Station 295. Lat: 719 59' N., long. 119 40' E.; 1110 fathoms (2030 1830 lina clay (on å thin under layer of grey clay) containing a great Foraminifera, few Globige- rinæ, belongmg m greater part to the genera Lituola and Noniomina. metres): bottom-temperature Light-brown Bilocu- many but comparatively Loss by ignition . 5.27 Protoxide of iron 1.26 Sesquioxide of iron — 3.57 Décomposed Alma sd by Bimesr EE 0:02 Hydrochloric acid Magnesia E 0.88 na.) per cent iIGarbonåte of lime 2709 Phosphorice acid Traces Siliea 9.88 Undecomposed — [ Desquioxideofiron 1.91 by j Alumina 10.55 Hydrochlorie acid | Magnesia O.80 42.06 per cent. Siliea. 29.92 101.02 Constituents of Sample: — FeO Fe:O0; ALO; 0a0 MsO (4C0;, P.O; SiO, 1260 BASH ON EOS 27.09 Traces 39.80 Loss by lenition 5.27 Eø012025 Station 301. Lat. 749 1" N., long. 1" 20" W.; 1684 fathoms (8080 metres): - — 1.69. - Biloeulima clay of a darker brown than the foregoing sample, with a little grey clay im the under part; comparatively few Foraminifera. Glødningstab 4.83 ( Jernoxydul 1.28 Jernoxyd. 5.09 Dekomponeret | Lerjord . 5.88 af | INelllie 5 0.15 Saltsyre | Magnesia . 1.56 22.75 pt. DL = FAG Kulsur Kalk 5.68 Fostorsyre Spor Kiselsyre . Held Udekomponeret | Jernosyd. 2,64 P af Lerjord 15.56 Saltsyre Maenesia . 070 der Kiselsyre. BT Sum 99.19 Samlede Bestanddele: FeO Fe,0; ALO; (CaO MgO OCaCO; PxQ; Si1Q» LØS SN NG (DIG 226 5.68 Spor 57.82 Glødn.tab Sum. 4.55 99.19 Station 302. N BYGGE 0954. 1985 Favne (3630 Meter). —1.7%. En meget liden Prøve af lysbrunt Bilo- eulinler. Glødningstab 5.78 Jernoxydul 1.58 Jernoxsyd. 2.04 Dekompeneret Lerjord 3.52 af Kalk 0.81 Saltsyre Magnesia . 2.09 19 RO eulsur Kalk 8.91 Fosforsyre . . . Spor |iiselsyre. .. - 2? Udekomponeret . at Uopl. Residuum + Saltsyre opløsel. Kiselsyre 76.27 76.27 pCt. Sum 100.00 Station 306. N. B. 508 ØB 0027 1334 Fayne (2440 Meter). — 1.5". Biloculmler, mørkere i Farve end det Forholdsvis faa Foraminiferer; foruden Bilo- eulinler fandtes væsentlig Lituola og Nontonina. foregaaende. Loss by ignition 4.85 Protoxide of iron . 1.28 Sesquioxide of iron 5.09 Decomposed Alumina 3:88 by Lime 0.15 Hydrochloric acid I Maonesia.. + 1:56 22.75 pt. RE $a AE Carbonate of lime. 5.68 Phosphorie acid Traces Siliea DA Undecomposed Ørn of iron 264 by Aummae FRFRER5:56 Hydrochloric acid | Magnesia. . . . 0.70 GT | sien bei 99119 Constituents of Sample: — FeQO Fe.O0; Al,O; (CaQ MgO CaCO; P.O; SO, Vær UTE 19.44 0.15 2.26 5.68 -Traces 57.82 Loss by Ienition 4.55 = HIL IV) Station 502. 1985 fathoms Å very small bes fDY ØL INE Jones 09 BE NG (8630 metres): bottom-temperature — 1.79, sample of light-brown Biloculina clay. Loss by ignition . 3.78 Protoxide of iron . 1.38 Sesquioxide of iron 2.94 / mn: DQ Decomposed Aummnarrr 0:02 by med. 0.81 Hydroehlorie Aeid Magnesia 4 , 209 19.99 per cent. Carbonate of lime. 8:91 Phosphorie acid — Traces Sieg 1: ? Undecomposed lø Insoluble residue + Hydrochlorie Acid | soluble Silica . . 76.27 76.27 per cent. 100.00 Station 306. Lat. 750 0! N., long. 109 27 E.; 1334 fathoms (2440 metres); bottom-temperature — 1.3". Biloeulina clay, darker in colour than the preceding sample, containing comparatively few Foraminifera: the genera most numer- ously represented next to Biloculina were Lituola and Nonionina. Glødningstab | Jernoxydul Jernoxyd. Dek: mponeret Lerj ord NG Kalk Saltsyre Magnesia . 30.40 påt. Kulsur Kalk Fosforsyre Kiselsyre. Udekomponeret af Lerjord Saltsyre 68.00 pCt. | Jernoxyd. I Magnesia. | Kiselsyre. Sum Samlede Bestanddele: FeO Fe,( )g Al: O, JaO MgzO Ca CO» ee GO OE 080330 12.20 Glødn.tab Sum 2.48 100.88 Station 351. NSBS OVE TR OUR EG 40 Meter). — 1.59. Mørkbrunt Biloeulmler. miniferer, Överveiende Globigermer. Kun Lituola. . Lerets specifiske Vægt var 2.77. Glødningstab f- Jernoxydul Jernoxyd. De KE ret Lerjord Kalk As Å Magnesia . 41.72 plt. Kulsur Kalk Fosforsyre | Kiselsyre . Udekomponeret Jernoxyd. af j Lerjord Saltsyre Magnesia. 14:20 pt. Kiselsyre. Sum Samlede Bestanddele: FeO FezO; Al,Os CaO > MgO .CaCO; Kor G neon 2:02 23.66 Glødn.tab Sum 4.56 100.48 Væsentlig som en Følge Kalkgehalt viser det sig ved de 13.44 1.50 50,72 100.88 P.05 Spor Favne Mange Fora- af Slægten faa 4.56 1.25 4.06 3.28 0.12 2.05 25.66 Spor 4.30 Spor 38.41 100.48 Pal ); Spor (2999 SiO, 45.71 af Biloculinlerets vexlende foregaaende Analyser, at 62 Loss by 2.48 130) ignition Protoxide of iron. Sesquioxide of iron 4.92 Decomposed Alummat. 40200002:46 by limer Je 08 Hydrochlorie SO 30.40 per cent. | (Carbonate of lime. 12.20 Phosphorie acid — Traces Siliea . 6.75 learn Sesquioxide of iron 2.34 by Hydrochlorie (8.00 per cent. 13.44 1.50 50.72 lumina acid A Magnesia . Nilica | acid Macnesiap dr ) 100.88 Constituents of Sample: Fe! Fe;0; AE0s C200M:0((0åC02 P:05 SO ENE eo PENT 408 380) 12.20 Traces DT.47 Loss by .Ienition. 2.48 100.88. I | Station 351. Lat. 779 49' N.. long. 09 9' W.; 1640 fathoms (2999 metres): bottom-temperature — 1.50. Dark-brown Bilocu-. lina elay contaming a ereat many Foraminifera, ehiefly Globigerinæ; but very few belonging Fler Speeific Gravity of Clay 2.77 Loss by ignition 4.56 Protoxide of iron . 1.25 Sesquioxide of iron 4.06 Decomposed Alumina 3.28 by Lime 0.12 Hydrochlorie acid I Magnesia . 2.05 At 79 er ce nå NS AR 11.72 per cent. | (Carbonate of lime. 23.66 Phosphorie acid Traces | Silica 7.30 Undecomposed *fSesquioxide of iron 2.46 by Alumina 15.33 Hydrochloric' acid I Magnesia Traces NS SG 38.41 NE 100.48 Constituents of Sample: — FeO Fe:O; Al.Os CaO M:O 0aC0, P.O; ee oo52 SG 61 0:12 20286 ba ces Loss by lenition. 4.56 = 100.48. Prineipally by reason of the variable amount of lime in Biloeulina elay. the proportion of deposit decomposed to the genus Lituola. SiO» 45.71 den af Saltsyre dekomponerbare Del er af en meget for- skjellig Størrelse. For uhindret at kunne betragte de egent- lige Ler-Bestanddeles Forhold ligeoverfor Saltsyre, undlader jeg foreløbig at tage Hensyn til den kulsure Kalk, og har derfor i den følgende Tabel bragt denne Substans tillige- med Glødningstabet i Fradrag og beregnet de øyrige op- løselige Bestanddele som Procenter af et kalkfrit Ler. I den nederste Del af Tabellen har jeg opført de paa samme Maade fundne Værdier for Lerets samlede Bestanddele. Ved Betragtning af denne Tabel kan det synes paa- faldende, at de forskjellige Bundprøver viser en saa stor Uoverensstemmelse med Hensyn til den af Saltsyre delom- ponerbare Del, medens de Tal, der udtrykker Lerets sam- lede Bestanddele, tyder paa en nogenlunde ensartet Sam- mensætning. MHertil maa imidlertid bemærkes, at Behand- lingen med Saltsyre ikke kan give noget synderlig værdi- fuldt Resultat til Sammenligning af de forskjellige Slam- in hydrochlorie acid is seen to differ very considerably in the foregoing analyses. With a view to investisate with greater freedom the effect of hydrochlorie acid on the” con- stituents of the true clay, no regard has now been had to the carbonate of lime, and therefore that substanee, together with the loss by igmition, has accordingly in the following Table been subtracted from the remaining decom- posable parts, which are computed as percentages of a clay The lower columns of the Table show the values, found in like manner, for the united constituents of the deposit. : On examining this Table, it may seem strange that exhibiting no trace of lime. the various samples should exhibit very considerable dis- agreement as regards the proportion decomposable in hydro- chloric acid, while the figures denoting the united consti- comparatively homogeneous eomposi- To this objection must however be replied, that the treatment with hydrochloric aeid cannot give a partieu- tuents indicate a tion. larly valuable result for estimating the chemical composition 51 52 119178 | 205 | 214 | 240 | 245 | 20951| 301 | 302 | 306 GET ED eeo 21125001, 2:61 12:01 1.6 Tog ra. BOEN er FeØs 6.3 | 771|-3-9| 7-2 | 6.3| 6:91 7:0| 5-3| 571 3-4| 5:9| 36 ARØSr50] 72|' 8.1 | 5.01| 6.71 17-7| 8:35| 13-38 -4:3|.4-4| 29| 46 N MeOomNe er 7d 23:31] 4:01003-51 10:91 3-5 al 18] fe 22110209 SiO, | S5JØ | Garner eden MG TE MS 8.0| 10.2 - Sum | 47.6 27:6| 28.6 | 33:8 34 | 3708 Eyre 18.9 | 20.3 250] JET es ETT TE MR DE FeO DAS ee) Das en EN PN 7 | FeO, | 10.0| 11.0 g.8 (Mrs 8.2| 8.7 86 9. AL03 | 25.4 | 21.0 20:0 og en eo EG 18.9 | 23:21 MoOReNsr irer 35 eg ess DEN le SiQz | 57:6| 63.7 63.7| 61.6 | 57-7 | 59.1| 64.7 68.3 - 63.8 Sum 98.9 98.7 90-5 96.1 | 99.5 |101.0| 98.8 99.9 100.6 J prøvers kemiske Sammensætning. Naltsyrens opløsende Virk- ning maa nemlig i høi Grad være afhængig af den Finhed, hvori Slammet befinder sig, og denne er, som forud nævnt, ingenlunde den samme i de forskjellige Partier af Bilocu- linleret. Denne Uensartethed træder tydelig frem, naar man betragter de forskjellige Prøver under Mikroskopet. og det Resultat man erholder ved Behandlingen med NSalt- «syre kan nærmest tjene til at belyse det samme For- hold.» Det wiste sig saaledes, at Bundprøverne fra Stat. 301, 302 og 306, der i Særdeleshed udmærker sig ved lave Tal for de opløselige Bestanddele. ogsaa indeholdt flere grovere Partikler end de øvrige. Som vi strax i det ) Finheden har ikke været afhængig af Pulviseringen af de tør- rede Bundprøver, da -jeg altid har sørget for at udføre denne Opera- tion saaledes, at Lerets Partikler derved ikke kunde lide nogen For- andring i sin oprindelige Størrelse. of the different samples of deposit. The decomposing effect of hydrochloric acid must then depend to a great ex- tent on the relative fineness, of the deposit, which, as previ- ously stated, is anything but constant in Biloculina clay. With the aid of th> mieroseope, this want of uniformity is distinetly perceptible. and the result obtamed by treating hydroehlorie aeid is prineipally of value in illustra- ting the same subject.” The samples from Stations 301, 302, and 306. distinguished in particular by their small proportion ot decomposable constituents, were found to contain å greater number of coarse partieles than the others. Moreover, these samples, as will shortly appear, are in an- with 1! The fineness of the deposit was not the result of the tritura- tion of the dried samples; since I invariably sought to perform this operation in such maner as to preserye the particles of clay from undergoing any change in magnitude. ølgende skal se. fortjener disse Bundprøver ogsaa af andre Grunde Opmærksomhed, da de hører til det mest kalk- fattige Parti af Biloculnleret. Efter hvad der forud er sagt, vil det være indlysende, at Kjendskabet til Biloculinlerets Kalkgehalt frembyder en særegen Interesse baade for det zoologiske og det fysiske Studium af Havets Naturforhold. Foruden de foregaaende fuldstændige Analyser af Biloculinleret har jeg derfor be- stemt dets Kalkgehalt i de fleste af de Prøver, der er op- tagne indenfor dette Sediments Omraade. I den følgende Tabel findes forøvrigt ogsaa nogle Analyser af: Prøver fra Overgangsleret. other respect deserving of attention, consisting as they do of Biloeulina elay from the locality in which that deposit is found to contain the smallest «mount of lime. From what has been previously stated, it must obvi- ously be of special importance for the study of the physieal and biologicat conditions of the sea, to determine the pro- portion of lime present in Biloeulina elay: and I have, therefore, exclusive of that given im the foregoing complete analyses, also determined the amount of lime in most of the samples brought up within the limits of the said deposit. For the rest. a few analyses of transition elay will be also found in the subjomed Table. Dybde 1 Længde Nordlig Samlet Fe Anmærkninger. Station, | Bredde. fra Greenw. engl. Favne. | 0200; | FeOs | FeO: | De O» k (Long. (Depth | | (Total Fe.) | FeO (Remarks.) Bi BEG, f. Greenw.) in Eng. Fath.) | | 37 62" 28" 20 29" W 600 9:09 2.08 0.57 1.00 3.65 Overgangsler. — Transition Clay. 40. 0182 520 W KØmR | 28:64 | 2604 1.79 PRE 1.04 51 OG 55) SN 1163 52.82 2.74 1.14 Da7 2.40 52 65 47 BSE 1861 45:80 3.65 0.88 BLA 4:15 53 os od ag 18 1539 28.08 3:07 1.08 3.62 BASE 54 64 247 OE NIRE. 6o1 19.18 1.42 96 66 38 See: 805 24.18 4.15 1.36 3.97 3105 98 65 56 Berk) 388 26.25 3873 1.33 3:65 2.80 Overgangsler — Transition Clay ag u6y 401 160420 E 790 | 30-04 | 4:43 | 0:89 3:70 KE GN dr , ; | Å & liggende Lag af Layer of Grey 178 Ge De) (fe 260018 NS gere 2.85 1.50 3.24 1.80 oraat Ler). Clay. I81 69 45 SG AE] 1505 27003 3:55 1.74 3:83 2.04 183 69 509 OMETSE 1710 | 40.52 2.50 1.81 BR 1.43 184 GO 9 50 E 1547 21-77 3:10 Te 2 dg 227 DE 205 JO £5 deg SEP 1287 pir o0 fe. o7 1.44 4.60 3:45 214 70 30 om or 1750 20.03 | 3.67 1.01 3.82 2.28 215 TO 5 DONN 1665 40.88 4.13 1:79 | 4:28 Jogil Mee ad Lag — An exeeedingly - -= = T on - 2 E 2 | Q 2 2 KG DEC Er. Å DI pr F DIG ola W 820 9:23 3.12 1.03 2.08 3.03 af Biloculinler Me 231 re GN 1032 6.05 3.70 1.76 3.91 2.10 240 Gore 26 1004 54.64 Dog oe) 25 10 3.43 241 OE GE II IQ 56.25 pATD 1.28 3.18 2.14 242 68 36 8 40 W 1033 Brasil 00 1,50 SE AG 243 68 32 Å 26 OK KA88 Be | | 244 68 28 er, VM 1051 36.55 BE7N 1.47 3.74 2.52 245 68 21 DNI 2005 41:18 3:95 0.02 3.48 4:30 | 245 ber NS VA 02005 4-66 | 5.85 1.55 5.30 3:77 | Øverste Lag af — Upper Layer con- 218 67 56 4 ag den FAG 8 33:61 Biloceulinleret. sisting of Biloc- 249 68 12 5 8 1063 55:43 2.09 | 1.34 Sung 2 ulina Clay. 285 SOE ne OE 1024 1.05 4.49 2.000 Må 20080 era ronsiton Gian 204 5 Grete AE 37 4102 MI 2.603 OAS | 2.58 ot Er 205 ES OM re 101 "E] I 110 27.09 3-57 1.26 3:48 2.83 206 FG Ga GIR 1440 34:88 3.60 1:30 3:50 2.84 207. 7236 GRAND 1280 8.70 4.37 1.42 4.16 3:08 298 ork 52 Snø 1500 5.52 4:48 1.05 3.05 4.26 209 7730 HE) pe 366 9.70 1.65 TA 4:35. SES OE 301 TA I re o0 VW 1684 5.68 5.09 1.28 4.56 3.08 302 Fe os4 MW 1085 8.01 2.04 1.38 3:13 DEG 303 75 12 ee E 1200 10.84 3:56 1.16 SK30 3.07 306 75 og ie) EG 138 12.20 4.02 1.10 4.37 4.13 308 Se 2 SKE 1136 22.32 332 mes Om 03600 Ei 1140 25.23 3.63 1.62 3:81 2.24 344 706 42 TONE) 1017 FPSO) 4.00 MOL Å 4.20 2.09, Qvergangsler. — Transition Clay. 349 76 30 2 57 y 1487 10.23 4:00 1.15 3:70 3.48 BIER Få ko or OM 1640 23.66 4.03 1.31 3.85 3.08 352 ed (6) Jo ae IP 1686 7.57 4.19 Tee 112 2.76 353 vår Ge) Sr od 1333 34:23 2.82 0.00 DR07 STR Jernoxydul og Jernoxyd er bestemt ligesom ved de foregaaende Slamarter. Det vil fremgaa af Tabellen, at Biloculimlerets Kalk- gehalt differerer meget paa de forskjellige Punkter af Hav- bunden. Ved paa Kartet at opstille Tallene for Kalk- mængden vil man imidlertid finde, at en tydelig Lovmæssig- hed er raadende med Hensyn til Kalkens Fordeling i Bilo- culinleret. idet visse Partier af dette skarpt adskiller sig fra hinanden i denne Retning. Vestenfor den Kurve, der paa Kartet er betegnet med 15/9 CaCO,, finder vi saaledes et meget kalkfattigt Ler. Her fandtes i 7 Bundprøver fra 5.7 pCt. til 12.2 pCt. kulsur Kalk og som Middeltal 8.8 pCt. I det store Parti af Biloculinleret søndenfor og østenfor Kurven 15 CaCO, finder vi en langt høiere Kalkgehalt. Denne fand- tes her ved 22 Bestemmelser at ligge imellem 21 og 40 pCt.; Middeltallet var 80 pt. Kurven 45"/9 CaCO, betegner den mest kalkrige Del af Biloculmleret. Kalkgehalten i 4 Bundprøver var her fra 45.8 pOt. til 56.2 pCt., Middel 52.4 pCt. Den mærkelig ringe Kalkgehalt i Biloeulinleret vesten- for Kurven 159, CaCO,; synes at staa i Samklang med de zoologiske Observationer. At dømme efter det forholdsvis ringe Udbytte, der blev indvundet ved Skrabningerne paa denne Del af Havbunden, skulde man tro, at Dyrelivet her stod tilbage 1 kvantitativ Udviklmg. Derimod syntes Slam- met her at indeholde mange Stene. der vanskeliggjorde Skrabningerne og paa et Sted (Stat. 350) rimeligvis var Aarsag i, at Trawlen gik tabt. Denne Afleiring af Stene maa skyldes den drivende Is, hvis Virkninger vistnok i særlig Grad er fremtrædende i dette udprægede polare Parti af Havet. Maaske kan denne Tilførsel af grovere Materiale være Grunden til, at de ovenomtalte Bundprøver fra Stat. 301, 302 og 306 ikke befinder sig i den samme finkornige Tilstand som de øvrige fra den sydligere Del af Biloeulinleret. De Tal, der udtrykker det brune Lers Oxydations- grad, ligger paa faa Undtagelser nær imellem 3 og 4 (Middel af samtlige Bestemmelser: 3.0). Til yderligere Karakteri- stik af det eiendommelige kalkfattige Parti af Biloeulinleret fortjener det imidlertid at nævnes, at Bundprøverne herfra gjennemsnitlig syntes at være noget høiere oxyderet end de øvrige. I de 8 Bundprøver vestenfor Kurven 1599 CaCO, fandtes nemlig som Middeltal for Lerets Oxydationsgrad: 9.4; 1 den øvrige Del af det brune Ler: 2.7. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Schmeleck: Chemi. From this Table, the amount of lime present in Bilo- eulina clay appears to vary considerably in different parts of the ocean-bed. If we set down on the map the figures denoting the proportion of lime, å manifest regularity will, however, be found to characterize the distribution of that constituent in Biloculina clay, with regard to which certain surface-layers of the deposit differ widely from one another. Thus, for instance, west of the curve 15, CaCO; we meet with a clay in which the proportion of lime is exceedingly small. In 7 samples of the bottom brought up here, I de- termined from 5.7 per cent to 12.2 per cent of carbonate of lime, the average amount being 8.8 per cent. The ex- tensive surface-layer of Biloculina clay stretching south and east of the curve 15%, CaCO; was found to contain åa much larger proportion of lime. Theamount of this constituent, as shown by 22 determinations, ranged from 21 per cent to 40 per cent, averaging 30 per cent. The curve 45*/o CaC0O, indicates the section of the sea- bed within which the greatest quantity of lime has been found in Biloeulina elay. The proportion in 4 samples varied between 45.8 per cent and 56.2 per cent, the average amount being 52.4 per cent. The remarkably low amount of lime, present in Bilo- eulina elay west of the curve 15"/ CaCQ;, may in part, it would seem. be explained by the results of the zoological observations. To judge from the comparatively meagre yield of dredgings in this part of the ocean-basin, the quantitative development of animal life would not ap- Meanwhile, numbers of large stones — a serious impediment to successful dredging — were, on the other hand, apparently imbedded in the deposit, and the loss of the trawl — at Station 350 — must in all probability be aseribed to their presence there. pear to be large. This distribution of stones is obviously to a great ex- tent the work of drift-ice in this peculiarly Polar tract of the ocean. Maybe, this addition of coarser material will serve to account for the deposit brought up at Stations 301, 302, and 306 having been much less finely granulated than were the samples of Biloculina clay from more southerly loealities. The figures expressing the oxidation of the brown clay lie, with very few exceptions, between 3 and 4 (the mean for all such determinations was 3.0). As a further characteristic of that deposit west of the eurve 15%/9 CaCO;, where it contains so small an amount of lime, I may mention that, as a rule, the samples would appear to have been more highly oxidized than was the case with those from any other part of the sea-bed. For the 8 samples of brown clay brought up west of the curve 15"/9 CaCO;, I found the mean degree of oxidation to be 3.4; elsewhere it was 2.7. Vulkansk Sand og Sandler. Øen Jan Mayen er som bekjendt af vulkansk Oprin- delse. Den stærke lokale Hævning, der har foraarsaget dens Dannelse, giver sig tydeligst tilkjende paa Nordkysten, hvor det egentlige Hovedkrater — den 6000 Fod høie *Beerenberg” — findes. Her træffer vi et Braadyb af 1000 Favne 1 Afstand af omtrent 2 Mile fra Øens nordligste Punkt. Paa Øst- og Vestsiden af Øen skraaner Kysten mindre brat ned mod Dybet. Ved de talrige Dybde- maalinger. som Expeditionen her har foretaget, befandtes alle Bundprøver, der var optagne paa mindre Dyb end 600 Favne, at bestaa af et graasort fint Sand eller Sandler, der indeholdt talrige Brudstykker af den basaltiske Lavas Mine- raler: Olivin, Augit, Hornblende. Disse forekom ofte med vel uddannede og vel bevarede Krystalflader. en Det vulkanske Sandler viser sig under Mikroskopet at indeholde en Mængde forskjelligfarvede krystallinske Korn, der væsentlig bestaar af de ovennævnte Mineraler, især er den grønne Olivin meget fremtrædende. Forøvrigt ser man ogsaa en Del sorte metalglindsende Korn, der ved Hjælp af Magneten lader sig udtrække af Bundprøverne. Disse synes i det Hele taget at indeholde de samme Mineraler — i fint fordelt Tilstand — som dem der forekommer i de rige Sandleier langs Jan Mayens Kyster. Dette sorte Sand er dannet af temmelig grove Korn af Lava, Tuf, Olivin, Feld- spath, Augit, Hornblende og Magnetjern. Af det sidstnævnte Mineral fandt jeg i Sandet ved to Bestemmelser 26 pCt. og 29 pCt.! Fra disse Sanddynger, der ligger ubeskyttede for Bøl- gerne langs Øens aabne Kyster, maa der stadig kunne føres nyt Materiale ud til den nærliggende Havbund. I Syd for Jan Mayen synes der ifølge tidligere Lod- skud at være grundt Vand (100 Favne) indtil en Afstand af omtrent 15 Mile fra Øen. Her har den norske Expedition imidlertid ikke fore- taget nogen Dybdemaaling, og jeg tør derfor ikke indestaa for Rigtigheden af de Grændser, jeg paa Kartet har op- trukket for det vulkanske Lers Udbredelse søndenfor Jan Mayen. I Bundprøverne fra Kysten af denne Ø findes næsten ingen Dyrelevninger, og Leret indeholder kun Spor af kul- sur Kalk. ! Professor Carl Vogt, der i 1863 gjæstede Jan Mayen, har ogsaa underkastet dette Sand en Undersøgelse, ved hvilken han fandt 21.6 pCt. Magnetjern. (Nord-Fahrt entlang der Norwegischen Kiiste, nach dem Nordcap, den Inseln Jan Mayen und Island, unternommen von Dr. Georg Berna 1863). 66 Volcanie Sand and Sabulous Clay. The island of Jan Mayen is, as well known, of vol- canic origin. More especially on the north coast, have the prodigous forces whereby the ocean-bed was upheaved in this locality of the North Atlantic, left evidence of their bygone action; there lies Mount Beerenberg, the princi- pal erater — 6000 feet above the level of the sea. About 2 geographical miles from the most northerly extremity of the island we meet with a depth of 1000 fathoms. Off the eastern and western shores, the bottom is found to shelve less rapidly down to the depths. All of the numer- ous samples colleeted on the Expedition throughout this tract from depths of less than 600 fathoms, consisted ex- clusively of a dark-grey sand or sabulous clay, containing fragments of basaltic lava, as olivine, augite, hornblende. Many of these had well developed and well preserved ery- stal faces. The yoleanie sabulous clay, when examined under the mieroscope, is found to contain a great many differently coloured erystalline partieles, consisting ehiefly of the above- meutioned minerals, in particular green olivine. For the rest, numerous black granules of metallic lustre are also observed, which, with the aid of å magnet, may be extracted from the elay. They would appear to consist mm greater part of the same minerals — in a state of minute sub- division — that oceur in the sand forming extensive banks on the coast of Jan Mayen. This black sand is composed of comparatively coarse particles of lava, tuf, olivine, feld- spar, augite, hornblende, and magnetite. The last of these minerals I found, from two deter- minations, to constitute respectively 26 per cent and 29 per cent of the sand.' These sand-hills, stretching as they do along the ex- posed shores of the island, must obviously at all times con- tribute to the distribution of deposit over the adjacent parts of the sea-bed. South of Jan Mayen — as shown by the results of former soundings — comparatively shallow water (100 fathoms) extends about 15 geographical miles from the coast. On the Norwegian Expedition, the depth was not measured in this locality, and I cannot therefore answer for the accuracy of the limits I have traced on the map to mark the distribution of the voleanic clay south of the island. Very few, if any, animal remains are found in samples of the bottom from the coast of Jan Mayen, and the deposit contains traces only of carbonate of lime. 1 Professor Carl Vogt, who visited Jan Mayen im 1863, has also submitted this sand to analysis: he found 21.6 per cent of magnetite. (Nord-Fahrt entlang der Norwegischen Kiiste, nach dem Nordkap, den Inseln Jan Mayen und Island, unternommen von Dr. Georg Berna 1863.) Station 234. N. B. 719 6", V. L. 89 38”. 259 Fayne (474 Meter). — 1.00, Graasort, tungt, løst sammenhængende Sandler. Flere Stene (veiende indtil 0.3 Gr.), bestaaende af porøs basaltisk Lava og vulkanske Slakker med Olivin. Ingen Dyrelevninger. Glødningstab . . 2.28 Jernoxydul .* . . 83.77 Jernoxyd. . . . 83.64 Dekomponeret Lerjord 2 TL af Kalk JEG So FS VMaomesar adr or Kulsuerr Spor Fosforsyre . . . Spor Kiselsyre DO Udekomponeret [ Jernoxyd. . ++. 5.59 af enjord ee 1 15:63 Saltsyre 69.36 pCt. Magnesia. . ++ 5:06 Kiselsyre.. . 43.08 Sum 98.07 Samlede Bestanddele: FeO Fe,Q; Al;sQ;s (Ca0 MgO CO: P.O; SiO» 377 923 9914 317 825 Spor Spor 48.13 Glødn.tab Sum 2.28 - 98.07 Det vulkanske Sandler har en forholdsvis høi Mag- nesiagehalt, der vel nærmest maa skrive sig fra den til- stedeværende Olivin. Stene paa Havbunden. De største Stene som fandtes i Bundprøverne havde en Vægt af 10—12 Gram. Størrelsen og Antallet af de i en Prøye forekommende Stene stod, som man paa Forhaand kunde vente, i et direkte Forhold til hinanden. De Bund- prøver, hvori de største Stene fandtes, indeholdt i Alminde- lighed ogsaa de fleste. Ved Betragtning af de Bundprøver, der er optagne efter hinanden i en Rækkefølge fra Land og ud over mod Dybet, har man Anledning til at iagttage, hvorledes Stenene efterhaanden aftager i Størrelse og Antal. I det følgende giver jeg en Fortegnelse over de Bundprøver, i hvilke Stenene maa siges at udgjøre en væsentlig (ikke tilfældig) Bestanddel. Alle disse Bundprøver er optagne I Dette forholdsvis betydelige Tab er muligens fremkommet der- ved, at jeg har undladt at bestemme Mangan, der i ovenstaaende Prøve syntes at være tilstede i noget større Mængde end i de fore- gaaende. Station 234. Lat. 710 6' N., long. 89% 38'.W.: d. 259 fathoms (474 m.); bt. — 1.009. Å greyish-black, heavy, friable, sabulous clay, containing divers pebbles (the largest weigh- ing 0.37") of porous basaltic lava, and scoriæ with olivine. No animal remains. 00 Loss by ignition vn «1 ny -1 Protoxide of iron. Sesquioxide of iron 3.64 Decomposed | Alumina . MEDI by J Lime 3.27 Hydrochloric acid 1 Magnesia. Sk 24.09 per cent. ; o , | | Carbonic acid . Traces | Phosphoric acid —Traces Sie 0 0 Undecomposed [ Desquioxide of iron 5.59 by J Alumina . . . 0.415.683 Hydrochloric acid ] Magnesia GE D06 69.36 per cent. | Siliea 43.08 98.071 Constituents of sample: — FeO Fe:O; AlOs CaO MgO CO: P,0; SiO, dt 923 23.14 317 823 Traces Traces 48.138 'Loss by ignition 2.28 = Hs The volcanie sabulous clay has comparatively a large proportion of magnesia, most of which must in all probabi- lity be attributed to the presence of olivine. Stones on the Sea-Bottom. The largest pebbles found in the bottom-samples had a weight of from 10 to 12 grammes. The size and number of the pebbles occurring in any such sample, stood, as might na- turally be expected, in direct proportion to one another. The bottom-samples in which the largest pebbles occurred, as a rule generally contained the greatest number. On examining the series of bottom-samples taken up from the shore towards the deep water, there is excellent opportu- nity to observe the gradual decrease of the pebbles in mag- nitude and number. In the sequel, I have given a List of the samples in which the pebbles must be said to form a principal (not a partial) constituent; and these samples 1! "This comparatively considerable loss probably arises from my having omitted to determine the manganese, which in the above sample would seem to have been present in somewhat greater quan- tities than in the foregoing. 9% indenfor det Feldt, der paa Kartet er afgrændset som graat Ler. Station 32 417 Favne — DT 161 — EP 100 194 pi — 101 223 — — 103 193 — — 114 120 — — 115 132 — ==" 8 141 —= -— 120 190 — — 123 246 — 124 350 == — 154 878 — — 137 452 — — 139 175 — — 142 178 == — 143 189 3 — 147 142 — — 164 .: . 457 — — VEE No ar — — 11705) 415 å — 195 107 —= — 257 263 == — 286 447 == — 290 191 — — 316 129 — — 524 233 — —=" der 403 — — 355 EE) — — 596 70 — ==" SAU) 58 — EN 23 — ==. So SL ek — — 358 93 — — 368 315 — — 569 87 — — 310 09 Forbinder man med en Linie de yderste og dybeste af de ovennævnte Stationer vil man kunne betragte denne som Grændsen for Stenenes almindelige og regelmæssige Forekomst i Havbundens Afleiringer. Denne Linie vil nordenfor den 65de Breddegrad omtrent følge Grændsen for det graa Lers Udbredelse. At dømme efter de Bundprøver, der er optagne søn- denfor den 65de Breddegrad, maa man drage den Nlutning, at Norges Kystbanker her er meget fattigere paa Stene end længere nord. I Bundprøverne fra det brune Ler forekommer Ntene kun spredt og enkeltvis. Der er imidlertid i denne Hen- seende en betydelig Forskjel mellem det nordlige og syd- lige Parti af Havet. Medens vi i syd for den 72de Bredde- grad kun ganske sjelden træffer Stene i Biloculinleret, er 1 Se Side 40. were brought up within the tract marked off on the Map as grey clay. Station 32 . . 417 fathoms — Sok 161 == — 100 194 — > KØ DH == == 108 193 Lå — 114 120 — — lnl) 132 —= — 118 141 == — 120 190 == —=" 198) DH — — 124 350 = GR 878 —= v ==" 8 5 cd —= =" 180 io =" 18 178 —= > AG iso — 147 142 — — 164 457 — == få 337 == == > 75) 414 — =—= 195 107 — —= 2817 26: == 01256 447 på 290 191 — —= BIG 129 = = 53 28 —= — 5504 403 — — 255 on 23 336 TO Ka — 540 5S — — BG 525 = — 356 1iO =— ==" 256 9 == —= 93 Mila —= —=- SG) S7 — — 370 109 — If we connect by means of a lime the deepest and outermost of the above-mentioned Stations, such lime may be regarded as the limit of the common and regular oceurrenee of the pebbles in the surface-layer of the ocean. The said line will, north of the 65th parallel of latitude, very nearly coineide with the distribution of the grey clay. To judge from the bottom-samples brought up south of the 65th parallel of latitude, we must draw the inference, that the coastal banks of Norway in thus locality have their surface-layer far less abundantly supplied with pebbles than is the case with the banks farther north. In the samples from the brown clay, the pebbles de not oceur otherwise than isolated. In this respect, however, there is a considerable difference between the northern and the southern tracts of the ocean. 'Thus, whereas we, south of the 72nd parallel of latitude, comparatively seldom meet I See p. 40. disse derimod temmelig almindelige i Dybet vest for Spids- bergen og Beeren Biland, hvor Drivisen i særlig Grad er fremherskende. Blandt de Stene, som her blev fundne i Bundprøverne, var smaa Stykker af Lerskifer isærdeleshed talrige. Disse var ofte, medens de endnu befandt sig i fug- tig Tilstand, meget bløde, stundom ikke synderlig haardere end almindeligt fast Ler. Hvorvidt nogen Forandring af Stenene i denne Retning kan begunstiges af Forholdene paa Dybet, er et Spørgsmaal, som muligens fortjener nær- mere Overveielse. Hvad der forøvrigt tiltrækker sig Opmærksomhed, er de temmelig hyppige Fund af Flint- og Kridtstykker, der endog forekommer nordenfor den 78de Breddegrad. Som det vil sees, blev der ogsaa paa et Sted (Stat. 100) fundet et i Kridtformationen hjemmehørende Fossil (Belemnites), Kul fandtes i Østhavet (Stat. 266, 269, 275) og i Havet vest for Spidsbergen (Stat. 340, 349, 351). Det kan have sin Oprindelse fra Beeren Eiland og fra Spidsbergen. De større Stene, der blev optagne med Skraben eller Travlen er nærmere beskrevne i den foregaaende Forteg- nelse over Stationerne. Blandt disse kan særlig fremhæ- ves følgende: Station 18 (en Marmorblok 0.26 x 0.15 x 0.157, et Stykke af en Breccie), 32 (Pimpsten etc.), 40 (Se Side 5), 101 (Flint, Kridt etc.), 124 (Flint, Kridt etc.), 137 (Stene med Skurstriber), 147, 164 (Flint, Kridt, Porfyrmandelsten med Skurstriber, lig Holmestrands eller Tønsbergs), 195, 237 (vulkanske Mineraler og Bergarter), 260, 267, 27 (Stenkul), 286, 290, 553 (en Marmorblok ca. 80 Kgr.) - 5; Slutning. Jeg har paa de første Sider af denne Afhandling kortelig henpeget paa de Kræfter, der paa Forhaand maa antages at have været medvirkende ved Dannelsen af Bun- - dens Afleiringer i Nordhavet. Idet jeg henviser til disse Slutninger å priori, vil jeg nu forsøge paa i al Korthed at fremstille Resultaterne af de foreliggende Undersøgelser. Det graa Ler er udbredt over hele Havbunden fra Kysterne og ned til de største Dybder. Fra 900 a 1100 Favne og videre nedover finder vi imidlertid det graa Ler bedækket af et brunfarvet Sediment (Biloculinler), der for- uden ved sin Farve udmærker sig ved sit Indhold af visse Foraminiferer, som ikke forekommer paa de høiere liggende Partier af Havbunden, hvor det graa Ler er ubedækket. 69 with pebbles in Biloculina elay, they are rather common in the deep water west of Spitzbergen and Beeren KEiland, where drift-ice specially abounds. found here in Among the pebbles the bottom-samples, were small fragments of argillaceous sehist, exceedingly numerous. ments were often, whilst still im å moist state, very soft, sometimes but very little harder than common, firm clay. Whether any change im the consistence of the pebbles may be produced in the deep layers of the sea, is a question possibly deserving closer investigation. Å phenomenon that also attracts attention, are the numerous fragments of flint and cbalk that occur even north of the 78th parallel of latitude. As we have shown, in one locality (St. 100) was found a fossil (belemnite) be- longing to the chalk formation. Coal occurred in the Ba- rent's Sea (Stats. 266, 269, 275), and im the ocean-tract west of Spitzbergen (Stats. 340, 349, 351). Its origin may possibly be traced to Beeren Eiland or Npitzbergen. The larger stones brought up with the dredge or trawl have been more aceurately described m the fore- going List of Stations. Amongst such, the following can in particular be specified: — Station 18 (a block of marble, measuring 0.25 x 0.15 x 0.15, a fragment of a breceia); Stat. 32 (pumice stone etc.); Stat. 40 (see page 33); Stat. 101 (flint, chalk, ete.); Stat. 124 (flint ehalk, ete); Stat. 137 (stones with striæ); Stats. 147, 164 (flint, chalk, amygdaloidal porphyry with striæ, bearing a strong resemblance to that occurring at Holmestrand and Tønsberg); Stats. 195, 257 (volcanie minerals and rocks); Stats. 260, 267, 275 (coal); Stats. 286, 290, 3538 (a block of marble, weighing about 80 kilogrammes). Such frag- Concluding Remarks. In the first pages of this Memoir, I have briefly pointed out the coneurrent forces that may be assumed to have coöperated in forming the deposits covering the bot- tom of the North Atlantic. Referring to these å priori conelusions, I will now give å brief resumé of the results deduced from the in- vestigations here set forth. The grey clay is distributed over the whole sea- bottom, from the shallowest coastal traets down to the greatest depths. At a depth of 900 to 1100 fathoms, and still deeper, this grey clay is, however, covered with a brown sediment (Biloeulina clay), distinguished, apart from its colour, by contaming certain species of Foraminifera that do not oceur in the more elevated parts of the sea-bottom, where the grey clay constitutes the sur- face-layer. De Bundprøver, der er optagne paa disse mindre Dyb- der (fra 1100 å 900 Favne og opover), bestaar altsaa ude- lukkende af graat Ler. Kalkgehalten 1 disse Bundprøver er temmelig variabel, men opnaar sjelden nogen betydelig Størrelse (Middel af Bestemmelserne ca. 9 pCt kulsur Kalk). Paa de større Dybder, hvor altsaa det graa Ler kun forekommer som det underliggende Lag bedækket af Bilo- eulinler, indeholder det næsten ingen Dyrelevninger og der- for kun smaa Mængder af Kalk. Biloculinleret synes over- alt at ligge som et bestemt adskilt Lag over det graa Ler Biloculinlerets Kalkge- halt er stærkt varierende, men en tydelig Lovmæssighed og gaar ikke gradvis over i dette. giver sig dog her tilkjende, saaledes som det vil fremgaa af det denne Afhandling ledsagende Kart. Da kun et min- dre Parti af Biloculinleret indeholder mere end 40 pCt. kulsur Kalk og da alle Observationer stadfæster, at dette Sediment kun danner et tyndt Lag paa Havbunden, kan dette for Nordhavet karakteristiske Dybvandssediment med Hensyn til Kalkrigdom i det store og hele taget ikke sam- menlignes med det af de engelske Expeditioner fundne og beskrevne ,.Globigerina o00ze*, der ifølge Prof. Braziers Analyser hovedsagelig bestaar af kulsur Kalk. I Særdeles- hed bliver denne Forskjel fremtrædende, naar vi ser hen til det mest kalkfattige Parti af Biloculmleret. Denne Fat- tigdom paa kulsur Kalk og paa uorganiske Dyrelevninger i det hele taget fører til den ikke uventede Slutning, at Nordhavet med Hensyn til Dyrelivets kvantitative Udvik- ling staar langt tilbage for de sydligere, varmere Hare. De organiske Kræfter har altsaa i det hele taget kun spillet en underordnet Rolle ved Dannelsen af Nordhavets Afleirmger. Disse synes forøvrigt ogsaa kun at indeholde lidet af saadanne Mineraler, der tilføres Havbunden ved Vulkanernes Udbrud. De vigtigste Bidrag til disse Sedimenters Dannelse maa vistnok skrive sig fra det Materiale, der gjennem Isen og Bræelvene føres ud i Havet. Hvorledes Nord- havet paa Grund af sine Omgivelser er særlig gunstig stil- let for en saadan Tilførsel har jeg paapeget i den første Del af denne Afhandling. Fra Island, Grønland og Spidsber- gen, hvor de glaeiale Kræfter er saa stærkt fremtrædende, maa der nødvendigvis gjennem de slamrige Bræelve* for- flyttes store Masser af Landjordens faste Materiale ud i Havet (i det førstnævnte Land understøttes Tsens Ødelæg- Vi har Grund til at formode, at dette udskyllede Slam vil kunne sprede sig over hele Nordhavets — forholdsvis indskræn- kede — Areal førend det fuldstændig bundfældes. * gelsesværk ogsaa af den vulkanske Virksomhed). 1 «The Atlantic” Vol. II Appendix A. ?> Med Hensyn til de islandske og grønlandske Bræelves Virk- somhed henviser jeg til Hr. Stipendiat Amund Hellands Afhandling sOm Islands Jøkler* og Hr. I. Undersøgelse af Grønlands Vestkyst*, trykt i Meddelelser om Grøn- A. D. Jensens ,Beretning om en land.* Kjøbenhavn 1881. Ifølge en Meddelelse af Prof. Jonstrup skal man kunne op- bevare Vandprøver fra de Grønlandske Bræelve i maanedsvis, førend de svævende mineralske Partikler fuldkommen bundfældes. The samples of the bottom brought up from such lesser depths (from 900 å 1100 fathoms and shallower localities) consist therefore exclusively of grey clay. The amount of lime in these samples varies not a little, but is rarely con- siderable (mean determimation about 9 per cent of car- bonate of lime). In the great depths, where the grey clay oceurs ac- cordingly as the underølayer, the surface-layer consisting of Biloculina clay, it contains scarcely any organic remains, and therefore but å small percentage of lime. The Biloc- ulina clay would appear to extend almost everywhere as a well-defined separate layer above the grey clay, and not to pass into it gradually. The percentage of lime oceur- ring in Biloculma clay varies exceedingly, but follows a manifest law, as appears from the chart accompanying this Memoir. Å small portion only of the Biloculma clay containing more than 40 per cent of carbonate of lime, and the observations all confirming the fact, that this sed- iment constitutes but a thin layer, the said deep-water layer oceurring on the bottom of the North Ocean cannot, as regards its amount of lime, be compared with that found on the British Expeditions, and termed *Globigerina 00ze," which, according to Professor Braziers analyses,! 18 found to consist ehietly of carbonate of lime. And this distine- tion is specially. obvious if we regard sueh layers of Bilocu- lina elay as contain the least amount of lime. This small percentage of carbonate of lime and of imorganic ani- mal remains, leads to the warrantable inference, that the North Ocean, with regard to the quantitative develop- ment of animal life, cannot compare with the warm south- ern Seas. «Hence, organie ageney must, on the whole, be regard- ed as merely subordinate in the formation of the surface- layers of the North Ocean. appear to contam but a small proportion of the mineral Moreoyer, these layers would substances spread over the sea-bottom by voleanic eruptions. The chief portion of these sedimentary formations must apparently consist of the solid matter carried out to sea by drift-icee and glacier rivers. That the North At- lantic, in this respect, by reason of its surroundings, must be favourably situated, has been pointed out in the first From Iceland, Greenland, and Spitz- bergen, where glacial ageney is so prominent, large masses of. solid detached from the land by the glacier torrents,* specially rich as they are in o00ze, be borne out to sea (in Iceland the destructive action of the ice is augmented by voleanic ageney). to assume, that this 00ze must spread over the whole bot- tom of the North Atlantic — comparatively limited as it is in arena — before being thoroughly preeipitated.* 1 «The Atlantic.” Vol. IT Appendix A. ? In regard to the Ieelandic and Greenland torrents, the rea- der is referred to Mr. Amund Helland's Memoir *Om Islands Jøkler:” and to Mr. I. A. D. Jensen's "Beretning om en Undersøgelse af Grønlands Vestkyst,” published in 3 part of this Memoir. matter must, There is reason * Meddelelser om Grønland,” Kjøbenhavn 1881. According to a communication from Professor «Jonstrup, samples of water from the Greenland glacier torrents, can be kept for months before the suspended mineral particles are thoroughly precipitated. De kemiske Undersøgelser af Biloculinleret viser, at dets mineralske Blandingsdele er af en forholdsvis ensartet Sammensætning. Nogen væsentlig Forskjel i denne Ret- ning finder man imidlertid hellerikke ved Sammenligning af Biloculinleret med det graa underliggende Ler. Den eneste bestemte Forskjel mellem disse Sedimenter er Oxy- dationsgraden. Det synes ikke urimeligt at Biloculinlerets stærkere Qxydation (der er Aarsag i dets brune Farve) kan være bevirket af Dyrelivet. En Modsigelse er det imidlertid at Oxydationen tilsyneladende er stærkest i det mest kalkfattige Parti af Biloculinleret. Jeg haaber senere efter en mikroskopisk Undersøgelse at Bundprøvene at kunne belyse disse og de øvrige Spørgs- maal om Slamarternes Dannelse nærmere. Til Slutning vil jeg udtale min Tak til DHrr. Pro- fessorer Brøgger, Mohn, Sars og Waage for den Bistand, de velvillig har ydet mig. Disse Undersøgelser er udførte paa Universitetets ke- miske Laboratorium paa Hr. Prof. Waages Afdeéling fra Mai 1880 til April 1881. Kristiania, Juli 1881. From the chemical investigation of Biloculina clay, it appears that the mineral constituents of this substance are comparatively uniform. Meanwhile, there is noc onsid- erable difference in this respect between Biloculina elay- and the grey underlying clay. The only essential dit ference distinguishing these sedimentary substances, consists It is not improbable that the higher degree of oxidation distinguishing Biloculina clay — im the degree of oxidation. and to which its brown colour must be aseribed — may It would seem, however, to be in direct opposition to this view. that oxidation oceurs im a higher degree throughout that portion of the Biloculina clay which contains the least amount of lime. Later, after undertaking a mieroscopic examination ot the bottom-samples, I hope to throw further light on these and the other questions affecting the formation of oceanie deposits. In conclusion, I will thank Professors Brøgger, Mohn, Sars, and Waage for the assistance they have kindly af- forded me. The investigations set forth in this Memoir were made in the Chemical Laboratory of the University, in Professor Waage's department, and extended from May 1880 to April 1881. arise from animal life. Christiania, July 1881. Translated into English by John Hazeland. å Norske Nordhavs-EÉxpedition. L Schmelck Havbundens Afleiringer Udbredelse. Slamarternes De DOSIT 2-1 I lo cuilnier 4 ; : EN Rhabdamminaler.- Ål Den private Onmaalngs tih Anstalt, Kristianra Norske Nordhavs-Expedition. L.Schmelck. Havbundens Afleirnger. 0 ag Mængden af kulsur Kalk i Biloeulinleret. An'ount of Carbonate of Lime in Biloculina Clay. Den grivate Ønmaalngs tth Anstalt, Kristuanaa. > »